











^ . ^ ' • * '^ O^ « " • ♦ "Vi <^ . * ' • * <**>. (V « * • ♦ 



VETERINARY 

Materia Medica 



AND 



THERAPEUTICS 



BY 
Kenelm Winslow, M.D,; M.D.V.; B.A.S. (Harv.) 

rORMERLY INSTRUCTOR IN ZOOLOGY, BUSSEY (AGRICULTURAL) INSTITCTB 

AND ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OF THERAPEUTICS, VETERINARY 

SCHOOL (BOTH) OP HARVARD UNIVERSITY 



FOURTH EDITION, REVISED 




New Toek 

WILLIAM R. JENKINS 

851-853 Sixth Avenue 

1906 






LIBRARY Of CONGRESS 

TwoConie? Received 

SEP 1 t906 

opy/ie*<) £ntry 

CLASS O, XXc, N». 

COPY B. 



Copyright, 1901, 1905, 1906 
By William R, Jenkins 



[Registered at Stationers' Hall, London] 
Printed in the United States of A merica 



printed by the 

Press of William R. Jenkins 

New York 



PREFACE TO FOURTH EDITION 



In tlie preparation of the fourth edition of this work, 
Tery considerable revision was made necessary on account 
of the many changes made in the eighth decennial revision 
of the United States Pharmacopoeia of September, 1905. 

To what an extent revision was required will be realized 
Tvhen it is known that there have been 123 additions, 106 
changes in the strength of preparations, and 139 changes in 
the official title of drugs in the new Pharmacopoeia. 

Thus the doses of many preparations have suffered the 
most radical change ; e.g., the dose of tincture of aconite is 
three times what it formerly was, and that of the tincture of 
strophanthus is but half the former dose. Some of the most 
iamiliar of our old friends are scarcely recognizable by their 
new names, e. g., Acetphenetidum (phenacetiu), Arseni Tri- 
oxidum (acidum arsenosum). Phenol (acidum carbolicum), 
Spiritus Glycerylis Nitratis (Spiritus Glonoini), etc. All 
Extracta Fluida have been changed. Thus no longer we 
write Extracti Nucis Vomicae Fluidi, but Fluidextracti Nucis 
Yomicse. The official names of many salts are altered : 
tydrochlorate into hydrochloride ; hydrobromate into 
hydrobromide ; and valerianate into valerate ; with cor- 
responding changes in the Latin terminations. While some 
of the changes in the new Pharmacopoeia do not affect vet- 
erinarians, yet professional prudence and pride demand 
that the veterinary practitioner conform to many of them ta 
avoid mistakes in dosage and nomenclature. 



iv PREFACE TO FOURTH EDITION 

In reyising the General Index it was decided to 
make it a pronouncing vocabulary. That a professional 
knowledge of the proper pronunciation of drugs and terms 
of pharmacology is deplorably absent will be appreciated 
the moment attention is directed to the matter. So many 
teachers disregard the subject, it follows that every practi- 
tioner has a pronunciation of his own — each equally 
incorrect. 

Notwithstanding the short time which has elapsed since 
the last edition of this book, a number of additions have 
been made to keep it abreast of the times. Since the work 
has become the recognized authority in Veterinary Materia. 
Medica and Therapeutics, and is the standard text-book on 
the subject in the veterinary colleges of the United States, 
the author and publisher feel it their duty to constantly 
revise its pages in order to hold the book up to that stand- 
ard which it has hitherto attained. 

Kenelm Winslow. 

August, 1906. 



I 



PREFACE TO THIRD EDITION. 



In preparing tliis third edition of " Veterinary Materia 
Medica and Therapeutics " the work has been thoroughly- 
revised and re-written, much new matter having been added 
to bring the book up to date. 

Among wholly new subjects included may be mentioned 
the following : Adrenalin ; Soluble Silver Compounds, 
including Crede's Ointment and Collargol ; Gelatin and 
Calcium Chloride, in their new roles as hemostatics ; 
Orthoform ; Tallianine ; The Oxygen Treatment for milk 
fever in cows ; an entirely new section on Serum Therapy, 
embraciug Antitoxins and Vaccines and also some of the 
Toxins ; another new section on the use of the stomach 
tube in view of the recent interest which has been aroused 
in the employment of this aid to stomach-therapy. 

Every endeavor has been made to keep the book up to 
that high standard attained as a text book in the Veterinary 
Colleges and to meet the needs of veterinarians and agri- 
culturists at home and abroad. 

Kenelm Winslow. 

August, 1905. 



PEEFACE TO FIRST EDITION. 



The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to 
the works of Brunton, Wood, Hare, Edes, Ringer, Bar- 
tholow, White and Mann, in human medicine ; and to those 
of the following veterinary writers : Finlay Dun, Fried- 
berger and Frohner, Ellenberger, Koch, Cagny, Mliller; 
and to the leading veterinary periodicals. 

The matter on " properties," " description," and, in 
many cases, " derivation," is according to the U. S. Phar- 
macopoeia, while the important preparations of both the 
U.S. and British Pharmacopoeias are included. Tlie classi- 
fication and arrangement of drugs employed in this book 
are modifications of those adopted by W, Hale White in his 
excellent treatise on Materia Medica, Pharmacology and 
Therapeutics. 

Kenelm Winslow. 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

Preliminary Considerations 

Definitions • 

Mode of Action of Drugs 

Absorption of Drugs 

Elimination of Drugs 

Circumstances Modifying the Action of Drugs 6 

Mode of Administration 

10 

Dosage • 

Anatomy and Physiology ^^ 

1 ^ 
Time of Admmistratfon 

Habit ^^ 

14 
Disease 

14 
Idiosyncrasy 

General Actions of Drugs , • 15 

Drugs Acting on the Digestive Organs 15 

"" " " CircAilation 32 

<« " " Nervous System 38 

't <' " Respiratory Organs 46 

«t " " Urinary Organs '^2 

'< '< " Sexual Organs 56 

" Influencing Metabolism 59 

«' " Bodily Heat 60 

" Acting on the Skin ^^ 

70 
Pharmacy - 

Incompatibility °^ 

Prescription Writenq °" 

1 1^ 
Classification ^ ^^ 



Viii CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Inorganic Agents. . . 117 

Vegetable Drugs 351 

Dose Table , 661 

General Therapeutic Measures. 679 

Food and Feeding 679 

Counter-irritants 696 

Cold and Heat 704 

Disinfectants, Antiseptics and Deodorants 718 

Venesection 728 

Transfusion 733 

Intravenous Saline Infusions. 733 

Hypodermoclysis 735 

Enteroclysis • = 736 

Kunsel's Treatment for Milk Fever in Cows 737 

Lavage ......<, 739 

Serum Therapy. 741 

Toxins 747 

Vaccines. ... • • - 732 



PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS. 



Definitions. 

Pharmacology is derived from the Greek, PharmaJcos, 
a drug, and is the sum of all exact knowledge pertaining to 
drugs, and therefore embraces Materia Medica, Therapeu- 
tics, and Pharmacy. 

Materia Medica, derived from two Latin words signi- 
fying medical materials, treats of the derivation, natural 
history, physical and chemical properties, physiological 
actions, doses, and tests of purity of drugs. A special term 
sometimes used to describe the physical and chemical 
properties of drugs is Pharmacognosy, while Pharmaco- 
dynamics refers to the action of drugs on healthy animals. 

Therapeutics, derived from the Greek, Therapevo, mean- 
ing to serve or attend the sick, is that branch of knowledge 
which treats of the application of all means — medicinal 
or otherwise — to the cure of disease or relief of pain. The 
term has been further subdivided as follows: Bational 
Therapeutics, which treats of the application of drugs as 
founded on their physiological actions; Empii'ical Thera- 
peutics, the use of drugs as based on clinical evidence; and 
General Therapeutics, the use of remedial agents other than 
drugs, e.g.. Heat, Cold, Electricity, Food, etc. 

Pharmacy is the art of preparing, compounding, dis- 
pensing and preserving drugs. 

Toxicology, derived from the Greek, Toxikon, a poison, is 
that branch of knowledge which treats of the nature, actions, 
detection and treatment of poisons. 

A medicine is an agent of animal, vegetable or mineral 

origin used for the cure of disease or relief of pain. The 

"word cure, signifies literally to care for, from the Latin 
1 



2 PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS 

Curo, and did not in its original sense mean to restore ta 
health, although that is its present interpretation. 

A Drug, derived from the Dutch, Droog, meaning dry, 
is now used synonymously with medicine, although origin- 
ally referring to an herb or dried medicinal plant. 

Mode of Action of Drugs. 

Drugs act locally when they influence a part with which 
they come in contact, and also when they affect one organ 
or apparatus after absorption. The first meaning is the 
usual one. 

Drugs act generally when they impress the body as a 
whole after absorption. Drugs applied to the unbroken 
skin usually act locally because they are commonly unab- 
sorbed ; also when drugs, insoluble in the digestive tract 
(as charcoal and chalk), are given internally they act locally 
for the same reason. The local action of drugs after ab- 
sorption is sometimes known as selective action, i.e., the power 
that most drugs possess to influence one organ or apparatus 
rather than the whole system. Oftentimes this local action, 
in the case of secreting glands, is accomplished through 
stimulation of these parts during elimination of the drug. 
Occasionally a medicine acts both on the part with which 
it comes in contact and also through the circulation ; e.g.^ 
tartar emetic causes emesis by local stimulation of the 
stomach and by stimulation of the vomiting centre after 
absorption. Furthermore, remedies are said to exert a 
primary (or immediate) and secondary (or remote) action. 

The secondary effect is the result of the primary action; 
e.g., a saline cathartic primarily removes serous fluid from 
the bowels and secondarily or remotely leads to absorption 
of serous exudations ; a counter-irritant primarily produces 
irritation of the skin and sensory nerve-endings, but second- 
arily relieves internal congestion by inducing reflex contrac- 
tion of the subjacent blood vessels. Most drugs are absorbed 
into the blood after their ingestion and exert their action on 
various parts of the body through the medium of the iier- 



ABSORPTION OF DRUGS d 

vous system. Some drugs, liowever, may directly influence 
muscular tissue, as is seen in the supposed action of digitalis 
on tlie nerve-free heart's apex ; while others may imme- 
diately act on the cells of an organ, as pilocarpine on 
the sweat glands. As in the latter instance, it is usually im- 
possible to determine whether medicines affect the cells 
of an organ or nerve-endings in the organ. Our knowledge 
of the curative action of medicines is chiefly derived from 
clinical experience, or deduced from the effects of drugs on 
healthy animals. It is, however, sometimes possible to 
foretell to a certain extent the action of a synthetic com- 
pound from its chemical composition. When our knowledge 
of the action of drugs on healthy animals is applied to 
remedy known pathological conditions {e.g., the use of 
astringents to stop bleeding by their action in contracting 
vessels and clotting blood), we are practising rational thera- 
peutics. 

No hypothesis can be formulated which will satisfac- 
torily accoiiut for the curative action of all medicines in all 
diseases and systems of medicine, as allopathy and homoeo- 
- pathy founded on such hypotheses are valueless. 

Absorption of Drugs. 

Drugs are absorbed most rapidly in solution (especially 
in alcohol) and when the circulation is active. Absorption 
from the digestive tract is poor when the circulation is de- 
pressed or in congested states ; also from the subcutaneous 
tissues in similar conditions, more particularly in oedema 
of these parts. Absorption from the stomach and bowels of 
healthy animals is chiefly influenced by the quantity of food 
in them. When these organs are empty, absorption is 
rapid ; but when full, it is slow. For this reason absorption, 
is markedly tardy and imperfect in ruminants. In these 
animals there is a comparatively impervious skin-like 
mucous membrane and lack of vascularity in the first three 
gastric compartments; while a large amount of food is 
always to be found in the first and third stomachs ; all of 



4 PKELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS 

"which tends to delay absorption and lessen the action of 
medicines given by the mouth. 

If drugs are irritating they should be given to animals 
on the food, or after feeding, in order that they be sufficiently 
diluted. Some remedies require hydrochloric acid for their 
solution — as iron — and they should therefore be adminis- 
tered at or after the time of feeding, because hydrochloric 
acid secretion is then active. 

Elimination of Drugs. 

A drug is as much outside the body when within the 
digestive tube — so far as any action it may have on the body 
(unless an irritant) — as if it were on the skin. When ab- 
sorbed, a medicine passes into theblood vessels or lymphat- 
ics aud thence into the general circulation. That portion 
which enters the portal circulation reaches the liver and 
may be destroyed in part (some alkaloids) by this organ. 
After entering the blood the drug is thought to form 
unknown combinations with the tissues for which it 
has an affiuity — thereby exerting its remedial effect — and 
is decomposed or rarely accumulates in the body, but usually 
is eliminated either unchanged or as decomposition-pro- 
ducts in the breath, or by the excretions or secretions of the 
kidneys, bowels, liver, sudoriparous, salivary and mam- 
mary glands, and mucous membranes. The urine is the 
most frequent channel of elimination for soluble drugs. 
The bowels constitute the next more common pathway of 
elimination. Volatile drugs (chloroform, ether) are elimin- 
ated very rapidly, usually in the breath. If a drug is 
eliminated slowly the duration of its action is correspondingly 
long, and vice versa. This fact will guide us in the frequency 
of administration of medicines, since if a drug which is 
tardily eliminated be given at frequent intervals it may be 
absorbed faster than it is excreted and so accumulate in the 
body and cause poisoning. The so-called Cumulative Action 
of a drug refers to the occurrence of a sudden and violent 
effect during its medicinal administration. This may be due, 



ELIMINATION OP DRUGS 5 

(1) to delayed followed by rapid absorption from the aliment- 
ary canal ; or (2) to slow — or sudden arrest of — elimination. 
Tlie salts of lead, mercury and arsenical preparations are 
eliminated slowly. Digitalis and strychnine are said to be 
especially prone to produce a cumulative action. Strych- 
nine may, however, be given subcutaneously in gradually 
increasing doses without the likelihood of poisoning. Digi- 
talis may cause a cumulative effect in being slowly oxidized 
in the body or in leading to contraction of the ronal vessels 
?.ud suppression of urine-elimination. The drugs likely to 
cause a cumulative action must be administered infrequently, 
once, twice, or thrice daily ; whereas medicines which are 
rapidly decomposed and eliminated (alcohol, nitrites, etc.) 
may be given at very frequent intervals if desirable. The 
term excretion is often used synonymously with elimination, 
but, strictly speaking, a drug is not eliminated unless it has 
been first absorbed. On the other hand, an insoluble drug 
})assing unabsorbed tlirough the alimentary canal is said 
properly to be excreted in the faeces. 



CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION" 
OF DRUGS. 



Mode of Administration. 

The following table gives tlie various methods of nd- 
ministeiing drugs in order of their rapidity of absor[)tion, 
beginning with the method by which absorption is most 
rapid, and following with those by which absorption is less 
and finally least rapid : 

1. Intravenous, by injection into the veins. 

2. By inhalation (volatile drug 0- 

3. Subcutaneous, by injection into subcutaneous tissue. 

4. Intratracheal, by injection into the trachea. 

5. Oral, by the mouth. 

6. Rectal, by the rectum. 

7. Inunction, by the skin. 

1. Injection into the veins (usually into the jugu- 
lar) is not so commonly practiced as the subcutaneous 
method, as there is a certain minute danger of inducing 
phlebitis, embolism and thrombosis. The danger is more 
theoretical than real, however, as we have frequently thrown 
from 63 (150 cc.) to 6^3 (200 cc.) of fluid extract of can- 
nabis indica into the jugular, and even chloral hydrate, 
a most irritating and caustic drug, in the dose of 1 3 
(30.) dissolved in 8 5 (240 cc.) of water, without producing 
any untoward symptoms. No method of administration can 
secure more rapid absorption, since intravenous injection is 
absorption. This has constituted one of the theoretical 
objections to the method, that the sudden entrance of a 
dfug might create shock. Injection into the jugular is 
useful when very rapid and effective action is imperative, 
as in causing immediate catharsis in colic and intestinal 



MODE OF ADMINISTRATION 7 

•obstruction of horses. la sucli cases barium chloride and 
eserine sulphate are employed intravenously. The jugu- 
lar is occluded with the hand and the injection is made 
with the same care described below in reference to the 
subcutaneous method. The intravenous use of hot normal 
salt solution is frequently valuable in hemorrhage, shock 
and poisoning (see p. 733). 

2. Volatile drugs are absorbed with great rapidity and 
effect owing to the enormous vascular surface of the lungs 
in contact with the inhaled vapor. Ether, chloroform, 
ammonia and amyl-nitrite are given by this method. In- 
halation of medicated steam and sprays, used mainly for 
tlieir local action on the respiratory tract, are also absorbed 
to some extent by the bronchial mucous membrane and 
lungs. This is a convenient and effective mode of applying 
local, medication to horses in inflammatory troubles of the 
upper air passages, including the bronchial tubes, and in 
many cases may effect a cure without the nse of internal 
remedies. 

8. Subcutaneous or hypodermatic injection is suitable 
for soluble, non-irritating drugs of small bulk, when a sure 
and rapid action is desired. The medicinal solution should 
be free from solid particles and microorganisms. If the 
solution is not clean, or is irritating, abscess may occur. 
The syringe and needle must also be absolutely clean. 
Solutions made by dropping tablets in pure drinking water 
will rarely cause abscess, and the syringe may be made 
aseptic by filling it with alcohol, and wiping the needle with 
ihe same, previous to their employment. Solutions may be 
preserved for hypodermatic use with boric acid (1 per cent.), 
but soluble tablets are more convenient. 

In practising this method the hair should be removed 
from the seat of injection — preferably the thin skin under- 
laid by connective tissue behind the elbow or on the abdo- 
men — and the part washed ; then a loose fold of skin is 
picked up and held firmly between the thumb and forefinger 
<)f the left hand, while the needle is thrust under the skin, 



8 CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DRUGS 

but not into a vein. The syringe is slowly emptied and 
the needle withdrawn, keeping slight pressure over the 
point of injection with the thumb for a few seconds. The 
use of irritating drugs — permissible in emergencies — as 
fluid extract of ergot, tincture of digitalis, ether aud 
ammonia, is less apt to be followed by abscess if injected 
deeply into the muscular substance, but this method causes 
more pain than ordinary injections. To avoid getting air 
in the veins, all the air is lemoved from the syringe before 
using, by holding it, needle upwards, and pushing in the 
plunger till a few drops of the solution are forced out of the 
needle. The danger of introducing air into the blood stream 
is greatly exaggerated, however, as the writer has proved by 
forcing vast quantities of air into the jugular vein of a horse 
without producing any untoward symptoms. The proper 
quantity of a solution for subcutaneous use is 5-30 minims 
for dogs ; 1-2 drachms for horses, although large amounts 
of salt solution may be injected into the subcutaneous tissue 
or muscles (hypodermoclysis) with great benefit in hgemor- 
rhage, etc. See p. 735.) 

The minimum doses of drugs should be employed by 
the subcutaneous method. 

INDICATIONS FOR SUBCUTANEOUS INJECTION. 

(a) To secure a rapid action, as in relieving intense pain or motor 
excitement ; and to support a failing heart, respiration and vascular 
tone in severe operations, anaesthesia, or other poisoning. 

(b) When administration of drugs by the mouth is inadvisable or 
impossible, as in unconsciousness, dysphagia, convulsions or vomiting. 

(e) When a local as well as general action is beneficial, e.g., the 
use of strychnin in roaring and other local paralyses ; atropin in local 
muscular spasms ; veratrin in muscular rheumatism. 

4. Intratracheal injection is a strictly veterinary pro- 
cedure. The skin is incised aseptically with a sharp scalpel 
midway in the neck, and a stout needle (attached to a syringe) 
is thrust between the rings into the trachea. Larger quan- 
tities [H. ( ^ i.-ii.) (30.-60.)] and more irritating drugs are 
given in this way than by the subcutaneous method, and 
absorption is about as rapid ; the dose is the same. There 



MODE OF. ADMINISTRATION y 

is unJoubtedly danger, however, in giving irritant drugs by 
this method, especially chloral, and several cases of foreign- 
body pneumonia have come under our notice as the result 
of this mode of administration. It is the best method of 
benumbing or killing the parasites {S.filaria and micrurus) 
infesting the trachea and bronchi, and has been employed 
to influence the mucous membrane of the larynx and trachea 
in certain inflammatory conditions. 

5. Drujs are usuaJhj given hy the mouth and are absorbed 
from the stomach and intestines. Many non-irritating and 
not unpleasant drugs are taken voluntarily in the food, 
gruel, milk or drinking water by animals. Cats and dogs 
will often swallow medicine enclosed in a piece of meat. 
Absorption is more tardy than by the subcutaneous method, 
more rapid when given in solution into an empty stomach ; 
slower when administered in powder, pill or ball, and on a 
full stomach. Some drugs are probably absorbed from the 
stomach, only to be destroyed in part by the liver, or elimi- 
nated by the bile, and do not enter the general circulation 
at all. 

When drugs are administered for their local action 
on the stomach, in catarrh or ulcer, they should be given 
half hour to an hour before feeding; if given for their action 
in or on the intestines, they should be administered two or 
three hours after meals, 

G, Redid injections of medicines (enemata or clysters) are 
practised when the use of drugs by the mouth is inadvis- 
able or impossible, as in unconsciousness, dysphagia, con- 
vulsions ; also to destroy parasites (oxyurides) in the rectum, 
to influence au inflamed or ulcerated rectal mucous mem- 
braup, and to remove intestinal contents (oil and glycerin). 

The dose of drugs by this method is generally twice 
that by the mouth, and absorption is slower and more im- 
perfect. The drug should be non-irritating, soluble, and not 
too bulky, since a small amount is necessary (3 i.-3 i. dogs ; 
5 ii.-5 viii. horses); to avoid tenesmus and expulsion. "Warm 
starch solution (made by boiling) or linseed tea with a little 
laudanum is a good vehicle for medicinal enemata, and re- 



10 CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DRUGS 

tention of enemata is facilitated by pressures on the auua 
with a towel for some minutes after the injection is given. 

Solids are sometimes employed by rectum in supposi- 
tories. For general uses of enemata, see p. 30. 

7. Drugs are absorbed very sliglitly by the shin, and then 
only when rubbed very vigorously into the epidermis (in- 
unction) with lanolin, fat or oil of some kind. Mercury^ 
silver and iodine are most commonly employed for absorp- 
tion, but drugs are usually applied externally for their local 
action only and not to influence the general system through 
the blood. 

Dosag-e. 

The study of dosage is known as Posology. The action 
of drugs is altered both in degree and in kind by the dose. 
Thus, increasing the dose would naturally lead to an in- 
crease in the intensity of a drug's action, but it frequently 
changes the entire character of the action as well. 

Drugs, as opium and alcohol, acting especially on the 
nervous system, often excite in therapeutic doses, but 
depress and paralyze in toxic doses. Drugs, as digitalis^ 
stimulating the heart in medicinal doses, usually depress 
and paralyze the organ in poisonous doses. Many drugs 
promoting urinary secretion, in ordinary doses, cause inflam- 
mation and urinary suppression in large doses. The best 
way to determine the dose of a drug is to estimate the 
amount required for each pound of live weight. This only 
applies to the same species and to animals of ordinary 
build. Fat is a comparatively inert tissue as far as the 
action of drugs is concerned, so that a very fat horse,, 
weighing, for example, 1,200 pounds, would be affected 
in a more pronounced manner by a dose of medicine 
than would a lean horse of the same weight and taking 
the same dose. In the case of young animals, and of 
those either above or under the ordinary size of the 
adult of any species, the dose should be proportioned — ac- 
cording to weight — to the average dose for the adult animal 
of that species. Thus, if the average weight of a horse is. 
1,000 pounds, the dose of any drug for a colt weighing; 



ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 11 

500 pounds would Ije half the usual dose for adult horses. 
In a general way the dose for all animals from birth to a 
few weeks old, is one-twentieth of that suitable for the 
mature animal of the same species ; for yearlings, about one- 
third of the adult dose. The dose recommended for dogs 
is commonly the same as that given to man, but this rule 
does not apply in the case of some powerful drugs (strych- 
nine), where the dose should be adjusted to the weight, i.e., 
so much per pound, live weight. 

It is impossible to calculate the dose for all domestic 
animals as based on that for animals of one species, be- 
cause the differences in anatomy and physiology modify the 
actions of diugs in degree and kind, but the dose for sheep 
is about one-fourth of that for the laiger ruminants. 

The repetition of a dose is determined to a consider- 
able extent by the duration and rapidity of a drug's action. 
Agents used for their immediate effect, as those relieving 
pain and stimulating the circulation and respiration, ara 
repeated frequently till the desired effect is attained.. 
Medicines improving the condition of the digestion, blood 
and nutrition, as tonics of various kinds, require time for 
the accomplishment of their mission, and are iisually given 
two or three times daily for a period of some week's. 

Anatomy and Physiology. 

Certain differences in the action of medicines may be 
observed as occurring in the various species of animals, and 
in animals as contrasted in this respect with man. 

ACTION OP DKUGS ON ANIMALS AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON MAN. 

From a comparative standpoint the action of drugs on 
the nervous system of animals differs from that on man. 
This follows according to the "law of dissolution," which 
teaches that the more highly developed a part of the ner- 
vous system is in the evolutionary scale, the more sensitive 
is it to the influence of drugs. Since the cerebrum of man 
is relatively larger and more highly developed, in propor- 



12 CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DRUGS 

tion to liis weight, than is tlie case in animals, and since the 
spinal cord is larger and more highly developed in pro- 
portion to the brain in animals, it happens that drugs 
impressing the nervous system exert less effect on the brain, 
and more on the spinal cord, of animals than they do in man. 
Thus opium is more powerful in its iuflaence on the 
brain of man, and strychnin is more potent iu its action on 
the spinal cord of animals. Drugs are not absorbed so 
rapidly or perfectly in the enormous digestive apparatus of 
ruminants as in man; neither do emetics act in these animals, 
nor in horses; while in none of the lower animals are agents 
causing sweating so efficient as iu man. 

ACTION OF DRUGS ON HORSES AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON OTHER 

ANIMALS. 

Differences exist relative to the action of drugs on the 
horse, as compared with other animals, chiefly in respect 
to the digestive apparatus. E netics do not act on the horse, 
as this animal do3S not vomit unless tlie stomach is greatly 
distended with gas, which causes dilatation of the cardiac 
outlet. Otherwise the stomach is too small to be success- 
fully compressed by the abdominal walls, and the great 
}eDgth of the oesophagus between tlio stomach and dia- 
phragm, together with the horseshoe-like band of fibres at 
its cardiac extremity, ]5revent the regurgitation of food. The 
intestines of the horse, on the other hand, are as volum- 
inous as the stomach is small, and therefore are powerfully 
influenced by irritants (as purgatives), although the action 
of cathartics is slow. The bowels of horses excrete vas;tly 
more of the fluid ingested than is the case in man or dogs 
— whose kidneys chiefly assume this function — and these 
litter organs are said to eliminate about 15 per cent, of the 
fluid ingesta in the former animals, as against 50 per cent, 
in man and dogs. 

ACTION OF DRUGS ON RUMINANTS AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON 
I OTHER ANIMALS. 

The capacious four-fold stomach of ruminants always 



TIME CF ADMINISTKATION 13 

contains large amounts of food iu the rumen ami abomasum, 
^liile the impervious, poorly vascular and skin-like gastric 
raucous membi'ane renders absorption feeble and imperfect 
iind enforces a comparatively larger dosage than is proper 
ior horses of greater weight. Ruminants are also generally 
insusceptible to emetics. The skin and kidneys of rumi- 
nants are still less active than is the case iu horses. 

ACTION OF DRUGS ON DOGS AND TIGS AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON 
OTHER ANIMALS. 

The action of medicine on dogs and pigs is similar in 
kind to that observed in man, but the former animals are less 
sensitive to drugs as a rule, since the dose suitable for a 
man weighing 150 pounds is appropriate for a dog of 40 
pounds weight. As exceptions to this rule, we find tliat dogs 
will not bear the human dose of calomel, oil of turpentine, 
or strj'chnine. In fact, the ordinary tonic dose of strj^ch- 
i;ine (gr. -J^) for man will throw a medium-sized dog into 
convulsions, and may kill a small animal, notwithstand- 
ing that this amount is recommended as a suitable canine 
dose in veterinary text books. 

Contrariwise, the dog is comparatively insensitive to 
many drags powerfully influencing man, — notably aloes, 
colocynth and rhubarb. Most cathartics act more quickly 
on dogs than is the case with the other domestic animals, 
but saline purgatives are less ajjpropiiate in often causing 
vomiting, and because of their bulk. 

Time of Administration. 

This matter has been alluded to iu speaking of the 
absorption of drugs. Medicines readily undergoing decom- 
position in the presence of other substances, as iodine and 
liydriodic acid, should be given on an empty stomach ; and 
likewise all drugs, when a speedy action is desired. Iirit- 
iints should be administered on a full stomach; while agents 
requiring hj'drochloric acid for their solution — as iron — 



14 Cir.CUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DliUGS 

must be exhibited on the food or immediately after the time 
of feeding. 

Habit. — This circumstance does not have the same import- 
ance in veterinary medicine which it possesses in human 
practice, since we control drug habits in animals. Animals 
usually become less susceptible to the action of drugs 
on their repetition, e.g., opium and cathartics. This rule 
does not hold in the case of drugs having a cumulative 
action, nor in the repeated use of irritants on the skin, for 
then their action is strongly intensified. 

Disease. — The action of drugs is profoundly influenced 
by disease. It is only possible to enumerate a few exam- 
ples. Pain is almost an antidote to opium, and large re- 
peated doses of the drug, previously innocuous, may, on the 
sudden cessation of pain, induce poisoning. Opium is also 
borne in enormous doses in peritonitis. Inflammation and 
congestion of the digestive organs hinders the absorption of 
all medicines. A congested condition of the alimentary 
canal, and even of the respiratory tract in horses, contra- 
indicate the use of strong purgatives in these animals,, 
since superpurgation may occur. A high temperature alters 
the action of many drugs. 

Opium is not so efiieient as an analgesic in fevers, while 
antipyretics will not lower the temperature in health. 
Stimulants are not nearly so potent in depressed bodily 
conditions, and counter-irritants will not produce their 
characteristic actions on the skin when the circulatory 
functions are at a low ebb. 

Idiosyncrasy. — Individual susceptibility to drugs is 
infrequent, but unfortunately cannot be anticipated. The 
writer has seen simple zinc oxide (free from adulteration or 
impurities) cause a frenzy of irritation when rubbed on a 
dog's skin, and a small dose of tartar emetic cause violent 
vomiting in a cow. Some animals are very susceptible to 
counter-irritants. Well-bred animals are commonly more 
responsive to drugs than others. 



GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS. 



Drugs Acting on the Digestive Organs. 

Sialagogues are agents increasing the secretion of saliva. 
Ant'isialagogues are agents diminisliing salivary secretion. 
Among the sources of saliva — the parotid, sublingual and 
submaxillary glands — the latter have received most study. 
The chorda tympani, with its centre in the medulla, is one of 
the two nerves supplying the submaxillary gland. It con- 
tains two sets of fibres, the secretory and vasodilator. 
Hence stimulation of this nerve, or its centre, whether im- 
mediately or reflexly, leads, by means of its vasodilator 
fibres, to dilatation of the blood vessels and enhanced vascu- 
larity of the gland, and so indirectly to greater secretion ; 
while, through excitation of the secretory fibres, the proto- 
plasm of the glandular cells is influenced and secretion, 
directly increased. 

Reflexly the gland is stimulated by drugs exciting tha 
peripheral terminations of the gustatory (lingual branch of 
the fifth nerve) and glossopharangeal nerves in the mouth ; 
the vagus endings in the stomach ; by agencies sending 
pleasurable impressions to the brain through the medium of 
the eyes or nose ; or by stimulation of other sensory nerves. 
The submaxillary gland is also supplied by a branch of the 
cervical sympathetic accompanying the submaxillary arter- 
ies. Stimulation of this nerve, or its centre, causes vascular 
constriction in the gland and inhibition of secretion. 

Sialagogues are often classed under three heads. 1st, 
Specific sialagogues, acting directly on the mechanism con- 
cerned with secretion, i.e., the gland cells, or nervous appara- 
tus. Pilocarpine is the best example of the specific class. 
It stimulates the gland cell or peripheral nerve endings. 
2nd, Reflex sialagogues, exciting sensory nerve termination* 

15 



16 GENEKAL ACTION OF DRUGS 

-and indirectly or reflexlj stimulating the nervous meclian- 
ism controlling secretion. As examples of this class, may be 
mentioned alkalies, acids, emetics, and other agents stimu- 
lating the mucous membrane of the mouth and stomach. 
Srcl, 3fixed sialagogues, acting both specifically and reflexly. 
Physostigraine, nicotine or tobacco and mercury prepara- 
tions may be included in this category. 

Aniisialagogues. — These drugs may act in various ways to 
lessen salivary secretion, but atropine is most notable in this 
regard. It acts by dejjressing the peripheral endings of the 
secretory nerves. 

ZZses. — Sialngogues are not of much therapeutic value. 
Some are added to the drinking water given to animals suf- 
fering from fever, to relieve dryness of the mouth and thirst. 
They are then called rrfrigerants ; as, for example, j)otas- 
sium nitrate, diluted phosphoric and other acids. The 
reflex sialagogues are sometimes employed to stimulate the 
mucous membrane of the pharynx in sore throat and relaxed 
conditions; as, for example, potassium chlorate in electuary 
for horses. 

Excessive salivation produced by mercury salts or pilo- 
carpine is relieved by an antisialagogue, i.e., atropine. 

Stomachics are drugs which, in therapeutic doses, mildly 
stimulate the mucous membrane of the mouth and stomach, 
thereby increasing the secretions and vascularity of these 
]iarts, the appetite, and, in a less degree, gastric peristalsis. 
These agents also influence the intestines, but this effect will 
be considered untler carminatives. 

Stomachics may be divided into.bitters, aromatics (drugs 
containing a volatile oil and often very pungent), and aro- 
matic bitters (drugs containing a volatile oil and a bit- 
ter principle). While both the bitters and aromatics en- 
hance the appetite, the action of the latter is more powerful 
and fleeting. Very large doses of stomachics are distinctly 
irritating, and cause anorexia, nausea, and vomiting in 
-animals capable of the act. 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 



17 



BITTERS 

Gentian 

Caluniba 

Quassia 

Hydrastis 

Taraxacum 

AROMATIC BITTERS 

Cascarilla 

Chamomile 

Serpentaria 



STOMACHICS. 
AROMATICS 

Coriander 

Capsicum 

Pepper 

Ginger 

Cardamon 

Fennel 

Fenugreek 

Anise 

Calamus 

Mustard 

Spearmint 

Peppermint 



Alcohol 

Ether 

Chloroform 

Alkalies (see Antacids) 



Uses. — Stomachics — particalavlj bitters — are service- 
able ill improving the appetite and gastric digestion in atonic 
indigestion, and in enfeebled states of tlie digestive organs 
occurring in the course of chronic diseases or during conva- 
lescence from acnte disorders. The aromatics are more 
frequently employed for their action on the intestines, when 
they are called carminatives. Bitters are contra-indicated 
iu irritable or inflamed conditions of tlie alimentary tract. 

Antacids are drugs whicli are used to counteract acidity 
in the stomach and bowels resulting from indigestion and 
fermentation, or from excessive secretion of gastric juice. 
Some (not ammonia compounds) are also occasionally em- 
ployed to alkalize the blood and urine. 

It has been commonly taught that if antacids are given 
immediately before or at the time of eating, they increase 
the flow of acid gastric juice, although diminishing the 
secretion of alkaline saliva. They are thus said to improve 
gastric digestion, especially when combined with bitters. 

This fact has been substantiated by analyses of the 
stomach-contents in experiments on man. 

If administered several hours after eating, antacids 
counteract acidity due to fermentation and relieve pain 
caused by this condition. Since fermentation is frequently 
the cause of tympanites, the antacids are conjoined to advan- 
tage with carminatives (sodium bicarbonate and ginger). 



18 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

The alkaline carbonates allay pain by means of tlie carbonic 
dioxide set free in their decomposition in the digestive tract, 
and the antacids are also beneficial in dissolving an exces- 
sive secretion of mucus in catarrhal conditions of the alimen- 
tary canal. 

The antacids are synonymous with alkalies, with the 
exception of the neutral vegetable salts — acetates, citrates 
and tartrates — of potassium and sodium, which are some- 
times classed under this head. These do not alkalize the 
contents of the stomach, but nevertheless are broken up in 
the body and transformed into carbonates and thus render 
the urine more alkaline during their elimination. Among 
those included in the following list the sodium compounds 
are much less active in alkalizing the urine than the potas- 
sium salts. Sodium bicarbonate is in most frequent use in 
digestive disorders, but ammonium carbonate is particularly 
appropriate in flatulence, because it possesses the added 
power of stimulating peristaltic action and expelling flatus. 

ANTACIDS. 

Sodium carbonate Ammonium carbonate 

Sodium bicarbonate Magnesia 

Potassium carbonate INIagnesium carbonate 

Potassium bicarbonate Calcium carbonate (chalk) 

Solution of potash Solution of lime (lime water) 

Ammonia 

Acids. — The mineral acids — in contradistinction to the 
alkalies — lessen the secretion of gastric juice and increase 
the secretion of saliva. Diminution of the gastric secretion 
is undesirable, and to avoid it acids should be given two 
hours after meals when gastric secretion is complete. Acids 
appear to excite moveme^its of the stomach as the normal 
motility increases with the secretion of gastric juice. 
Hydrochloric acid seems to be an exception and not to 
lessen gastric secretion, but even to excite the normal pro- 
duction of this acid in the stomach. It should not, however, 
be given until an hour or two after feeding animals, and 
stimulates the formation of pepsin from pepsinogen, as well 
iis the amount of acid in the gastric juice. 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 19 

Carminatives iucluJe the same drugs "wliicli were men- 
tioned as stomachics, including valerian, asafetida and 
volatile oils generally, but the term as generally employed 
refers to their effect in exciting peristaltic action, and so 
expelling gas from the stomach and bowels. The aromatics 
are considerably more valuable for this purpose than the 
bitters. Carminatives also prevent griping caused by many 
cathartics, aid digestion, and disguise the taste of disagree- 
able drugs. Capsicum and ginger are most frequently pre- 
scribed in Veterinary practice. 

Digestives. — Pepsin is occasionally of benefit in the 
treatment of dogs and 3'oung anim.ils in cases of enfeebled 
gastric digestion resulting from acute diseases or other gen- 
eral causes. It should be admini->tered directly after eating, 
and is prescribed to advantage with h3'drochloric acid. As 
a general proposition it is inadvisable to give sigents which 
merely substitute an artificial for the natural digestion, except 
as a temporary expedient. A wiser course consists in re- 
moving the cause of indigestion by proper feeding or by 
enforcing abstinence from food, and in the use of remedies 
calculated to strengthen the natural digestive functions. 

Pancreatin may be given during, or immediately after, 
eating, and will assist gastric digestion for some time before 
sufficient acid is secreted to destroy it. In fact, some authors 
(Hare) insist that this substance is more valuable in any 
case than pepsin in aiding stomach digestion, although pan- 
creatin is more commonly given, several hours after eating, 
to promote intestinal digestion. Papain is another agent 
which is employed as an artificial digestive of vegetable 
origin. Its value is not yet definitely determined. 

Antiseptics. — These agents are sometimes used to pre- 
vent or arrest fermentation of food in the stomach and 
bowels. Since fermentation is primarily due to indigestion, 
it is essential to remove the cause by diet and other rational 
means rather than to combat the effects of indigestion. 
Large doses of antiseptics hinder the digestive processes 
and may endanger the life of the patient, so that it is difficult 
to attain perfect antisepsis in the alimentary canal. 



20 GENERAL ACTIONS OF D?^UGS 

Among tlie drugs more commonly employed for tlieir 
antiseptic action on the contents of the digestive tract may" 
be mentioned : 

Carbolic acid Bismuth salicylate 

Creosote Bismuth subgallate 

Creolin Sodium sulphite, bisuljahite and 

Naphtol hyposulphite 

Naphtalin Hydrogen dioxide 

Bismuth subnitrate 

Emetics are drugs which cause vomiting. The act of 
vomiting proceeds from irritation of the vomiting centre iii 
the medulla, which is in close proximity to the respiratory 
centre. This centre is either acted upon directly by drugs 
circulating in the blood, or reflexly by agents stimulating 
sensory nerves in various parts of the body. Thus, irritation 
of the sensory nerve-endiugs of the mouth, throat, gullet, 
lungs, heart, stomach, bowels, biliary passages, peritoneum, 
uterus and kidneys, may produce vomition. Vomiting is 
occasioned by simultaneous contraction of the abdominal 
walls and the diaphragm. In this process the stomach is 
squeezed between the abdominal walls and diaphragm, and 
contraction of the longitudinal fibres, radiating from the 
lower end of the gullet, draws the stomach towards tlie 
diaphragm and so pulls open the cardiac orifice, while the 
pylorus is firmly contracted and closed. Some peculiarities 
must be noted in reference to vomition in the domestic ani- 
mals. Dogs, pigs and cats vomit readily and may be placed 
in the same category as man in this respect. Horses rarely 
vomit and are not easily nauseated by emetics. Vomiting- 
is prevented in these animals by : 1. The small size of the 
stomach, which is not readily compressed between the ab- 
dominal walls and diaphragm. 2. The length of the gullet 
between the stomach and diaphragm, which forms a valve- 
like obstruction when the tube is shortened by contraction 
of the longitudinal fibres at its lower extremity in attempts- 
at vomition. 3. A horse-shoe-like band of fibres at the car- 
diac orifice, which hinders dilatation of this opening. Rum;^ 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 21 

nants are likewise comparatively insusceptible to emetics 
because of the large size of their digestive apparatus, whicli 
is not easily compressed between tlie parietes and diaphragm. 
Therefore the vomitiug centre remains probably in a state of 
non-development in the horse and ruminant, by reason of 
non-use. 

Cattle and horses do, however, occasionally vomit. Cat- 
tle at sea frequently suffer from mat de mer, and the writer 
has observed actual vomition in them following the use of 
tartar emetic. Horses may vomit when the stomach is 
greatly distended Avith gas. 

Emetics may be classed as : 1. Specific, acthig on the 
vomiting centre through the blood. 2. Local., by stimula- 
tion of the sensory nerve-endings in the mouth, throat, gullet 
and stomach. 3. Mixed, those acting in both ways. 

It is impossible, in our present state o£ knowledge, to 
apply this classification accurately to individual drugs, but 
the following statements may be made : If an emetic is in- 
jected into the carotid and vomitiug instantly occurs, the drug 
has probably acted upon the vomitiug centre ; if some time 
elapses before the occurrence of vomition, it is probable that 
the drug has acted upon the stomach during its elimination 
by that organ. Contrariwise, if, after the ingestion of an 
emetic, a considerable period intervenes before vomiting 
comes on, i.t is probable that the agent has acted on the 
vomiting centre. 

Again, if a larger quantity of a drug is required when 
injected into the blood than when swallowed, to cause 
emesis, it is fair to suppose that the agent acts on the 
stomach directly or during its elimination. Finally, if an 
emetic is thrown into the blood after the removal of thet 
stomach and substitution of a bladder in its place, and vom- 
iting does not occur (Majendie's experiment with tartar 
emetic), it shows that the agent only acts on the stomach ; 
but if vomiting does occur, it indicates that the agent acts 
on the vomitiug centre and causes emesis by contraction of 
the parietes and diaphragm, with this reservation, that the 



22 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

flrug may have been eliminated by the oesophagus aud in- 
testines and have reflexly stimulated the vomiting centre 
through the medium of these parts. These remarks dem- 
onstrate the complexity of the subject. 

EMETICS. 

Specific Local Mixed 

Apomorphine TepiJ water Tartar Emetic 

Senes a Mustard Ipecar; 

Squills Salt Zinc Sulphate 

Lukewarm water Alum Copper Sulphate 

Ammonium Carbonate 

Apomorphine is the only emetic given under the skin. 
It also acts well by the mouth, but causes more nausea aud 
allied effects than drugs acting locally. 

Mustard and salt, 1 teaspoonful each, in a cup of luke- 
warm water, form a convenient emetic for dogs. Ipecac is 
useful in respiratory diseases as an expectorant as well as 
emetic, and zinc sulphate is a prompt emetic in poisoning. 
The other emetics are practically unimportant. 

Emetics cause, beside vomitiou, several other pheno- 
mena which are sometimes utilized therapeutically. Amouj; 
these may be mentioned, — nausea, salivation, violent respi- 
ratory efforts, compression of the abdominal glands aud 
ducts and extrusion of their contents, passive congestion of 
the head, chest and peripheral parts by reason of compres- 
sion of the abdominal veins. Increased secretion of the 
mucous membranes of the nose, eyes, stomach, gullet and 
bronchial tubes follow passive congestion. Muscular relax- 
ation always accompanies nausea, and sweating ensues f lom 
relaxation of the skin and leaking out of the secretion. The 
flow of bile is increased on account of pressure on the liver 
and gall-bladder, while the secretion is also augmented. 

The pulse and respiration are more frequent during 
emesis, but are diminished in force and frequency after- 
wards. All these phenomena are more apparent after the 
use of specific emetics. 

Uses. — These apply particularly to dogs. 

1. To empty the stomach in case of poisoning, over- 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 23 

loading of the organ, and indigestion with convulsions in 
young animals :— Mustard, salt or zinc sulphate. 

2. To expel foreign bodies from the fauces and gullet 
(apomorphine subcutaneously) ; or, by the forcible expira- 
tion attending vomition, to expel excessive secretion or exu- 
dation'from the air passages in laryngitis or bronchitis :— 

3. To empty the gall-bladder in catarrhal jaundice and 
biliousness and to expel bile from the stomach. 

4 To lower blood pressure and increase secretion in 
the first stage of bronchitis :— Ipecac. 

5. To stop vomiting :— Ipecac in minute doses. 
Contra-indications.—'Pvegna.ucj-, hernia; inflammation 
of the stomach, brain or abdominal viscera ; bleeding from 
the stomach, bowels or lungs ; aneurism and asthenia. 

Gastric sedatives and anti-emetics are agents used to re- 
lieve pain in the stomach and vomiting. These include : 
jgg Cocaine 

Hot water Cerium oxalate 

Bismuth subcarbonate Lime water 

Bismuth subnitrate Minute doses of arsenic 

Carbon dioxide " " " ipecac 

Hydrocyanic acid "^ " "alcohol 

Morphine " " " ^«^^^"« .^ ^ 

Menthol " " " silver nitrate 

Carbolic acid Chloroform 

Creasote Chloral 

Aconite Bromides 

Belladonna Nitrites 

Hyoscyamus 

Most of these agents act locally, but opium and mor- 
phine, chloral, the bromides, prussic acid and the nitrites 
act centrally. 

USES OF GASTRIC SEDATIVES AND ANTI-EMETICS IN CANINE 
PRACTICE. 

It must be recognized that vomiting is merely a symptom. 
It is, therefore, essential to remove the cause. This may 
sometimes be accomplished by starving, the use of an 



24 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

emetic, or tepid water. If vomiting is due to acute irrita- 
tion of the stomach, as is frequently the case in dogs, ic& 
and bismuth subnitrate (gr. x.-xx.), with tincture of aconite 
(ITL-i.-ii.), form suitable remedies. When vomiting arises from 
indigestion and fermentation, carbolic acid with bismuth, 
often act favorably. The vomiting following anaesthesia is 
probably of central origin. Here enemata of laudanum 
(TTL-x.-xxx.) and sodium bromide (gr. xx.-xxx.) are beneficial. 
Ipecac, iodine, silver nitrate and the like are useful in vom- 
iting dependent upon an atonic or depressed state of the 
stomach. "When vomiting is continuous, small quantities of 
milk and lime water, equal parts, or peptonized milk 
( 3 ii.-iv.), or a drachm of cracked ice with a few drops of 
brandy, should be given at half-hour intervals. It may be 
rarely necessary to resort to rectal feeding. 

Purgaiives or cathartics are agents which empty the 
bowels. They act : (1) By stimulating peristaltic action. 
(2) By increasing the secretions (succus entericus) of the 
intestinal glands and, perhaps, transudation of fluid from 
the blood vessels in the walls of the intestines. (3) By hin- 
dering absorption of secretions and fluids which normally 
occurs in the lower bowels. (4) By a combination of two or 
more of these methods. Purgatives may be divided into : 

1. Laxatives. — These include such agents as: 

Olive oil Nux vomica 

Cottonseed oil Castor oil L^^^^j^ ^^^^ 

Magnesia Linseed oil ) 

Sulphur 

These drugs slightly increase intestinal action, chiefly 
by stimulation of peristalsis. 

2. Simple Purgatives. — These stimulate secretion and 
peristaltic action. Among them may be mentioned : 

Aloes Rhubarb 

Calomel Senna 

Linseed oil Cascara sagrada 

Castor oil Frangula 

3. Drastic Purgatives. — Drastics are essentially gastro- 
intestinal irritants, and in large doses cause mucous an(J 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 



25 



"bloody diarrhoea, congestion of the mucous membrane of 
the alimentary canal and severe colic. They may produce 
death in poisonous doses with collapse by reason of gastro- 
enteritis. Drastics greatly increase both peristaltic action 
and secretion, and are contra-indicated in irritable and in- 
flamed conditions of the digestive tract. They are, however, 
indicated for their revulsant or derivative effect {i.e., to dilate 
the blood vessels in the alimentary canal and to cause an 
outpouring of serum from the blood, thus relieving conges- 
tion in other parts) in some acute inflammations, as in brain 
diseases. Their medicinal action is often attended with 
considerable and irregular peristaltic contractions, so that 
griping occurs. The latter is prevented by suitable combi- 
nation°with other purgatives; with hyoscyamus and bella- 
donna ; or with carminatives, as ginger. The drastics in- 
clude : 

Croton oil Scammony 

Colocynth Jalap 

Gamboge Elaterium 

4. Hydragogue Purgatives.— B-jdr&gognes are agents 
which chiefly increase the fluidity of the intestinal contents. 
They include : 

(a) SALINE PURGATIVES 

Magnesium sulphate Sodium phosphate 

Sodium sulphate Potassium bitartrate , 

(b) DRASTICS 

Jalap Scammony 

Elaterium 

The salines stimulate secretion by reason of their bit- 
terness, and by their irritant and specific properties. They, 
moreover, hold on to the fluid thus secreted and hinder its 
absorption because of their slow diffusibility. Purgation 
follows, owing to the mechanical effect of the increased 
fluidity in the bowels, and since the augmented bulk of the 
intestinal contents excites peristaltic action. When it is 
desirable to remove fluid from the blood the salt should be 
given in concentrated solution, but when a speedy purgative 



26 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

action ooly is required the saline should be administered in 
considerable dilution. This happens because salines con- 
tinue to cause an outpouring of fluid (succus entericus) inta 
the intestines until a 5 to 6 per cent, solution of the salt ia 
reached. The nearer to this degree of dilution (5-6 per 
cent.), therefore, the dose is given, the more quickly will it 
purge. 

The drastics included in this class of purgatives have 
the power of markedly increasing intestinal secretion as well 
as peristaltic action. 

5. Cholagocjue Purgatives. — Cholagogues are agents which 
assist in removing bile from the body. They do this in two 
ways. 1. By directly stimulating the secretion of bile. 
These are called Direct Cholagogv£s, or Hepatic Stimulants. 
2. By increasing peristalsis in the upper portion of the 
small intestines, and thus hastening the expulsion of bile 
from the bowels. These are called Indirect Cholagogttes. 
Some cholagogues are not generally considered purgatives, 
but it is proper to classify all of them thus, since bile stim- 
ulates peristalsis. 

The functions of the liver which cholagogues influence 
— more or less — are as follows : 

1. Destructive Action. — The liver not only destroys the 
toxicity of peptones and other poisonous fermentative and 
putrefactive products of digestion, but antagonizes as well 
the effect of toxins and alkaloids derived from various sources, 
including those absorbed from the alimentary tract. 

2. Constructive Action. — The liver completes the assimi- 
lation of peptones by converting them into albumin and 
globulin for immediate use. An important hepatic function 
is the formation of glycogen from peptones and sugar occur- 
ring as digestive products. Finally urea is produced in the 
liver from products of oxidation in the body, as leucin. 

3. Excretory Action. — The liver produces bile which is 
both an excretion and secretion. In bile are eliminated, as 
toxic matters, biliary acids (the product of liver cells), bile 
pigment (the result of decomposition of red blood cells in 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 27 

the spleen), and lecithin and cholesterin (the waste pro- 
ducts of nerve tissue and cellular activity). The bile pigment 
and acids are rendered inert in the bowel by precipitation 
in the acid chyme. 

4. Secretory Action. — Bile, as a secretion, is utilized in 
the intestines, where it is instrumental in the emulsification 
and absorption of food-fat. Experiments on fasting, cur- 
arized dogs — from which all the bile was removed through 
glass tubes connected with the common bile duct — have 
shown that the following drugs particularly stimulate 
biliary secretion : 

DIRECT CHOLAGOGUES. 

^Podophyllum Ipecac 

Aloes Euonymus 

*Rhubarb *Nitro-hydrochloric Acid 
Colchicum Corrosive Sublimate 

Sodium Sulphate Sodium Salicylate 

*3odium Phosphate 

These experiments may not apply to all animals owing 
to the differences in food requirements and anatomy. The 
drugs marked with an asterisk have been found by clinical 
evidence most valuable. The purgatives above-mentioned 
act most successfully as cholagogues when given in small 
doses. 

INDIRECT CHOLAGOGUES. 

Calomel 
]\Iercury 
Most purgatives in a less degree. 

The bile occurring at any time within the bowels is in 
part absorbed and then re- secreted. This process may be 
repeated indefinitely, but is prevented by purgatives, espe- 
cially those increasing peristalsis in the duodenum and 
upper part of the jejunum (calomel), because they huriy 
along and expel the bile in the gut before it has time to be 
absorbed. 

In this way calomel and purgatives are indirect chola- 
gogues in removing bile from the body ; not by stimulating 
its secretion, but by hasteniug its excretion from the bowels. 



28 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

Cholagogues are serviceable in indigestion and constipation 
with disordered hepatic functions, as shown by icterus, light- 
colored faaces, etc. A more complete method of ridding the 
blood of bile consists in the use of both an indirect chola- 
gogue (to sweep it out of the bowels) and a direct chola- 
gogue (to increase biliary secretion). The urea-forming 
and glycogenic functions of the liver are not influenced to 
advantage by drugs, with the exception of opium, morphine 
and codeine, which lessen the amount of sugar in the urine 
in Diabetes Mellitus. 

GENERAL USES OF PURGATIVES. 

1. To empty the boivels. — In this way are removed f?ec!\l 
accumulations and poisonous matters resulting from bacte- 
rial infection, and from fermentative and putrefactive changes 
in the intestinal contents in indigestion. Foreign bodies, 
bile, pathological discharges and intestinal parasites are also 
expelled. 

Peristaltic action is quickened in chronic constipation, 
while spasmodic and painful conditions (colic) are relieved 
by ridding the bowels of the source of irritation causing the 
trouble. 

2. To remove fluid from the body. — This effect is more 
marked after the use of concentrated solutions of saline pur- 
gatives and other hydragogues. Concentration of the blood 
and resulting absorption of dropsies of renal and cardiac 
origin, or inflammatory effusions, can be accomplished by 
these agents. 

3. To revulse. — That is, to cause dilatation of the blood 
vessels in the intestinal walls and so withdraw blood from 
remotely congested areas, as in cerebritis. The drastics are 
appropriate for this service. Pain and nervous phenomena 
in other regions are sometimes benefited by the counter- 
irritant action of drastic cathartics. 

4. To deplete. — Cathartics, particularly concentrated 
saline solutions, deplete the body both locally and generally 
by withdrawal of serum from the blood vessels. Purgatives 



GENERAL USES OF PURGATIVES 29 

-itend ta combat inflammation (antiphlogistic action) in this 
way by lowering blood tension while they also favor reduc- 
^;ion of a febrile temperature. Local depletion by salines is 
especially indicated in diarrhoea and dysentery, and in the 
first stages of acute inflammation of the digestive tract. 
Plethora and obesity are often treated by a depletive method 
■with cathartics. 

5. To eliminate. — Deleterious material in the blood re- 
sulting from renal insufficiency, and probably from infection 
in acute diseases, may be eliminated to a considerable extent 
by purgatives. So also may be ha?mic sources of rheuma- 
matism, lymphangitis and Imemoglobiufemia. 

Contra-indications. — These refer rather to the special 
agent than to any disorder, for there is scarcely a condition 
in which some cathartic is not permissible. 

Drastics are inadmissible under the following circum- 
stances : in catarrhal conditions of the respiratory and 
digestive tracts, intestinal hnemorrhage, collapse, anremia, 
hernia, prolapse of rectum, metritis, nephritis, pregnancy, 
general debility, and in wounds of and operations upon the 
pelvic or abdominal viscera. 

In well-defined enteritis and peritonitis cathartics are ' 
to be avoided. In mechanical obstruction of the intestines 
surgical interference is indicated when practicable, but where 
this is impossible enemata and possibly purgatives may be 
employed. The intestines, developed to an extent dispro- 
portionate to the size of the stomach in the horse, are pow- 
erfully influenced by cathartics, so that in catarrh of the 
respiratory organs and influenza, metastasis, or change in 
the site of the inflammation may occur, and the intestines 
may become involved with the occurrence of excessive 
purging (super-purgation) after the ingestion of any but the 
mildest cathartics, as linseed oil. Aloes is the purgative 
given horses for ordinary purposes, while epsom and glauber 
salts are suitable for ruminants and pigs, and calomel and 
castor oil for dogs. Water assists the action of purgatives, 
and its ingestion should be encouraged by supplying a liberal 



30 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

quantity of common salt either with the purgative or on the- 
food, and also by sweetening the drinking water with molasses 
in the case of cattle. If the action of cathartics is delayed, 
it is usually advisable to give enemata. 

Enemata, or Clysters. — These are fluid injections into the 
rectum and are used for the following purposes : 

1. To empty the lower bowels when purgatives are 
inadmissible, as in intestinal obstruction, ulceration and 
inflammation, f?ecal accumulations, debilitated conditions, 
obstinate vomiting, unconsciousness, and in inability to 
swallow (sore throat and tetanus). 

2. To relieve pain, spasm (of intestines and bladder), 
and shock, when deep, hot enemata (105^-115^ F.) are used. 

3. To save life. After severe hsetnorrhage, deep injec- 
tions of hot normal salt solutions, 110 F^. (Enteroclysis, 
see p. 703.) 

4. To accelerate the action of purgatives, and as a 
preparation for abdominal and pelvic operations. 

5. To supply food. (See artificial feeding, p. 663.) 

6. For their local effect upon inflammation of the mucous 
membrane of the rectum and colon. Opium and boiled 
starch solution; silver nitrate and tannic acid — in diarrhoea, 
dysentery, colitis and proctitis. 

7. To kill intestinal parasites (oxyurides), — solutions of 
quassia and common salt. 

8. To administer medicines in dysphagia due to pharyn- 
gitis, tetanus, unconsciousness (apoplexy, coma and convul- 
sions) ; to obstinate vomiting and other causes. 

9. To reduce temperature, — cold enemata in fevei*. 

10. To produce diuresis, —deep injections for retention 
and absorption into the blood. 

11. To improve muscular tone and intestinal peristalsis 
in chronic constipation, — cold enemata (55°-60^ F.). 

12. To overcome twist and intussusception. 

13. To stimulate peristalsis, relieve congestion, and 
increase the flow of bile in catarrhal jaundice, — cold, deep 
irrigations (55^-GO^ F.) are here indicate<l. 



USES OF ENEMATA 31 

Enemata are best given by allowing water to gravitate 
into the bowel from a lieiglit of 2 to 4 feet. The ordinary 
fountain syringe of human practice is suitable for the smaller 
animals, while for deep injections or irrigations a human 
rectal tube should be slipped over the hard rubber tip. In 
the case of horses or cattle enemata may be siphoned 
through a rubber tube or piece of small hose. This is 
accomplished by filling the tube with water and compressing 
it at either end to prevent the escape of water, while one end 
is submerged in a pail or tub raised 2-4 feet above the 
patient, and the other end is then introduced directly within 
the bowel ; or affixed to a rectal tube six feet long, when 
deep injections or irrigations are in order. A continuous 
flow is thus obtained. A still simpler method consists in 
pouring water into a funnel which has been fitted to one end 
of a rubber tube while the other end is passed into the 
rectum. That portion of the tube which is to be placed 
within the gut should always be lubricated with vaseline, 
oil or soap. Manual removal of hardened faeces (scybala) 
must be practised in all animals before the use of enemata. 
The finger or blunt curette may be utilized for this purpose 
in small patients. The injection of linseed or cottonseed 
oil (H.oi.; D. 3 ii.) an hour before the use of larger enemata 
assists in softening the intestinal contents. 

When deep injections are indicated, the hind quarters 
of the animal should be raised — small animals may be 
partially inverted — and the fluid allowed to flow in slowl}', 
pushing in the rectal tube as the gut distends. Such enemata 
are more ejffective whether the object be to simply unload 
the bowels, to cause retention and absorption of the fluid, 
or to wash out the intestines. One to several gallons of 
warm water form a suitable quantity for unloading the 
bowels of large animals ; one-half pint to a quart, in the 
case of small patients. The injections should be repeated 
until a good evacuation is secured. To increase the purga- 
tive effect of enemata a cup each of soft soap, salt and 
molasses are added to a gallon of water ; or a tablespoonful 



32 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

each to a pint. Linseed oil or cottonseed oil are also mixed 
with water. Epsom salts are still more efficacious (H.ibii. 
to gallon of water. (D. 3 i.-iv. to pint); while oil of turpentine 
(H. 3 ii.-iv.; D. 3 i.-iv.) is very active and especially useful in 
colic and flatulence, mixed with the enema. When clysters 
are given to be absorbed they should always be deeply 
injected in quantities of one-half to one gallon for horses; 
or one-half to one pint for dogs. In chronic constipation 
and torpidity of the bowels plain cold water (55°-60° F.) 
injections are indicated. 

Medicated irrigations are most serviceable in catarrhal 
disorders of the bowels (dysentery, etc.), i.e., the fluid is 
allowed to flow in and out again till the solution returns 
clear. 

Drugs Acting on th.e Circulation. 

I.— Acting Upon the Blood. 

(a) Blood Plasma. — The alkalinity of the blood plasma 
can be increased by the use of the salts of the alkaline and 
earth metals; i.e., potassium, sodium, lithium, ammonium, 
magnesium and calcium compounds. This effect is of value 
therapeutically in rheumatism, ha^moglobinaemia and uric- 
acid^emia. In the former two disorders, increasing the 
alkalinity of the blood plasma appears to assist in the 
elimination of toxic material, while in the latter condition 
the excretion of uric acid — existing in the blood as urates — 
is thought to be favored by potassium and lithium salts. 
These salts also alkalize the urine and increase its secretion. 
Drugs which remove considerable fluid from the body, as 
purgatives, diaphoretics and diuretics, necessarily alter the 
composition of the blood plasma. By removing fluid from 
the plasma, these agents are useful in aiding absorption of 
inflammatory exudations, dropsies and oedemas, since the 
mass of fluid removed is soon replaced from that contained 
in the food and tissues. In the various infectious and con- 
stitutional diseases treatment is largely directed to exciting 
the secretions and excretions with the purpose of eliminating 
products of tissue waste and bacterial action from the blood, 



DBUGS ACTING ON THE CIRCULATION 33 

which prove detrimental to the system. This line of treat- 
ment is pursued in uraemia, hsemoglobiuaemia and lymph- 
angitis. Venesection, saline infusions, hypodermoclysis and 
enteroclysis alter the character of the plasma and often have 
a life-saving value. (See p. 728-736.) 

(b) The Red Corpuscles. — The so-called blood tonics, or 
hcemathiics influence the red corpuscles, increasing their 
number and content of haemoglobin when there is a defi- 
ciency of either. The effect upon the augmentation of haemo- 
globin is more marked. 

H^lIATINICS. 

Iron and its salts Corrosive sublimate 

Arsenic Potassium permanganate 

Copper salts Manganese dioxide 

The first two aie immensely superior to the others in 
blood-making properties. Iron especially favors the forma- 
tion of haemoglobin; arsenic increases the number of red 
corpuscles. Certain agents possess toxicological significance 
by destroying the composition of hciemoglooin. Large doses 
of the coal tar products, as acetaniiid, antipyrin and phen- 
acetin, nitrites and potassium chlorate, convert haemoglobin 
into methaemoglobin, a mixture, probably, of hematin and 
soluble albumin; while carbonic oxide, phosphorus, sul- 
phur, arsenic, iodine, hydrogen sulphide and turpentine, in 
large doses, reduce oxyhaemoglobin and prevent its com- 
bination with oxygen. Acetaniiid, potassium chlorate and 
amyl-nitrite destroy the red blood cells, if absorbed in con- 
siderable amount. 

(c) White Corpuscles. — It is possible experimentally to 
arrest purulent exudations caused by irritation and inflam- 
mation when quinine is introduced into the blood or applied 
locally to blood vessels. This happens because quinine and 
all cinchona salts, berberine sulphate and acetaniiid — 
like other poisons to amoebae — prevent the amoeboid 
movement or migration (diapedesis) of leucocytes through 
the vessel walls. Unfortunately it is impossible to give 
large enough doses in practice to realize such favorable 
results in inflammatory disorders. An enormous increase 



34 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

of leucocytes (leucocytosis) occurs in acute diseases accom- 
panied by a local exudative process, and also in leukaemia, 
etc. Recent experience with nucleic acid and tallianine 
(see p. 545) proves that they induce leucocytes and are 
valuable in bacterial infections. Arsenic, and in some cases 
quinine, appear to reduce the leucocytosis, and in leukaemia 
seem to thus aid recovery. Drugs altering the consistency 
of the blood are : Calcium chloride and (to a less extent) 
other calcium salts, gelatin and potassium iodide, which 
increase the rate and degree of coagulation ; cod-liver oil, 
which augments the solids in the blood ; and toxic doses of 
mercury, which lessen the solids and coagulation and in- 
crease the fluidity of the blood. 

II. — Drugs Acting on the Heart. 

The mechanism controlling the heart, which is influenced 
by drugs, is as follows : 

1. Heart-muscle and ganglia. 

2. Inhibitory apparatus, including the vagus nerve roots 
originating from the medullary centre, and its fibres termi- 
nating in the heart. 

3. The accelerator apparatus, consisting of the accele- 
rator nerve — with centres in the cerebrum and medulla — 
and its fibres passing down the spinal cord to the dorsal 
nerves ; from thence through the first thoracic ganglion to 
the sympathetic, and so on to the cardiac plexus, with peri- 
pheral terminations in the heart. The ganglia in the heart 
are situated about the auriculo-ventricular groove and at the 
entrance of the superior and inferior vense cavae, and at the 
orifices of the pulmonary veins. 

The ganglia have been divided into the inhibitory, 
connected with the vagus nerve ; the motor ; and the 
accelerator ganglia ; and they are supposed to be influenced 
by drugs as well as the rest of the mechanism detailed above. 
Our knowledge of the functions of these ganglia is imperfect 
and therefore of the action of drugs on them. 

The action of drugs on the heart-muscle has been deter- 
mined by estimating their influence on the lower two-third3 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE CIRCULATION 35 

of the apex, which is comparatively free from nerve supply. 
The action of drugs on the inhibitory apparatus is of more 
luiportauce than that exerted on the accelerator nerve, 
and we know more about it. Drugs usually affect the roots 
of the Viigiis nerve in the centre, or its peripheral termina- 
tions in the heart, rather than its trunk. The heart is 
influenced by drugs as follows : 

1. Stimulation of tlie inhibitory apparatus leads to slowing or 
weakening of the heart-beats, or to both. 

2. Depression of the inliibitorj- apparatus results in quickening or 
strengthening the heart-beats, or both. 

3. Stimulation of the accelerator apparatus causes an increase in 
the rate or force of the heart beats, or both. 

4. Depres-;ion of the accelerator apparatus induces decrease in the 
rate or force of the heart-beats, or botli 

5. Stimulation of the heart-muscle produces increase in the rate or 
force of the heart-beats, or both. 

0. Depression of the heart-muscle lowers the rate or force of the 
heart-beats, or both. 

The vagus centre is stimulated by agencies increasing 
blood-pressure, or causiug asphyxia. On the other hand, 
agencies reducing blood-pressure depress the vagus, or 
stimulate the accelerator nerve, or both. Thus, the nitrites, 
as amyl nitrite, nitro-glycerin and spirit of nitrous ether, 
quicken the heart by lowering vascular tension. External 
stimuli to sensory nerves reflexly stimulate the heart, as 
also do many locally irritating agents taken internally; e.g., 
strong alcoholic or ammoniacal preparations. 

Since drugs commonly influence more than one part of 
the mechanism controlling the heart, and since it is difficult 
to determine the exact physiological details in such complex 
actions, we shall content ourselves with tabulating the 
actions of drugs ordinarily employed for their influence on 
the heart, remembering that while moderate doses produce 
the effects enumerated below, poisonous doses often give 
rise to diametrically opposite actions. 

(a) Drugs increasing the force of the heart-beat. 

Digitalis "1 Barium salts '\ 

Strophanthus I Camphor I Do not alter rate 

Sparteine j^ ^^^^ ^^'^ P'^^^^ Physostigmine j Particularly 
Squill J 



36 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

(b) Drugs increasing the rate of heart-heats. 

Belladonna Stramonium 

Atropine Cocaine 

Hyoscyanius 

(c) Drugs increasing the force and rede of heart-beats. 

Alcohol Strychnine 

Chloroform Caffeine 

Ether Quinine 

Ammonia Arsenic 
Ammonium carbonate 

(d) Drugs decreasing the force and rate of the heart-heats. 

Aconite Prussic acid 

Veratrum viride Ergot 

Antimony salts 

The drugs most frequently given to animals for their 
action on the heart are alcohol, ether, digitalis, strophanthus, 
ammonia, ammonium carbonate, camphor, caffeine, strych- 
nine, atropine, aconite and veratrum viride. The reader is 
referred to special articles on these drugs for therapeutical 
indications and other details. 

Ill, — Drugs Acting on the Blood Vessels. 

The following table includes the mechanism regulating 
vascular tension : 

! Smooth muscular fibres 
Termina'ionsof vasodilators and vaso- 
consl rictors 

n TVT ^ e ^ \ Vasodilators 

2. Nerve supply of vessels.... -j Vasoconstrictors 

f Vasomotor centimes in the medulla and 
t subsidiary centres in the spinal 

3. Centres -I cord and sympathetic system, con- 

I trolling the vasodilating and cou- 
(^ stricting nerves 

Each vessel is governed by two sets of fibres, — the 
constricting and dilating, — but we cannot discriminate 
between the action of a drug on the muscular fibres and the 
peripheral nerve endings in the vessel walls ; nor can we 



DKUGS ACTING ON THE CIRCULATION 37 

always tell whether a drug acts to stimulate one set of 
peripheral fibres or depress the other. 

Vascular tension is increased not only by contraction of 
vessels, but also by drugs which cause the heart to beat more 
quickly, and by those making its pulsations more forcible 
and complete, so that all the blood is squeezed out of the 
Tentricle at each contraction. Contrariwise, blood pressure 
is diminished, not only by those drugs inducing vascular 
dilatation, but by those reducing the rate or force of the 
heart, or both. 

We shall simply classify drugs influencing the vessels 
according as to whether they act after absorption into the 
blood, or only when applied locally to the vessel walls. 

(a) Drugs opting systemicaUy to contract vessels. 

Adrenalin Strophanthus Hamamelis 

Cocaine Squill Hydrastis 

Ergot Sparteine Physostigmine 

Digitalis Strychnine 

(b) Dntcfs acting sysfemicaJIy to dilate vessels, 
Amyl nitrite Chloral 
Nitroglycerin Aconite 

SiMrit of nitrous ether Opium 

^'*^^''**^ Belladonna (secondary action) 

■^*'^^'* Hyoscj-amus " 

Chloroform Stramonium " 

(c) Agents acting locally to contract vessels. 
^'^^^1 Astringents 

(d) Agents acting locally to dilate vessels. 
•^^^* Counter-irritants 

^''^''^•~^i'"^« or agencies causing general dilatation of 
vessels are useful in overcoming iutern.il congestions and 
colds by equalizing the ch-culation ; that is. by causing the 
blood to be distributed more equably about the body. They 
are also of benefit in morbid conditions attended with a 
high, vascular tension; and are serviceable ia dilating 
peripheral vessels and in causing perspiration and loss of 
heat in fevers (spirit of nitrous ether and alcohol). Drugs 
luduciug general contraction of vessels are employed hi 



38 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

disorders characterized by loss of tone, as in shock and 
collapse ; and in heart weakness or disease (digitalis and 
strychnine) ; also in internal haemorrhage and inflammations 
(orgot) ; and to aid the absorption of dropsies and oedemas. 
The uses of drugs locally contracting vessels will be 
described under Astringents (p. (53) and of agents locally 
dilating vessels under ccunter-irritauts (p. 62). 



Drugs Acting on the Nervous System. 

I. — Drugs Influencing the Brain. 

It is impossible to classify drugs according to their 
action on the various centres of the brain, because our 
knowledge is insufficient. In a general way, drugs affect- 
ing the nervous system fall into two groups, — the excitant 
and depressant. But another difficulty arises in regard to 
classification from the fact that the same drug usually both 
■excites and depresses. Probably all drugs influencing the 
nervous apparatus possess some exciting action, and most 
drugs which excite in small doses cause depression and 
paralysis after poisonous quantities. 

For example, alcohol, ether and chloroform are cerebral 
excitants in small doses, but in large doses are depressants 
(hypnotics) and paralyzants (anaesthetics). Belladonna and 
its congeners, on the other hand, only excite the brain in 
large amounts ; while opium and cannabis Indica may excite 
the brain in small doses, but are used for their more common 
depressant action. The condition of the patient has some 
bearing on the action of a drug influencing the brain. Thus 
moderate doses of alcohol depress and stupefy healthy 
animfds while stimulating the enfeebled and ill-nourished. 

The brain of the lower animals is undeveloped compared 
to that of man, and, in accordance with the general fact that 
the more highly a portion of the nervous mechanism is 
organized the more powerfully is it influenced by drugs, it 
iollows that drugs acting on the brain and cord are more 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 39 

prone to affect the cord in veterinary patients, while impres- 
sing the brain more potently in man. For this reason we 
notice in the horse that the primary period of excitability 
(sometimes seen in man) following the administration of 
morphine is much prolonged and not infrequently com- 
pletely obliterates the somnifacient action of the drug in 
this animal. 

We shall be content to classify drugs acting on the 
nervous system according to their most pronounced action 
in moderate doses. 

(a) Cerehral Excitants. 

Alcohol Caffeine 

Anaesthetics Quinine 

Camphor Cocaine 

Uses. — These drugs are rarely used simply to excite the 
brain, but forother purposes. Camphor, caffeine and quinine 
are eraploj^ed to generally excite the nervous system in 
depressed conditions. Caffeine is a valuable antidote to the 
depressing cerebral action of opium in poisoning. 

(b) Cerehral Dej^ressants. — It is fortunate that drugs 
progressively paralyzing the functions of the brain follow 
the so-called law of dissolution — i.e., paralj'ze the various 
functions of the brain in the inverse order of their evolu- 
tionary development. The centres last to be acquired are 
the first "to be paralyzed (cerebral centres) ; while those of 
earliest origin (the respiratory, vagus and vasomotor centres) 
are last to succumb to the action of cerebral depressants. 
The cerebral depressants are used mostly to relieve pain, 
when they are called anodynes or analgesics. Pain is due 
to irritation of any sensory nerve, or the sensory tract in 
the spinal cord, or of the sensory centres in the brain. Pain 
may be relieved by paralyzing any portion of this path 
and destroying connection with the perceptive centres in 
the brain. 

(1) Anodynes, hy reason of their action on the brain. 
Opium Alcohol Cannabis Indica 

Morphine Antesthetics Gelsemium 

Codeine Chloral Bromides ':■■ 



40 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

(2) Narcotics. — Tins term is a broad and somewhat 
inclusive one. Narcotics embrace drugs which depress the 
brain and cause sleep (hypnotics or soporifics) and stupor 
(some anodynes and anaesthetics), and finally paralyze the 
respiratory and circulatory functions. The following may- 
be included in this group : 

Opium Anaesthetics Cannabis Indica Stramonium 

Alcohol Chloral Belladonna Hyoscyamus 

(a) Hypnotics or Soporifics (drugs causing sleep) : 

Opium Bromides Paraldehyde Sulphonal 

Morphine Cannabis Indica Urethrane Trional 

Chloral ^^^ little importance in veterinary 

practice) 

JJses. — Hypnotics are not of much value in Veterinary 
medicine by simply promoting sleep. Their general sedative 
and anodyne actions are iTtilized in relieving motor excite- 
ment (spasms) or sensory excitement (pain). 

(b) General Ancesthetics. 

Ether Nitrous oxide Methylene bichloride 

Chloroform Ethylene dichloride Schleich's mixture 

(01' slight value in veterinary medicine) 

Anaesthetics are agents which abolish sensation generally 
or locally. It is thought that the general anaesthetics act 
directly on the nerve cells. Anaesthetics — like narcotics 
generally — first stimulate and then depress the nerve centres, 
but depression is by far their most salient and useful effect. 

Anaesthetics destroy the functions of nerve centres in 
the cerebrum and spinal cord, and so abolish pain, sensation 
and reflex action. The law of dissolution is exemplified in 
their action. Anaesthesia is commonly described in three 
stages. (1) The first or stimulant stage is exhibited by excite- 
ment and struggling, owing in part to fright and in part to 
stimulation, first of the higher cerebral centres, and then of 
the lower cortical centres. There are also coughing and 
choking in this stage, following the local irritation of the 
vapor on the respiratory tract. There may be vomiting, 
and the circulation and respiration are temporarily stimu- 
lated. Stimulation now ceases and depression of the 
cerebrum, together with the motor, sensory and reflex spinal 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 41 

■centres, appears, and ushers in the (2) ancesthetic stage, char- 
acterized by muscular relaxation and complete abolition of 
consciousness, sensation and motion. Between these two 
stages — the stimulant and ausesthetic — there sometimes 
occurs a transient state in which sensation is lost before 
consciousness. This has been styled the anodyne stage. 

Finally, the (3) paralytic stage ensues, accompanied by 
depression and then paralysis of the three great vital 
medullary centres controlling the circulation and respiration, 
together with that of the lowest reflex centres, so that invol- 
untary micturition and defsecation occurs. The animal dies 
of a combination of vasomotor, heart and respiratory failure. 
If recovery should follow the paralytic stage, the bodily 
functions return in the reverse order to that in which they 
were lost; i.e., the lower vital functions first appear, followed 
finally by the higher cerebral functions. 

Uses. — Anaesthetics are employed in surgical operations 
to prevent pain and struggling ; in obstetrical operations 
and in the reduction of fractures, dislocations and hernia, to 
secure complete muscular relaxation ; to overcome spasms 
and convulsions resulting from disease or poisons ; to arrest 
severe pain in colic; and finally to destroy aged or sick and 
useless animals. 

For fuller details see Anaesthesia (p. 299). 

(c) Drugs acting on the cortical motor centres of the brain. 

(1) DRUGS STIMULATING THE MOTOR CENTRES. 

Strychnine Physostigmine 

Atropine 

(2) DRUGS DEPRESSING THE MOTOR CENTRES. 

The Bromides Alcohol 

Chloral Anaesthetics 

The action of drugs on the cerebral cortical centres has 
heen found by comparing the local effect of electrical stim- 
ulation before and after the internal use of drugs. 

Uses. — The drugs depressing the cortical motor area of 
the brain are valuable in convulsions and spasmodic disorders 



42 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

and in motor excitement, particularly in epileptiform con- 
vulsions of dogs. 

II. — Drugs Acting on the Spinal Cord. 

The functions of the cord consist in the conduction of 
sensory impulses forward to the brain and of motor impulses 
backward to the muscles ; in the origination of nervous 
force in centres controlling certain functions (sexual, sweat- 
ing, etc.) ; and in reflex action by which the cord transmits 
impulses from sensory to motor tract of the same side of 
the body, or laterally, from sensory to motor columns on 
opposite sides. 

While drugs probably influence the various centres in 
the cord, our knowledge of their action is chiefly limited to 
that exerted on the motor cells of the inferior cornua. 

If a drug stimulating the motor cells of the cord is 
given experimentally, slight peripheral irritation will reflexly 
cause convulsions, and, if the cord is severed from the brain» 
the same phenomena appear. 

(A) Drugs stimulating the motor cells of the inferior cornua. 

Strychnine Ammonia Opium } pH^o^,. ^c\mn 

Brucine Ansesthetics Ergot f ^"mary action 

Thebaine 

Uses. — Strychnine is employed in paraplegia resulting 
from diseases of the spinal cord after irritation caused by 
the lesion has passed away. 

(B) Drugs depressing the 7notor cells of the inferior cornuxi. 

(1) WITHOUT PRIMARY STIMULATION 



Physostigmine 

Bromides 

Ergot 

Nitrites 
Gelsemium 


Emetine 
Turpentine 
^ i Sodium 
'^ •] Potassium 
!Zi ( Lithium 


« I Antimony 
It 1 Silver 
^ (Zinc 
Saponin 




(2) WITH PRIMARY 


STIMULATION 


Chloral 
Morphine 
Apomorphine 
Alcohol 


Ether 

Chloroform 
Camphor 
Carbolic acid 


Nicotine 
Veratrine 
Mercury 
Arsenic 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 43 

Uses. — Drugs depressing the motor cells of the cord are 
serviceable as antidotes in the treatment of poisoning by 
those exciting the same (chloral and bromides in strychnine 
poisoning), and in convulsive and spasmodic disorders, as 
chorea and tetanus. 

III. — Drugs Acting on the Nerves. 

The nerve terminations, rather than their trunks, are 
inflaenced by drugs. 

(A) Drags influencing jyeripheral sensory iierve-endings. 

(1) Stimulating sensory nerve -terminations. — Counter- 
irritants. (See p. 62.) 

General Uses. — They are applied externally (mustard 
and heat) to stimulate the heart and respiration in heart 
failure, shock and collapse. 

(2) Depressing sensory nerve-terminations. — These include 
local sedatives or anodynes, which lessen sensation ; and 
local anaesthetics, which abolish sensation. 

LOCAL ANODYNES 

Aconite Morphine Veratrine 

Menthol Chloral Heat 

Carbolic acid Pruss-ic acid Cold 

Atropine Sodium bicarbonate 

LOCAL ANESTHETICS 

Cocaine Holocaine i Methyl-chloride 

Eucaine Cold '^^^^ "| Ether 

Uses. — The local anodynes are employed to relieve pain 
of an inflammatory, rheumatic or neuralgic character, and 
itching. The local anaesthetics are employed to prevent 
pain in surgical operations. 

(B) Drugs infliiencing peripheral motor nerve-endings. 

(1) STIMULATING MOTOR NERVE-TERMINATIONS 

Strychnine Aconite Pyridine 

Pilocarpine Nicotine 

(2) DEPRESSING MOTOR NERVE-TERMINATIONS 

Curare Atropine Prussic acid 

Coiiium Cocaine Nicotine 

Amyl-nitrite Camphor and many otlT-r^ 



44 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

jjgQs. — Drugs inflaeucing tlie peripheral motor nerve- 
endings are not of any practical therapeutical value. 

IV. — Drugs Acting on the Nerves or Special Sense. 

(A) Drugs acting on the eye. 

(1) Drugs influencing the pupil — The mechanism coutroll- 
ing the pupil consists of the centres for the contraction of 
the pupil (in corpora quadrigemina?), the centres for the 
dilatation of the pupil (iu the medulla aud aqueduct of 
Sylvius?), the third nerve, the cervical sympathetic and the 
circular and radiating (latter sometimes absent) muscular 
fibres of the iris. Drugs may act either centrally or locally 
on these structures. The pupil is dilated by drugs (1) 
depressing the contracting (oculomotor) centre, (2) the ter- 
minations of the third nerve or (3) the circular fibres of the 
iris ; and contrariwise, by (4) stimulating the dilating centre, 
(5) the terminations of the sympathetic or (6) the radial 
fibres of the iris; and, finally, by a combination of these 
actions. 

Again, the pupil is contracted by drugs stimulating 
(1) the oculomotor centre, (2) the terminations of the third 
nerve or (3) circular fibres of the iris ; and by depressing (4) 
the dilating centre, (5) the terminations of the sympathetic 
or (6) the radial fibres of the iris ; and also by a combina- 
tion of these actions. Drugs may act locally on the pupil 
through the medium of the circulation as well as when 
dropped into the eye. Furthermore, absorption and central 
action may occur when drugs are dropped into the eye as 
well as when entering the blood through the more ordinary 
channels. 

The drugs used in the treatment of the diseases of the 
eye are only those acting locally. Drugs influencing the 
pupil are divided into two classes : (1) those that contract 
the pupil (myotics) and (2) those that dilate the pupil 
(mydriatics). 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 45 

(1) Mydriatics. 

(a) ACTING LOCALLY. 

Atropine 

Homatropine 

Hyoscyamine j. Paralyse third nerve terminations 

Hyoscine 

Scopolamine 

Gelsemine J 

Cocaine Stimulates sympathetic endings. 

(b) ACTING CENTRALLY. 

Anassthetics (late in their action) 

The dilating centre is stimulated by carbonic dioxide in 
the blood, and therefore dilatation of the pupil occurs in 
asphyxia ; also after irritation of sensory nerves, the sexual 
organs and digestive apparatus. 

Uses. — Mydriatics are useful in dilating the pupil for 
examination of the eye, and to ]irevent adhesions of the iris 
in central corneal ulcers ; in keratitis, to overcome photo- 
phobia and blepharospasm ; and in iritis, to secure rest of 
the iris and ciliary muscles. 

(2) Myotics. 

(a) ACTING LOCALLY. 

Physostigmine ) . , , . , 

T,., " Stmiulate third nerve-endings 

Pilocarpine ) ° 

(b) ACTING CENTRALLY. 

Anaesthetics Opium 

Uses. — Myotics are employed to prevent prolapse of the 
iris in wounds and ulcers of the cornea ; to antagonize the 
effect of atropine ; to prevent the entrance of light in painful 
disorders of the eye ; to lessen intra-ocular tension in 
glaucoma ; and, in alternation with mydriatics, to break up 
adhesions to the iris. All the local mydriatics and myotics 
mentioned above act on the ciliary muscle to destroy the 
power of accomodation. Intra-ocular tension in glaucoma 
is usually increased by atropine and other mydriatics, but is 
diminished by eserine. 



46 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

v.— Drugs Acting on the Ear. 

Strychnine makes the hearing (and sight) more acute ; 
•while salicylic acid, salicylates and quinine cause, in man, 
subjective symptoms, including fulness, roaring and buzzing 
noises in the ears. 



Drugs Acting on the Respiratory Organs. 

It is impossible to describe under this head all the 
drugs influencing the respiratory tract. Thus, agents affect- 
ing the circulation exert a powerful action on the blood 
supply and functions of the respiratory organs. The appli- 
cation of counter-irritants and heat and cold externally, 
reflexly produce notable alterations in pulmonary conditions. 
Emetics are indirectly serviceable in assisting the expulsion 
of exudations from the upper air passages in dogs. Further- 
more, medicines having a depressiug action on the nervous 
system are of importance in respiratory disorders in reliev- 
ing cough and spasm. We shall consider here those agents 
acting on the respiratory apparatus itself. 

Drugs Acting on the Respiratory Mucous Membrane. 
(A) Drugs Acting Locally. 

1. Stimulating the mucous membranes and causing 
vascular dilatation, increased secretion and muscular con- 
traction of the walls. 

2. Producing a sedative action. 

3. Exerting an antiseptic influence. 

4. Relaxing spasm. 

5. Causing a local astringent action. 

6. Thinning exudations. 

Brrhines, or sternuatories, are drugs which are intro- 
duced into the nostrils to cause irritation, coughing and 
sneezing and expulsion of secretions, parasites and foreign 
bodies from the nasal chambers and upper air passages. 
They are rarely of any value, and include tobacco, ipecac, 
euphorbium, ammonia, chlorine aud sulphurous anhydride^ 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS 47 

Bj inhalation (in pint of water at temp, of 140° F. or 
over, unless otherwise stated). 

(1) DRUGS EXERTING STIMULANT ACTION. 

Carbolic acid gr. xx. 

Creosote §ss. 

Oil of cubebs |ss. 

Tincture of benzoin §ss. 

Tincture of ipecac §ss. 

Oil of turpentine 3ss.-5iiss. 

Oil of pine .3ss.-3iiss. 

(2) DRUGS EXERTING A SEDATIVE INFLUENCE. 

Diluted hydrocyanic acid (tt], x.-xv. in 3i- cold water). 

i (3) DRUGS PRODUCING AN ANTISEPTIC ACTION. 

Thymol gr. vii.-xii. 

Carbolic acid 3i- 

Creosote §ss. 

Compound tincture of benzoin §ss. 

Sulphurous anhydride gas. 
Formaldehyde vapor; 

Oil of eucalyptus tti, x.-xx. (in §ii. of alcohol). 

Oil of cubebs §ss. . 

Oil of juniper §ss. 

Benzoic acid .3ix. (in §viii. of alcohol). 

Tar water, undiluted. 

Potassium permanganate gr. xv.-3i. 

Quinine hydrochlorate 3ss. 

(4) DRUGS RELAXING SPASM. 

Amyl nitrite H. (3ss.-i.) D. (TTi,ii.-v.) undiluted. 

Extract of belladonna gr. ii -iv. 

" " hyoscyamus gr. viii.-xv. 

" " coniuni gr. viii. 

(Burning stramonium leaves). 

(5) DRUGS CAUSING A LOCAL ASTRINGENT ACTION. 

Alum 3ss. 

Zinc sulphate 3ss. 

Solution of ferric chloride 3i« 

Silver nitrate 3ss. 

(6) DRUGS THINNING SECRETION, 

Sodium bicarbonate 3ss. 

Solution of lime, undiluted. 

Ammonium chloride 3ss. 

Vinegar §ii. 

Lactic acid §i. 



48 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

Uses. — Inhalations are often beneficial in the treatment 
of coryza, pharyngitis, laryngitis, tracheitis and bronchitis. 
In the first stage of catarrhal inflammation of the upper air 
passages, antiseptics may cut short the attack. Simple 
steaming with vinegar or sodium bicarbonate moistens and 
soothes the dry, irritable mucous membrane and relieves 
congestion by promoting secretion. In the exudative stage, 
agents stimulating the respiratory mucous membrane and 
making the secretions less viscid are in order. If the mucous 
or purulent discharges are excessive, astringent spraj^s or 
inhalations are useful ; and if they are foul-smelling, drugs 
combining stimulant and antiseptic actions may be employed. 
Inhalations may be given by means of a bronchitis ketths or 
by atomization, to small animals. Care must be exercised 
that too large a quantity of the solution be not used lest 
absorption and poisoning ensue. Dogs may be placed over 
the perforated seat of a cane-bottomed chair with the steam- 
ing apparatus underneath. 

A hot brick is sometimes employed to give inhalations 
to horses by dropping it into a pail containing the proper 
solution. The head should not usually be covered during 
inhalation if the breathing is embarrassed or the respiratory 
tract obstructed, since fresh air is imperative. Simple steam- 
ing may be conducted for an hour. Inhalations containing 
special drugs may be given for fifteen minutes. 

(B) Drugs Acting Systemically. 

Expectorants are agents which influence the bronchial 
mucous membrane and its secretion. They aid or hinder 
expectoration in man, but are much less efficient in this 
respect in Veterinary medicine, because the act of expector- 
ation is performed with difficulty by the lower animals. 
Nevertheless, expectorants are useful in altering the character 
of the secretion and lessening the irritation caused by dry, 
tenacious discharges, and in stimulating the mucous mem- 
branes and improving their circulation and nutrition. 
Moreover, some drugs (volatile oils) exert an antiseptic 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATOEY ORGANS 49 

action on the bronchial mucous membrane during their 
elimination. 

Expectorants 

(1) INCREASING SECRETION 

Depressing the heart and lowering vascular tension 
('•'■ depressing expectorants ''J 

Apomorphine Ipecac Antimony and potas- 

Potassium iodide Pilocarpine siuni tartrate 

Stimulating the heart and increasing vascular tension 
('" stimulating expectorants "J 

Ammonium chloride Sulphm- Terpin hydrate 

Squill Tar Terebene 

Camphor Turpentine Volatile oils 
Balsams 

(3) DIMINISHING SECRETION 

Belladonna Stramonium Opium 

Hyosc^'amus Acids 

Volatile oils, and drugs containing them, first increase and then decrease 
bronchial secretion as a secondary efifect. 

(3) ALTERING THE NUTRITION OF BRONCHIAL MUCOUS MEMBRANE 

Potassium iodide Cod-liver oil Sulphur 

Ammonium chloride 

(4) EXERTING AN ANTISEPTIC ACTION 

Turpentine Tar Balsam of Tolu 

Terebene Animoniacum Cubebs 

Terpin hydrate Balsam of Peru Copaiba 

Uses. — Expectorants are chiefly prescribed in bronchitis. 
In the early or dry stage druf];s increasing secretion and at 
the same time depressing the circulation are often employed 
in sthenic cases. These drugs possess less value in the 
treatment of the horse, on account of comparative insuscep- 
tibility to them, than in the case of dogs. 

If exudation is excessive, then drugs lessening secretion 
are indicated. When the disorder is persistent, agents alter- 
ing and improving the nutrition of the bronchial mucous 
membrane are beneficial. Bronchitis accompanied by a 



50 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

copious foul secretion is treated with volatile oils, wbich 
exert an antiseptic action on the air passages. Expectorants 
are usually administered with other agents influencing the 
respiratory tract; e.g., drugs relieving cough and spasm and 
those stimulating the respiratory movements or circulation. 

Drugs Stimulating the Respiratory Centres. 

Strychnine Stramonium 

Atropine Ammonium carbonate 

Belladonna Strong ammonia 

Hyoscyamus 

External counter-irritation and heat. 

Drugs Depressing the Respiratory Centres. 

Many drugs depress and paralyze the respiratory centres 
in large doses, but they are seldom used medicinally for 
this purpose. 

Uses. — Drugs stimulating the respiratory centres and 
movements are of great value in diseases of the chest — 
especially bronchitis — attended with obstruction in the air 
passages and cyanosis. They promote coughing and efforts 
at expulsion of secretion and facilitate the entrance of 
oxygen into the blood. Some, possibly ammonia, stimulate 
the movements of the ciliae lining the tracheal mucous 
membrane. 

Strychnine is, perhaps, the most powerful respiratory 
stimulant ; atropine is indicated where exudation is abundant, 
while ammonium carbonate is prescribed to increase secre- 
tion. Certain drugs sometimes cause in large doses Cheyne- 
Stokes breathing in animals, e.g., opium, chloral, bromides, 
digitalis, ammonium carbonate and strychnine, owing to 
disturbance of the respiratory centre. 

Drugs Relaxing Spasm of the Bronchial Muscular 
Tunic and Relieving Cough. 





LOCALLY 


White of egg 


Linseed tea 


Mucilage 


Syrups 



External counter-irritation and heat 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS 51 

SYSTEMICALLY. 

Opium Nitrites 

Codeine Chloral 

Hyoscyanius Bromides 

Stramonium Chloroform 

Cannabis Indica Phenacetin 

Uses of Drugs Allaying Spasm and Cough. 

Coughing is a reflex act following irritation of sensory 
nerve endings in any part of the respiratory tract (usually 
of afferent vagal branches), in the pharynx, pleura, ears, teeth, 
stomach and liver. Sensory impulses conveyed to the 
reflex centre for coughing, — near the respiratory centre in the 
medulla, — are there transformed into motor impulses and 
result in coughing. Drugs may stop coughing by acting 
locally to relieve congestion and irritation (demulcents) or 
they may exert a topical sedative action on the nerve end- 
ings. They also act systemically by quieting the reflex centre 
for coughing, or the sensory or motor nerve endings ; also 
by abating congestion in promoting secretion (exiDectorauts), 
or in influeucing the circulation. 

Cough may be beneficial when it assists the expulsion 
of exudation, but is not so when it is constant and inefi'ective, 
as in congestion of the trachea, bronchial mucons mem- 
branes, lungs or pleura ; in pulmonary consolidation ; and 
in coughs originating outside of the respiratory tract. We 
should try to arrest coughing by agents removing the cause 
(congestion or irritation), such as counter-irritants, expector- 
ants, local applications (sprays, inhalations) and heart 
stimulants; but if these are inefiicient and coughing is 
immoderate, we may resort to the use of sedative agents. 
Some preparation of opium is most frequently employed to 
stop coughing, but should be avoided if cyanosis exists, 
since inspiratory and expulsive efforts are weakened by the 
drug. Belladonna, on the other hand, stimulates the respi- 
ratory centres and arrests cough by depressing both the 
afferent and efferent vagal terminations in the lungs, while — 
like opium — lessening secretion. These drugs are often 



52 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

combined. Wbeu spasm of the bronchioles exists, as ia 
asthma, and sometimes in bronchitis, the nitrites are paitic- 
ularly valuable. 



Drugs Acting on the Urinary Organs. 

Diuretics are drugs increasing the secretion of urine. 
Three factors are concerned with the urinary flow. (1) The 
composition of the blood. (2) The state of local (renal) 
and general blood pressure. (3) The activity of the 
renal cells. The renal mechanism influenced by drugs com- 
prises : 

(1) The Malpighian glomerules, which excrete water, salt* 
and some excrementitious matters from the blood by 
osmosis. Their activity depends upon their blood supply, 
which is increased by agents causing dilatation of their 
afferent vessels, or contraction of the efferent vessels ; and 
by drugs increasing general blood tension. Drugs aug- 
menting the mass of blood and tension in the Malpighian 
bodies enlarge the surface of cubical epithelium covering 
the capillary loops and promote osmosis of fluid into the 
cavity of the Malpighian capsule. 

(2) The nucleated polyhedral cells lining the convoluted tubes, 
— These secrete the solid products resulting from the retro- 
grade metamorphosis of nitrogenous bodies circulating in 
the blood, as urea, together with water. 

(3) The constricted tubes. — These regulate the urinary 
secretion by either impeding its passage bj^ constriction of 
their walls, thus aiding absorption, or by their active 
peristalsis facilitating the flow of urine. 

(4) Nervous mechanism. — This governs the secretory 
activity of the cells of the convoluted tubes, regulates the 
tension in the vessels of the malpighian bodies, and possibly 
controls the unstriped muscle of the constricted tubes. It- 
comprises : 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE URINARY ORGANS 53 

(a) Four medullary centres. 

Vasomotor | Vasodilator centres 

(controlling renal vessels) i Vasoconstrictor centres 

Secretory (Stimulating cells ol convoluted tubes) 

Inhibitory (Depressing activity of renal cells) 

(b) Subsidiary centres in the spinal cord, solar and renal plexus. 

(c) Secretory nerve-endings in kidneys. 

(d) Muscular fibre in renal vessels. 

(e) Renal cells. 

These structures may be either stimulated or depressed, 
or the same drug may cause diuresis iu various ways by a 
combination of actions. 

Diuretics more commonly act in two ways. (1) By 
influencing renal circulation ; (2) by stimulating the secre- 
tory nerve-endings in the renal cells or the cells them- 
selves. 

(1) Diuretics increasing general or local {renal) blood tension. 

These drugs increase cardiac action in some cases, and 
in others stimulate or depress the vasomotor centres, or the 
terminations of the vasoconstrictors or dilators in the renal 
vessels — to cause dilatation of the branches of the renal 
artery carrying blood to the capillary loops in the Malpighian 
bodies, or to produce contraction of the arterial branches 
conducting blood away from the Malpighian tufts — in either 
way increasing local blood tension and secretion of urine. 

Local blood tension is thought to be augmented by the 
nitrites and alcohol acting on the vasomotor centre or renal 
vessels to dilate the afferent vessels of the Malpighian 
glomerules, iu addition to stimulating the heart. Buchu, 
turpentine, juniper and cantharides are said to act locally 
on the kidneys to contract the efferent vessels of the Mal- 
pighian bodies. Digitalis, strophanthus, squill, caffeiue and' 
strychnine stimulate the heart and contract the vessels 
generally, while locally they are believed to cause contrac- 
tion of the efferent vessels of the Malpighian bodies by 
action on the vasomotor centres. The entrance of water 
into the circulation increases the mass of blood, vascular 
tension, and thus the flow of urine. ' --«,,, _ 



54 



GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 



(2) Diuretics stimulating the secretory nerve-endings or 
renal cells. 



Potassium nitrate 
" acetate 

' ' citrate 

' ' bitartrate 

Lithium salts 
Salines generally 



Colchicum 

Calomel 

Urea 

Theobromine sodio-salicylate 

(Diuretin) 
Caffeine 



Uses. — Diuretics are useful in removing deleterious and 
waste solid matters in the blood resulting from disease or 
the imperfect oxidation of albuminoid substances. In fevers 
the potassium nitrate and other potassium salts are employed 
with spirit of nitrous ether, alcohol and digitalis. They are 
antipyretics by eliminating pyrogenic material. Tissue 
waste is increased by diuretics, and they are serviceable in 
plethora, rheumatism and obesity. In acute diseases of the 
kidneys, salines and digitalis are indicated ; in chronic renal 
disorders more stimulating agents are often used, as juniper, 
buchu, etc. Diuretics remove water from the system. They 
are, therefore, employed in oedema and dropsy of renal or 
cardiac origin, and in chronic effusions, as in pleuritis and 
pericarditis. Blood tension is lowered by withdrawal of 
water from the blood, and congestion may be relieved in 
various parts of the body. Diuretics lessen irritation of the 
kidneys by diluting the urine when the secretion is concen- 
trated or contains toxins or other irritants (uric acid, calcium 
oxalate, etc.). Finally, stimulating diuretics (buchu, turpen- 
tine, etc.), are indicated in chronic inflammatory diseases of 
the kidneys and bladder, andinrelaxedand paretic disorders 
of the bladder (incontinence of urine) to excite the reflex 
and motor functions of the sphincter and detrusor muscles. 

Drugs Influencing the Reaction of Urine. 

In man and animals secreting an acid urine, the basic 
phosphates of sodium and potassium in the blood are 
decomposed by the renal cells, and acid phosphate of sodium 
or potassium — being more diffusible — are eliminated, giving 
the urine its characteristic reaction, while the bases remain 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE URINARY ORGANS 55 

behind. In the case of the herbivora the urine is alkaline, 
because there are larger quantities of magnesium and 
calcium salts in the food, which precipitate phosphoric acid 
in the stomach, and because there is an excess of alkaline 
sodium and potassium salts in the blood. The urine may 
best be made acid by benzoic acid, which is converted into 
hippuric acid during its passage through the kidneys. Sali- 
cylic acid, urotropin, the mineral acids (except nitric acid), and 
large quantities of the vegetable acids and boric acid tend to 
acidify the urine in a less degree. An acid urine may be made 
alkaline by alkalies, as salts of potassium, lithium, sodium and 
calcium, together with the vegetable salts, tartrates, citrates 
and acetates, which circulate as carbonates in the blood. 
Drugs promoting diuresis make the urine less acid because 
the basic sodium phosphate in the blood is not so readily 
broken up in the kidney when it diffuses through the cells 
in great dilution. Nitric acid renders the urine slightly 
alkaline by being converted into and eliminated as ammonia, 
while ammonia fails to make the urine alkaline because it is 
transformed into urea, uric and nitric acids (?). 

Uses. — Benzoic acid is sometimes of benefit in acidifying 
and disinfecting an alkaline decomposing urine of pyelitis 
or cystitis. Recently urotropin has been used more success- 
fully for these purposes. The alkalies are thought to be useful 
in alkalizing the blood in certain disorders (rheumatism), 
hsemoglobinsemia, etc.), and the urine of carnivora, to prevent 
the precipitation of uric acid in the urine or to aid its solu- 
tion when already precipitated. 

Drugs Influencing the Composition op Urine. 

Drugs contracting efferent vessels of the Malpighian 
bodies diminish the flow of blood and urea-excretion and 
increase the elimination of water ; while those dilating the 
afferent vessels cause more blood to pass through the kidney 
and promote the secretion of solids and water. Drugs 
stimulating the cells of the convoluted tubes augment 
especially the urinary solids. The composition of the urine 



56 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

is also altered by most drugs eliminated in it, leading to 
changes in color, odor, reaction and the appearance of blood 
pigment, etc.* 

Urinary Antiseptics. 

Certain drugs are sometimes given with the purpose of 

preventing decomposition of the urine in purulent pyelitis 

and cystitis. Among these are : 

Urotropin Salicylic acid Copaiba 

Benzoic acid Salol Cubebs 

Boric acid Buchu Volatile oils 

Urinary Sedatives. 

The foregoing list, in preventing decomposition, and : 

Hyoscyamus Opium 

Belladonna Alkalies (with an acid urine) 



Drugs Acting on the Sexual Organs. 

(A) Influencing Chiefly the Male Generative Organs. 

The mechanism concerned with the sexual functions is 
presided over by cerebral and spinal lumbar centres. Agents 
may immediately excite the spinal centres or cause local 
irritation of sensory nerves in various parts of the body — 
more particularly in the neighborhood of the genital organs 
— and thus reflexly stimulate the lumbar centres. 



* Thus blood appears in the urine after toxic doses of turpentine, 
cantharides and salicylic acid ; and blood pigment, in poisoning by 
potassium chlorate, acetanilid, nitrites, glycerin and mushrooms (mus- 
carin); and occasionally by overdoses of mineral acids, naphtol, naph- 
talin and arsenic. Rhubarb and senna impart their coloring matter 
(chrysarobin) to urine, which makes acid urine brown, but alkaline 
urine a deep blood or purplish red. Carbolic acid, creosote, naphtalin 
and other tar-pi'oducts, togetlier with gaultheria and uva ursi (due to 
contained arbutin), stain the urine a greenish-brown or blackish hue. 
Santonin dyes an alkaline urine cherry or purple-red, while an acid 
urine is turned yellow or greenish. Logwood gives its color to acid 
urine, while an alkaline urine is rendered red or violet. Poisonous 
doses of sulphonal and trional give rise to a claret-colored urine, owing 
to hematoporphyrin. Gamboge and carrots bestow their colors on the 
urine. Turpentine is said to give urine the odor of violets, but large 
doses impart the peculiar odor of the oil itself. Cubebs, copaiba, euca- 
lyptus, valerian, musk, asafetida, sandal wood oil, asparagus and tur- 
pentine (large doses) commiinicate their special odor to the urine. 



— DRUGS ACTING ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS 57 

The cerebral centres are mainly affected by visual, nasal 
or oral impressions, and also reflexly by irritation of sensory 
nerve-endinj^s, more especially those situated in the sexual 
organs. 

(1) Aphrodisiacs are drugs exciting sexual desire (and 
increasing- sexual power in the male). They include : 

DIRECT APHRODISIACS 

Stiyclmtne, Phosphorus, Alcohol (act on centres) 
Cantharides (local irritant) ' ' 

INDIRECT APHRODISIACS 

In debility : Iron, Strychnine, Arsenic, (full diet) 

(2) Anaphrodisiacs are drugs lessening sexual desire. 
They are : 

Opium, Bromides, Purgatives, Nauseants, (bleeding), (spare diet) 

Uses. — Drugs directly exciting sexual appetite are of no 
therapeutic value, and the local irritants, as cantharides, 
are, moreover, likely to work harm by producing inflamma- 
tion of the urinary tract. Loss of sexual desire and power 
should usually be treated by improving the general nutrition 
with tonics and good feeding and by regulating the use of 
the sexual organs, unless the trouble is due to organic 
disease. Drugs diminishing sexual appetite may be useful 
in quieting the centres and rendering them less sensitive to 
sources of local irritation. It is, however, more sensible to 
remove the cause of irritation, as smegma preputii, acid 
urine, urinary calculi, intestinal parasites, scybala, fissure of 
the rectum, haemorrhoids, etc. Anaphrodisiacs may be 
employed to subdue excessive sexual excitement and ner- 
vousness (hysteria) sometimes accompanying " heat " in 
the female. 

(B) Injluencing ihe/emcde sexual organs. 

(I) Emmenaqogues are drugs which favor the occurrence 
of " heat " (ovulation) in the female when it is irregular or 
abnormally absent. We are at present ignorant of their 
-exact mode of action. Some act directly, perhaps, by stim- 
ulating the centres or uterus. 



58 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS ^ 

\- ' DIRECT EMMENAGOGUES 

Savin, Rue, Cantharides (irritants) * ^ 

Ergot ' 

INDIRECT EMMENAGOGUES 

Purgatives (Aloes) 

In debility : Iron, Arsenic, Strychnine (full diet) 

JJses. — The irritant emmenagogues are usually ineffectual 
in medicinal doses, while they may cause inflammation of 
the urinary tract and abortion (in pregnant animals) in large 
doses. The use of the indirect emmenagogues is more 
rational and effective. Aloes is thought to stimulate the 
uterus reflexl}^ by irritation of the large intestines, and may 
also act locally on the uterus after absorption. Absence of 
oestrum, ordinarily a symptom resulting from a general or 
local condition, should be treated if possible by removing 
the cause (debility, plethora, deformity). 

(2) EcholUcs, or oxytocics, are drugs stimulating uterine 
contraction during or directly after parturition. The exact 
physiological details concerned in this action are unknown. 

They are : 

Ergot Quinine 

Cotton root bark Hydrastis 

Corn smut Savin 

(3) Drugs restraining uterine contractions. 

Ansesthetics Chloi'al 

Opium Bromides 

Cannabis Indica 

Uses. — Ecbollics (preeminently ergot) are used to con- 
tract the uterus and arrest haemorrhage after parturition ; 
or to stimulate the womb during parturition in inertia. In 
poisonous doses they may lead to abortion during pregnancy. 
Drugs restraining uterine contraction (especially opium) 
are sometimes given to prevent threatened abortion. 

(4) Drugs ivjiuencing milk-secretion. 

(a) Galactagogues are drugs increasiag the flow of milk. 
They include : 

Pilocarpine Leaves of castor oil plant (inter- 

Alcohol nally or locally on udder as. 

(Full diet) poultice). 



DRUGS INFLUENCING METABOLISM 



59 



Drug treatment is ineffective in increasing the secretion 
of milk ; rich feeding is the chief desideratum. Many drugs 
are eliminated in milk and may produce their characteristic 
effects in animals or man drinkiug it. Among these are : 



Opium 

AH volatile oils 

Purgative salts 

Rhubarb 

Senna 

Castor oil 

Scammony 

Jalop 

Iodine 

Potassium iodide 

Antimony 



Arsenic 

Mercury 

Lead 

Zinc 

Iron 

Bismuth 

Neutral salts 

Ammonia 

Acids 

Sulphur 

Atropin 



Copper 

Carbolic acid 

Colchicum 

Euphorbium 

Ergot 

Salicylic acid 

Veratrin 

Strychnine 

Croton oil 

Aloes 

Turpentine 



(b) Antigalactagogues. — Belladonna is the only efficient 
drug lessening the secretion of milk, applied locally or given 
internally. It paralyzes the peripheral secretory nerve- 
endings and is useful in mammitis by diminishing the circu- 
latory activity in the mammary gland. 



Drugs Influencing Metabolism. 

(1) Alteratives. — The tei'm " alterative " is a vague, inde- 
finable word used to describe the action of certain drugs, 
modifying tissue change and improving nutrition in some 
disorders, which cannot easily be classified under other 
heads. It is impossible here to recount the actions of 
alteratives, because they probably act in various ways, and 
because we are generally ignorant of their actions. The 
value of alteratives has been discovered by clinical expe- 
rience. The following are often classed as alteratives : 



Arsenic and its preparations 
Mercury and its salts 
Iodine and its salts 
Cod liver oil 



Phosphoric acid 
Colchicum 
Sarsaparilla 
Sulphur 



Uses. — Alteratives are employed in those diseases in 
which experience has proved them 'to be beneficial. 



60 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

Tonics. — The word " touic " is another term even more 
vague and all-embracing than "alterative," and, therefore, 
more difficult to accurately define. Tonics improve the 
general nutrition and health, and, as ordinarily understood, 
refer to drugs promoting appetite and digestion (bitter 
tonics^ as gentian) ; the state of the blood (h?ematinics, us 
iron and arsenic) ; or the condition of certain organs (heart 
tonics, as digitalis ; nerve tonics, as strychnine). 

Tonics are indicated in the treatment of debility (gen- 
eral or special) and anaemia. 



Drugs Influencing' Bodily Heat. 

Antipyretics are drugs lowering the temperature of the 
body in fever. The mechanism concerned with temperature 
changes is as follows : 

(1) Heat produclion. — There is a centre in the corpus 
striatum for heat production. Probably this controls mus- 
cular activity, which is chiefly instrumental in the production 
of bodily heat. 

(2) Heat loss. — There is a centre for heat dissipation 
situated in the medulla. This controls the vasomotors and 
state of vascular tension ; the activity of the sweat glands 
and respiration ; and, therefore, the amount of heat lost by 
radiation from the blood vessels of the skin, by evaporation 
of sweat, and by the act of respiration. Heat is also lost 
by the passage of faeces and urine. 

(3) Heat regulation. — There are heat-regulating centres 
in the cortex cerebri (?) which coordinate or adjust the 
relations existing between the heat-producing and heat- 
dissipating centres. 

Finally, the bodily temperature is reflexly influenced by 
sensory impulses originating in various parts of the body, 
and conveyed by afferent nerves to the three brain-centres 
controlling temperature. Agents lowering bodily tempera- 
ture in fever may act to depress the heat-producing centre * 
to stimulate the heat-dissipating centre ; to dilate vessels ; 



DRUGS INFLUENCING BODILY HEAT 



61 



"to increase the secretions (particularly of sweat) ; to influence 
the circulation bj drugs or venesection ; to physically 
abstract heat, and to remove sources of fever in the digestive 
tract. 

TABLE SHOWING THE PROBABLE MODE OF ACTION OF 

ANTIPYRETICS. 

C Phenacetin 
I Antipyrin 
) Acetanilid 
"I Quinine 
I Salicylic acid 
l^ Salic in 



C Depress heat-produc- 
I inff centre 



C Lessen heat 
duction 



•OQ 

O 

H 

t— I 



pro- ^ 



t Increase heat loss 



^- Influence cii-culation 



' Slightly stimulate 
heat-dissipating 
centre 



Cause sweating and 
dilate vessels 



f Aconite 
I Veratrum 
-; Digitalis 

Antimony 
[ Venesection 

Acetanilid 
Antipyrin 
Phenacetin 



f Alcohol 
I Spirit of 
-{ ether 
I Opium 
(^ Ipecac 



nitrous 



Cold, externally 
and internally 



Abstract heat 

L Purgatives (remove 
pyrogenic material) 

Antipyretics do not lower temperature in health when 
given in medicinal doses. 

ZZies. — Antipyretics are employed to diminish fever. It 
is wiser to lessen heat production than to increase heat loss 
(by diarphoretics, diuretics, circulatory depressants, bleed- 
ing, etc.), because heat production is stimulated by the latter 
process. The modern antipyretics (acetanilid, antipyrin 
and phenacetin) act chiefly to lessen heat production, and 
are, therefore, most serviceable, but even these drugs should 
usually be avoided unless fever is exceedingly high or long- 
continued. This follows because a high bodily temperature 
is often inimical to bacterial life and growth, and because 



62 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

fever is a natural protective agency, being tlie result of 
increased oxidation, and destroys toxins and pyrogenic sub- 
stances. Acetanilid, antipyrin and phenacetin, moreover, 
depress the circulation in large doses and alter the red 
corpuscles so as to interfere with their oxygen-carrying 
functions. Cold is the best antipyretic agency when it 
can be employed, in not only reducing temperature and in- 
creasing the elimination of toxins in the urine, but in 
powerfully stimulating the nervous system and vital func- 
tions. (See p. 704.) 



Drugs Acting on the Skin. 

(A) Drugs Influencing the Blood Vessels of the Skin. 
(1) Locally dilating superficial vessels. 

IRRITANTS OR COUNTER-IRRITANTS. 

Cantharides Corrosive mercuric chloride 

Iodine Arsenous acid 

Mustard Silver nitrate 

Capsicum Zinc chloride 

Croton oil Carbolic acid 

Oil of turpentine and other Mineral acids 

volatile oils Caustic alkalies 

Ammonia water Anaesthetics and alcohol(when eva- 
Camphor poration is prevented) 

Red mercuric iodide (Heat) 

Drugs are classified as follows, according to the degree 
of irritation they produce : 

Rubefacients are drugs which cause vascular dilatation 
and redness of the skin when locally applied, such as mus- 
tard and iodine (and heat). 

Vesicants are drugs producing inflammation of the skin 
and exudation of serum under the epidermis (vesicles), 
"when locally applied, such as cantharides. 

Pustulants are drugs inducing a still higher grade of 
inflammation when locally applied, accompanied by migra- 
tion of leucocytes from the vessels into the vesicles, forming 
pustules. 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE SKIN 6B 

Caiistics, or Escharotics, are agents wliich, when locally 
applied, lead to so great a degree of irritation that the 
vitality of tissues is destroyed, e.g., nitric acid, caustic potash 
and the white-hot iron. 

Uses. — Irritants are often called counter-irritants when, 
they are used against (counter) existing irritation or inflam- 
mation by reflexly causing contraction of vessels in congested 
or inflamed underlying parts. Thus a blister on the chest 
leads to contraction of the vessels in the inflamed pleura 
and relieves pleuritis. Counter-irritants are, therefoi'e,^ 
employed locally to overcome internal congestion and 
inflammation. Rubefacients are often applied over the 
whole surface of the body (mustard and turpentine) to dilate 
superficial vessels and equalize the circulation in colds, 
chills and internal congestions. Vesicants are used to alter 
the circulation and nutrition of adjacent parts and to secure 
resolution and absorption of inflammatory products in joint 
and periosteal disorders. (For details see Counter-irritants, 
p. 665.) 

(2) LocaUy contracting superficial vessels. 

Astringents are drugs which, when locally applied, make 
the tissues drier and denser and lessen secretions. Their 
action is probably dependent on various factors : partial 
coagulation of the albuminous fluids of the tissues ; coagu- 
lation of morbid secretions ; removal of water ; and contiac- 
tion of the muscular coat of the' blood vessels. They are 
local irritants with the exception of lead acetate and bismuth 
salts. The astringents are : 



Salts 



Styptics, or Hcemostatics, are drugs which arrest hsemor- 



Lead 


Adrenalin - 




Aluminum 


Tannic acid, 


and drugs contain 


Zinc 


ing it 




Silver 


Hydrastis 




Copper 


Cocaine 




Ferric 


Antipyrin 




Bismuth 


Ether 


) On evapora- 


Hamamelis 


Methylene chloride C tion 


Ergot 


(Cold) 





"64 GENERAL ACTIONS OP DRUGS 

rhage, when locally applied, botli by coagulation of albumin 
of the blood and by direct contraction of the vessels and 
tissues surrounding them. Adrenalin and solutions of ferric 
alum, ferric chloride and subsulphate are the most powerful 
styptics, although all astringents possess an haemostatic 
action. 

Uses. — Astringents are employed in local loss of tone 
and relaxation of tissues accompanied by serous, mucous or 
purulent exudation from mucous membranes or raw surfaces. 
The irritating astringents are usually contra-indicated in 
acute inflammatory conditions, but are thought to prevent 
the out-wandering of leucocytes through the Vjlood vessels, 
which results in purulent exudation. 

Styptics are employed in the treatment of haemorrhage 
from mucous membranes, or in bleeding from other parts 
which cannot be stopped by surgical means, heat or cold. 
The coagulated blood is prone to sepsis, speedy decomposi- 
tion and infection. 

(B) Drugs Locally Softening, Soothing and Protecting 
THE Skin, or Emollients. 

They include : 

Lard . Olive oil 

Petrolatum Cottonseed oil 

Cacao butter Lanolin 

(Fomentation s — Poultices) 

Demulcents are drugs exerting a soothing, protecting and 
softening influence on the mucous membrane of the aliment- 
ary canal, when given internally. They are mostly gums, 
syrups and albuminous fluids, as : 

Acacia Glycerin 

Linseed infusion or tea White of egg 

Liquorice Milk 

Syrup Starch 

Molasses Sweet oil 
Honey 

i^ses.— Emollients are serviceable in softening the skin 
when it has a tendency to be dry and fissured ; also in 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE SKIN 65- 

chafing and superficial inflammation wlieu emollients protect 
the skin from the natural irritation of the air. 

Demulcents are of value in inflammation of the mucous 
membrane of the digestive tract, and again in catarrh of the 
mucous membrane of the upper respiratory tract, because 
they not only exert a direct sedative influence on the throat, 
but, either reflexly or in some measure directly, act on the 
bronchial tubes. Demulcents are often employed to relieve 
irritation in the urinary tract, but it is difficult to understand 
how they can there exert a demulcent influence after their 
decomposition in the alimentary canal and absorption into 
the blood, since they have never been found in that fluid or 
in the secretions. 

(C) Drdgs Influencing the Secretion of Sweat. 

The mechanism controlling the sudoriparous glands and 
secretion of sweat, comprises sweat centres in the spinal 
cord ; secretory nerves proceeding from them with termina- 
tions in the glands ; the gland cells, and blood vessels of 
the skin. Any portion of this mechauisui may be aff'ected 
by drugs to increase or diminish sweat secretion. 

(1) Drugs increasincj the secretion of sweat, or diaphoretics. 
They may : 

(1) Stimulate the sweat centres. 

(2) Excite the secretory nerve-endings in the glands. 

(3) Increase the activity of the gland cells. 

(4) Stimulate the vasodilators and increase the vascu- 
larity of the skin. Stimulation of the secretory and vasodi- 
lator nerves usually go hand in hand, since they accompany 
each other in their course to the sweat glands. 

DIAPHORETICS 



Pilocarpine 

Alcohol ' Pilocarpine stimulates the gland 
. . I cells, or secretory nerve-endings, 
bpirit of nitrous ether I The others act indirectly by pro- 
Heart stimulants I moting the vascularity of the 
External heat s^^'"' ^^'^ thus the activity of 
(Warm drinks) ^^'^ ^'""^^^ S^^^^"' 



^6 



GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 



Antimony salts 

Solution of ammonium acetate 

Opium 

Camphor 

Ipecac 

Potassium acetate 

Potassium citrate 

Aconite 



Stimulate sweat centres 



Action unknown 



(2) Drugs diminishing the secretion of siveat, or anhidrotics. 
They may depress the various parts of the mechanism 
which are stimulated by diarphoretics. They are : 



Atropine 
Belladonna 
Hyoscyamus 
Stramonium i 

(Cold externally) J 



Paralyze sec- 
- retory nerve- 
' endings. 



Acids 
Zinc salts 
Nux vomica 
Q ainine 
Salicylic acid 



, Action unde- 
termined 



Uses. — There are two indications for the use of diapho- 
retics. First, to bring blood to the surface and to cause 
sweating, thus equalizing the circulation in " colds," chills 
and congestions and reducing temperature in fever by 
evaporation and radiation of heat from the skin. Ammonium 
acetate, alcohol and spirit of nitrous ether are commonly 
used in the treatment of the disorders first noted, but 
acetanilid and pheuacetin are more powerful antipyretics. 
Second, to eliminate morbid material from the blood in 
failure of the kidneys, as urinary suppression, or uraemia. 
These conditions are comparatively rare in veterinary prac- 
tice. The skin of the lower animals generally is much less 
responsive to diaphoretics than that of man, while horses 
and cattle are more susceptible to these agents than dogs, 
cats or pigs. 

A warm covering and atmosphere assist the dilation of 
the peripheral vessels and activity of the gland cells and 
should always be secured to aid diaphoresis. Anhidrotics 
are of little service in veterinary medicine. Excessive 
sweating is usually a sign of debility and is remedied by 
rest, tonics and good feeding. 



DRUGS WHICH DESTROY MICRO-ORGANISMS AND PARASITES 67 

Drug3 Which Destroy Microorganisms and 
Parasites. 

(1) Disinfectants or Germicides are agents wliicli destroy 
the micioorgaDisins causing infectious and contagious 
diseases, fermentation and putrefaction. Examples : 

Corrosive mercuric chloride Sulphurous acid 

Carbolic acid Chlorine 

Lime Heat 
Chlorinated lime 

(2) Antiseptics are agents which prevent the growth and 
development of the microorganisms occasioning fermenta- 
tion, putrefaction and disease ; more especially the micro- 
cocci producing suppuration. Those used externally for 
surgical purposes are : 



Corrosive sublimate 


Zinc chloride 


lodol 


Carbolic acid 


Zinc sulphate 


Boric acid 


Creoliu 


Formalin 


Benzoin 


Lysol 


Iodoform 


Thymol 


Hydrogen dioxide 


Salicylic acid 


Balsam of Peru 


Potassium permanganate 


Aristol 


Alcohol 


Antiseptics ivkich are given internal! y : 




Naphtol 


Bismuth salicylate 


Salol 


' ' subnitrate 


Creolin 


Quinine 




Carbolic acid 


Volatile oils and others 



Deodorants, or Deodorizers, are agents which destroy or 
counteract a foul odor. Those possessing any real value 
are also disinfectants and antiseptics, and remove the source 
of the odor. 

(For further details see special article on disinfectants, 
antiseptics and deodorants, p. 718.) 

Anthelmintics or Vermicides are drugs which kill intestinal 
worms, as the various species of tsenia (tape worm) ; of 
ascaris (round worm), and oxyuris (thread, seat or whip 
worm), inhabiting the alimentary canal of the domestic 
animals. 



68 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

Anthelmintics mimical to tcenia are : 

Aspidium (horse and dog) Calomel 

Oil of turpentine Arsenic 

Kousso 



Aloes 'I A'rl' 1 ■ 

Areca nut (sheep and lambs) Linseed, cotton- ! o/ dead'^pait- 



seed or castor 



Pumpkin seed ^q 

Anthelmintics destroying ascaritles : 

HORSES. 

Creolin Iron 1 

Aloes Gentian I 

Oil of turpentine Arsenic j 



sites 



Tonics 



Arsenic Copper sulphate j 

Calomel 

DOGS. 

Areca nut Spigelia 

Santonin 

Anthelmintics killing oxyurides. 

Rectal injections containing salt, solution of lime^ 
quassia, iron salts, alum and oil of turpentine are used to 
destroy these parasites infesting the lower bowel. 

Anthelmintics destroying oestri equi (" Bots "). 

Carbon disulphide Hydrochloric acid 

Chloroform Bitters 

Iron y Tonics 

Arsenic i 

Copper sulphate J 

Vermifuges are purgatives (as aloes and oil) used to 
expel dead parasites from the bowels after the administra- 
tion of anthelmintics. 

Parasiticides, or antiparasilics, are drugs which destroy 
parasites, more especially those inhabiting the skin. We- 
may classify them as those used : 

(1) Against Tinea (Ringworm and Favus). 

Mercurial ointments Chrysarobin ointment Salicylic acid 

Tincture cf iodine Cantharides Boric acid 

Glyceriie of carbolic acid Croton oil Thymol 

Creolin Formalin Sulphurous acid 
Creosote 



DRUGS WHICH DESTROY MICRO-ORGANISMS AND PARASITES 09 



(2) Against Acari, (Scab, itcli and mange.) 



Sulphur 




Carbolic acid 


Tar 




Corrosive sublimate 


Peruvian balsam 




Salicylic acid 


Styrax 




Cantharides 


(3) Againsi PecUcuU. 


(Lice.) 


Stapliisagria 




Carbolic acid 


Oil of tar 




Creolin 


Peruvian balsam 




Tobacco 


Styrax 




Pyrethrum 


Oil of anise 







(4) Against Pulex irr items. (Flea.) 

Pyrethrum Oil of anise 

Carbolic soap 

(5) Against Actinomycosis. 



Iodoform 
Copper sulphate 
Corrosive sublimate 



Tincture of iodine 
Potassium iodide 
Glycerite of carbolic acid 

(6) Against Oideum albicans. (Thrusli, aphtha, aphthous 
stomatitis.) 



Alum 

Salicylic acid 
Hydrochloric acid 



Boric acid 
Potassium chlorate 
Potassium Permanganate 

(7) Against Strongylus micrurus and jilaria. (Intra- 
tracheal injections of carbolic acid and turpentine.) 

(For details concerning the use of parasiticides, see 
special articles on the drugs enumerated above.) 



PHARMACY. 



The More Important Medicinal Bodies and 
Principles Contained in Drugs. 

Alkaloideum, pi. Alkaloidea, — Alkaloids. Characteristics : 

1. Alkaloids are nitrogenous bodies, being the active 
principles of many vegetable drugs. 

2. They resemble mineral bases in that they have an 
alkaline reaction and unite with acids to form soluble crys- 
talline salts. Hence their name, alkaloids. 

3. Chemically they are ammonia compounds. One or 
more atoms of H (in NH3) are replaced by various radicals. 

4. They are mostly insoluble in water, but very soluble 
in alcohol. Solutions possess a bitter taste. 

5. They are similar to animal alkaloids and probably 
have a like origin, — i.e., from the decomposition of albumi- 
noid material. 

6. Alkaloids are precipitated in solutions by tannin, 
forming insoluble tannates. 

7. They are usually solids and their salts are soluble 
and convenient for hypodermic use. 

8. Their Latin ending is ina ; English, i7ie ; viz. : Mor- 
pliina, morphine. 

Examples : An alkaloid of cinchona is quinine ; of 
belladonna, atropine. 

Olucosideum, pi. Glucosidea. — Glocosides are rieutral, 
non-nitrogenous organic bodies, representing the active prin- 
ciples of many vegetable drugs. They yield glucose and other 
substances on decomposition. Hence their name. Their 
Latin ending is inum ; English, in ; viz., salicinum, salicin. 

Examples : A glucoside of digitalis is digitalin ; of 
santoninum is santonin. 

70 



MEDICINAL BODIES AND PRINCIPLES CONTAINED IN DRUGS 71 

Oleum, -pi. Olea. — Fixed oils are combinations of glycerin 
'with fatty acids ; usually oleic, stearic, margaric or palmitic 
acids. They are liquid at ordinary temperatures and soluble 
in benzin, chloroform and ether. Exposed to the air they 
undergo acid fermentation, resulting in "rancidity." Fixed 
oils are expressed from fruits and seeds of plants and animal 
tissue. They are " fixed " because they cannot be distilled. 
They leave a greasy mark on paper. 

Examples : Cod liver oil, castor oil, olive oil, linseed oil 
and croton oil. 

Oleum, pi. Olea. — Fats are solid, fixed oils. 

Examples : Lard, cacao butter. 

Oleum destillatum, pi. Olea destillata. — Distilled oils are 
obtained by the distillation of flowers, fruits, leaves or seeds 
of plants; by maceration, infusion, expression; or by 
extraction with solvents. They are either liquid or solid 
and possess an aromatic odor and taste. They are lighter 
than water, and soluble in alcohol, ether, and very slightly 
soluble in water. Distilled oils are miscible with fatty sub- 
stances and mineral oils. They do not leave a greasy mark 
on paper. 

Synonyms : Essential oils, volatile oils and ethereal 
oils. Alcoholic solutions of these oils are known as essences. 

Examples : Oil of peppermint, oil of cloves, oil of win- 
tergreeu. 

Oleo-resina, pi, Oleo-resince. — Oleo-resins are semi-solid 
mixtures of resins and volatile oils. Many are natural 
products, exuding from trees, as crude turpentine, which 
contains the volatile oil of turpentine and a resin, or what 
is commonly termed " rosin." They are soluble in ether. 

Examples : Oleo-resin of capsicum, oleo-resin of aspi- 
dium. 

liesina, pi. Resince. — Resins are brittle, amorphous solids, 
soluble in alcohol and alkalies. They are obtained from 
oleo-resins by simple distillation, as in the case of turpen- 
tine; or may be extracted from plants by means of heat or 
alcohol. 



72 PHARMACY 

Examples : Tlie resins of Burgundy pitch and podo- 
phyllum. 

Bahamum, pi. Bahama. — Balsams are oleo-resins with 
the addition of either cinnamic or benzoic acids, or both. 
They are soiids or liquids. 

Examples : Balsam of Peru, balsam of Tolu. 

Gummus, TpX.Gummi* — Gums are solid exudations from 
plants. They are generally soluble in water, and their solu- 
tions are precipitated by alcohol. 

Example : Gum acacia. 

Gum Besina, pi. Gum-Eesince, are solid exudations from 
plants consisting of a mixture of a gum and a resin. 

Pharmaceutical Processes. 

Many of the technical methods are those employed in 
chemistry, but of those more especially used in pharmacy 
are the following : 

PROCESSES OF MECHANICAL DIVISION. 

Slicing, — This prepares the drug for further reduction, 
and is the first of all pharmaceutical processes. 

Bruising or Contusion. — Consists in breaking the drug 
by force, and is usually performed with au iron mortar and 
pestle. 

Rasping or Filing, — For those drugs not easily reduced 
by the former processes, as guaiac wood. 

Trituration. — Performed with mortar and pestle. The 
effect produced where there is a circular motion, accom- 
panied by pressure. 

Grinding and Sifting, — In order to exhaust drugs some 
must be ground and sifted to a finer powder than others. 
To accomplish tiiis, after grinding, we use sieves of differ- 
ent degrees of fineness, designated by numbers 20, 40, 60, 
80, 100. These have reference to the number of meshes 
contained to the square inch. Therefore, when a 60 powder 
is directed to be used, it is that which will pass through. 
a sieve containing 60 meshes to the square inch. 

* Gummi (indeclinable noun), often used for gum or gums. ^ j. 



1 



PHARMACEUTICAL PROCESSES 73 

Levigation. — Somewhat similar to trituration, but per- 
formed with a slab and muller. These should be made of 
glass, or some non-absorbent material. 

Elutriation. — This consists in mixing the powder, ob- 
tained by some of the former comminuting processes, with 
water ; agitating it ; allowing the coarser particles to settle, 
and pouring off the supernatant liquid which holds the finer 
particles in suspension. The powder settles from the latter 
and is dried. 

MECHANICAL PROCESSES. 

Processes by which liquids are separated from solids, 
and by which active principles and soluble constituents are 
separated from the inert portion of the drug. 

Decantation. — The process by which solids are allowed 
to subside in a mixture and the supernatant liquid is slowly 
poured off or decanted. Liquids which will not mix, or that 
are of different Sp. Gr., may be decanted one from the other. 

Filtration. — This is the process of separating a solid 
insoluble substance from a liquid by passing the liquid 
containing it through a porous substance called a, filter. The 
filter commonly used consists of unsized or bibulous paper, 
although cotton, muslin, felt, earthenware, and other sub- 
stances are employed. 

Percolation consists in the following process : A pul- 
verized vegetable drug (containing both soluble and in- 
soluble constituents) is placed in a conical vessel, or jy^r- 
colator, and subjected to the action of a liquid called a 
menstruum, when the soluble portion, or percolate, flows 
from the lower opening. The menstruum as it descends 
becomes more and more saturated with the soluble con- 
stituents of the drug. The first that escapes is the strong- 
est, and each successive portion of the percolate becomes 
weaker until the drug is exhausted. The percolate should 
not drop faster than one or two drops a second. Percolation 
is employed in making tinctures, fluid and solid extracts, 
syrups and some other fluid pharmaceutical preparations. 



74 PHARMACY 

Clarification. — Is the process whereby cloudy substances 
are made clear by the additiou of some coagulable sub- 
stances, as albumin or iclithyocoUa. It is the addiug to any 
fluid, containing a sediment, a substance which will carry 
down all undissolved particles, then filtering or decanting 
the liquid. 



CHEMICAL PROCESSES USED IN PHARMACY. 

Solution. — The process by which soluble substances 
assume the fluid state through the action of a liquid. 

Lixiciation. — Employed to separate a soluble constituent 
from an insoluble porous body. The substance to be lixi- 
viated is mixed with water and placed in a conical vessel, 
the bottom of which is covered with straw or coarse sand, 
and, after maceration has continued sufficiently, the satu- 
rated portion, called the lye, is drawn off from an opening in 
the lower ]iart of the vessel. 

Crystallizc(tio7i.— li the concentration of a liquid con- 
taining a soluble solid by means of heat, when on allowing 
it to stand until cool, crystals form. Stirring during cooling 
will produce gramikdion. Solution, filtration and crystalliza- 
tion are the three best ways of obtaining pure salts. 

PROCESSES REQUIRING THE APPLICATION OF HEAT. 

Liquefaction. — Is the melting of substances which at 
ordinary temperature are hard, and when cool return to the 
same condition as before heating, as resin, wax, lard, tallow. 

Evapoo'ation. — Is the conversion of a liquid into steam 
or vapor. Liquids winch evaporate at ordinary tempera- 
ture are called volatile, as alcohol. To keep the heat 
below the boiling point of water, we use the water bath, 
which cannot reach a higher temperature than 100° C. To 
gradually increase the heat, use the sand bath. 



PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS 75 

Distillation. — Is the vaporization of a liquid in a 
retort or a still, by heat, and conduction of the vapor 
through a cooled tube, where it is condensed and passes 
into a receiver and is called the distillate. Distillation is 
used to purify liquids or recover a volatile liquid from a 
solid, solution or mixture. Where two liquids ar'3 mixed 
that have different points of vaporization and are separated 
in this way, the process is called rectification. 

Sublimation. — Distillation of a volatile solid. When 
the product is in a solid form, it is called a suhUmate, as 
iodine, camphor, etc. ; when in flakes, it is called flowers, as 
sulpliur. 

Maceration. — A term used to denote the action of liquids 
upon drugs at ordinary temperature. 

Digestion. — Same process, with heat raised to 40° C. 

Blenstruuin. — Any fluid substance used to dissolve a 
solid body or extract its medicinal principles. 

Excipient. — Any substance used to give a pill mass 
proper consistency. 

Exsiccate. — The process of removing all moisture, even 
the water of crystallization, from a crystal, by the use of heat. 

Desiccate. — To remove all excess of moisture. Heat not 
usually employed in this ])rocess. 

Incineration. — Tlie combustion of a substance for its 
ashes. 

Reduction is employed to recover a metal in its purity^ 
when in a combined state. 



Pharmaceutical Preparations. 

The " United States Pharmacopoeia " is an authoritative 
boot, including the drugs of most value, with a description 
of their properties, tests for their purity, and methods for 
making their preparations. It is revised each decade by a 
convention of representative deleg.ites from medical scho(^ls 



76 PHARMACY 

and societies, schools of pharmacy and pharmaceutical asso- 
ciations, with the collaboration of medical officers from the 
army, navy and marine hospital service. The last edition 
dates from September 1, 1905. All matter occurring in the 
"Pharmacopoeia" is said to be according to the U. S. P., or 
official. That occurring in the " British Pharmacopoeia " is 
marked B. P. 



Of&cial Preparations. 

I. — Preparations Whose Solvent is Water. 

Decoctum, pi. Decocta. — Decoctions are solutions of crude 
drugs in water, obtained by boiling. Unless specified 
otherwise, their strength is 5 per cent, and the boiling is 
conducted fifteen minutes. Decoctions tend to undeigo 
rapid decomposition, and are only suitable in case of those 
drugs whose active principle is soluble in water. They are 
imsui table when the active principle of a drug is volatile, 
decomposed by heat, or wliea it contains much starch, which 
would form an easily decomposable, thick mass. 

Drugs containing hard, woody substances, especially 
albumin, which coagulates in boiling and remains in the 
crude drug, are those especially adapted for this method. 

Infusum, pi. Lifusa. — Infusions are aqueous solutions of 
drugs made by maceration in boiling water without the aid 
of ebullition. Maceration is done for half an hour, and the 
strength is 5 per cent., unless otherwise ordered. The same 
disadvantages apply in the case of infusions as with decoc- 
tions, in addition to the longer time required for their 
preparation. Some drugs, as digitalis or ergot, which yield 
their active principles to water and are more powerful when 
freshly made, are suitable for this process. 

Liquor, pi. Liqvores. — Solutions are preparations holding 
active non-volatile principles in solution in water. They 
have no uniform strength. 



OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS 77 

Aqua, pi. AqucE. — Waters are aqueous solutious of vola- 
tile priucipies. They have no uniform strength and are 
mostly solutions of volatile oils or gases. 

Mlstura, pi. Misturce. — Mixtures are compounds cousist- 
ing of a combinatiou of fluid preparations or compounds in 
which solid substances are dissolved or held in suspension 
by an appropriate vehicle. The term is thus very compre- 
hensive, including most prescriptions for fluids used in 
practice, but more narrowly it applies in pharmacy to insol- 
uble materials suspended by suitable menstrua in water, the 
whole to be shaken before used. They have no definite 
strength. 

Emvlsum, pi. Eiaulsa. — Emulsions are similar to mix- 
tures in that an oily substance in a state of fine division is 
held in suspension in a gummy or albuminous vehicle. 
They have no uniform strength. 

Syrupus, pi. Si/rupi. — Syrups are saccharine solutions. 
The vehicle is usually water, although vinegar and alcohol 
may be used, and they are all medicated except the simple 
syrup. They are not of uuil'orm strength. 

II. — Preparations Whose Solvent is Alcohol. 

Tlnctura, pi. Tinciurce. — Tiuctures are alcoholic solu- 
tions of non-volatile principles, made usually by maceration 
and percolation of the crude drug, They vary in strength ; 
the more powerful contain 10 per cent., the weaker usually 
20 per cent, of the crude drug. The alcohol in tinctures is 
often an important factor in the action of the preparation. 
Strong or diluted alcohol is used according to the solubility 
of the active principle. 

Spiiitwi, pi, Spirifus. — Spirits are alcoholic solutions of 
volatile substances, either gases, liquids or solids. They 
have no uniform strength. 

Elixir, pi. Elixirs. — Elixirs are alcoholic solutions of 
drugs containing sugar and aromatic substances. 

III. — Preparations Having Wine as a Solvent. 

Vinum, v\. Vina. — Wines are weak tinctures nontainincr 



78 PHAKMACY 

a small amount of alcohol, the remainder of the solvent 
being white wine. They have no definite strength. 

IV. — Preparations Having as a Solvent Diluted 

Acetic Acid. 

Acetum, pi. Aceta. — Vinegars are solutions of the active 
principles of drugs in acetic acid prepared by maceration 
and percolation. They are not of uniform strength. 

V. — Preparations Made by Solution and Evaporation. 

Extradum, pi. Extrada. — Extracts are concentrated 
preparations of the crude drug. Ordinarily alcoholic solu- 
tions of the crude drug are obtained by maceration and 
percolation, and then evaporated to a pasty mass. They 
are usually stronger, weight for weight, than the crude drug, 
but are not of uniform strength. 

Fluidextradum, pi. Fhddextrada. — Fluidextracts are 
permanent, concentrated medicinal solutions of uniform 
strength. 1 cc. of the fluidextract is equivalent to 1 gra. oi 
the crude drug. This result is obtained by percolation 
(usually with alcohol) and partial evaporation.* 

VI. — Preparations Made by Distillation or Occurring 
Natuiially, as Exudations from Trees. 

Oleo-Resina, pi. Oleo-Resince. — Oleo-Resins are officially 
extracts obtained by percolation of the crude drug witli 
ether, and evaporation of the solvent. They have no uni- 
form strength. 

Puhn^, ]il. Pulveres. — Powders are preparations of finely 
pulverized drugs. Sugar of milk is frequently added, on 
account of its hardness, to aid iu jiulverization and as a 
diluent. Comparatively tasteless, non-irritating and often 
insoluble drugs are given in this form. Drugs that are vo- 
latile, deliquescent or irritating are otherwise administered. 
Powders are usf'd to advantage in veterinary practice, since 
they nrpi often taken voluntarily on food. 

Trifuratio, pi. Triturationes. — Triturates are combina- 

* The last (eighth) edition of the IT. S. Pharmacopfeia directs that 
many of the fluidi'xtiacts be assayed so that they will contain a definite 
prescribed amount of the active principle. 



OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS TS- 

tions of drugs and sugar of milk, prepared by trituration. 
They occur in powder or are pressed into tablets. 

Oleum, pi. Olea. — Fixed oils are usually obtained by 
mechanical expression from the product of plants or the 
tissue of animals. 

P'dula, pi. Filulai. — Pills are preparations of drugs made 
into globular form by the addition of a suitable excipient, 
and should be of a convenient size for swallowing. 

Massa, pi. Massce. — Masses are pasty mixtures suitable 
for making pills. 

SuiDpositorium, pi. Suppositoria. — Suppositories are 
medicinal substances incorporated with cacao butter and 
moulded into solid, usually conical, bodies intended for 
introduction into the rectum or vagina, where they melt at 
the temperature of the body. 

Covfedio, pi. Covfediones. — Confections are pasty masses, 
consisting of powder incorporated with syrup. 

VIII. — Preparations Intended for External Use. 

Limmentum, pi. Linimenta. —Tiimmenis are liquid pre- 
parations with an oily, alcoholic or soapy basis. 

Oltatum, pi. Oleata. — Oleates are medicinal solutions in 
oleic acid. 

Unguentum, pi. Unguenta. — Ointments are preparations 
having a fatty basis (80 per cent, of lard). 

Ceratum, pi. Cerata. — Cerates are similar to ointments 
but harder, owing to the addition of 10 per cent, more wax. 

Glyceritum, pi. GJycerita. — Glycerites are preparations 
whose solvent is glycerin. 

Emplastrum, pi. Emjjlas&a. — Plasters are solid, sticky, 
supple preparations intended for application to the skin, 
where they become adhesive at the temperature of the body, 
lu veterinary parlance they are often known as "chaiges." 

CJiarta, pi. Chartce. — Papers are fragments of medicated 
paper. 

Collodium, pi. Collodia. — Collodions are solutions of gun 



80 PHARMACY 

cotton in ether and alcohol, leaving a thin, dry, adhesive 
coating when applied externally. 

IX.— Preparations Having Honey as an Excipient. 
Mtl, pi. Mdita. — Honeys. 

X. — Non-Official Preparations Peculiar to Veterinary 

Practice. 

Bolus, pi. Boli. — Balls are substitutes for pills. They 
are of elongated, cylindrical shape, about two and one-half 
inches long, and should weigh about two ounces when 
intended for horses. Various escijDients are used to make 
a mass of the proper consistency. For immediate use, 
molasses and licorice root may be employed, and brown 
tissue paper is used as a covering for the balls. Gelatine 
capsules may take the place of balls, and should be covered 
with paper to prevent slipping through the fingers when wet 
with saliva. Linseed meal is a good excipient on account of 
its gum. Soap is often used, and glycerin makes a good 
preservative and keeps the mass moist. 

Heat is often necessary in preparing a ball mass when 
the materials are resinous (as aloes) or waxy. A ball is 
given to a horse by holding it in the right hand, the tips of 
the fingers and thumb surrounding it in the form of a cone. 
The tongue of the animal being drawn to the operator's left 
with his left hand, the right is then quickly passed along the 
roof of the patient's mouth (avoiding the edges of the back 
teeth) until the back of the tongue is reached, when the ball 
is dropped, the right hand rapidly removed and the tongue 
released. 

If the mouth is narrow or the animal unmanageable, a 
balling iron or speculum is used to keep the mouth open. 
The horse may be backed into a narrow stall and the head 
steadied by an attendant with the assistance of a " twitch " 
on the nose. Substances of an irritating nature may be 
given in this form, and balls are also used when the disposi- 
tion of the patient does not admit the giving of a drench. 



OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS 81 

Haustus, pi. Haustus. — A drench is an extemporaneous 
fluid mixture, intended for immediate use as a single dose. 

Soluble substances are best given in solution to obtain 
tlie most rapid results, unless irritating. Even then they 
may be preferable when sufficiently diluted with water and 
demulcents. Insoluble drugs may at times be given to 
advantage in a mixture rather than in the form of a ball or 
powder. Most official fluid preparations require dilution 
before administration, but for convenience small doses of 
tinctures and fluid extracts are dropped upon the tongue of 
horses unless the preparations are exceptionally acrid. 
Drenches are particularly applicable for cattle and sheep, as 
solids are not quickly absorbed in their capacious digestive 
apparatus, and drenches are given them with ease. 

The amount of liquid conveniently administered to 
horses is from one to two pints ; to dogs, from two to fwur 
ounces ; to sheep, six to eight ounces. Cattle take readily 
unlimited quantities. Care should be observed that drenches 
are so diluted as to be harmless to the mucous membrane, 
and, if containing insoluble drugs, that these be held in 
suspension by a suitable vehicle or thoroughly shaken before 
using. Drenches are best given to horses by making a loop 
on the end of a rope, passing the upper jaw through this, 
the other end of the rope being passed through a pulley in 
the ceiling and held by the operator or assistant. The horse 
should be first backed into a narrow stall. The neck of the 
bottle (which should properly be made of horn or tin) con- 
taining the drench, being introduced and held in the right 
hand of the operator between the outside of the back teeth 
and the inside of the cheek of the patient, the left hand is 
used to steady the nose of the animal, but the nostrils should 
not be obstructed. 

In giving drenches to cattle the operator stands on their 
left and passes his right arm between the horns over the 
poll and down in front of the face, grasping the nasal septum 
between the thumb and forefinger. The neck of the bottle 
is then thrust with the left hand into the animal's mouth. 



82 PHARMACY 

Dogs are given drenches with the aid of an assistant, who 
hohls the mouth dosed with one hand, while he makes a cup 
by pulling the corner of the lip away from the teeth with the 
other hand, into which the medicine may be slowly poured, 
the animal easily swallowing it. Small dogs may be placed 
sitting upon a table. A large dog may be put upon his hind 
quarters in a corner, and his head held between the knees 
of the operator. Cats are given drenches by rolling them 
in a heavy blanket with only the head out and the jaws held 
apart by means of two loops of tape about either jaw 
behind the incisor teeth. The jaws are then pulled apart 
by drawing on either loop from above and below the 
auinnd's head. 

Drenches should never be jjonred into animals if in an 
unconscious condition, for then they are unable to swallow, 
and the fluid may gravitate into the trachea. If coughing 
ensues during the administration of a drench, the procedure 
should be immediately stopped. 

Eleduarium, pi. Elednaria. — Electuaries are medicinal 
pastes intended to be smeared on the teeth of animals, where 
they melt at the temperature of the body and become 
absorbed. Molasses, honey, glycerin, syrup or mucilage 
are used as excipients. Electuaries are used for their local 
action on the mouth and throat, and for convenience in 
administration, if so crude a method maybe thus described. 
A certain specified quantity of the electuary may be weighed 
by the dispenser and serve as a sample, or a domestic 
utensil may be employed to measure the dose, which is 
smeared with a thin, flat stick on the back teeth or tongue 
-of the patient. 



INCOMPATIBILITY. 



Before entering upon the study of prescription writing, 
it is essential to consider the results of improper combina- 
tion of drugs, i.e., incompatibility. 

"While a knowledge of chemistry, pharmacy and the 
physiological actions of drugs is necessary to avoid incom- 
]mtibility, it is yet possible to formulate certain rules which 
will assist us in escaping unfortunate combinations. 

Incompatibility is conveniently divided into three 
classes : I. Chemical. IT. Physical. III. Physiological. 

I. Chemical incompatibility occurs when drugs are so 
mixed that an unsuitable alteration in their chemical com- 
])ositiou takes place. Certain substances should usually be 
prescribed alone because of the frequency with which 
chemical changes arise when they are combined with other 
medicines. These are : 

Lead, silver and zinc salts Mineral acnds 

Iodine and iodides Solution of potassa and lime 

Tannic and gallic acids Quinine sulphate 

Liquid iron preparations Hydrocj'anic acid 

Corrosive sublimate 

The possibilities of the following combinations must be 
kept in mind to avoid incompatibility : 

1. Solutions of alkaloids are incompatible with tannic 
acid, alkalies, alkaline salts, and iodides and bromides, 
because precipitation occurs, 

2. Glucosides are decomposed by acids and are, there- 
fore, incompatible with them. 

3. Acids may not be added to alkalies, alkaline salts or 
vegetable acid salts, because decomposition and chemical 
change will ensue. 

83 



84: INCOMPATIBILITY 

4. A mixture of salts in solution will decompose if 
either an insoluble compound or double salt can be formedj. 
otherwise no change will take place. 

5. Chloral is incompatible with alkaline solutions^ 
because chloroform is generated. 

6. Chloroform and potassium cyanide form prussic acid. 

7. Potassium chlorate, nitrate, or permanganate liberate 
oxygen and should not be mixed with readily oxidizabla 
substances, such as charcoal, sugar, sulphur, glycerin, car- 
bolic acid, iodine, turpentine and organic materials, lest 
explosive compounds be formed. 

8. Lime water precipitates mercury salts. 

9. Both calomel and antipyrin are incompatible with 
sweet spirit of nitre. 

10. Calomel may not be combined with nitrohydro- 
chloric acid lest corrosive sublimate result. 

11. Calomel and prussic acid form the poisonous mer- 
curic cyanide. 

12. Liquid iron compounds are incompatible with fluid 
preparations of the vegetable bitters (except those of calumba 
and quassia), because the tannic acid in them throws down 
a precipitate. 

13. Considerable quantities of acid are incompatible 
with tinctures, since ethers are produced. 

11. Water precipitates resinous tinctures. 

15. Gum arable is incompatible with lead and iron salts^ 
and mineral acids. 

16. Strychnine is precipitated in solution by potassium 
bromide. 

17. Pepsin and pancreatin are mutually destructive in 
fluiel combination. 

18. Solutions of potassium chlorate and iodide unite to- 
form a poisonous compound. 

It is beyond our scope to attempt the enumeration of 
all possible drug-incompatibilities. The special incompati- 
bilities of each drug may be found under the proper heading^ 
in the detailed description of them. Furthermore, we may 



INCOMPATIBILirY 85 

avoid incompatibility by (above all) simplicity in prescrip- 
tion writing, i.e., the use of few drugs in combination. Water 
or alcohol are generally the best solvents. 

II. Physical incompatibility consists in the production 
of unsightly-lookiug mixtures, but without necessarily any 
chemical alteration of their ingredients ; for examploj the 
addition of water to insoluble powders, oils and chloroform^ 
While such combinations are pharmaceutically improper, 
they may sometimes be used to advantage in practice- 
Ill. Physiological incompatibility consists in the union 
of drugs possessing antagonistic physiological actions. For 
instance, the combination of purgatives and astringents ; of 
morphine and atropine ; of digitalis and nitroglycerin. Such 
prescriptions may be valuable therapeutically when the 
antagonism is not complete. This follows because, while the 
deleterious action of one drug may be offset by another, its 
beneficial effect may at the same time exist or be accentuated. 
Thus the anodyne influence of morphine is increased by 
combination with atropine, but both the depressing action 
of morphine on the respiration and its constipating tenden- 
cies are lessened .by atropine. 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING. 



Words and Phrases Commonly Used in Prescrip- 
tion Writing, With their Abbreviations.* 



LATIN WORD, 


ABBREVIATIONS. 


TRANSLATION, 


Acidum 


Acid. 


An acid 


Ad 




To, up to 


Ad libitum 


Ad lib. 


At pleasure 


Adde 


Add. 


Add (thou). 


Ana 


A.aa. 


Of each 


Aqua fontana 


Aq. font. 


Water, spring 


Aqua destillata 


" dest. 


distilled 


Rene 




Well 


Bis in dies 


Bis. ind. 


Twice daily 


Cape, Capiat 


Cap. 


Take. Let him take 


Capsula 


Caps. 


A capsule 


Ceratum 


Cerat. 


A cerate 


Chart a (karta) 


Chart. 


A paper (medicated) 


Chartula (kartula) 


Chart. 


A little paper for a 
powder 


Cochleare magnum 


Coch. mag. 


A tablespoon • 


Cochleare parvum 


Coch. parv. 


A teaspoon 


Cola. Colatus 


Col. 


Strain, strained 


Collyrium 


Collyr. 


An eye wash 


Compositus 


Co. Comp. 


Compound 


Congius 


C. 


A gallon 


Confectio 


Conf. 


A confection 


Cortex 


Cort. 


Bark 


Cum 




With 


Decoctum 


Decoc. 


A decoction 


Dilute, Uilutus 


Dil. 


Dilute (thou), diluted 


Divide 


D. Div. 


Divide (thou) 


Dividendus 


Dividend. 


To be divided 


Dividatur in parts eequ- 


D. in p. eeq. 


Let it be divided into 


ales. 




equal parts 


Dosis 


Dos. 


. A dose 


Emplastrum 


Emp. 


A plaster 


Enema 


Enem. 


An enema 


Extractum 


Ext. 


An extract 


Fac, fiat, fiant 


F. 


Make, let be made, let 
them be made 


Filtrum, Filtra 


Fil. 


A filter. Filter (thou) 


Fluidus 


Fl. f. 


Fluid 


Olyceritum 


Glyc. 


A glycerine 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 



87' 



LATIN "WORD. 


ABBREVIATIONS. 


TRANSLATION. 


Gutta, Guttae 


Gtt. 


A drop, drops 


Guttatim 


Guttat. 


Drop by drop 


Haustus 


Haust. 


A draught 


Hora 


H. Hor. 


An hour 


In dies 


Ind. 


Daily 


Infusuni 


Inf. 


An infusion 


Injectio 


Inj. 


An injection 


Lac 




Milk 


Libra 


Lb. 


A pound, a Troy pound 


Liquor, or Liq'uor 


Liq. 


A solution 


Lotio (losheo) 




A lotion 


Magnus 


Mag. 


Large 


Massa 


Mass. 


A pill-mass 


Misce 


M. 


Mix 


Mistura 


Mist. 


A mixture 


JMucilago 


Mucil. 


A mucilage 


Nox, Nocte Maneque 




Night, at night and in 
the morning 


Numerus, Numero 


No. 


A number, in number 


Octarius 


O. 


A pint 


Pars 




A part (governs genitive) 


Partes ^quales 


P.se. 


Equal parts 


Parvus 


Parv. 


Small 


Pilula 


Pil. 


A pill 


Pro re nata 


P. r. n. 


According to circum- 
stances; occasionally 


Pulvis 


Pulv. 


A powder 


Quantum Sufficiat 


Q. S. (followed by 
genitive) 


As much as is necessary 


Quaqua hora 


Q. h. 


Every hour 


Saturatus 


Sat. 


Saturated 


Semissis 


Ss. 


A half 


Semidraclima 


Semidr. 


A half drachm 


Sesuncia 


Sesunc. 


An ounce and a half 


Signa 


S. Sig. 


Sign 


Solve, Solutus 


Solv. 


Dissolve, dissolved 


Solutio 


Sol. 


A solution 


Spiritus 


Spr. 


A spirit 


Suppositoria 


Suppos. 


A suppository 


Syrups 


Syr. 


A syrup 


Talis 


Tal. 


Such, or, like 


Tinctura 


Tra. Tr. 


A tincture 


Ter in die 


T, i. d. 


Three times a day 


Unguentum 


Ungt. 


An ointment 


Vinum 


Vin. 


A wine 


Vehiculum 


Vehic. 


A menstrum 



* Abstracted from Mann's " Prescription 'Writing." 



88 PEESCRIPTION WRITING 

A prescription, derived from the Latin Prae, before, and 
Scriptum, written, comes to us from the early custom of 
physicians in writing down their advice he/oreJiand for their 
patients' guidance. As now used it is the written formula 
of the practitioner describing to the pharmacist the manner 
of compounding and dispensing medicines, and to the 
attendant the mode of administering them. 

FormulBB are official when simply taken from the 
" United States Pharmacopoeia," and extemporaneous when 
concocted off-hand by the practitioner. Extemporaneous 
formulae are simple when composed of one ingredient ; a 
compound prescfiption is composed of several parts, which 
may be considered as follows : 

I. Heading. 
II. Names and quantities of drugs. 

III. Direction to compounder. 

IV. Direction to attendant. 
V. Signature of writer. 

The heading, "Recipe," is derived from the Latin, the 
imperative of the verb meaning to take, and is ordinarily rep- 
resented by the sign I^, a corruption of Q|,, the sign of the 
Zodiac for Jupiter. After the Christian era the sign of the 
Cross was used, or N. D., for Nomine Deo, in God's name; 
J. D. for Juvane Deo, meaning God helping, etc. We have 
now reverted to the old sign, which is all that remains of an 
appeal to Jupiter. This symbol seems to put the practi- 
tioner, even if involuntarily, into a position of reverence in 
thus offering a prayer in embryo (the old physicians always 
wrote one) whenever one writes a prescription. The custom 
also suggests that we are not yet sufficiently sure of our 
Materia Medica after all these centuries, to sacrifice the 
efficacy of prayer. 

In regard to the names and quantities of drugs, we find 
in the text books that one should always strive after a 
classical arrangement, whereby four ingredients are essential 
to accomplish any result. These include : 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 89 

I. The basis, or active medicinal substance. 
11. The adjuvant, or assistant. ... , 

III. The corrigent, or corrective. 
IV. The excipient, vehicle, or menstruum. 

But we shall find that while such a classical arrange- 
ment may exist in the text-books, we are usually content in 
practice with the basis, together with a vehicle. The 
classical arrangement is essential in order that the old Latin 
motto be fulfilled : " Curare cito, tufo et jiicmde." Curare — 
to cure (the basis) ; cito — quickly (the adjuvant) ; /wto— safely 
(the corrigent) ; jucunde — pleasantly (the excipient). 

In a physic ball for horses we may employ aloes as a 
basis ; calomel as an adjuvant ; ginger as a corrective ; 
molasses as an excipient. More commonly in fluid prepara- 
tions we prescribe several bases, or ingredients for curative 
purposes, neglecting any adjuvant or corrigent and simply 
using water as a vehicle. It is often of distinct advantage 
to write for a combination of several drugs whose action 
looks towards a common end. Yet one should always lean 
to simplicity rather than complexity in the number of 
ingredients. While it is difficult to avoid chemical antago- 
nism, how much harder is it to prevent untoward physio- 
logical combinations in the body, which we can in nowise 
foretell. In olden times ignorance led practitioners to try 
the effect of an enormous number of drugs, with the hope 
that out of the charge one at least of the pellets in these 
■shot-gun prescriptions might strike the desired spot, if the 
others failed to do so. But we now believe that the damage 
done by all the shot which miss far surpasses the good 
accomplished by the successful missile. Four hundred 
different remedies are included in one of these old formulae, 
ivhereas now it is rare to find four in a prescription. 

In relation to the third part of the prescription (the 
■directions to the compounder), we find that a few regulation 
Xatin phrases or words express these directions. If one is 
unfamiliar with Latin, one can easily memorize these words 



90 PRESCRIPTION WRITING 

and phrases understandingly. The directions to the 
attendant are heralded by the Latin Signa, or Signetur^ 
meaning label, or let it be labelled ; abbreviated, " Sig.," or 
merely " S.," and being for the nse of the attendant of the 
patient, are in English. The directions shonld be very 
precise. One should not write : " Use as directed," or " Give 
in water," but indicate exactly the quantity of medicine to 
be administered, the precise amount of water with which it 
is to be diluted, and the time at which it is to be given. 
For instance : " Give one tablespoonful in half a pint of 
water three times daily after feeding." 

Poisons should be marked as such. It is well some- 
times to indicate that the prescription is " for a horse," in 
order to avoid mistakes and to quell the qualms of the 
conscientious druggist. 

Preparations which are not to be used internally should 
be labelled "external use." Under "Signature" the name 
of the writer and date is included. If desirable, one may 
inscribe " Do not repeat." Quantities used in prescription 
writing are indicated by the signs of the apothecaries or 
Troy system of weights for solids. For liquids, signs rep- 
resenting units of the wine measure are employed. The 
Troy grain and ounce are used by apothecaries as units of 
weights in dispensing prescriptions. In ordering large 
quantities (as pounds) the avoirdupois pound of 16 ounces 
is employed, and in buying ounces of drngs without a pre- 
scription the avoirdupois ounce is also utilized. The 
avoirdupois ounce contains 437 grains ; the Troy ounce 
contains 480 grains. The grain is of similar value in both 
systems. 

TROY, OR apothecaries' WEIGHT. 



Weight 


Sign 


Latin name 


Pound 


t) 


Libra 


Ounce 


I 


Uncia 


Drachm 


3 


Drachma 


Scruple 


3 


Scrupulum 


Grain 


gr. 


Granum 



PRESCKIPTION WRITING 



91 





WINE 


MEASURE. 




Measure 


Sign 




Latin Name 


Gallon 


C 


.... 


Congius 


Pint 





.... 


Octarius 


Fluid Ounce . . . . 


Fl. I 


.... 


Fluida Uncia 


Fluid Drachm .... 


Fl. 3 


.... 


Fluida Drachma 


Minim . . . . 


m 


.... 


Minimum 



A drop is often used synonymously with minim, which 
is correct if the substance spoken of is water, or a liquid of 
nearly similar density. If the liquid is not of similar den- 
sity, then a minim, or the sixtieth part of a drachm, is far 
from being a drop as measured by dropping a liquid from 
any ordinary utensil. Any amou'it from 45 drops to 276 
drops, measured in this way, may be obtained from a 
drachm of fluid, according to its density, mode of dropping, 
and kind of vessel from which it is dropped. 

A gutta (gtt.), then, is of no fixed value, but means a 
drop as dropped from a vessel; while a minim is alwaj's the 
sixtieth part of a drachm. 

RELATIVE VALUE OF UNITS IN THE WINE MEASURE. 



c 





O 


3 




H 


IC 


= 8 = 


128 = 


1024 


= 


61,440 




Oi. = 


16 = 


128 


= 


7,680 






31. = 


8 


= 


480 








3 i. 


= 


60 




RELATIVE VALUE 


OF UNITS 


IN TROY 


SYSTEM. 


lb 


1 


3 


3 




Gr. 


1 


= 13 = 


96 = 


288 


= 


5,760 




H = 


8 = 


24 


=: 


480 






3i. = 


3 


= 


60 








3i. 


= 


20 



The abbreviation, Fl., is usually omitted in prescription 
writing, as referring to fluids, the character of the prepara- 
tion being sufficiently apparent. The Roman numerals are 
used to express the quantities employed. The Roman 
numerals are written under a horizontal line, the i's or j's 
are dotted (they are identical in Latin) and the dot serves 
to enforce and check the numbers used. Fractions are 



92 PRESCKIPTION WRITING 

usually expressed in ordinary Arabic characters, except ^, 
which is often indicated by a double s (ss), standing for 
semis, the Latin for one-half. 

APPROXIMATE EQUIVALENTS OF WINE UNITS IN DOMESTIC 
MEASURES. 



Teaspoon 


= 


3 i.-ii. 


= 


5Cc. 


Desert spoon 


= 


3ii. 


= 


10 Cc. 


Table spoon 


= 


3SS. 


= 


15 Cc. 


Cup 


= 


Siv. 


= 


120 Cc. 


Tumbler 


= 


3 viii. 


= 


250 Cc. 



There are usually about six teaspooufuls to the fluid 
ounce. It is a good plan to have some regard for the size 
of vials generally kept by druggists, and to write for a 
quantity to fill the bottle. The bottles commonly in use in 
human and canine practice are the 2 and 4 drachm ; the 1, 
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, and 16 ounce. 

The 2 drachm bottles are useful for measuring the dose 
of fluid extracts for horses ; the 3 ounce bottle is convenient 
in writing prescriptions in the metric system for dogs, as it 
holds approximately 100 Cc. The 4 ounce bottle is the 
common size, employed in canine practice, containing 24 
doses of one teaspoonful each. The ^ pt. and pt. bottles 
are more appropriate for larger animals. 

THE METRIC SYSTEM. 

The metric system will be described, because it is the 
universal system employed in scientific writings, and is now 
official. It is based on the fact that a uniform, unchange- 
able standard is employed as the unit of all measures, 
whether of weight, capacity or area. This standard is the 
ten-millionth part of the distance from either pole to the 
equator, and is denominated a meter (39.371 inches), and is 
the standard of length. The cube of 1 of a meter is taken 
as the unit of capacity and called a litre (2.1135 pints). The 
weight of water at its greatest density, 4° C. (39.2° F.), 
which this cube will contain, is termed a kilogram (2.2046 
lbs. Avoirdupois), and is the unit of the measure of weight. 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 93 

METRIC DIAGRAM. 

The weight of water that the small cube will contain 
is one gramme. This is the unit of weight of the metric 
system. 



JQne=tenth Metre Long ,: ::^ 



IGm. 






n 



3 
U 

o 
o 
o 



o 



9J: PRESCEIPTION WRITING 

Bat for prescriptions and other small weighings lesser 
uiiits than the kilo and liter are required and therefore the 
cube of one-hundredth of a meter is taken and the weight 
of water which this cube holds is recognized as the unit of 
weight and called a gram (15,432 grains). The quantity of 
water contained in the cube of one-hundredth of a meter 
is used as a unit in measuring capacity in chemical and 
pharmaceutical practice and termed a cubic centimeter. 
The multiples of these measures, proceeding in decimal 
progression, are distinguished by Greek numerals as pre- 
fixes, i.e., Deca-10, Hecto-100, Kilo-1000. The subdivisions 
of the unit are represented by the Latin prefixes, as Deci-0.1, 
Centi-0.01, Milli-0.001. Hence, using the gram as the unit, 
we can arrange a table as follows : 



Kilogram 


r= 


1.000 grams 


— 


1.000.0 


Hectogram 


= 


100 grams 


= 


100.0 


Decagram 


= 


10 grains 


= 


10.0 


Gram 


= 


1 gram 


= 


1.0 


Decigram 


= 


jV, gram 


= 


0.1 


Centigram 


=: 


1^0 gram 


= 


O.Ol 


Milligram 


= 


lo'oo gram 


= 


0.001 



The metric system has the advantage of being arranged 
decimally, which makes the computation of percentages 
easy, and the transference of a quantity of one denomination 
to that of another, by merely shifting a decimal point. 
There are other advantages which make it of value to 
practitioners. Our present system is not uniform with that 
of any other country. The English, while using the same 
nomenclature for weights and measures, put a different 
value upon them. The system has another value, at least 
theoretically, in having one unit for weights and measures. 
The unit of the fluid measure is 1 cubic centimeter of water, 
which at 4^ C. weighs one gram. As a matter of fact, 
fluids are dispensed in the metric system by measuring 
them in Cc, and if liquids were all of the same density 
as water, they would be equivalent to grams of water 
when measured in Cc. Unfortunately, this is not the 
case. Theoretically, medicine should be dispensed by 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 95 

weight in the metric system, but as medicines, when given 
to patients, are usually measured by bulk, they cannot be 
dispensed by weight without producing a complication. 
For example, suppose that we order chloroform in a pre- 
scription in the metric system, — 

I^ Chloroformi 30 | 

S. Two teaspoonfuls in water. 

John Smith. 

thinking we are dispensing 10 grams * for a teaspoonful 
holds 5 grams of water. But as chloroform weighs ^ more 
than water, we really have ordered 10 + 1- = 15 Gm. of chloro- 
form. Therefore, in writing a prescription for chloroform with 
other ingredients, weighed in Gm., we would have to add | 
of the number of Gm. of chloroform in the prescription to the 
number previously estimated in order to make the chloroform 
of the same bulk as other liquids of the density of water. 

In order to avoid reducing substances of density differ- 
ing from that of water, to terms of equivalency with that of 
water, it is the custom, and now official, to weigh solids in Gm. 
and measure liquids in Co. This is an exact method if the 
doses of drugs are learned in the same way: i.e., if the doses 
of solids are learned in Gm. and prescribed in Gm., and the 
doses of liquids are learned in Cc. and prescribed in Cc. 

In writing prescriptions in the metric system a line is 
drawn perpendicularly across the right-hand side of the 
blank to indicate the decimal point; multiples of the unit 
being placed to the left of the line, while fractious are 
written to the right of the decimal line. In using this system 
we are spared the annoyance of special signs and different 
tables for weights and measures. As matters now stand we 
must be cognizant of both systems, and be able to convert 
the old into the new, or vice versa. One drachm is equiva- 
lent to four grams, 3 i. = Gm. 4 Therefore, Gm. 1 = 3 1 or 
Gr. 15. Then, Gr. i.=^oi Gm. i.; or 

15j 1.000 (.066 
90 

100 
. 90 



♦For each dose. 



•9G PRESCRIPTION WRITING 

The equivalent of Gr.l is Gm. .06. In order to determine 
the equivalent of fractious of a grain iu grams, we divide .06 
bj the denominator and multiply the result by the numerator 
-of the fraction of a grain. For example : 

Gr. I = I of .06 Gm.; as .06 Gm. = Gr. i., then 

8) .06 (.03 X ^ = .04. Therefore, Gr. f = .04 Gm. 
6 



Again : to find the equivalent of Gr.|^ in Gm. 

8) .066 (.008 X 1 = .008 
64 

3~ 
Therefore, Gr.| = .008 Gm. 

We stated that 3 i. = 4 Gm. It follows that ^ i- would 
equal 32 Gm. As a fact, 3 i. apothecaries' weight, is equiva- 
lent to a trifle less than Gm. 4.; and an ounce, apothecaries' 
weight, is usually considered equal to 30 Gm. (exactly 31.10 
Gm.) for the sake of convenience. A fluid ounce in wine 
measure is precisely equivalent to 29.57 Cc. We have here 
another reason why both solid and fluid ounces should be 
valued at 30 Gm. or Cc. Although it is the custom to regard 
the minim of liquid as the equivalent of one grain, it is 
inexact. An apothecaries' ounce weighs 480 Gr.; a fluid ounce 
of wine measure weighs 457 Gr. Multiples of grams or cubic 
centimeters may be designated as such, instead of using the 
technical terms. It is perfectly proper to speak of 100 Gm. 
as one hundred grams, although technically equal to a 
hectogram. .1 Gm. may be called one-tenth gram, although 
technically a decigram. Similar remarks apply to Co., yet 
1,C00 Cc. (approximately 1 quart) equal one liter, and this 
term is in common use. 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 



97 



TABLE FOR CONVERTING APOTHECARIES WEIGHTS AND 
MEASURES INTO GRAMS AND CUBIC CENTIMETERS.* 



SOLIDS. 


FLUIDS. 


Troy Weight. 


Metric. 


Apothecaries' 
Measure. 


Metric. 


Grains. 


Grains. 


Minims. 


Cc. 


eh 


.001 


1 


.06 


io 


.0015 


2 


.12 


sV 


.003 


3 


.18 


io 


.008 


4 


.24 


tV 


.004 


5 


.30 


^ 


.005 


6 


.36 


-1^ 


.006 


7 


.43 


i 


.008 


8 


.50 




.010 


9 


.55 


1 


.016 


10 


.60 


^ 


.03 


15 


.73 


i 


.03 


16 


1.00 


1 


.065 


20 


1.25 


3 


.13 


25 


1.55 


3 


.20 


30 


1.90 


4 


.26 


35 


2.20 


5 


.33 


40 


2.50 


6 


.39 


48 


3.00 


8 


.53 


50 


3.12 


10 


.65 


60 (f 3 i.) 


3 75 


15 


1.00 


73 


450 


20 Oi.) 


1.30 


80 


5.00 


24 


1.50 


90 


5.60 


26 


1.63 


96 


6.00 


30 


1.95 


100 


6 25 


40 


2.60 


120 


7.5'» 


50 


3.20 


160 


10 00 


60 ( 3 i.) 


3.90 


180 


11.25 


120 ( 3 ii.) 


7.80 


240 (f 3 ss.) 


15.00 


180 


11.65 


f 3v. 


18.75 


240 


15.50 


f 3vi. 


22.50 


300 


19.40 


f 3 vii. 


26.25 


360 


23.30 


f 3i- 


30 00 


420 


27.20 


f |ii. 


60.00 


480 


31.10 


f §iii. 


90.00 


1". 


63.20 


f 5iv. 


120.00 


!iv. 


124.40 


f !v. 


150 00 


!vi. 


186.60 


f § vi. - 


180.00 


1 viii. 


248.80 


f |viii. 


240.00 



•98 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 



METRIC WEIGHTS. 


EXACT EQUIVALENTS IN 


APPROXIMATE EQUIVA- 




GRAINS. 


LENTS IN GRAINS. 


.001 


.0154 


6*5 


.002 


.0308 


3^ 


.003 


.0463 


A 


.004 


.0617 


A 


.005 


.0771 


IV 


.006 


.0926 


iV 


.007 


.1080 


1 

9 


.008 


.1234 


i 


.009 


.1389 


i 

7 


.01 


.1543 


1 

6 


.03 


.3086 


i 


.03 


.4630 


1% 


.04 


.6173 


/r 


.05 


.7717 


f 


.06 


.9260 


^0 


.07 


1.0803 


1 


.08 


1.2347 


u 


.09 


1.3890 


n 


.10 


1.543 


i| 


.20 


3.086 


3 


.30 


4.6.30 


4i 


.4) 


6.173 


6 


.50 


7.717 


n 


.60 


9.260 


9 


•70 


10 803 


11 


.80 


12.347 


12i 


.90 


13.890 


14 


1.00 


15.4.32 


15 


2.00 


30 864 


3 ss. 


3.00 


46.296 


3ii. 


4.00 


61.728 


3i. 


5 00 


77.160 


3iv. 


6.00 


92.592 


3 iss. 


7.00 


108,024 


3vss. 


8.00 


123 456 


3ii. 


9.00 


138 8«8 


3vii. 


10.00 


154.320 


3 iiss. 



* Tables from Mann's Prescription Writing. 



Rules for Forming the Genitive Case in 
Prescription Writing. 

The Latin names of drugs, as we learn them, when 
consisting of a single word, are in the nominative case. For 
example : oleum, an oil. The genitive case of a Latin word 
means of (the word), and is equivalent to the English pos- 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING • 9^ 

■sessive. Thus the Latiu name Oleum Lini, consists of two 
words. The first, oleum, is the Latin nominative for oil, and 
ihe second word, lini, is the Latin genitive of tlie word meaning 
linseed. The name signifies, then, oleum (oil) and lini (of 
linseed). In writing prescriptions it is usually essential to 
put the Latin name of the drug in the genitive case, follow- 
ing the use of the heading ]^, standing for the Latin imper- 
■ative Recipe, meaning in English, Take. 
For example : 

Potassii nitratis 1i. 

Literally translated this means : 

Take 

Of potassium nitrate, ounce 1. 

There is only one other case which is used in writing 
prescriptions (the accusative), but this can be avoided by 
using abbreviations iu the few instances in which it should 
be employed. The following rules can be memorized (with 
their exceptions) in order to form the genitive case (singular): 

(1) Latin names of drugs ending iu "a" form their 
genitive in ae. The only exceptions are three : Physostigma 
takes the genitive in lis, physostigmatis. Folia (leaves), pi. 
genitive, foliorum. Theohroma, genitive theohromafis. In 
most instances the genitive of Latiu nouns ending in a, can 
be made in practice by dropping the nominative ending («) 
and adding ae in its place, viz. : Tinctur-a (a tincture), gen- 
itive tinctur-ae (of a tincture). 

(2) All pharmacopoeial nouns ending in us, um (os and 07i), 
form their genitive in i. This genitive case can be formed 
in practice by dropping the nominative ending {us or uin) 
and adding i in its place, viz.: bol-us, a ball ; genitive bol-i, of 
a ball. Extract-um, an extract ; genitive extract-i, of an 
extract. 

The nouns ending in os and on are very few. Excep- 
tions : Rhus, genitive rliois. Flos, genitive floris. Fructus, 
gu£rcus a,nd sjjiritus do not change in the genitive, as it is the 
same as the nominative case. 



100 PRESCKIPTION WRITING 

(3) All other Latin names of drugs, of whatever ter- 
mination (except those ending as described under rules 1 
and 2) have their genitive in s and is. 

The genitive case can be formed in practice, in som& 
instances, by adding is to the nominative, as, for example^ 
chloral, genitive chloral-is ; aether, genitive sether-is. To 
many nouns ending in the nominative in as or is, we not 
only add is to the nominative, but also change the latter 
letter of the nominative case. For instance, to sulphas 
(sulphate) not only do we add is, sulphas-is, but we change 
the latter letter, s, of sulphas into a t, so that the proper 
genitive of sulphas is sulphat-is. 

The same remark applies to all the other Latin names of 
salts, as sulphis, genitive sulphit-is ; nitras, genitive nitrat-is ; 
Lydroehloras, genitive hydrochlorat-is ; citras, genitive 
citrat-is ; phosphas, genitive phosphat-is ; acetas, genitive 
ucetat-is. Cortex is not cortex-is in the genitive, but corticis. 
Mas, genitive not mas-is, but maris. Adeps, genitive not 
adeps-is, but adipis. Mucilago, pepo and pulvis lengthen 
and change in the genitive to mucilagin-is, pepon-is and 
pulver-is. Aloe, genitive not aloeis, but aloes, adding s and 
not is. 

(4) Some Latin names of drugs do not change their 
ending in the genitive because indeclinable and not latinized 
or else they belong to the fourth declension, where the 
genitive case is the same as the nominative. Examples : 
Spiritus, quercus and fructus, already mentioned, as excep- 
tions to rule 2. Cannabis, digitalis, sinapis and hydrastis. 
The genitive of these nouns is the same as the nominative. 

The following are indeclinable : Amyl, buchu, catechu^ 
coca, curare, jaborandi, kino, phenol, salol, naphtol, thymol,, 
menthol, cusso, gummi, etc. 

If the Latin names tor quantities and amounts thereof 
are written out in full (instead of using signs for quantities, 
and numbers for the amounts), the quantities and amounts, 
in Latin must be put into the accusative case, as they are 
the objects of the verb, recipe. 



PRESCltlPTION WRITING 101 

For example : 

Sodii Sulphatis, uncias duas. 
Translated : 

Take 

Of sodium sulphate, ounces two. 

The Latin noun uncia (ounce) is in the accusative case, 
and the adjective duas is also in the accusative, agreeing 
with uncias. But to write out prescriptions in full, as above, 
is not customary and would be considered pedantic. 

Again : The Latin names of the ingredients should be 
written iu the accusative case when no noun for weight or 
measure is employed. For example : 

Pilulas catharticas compositas duas. 

Translated literally : 

Take 

Pills cathartic compound, two. Or, take two compound 
cathartic pills. 

Pilulas (pills) is in the accusative, object of the verb 
recipe. Catharticas, compositas, and duas are adjectives, 
agreeing with pilulas. We can only write this prescription 
correctly, without using the accusative case, by abbreviating 
it as follows : 

Pil. Cath. Co. ii. 



Examples of Prescriptions for Different 

Preparations. 1^ 

TO WRITE A PRESCRIPTION FOR A PILL. ' 

1. We calculate the number of pills we wish to pre- 
scribe and then multiply the dose of each ingredient in the 
pill by that number. We will suppose that we desire to 
prescribe 30 pills to a dog, containing reduced iron, soco- 
triue aloes and sulphate of strychnine. The dose of reduced 



102 PBESCEIPTION WRITING 

iron is gr.ii.; of socotrine aloes gr.ss.; of strychnine sul- 
phate gr-xfo- Multiply each dose by 30 : 

Reduced iron gr.ii. X 30 = gr 60 

Aloes gr.i^ X 30 = gr.l5 

Strychnine gi*-ik X 30 = gr.J^ 

The Latin of aloes socotrine is aloe, genitive aloes, of 
aloes ; socotrina, genitive socotnn-ce, of socotrine. 

The Latin of strychnine sulphate is strychnhia, genitive 
stryclinin-ce of strychnine ; suJphas, genitive suljj/iat-is, of 
sulphate. 

The Latin of reduced iron is ferrum, genitive ferr-i, of 
iron • reductum, genitive redud-i, of reduced. Hence : 

Ferri reducti 3 i. 

Aloes socotrinee gr.xv. 

Strychninai sulphatis gr. }^ 

Misce et divide in pilulas xxx. 

(Abbreviated) M. et div. in pil, xxx. 

Signa. Give one pill three times daily. 

John Smith. 

The Latin names of the drugs being put in the genitive, 
and the signs and numbers for the proper quantities and 
amounts added, we come to the Latin directions to the 
pharmacist. (Misce) mix (et) and (divide) divide (in pilulas, 
accusative plural) in pills xxx. This is a regulation phrase 
and can be employed whenever we write a prescription for 
pills, so that it should be memorized. It can be abbreviated 
correctly as follows : 

M. et div. in pil. xxx. 

Instead of writing the prescription as just described, we 
can calculate the dose needed of each ingredient in the pill, 
and then write a prescription for one pill and direct the 
pharmacist to make 30 pills like it. 

9 Ferri reducti gr.ii. 

Aloes socotrinae gr.ss. 

Strychninge sulphatis gr-rio 

Misce et fiat pilula 1.; dispense pilulas tales numero xxx. 



PRESCKIPTION WRITING 103 

^Abbreviated) M. et f. pil. 1. Dispense pil. tales No. xxx. 
Signa or S. (as before.) 

Translated : (Misce) mix (et) and (fiat) let there be made 
-(pilula) pill 1 ; (dispense) dispense (pilulas) pills, (tales) such, 
(numero) in number, xxx. Abbreviated as above, (Signa) S. 
= Label. 

The same prescription may be written in the metric 
system : Gr.l = .06 gin. Fractions of a grain are converted 
into grams, therefore, by dividing .06 by the denominator of 
the fraction and multiplying the result by the numerator. 
TThe dose of aloes (gr.^) is transformed into grams then, as 
follows : 

2) .06(.03 X 1 = .03 
.06 

00 

^^•rir is converted into grams thus : 

120) .0600 ( .0005 X 1 = .0005 gm. 
6U0 



^ 



Solids in Gm. Liquids in Co. 

Ferri reducti 12 

Aloes socotrinse 03 

StrychninEe sulphatis 0005 

M. et f. pil. 1; dispense pil. tales No. xxx. 
Sig. (as before). 

This prescription may be abbreviated in this manner : 

9 



Ferri reducti. 

Aloes soc 

Strych. sulph. 
M., etc. 



12 
03 
0005 



Prescriptions for balls are calculated and written in 
every respect like those for pills. We may write the above 
prescription in another form, in case we prescribe a pill or 
ball mass to be made, or an official mass to be divided into 
pills. Suppose we write a prescription for a physic mass, 
suitable for horses. We conclude to write for a quantity 
of the mass sufficient to make eight balls. Each ball con- 



104 PRESCRIPTION WRITING 

tains a single dose of aloes and suflficient excipient to make- 
the mass of the proper consistency. The dose of aloes is. 
one ounce, and we know by experience that it will take an 
equal amount of molasses and one drachm of powdered 
ginger to make a proper ball mass. Multiplying each of the 
ingredients, then, by 8, we find we need 8 ounces each of 
aloes and molasses, and 1 ounce of pulverized ginger, to 
make a mass which shall be divided into 8 balls. 

The Latin names and genitives of socotrine aloes we 
have already described. Molasses is syrupus fuscus in 
Latin, or brown syrup. Syrujjics, genitive syrup-i, of syrup. 
Fuscus, genitive fusc-i, of brown. The Latin for powdered 
ginger is jjulvis, powder, genitive pulver-is, of powder.. 
Zingiber, ginger, genitive zingiber-is, of ginger. 

We will proceed to write the prescription thus : 

Aloes socotrinsB 

Syrupi fusci aa 3 viii. 

Pulveris zingiberis 3 i. 

Misce et fiat massa, in bolos viii., dividenda. 

(Abbreviated) M. etf. mass., in bolos viii., dividend. 

Sig. Give one ball at once. 

John Smith. 

The Latin directions to the pharmacist are translated :- 
(Misce) mix (et) and (fiat) let there be made (massa) a masa 
(in bolos, accusative pi.), in balls viii. (dividenda) to be 
divided. 

This is also a stock phrase and should be memorized aa. 
applying to pills or balls made from a mass. 

The prescription is abbreviated : 

Aloes soc. 

Syr. fusci aa 3 viii. 

Pulv. zingiber 3 i. 

M. et f. mass., in bolos viii., dividend, (as above). 
Or : Misce et divide in bolos viii. 
(Abbrev.) M. et div. in bolos viii. 

Translated : Mix and divide into balls 8. 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 105. 

Or : M. et facbolos viii. (abbrev.) M. et f. bolos viii. 

Translated : Mix and make balls 8. 

Mixtures are compounds in wliicli fluids are mixed or 
solids dissolved or held in suspension by a suitable vehicle, 
We must first decide upon the number of doses which we 
wish to prescribe, and then the quantity of the mixture to 
be given at each dose. 

Suppose we wish to give sweet spirit of nitre and 
•quinine to a horse. We conclude to give the mixture three 
times daily for several days. The dose of the nitrous ether 
will be an ounce ; the quinine will be dissolved in it. 
Bottles are in use containing 12 to 16 ounces, or 1 pint. We 
will decide upon the pint bottle. This, then, will hold 16 
ounces, or 16 doses of sweet spirit of nitre. In each dose of 
the nitre we want dissolved gr.20 of quinine sulphate. 
16 X gr.20 = gr.320 = 3 v. 3i. Now, 5 drachms of 
•quinine sulphate will not dissolve in 16 ounces of sweet 
spirit of nitre, so that we will add enough diluted sulphuric 
acid to dissolve the quinine. We do not know how much 
sulphuric acid will be required, so we write after acid sul- 
phuric, Q. S., for quantum sufiiciat, i.e., as much as suffices 
(to dissolve, understood). 

Again, we do not know exactly how much bulk the 
quinine will take up when dissolved in the nitre ; nor what 
amount of acid will be required. Yet, on the other hand, 
we want to fill our bottle. To get over these difficulties we 
will write after sweet spirit of nitre ad, underlined (to) ; in 
other words, we order the druggist to take of sweet spirit of 
nitre enough to (make, understood) a pint. 

The Latin for quinine is quinina, genitive quinm-ce, of 
quinine. The Latin for sulphate is sulphas, genative sul- 
phat-is, of sulphate. The Latin for spirit of nitrous ether 
is spiritus, genitive spirilus, of spirit ; nitrosus, genitive 
Tiitros-i, of nitrous ; cether, genitive mther-is, of ether. The 
Latin for sulphuric acid diluted is acidum, genitive acid-i^ 
■of acid; sulphuricwi, genitive sulphuric-i, of sulphuric; 
dilutut, genitive dilut-i, of diluted. 



106 PRESCRIPTION WRITING 

We may now write our prescription as follows : 

Quininae sulphatis 3 v. 3 i. 

Acidi sulphurici diluti Q. S, 

Spiritus aetheris nitrosi ad Oi. 

Misce. ^" 

(Furnish 3 i. bottle for measure). 
Signa. Small bottlef ul three times daily in half a pint of water^ 

John Smith. 
Abbreviated : 

Quin. sulph 3 v. 3 i. 

Acid, sulphurici dil Q. S. 

Spts. aether, nitrosi ad Oi. 

M. 

S. (as above). 

We will write a prescription for a mixture containing 
12 closes of cliloral and potassium bromide for a dog. The 
quantity of the mixture given at each dose will be a tea- 
spoonful. Now, there are six teaspoonfuls in one ounce. 
We will order a 2-ounce bottle, which will, therefore, hold 
12 doses of a teaspoouful each. The dose of chloral is gr.v. 
5 X 12 = gr.60, or 3 i. The dose of potassium bromide is 
gr.x. 10 X 12 = gr.l20, or 3 ii. Then we will order enough 
water to fill the bottle. The Latin for chloral is chloral,. 
genitive chloral-is, 'oi chloral; Latin for potassium bromide 
is potassium, genitive potassi-i, of potassium ; hromidum, 
genitive bromid-i, of bromide ; Latin for water is aqua, 
genitive aqu-ce, of water. 

Chloralis 3 i. 

Potassii bromidi 3 ii. 

Aquae ad | ii. 

M. ~~ 
Signa. Teas, in 1 tablespoonful of water every 3 hours. 

John Smith. 

A drench is a mixture which is given the horse in one^ 
dose. We will write a prescription for a horse, containing 
ether, chloroform and laudanum, to be administered as a 
djrench. The Latin for ether is cether, genitive cether-is, of ether; 



PKESCEIPTION WRITING 107 

dose, 5 i. The Latin for chloroform is cUoroformum, geui- 
tive 'cMoro/orm-i, of chloroform ; dose, 3 ii- The Latin for 
laudanum is tinctura opii ; tlnclura, genitive tinctur-CB, of 
tincture ; opium, genitive opi-i, of opium ; dose, 3 ii. The 
prescription reads : 

Athens 3 ^• 

Chloroformi 3 ii. 

Tincturee opii 3 ii- 

Misce et fiat haustus. 

Translated : (Misce) mix, (et) and (fiat) let there be 

made (haustus) a drench. 

(Abbreviated) M. et f . liaust. 

Sig. Give at once in one dose in pint of water. 

John Smith. 

In writing a prescription for powders, we may either 
write for one powder and direct the druggist to dispense 
several more like it, or write for the whole amount of the 
ingredients and order them divided into the required num- 
ber of doses or papers. In the first case we will write for a 
powder containing one dose of each of the drugs. 

For example, we may write a prescription for calomel 
and santonin, with sugar of milk as an excipient, since the 
dose of the drug is inconveniently small. This powder is 
suitable for a medium-sized dog. 

The Latin for calomel, or the lower chloride of mercury, 
is hydrargyrum, genitive hydmrgyr-i, of mercury; cMori- 
dum, genitive chlorid-i, of chloride ; mite, genitive mit-is, of 
lower ; dose, gr.ii. The Latin for santonin is santoninum, 
genitive santonin-i, of santonin ; dose, gr.i. The Latin for 
sugar of milk is saccharum, genitive sacchar-i, of sugar ; lac, 
genitive lac-tis, of milk ; amount, gr.x. The prescription will 
read : 

Hydrargyri chloridi mitis gr-ii. 

Santonini gr.i. 

Sacchari lactis gr.x. 

Misce et fiat pulvis 1 ; dispense pulveres tales vi. 



108 PRESCRIPTION WRITING 

Translated : Mix, and let there be made powder 1 ; dis- 
pense powders such vi. 

<^ Abbreviated) M. et f. pulv. 1; dispense pulv. tales vi. 

Sig. Give one powder every two hours. 

John Smith. 

In the second case, if we write a prescription for six 
powders, we multiply the dose of the ingredients in each 
powder by 6, and then order the prescription to be dispensed 
in six papers. 

Hydrarg. chlorid. niitis gr.xii. 

Santonin gr.vi. 

Sacch. lactis 3 i. 

Misce et divide inchartulas numero..vi. 

Translated : Mix and divide into papers in number vi. 
(Abbreviated) M. etdiv. in ch't. No. vi. 
Sig. (as before). 

To write the above in the metric system. The dose of 
calomel is gr.ii. = .12 gm. .12 X 6 = .72, or gr.xii. The dose 
of santonin is gr.i. = .06 gra. .03 X Q = .36 gm., or gr.vi. 
The amount of sugar of milk used as an excipient in each 
powder is gr.x. .06 X 10 = .6 gm., the amount prescribed in 
each powder. The amount necessary for six powders is 
.6x6 = 3.6 gm., approximately 4 gm. 

Solids in Gm. Liquids in Cc. 

Hydrarg. chlorid. mitis I 72 

Santonin | 36 

Sach. lactis 4 

M. et div. ch't. in No vi. 

Sig. (as before). 

We will write a prescription for a horse, in the form of 
a powder, containing dried iron sulphate, nux vomica and 
sodium bicarbonate. The Latin for iron sulphate (dried) is 
/errum, genitive ferr-i, of iron ; sulphas, genitive sulphat-is, 
of sulphate ; exsiccatus, genitive exsiccat-i, of dried ; dose, 
3 i. The Latin for nux vomica is nux, genitive nuc-is, of 
nut ; vomica, geniti'^e vomic-ce, of vomica ; dose, 3 i- The 



PRESCRirXION WllIlING 109 

Latin of sodium bicarbonate is sodium, genitive sodi-i, of 
sodium ; hicarhonas, genitive hicarbonat-is, of bicarbonate. 
"We will order a sufficient quantity of the ingredients to 
make thirty powders. The dose of iron and nux vomica is 
3 i. X 30 = 3 iii., 3 vi. The dose of sodium bicarbonate 
is 3 ii. X 30 = 3 vii.ss. 

Ferri sulphatis exsiccati 

Pulveris nucis vomicae aa §iii., 3 vi. 

Sodii bicarbonatis § vii.ss, 

Misce et divide in cliartulas xxx. 

Translated : Mix and divide into papers xxx. 

(Abbreviated) M. et div. inch't. xxx. 

Sig. Give one powder three times daily on the food. 

John Smith. 

In order to avoid the expense of having powders divided 
into papers, we may frequently direct one dose to be 
weighed by the druggist, and a measure to be furnished 
holding the quantity. 

Ferri sulph. exsicc. 

Pulv. nucis voni aa § iii., 3 vi. 

Sod. bicarb § vii.ss. 

Misce et fiat pulvis. 
Translated : Mix and let there be made a powder. 
(Abbreviated) M. et f, pulv. (Furnish measure holding § ss.) 
Sig. Give measureful on food three times daily. 

John Smith. 

To transform this prescription into terms of the metric 
system: si. = Gm.30.; 3i- = Gm.4. Hence §iii., 3 vi. = 
Gm.114; 3 vii.ss. = Gm.225. 

Solids in Gm. Liquids in Cc. 
Ferri sulph. exsicc. 

Pulv. nucis vom aa 114 

Sodii bicarb 225 

M. et f. pulv., etc. 
S. (as before). 



110 ' PKESCRIPTION WRITING 

Electuaries are not suitable preparations in which to 
prescribe powerful drugs, as we cannot secure any degree 
of accuracy in the dosage. This happens because we do not 
usually know the exact amount of excipient which will be 
required to make the paste of the proper consistency. We 
will write for an electuary containing potassium chlorate, 
licorice and molasses. The Latin for potassium chlorate is 
potassium, genitive potassi-i, of potassium ; chloras, genitive 
clilorat-is, of chlorate ; dose, 3 ii- The Latin for powder of 
licorice root is (powder has been given before) glycyrrhizay 
genitive glycyrrhiz-ce, of licorice ; radix, genitive radic-is, of 
root. The Latin for molasses is syrupus, genitive syrup-i, of 
syrup ; fuscus, genitive /lisc-i, of brown ; dose of licorice root 
and molasses immaterial. They are used as excipienta. 

Potassii chloratis 

Pulveris glycyrrhizae radicis . .aa. . ^ iv. 

Syrupi fusci Q.S. 

Misce et fiat electuarium. 
Translated : Mix and let there be made an electuary. 
(Abbreviated) M. et f. electuarium. 

(Weigh 3 vi. as sample). 
S. Give amount equal to sample every 2 hours smeared on teeth. 

John Smith. 

"We cannot tell precisely what quantity of potassium 
chlorate will be administered in the 3 vi. ordered in this 
prescription, but we can be assured that it will not be larger 
than 3 drachms, which is a small dose for the horse. 

Suppositories are occasionally prescribed to dogs. The 
excipient is cacao butter, of which about 15 grains is 
required. We will write a prescription containing iodoform 
and extract of Belladonna root, to be dispensed in suppos- 
itories for a medium-sized dog. The Latin for iodoform is 
iodoformum, genitive iodoform-i, of iodoform; dose, gr.^. 
The Latin for extract of belladonna root is belladonna, 
genitive helladonn-ce, of belladonna ; exfradum, genitive 
€xtract-i, of extract ; radix, genitive radic-is, of root ; dosp, 
gr.|^. The Latin for cacao butter is oleum theobroma ; 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 111 

oleum, genitive ole-i, of oil ; theobroma, genitive tJieobrom- 
atis, of theobroma. The quantity of cacao butter may be 
safely left to the discretion of the pharmacist. We will 
multiply the dose by ten, to make ten suppositories. 

lodoformi gr.v. 

Extract! belladonnae radicis gr.ii.ss. 

Olei theobromatis Q.S. 

Misce et fiant suppositoria x. 
Translated: Mix and let there be made suppositories x. 
(Abbreviated) M. et f. suppos. x. 

Sig. Introduce one into the bowel every 4 hours. 

John Smith. 

In writing prescriptions for ointments the degree of 
dilution of the medicinal substance, or substances, must be 
determined. In case the dilution is done in percentage, the 
metric system is particularly useful. A five-per-cent. oint- 
ment of the yellow oxide of mercury is of value in some 
cases of conjunctivitis. We will write for 5 Gm. 

The Latin for yellow oxide of mercury is hydrargyrum 
oxidum fiavum; hydrargyrum, genitive hydrargyr-i, of 
mercury ; oxidum, genitive oxid-i, of oxide ; flavum, genitive 
flavi, of yellow. 

The excipient will be simple ointment. Latin for simple 
ointment is unguentum, genitive unguent-i, of ointment. If 
we order 5 gm. of simple ointment we can determine the 
amount of mercury necessary to form a 5-per-cent. prepara- 
tion with it by simply moving the decimal line forward two 
places, .05, which will give a 1-per-cent. ointment of mer- 
cury ; and then, by multiplying by 5, .05 X 5 = .25, we^ 
secure a 5-per-cent. ointment. 

Solids in Gm. Liquids in Co. 

Hydrargyri oxidi flavi 25 

Unguenti 5 

Misce et fiat unguentum. 
Translated : Mix and let there be made an ointment. 
(Abbreviated) M. et f. ung. 

Sig. Use externally. John Smith. 



1X2 PRESCRIPTION WRITING 

There is nothing of special note to consider in regard 
to writing prescriptions for liniments. "We will write a 
prescription for Carron oil as an example. 

Carron oil is composed of equal volumes of solution of 
lime and cottonseed oil. The Latin for oil of cottonseed is 
oleum gossipii seminis ; oleum, genitive ole-i, of oil; gossypiurriy 
genitive gossypi-i, of cotton ; semen, genitive semin-is, of 
seed. The Latin for solution of lime is liquor calcis ; 
liquor, genitive liquor-is, of liquor ; calx, genitive cah-is, of 
lime. 

Liquons calcis. 

Olei gossypii seminis aa I iii. 

Misce et fiat linimentum. 

Translated : Mix and let there be made a liniment. 

(Abbreviated) M. et f. liniment. 

Sig. Apply externally. 

John Smith. 



CLASSIFICATION. 



PART I. 
Inorganic Agents. 

Section I. — Water, and Solution of Hydrogen Dioxide. 
Section II. — Alkaline Metals ; Potassium, Sodium, Ammonium and 
Lithium. 

Section III. — Alkaline Earth Metals ; Calcium, Barium, Magnesium, 

Aluminum and Cerium. 
Section IV. — Plumbum, Argentum, Zincima, Cuprum, and Bismuthunu 
Section V. — Ferrum, Manganum. 
Section VI. — Hydrargyrum. 
Section VII. — Arsenic, Antimony. 
Section VIII. — Phosphorus. 

Section IX.— Chlorine, Iodine, Bromine, Orthoform. 
Section X. — Sulphur. 
Section XI. — Acids. 
Section XII. — Carbon Compounds. 

Class 1. Carbon. 

Class 2. Alcohol, Ether, Chloroform. 

Class 3. Nitrites. 

Class 4. Chloral. 

Class 5. Antipyretics, Analgesics. 

Class 6. Antiseptics. 

Class 7. Miscellaneous Carbon Compounds. 



PART II. 
Vegetable Drugs. 

Section I. — Drugs acting on the brain. 

Class 1. Depressing the brain ; Opium. 

Class 2. Stimulating the brain ; Belladonna. 
Section II. — Drugs acting on the spinal cord. 

Class 1. Stimulating the inferior cornua ; Nux Vomica, Strychnine. 

Class 2. Depressing the inferior cornua ; Physostigma, Gelsemimn. 

113 



114 CLASSIFICATION 

Section III. — Drugs acting on the spinal cord and motor nerves. 

Class 1. Depressing the inferior cornua and motor nerves; Tobacco 
and Conium. 

Section IV. — Drugs acting on the sensory nerves. 

Class 1. Depressing the sensory nerves ; Cocaine, Eueain, Holocain. 
Section V. — Drugs acting on the secretory nerves. 

Class 1. Stimulating the secretory nerves ; Pilocarpus. 
Section VI. — Drugs acting on the heart. 

Class 1. Increasing the force and decreasing the frequency of the 

heart ; Digitalis, Strophanthus, Convallaria and Squill. 
Class 2. Decreasing the force and frequency of the heart ; Aconite, 
Veratruni Viride and Album, Veratrine. 

Section VIT. — Drugs acting on the respiration. 
Ipecac. 

Section VIII. — Vegetable Antipyretics and Antiseptics. 

Class 1. Cinchona and its Alkaloids. 

Class 2. Salioyli(^ Acid, Salicin, Salol, Oil of Gaultherla and Methyl 
Salicylate. 
Section IX. — Volatile Oils or Drugs containing them. 

Class 1. Used mainly for their action on the skin : Turpentine, Oil 
of Turpentine, Terebene, Terpin Hydrate, Burgundy 
Pitch, Canada Turpentine, Resin, Tar, Pitch, Oil of Cade, 
Balsam of Peru, Balsam of Tolu, Benzoin, Benzoic Acid, 
Black and White Mustard, Eucalyptus, Arnica, Myrrh. 

Class 2. Used mainly for their stomachic and carminative action 
upon the digestive tract : Capsicum, Ginger, Peppermint, 
Menthol, Spearmint, Anise, Cardamon, Coriander, Fennel, 
Fenugreek. 

Class 3. Used mainly for their antispasmodic action in stimulating 
the nervous system : Valerian, Ammonium, Ferric and 
Zinc Valerianates, Asafoetida and Ammoniacum. 

Class 4. Used mainly for their stimulant and diuretic action on the 
genito-urinary tract : Buchu and Oil of Juniper. 

Class 5. Used mainly for its emmenagogue action on the female 
generative organs ; Savin. Tallianine. 

Section X. — Vegetable Bitters.— Gentian, Quassia, Cascarilla, Calumba, 

Taraxacum, Hydrastis, Calamus. 
Section XI. — Vegetable Cathartics. 

Class 1. Simple Purgatives. — Aloes, Linseed Oil, Castor Oil, Rhara- 
nus Purshiana, Frangula, Rhamnus Catharticus, Rhubarb 
(Chrysarobin), Senna. 



CLASSIFICATION 115 

Class 2. Drastic Purgatives. — Croton Oil, Scammony, Jalap, Gam- 
boge, Elaterin, Colocynth. 
Class 3. Cholagogue Purgatives. — Podophyllum, Podophyllin. 
Section XII. — Tannic Acid and Drugs containing it. 

Nutgall, Tannic Acid, Gallic Acid, Pyrogallol, White Oak 
Catechu, Kino, Krameria, Haematoxylon, Hamamelis. 

Section XIII. — Vegetable Demulcents. 

Olive Oil, Cottonseed Oil. Soap, Soft Soap, Glycerin, Linseed, 
Acacia, Tragacanth, Althaea, Sugar. 

Section XIV. — Vegetable Drugs killing Parasites. 

Class 1. Used to destroy tape worms : Aspidium, Areca Nut, 

Kamala, Kouso, Granatum. 
Class 2. Used to destroy round worms : Santonica. 
Class 3. Used to destroy oxyurides: Quassia. 
Class 4. Used to destroy lice: Stavesacre. 
Class 5. Used to destroy fleas: Pyrethrum. 

Section XV. — Vegetable Drugs stimulating unstriated muscle, pap» 
ticularly of the uterus. 

Ergot, Cotton Root Bark. 
Section '^VI. — Colchicum. 
Section XVII. — Vegetable Drugs acting mechanically. 

Starch, Oil of Theobroma, Purified Cotton, Pyroxylin, Collodion, 
Euphorbimn, Adrenalin. 

Section XVIII.— Medicinal Agents of Animal Origin. 

Cantharides, Lard, Suet, Hydrous Wool Fat, Yellow and White 
Wax, Spermaceti, Honey, Milk, Sugar, Pepsin, Pancreatin, 
Ox Gall, Papain, Cod Liver Oil, Ichthyol, Thiol. 



NOTE. 



ABBREVIATIONS USED IN REFERENCE TO THE SYNONYMS IN THE 
DESCRIPTION^ OF DRUGS. 

B. P.. .British Pharmacopoeia. 

E English. 

P. G. . .German Pharmacopoeia. 

Fr French. 

G German. 

Three doses of each medicine are usually given; one for horses and 
cattle; one for sheep and swine, and one for cats and dogs, unless 
otherwise specified. The quantities are expressed in units of the Apothe- 
caries' Weight or Wine Measure and also in the metric system. The 



116 CLASSIFICATION 

solids in the latter to be dispensed in grams, the liquids in cubic centi- 
meters. Only those official drugs and preparations of the United States 
and British Pharmacopoeia's will be mentioned, which are considered to 
be' of value to practitioners of Veterinary Medicine. In connection, 
■with doses the following abbreviations are used : 

H Horse. 

C Cattle. 

Sh. & Sw. .Sheep and Swine. 

D Dogs. 

The same dose may be given to either dogs or cats of equal weight. 



PAET I. 
INORGANIC AGENTS. 



SECTION I. 

Water. 

Aqua, Water. Aqua Destillata, Distilled Water, H^O. 
(The latter used in filling many prescriptions.) 

Action external. — The reader is referred to special articles 
on "Cold and Heat" (p. 704), "Food and Feeding" (p. 679), 
and "Counter Irritants" (p. 696), for details concerning the 
action and uses of water, respectively, as a medium of heat 
and cold, as an article of diet in health and disease, and as 
a counter irritant. Cold water, externally, at first stimulates 
reflexly heat prodnction, with slight rise of temperature,. 
Increased carbonic acid elimination and contraction of the 
vessels and muscles of the skin. If the cold water applica- 
tion is continued, the bodily heat falls, owing to physical 
abstraction of heat. "Reaction" follows the removal of 
cold, if properly applied, with dilatation of the superficial 
vessels (and sensation of warmth and exhilaration in man). 
Moderate warm water (105^ F.) applications stimulate cuta- 
neous vascularity, favor diarphoresis, and diminish urinary 
secretion. Hot water (110^-120° F.) applications act as 
counter irritants in dilating the peripheral vessels, contract- 
ing those in more remote parts, and relieving pain, spasm,, 
congestion and inflammation. 

Action internal. — Water is quickly absorbed and thus, 
swells the secretion of urine, and, to a less extent, that of 
bile, saliva and pancreatic juice. Intestinal peristalsis is 
facilitated by a considerable amount of water. Water also 
increases tissue change, and elimination of carbonic dioxide 
and urea ; promotes the appetite and washes out the tissues 

and urinary tract, thus removing waste matters from the body. 

iir 



118 INORGANIC AGENTS 

The elimination of uric acid is lessened by water. Large 
quantities of water, if not taken at meal time — when they 
dilate the digestive juices and disorder digestion — favor the 
formation of fat. 

Uses external. — See "Heat and Cold," p. 704. 

Uses internal. — Healthy animals may be given as much 
water as they desire, with certain restrictions in relation to 
work and feeding. It is unwise to allow horses much water, 
•either immediately before or after severe work, or after 
feeding. If water is given before severe work it increases 
the bulk of intestinal contents, is apt to cause digestive 
disturbance, and interferes with the movements of the 
diaphragm. For these same reasons water should only be 
permitted in small amount (at a time) in " heaves " of horses. 

If a quantity of water is allowed horses after hard work, 
colic is very likely to occur. Working horses should, 
therefore, be watered, in reasonable amount, while at work ; 
and, if this is impracticable, may be allowed but a few 
mouthfuls of water, or a gallon of oatmeal gruel after severe 
work, with whole hay but no gfain until after an hour's rest. 
When horses at rest drink much water after eating, the 
contents of the stomach (which is unusually small in this 
animal) ai;e washed into the intestines and are not so 
thoroughly digested. This accomplishes two bad results: 
it deprives the animal of some nourishment and engenders 
digestive trouble and diarrhoea. 

The best plan is to give resting horses water before 
eating, or to keep it at their command at all times. Cold 
water is desirable, frequently and in limited quantities, in 
fever, although there is a popular fear of it. Hot water 
assists the action of diaj^horetics ; cold water that of 
diuretiss. Lukewarm water is an emetic, but hot water, in 
small and repeated doses, allays nausea and vomiting. Water 
is restricted in ordinary diarrhoeas, obesity, and to assist the 
absorption of exudations. The drinking of water should be 
encouraged by a liberal allowance of salt (which in itself aids 
digestion), in animals in a poor condition, to increase their 
appetite and flesh. Water is valuable in diluting a con- 



SOLUTION OF HYDROGEN DIOXIDE 119 

centrated urine froija which calculi are liable to be deposited. 
High rectal injections of water are absorbed, and conse- 
quently flush out the kidneys. 

Solution of Hydrog-en Dioxide. 

Aqua Hydrogenii Dioxidi. Sohition of Hydrogen Dioxide. 

(U. S. P.) 

Sjnonym. — Liquor Hydrogenii Peroxidi, Hydrogen 
Peroxide. A slightly acid aqueous solution of hydrogen 
dioxide (H.O.) containing, when freshly prepared, about 
3 ]ier cent., by weight, of the pure dioxide, corresponding to 
about 10 volumes of available oxygen. 

Derivation. — Add barium dioxide, 300, to cold, distilled 
"water, 500 ; agitate and keep at a temperature of 100° C. 
(50-^ r.j. To this mixture (of barium hydrate) add a solu- 
tion of phosphoric acid, 96, in cold distilled water, 320, and 
shake them together thoroughly. Filter, and wash the 
precipitate (barium phosphate) with distilled water until the 
filtrate measures 1000. Add diluted sulphuric acid to the 
filtrate (until cloudiness disappears in a small filtered por- 
tion of it ; absence of barium), and starch 10. Agitate fre- 
quently. Filter and refilter till the solution becomes clear 

Properties. — A colorless liquid, without odor, acidulous 
to the taste and producing a peculiar sensation and soapy 
froth in the mouth; liable to deteriorate by age, exposure 
to heat, or protracted agitation. Spec. gr. 1,006 to 1,012. 

Reaction slightly acid. When exposed to the air at the 
ordinary temperature, or when heated in a water bath at a 
temperature not exceeding 60*^ C. (140^ F.) the solution 
loses chiefly water. When rapidly heated it is liable to 
decompose suddenly. (The value of a given sample of 
hydrogen dioxide may be roughly ascertained by adding a 
few draohms to a few crystals of potassium permanganate 
in a test tube. The greater the amount of efi"ervescence the 
better the hydrogen dioxide. — Wallian.) 

Dose.—R. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); D., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) 

Action and Uses. — Hydrogen dioxide is probably the 
most powerful surgical antiseptic and disinfectant in use. 



120 INORGANIC AGENTS 

It is not poisonous to higher animals, and liberates oxygen 
immediately in the presence of oxidizable matter, thus, 
destroying all bacteria and organized ferments. 

The microbicidal action is transient and not persistent; 
only water remains. Therefore hydrogen dioxide is useless 
for the production of continuous antiseptic action. The 
drug is an antiseptic in the digestive tract, and some oxygen 
may be absorbed by the blood, but this is extremely doubt- 
ful. The official solution contains 10 volumes of oxygen ; 
that is, it yields up 10 times its bulk of oxygen gas. Most 
proprietary preparations are stronger, and contain 12 
volumes of oxygen, and are more powerfully disinfectant. 

Hydrogen peroxide is particularly valuable as an anti- 
septic on suppurating and septic wounds, necrosed tissue, 
abscess cavities, sinus', ulcers, morbid growths and suppur- 
ating mucous membranes. In fistulge of the withers and poll, 
hydrogen dioxide acts as an efficient cleansing and decom- 
posing agent (through its oxidizing powers), and it should 
be injected prior to the use of other antiseptics, stimulants 
and caustics, as carbolic acid in glycerin (see p. 329). 
Hydrogen dioxide is probably the best remedy we possess 
in the treatment of acute catarrh of the pharynx and tonsils 
in dogs and cats when applied directly to the throat, diluted 
with two parts of lime water, with an atomizer or brush, or 
on absorbent cotton on an applicator. It is commonly 
employed in full strength and only in glass, porcelain, or 
hard rubber vessels or instruments. The drug should not 
be used in cavities where an outlet for the free escape of 
gas is wanting. Peroxide of hydrogen decomposes pus with 
effervescence, and thus is a guide to its presence or absence ; 
it also destroys the pus cocci. 

Hydrogen dioxide is a safe and efficient agent in disin- 
fecting drinking water, and is of some value in gastric 
fermentative indigestion of dogs where the vomitus and 
fseces show evidence of gas formation or frothiness, and is 
absolutely safe. Recently good results have been reported 
from the use of hydrogen dioxide, diluted with three parts 



POTASSIUM 121 

of lime water, in dysentery when given as high enemata 
twice daily. 



SECTION 11. 
Alkaline Metals — Potassium, Sodium, Ammonium, Lithium, 

Potassium. 

Potassium is not used in medicine in the metallic state. 
Its compounds may .be considered in three groups : 1, 
Potassa ; 2, the Carbonates (acetate and citrate) ; 3, the 
Mineral Salts. 

Potassium compounds were formerly obtained from 
wood ashes by lixiviation ; from sea water by evaporation, 
and from argol, a substance deposited in wine casks. Now 
they are obtained from potassium muriate, mined in Stass- 
furt. Saxony, which is thought to result from the boiling 
away of sea water in past ages. 

general action op potassium salts. 

In lethal doses the action of all tbe potassium com- 
pounds is very similar. 

Stomach and Intestines. — The potassium salts, with the 
exception of the vegetable compounds, are irritants to the 
gastro-intestinal tract, if ingested in concentrated form. 

Heart. — Marked depression of the heart is one of the 
most characteristic symptoms of poisoning by the potassium 
salts. Potassium has a direct, paralyzing action on the 
ieart muscle, and in lethal doses there is cardiac arrest in 
■diastole. Much the same action is, moreover, observed on 
all the higher forms of tissue. The functional activity of 
the nerves and muscles is depressed and abolished, more 
■especially that of the brain and cord, so that paralysis of 
central origin occurs. 



122 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Blood. — It has been taught that the potassium salts giv» 
up their oxygen to the blood. In the case of the nitrate 
and chlorate we know that this is untrue, since they are= 
eliminated unchanged. When given for any considerable 
period, the potassium, like the sodium salts, impoverish the 
system and produce a more fluid state of the blood. Large 
doses of the potassium salts are likely to occasion purging, 
while small doses are apt to cause diuresis. The carbonates 
and vegetable salts resemble each other in action, but that 
of the mineral salts is peculiar to the individual compound- 

PoTASSii Hydroxidum. Potassium Hydroxide. KOH. (U.S.P.) 

Synonyms. — Potassa caustica, B.P.; potash, potassium 
hydrate, caustic potash, lapis causticus chirurgorum,E.; pot- 
asse caustique, Fr.; aetz kali, G; kali causticum fusum, P.G. 

Derivation. — A solution of potassium hydrate is evapor- 
ated ; the residue is fused and run into moulds. 

Properties. — Dry, white, translucent pencils or fused 
masses, hard and brittle, showing a crystalline fracture ; 
odorless, or having a faint odor of lye, and of a very acid 
and caustic taste. Exposed to the air, it very rapidly 
absorbs carbon dioxide* and moisture, and deliquesces. 
Soluble at 15° C. (59° F.) in about 0.5 part of water, and in 2 
parts of alcohol ; very soluble in boiling water and in boiling 
alcohol ; slightly soluble in ether. 

Liquor Potassii Hydroxidi. Solution of Potassium Hy- 
Hydroxide. (U. S. P.) 

An aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (KOH), 
containing about 5 per cent, of the hydroxide. 

Synonym. — Liquor potassae, B.P.; solution of potassium 
hydrate, kali hydricum solutum, lixivium causticum, solution 
of potash, E.; potasse caustique liquide, lessive caustique, 
Fr.; aetzkalilauge, G.; liquor kali caustici, P.G. 

Derivation. — Boiling a solution of potassium carbonate 

* ^Vhen solubility is mentioned hereafter, reference will be had to 
solubili:y at the above temperature. 



. POTASSA "'" 123 

"with calcium hydrate leaves potassium hydrate in solution, 
Tvhile calcium carbonate is precipitated. 

K, CO3 + Ca (OH), = 2 KOH + Ca CO3. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a 
very acrid and caustic taste and a strongly alkaline reaction. 
It has a soapy feel and taste. 

Dose.—R. & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. 
(2.-4.); D., ni^v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 

PoTASSA Cum Calce. Potassa with Lime. (Non-official.) 
(Equal parts of potassa and lime.) 

Synonym. — Vienna paste. 

Projxrties. — A grayish- white powder, deliquescent, 
having a strongly alkaline reaction ; should be soluble in 
diluted hydrochloric acid without leaving more than a small 
residue. 

Action and Uses. — Potassium hydroxide, its solution, and 
potassa cum calce are mainly of value as escharotics. Liquor 
potassse is unfit for internal use unless greatly diluted with 
water. It resembles potassium carbonate in its e£fects. 
Caustic potash is very destructive of tissue by combining 
with water and fatty matters. It is most diffusible and, 
therefore, difficult to limit its action. This we may do, 
however, by applying a plaster to a part, with a hole in it, 
through which the caustic stick is applied. Before using 
the caustic, the outside of the plaster should be covered with 
oil or grease, but not the part under the aperture in it. 
After removing the plaster the operation of the caustic may 
be arrested by vinegar. Cauterization by this means is very 
painful under ordinary circumstances, but may be made 
comparatively painless by incorporating one part of mor- 
phine muriate with three parts of potassa cum calce, and 
adding enough chloroform to make a paste. 

Caustic potash is indicated where extensive destruction 
of tissue is desirable, as in the treatment of the bites of rabid 
dogs and of snakes. It is less commonly used for the 



124 INORGANIC AGENTS 

removal of warts and small growths, and as a caustic on 
indolent or exuberant granulations. 

Potash has been employed to form an issue, or artificial 
ulcer for the production of counter irritation. Potash may- 
be prescribed in bronchitis, for its action, common to the 
alkalies, in thinning and increasing the bronchial secretions. 
An excellent mild stimulating liniment consists of : 

01. Terebinthinae 50.00 

Ol. Succitii 20.00 

Saponis pulv 10.00 

Potassee 2.00 

Aqute ad 1,000.00 

M. et fiat linimentum. 

The potash saponifies the oils and exerts a stimulating 
action on the skin. Potassium bicarbonate is less irritating 
and more suitable for the latter indication. Potash is some- 
times recommended as an antacid and sedative in gastric 
disorders, but is inferior to sodium bicarbonate for this 
purpose. 

PoTASSii Carbonas. Potassium Carbonate. K^Coj 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Salts of tartar. 

Derivation. — The solution resulting from the lixiviation 
of wood ashes is boiled to dryness, and the resultant mass 
is the "potash" of commerce. This is purified to some 
extent by burning in ovens, forming " pearlash," a mixture 
of the hydrate and carbonate. Water dissolves mainly the 
carbonate which is obtained by evaporation of the aqueous 
solution. 

Properties. — A white, granular powder, odorless, and 
having a strongly alkaline taste ; very deliquescent. Soluble 
in 1.1 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol, 

Dose.—R. k C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); 
D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 



POTASSIUM BICARBONATE 125 

PoTASSH BiCARBONAS. Potassium Bicarbonate. KHCog 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Doppelkolilensaurps kali, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained by passing a stream of Coj through 
a solution of the carbonate. 

K,C03. + CO, + H,0 = 2 KHC03. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, 
odorless and having a saline and slightly alkaline taste. 
Permanent in the air. Soluble in 3.2 parts of water. Almost 
insoluble in alcohol. Becomes converted into the carbonate 
by boiling. 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); 
D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 

Preferable to carbonate for internal use, as it is less 
irritating. 

PoTASSii AcETAS. Potassium Acetate. KCjHjOj 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Terra foliata tartari, E.; Essigsaures kali, G. 

Derivation. — Add acetic acid in excess to potassium 
xjarbonate. Evaporate to dryness and fuse residue. 

K,C03 + 2 HC,H30, = 2 KC,H30, + H,0 +C0,. 

Properties. — A white powder, or crystalline masses of a 
satiny lustre ; odorless and having a warming, saline taste. 
"Very deliquescent on exposure to the air. Soluble in 0.36 
part of water and in 1.9 parts of alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as bicarbonate. 

PoTASSil CiTRAS. Potassium Citrate. KgC^HjOj 

(U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym. — Citrate de potasse, Fr.; Citronsaures kali, G. 
Derivation. — Neutralize potassium carbonate with a 
solution of citric acid, and evaporate to dryness. 
3K,C0,+ 2 H3C,H,0, = 2K3C,H,0, + 3H,0 + 3C0,. 
Properties. — Transparent, prismatic crystals, or a white, 
granular powder ; odorless and having a cooling, saline 



126 INORGANIC AGENTS 

taste. Deliquescent on exposure to air. Soluble in 0.6 
part of water ; sparingly soluble in alcohol. 
Dose. — Same as bicarbonate. 

ACTION OF THE CARBONATES AND VEGETABLE SALTS. 

The carbonate is too irritating for internal use, while 
the bicarbonate is more so than the similar sodium salt. 
Therefore the latter is in more common use as an antacid. 
Antacids neutralize abnormal acidity, due to fermentation, if 
given some time after eating in large doses. 

The vegetable salts (the acetate and citrate) are con- 
verted into the carbonate in the blood and are non-irritating. 
The bicarbonate is also absorbed into the blood as the car- 
bonate. These salts, together with the hydrate, alkalize the 
blood and urine. It is thought by many authorities that 
they increase oxidation within the body, as it is known that 
they do so outside the body in contact with organic matter. 
Not only water, but also the solids (urea and uric acid) in 
the urine are increased by their administration. The 
chlorate and nitrate, not undergoing decomposition in the 
body, do not give up their oxygen or alkalize the blood or 
urine. The carbonates are mainly useful as antacids ; the 
citrate and acetate as diuretics. 

Uses.— Potassium carbonate forms a useful addition to 
mixtures for application to the skin, as, through its strong 
alkalinity, it removes grease and sebaceous matter, per- 
mitting medicinal agents to penetrate the skin. A mixture 
of potassium carbonate, 15.0 ( 3 ss.) ; sublimed sulphur, 50.0 
( 3 i> 3 V.) ; and water, 12 liters (3 gallons), makes a service- 
able application for the milder forms of mange and eczema. 
The animal should be well washed with the mixture in a 
tub every second day, and peruvian balsam, oil of cade or 
tar should be applied daily. Potassium bicarbonate iu 
aqueous solution is serviceable iu relieving itching (gr.v.- 3 i.) 
While probably not so generally efficient as the correspond- 
ing sodium salt, it is of benefit when given an hour after 
feeding to horses subject to colic at that time. It is more 



POTASSIUM NITRATE 127 

useful than sodium bicarbonate in alkalizing an over-acid 
urine (dogs), and in dissolving and eliminating uric acid from 
the blood. Potassium citrate and acetate are indicated in irri- 
tation or inflammation of the kidneys and bladder and cause 
absorption of exudations (pleural effusions, for example), 
through their diuretic power. They are also good uric acid 
solvents. They are sometimes prescribed in fever on account 
of slight diarphoretic and powerful diuretic properties, but 
are rarely used in veterinary medicine, in comparison with 
potassium nitrate, in this condition. 

The salts under consideration stimulate bronchial secre- 
tion and make it thinner, and are recommended accordingly 
in bronchitis. They are less efficient than potassium iodide 
for these purposes in this affection. 

PoTASSii NiTBAS. Potassium Nitrate. KNO3 (U.S. <feB.P.) 

Synonym. — Nitre, saltpetre, E.; nitre prismatique, azo- 
tate (nitrate) de potasse, Fr.; saltpetersaures kali, kalisal- 
peter, G. 

Derivation. — Saltpetre is formed in the soil in certain 
regions and climates and is made artificially, by the putre- 
faction of animal or vegetable material, in the presence of 
heat, moisture, oxygen, and alkaline or earthy bases caj^able 
of fixing the nitric acid set free in this process, known as 
nitrification. The natural conditions for nitrification are 
present in some parts of India, and saltpetre is large ly 
imported from Calcutta. Artificially, nitre beds aie made 
of animal and vegetable matter, wood ashes, and calcareous 
earth or old plaster from houses. Sodium nitrate is im- 
ported extensively from Chili, where it occurs as a mineral 
product, and is used widely in this country in artificial 
fertilizers. Chili saltpetre may be converted into nitre by 
treatment with potash. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, six-sided, rhombic 
prisms, or a crystalline powder, odorless and having a cool- 
ing, saline and pungent taste. Permanent in the air. Sol- 
uble in 3.8 parts of water ; very sparingly soluble in alcohol. 



128 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Dose.—B.. & a, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); 
D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 

Action UxternaL—'Reirigera.nt 

Action Internal. — Stomach and Intestines. — Nitre causes, 
in lethal doses, violent gastro-enteritis, collapse and depres- 
sion of the circulation. The pulse becomes both slow and 
weak. There is muscular weakness and paralysis. Potas- 
sium nitrate is one of the most irritating salts of this group, 
but its toxic effect depends upon its state of concentration, 
and horses are not so susceptible to the local irritating 
action as man. 

Blood. — Nitre passes into and out of the blood unchanged. 
It has been said that the salt diminishes fibrin in the blood 
because it prevents clotting outside the body. This action 
probably does not obtain within the body. 

Heart. — Nitre is said to be more depressing to the heart 
than the other potassium compounds. There is no basis for 
this belief. Like the potassium salts generally, it exerts a 
powerful, depressing action upon the heart in large doses. 

Lungs. — The respiration is slowed by considerable doses 
of potassium nitrate, and it exerts an antispasmodic action 
by depression of the unstriped fibres of the bronchi. 

Kidneys. — Potassium nitrate is eliminated unchanged 
by the kidneys, and in its elimination stimulates the 
epithelium of the renal tubules, increasing their secretion. 
The solids are, therefore, augmented in the urine. The 
local blood pressure is exalted in the Malpighian bodies and 
the quantity of urine is thus increased. 

Potassium nitrate is more frequently prescribed than 
any other potassium salt in veterinary practice, arid is com- 
monly considered one of the best febrifuges. In human 
medicine it is rarely employed for internal use, and is held 
to be decidedly inferior to other diuretic remedies. 

Skin. — Nitre is a mild diarphoretic. 

Summary. — Potassium nitrate is a diuretic, cardiac 
sedative, and slight diarphoretic. 

Administration. — Nitre is dissolved in a pail of drinking 
T/^ater and kept constantly at the larger animal's disposal. 



POTASSIUM NITRATE 129- 

The salt is rendered harmless by dilution ; vascular tension 
and diuresis are increased by the water, and the solution is 
cooling and grateful to the taste in fever. Smaller doses 
( 5 ss.) may be given on the food to horses. 

Uses. — Nitre, ammouium chloride, and common salt, 
each one part, are dissolved in three parts water, and some- 
times used for their refrigerant effect on local inflammatory 
conditions. Ice poultices are more efficient. The value of 
nitre is over-estimated in veterinary practice. There are 
better heart sedatives (aconite), diuretics and diaphoretics 
(sweet spirit^of nitre). It is recommended in purpura and 
rheumatism as alterative. Here again it is less serviceable 
than ergot in the former, or salicylic acid and alkalies in the 
latter disease. Nitre is, however, in comujon use in such 
febrile affections as pneumonia and influenza in horses. 

In laminitis, the combination of potassium nitrate (two 
parts) with potassium chlorate (one part) is of value when 
given to horses in tablespoonfnl doses four to five times 
daily on the food and in the drinking water. 

PoTASSii Chloras. Potassium Chlorate. KCiOj. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Kali oxymuriaticum, E.; chlorate de potasse, 
Fr.; chlorsaures kali, G. 

Derivation. — Pass chlorine into a mixture of potassium 
carbonate and calcium hydrate ; dissolve the result in boil- 
ing water and recover the chlorate by crystallization. 

K,C03 + 6 Ca (OH), + 12 CI = 2 KGl O3 + Ca CO3 + 
5 Ca CI, + 6 HA 

Properties. — Colorless, lustrous, monoclinic prisms or 
plates, or a white powder, odorless, and having a cooling, 
saline taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 16.7 parts 
oi watei-. Insoluble in absolute alcohol, but slightly solu- 
ble iu mixtures of alcohol and water. Explodes readily 
when rubbed with sugar, sulphur, charcoal, glycerin and 
many other substances. 

^Dose.—H. & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4); 
D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 



130 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Action Internal. — Potassium clilorate closely resembles 
tlie nitrate in its action. Locally, it is an irritant. 

Stomach and Boivels. — Medicinal doses have no apparent 
effect. Lethal doses occasion gastro-enteritis, diarrhoea, 
cyanosis and depression of the heart. 

The Blood. — The blood is unaffected by medicinal doses, 
but in poisoning the red corpuscles are broken down and 
crenated. The haemoglobin is converted into methsemoglo- 
bin, which is probably a mixture of hsematin and soluble 
albumin. Hsemoglobin and disintegrated corpuscles appear 
in the urine as haemoglobinuria. The blood is chocolate- 
colored after death. The liver, spleen, kidneys and intes- 
tines are softened and filled with disorganized blood. It 
was formerly thought that potassium chlorate parted with 
its oxygen in the blood, and it was (and is) prescribed in 
many disorders as an oxidizing agent. It has been stated 
that venous blood acquires an arterial hue under the influ- 
ence of the salt. Bat potassium chlorate does not part with 
its oxygen ; neither does it oxidize the blood, nor impart to 
the venous blood an arterial color. 

Heart.— The action is much the same as nitre. 

Kidneys. — Action similar to nitre in therapentic doses. 

Elimination. — Potassium chlorate is eliminated by all 
channels ; mainly by the urine, but also by the sweat, saliva, 
etc. Acting locally as a stimulant in the mouth, and then 
affecting the throat a second time by its elimination in the 
saliva, potassium chlorate is frequently prescribed in diseases 
of the mouth and pharynx as a topical stimulant. It is 
given in electuary, solution, or ball internally. 

Summary. — Sialogogue, diuretic and heart depressant. 

Uses. — Stomatitis is treated by chlorate of potassium in 
saturated solution applied on a swab. The salt is valuable 
in the ti'eatment of pharyngitis in electuary. A favorite 
combination consists of fluid extract of belladonna, 3 i.; 
potassium chlorate, 3ii.; powdered licorice root, 3 v., with 
sufficient molasses to make an electuary. One ounce is to be 
smeared on the teeth of a horse thrice daily. An half ounce 



POTASSIUM BITARTRATE 131 

of a saturated solution of potassium chlorate, with a few 
drops of laudanum, forms a iiseful iujection for haemorrhoids 
in dogs. Otherwise the salt may be-prescribed for the same 
purposes as nitre. 

PoTASSil BiTARTRAs. Potassium Bitartrate. KH^C.HOg 

(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Potassii tartras acida, B.P.; cream of tartar, 
cremor tartari, acid tartrate of potash, E.; tartarus depura- 
tas, P. G.; pierre de vin, Fr.; weinstein, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained from crude tartar (argol) deposited 
on the sides of wine casks during fermentation of grape 
juice, by purification. 

Properties. — Colorless or slightly opaque, rhombic crys- 
tals, or a white, somewhat gritty powder; odorless and having 
a pleasant, acidiiloas taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble 
in about 201 parts of water; very sparingly soluble in alco- 
hol. Reaction acid. 

Dose.—B.. k C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. k Sw., 3 ss. (15.) ; 
D., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

Action internal. — Intestines. — Potassium bitartrate is a 
nou-irritating purgative in large doses. It is a hydragogue 
cathartic and has a stroug affinity for water; abstracting it 
from the blood vessels in the bowels, holding the same in 
solution, and thus flushing out the intestines. 

Blood. — Potassium bitartrate is in part decomposed, 
converted into the carbonate, and absorbed as such into the 
blood. The greater part is excreted by the bowels 
unchanged. A portion of the hitter may have been absorbed 
and eliminated by the intestines. 

Kidneys. — Potassium bitartrate is an active diuretic and 
renders the urine more alkaline, but for some reason it is 
not ordinarily employed in veterinary practice. Neverthe- 
less, it is the best and safest diuretic which can be used by 
the veterinarian in the treatment of the horse and smaller 
animals. 

Summary. — Diuretic in small doses. Hydragogue 



132 INORGANIC AGENTS 

cathartic in large doses. It should be given in solution and 
is useful in dropsies, more particularly of renal origin ; also 
in catarrhal jaundice, aud as a laxative for foals and calves. 
In cases where the urine of the horse is thick, stringy and 
high-colored, potassium bitartrate will cause it to regain its. 
normal state. It may be easily administered in either food 
or drinking water, and it^ diuretic effect is enhanced whea 
the salt is given with a large amount of water. 

Sodium. 

{The metal is not employed in medicine.) 
SoDil Hydroxidum. Sodium Hydroxide. NaOH. (U.S.P.) 

Synonym. — Soda caustica, B.P.; soda, sodium hydrate, 
caustic soda, natrum causticum, S. hydricum, E.; sonde 
caustique, Fr.; natron setznatron, G- 

Derivation. — It is made from liquor sodse by evapora- 
tion, and run in moulds. 

Properties. — Dry, white, translucent pencils, or fused 
masses, showing a crystalline fracture ; odorless, and having 
an acrid and caustic taste. Exposed to the air it rapidly 
deliquesces, absorbs carbon dioxide, aud becomes covered 
with a dry coating of carbonate. Soluble in 1.7 parts of 
water ; very soluble in alcohol. 

Liquor Sodii Hydroxidi. Solution of Sodium Hvdroxide. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

An aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, containing 
about 5 per cent, of hydroxide. 

Synonym. — Solution of sodium hydrate,. E.; natrum 
hydricum solutum, sonde caustique liquide, Fr.; liquor natri 
caustici, P. G.; petznatron lauge, G. 

Derivation. — An aqueoas solution of sodium carbonate 
is boiled with calcium hydrate, and the supernatant liquid 
is siphoned off. 

Na,C03 + Ca(OH), = 2 NaOH + CaCOa. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a 
very acrid and caustic taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction. 



SODIUM CARBONATE 133' 

Dose.—H. & C, 3ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sb. «fe Sw., 3ss.-L 
(2.-4.) ;D.,111v. -XX. (.3-1.3). ' 

Action and Uses. — Sodium hydroxitle and its solution 
resemble compounds of potassium, but are used cliieflj; for 
chemical and pharmaceutical purposes. 

Liquor sodii hjdroxidi should be given largely diluted 
with water. In poisoning by the caustic alkalies or soap 
lye, use emetics or stomach pump ; and give vinegar^ 
diluted acetic acid, lemon juice and demulcents. 

SoDii Caebonas. Sodium Carbonate. Na, CO3 10 H.O. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Washing soda, sal soda, carbonas sodicns, 
E.; natrum carbonicum crudum, P. G.; carbonate de soude, 
Fr.; kohlensaures natron, soda, G. 

Derivation. — Made by Leblanc's process. Three steps : 

1st. Salt and sulphuric acid heated together. 2 Na CI 4- 
H, SO, = Na, SO, + 2 HOI. 

2nd. Sodium sulphate is heated with carbon. Na^SO, -H 
4 C = Na, S + 4 CO. 

3rd, Sodium sulphide heated with chalk. Na, S + Ca 
C03 = Na, CO3+ CaS. 

Properties. — Colorless, monoclinic crystals, odorless and 
having a strongly alkaline taste. In dry air the salt efflor- 
esces, loses about half its water of crystallization and 
becomes a white powder. Soluble in 1.6 parts of water and 
in 1.02 parts of glycerin. Keaction alkaline. 

Sodii Carbonas Exsiccatus. Dried Sodium Carbonate, 
Na,C63. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Natrum carbonicum siccum, P. G.; carbo- 
nate de soude, Fr.; getrocknete soda, G. 

D'rivation. — Sodium carbonate (200 gm.) is broken into 
small fragments and allowed to effloresce in dry air. It is- 
then heated to drive off water of crystallization, till it weighs 
100 Gm. 



134 INOBGANIC AGENTS 

Properties. — A loose, wliite powder, corresponding in 
solubility to sodium carbonate. Reaction alkaline. Action 
of sodium, carhonate similar to the hydrate, but infrequently 
employed in medicine. 

D'jse.—B.. & a, 3 ii.-vi. (8.-24.); Sh. & Sw., gr.xx.-xl. 
'1.3-2.6); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). Given in large amount of 
•water. 

SoDii BiCAKBONAS. Sodium Bicarbonate. Na HCO3. 

(U. 8. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Soda, baking soda, sodium sesquicarbonate, 
natrum carbonicum acidulum, bicarbonas sodicus, sodium 
liydrocarbonate, bicarbonate of soda, E.; natrum bicarboni- 
cum, P. G.; bicarbonate de soude, sel digestive de vicliy, Fr.; 
■doppelkohlensaures natron, G. 

Derivation. — Pass CO., through a solution of sodium 
carbonate. Na, CO3 + CO, + H,0 = 2 Na HCO3. 

Properties. — A wliite, opaque powder, odorless, and 
having a cooling, mildly alkaline taste. Permanent in dry, 
but slowly decomposed in moist air. Soluble in 11.3 parts 
01 water, insoluble in alcohol and ether. Slight alkaline 
reaction. 

Incompatibles. — Decomposed by acid and acid salts, as 
bismuth subnitrate. 

i>ose.— H.,lss.-ii. (15.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., 
gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

GENEBAL ACTION OF SODIUM SALTS. 

Sodium and its salts are not nearly so poisonous as 
similar potassium compounds, because they are less depress- 
ing to the circulatory, muscular and nervous systems, but 
death has occurred after enormous doses. The salts possess a 
local paralyzing action on nerve and muscular tissue. They 
are absorbed and eliminated more slowly than the corre- 
sponding potassium compounds. Sodium salts alkalize the 
blood and urine, but are only slightly diuretic. Sodium 



SODIUM BICARBONATE 135 

carbonate, phosphate, and sulphate diminish the solids in 
the bile and, therefore, increase its fluidity. 

Sodium Bicarbonate. 

Action External. — Sodium bicarbonate lessens irritability 
of the skin in itching and burns. 

Action Internal. — When sodium bicarbonate is given in 
generous doses after eating it neutralizes the acid products 
of indigestiou and fermentation. If ingested in small doses 
before eating, sodium bicarbonate increases the secretion of 
gastric juice and hydrochloric acid. The constant adminis- 
tration of sodium bicarbonate weakens the digestive powers 
and creates anaemia, general cachexia, and scorbutic symp- 
toms. Sodium bicarbonate liberates carbonic dioxide in 
the stomach, and thus exerts a sedative effect. It dissolves 
mucus and thins the biliary secretion. It is, therefore, 
useful in catarrh of the gastro-intestinal tract. 

Blood. — The blood is made morp alkaline. 

Kidneys. — The urine is -alkalized, but the salt is only 
feebly diuretic. 

Uses External. — lu aqueous solution (1-50) sodium 
bicarbonate relieves itching in urticaria, prurigo and chronic 
eczema. It also allays the pain of slight burns and of acute 
rheumatism. For this purpose cloths should be soaked in 
saturated solutions and placed upon the affected parts. 
Added to water ( 3 i.-Oi.) in which instruments are to be 
boiled, it prevents rusting. 

Uses Internal. — Sodium is one of the most useful reme- 
dies in gastric or intestinal indigestion associated with 
acidity, flatulence, and distress. It does not always remove 
the cause of indigestion, however, and, therefore, should be 
combined with agents which do : e.g., cathartics, antiseptics, 
carminatives and stomachics. For this reason sodium 
bicarbonate is often prescribed to dogs with bismuth sub- 
carbonate, salol or beta naphtol ; to horses, with gentian or 
mix vomica and ginger. 

Sodium bicarbonate is of value in alkalizing the blood 



136 ■ INORGANIC AGENTS 

in acute rheumatism, wlieu it is tliouglit to increase oxida- 
tion and tissue waste. The salt assists the action of calomel, 
with which it should be generally conjoined, since it stimu- 
l.ites tbe flow of bile and aids the alkaline intestinal juices 
ill transforming the inactive chloride into the active oxide. 
Sodium bicarbonate is occasionally given in acute bronchitis, 
but it is distinctly inferior to the corresponding potassium 
salt in thinning and increasing bronchial secretions. 

This salt is highly recommended in the treatment of 
hsemoglobinsemia (azoturia) in horses, when given in quanti- 
ties of 10-30 ounces daily. Theoretically, sodium bicarbo- 
nate is of benefit in this disease, by neutralizing acid 
products of metabolism which lead to solution of the haemo- 
globin. 

Administration. — Sodium bicarbonate may be given in 
solution or on the tongue or food in the pure state. 

SoDii Sulphas. Sodium Sulphate. Naa SO^ 10H,O. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Glauber's salts, sulfas sodicus (natricus), 
sal mirabile Glauberi, sulphate of soda, E.; sulfat de sonde, 
sel de Glauber, Fr.; Glaubersalz, G. 

Derivation. — Neutralize the residue left in the manufac- 
ture of HCl from salt, with sodium carbonate. 2 Na HSO^ + 
Na, CO3 = 2 Na,SO, + CO, + HA 

Properties. — Large, colorless, transparent, monoclinic 
prisms, or granular crystals, odorless, and having a bitter, 
saline taste. The salt effloresces rapidly in the air, and 
finally loses all its water of crystallization. Soluble in 2.8 
parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol ; soluble in glycerin, 

Dose.—G., ibi.-iss. (500.-750.) ; H. (laxative), 3 ii.-iv. 
(60.-120.); Sh., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.). 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Sodium and magne- 
sium sulphate rapidly abstract water from the blood vessels 
of the alimentarj^ canal through the intestinal glands (succus 
entericus) until a 5-per-cent. solution is reached. This 
solution is but slowly reabsorbed so that it sweeps out the 



SODIUM SULPHATE 137 

■contents of the bowels. They are hydragogue cathartics. 
These salts also stimulate peristaltic action to some extent 
by their physical properties, or through their action in aug- 
menting the mass of intestinal contents. Glauber's salt is 
said to be slower in action than Epsom salts. 

Liver. — Glauber's salt increases the secretion of bile 
and prevents its absorption in the bowels by expelling it 
from the tract. 

Kidneys. — Small doses of sodium sulphate are absorbed 
and alkalize the blood and uriue. It is a slight diuretic. 

Administration. — Glauber's salt is given to cattle in 
solution with ginger and molasses. 

Uses. — Sodium sulphate is a decided cholagogue and 
more active in this respect than magnesium sulphate. In 
human medicine, Glauber's salts prove irritating and cause 
griping, so that Epsom salts are preferred. In veterinary 
practice, on the other hand, sodium sulphate acts more 
effectively, and, in fact, is the best saline cathartic we 
possess. Sodium sulphate is the principal ingredient of 
Carlsbad salts, which have recently come into vogue with 
veterinarians, although long valued in human medicine. 
The formula for the artificial Carlsbad salts {Sal carolinum 
jfactitkim), which is the preparation commonly used, is as 
follows : 

Sodii sulphatis exsiccati 40.0 

Sodii bicarbonatis 35.0 

Sodii chloridi 15.0 

Potassii sulphatis 2.0 

■ M. et fiat pulvis. 
Sig. One to two heaping tablespoonf uls on the food 
two or three times daily for horses. 

Sodium sulphate is thus given as Carlsbad salts or 
alone in small doses as a laxative, but in constipation asso- 
ciated with indigestion and malnutrition, gentian, powdered 
Thubarb, iron and other stomachics and tonics are often 
combined ; while, in fever, small doses of Glauber's salts 
are useful in promoting the activity of the skin and kidneys. 



138 INORGANIC AGENTS 

and for this purpose may be given with spirit of nitrous 
ether, to which diluted sulphuric acid and the compound 
tincture may be added to improve appetite and digestion. 
Glauber's salts are useful in aiding the action of peristaltic 
agents, as aloes. Small doses are given to horses in their 
drinking water while the aloes is acting. 

Sodium sulphate is of. benefit in the treatment of diar- 
rhoea, dysentery and overloaded and impacted colon of horses 
when given in frequent and repeated doses in connection 
with linseed oil. 

An enema, consisting of one pound of Glauber's salts in 
a quart of water, to which two ounces of oil of turpentine^ 
and four ounces of glycerin may with advantage be added, 
should be injected high into the bowel to secure rapid 
purgation in horses suffering with colic. 

Glauber's and Epsom salts are the most common pur- 
gatives given to ruminants. It is therefore impossible to 
enumerate special indications for their employment in the 
case of these animals. To assist the action, one teaspoonful 
each of ginger and molasses are given with each ounce of 
Glauber's or Epsom salts, and often an equal weight of 
sodium chloride. When a speedy action is desired, Glau- 
ber's salts should be administered with a large amount of 
water and thirst should be encouraged by the addition 
of common salt. When, on the other hand, it is essential to 
remove fluid and morbid effusious from the body, the 
purgative salt should be exhibited in concentration and the 
patient should be deprived of water to a considerable ex- 
tent. Glauber's and Epsom salts are not used so commonly 
in canine practice as calomel and castor oil, but find more 
favor with German than English-speaking veterinarians. 

Sometimes salts are serviceable in irritable states of 
the bowels in dogs (piles, duodenitis and intestinal catarrh) 
in teaspoonful doses ; and when given every second day, as 
a laxative, in eczema. Vomiting, however, not uncommonly 
follows the ingestion of salts by dogs. 
• Sodium and magnesium sulphate are antidotes to lead 



SODIUM CHLORIDE 139 

and barium salts forming insoluble sulphates ; also tbey are 
the best antidotes to carbolic acid, giving rise to the harm- 
less sulphocarbolates. 



SoDii Chloridum. Sodium Chloride. NaCl. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Common or table salt, muriate of soda, sal 
commune or culinure, chloruretum sodicum, E.; natrium 
chloratum puruni, P. G.; chlorure de sodium, sel commun, 
sel de cuisine, Fr.; chlornatrium, kochsalz, G. 

Derivation. — Mined in native state and obtained by- 
evaporation of brine, spring or sea water. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, cubical crystals, or 
a white, crystalline powder, odorless, and having a purc^ly 
saline taste. Permanent in dry air. Soluble in 2.8 parts of 
water ; almost insoluble iu alcohol ; insoluble in ether or 
chloroform. Reaction neutral. 

i>o.st'.— Cathartic, C, Ibss.-i. (250.-500.); Sh., 3 i.-ii. 
(30.-60.). 

Action External. — Salt is a stimulant to the skin when 
applied in concentrated solution. 

Action Internal. — S;dt is an essential constituent of food,, 
and necessary to the composition of blood plasma, from which 
it is constantly eliminated iu the urine. Herbivorous aui- 
mals require sodium chloride in addition to that contained 
in their food ; for blood is rich in common salt, while veget- 
ables alx)und more especially in potassium salts. The 
])ot.issium salts, accordiug to Bunge, on entering the blood 
bring about a chemical reaction, whereby sodium chloride 
circulating in the plasma is split; the chlorine in sodium 
chloride combines with potassium, while the acid set free 
from the potassium salt unites with sodium, and both pro- 
ducts are swept away in the urine, thus removing sodium: 
chloride from the blood. This is only replaced by that 



140 INORGANIC AGENTS 

taken as food. Animals deprived of salt suffer from anaemia, 
general weakness and oedema. 

Stomach and Intestines. — Salt has caused gastro-enteritis 
and death in enormous doses. Large doses occasion emesis 
in dogs. Salt combiues with lactic acid in the stomach to 
form sodium lactate, aud in the process sets free hydro- 
chloric acid. Hydrochloric acid, in its turn, promotes the 
formation of pepsin from pepsinogen of the gastric tubules. 
Salt, therefore, improves gastric digestion. Salt acts in the 
bowels as a mild hydi'agogue purgative. It is unfit as a 
cathartic for horses or dogs, but is useful for cattle and 
sheep when combined with magnesium or sodium sulphate. 
Salt creates thirst and, therefore, promotes the ingestion of 
water. A large supply of water flushes the system and 
removes deleterious and imperfectly oxidized matters. 

Blood. — The red corpus(des are augmented by salt. 

Mdaholism. — Salt increases tissue change and tends to 
elevate temperature. The appetite is also sharpened owing 
to the ingestion of water and metabolic activity. 

Summary. — Emetic, cathartic, digestive, alterative. 

Us''S External. — A solution consisting of one ounce each 
of salt, nitre and sal.ammoniac, in one quart of water, may 
be used on bruises and sprains as a stimulant and refrig- 
erant lotion. Severe haemorrhage, collapse and surgical 
shock are treated most successfully by injections of hot 
normal salt solution into a vein, under the skin, or into the 
rectum. The solution maintains the proper salinity of the 
blood, replaces the mass of blood lost, and supplies heat. 
The solution is made by aJding one heaping teaspoonfal of 
salt to a quart of boiled water at a temperature of 100^ to 
105° r. From 2 to 4 quarts may be given to horses, and 
from 4 to 1 pint to dogs. (S^^e p. 732.) Salt is an efficient 
antidote externally and internally to silver nitrate. 

Uses Internal. — Salt is a serviceable emetic for dogs, 
when zinc sulphate is not at hand, in emergencies and pois- 
oning. One teaspoonful may be stirred into a cup of luke- 
warm water with a tablespoonful of mustard. It is a useful 



SODIUM CHLORIDE 141 

addition to Epsom salts, since it increases thirst and the 
ingestion of water, and assists purgation in overloaded 
conditions of the first and third stomachs of ruminants. 
Oiie-half pound of salt is administered to cattle with one- 
half to one pound of Epsom salts, one-quarter pound of 
i^iuger and a pint of molasses in two quarts of water. The 
habitual ingestion of salt is prejudicial to ascarides and 
diminishes the secretion of mucus in which they live. It 
i-5 even more efficacious in destroying oxyiirides inhabiting 
the lower bowels. Enemata containing 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls 
of salt to the pint of water are employed for this purpose. 
Salt should be constantly kept in the feed boxes of horses 
and cattle. 

Animals convalescing from acute diseases, and those 
with feeble digestion, need salt particularly. Horses are 
commonly given a bran mash once a week, with plenty of 
salt to enhance its laxative and hygienic action. Dogs 
usually procure sufficient salt in their ordinary food, but it 
should be added to their diet in the treatment of obesity. 
Bepeated doses of salt aid the absorption of serous pleural 
effusions. 

SoDii Phospkas. Sodium Phosphate. Na, HPO^ + liHjO. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Phosphas sodicus (natricus), sal mirabile 
perlatum, phosphate of soda, E.; natrum phosphoricura, 
P. G.; phosphate de sonde, Fr.; phosphorsaures natrum, G. 

Derivation. — Digest bone ash with sulphuric acid. 
Ca3 2P0, + 2 H, SO, = Ca H, 2 PO, (acid calcium phos- 
phate) + 2 Ca SO,. Filter and add sodium carbonate to 
filtrate. 

Ca H, 2 PO, + Na, CO, = Na, H PO, + H,0 + CO -f 
Ca HPO^. Evaporate, and sodium phosphate crystallizes 
out. 

Properties. — Large, colorless, monoclinic prisms, odor- 
less, and having a cooling, saline taste. The crystals 
effloresce in the dry air and gradually lose 6 molecules of 



142 INORGANIC AGENTS 

their water o* crystallization. Soluble in 5.8 parts of water; 
insoluble in alcohol ; slightly alkaline reaction. 

DQse. — Same as sodium sulphate; D., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.), aa 
laxative and cholagogue cathartic. 

The phosphate resembles the sulphate, but is a milder 
purgative and more efficient hepatic stimulant. It is indi- 
cated iu jaundice, and as a Lixative for foals and calves. lb 
is occasionally prescribed iu rickets as a source of phos- 
phorus, but the calcium phosphate is more appropriate. 

SoDii SuLPHis. Sodium Suli)hlte. Na^ SO^ 7 H^O. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Natruin Milfuriosuin,sulfis sodicas (natricus), 
sulphite of soda, E.; saltite de souiie, Fi.; schwefligsaures 
natron, G. 

Derivation.— ^-Aiwr Ate a solution of sodium carbonate or 
hydrate with sulphurous anhydride gas. Na^ 00^ + ^0^= 

Na, SO, + CO,. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, 
odorless, and having a cooling, saline, sulphurous taste. In 
air the salt effloresces, and is slowly oxidized to sulphate. 
Soluble in 4 parts of water ; sparingly soluble in alcohol ; 
Neutral or feebly alkaline. 

Dose.—IL. &C., 3i. (30.); Sh. & Sw., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., 
gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

SoDii Bisulphite. Sodium Bisulphite. NaHSOs. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Obtained from sodium carbonate or bicar- 
bonate and sulphurous anhydride gas. 

Properties. — Opaque, prismatic crystals, or a granular 
powder, exhaling an odor of sulphur dioxide and having a 
disagreeable, sulphurous taste. Exposed to the air the salt 
loses sulphur dioxide and is gradually oxidized to sulphate. 
Soluble iu 4 parts of water and in 72 parts of alcohol ; reac- 
tion acid. 

Dose. — Same as sodium sulphite. 



SODIUM THIOSULPHATE 143 

SoDii Thiosulphas. Sodium Tbiosulphate. ^a, S^Oj 5 H„0. 

(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Sodium hyposulphite, hyposulphate of soda, 
E.; natrum subsulf urosum (hyposulfurosum), P. G.; hyposul- 
phis sodicus, hyposnlfite de soude, sulfite solfure de soude, 
Fr.; unterschwefligsaures natron, G. 

Derivation. — Dissolve sulphur in a boiling aqueous 
solution of sodium sulphite. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, 
odorless, and having a cooling, afterwards bitter, taste. 
Permanent in air below 33° C. (91.4° F.), but efflorescent in 
dry air above that temperature. Soluble in 0.65 part of 
water ; insoluble in alcohol ; slightly soluble in oil of tur- 
pentine ; reaction neutral. 

Dose. — Same as sodium sulphite. 

Administration. — The sulphites are given in solution, or 
may be added in powder to thd food of horses. 

ACTION OF THE SULPHITES. 

Action Exte7'nal. — The sulphites are antiseptics, deodor- 
izers and parasiticides externally. 

Action Internal. — The sulphites are decomposed by the 
acids in the stomach, and sulphur dioxide (SO.,) is evolved. 
The bisulphite and hyposulphite are richer in sulphur and, 
therefore, are more powerful. Sulphur dioxide gas is an 
antiseptic. 

Blood. — If any part of the sulphites escapes decomposi- 
tion in the digestive tract, it is absorbed unchanged. 

Summary. — Antiseptics, deodorizers and parasiticides 
externally. Antiseptics in the alimentary tract. 

Uses. — A 15 per cent, solution of the sulphites is used 
in parasitic skin diseases. The salts are indicated in indi- 
gestion with fermentation, flatulence and foul-smelling faeces. 
They have been greatly lauded as remedies in general septic 
conditions, but have proved as useless as most other drugs 
in such cases. 



144 INORGANIC AGENTS 

The ether sodium salts are of no particular value in 
veterinary practice except sodium bromide. See Bromine, 
p. 240.) 

Ammonium. 

The metal is not employed in medicine. Ammonia 
(NH3) exists in the free state as a gas, and is used in medi- 
cine in solution in water or alcohol. 

Aqua Ammonia. Ammonia "Water. (U. S. P.) 

Synomjm. — Liquor ammoniae, B. P.; spirits of hartshorn, 
E.; liquor ammonii caustici, P. G.; spiritus salis ammoniaci 
cansticus, ammonia aqua soluta, ammoniaque liquide, eau 
(solution, liqueur) d'ammoniaque, Fr.; salmiakgeist, aetzam- 
moniak, ammoniakfliissigkeit, G. An aqueous solution of 
ammonia (NH3), containing 10 per cent., by weight, of the gas. 

Properties. — A colorless, transparent liquid, having a 
very pungent odor, an acrid, alkaline taste, and a strongly 
alkaline reaction. Spec, gr.0.960. 

Derivation. — Evolve ammonia gas by heating ammonium 
chloride with calcium hydrate, and pass it into water. 

2 NH, CI + Ca(OH), = 2 NH3 + 2 H,0 + Ca CI,. 

Do>^e.—R. & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); 
D., 1T[x.-xx. (.6-1.3). 

PREPARATIOX. 

Lininientum Ammonice. Ammonia Liniment. (U.S. &B. P.) 
Ammonia water, 350; cottonseed oil, 600; alcohol, 50. (U. S. P.) 

Aqua Ammonle Fortis. Stronger Ammonia Water. (U.S.P.) 

Synonym. — Liquor ammonise fortis, stronger solution 
of ammonia, B. P.; eau d'ammoniaque forte, Fr.; starker sal- 
miakgeist, G. 

An aqueous solution of ammonia (NH3), containing 28 
per cent., by weight, of the gas. 

Derivation. — Same as aqua ammoniae. 

Properties. — A colorless, transparent liquid, having an 



, — _.^ STRONGER AMMONIA WATER 145^ 

excessively pungent odor, a very acrid and alkaline taste, 
and a strongly alkaline reaction. Spec, gr.0.901. 

Dose.—R. k C, 3 ii--vi. (8.-24.) ; Sh. k Sw., 3 i. (4.) ; D., 
ITlv.-x. (.3-.6). 

PREPARATION. 

Spiritus Ammonice. Spirit of Ammonia. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Spiritus ammoniaci causticidyondii, ammoniated alco- 
hol, E.; liquor ammoniac caustici spirituosus, P. G. ; alcoole d'ammo- 
niaque, liqueur d'ammoniaque vineuse, Fr. ; weingeistige ammoniak- 
flussigkeit, G.* 

An alcoholic solution of ammonia (NH3), containing 10 per cent., 
by weight, of the gas. 

Properties. — A colorless liquid, having a strong odor of ammonia, 
and a spec. gr. of about 0.810. 

This preparation combines the stimulating j^roperties of ammonia 
and alcohol. 

Dose.—R.&C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-80.); Sh.&Sw., 5i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., ttlx.- 
XX. (.6-1.3). 

AMMONIA PREPARATIONS. 

Action External. — Ammonia is a powerful irritant in 
stronger solution, or gas. If it is applied for a sufficient 
time, liyperjemia, vesication and sloughing ensue. 

Action Internal. — Stomach. — If swallowed in concentrated 
solution death may take place instantaneously from oedema 
and spasm of the glottis. Otherwise, more or less extensive 
inflammation of the alimentary canal will follow, accordiug 
to the amount ingested. Diluted vinegar and lemon juice, 
together with the white of egg, or sweet oil, should be 
given as antidotes. Tracheotomy may be indicated, if there 
is glottic obstruction. Ammonia, in passing through the 
mouth, throat, gullet and stomach, reflexly stimulates the 
heart and respiration before absorption can occur. 

Ammonia is an antacid in the stomach, but should not 
be employed in gastric irritability. 

Bespiratory Tract. — Inhalation of stronger ammonia 
through the nostrils causes reflex stimulation of the heart 
and respiration by irritation of the nasal branches of the 
fifth nerve. Care must be exercised to prevent inflammation. 



146 INORGANIC AGENTS 

of the air passages. Ammonia stimulates tlie respiratory 
centre when it is absorbed through any channel. 

Circulation. — Ammonia is a rapid but transient heart 
stimulant, making the ventricular contractions stronger and 
more frequent, by stimulation of the accelerator nerves and 
heart muscle. Ammonia also stimulates the vasomotor 
centre, probably, and, because of this fact, aud the large 
amount of blood pumped into the vessels, vascular tension 
is heightened. Lethal doses paralyze the cardiac muscle. 
Ammonia differs from alcohol in being more evanescent as a 
stimulant, in not affecting the brain nor metabolism, and in 
not acting as a food. 

Blood. — The normal blood contains ammonia, which is 
supposed to aid in maintaining its fluidity. When a pois- 
onous quantity enters the circulation, ammonia has a 
damaging effect on the red corpuscles ; not only depriving 
them of their oxygen, but incapacitating them from absorbing 
more. Ammonia is thought to prevent coagulation of blood 
within the vessels in conditions favorable to thrombosis. 

Nervous System. — An intravenous injection of a lethal 
dose of ammonia occasions tetanic convulsions in animals, 
owing to stimulation of the reflex and motor functions of the 
cord. Medicinal doses excite the spinal reflex and motor 
centres. Where ammonia is applied directly to nerve tissue 
it excites in dilute solution, but paralyzes functional activity 
in concentration. The brain is unaffected by the therapeutic 
administration of ammonia. 

Elimination. — Ammonia combines with acid in the 
stomach and is absorbed into the blood. Its fate is unknown. 
Probably it is oxidized in part and escapes as nitric acid, 
possibly to some extent as urea and uric acid. The acidity 
of urine is increased by its elimination. 

Summary. — Heart and respiratory stimulant and antacid. 
Externally, rubefacient, vesicant, and escharotic. 

Uses. — The indications for ammonia are closely in accord 
with its physiological actions. 

Externally. — It is frequently used in stimulating lini- 



AMMONIUM CARBONATE 147 

ments. One part each of water of ammonia and oil of tur- 
pentine, may be combined to advantage with 4 to 6 parts of 
camphor liniment. Ammonia water is one of the best 
remedies to relieve pain and antagonize the action of insect 
bites, as stings of bees and wasps. It should be applied 
directly to the poisoned part. 

Internally. — Ammonia is indicated when rapid stimula- 
tion of the heart and respiration is desirable. In emer- 
gencies it may be given intravenously (aq. ammon. fort. 1 ; 
water, 4 parts) ; or by inhalation. It is serviceable in the 
treatment of prussic acid and aconite poisoning, syncope, 
collapse and shock following surgical operations; also in 
snake bites. The spirit of ammonia may be prescribed in 
fevers as a stimulant. Ammonia is inferior to ammonium 
carbonate or the aromatic spirit in the care of colic and 
tympanites. 

Ammonii Carbonas. Ammonium Carbonate. NH^ HCO3 
NH, NH, CO,. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Volatile salt, sal volatile siccum, carbonas 
^.mmouicus, E.; ammonium .carbonicum, P. G.; carbonate 
d'ammoniaque, alkali volatil concret, sel volatil d'Angleterre, 
Fr.; fliichtige, laugensalz, reines hirchhornsalz, kohlensaurea 
ammonium, G. 

Derivation. — A mixture of ammonium chloride or 
sulphate, and calcium carbonate, is sublimed and resub- 
limed. Ammonium carbonate, so-called, is a mixture of 
ammonium carbonate and bicarbonate. 

4 NH, CI + 2 Ca CO3 = NH, HCO3 .NH.NH, CO, + 2 
OaCi^ + NH3 + H,0. 

Properties. — White, hard, translucent, striated masses, 
having a strongly ammoniacal odor without empyreuma, 
and a sharp saline taste. On exposure to the air the salt 
loses both ammonia and carbonic dioxide, becoming opaque, 
and is finally conveited into friable, porous lumps, or a 
white powder. Soluble in about 5 parts of water. Alcohol 
only dissolves the carbonate (NH^ NH^ CO2). 



148 INOEGANIC AGENTS 

Dose.—-R., 3ii. (8.); C, 3iii.-vi. (12.-24.); Sli. & Sw., 
gr.xv.-xl. (1.-2.6); D., gr.iii.-x. (.2-.6);D., emetic, gr.xv. (1.). 

PREPARATION. 

Sjnritiis Amrnonice Aromaticus. Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia. 
(U. S. &B. P.) 
Syno7iym.— Sal volatile, alcoolat ammoniacal aromatique, Fr.j 
aromatischer animoniakgeist, G. 

Ammonium carbonate 34 

Ammonia water 90 

Oil of lemon 10 

Oil of lavender flowers 1 

Oil of nutmeg 1 

Alcohol 700 

Distilled water to make 1000 

Properties. — A nearly colorless liquid when freshly prepared, but 
gradually acquiring a somewhat darker tint. It has a pungent, ammo- 
niacal odor and taste. Spec. gr. 0.905. 

Dose.—U.&C, 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., 
3 ss.-i. (3.-4.), well diluted. 

The aromatic spirit of ammonia nearly resembles ammo- 
nium carbonate in action, but tLe alcohol and volatile oils^ 
add to the stimulant qualities of ammonia and ammonium 
carbonate. 

Action Internal. — Ammonium carbonate is decomposed 
by acid in the stomach, but its ultimate fate is unknown. It 
stimulates gastric secretion, vascularity and motion, and 
also excites intestinal peristalsis. It is, therefore, a stom- 
achic and carminative. It is also an antacid, and, in large 
doses, an emetic ta dog^. The action of ammonium carbo- 
nate is almost identical with that of ammonia water in 
stimulating the heart and respiration, but it has more power 
in augmenting the bronchial secretions. 

Summary. — Cardiac and respiratory stimulant, expecto- 
rant, stomachic and emetic. 

Admini-strMion. — Ammonium carbonate is given in ball, 
or in solution in cold water, to avoid irritating fumes ; also, 
with syru[) or gruel. It is often prescribed with other 
stimulants and antispasmodics, as alcohol, capsicum, cam- 
phor and asal'oetida. 



^ AMMONIUM CHLORIDE ' 14& 

Uses. — The indications for the administration of ammo- 
nium carbonate are much the same as those for ammonia 
preparations. It is a more useful expectorant, however, and 
it and the aromatic spirit are more serviceable in the treat- 
ment of flatulence. For the latter condition in horses with 
colic a ball containing ammonium carbonate 3 ii-, aud cap- 
sicum 3 i-> with sufficient linseed meal and molasses to make 
the proper bulk and consistency, is often efficient. We may 
use ammonium carbonate alone in the case of acute or 
chronic bronchitis, or it may be combined with other 
stimulants, or expectorants, as ammonium chloride. In 
electric shock, so common an accident in the larger cities 
from " live " wires, the administration of full doses of 
aromatic spirit diluted with half a pint of water will prove 
a most effective heart stimulant when the animal can 
swallow. 

Ammonii Chloridum. Ammonium Chloride. NH^ CI. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Sal ammoniac, ammonia muriatica or hydro- 
chloratum, chloruretum ammonicum, salammonicum, ammo- 
nias hydrochloras or murias, muriate of ammonia, E.; 
chlorure d'ammoniam, sel ammonite, muriate d'ammoniaque, 
Fr.; salmiak, clilorammouium, G. 

Properlies. — A white, crystalline powder without odor, 
having a cooling, saline taste, and permanent in the air. 
Soluble in three parts of water ; almost insoluble in alcohoL 
Heaction neutral. 

Dose.—B.., 3ii. (8.); C, 3iii.-vi. (12.-24.); Sh. & Sw., 
gr.xv.-xl. (1-2.6); D., gr.iii.-x. (.2-.6). 

Action Internal. — Sal ammoniac is a feeble heart and. 
respiratory stimulant, and is not comparable to the ammonia, 
compounds, or ammonium carbonate, in this respect. It is 
eliminated in great part unchanged lay the urine, but also 
by the other channels. In its excretion it stimulates the 
mucous membranes, increases their secretions generally^ 



150 INORGANIC AGENTS — 

and is thoughrt to improve their nutrition. Hence it has 
been termed an alterative. Ammonium chloride both 
excites the secretion of the bronchial mucous membrane and 
renders it less viscid in inflammatory conditions. It is 
mildly diarphoretic, diuretic and cholagogne. 

Summary. — Externally refrigerant, internally expector- 
ant, alterative, feebly diarphoretic, diuretic, and chologogue. 

Uses. — Four ounces each of nitre and sal ammoniac may 
be dissolved in two quarts of water as a refrigerant lotion. 
Sal ammoniac is indicated more especially in the second 
stage of acute bronchitis, in chronic bronchitis, and in 
chronic intestinal catarrh with diarrhoea. Ammonium 
chloride may be given to dogs with glycerin and chloroform 
water as a cough mixture. If cough is excessive, codeine or 
morphine sulphate can be added to this prescription with 
advantage. 

Liquor Ammonii Acetatis. Solution of Ammonium Acetate. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Spirit of Mindererus, spiritus Mindereri, 
acetas ammonicus liquidus, E.; liquor ammonii acetici, P. G.; 
acetate d'ammoniaque liquide, esprit de Mindererus, Fr.; 
essigsaure ammonium-fliissigkeit, G. 

An aqueous solution of ammonium acetate (NH^C^HaOs) 
containing about 7 per cent, of the salt, together with small 
amounts of acetic acid and carbon dioxide. 

Derivation. — Ammonium carbonate is gradually added 
to cold, diluted acetic acid until the latter is neutralized. 

Properties.— k. clear, colorless liquid, free from empy- 
reuma, of a mildly saline, acidulous taste, and an acid 
reaction. 

Incompatibles. — Acids and alkalies. 

I)ose.—B.. & a, 3ii.-iv. (60.-120.); D., Sii.-^iii. (8.-30.). 

Action. — Spirit of Mindererus stimulates the secretory 
cells of the kidneys and sudoriparous glands. In the 
stomach it exerts a mild, antacid action. 



LITHIUM CARBONATE 151 

Summary. — Externally, refrigerant ; internally, diuretic, 
diaphoretic and antacid. 

Uses. — Liquor ammonii acetatis is an exceedingly feeble 
medicine and is often employed as a vehicle with more pow- 
erful agents of its class, e.g., spiritus setheris nitrosi. It is 
useful as a febrifuge. 

I^ Tine, aconiti TT[xxiv. 

Sodii bromidi 3 ii. 

Sp'r. fetheris nitrosi 3 ss. 

M. Liquor, ammonii acetatis ad § iv. 

S. Teas, every hour. 

The foregoing prescription is a good palliative combi- 
nation for dogs suffering with fever and restlessness. The 
solution of ammonium acetate is frequently conjoined with 
sweet spirit of nitre and ammonium chloride or potassium 
iodide, in the treatment of acute respiratory diseases of 
horses, e.g., influenza, bronchitis, and pneumonia. It may 
be added to the f\rinking water without rendering it unpala- 
table. 

Lithium. 

{The dieted is not Used in Medicine.) 

LiTHii Caebojjas. Lithium Carbonate. Lio C03. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Carbonas lithicus, carbonate of lithla, E.; 
lithium cavbonicum, P. G.; carbonate de lithine, carbonate 
lithique, Fr.; kohlensaures lithion, G. 

Derivation. — Made by action of lithium chloride on 
acid ammonium carbonate. 

2Li CI + NH, HCO3 = Li.CO, + NH.Cl + HCl. Puri- 
fied by washing with alcohol and drying. 

Projxrties. — A light, white powder, odorless, and having 
an alkaline taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 80 
parts of v/ater ; insoluble in alcohol. Reaction alkaline. 

Dose. — D., gr.iii.-x. (.2-.6). 



152- INORGANIC AGENTS 

LiTHii CiTRAS, Lithium Citrate. LijCgHsO,. 
(U. S.&B. P.) 

Synonym. — Litliium citricnm, citrate of lithia, E.; citrate 
de litliiue, Fr.; citronsaures litliiou, G. 

Derivation. — Made by action of citric acid on lithium 
carbonate. 

2H3CeH,0, + 3Li,C03 = 2 Li3C,H,0, + 3 H,0 + 3 CO,. 
Kecovered by evaporation and crystallization. 

Projjerties. — A white powder, odorless, and having a 
cooling, faintly alkaline taste ; deliquescent on exposure to 
air ; soluble in 2 parts of water ; almost insoluble in alcohol 
or ether. Reaction neutral. 

Dose. — D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 

ACTION OF LITHIUM SALTS. 

Lithium salts are said to form soluble compounds with 
uric acid in the blood, and so assist its elimination in the 
urine. As lithium combines more readily with acid sodium 
phosphate in the blood than with- uric acid, it is doubtful 
whether it is a very efficient uric acid* solvent in the body. 
The lithium salts alkalize the urine and notably increase its 
secretion. 

Summary. — Lithium salts are diuretics, and uric acid 
solvents in some degree. The carbonate may be given in 
powder or pill ; the citrate in solution. 

Uses. — Lithium compounds are of little value in veteri- 
nary medicine. They are serviceable, however, in the 
treatment of dogs with a very acid urine of high specific 
gravity ; with uric acid calculus, or those affected with 
chronic rheumatism. The salts will not dissolve calculi in 
the body, but prevent their formation. 

Water is extremely useful in such conditions. Lithium 
citrate may be placed in the drinking water. Thirst should 
be encouraged by the administration of salt on the food, and 
high rectal injections may be given to create absorption of 
water by this channel. Lithium salicylate is thought to be 

. * Uric acid can not exist as such in blood, which is an alkaline fluid. 



PKEPARED CHALK 153 

the better salt for rlieumatism. It is probable tliat treat- 
ment with salicylic acid and lithium citrate would be more 
satisfactory. 



SECTION III. 

Alkaline Earth Metals : Calcium, Barium, Magnesium, 
Aluminum and Cerium. 

Calcium. 

{The Bletal Calcium is not Employed in Medicine.) 

Creta Pr^parata. Prepared Chalk. Ca C03. 
(U. S. ct B. P.) 

Synonym. — Drop chalk, E.; craie preparee, Fr.; prapa- 
xirte kreide, .G. 

Derivcdion. — Made from chalk by levigation, elutriation 
^nd dessication. 

Properties. — A white, amorphous powder, often moulded 
into conical drops ; odorless and tasteless ; permanent in 
the air. Almost insoluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

IncompcdiUes. — Sulphates and acids. 

Dose.—R., 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); Sh. & 
:Sw., 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.x.-3 i. (.6-4.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Pulvis Cretce Compositus. Compound Chalk Powder. (U. S. P.) 
Chalk, 30; acacia, 20; sugar, 50. 
Dose. — D., gr.x.- 3 i. (.6-4,). 

Mistura Cretoe. Chalk Mixture. (U. S. P.) 
Compound chalk powder, 200; cinnamon water, 400; water to make 
1000. 

Dose.— D., 3i.-ii. (30.-6.0.). 

Pulvis Cretce Aromaticus. (B. P.) 
Dose. — D., gr. x.- 3 i. (.6-4.). 

Pulvis Cretce Aromaticus Cum Opio. (B. P.) 
(Contains 23^ per cent, opium.) 
Z)o.se.—D..2:r.x.-xl. (.6-2.6). 



154 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Calcii Caebonas Pr^ecipitatus. Precipitated Calcium Car- 
bonate. CaC03. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Calcis carbonas prsecipitata, B. P.; pre- 
cipitated carbonate of lime, creta prsecipitata, carbonas cal- 
cicus praecipitatus, E.; calcaria carbonica prsecipitata, P. G.j 
carbonate de cliaux precipite, craie precipitee, Fr.; prse- 
cipitirten kohlensauren kalk, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained by precipitation of calcium chlo- 
ride with sodium carbonate. 

CaCl, +Na, CO3 = CaC03 + 2 NaCl. Dry the precipi- 
tate. 

Properties. — A fine, white powder, without odor or taste, 
and permanent in the air. Nearly insoluble in water; insol- 
uble in alcohol. The solubility is increased by presence of 
carbon dioxide. Permanent in air. 

Dose.—K., 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); Sh. & 
Sw., 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.x.-3i. (.6-4.). 

Calcium Carbonate. 

Action External. — Deasicant and slightly astringent 
powder ; also protective. 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Calcium carbonate 
is the slowest acting antacid, because of its comparative 
insolubility, and is of value when it . can exert its long- 
continued influence throughout the digestive tract. It 
resembles bismuth in mechanically coating or protecting 
inflamed or irritable surfaces. It is not so astringent nor 
antiseptic as the bismuth salts, and these are generally^ 
preferable to chalk for the smaller animals. It is excreted 
unchanged in the fseces. 

Administration. — Calcium carbonate may be given to 
dogs in troches, pills or powder ; to other animals in powder, 
balls or electuary. Chalk is commonly prescribed suspended 
in flour gruel, milk or mucilage to the larger animals. The 
official preparations are suitable for dogs. 

Uses. — Chalk forms a dusting powder for moist eczema^ 



LIME 155 

sliglit burns and intertrigo. Zinc oxide and starch (1 to 4) is, 
however, a better preparation. Chalk is the most useful 
antacid for diarrhoea accompanied by fermentation of the 
intestinal contents, while its local astringent and protecting 
influence assist in overcoming the trouble. It is especially 
good for foals and calves given in flour gruel, and often 
combined with catechu, ginger and opium. The following 
prescription is appropriate for dogs with diarrhoea : 

Tine, kino, tine, catechu co. and tine, opii camphor, aa 
3SS.; mistura cretse to make 3 iv. S. Teaspoonful every 
three hours. A serviceable ball for hoi-ses with diarrhoea 
contains: Creolin, chalk and ginger, aa 3ss.; powdered 
opium, 3 i. 

Calx. Lime. CaO. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Burned lime, quicklime, calcaria, calx viva, 
calx usta, oxydum calcicum, E.; calcaria -usta, P. G.; chaux, 
chaux vive, Fr.; kalk, gebrannter kalk, G. 

Derivation. — Prepared by burning white marble, oyster 
shells, or the purest varieties of natural calcium carbonate, 
to expel carbon dioxide. 

Properties. — Hard, white, or grayish-white masses, which 
in contact with air gradually attract moisture and carbon 
dioxide and fall to a white powder ; odorless ; of a sharp, 
caustic taste. Reaction intensely alkaline. Soluble in 
about 750 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Liquor Calcis. Solution of Lime. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A saturated, aqueous solution of calcium hydrate. 

Synonym. — Lime water, solution of calcium hydrate, aqua calca- 
rise usta?, aqua calcis, calcaria soluta, oxydum calcicum, aqua solutum, 
E. ; aqua calcaria?, P. G. ; eau (liquor) de chaux, Fr. ; kalkwasser, G. 

Derivation. — Dissolve lime in water. The percentage of calcium 
hydrate [Ca (0H)o] varies with the temperatui-e, being somewhat over 
0.17 percent, at 15° C. (59° F.), and diminishing as the temperature rises. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid without odor, and having a 
saline and feebly caustic taste. It absorbs carbon dioxide from the air,^ 
so that a pellicle of calcium carbonate forms on the surface of the liquid. 
Reaction strongly alkaline. 



156 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Dnse.—H.&C.. 3iv.-vi. (120.-180.); Calves, § ii. (60.); D., 3 i.-viii. 
(4.-30.). 

Syriqms Calcis. Syrup of Lime, (U. S. P.) 

Lime, 65 ; sugar, 400 ; water to make 1000. 

Dose.— Calves and dogs, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). Well diluted with water or 
milk. 

Linimentum Calcis. Lime Liniment. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonyyn. — Carron oil. 

Soluticm of lime and linseed oil, of each one volume. 

Dose.^Foals and calves, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.). 

Calcii Hydras. Slaked Lime. (B. P.) 
Used as disinfectant in stables. 

ACTION OF LIME AND SOLUTION OF LIME. 

External. — Lime is caustic, but less so than potassium 
or sodium hydrate. It is an irritant. The dust of quicklime 
will cause conjunctivitis. If inhaled, it will cause inflamma- 
tion of the air passages ; if swallowed, irritation of the diges- 
tive tract. The hydrate is a caustic also, but is not so active 
as lime. Solution of lime is a sedative and astringent. 

Internal — Neither lime nor slaked lime (calcium hydrate) 
are used internally, except in the official preparations. 
Solution of lime acts as a sedative, antacid, and astringent 
in the stomach. It dissolves mucous secretions. Lime 
water is also a mild astringent in the bowels. 

Uses. — Lime is employed outside of the body to destroy 
putrefying organic matter by combining with water and 
forming slaked lime, which absorbs many of the products 
of decomposition. Whitewash, a mixture of slaked lime 
and water, is not a disinfectant, although it covers sources 
of infection. It may be made so by combination with 
sufficient crude carbolic acid to make a 2 per cent, solution. 
Linimentum calcis is one of the most satisfactory applica- 
tions for superficial burns. Old clean cotton or linen cloths 
are soaked in it and spread over the burned surface of 
the body. This preparation has been facetiously called 
" carrion " instead of carron oil, because it is not germicidal. 
Antiseptic applications are of course desirable in burns 
giving rise to a raw surface, and the addition of two per 



PRECIPITATED CALCIUM PHOSPHATE 157 

cent, of carbolic acid will not only render the preparation 
antiseptic, but more or less ansesthetic as well. "When the 
burn is extensive, boric acid with vaseline (1 to 8) will be 
safer. Orthoform (see p. 253) is the most comfortable 
application which can be made on burns, but is expensive. 
A mixture of slaked lime and charcoal, equal parts, makes a 
useful stimulant, absorbent, dessicant, and antiseptic 
dressing powder for wounds and ulcers in horses. Lime 
water is serviceable in relieving itching in skin diseases, 
and dries up moist surfaces through its astringent proper- 
ties. With carbolic acid (1 to 50) lime water is most efficient 
in allaying pruritus. Lime water is inimical to apthous 
ulcerations and may be employed to swab out the mouth in 
this disease. Enemata of lime water destroy pin worms. 
Solution of lime is one of the best remedies in the treatment 
of vomiting in dogs. It is a direct sedative to the stomach, 
and, mixed with milk, equal volumes, prevents the rapid 
coagulation of the casein, lessens the formation of large, 
tough curds in the stomach, and assists the retention and 
digestion of milk. Syrup of lime is twenty-four times 
stronger in calcium hydrate than lime water, and is more 
astringent. It may be given to foals and calves suffering 
from indigestion and diarrhoea. It should be administered 
in a considerable quantity of milk. 

Lime water may be given as an antidote in poisoning by 
acids. Carron oil is a good, mild laxative and antacid for 
horses with "heaves." It is given on the food. Furthermore, 
it is an excellent purgative for foals and calves in the treat- 
ment of diarrhoea and indigestion. 

Calcii Phosphas Pr^cipitatus. Precipitated Calcium Phos- 
phate. Ca3 (POJ,. (U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Calcis phosphas preecipltata, B. P.; precipi- 
tated phosphate of lime, phosphas calcicus prsecipitatus, E.; 
calcaria phosphorica, P. G.; phosphate de chaux hydrate, 
Pr.; phosphorsaure kalkerde, G. 



158 INORGANIC AGENTS _ 

Derivation. — Obtained from bone ash (impure calcium 
phosphate) by solution in hydrochloric acid and purified by 
precipitation with ammonia water and by washing with water. 

Properties. — A light, white, amorphous powder; odor- 
less and tasteless and permanent in the air. Almost insol- 
uble in cold water ; insoluble in alcohol ; easily soluble in 
hydrochloric or nitric acids. 

i?ose.— H., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); C, 3ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 
3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 

SiRUPUS Calcii Lactophosphatis. Syrup of Calcium Lacto- 
phosphate. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Precipitated calcium carbonate, 25; lactic acid, 60; 
phosphoric acid, 36; orange flower water, 50; sugar, 725 ; 
water, a suflScient quantity to make 1,000. 

Dose. — Foals and calves, § ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., 3 i.-iv. 
(4.-15.). 

Calcium Phosphate. 

Action and Uses. — Ijime phosphate- is a constituent of 
bone to the extent of 50 per cent, and of the soft tissue in 
less amount. It is, therefore, essential to the body as a 
tissue builder, and is a food rather than a medicine. 
Disease of bones (rickets) can be artificially produced by 
withholding calcium phosphate from the food. Other bone 
diseases (fragilitas ossium and caries) occur naturally in 
animals receiving an insufficient diet. These same diseases 
disappear on treatment with calcium phosphate. The value 
of the salt in these disorders, therefore, appears to be 
conclusive.* Moreover, in wasting affections phosphates are 
eliminated in considerable amount by the urine. A reason- 
able deduction would lead us to use phosphates in such 
conditions. The diseases most appropriately treated with 
calcium phosphate, according to the foregoing, are rickets, 

* That is when lime salts are lacking, owing to an insufficient diet. 
Often, however, these bone diseases are due to an abnormal condition 
in which the lime ingested is unnhle to be appropriated by the bones. 
In these cases lime medication is useless. 



CALCIUM CHLORIDE 159 

osteomalacia, delayed union in fractures ; also anaemia, 
malnutrition, and weakness in young animals. Here the 
drug should be given with iron. 

Administration. — Precipitated calcium phosphate may 
be given on the food, but is more readily absorbed if it is 
administered in the syrup of calcium lactophosphate. 

CalciI Chloridum. Calcium Chloride. CaCl^. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Neutralize hydrochloric acid with calcium 
carbonate and evaporate : 2 H CI + CaCOj = CaClj + COj 
+ H,0. Fusion at the lowest possible temperature renders 
the salt anhydrous. 

Properties. — White, translucent, hard fragments ; odor- 
less ; having a sharp, saline taste, and very deliquescent. 
Soluble in 1.3 part of water, in 8 parts of alcohol. 

Dose.—H. & C, 5 ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., gr.5-20 (.3-1.3). 

Actions and Uses. — Calcium chloride has been used of 
late extensively both to prevent and arrest hemorrhage. 
Outside of the body, calcium chloride causes blood to 
coagulate more quickly and firmly than usual, and the same 
kind of action appears to obtain — i.e., rendering blood more 
coaguable — when the salt is given internally. Calcium 
chloride is an efficient hemostatic in hematemesis, hemo- 
ptysis, purpura hemorrhagica and in all conditions giving 
rise to hemorrhage. When administered by the mouth 
several days before surgical operations in maximum doses 
it may lessen hemorrhage in cases likely to be attended by 
much bleeding. Two per cent, solutions of gelatin in normal 
salt solution have been given by the mouth, rectum and 
subcutaneously for the same purposes, and it is thought 
that the gelatin owes its power in arresting hemorrhage to 
the calcium (0.6 per cent.) contained in it. Unless gelatin 
is sterilized fractionally for half an hour on three to five 
successive days, tetanus may ensue when it is injected under 
the skin, and numerous cases have been reported following 
such use in human surgery. The simplest manner of 
employing gelatin to arrest hemorrhage internally is by 



160 INORaANIC AGENTS 

injections per rectum ; I3 ounces for small animals and 10 
ounces to a pint for larger animals of the following aqueous 
solution, given at body temperature after tlie bowel has 
received a cleansing enema of boiled water. The solution 
is made of gelatin to the amount of 6 per cent, and calcium 
chloride to the amount of 1 per cent., to which a little 
laudanum may be added to prevent expulsion. It should 
be repeated every five hours as long as there is danger of 
hemorrhage. Beeent experiments by H. C Wood, Jr., 
appear to show that gelatin may be given ad libitum by the 
mouth and retain its hemostatic action; therefore gelatin 
should be given freely in this way as well. Aqueous solu- 
tions of gelatin 10 per cent, with calcium chloride 1 per cent., 
have been used locally to arrest bleeding in wounds and 
cavities of the body, but considering the danger of tetanus 
and the fact that adrenalin chloride is a better local hemo- 
static, such a use of gelatin is inadvisable. 

Gelatinum. Purified Gelatin. (U. S. P.) 

Calx Chlorata. (See Chlorine, p. 237.) 

Calcii Sulphas Exsiccatus. (U. S. P.) Dried Calcium 
Sulphate, or Plaster of Paris, used for bandages. 

Barium. 

(Barium is not used in the metallic state.) 
Barii Chloridum. Barium Chloride. BaClj. (Non-official.) 

Derivation. — Native barium sulphate is fused with 
charcoal. The resulting sulphide is treated with hydro- 
chloric acid. BaSO, + 2C = BaS + 2 CO,. BaS + 2 HCl 
= BaCl, + H,S. 

Properties. — Occurs in colorless, glistening rhombic 
plates ; taste bitter and disagreable ; permanent in dry air ; 
soluble in 2.5 parts of cold water ; reaction neutral. 

Dose. — H., 3 ii.-iv.(8.-15.); intravenously, gr.xv.-xxx.(l.-2.) 

Action Internal. — Barium chloride is an intense irritant 
if swallowed in considerable amount and in insufficient 
dilution. Large medicinal doses stimulate the muscular 
coat of the bowels and cause increased peristalsis and 



BARIUM 161 

purging. Evacuations from the bowels follow in horses 
one-half to one hour after the salt is given in drench ; in one 
to two hours after administration to these animals in ball ; 
in a few minutes after intravenous injection. Subcutaneous 
application will occasion abscess. The drug resembles 
physostigmine in its action on the intestines. 

Heart and Blood Vessels. — Barium chloride makes the 
ventricular contractions of the heart stronger and slower. 
The salt acts entirely on the heart muscle and does not 
influence the vagi. Lethal doses are followed by slower and 
slower ventricular contractions, succeeded by peristalsis of 
the cardiac muscle, and, finally, by stoppage of the heart in 
systole. 

Barium chloride also directly excites the muscular walls 
of the capillawes, and, like physostigmine, increases vascular 
tension in small doses. • 

3Iusdes. — Barium chloride stimulates muscular con- 
traction when it is applied locally. The potassium salts 
antagonize the action of barium chloride on the circulation 
and muscles. 

Summary. — Circulatory stimulant, and purgative in 
large medicinal doses. 

Uses. — Barium chloride is a new remedy in veterinary 
medicine. Many practitioners are afraid to use barium 
chloride, but repeated use of the drug has convinced us that 
it is absolutely safe when given in the dose of 1 gram or 15 
grains intravenously, or 8 to 15 grams (2 to 4 drachms) by 
the mouth in solution for the horse. The intravenous dose 
of 1 gram, or the dose per orem of 8 grams, may be repeated 
with safety in one hour if necessary. Barium chloride is of 
the greatest value in colic and obstinate constipation of 
horses. It may for the time cause some increase of pain, 
but not nearly as much as follows the use of eserine or 
arecoline, and it quickly passes off when the bowels are 
moved. Great care should be exercised to avoid introduc- 
tion of the barium solution into the connective tissue while 
injecting it into the vein. The needle of the hypodermic 



162 INORGANIC AGENTS 

syringe should be introduced into tlie jugular about midway 
of the neck, and, after some drops of blood have exuded 
from the vein, the syringe is attached and slowly emptied, 
when the plunger is withdrawn until some blood enters the 
syringe. Then the needle may be removed with safety. 
It is rarely necessary to repeat the dose of barium chloride, 
and small doses of fluid extract of cannabis indica may be 
given to lessen colic while barium is acting, when it is given 
by the mouth. 

Extensive experiments of Muir* with barium chloride 
lead him to conclude that the salt may be administered 
intravenously in the amount of 1.0 to 2.0 gm. (15 to 30 gr.) 
in 1 to 2 drachms of sterile water ; that 2 gm. is a safe dose 
by the intrajugular method for a horse of ordinary weight 
and fair condition ; that the drug acts promptly when given 
in this way, catharsis being produced within one to nine 
minutes, and that even volvulus may be relieved ; that there 
are no unpleasant symptoms following the smaller dose 
(1 gm.), and that even after the 2 gm. dose there are only 
slight signs of pain and sweating ; that while the passages 
from the bowels are few in number the total amount of 
feces is large ; finally, that the drug has the advantage of 
being cheap. 

That the toxic line is closely approached in giving 
barium chloride in the dose of 2 gm. intravenously, is shown 
by experiment 31 * in which a gelding weighing 900 pounds 
received two 2 gm. doses intrajugular ly about 2f hours 
apart, when death occurred from heart failure in nine 
minutes after the second dose. 



* Jour, of Comp. Med. and Vet. Archives^ Jan. and Feb, 1899. 



J 



MAGNESIUM SULPHATE 163 

Magnesium. 

(The meted is not used in medicine.) 

Magnesii Sulphas. Magnesium Sulphate. MgSO^ + 7 H^O. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Epsom salt, sal amarum, sal Epsomense, sal 
anglicum, sulfas magnesicus, etc., E.; magnesia sulfurica, 
P. G.; sulfate de magnesia, sel d'Epsom, sel de sedlitz, sel 
amer, Fr.; bittersalz, scliwefelsanre magnesia, G. 

Derivation. — It is obtained from native dolomite, a 
double carbonate of magnesium and calcium, or magnesite 
(MgCO,). MgC03 + H,SO, = MgSO, + H,0 + CO,. 

Properties. — Small, colorless, rhombic prisms, or acicular 
crystals, without odor, and having a cooling, saline and 
bitter taste ; slowly efflorescent in dry air ; soluble in 1.5 
parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol ; reaction neutral. 

Incompatibles. — Lime water, alkaline carbonates, phos- 
phoric acid, phosphates, silver nitrate and lead acetate. 

Dose.—ll., laxative, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); C, purgative, 
fti.-ii. (500.-1,000.); laxative, 3 iii.-iv. (90.-120.); Calves, 
3ii.-iii. (60.-90.); Sh., siv.-vi. (120.-180.); D., 3 i--iv. (4.-15.), 

Action Interned. — Epsom salt is the best purgative for 
general purposes in the treatment of cattle and sheep. Its 
mode of action is similar to that described under sodium 
sulphate. Briefly, magnesium sulphate causes purgation by 
increasing intestinal secretion, retarding absorption of fluid 
from the bowels, and probably by stimulating peristalis. 
The salt moves the bowels, in the case of the larger animals, 
usually within twelve or fifteen hours. It is indirectly a 
cholagogue, by sweeping bile out of the intestines. 

Epsom salt is absorbed to some extent, and is eliminated 
by the kidneys and sweat glands, increasing the secretions 
of these organs, especially when the dose is small. 

Summary. — Hydragogue and cholagogue cathartic- 
Feeble diuretic and diaphoretic. 

Uses. — For uses the reader is referred to Sodium Sul- 
phate (p. 136), as they are almost identical, although the 
latter salt is usually preferable in veterinary medicine. 



164 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Magnesii Carbonas. Magnesium Carbonate. 
(MgCo3),. Mg(OH), + 5 H,0. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Magnesii carbonas ponderosa, or magnesii 
carbonas levis, B. P.; magnesia alba, magnesia hydrico- 
carbonica, carbonas magnesicus, carbonate of magnesia, E.; 
magnesia carbonica, P. G.; carbonate de magnesie, maguesie 
blanche, Fr.; weisse magnesia, G. 

Derivation. — Mix concentrated, boiling, aqueous solu- 
tions of magnesium sulphate and sodium carbonate, and 
evaporate. 

5 MgSO, + 5 Na, CO^ + H,0 = (MgCOJ, Mg(OH), 
4- 5 NAoSO, + COo. Purified by digestion with water, 
filtration and drying. 

Properties. — Slight, white, friable masses (heavy mag- 
nesium), or a light, white powder (light magnesium), without 
odor, and having a slightly earthy taste; permanent in the 
air ; almost insoluble in water, to which, however, it imparts 
a slightly alkaline reaction ; insoluble iu alcohol. 

Dose. — Foals and calves, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.v.- 3 i. 
(.3-4.). 

Magnesii Oxidum. Magnesium Oxide or Magnesia. MgO. 

(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Magnesia levis, light magnesia, B.P.; calcined 
magnesia, magnesia calcinata, E.; magnesia usta, P. G.; 
maguesie, magnesie calcinee, Fr.; gebrannte magnesia, G. 

Derivation. — Heat magnesium carbonate. 4 (MgCOa). 
Mg(OH), + 5 H,0 = 5 MgO + 6 H,0 + 4 CO,. Water 
and carbon dioxide are driven off and magnesia (MgO) is left. 

Properties. — A white, very light, very fine powder, with- 
out odor, and having an earthy, but not a saline taste. On 
exposure to the air it absorbs moisture and carbon dioxide ; 
almost insoluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Dose. — Foals and calves, 3 i'-ii- (4.-8.); D., gr.v.- 3 L 
(.3-4.). 



HEAVY MAGNESIA 165 

Magnesii Oxidum Ponderosum. Heavy Magnesium Oxide, 
or Heavy Magnesia. MgO. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Made from light magnesia by trituration 
with alcohol, drying and pulverizing. 

Properties. — A white, dense, very fine powder. Only 
differs in tests from light magnesia in that it does not readily 
unite with water to form a gelatinous hydrate. 

Dose. — Foals and calves, 3 i--ii. (-^--S.); D., gr.v.-3i. 
(.3-4). 

action of magnesium carbonates and oxides. 

Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — These salts are antacid 
and neutralize abnormal acidity, due to fermentation, 
when exhibited after a meal. The carbonate also exerts 
a sedative action in liberating carbon dioxide in the 
stomach, and both the carbonate and oxide unite with the 
gastric juice to form chlorides, lactates and bicarbonates. 
These compounds are mild, saline purgatives. 

Blood and Urine. — The oxide and carbonate of magne- 
sium alkalize the blood and urine, and are slight diuretics. 
They resemble potassium and sodium bicarbonates, as 
antacids, but are milder because feebly absorbed. 

Uses. — Phillip's milk of magnesia is a good laxative and 
antacid preparation for puppies. One or more teaspoonfuls 
may be added to milk, which will be taken voluntarily. 
Magnesia is a useful remedy for foals and calves affected 
with intestinal indigestion, tympanites and acid diarrhoea. 
It may be given to advantage in powder : magnesia and 
rhubarb, 2 drachms each ; with ginger, one drachm. This 
dose should be administered in milk or flour gruel. Magnesia 
may give rise to intestinal concretions if its use is persisted 
in for a considerable period. 

Magnesium carbonate and oxide are antidotes to mineral 
acids, oxalic acid, salts of mercury, arsenic and copper, and 
alkaloids, by alkalizing the gastric contents and rendering 
these bodies insoluble. Arsenic antidote is kept on hand 
at drug stores and is made by adding solution of ferric 



166 INORGANIC AGENTS 

sulphate to an aqueous mixture of magnesia (see fern 
oxidum hjdratum cum magnesia, p. 196). __ 

Aluminum. 

(The metal is not used as medicine.) 

Alumen. Alum. AlK, (SO,), + 24 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Potassium alum, aluminum and potassium 
sulphate, sulphate of aluminium and potassium, E.; alun, 
sulphate d'alumine et de potasse, Fr.; alaun, kalialaun, G. 

Derivation. — From alum slate, clay, shale or schist, a 
native mixture of aluminium silicate and iron sulphide. 
This is roasted and exposed to the air, when the sulphur is 
oxidized into • sulphuric acid and combines in part with 
aluminium and iron to form sulphates. The mass is 
lixiviated with water, and aluminum and iron sulphates 
together with sulphuric acid are recovered in solution. The 
solution is concentrated and to it is added potassium 
chloride. The double sulphate of potassium and aluminum 
(alum) is formed, which crystallizes out on cooling, while 
potassium sulphate and ferric chloride remain as bye- 
products. Alum is purified by recrystallization. 

Properties. — Large, colorless, octohedral crystals, some- 
times modified by cubes, or in crystalline fragments ; without 
odor, but having a sweetish and strongl}'- astringent taste. 
On exposure to the air the crystals are liable to absorb 
ammonia and acquire a whitish coating. Soluble in 9 parts 
of water. It is also soluble in warm glycerin ; insoluble in 
alcohol ; reaction acid. 

Incorapatihles. — Iron, lead and mercury salts, alkalies, 
lime, tartrates and tannic acid. 

Dose.—K. & C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., gr.xx.-3i. 
(1.3-4.); D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6); emetic, D., 3 i- (4.). 



DRIED ALUM 167 

Alumen Exsiccatum. Dried Alum. AlK, (SOJ, 
(U. S. P.) 

Synonym.— Alnmen ustum, B.P.; burnt alum, E.; alum 
■calcine (dessecbe' brule), Fr.; gebrannter alaun, G. 

Berivatioyi.—B.ea.t 100 gm. of alum moderately until 
aqueous vapor ceases to be disengaged, and the product is 
reduced to 55 gm. 

Alumini Hydbosidum. Aluminum Hydroxide. Al.,(OH)g 

(U. S. P.) 

Syno7iym.—A\ummnm. hydrate, hydrated alumina, E.; 
alumine, Fr.; thonerdebydrat, reine thonerde, G. 

Derivation.— Alum, 100 Gm.; sodium carbonate, 100 Gm.; 
water, a sufficient quantity. Mix hot, boiling solutions of 
alum and sodium carbonate. Precipitate strained, washed, 
and dried. 

Properties. — A white, light, amorphous powder ; odorless 

and tasteless ; permanent in dry air ; insoluble in water or 
alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as alum. 

Alumini Sulphas. Aluminum Sulphate. Al(SOj3 + 16HO 

(U. S. P.) 

AS'^won?/m.— Sulphate of aluminum, E.; sulphate d'alum- 
ine, Fr.; schwefelsaure thonerde, G. 

Derivation.— Alnrnmnm hydroxide [Al (011)3] is dis- 
solved in diluted sulphuric acid, and the solution is filtered 
and evaporated to dryness. 

Properties.— A white, crystalline powder, without odor, 
having a sweetish and afterwards astringent taste ; perma- 
nent in the air ; soluble in 1.2 parts of water ; insoluble in 
alcohol ; reaction acid. 

Dose. — Same as alum. 



168 ^ inorganic agents 

Aluminum Salts. 

Action External. — Dried alum is a superficial caustic, in 
contact with raw surfaces, on account of its affinity for 
water. It is only used externally. Alum has no action on 
unbroken skin, but applied to mucous membranes or 
denuded parts it is antiseptic and astringent ; coagulates 
albumin of discharges ; combines with albumin of the 
tissues, which it coagulates ; squeezes blood out of the 
vessels ; reduces inflammation and makes the part whiter, 
tougher and denser. Alum is an haemostatic, stopping 
bleeding by compression of the structures surrounding the 
vessels, and by causing blood to clot. Alum coagulates 
casein and gelatin in the presence of an alkali. 

Action Internal. — Stomach and Intestines. — Enormous 
doses of alum produce gastro-enteritis, while large doses 
cause vomiting in carnivora. All the secretions are dimin- 
ished in the alimentary canal, and constipation ensues, 
unless the dose is excessive. Traces of alum are said to 
appear in the urine, but since the salt coagulates albumin, 
absorption cannot occur to any extent. Alum does not, 
therefore, occasion any astringent action in the body outside 
of the digestive tract, and is excreted by the bowels. 

Uses External. — Alum is employed mainly for local 
surgical purposes. In arresting slight hemorrhages it may 
be applied in saturated solution on absorbent cotton 
pledgets, or in the form of burnt alum dusted upon the 
bleeding surface, Epistaxis may be controlled by the 
injection of a strong solution into the nostrils, or by insuffla- 
tion of burnt alum. Alum is sometimes used on granulating 
surfaces of indolent ulcers, or wounds, as a slight caustic, 
stimulant and antiseptic. It can be employed alone, or as 
a dusting powder, containing : alum, 1 part ; charcoal, 4 
parts; and salicylic acid, 2 parts. Alumen exsiccatum will 
often prevent the escape of synovia from small punctured 
wounds when applied to their apertures. Solutions 
(gr.iii.-v. to 3 i.) are occasionally instilled into the eye in 
conjunctivitis, but alum is not generally so satisfactory as 



ALUM 169 

"boric aciJ, zinc sulphate, or silver nitrate, in this disease. 
Alum crystals may be applied with profit to granular lids. 
Alum is used more frequently in the treatment of stomatitis, 
or apthous sore mouth. It is also beneficial in ptyalism. A 
6 per cent, solution may be utilized to touch the inflamed 
oral parts by means of a swab. A spray of the same strength 
is serviceable for the cure of laryngitis and bronchitis in 
dogs. 

A 2 per cent, solution is appropriate as an injection for 
otorrhoea, or canker of the ear, attacking dogs. A similar 
solution will relieve leucorrhoea, pruritus vulvae, and pro- 
lapsus ani. The following combination, containing dried 
alum, forms an excellent preparation for application to dead 
tissue. It causes sloughing of the necrotic mass and is 
indicated when the use of the knife is inadmissible. 

I^ 

Alumenis exsiccati 25.0 

Acidi arsenosi 15.0 

Acidi carbolici 10.0 

Cerati 25.0 

M. et fiat unguentum. 

Uses Internal. — Alum is a prompt, safe and non-depress- 
ing emetic for dogs. It is suitable in poisoning, or when 
the secretious are excessive in laryngitis or bronchitis. 
Teaspoonful doses should be given in solution in syrup 
every 15 minutes in these latter diseases, until vomiting 
occurs. Aluminum hydroxide is an antacid and astringent. 
It combines with acid in the stomach (antacid) and goes 
into a soluble form when it acts as an astringent in the 
bowels. It is, therefore, more applicable for internal use in 
the treatment of diarrhoea and dysentery. Other astrinff- 
ents, such as tannic acid in some form, lead acetate, or copper 
sulphate, are, however, usually more valuable in diarrhoeal 
disorders. Aluminum sulphate may be used interchange- 
ably with alum, externally or internally. 



170 INOKGANIC AGENTS 

Cerium. 

(Cerium is not employed medicinally.) 

Cerii Oxalas. Cerium Oxalate. Ce^ (CjOJj + 9 HjO. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Cerous oxalate. 

Derivation. — Precipitate a solution of ammonium oxalate^ 
•witli a soluble salt of cerium. 

Properties. — A white, granular powder, without odor or 
taste, and permanent in the air ; insoluble in water, alcohol 
or ether. 

Dose. — D., gr.iii.-v. (.18-.3). 

Action and Uses. — The physiological details cpncerning- 
the action of cerium are unknown. It is useful in relieving 
vomiting of a reflex or nervous character, and is often com- 
bined with bismuth salts. Cerium oxalate is soluble in th& 
gastric juice. 



SECTION IV. 

Plumbum, Aegentum, Zincum, Cuprum and Bismuthum. 

Plumbum. 

{Lead is not used in the metallic statt, in veterinury medicine^ 
except as a last resort.) 

Plumbi Oxidum. Lead Oxide. PbO. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Litharge, E.; lithargyrum, P. G.; bleiglatte, Gk 
Derivation. — Made by roasting lead in the air. 
Properties. — A heavy, yellowish or reddish-yellow pow- 
der, or minute scales, without odor or taste. On exposure 
to the air it slowly absorbs moisture and carbon dioxide. 
Almost insoluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. Reaction 
faintly alkaline. Lead oxide is only valuable for its prepa- 
rations. 



LEAD ACETATE 171 

PREPARATION. 

Emplastrum Plunibi. Lead Plkster, (U. S. & B. P.) 
(Diachylon Plaster.) 
Lead oxide, 32; olive oil, 60; water, a sufficient quantity. Basis of 
other preparations. 

Plumbi Acetas. Lead Acetate. Pb {G^US)^^ + 3 H„0. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym.— Snpi^ar of lead, E.; sel (sucre) de saturne, Fr.; 
essigsanres bleioxyd, bleizucker, G. 

Derivation.— Heat lead oxide in acetic acid and water. 

PbO + 2 HC,H30, + 2 H,0 = PbiaH^O,), + 3HA 
Lead acetate crystallizes on cooling. 

Properties.— Colorless, shining, transparent, monoclinic 
prisms or plates, or heavy, white crystalline masses, or 
granular crystals, having a faintly acetous odor and a 
sweetish, astringent, afterwards metallic, taste. Efflorescent 
and absorbing carbon dioxide on exposure to the air. 
Soluble in 2.3 parts of water and in 21 parts of alcohoL 
Reaction slightly acid. 

Incompatibles.—'RiiYd water, alkalies, mineral acids and 
salts, potassium iodide, opium, vegetable astringents and 
albuminous liquids. 

Bose.—B.. & C, 3 i. (4.); Sh. & Sw., gr.xv.-xx. (1.-1.3); D.^ 
gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Made from lead acetate in which lead exists as the subacetate 
PbaO (CiHsO^)^. 

Liquor Phmibi Stibacefafist. Solution of Lead Subacetate. (U. S. P.) 
Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Fortis. (B. P.) 

Synonym.— Go\\\a,i\Vs extract, acetum plumbicum, acetum Saturni, 
plumbum hydrico-aceticum solutum, subacetas plumbicus liquidus E • 
liquor plumbici subacetici, P. G.; sous-acetate de plomb liquide, extract 
de Goulard de vinaigre, plomb, Fr. ; bleiessig, G. 

Composition.— An aqueous liquid, containing in solution about 25 
per cent, of lead subacetate (approximately), Pb^O (CaHsOa)^. 

Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutns. Diluted Solution of Lead Subacetate 

(U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym.-Le&6. Water. Lead Subacetate, 3; water to make 100. 



172 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Ceratum Plumbi Subacetatis. Cerate of Lead Subacetate. (U. S. P.) 
Solution of lead subacetate, 20; camphor cerate, 80. 

Plumbi Carbonas. Lead Carbonate. (PbC03)2 Pb(OH)j. 

(Non-official.) 

Synonym. — White lead, E.; ceruse, Fr.; bleiweiss, G. 

Derivation. — Expose lead to the action of acetic acid 
vapor and air with carbonic dioxide. 

4 Pb + 2 HC„H30„ + 2 O. + 2 CO, = (PbCo3), Pb 
(OH), + Pb(C,H30,),. 

Properties. — A heavy, white, opaque powder, or a pul- 
verulent mass, without odor or taste. Permanent in air. 
Insoluble in water or alcohol. Used only externally. 

Plumbi Nitras. Lead Nitrate. Pb (NO3),. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Salpetersaures bleioxyd, bleisalpeter, G. 

Derivation. — Dissolve lead in nitric acid. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, octohedral crystals, 
or white, nearly opaque crystals ; without odor, and having 
a sweetish, astringent, and afterwards metallic taste ; 
permanent in the air ; reaction acid ; soluble in 2 parts of 
water ; almost insoluble in alcohol. Only used externally 
in 1 per cent, solution as an astringent and deodorant in 
gangrenous surfaces, etc. 

Plumbi Iodidum. Lead Iodide. Pb I^. (U. S. & B. P.) p 

Derivation — Treat solution of lead nitrate with that of 
potassium iodide. 

Pb Q^OX + 2 KI = Pbl, + 2 KNO3. Dry the pre- 
cipitate. 

Properties. — A heavy, bright yellow powder, without 
odor or taste ; permanent in the air ; soluble in about 2,000 
parts of water ; very slightly soluble in alcohol ; used only 
externally. 



ACTION OF LEAD SALTS 1^3 

PREPARATION. 

Unguentum Plumbi lodidi. Ointment of Lead Iodide. (B. P.) 
Employed externally to absorb glandular swellings. 

ACTION OF LEAD SALTS. 

External. — Lead salts act like other astringents in con- 
tracting tissues and vessels, and in coagulating albumin of 
exudations, but unlike other astringents, they are sedatives 
and not irritcuts locally. 

Internal. — Soluble salts of lead in concentrated solution 
— and at times insoluble salts— cause gastro-enteritis in 
large doses. Lead salts are absorbed in medicinal doses 
"whether taken in a soluble or insoluble state. The chemical 
form of the lead compound at the time of absorption is 
unknown. Lead is deposited in the tissues and very slowly 
eliminated in the urine and intestinal mucus. Lead salts 
have a marked astringent action on the entire digestive 
canal and diminish secretions accordingly. It is doubtful 
"whether lead salts remotely contract blood vessels after 
absorption. There are other agents — notably ergot — which 
possess much greater power for this purpose. 

Toxicology. — Poisoning Jiot infrequently occurs in animals 
at pasture, from eating paint, sheet lead, or products of lea<l 
works. The drinking water may be contaminated with lead, 
especially from new pipes, or lead receptacles in which 
water has been standing. Hard water is not affected by lend 
pipes, since an insoluble crust of lead phosphate and sulph- 
ate is deposited upon the interior of the pipes. There is an 
acute and chronic form of poisoning. The first is caused by 
single large doses of soluble lead salts, and is characterized 
by gastro-enteritis and colic ; sometimes convulsions, coma, 
paralysis and death. The faeces are colored black with lead 
sulphide ; the vomitus is white from lead chloride. Three 
groups of symptoms may be briefly tabulated, which occur 
to a greater or less degree in chronic lead poisoning : 



174 INORGANIC AGENTS 

* DIGESTIVE SYMPTOMS. 

Lead line on gvims. Thirst. 

Colic. Abdomen retracted, or "tucked 

Constipation. up." 

Anorexia. 

NERVOUS SYMPTOMS. 

Paralysis of tendons — extensors — General paralysis. 

of extremities. Wasting of muscles. 

Animals stand on knees before. Coma. 

Animals stand on toes behind. Delirium. 

Convulsions. Amaurosis. 

GENERAL SYMPTOMS. 

Dyspnoea. (Edema. 

Pulse accelerated. General debility. 

Emaciation. Interstitial nephritis. 

Anaemia. 

Animals die in clironic poisoning from paralysis of the 
respiratory muscles, or in convulsions. The lead line on the 
margin of the gums, at their junction with the teeth, is due 
to sulphuretted hydrogen in the mouth, acting upon the 
lead deposited in the gums, and forming lead sulphide. 
The treatment consists in removing the cause, relieving the 
symptoms and in hastening elimination. Potassium iodide 
eliminates lead in a soluble form into the bowels and 
kidneys. Magnesium sulphate converts lead into an insolu- 
ble sulphate in the intestines and then sweeps out the salt. 
The stomach pump or emetics should be employed in acute 
poisoning. Alum is the best emetic. This treatment should 
be followed by the administration of opium and Epsom salts. 

Administration. — Lead acetate is given to the larger 
animals in solution or ball; to the smaller patients in pill; 
to young animals in solution in milk. 

Uses External. — Lead acetate is useful in the treatment 
of skin diseases, as weeping eczema and erythema, and in 
excoriations, blistered surfaces, bruises, strains, and burns. 
An efficient lotion having an astringent and sedative action 
in such conditions, contains : laudanum, 1 part ; Goulard's 
extract, 4 parts ; and oil, glycerin or water, 16 parts. The 



SILVER NITRATE 175 

" white lotion " of veterinary medicine is made by adding 3 
drachms each of lead acetate and zinc sulphate to a pint of 
"water. It is a favorite astringent, sedative and antiseptic 
application for strains and "scratches." The stronger 
solution of lead subacetate should not be employed exten- 
sively on raw surfaces or mucous membranes undiluted. 
The diluted solution of lead subacetate may be used as an 
injection for leucorrhcea. Lead acetate should be diluted 
with 20 to 40 parts of vinegar or water. Lead acetate is 
not suitable for collyria, if there is any ulceration of the 
cornea, because a permanent film may be deposited and 
obscure the sight. Lead iodide, in 10 to 20 per cent, oint- 
ment with petrolafum, has proven of service in aiding re- 
solution of induration or caked condition of the udder in 
acute mammitis if applied twice daily with thorough massage 
before suppuration has set in. 

Uses Internal. — Lead acetate is serviceable in the treat- 
ment of diarrhoea, dysentery, and hemorrhage from the 
stomach and bowels. It is frequently prescribed in these 
diseases with opium. 

Argentum. 

Argenti Nitras. Silver Nitrate. AgNoj. (U. S. k B. P.) 

Derivation. — Dissolve silver in nitric acid with heat. 

3 Ag, + 6 HNO3 = 6 AgN03 + 3 H,. Evaporate and 
crystallize. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, tabular, rhombic 
crystals, becoming gray, or grayish-black on exposure to 
light in the presence of organic matter; without odor, but 
having a bitter, caustic and strongly metallic taste ; reaction 
neutral ; soluble in 0.6 part of water and 26 parts of 
alcohol. 

Incompatibles. — Alkalies and their carbonates, acids 
(except nitric and acetic), chlorides, potassium iodide, 
astringent infusions and solutions of arsenic. 



176 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Dose.—ia.. & a, gr.v.-x. (.3-.6); Sh. & Sw.,gr.i.-ii. (.06-12); 
D., gr.l-^ (.008-.03). 

Argenti Nitras Dilutus. Diluted Silver Nitrate. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Argenti et potasii nitras, B. P.; mitigated 
caustic, E.; argentum nitricum crystallizatum, P. G.; azotas 
(nitras) argenticus, azotate d'argent, nitre lunaire, Fr.; salpe- 
tersaures silberoxyd, silbersalpeter, G. 

Derivation. — Melt silver nitrate, 30, with potassium 
nitrate, 60, in a crucible at as low a temperature as possible. 
Mix and cast into suitable moulds. 

Properties. — A white, hard solid, generally in the form 
of pencils or cones of a finely granular fracture ; becoming 
gray or grayish-black on exposure to light in presence of 
organic matter ; odorless, having a caustic, metallic taste, 
and neutral reaction. Each of its constituents soluble in 
water and alcohol to the extent mentioned under Argenti 
Nitras and Potassii Nitras. Used only externally. 

Argenti Nitras Fusus. Moulded Silver Nitrate. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Lunar caustic, lapis infernalis, azotas (nitras) 
argenticus fusus, E.; argentum nitricum fusum, P.G.; azotate 
d'argent fondu, pierre infernale, Fr.; hollenstein, geschmol- 
zenes salpetersaures silberoxyd, G. 

Derivation. — Melt silver nitrate, 100, with hydrochloric 
acid, 4, at as low a temperature as possible. Mix and pour 
into suitable moulds. 

Properties. — Practically same as above. Used only 
externally. Silver oxide, cyanide, and iodide are official, 
but unimportant in veterinary medicine. 

ACTION OF SILVER NITRATE. 

External. — Silver nitrate is more caustic in action than 
any of the lead, copper or zinc salts (except the chloride). 
When applied externally in the pure state to a mucous 
membrane, or a raw surface, it forms a white coating of 
coagulated albumin. This coating limits the further action 



ACTION OP SILVER NITRATE 17T 

of the salt, so that hinar caustic is always superficial and 
localized in its effect. Silver nitrate is the caustic in most 
common use, since it produces a more healthy condition in 
a granulating wound after its application and separation of 
the eschar. In acting thus more favorably than other agents 
of its kind, it may be said to possess a local alterative effect. 
In dilution, silver nitrate is stimulant, astringent, antiseptic 
and caustic, according to its strength. 

Internal. — Silver nitrate is probably precipitated to a 
considerable extent by the hydrochloric acid of the gastric 
juice, as the chloride. Some of it is absorbed, however, 
possibly in combination with albumin and peptones. Silver 
is deposited in the tissues in the form of the oxide, causing 
dark staining of the skin in man. These stains, occurring 
when silver nitrate comes in direct contact with ihe skin, 
can be removed by a solution containing potassium cyanide, 
2\ drachms ; iodine, 15 grains ; and water, 3 ounces. Large 
doses of silver nitrate cause gastro-enteritis with nervous 
symptoms — paralysis and convulsions — and death from 
depression of the respiratory centres. Common salt is the 
antidote, both externally and internall}', forming the in- 
soluble chloride. In addition to salt, opium and demulcents 
should be exhibited in acute poisoning. Silver nitrate in 
medicinal doses has probably a local stimulating, astrin- 
gent and alterative action, on the mucous membrane of 
the stomach ; to a less degree on the bowels. Elimination 
occurs in part through the agency of the liver and in- 
testines. A chronic form of poisoning by silver nitrate 
(argyrism), is seen in man, following its continued use, 
and is accompanied by pigmentation of the skin, maras- 
mus, chronic indigestion, with wasting of the testes and 
mammary glands. A similar condition has been produced 
in animals, associated with anorexia, weakness, anaemia and 
emaciation. 

Uses External. — An aqueous solution (gr.iii. to 3 i.) is most 
valuable in the treatment of catarrhal conjunctivitis, while a 
stronger preparation (gr.x. to 3 i.) is employed for purulent 



178 INORGANIC AGENTS 

conjunctivitis, as a stimulant, astringent and antiseptic 
collyrium. When strong solutions, like the latter, are used, 
the eye should immediately be flooded with a solution of 
common salt and water to precipitate the excess of silver 
nitrate as the insoluble chloride and thus prevent further 
irritation. Lunar caustic is applied in pencil form to 
ulcerated surfaces. When these surfaces are touched lightly 
the caustic stimulates sluggish granulations ; when more 
heavily, it destroys exuberant granulations. In 2 to 4 per 
cent, solution, silver nitrate is caustic to mucous mem- 
branes ; in ^ per cent, solution it is stimulant and astringent 
to mucous membranes. 

Boils may be aborted by painting them with a saturated 
solution of silver nitrate. Pruritus aui, or vulvae, is relieved 
by painting the parts several times daily with a 1 per cent, 
solution. A solution (gr.iii. to 3 i.) may be used in the form 
of spray in the treatment of pharyngitis and laryngitis in 
the dog. In catarrh of the external ear, so common in dogs, 
the canal should be swabbed with a 5 per cent, watery 
solution of silver nitrate after thorough cleansing with 
otlipr, or alcohol and naphtha, to remove dirt and sebaceous 
matter. 

Fissures in the skin occurring in sore teats of cows are 
cured by the application of fused silver nitrate. 

Uses Internal. — The crystals should only be employed 
internally, to insure purity. Silver nitrate is not of much 
value for internal use except in the digestive tract. Pills 
containing the silver salt are sometimes given to dogs with 
diarrhoea and ulcer of the stomach. Dysentery may be 
treated by enemata containing 12 grains of silver nitrate to 
the ounce of water. If this treatment is followed by much 
irritation, injections of salt and water should be used 
afterwards. 



PROTARGOL 179 

Protargol. (Non-official.) 

Protargol was first introduced into medicine by Prof. 
Neisser, in 1897, as a local remedy for gonorrhoea in man. 
It is a fine, yellowish-brown, soluble powder, a combination 
of a protein substance with silver ; odorless, and possessing 
a strong metallic taste. 

Protargol has recently superseded silver nitrate (which 
contains 63.5 per cent, of silver) to a considerable extent in 
medicine because, containing less silver (8.3 per cent.), 
protargol is decidedly less irritating, is not precipitated by 
albumin or solutions of sodium chloride, does not discolor 
the skin and more than equals silver nitrate in certainty 
and efficiency of action. 

Protargol is particularly applicable in veterinary medi- 
cine as a bland but powerfully penetrating antiseptic and 
mild astringent in the treatment of inflammatory conditions 
of tlie conjunctival membranes. The drug does not cause 
the pain, redness, swelling and lachrymation which follow 
the use of silver nitrate ; nor does it lead to the formation 
of fibrinous coagula and the production of false membranes 
and opacities of the cornea seen after the application of 
silver nitrate. 

A 10-per-cent. solution of protargol induces less flushing 
of the eye and discomfort than a 1-per-cent. solution of 
silver nitrate, and the irritation of a 2 or 4 per cent, 
solution is not, as a rule, more than would be produced 
by a one-half grain to the ounce solution of zinc sulphate 
(Cheney). 

Protargol is indicated in acute catarrhal and purulent 
conjunctivitis in from one-half to 10 per cent, aqueous solu- 
tions ; usually in one-half per cent, solution in the catarrhal 
form, two or three times daily, applied with a camel's hair 
brush or by instillation ; and in the purulent variety, in 2 or 
4 per cent, solution with a pledget of absorbent cotton on a 
probe, or with a camel's hair brush, in conjunction with 
frequent boric acid irrigations. This new silver combina- 



180 INORGANIC AGENTS 

tion has also been used with reported success (and the use 
might apply to canine practice) in human medicine as a 
non-irritating astringent and antiseptic agent internally in 
.5 gm. doses, twice or thrice daily, in pills, for the relief of 
haemorrhages and ulcerations of the alimentary canal, in 
diarrhoea and in purulent inflammation of the genito-urinary 
tract. 

Argyrol. 

Argyrol represents one of the latest of the numerous 
organic silver compounds, this preparation containing as 
much as 30 per cent, of the metal combined with a proteid 
substance obtained from wheat. It occurs as a brownish 
powder, soluble in less than its own weight of water, forming 
dark-brown solutions which stain clothing black, but the 
stains may be removed by ordinary laundry processes. Like 
protargol, it is not precipitated by the salts of the tissues, 
nor does it coagulate albumin, so that its action is not 
neutralized by the tissues — as is the case with silver nitrate, 
and thus, unlike the latter, it possesses a penetrating power 
when applied locally. Argyrol is used in from 2 to 20 per 
cent, aqueous solutions for the same purposes to which 
protargol is adapted. It bids fair to supersede the latter, 
however, since it contains more silver and is therefore a 
more powerful antiseptic and yet non-irritating. 

Soluble Silver. 

Soluble silver, known also as Colloidal Silver, or more 
commonly as Collargol, is an allotropic form of metallic 
silver wholly soluble in water, and discovered by Lea about 
1890. It may be used intravenously, subcutaneously, by 
inunction (as Crede's ointment, see below), and by the 
mouth, if first dissolved in the proportion of five parts of 
collargol with one part of white of egg in one hundred parts 
of water; or it may be given in pill with sugar of milk. 
"When given intravenously — which is the most effective 
mode of administration — one injection may suffice, but if it 



SOLUBLE SILVER 181 

does not cause immediate improvement in the symptoms, 
several doses may be thus given at six-hour intervals. 
Soluble silver has recently proven successful in many cases 
of general infection, where it appears to either kill or inhibit 
the growth of staphylococci and streptococci. It is cer- 
tainly worthy of trial in veterinary medicine in this field, 
where it has accomplished noteworthy results.* 

Puerperal septicaemia, mastitis, extensive cellulitis, 
fetid bronchitis, pneumonia, influenza, endo and pericarditis, 
deep suppurations, phlebitis, suppurating nasal sinusitis, 
empyema and other bacterial infectious have yielded to the 
systemic and local influence of soluble silver in human 
medicine. Its expense is the only objection to its free 
employment in animal practice, and this applies to all the 
new organic silver compounds. A rigor often occurs from 
one to four hours after the injection of collargol, but no 
other ill effects have been noted. When the silver can be 
used locally (in local infections) it is also effective and may 
or may not be at the same time given intravenously, its 
desirability by the latter mode depending on the degree of 
general infection. The dose intravenously is 3 ^-l (2--4.) 
for horses; dogs, gr.1-2 (0.6-0.12), given in 2 to 5 per cent, 
aqueous solution. It is injected into the tissues as in 
abscess, in 1 per cent, solutions. It is soluble in 20 parts of 
water, which should be distilled or boiled, and solutions in 
water may be kept for months in brown bottles. Solutions,. 
from having a clear, brown color, become gray and turbid 
when decomposed. 1-3000 aqueous solutions are appro- 
priate for use on mucous membranes or cavities of the body. 

Credes Ointment, made by incorporating collargol with 
lard and wax to the extent of 15 per cent., has given good 
results when rubbed for thirty minntes into the skin (which 
has previously been scrubbed with boap, water and alcohol) 
in the treatment of local and even general infections. It 
often arrests the formation of boils, threatened suppurationi 
of glands, lymphangitis, phlebitis, cellulitis and mastitis. 
The dose by inunction is ^ to 1 ounce for horses, ^ to 1 

* Since writing the above collargol has been gaining headway in veter- 
inary practice. Dieckerhoff recommends it as a daily intravenous injection 
<f 3 ) cc. of a 3 per cent, solution in purpura in the horse, and Wynian of 
Ohio speaks very favorably of its action in catarrhal diseases of tlie upper 
air passages and in septic cellulitis and lymphangitis in the horse. 



182 INORGANIC AGENTS 

drachm for dogs. Collargol appears to be non-toxic when 
given intravenously or by inunction, if used with reasonable 
care. 

Zincum. 

{Zinc is not used in Medicine in the metallic state.) 

ZiNCi Chlobidum. Zinc Chloride. ZnClj. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Dissolve zinc in hydrochloric acid by boil- 
ing. The solution contains the zinc chloride with chlorides 
of iron and lead as impurities. These are precipitated by 
adding first nitric acid then zinc carbonate. Filter and . 
finally evaporate. Zu, + 4 HCl = 2 Zn CI, + 2 H,. 

Properties. — A white, granular powder, or porcelain- 
like masses, irregular or moulded into pencils ; odorless ; of 
such intensely caustic properties as to make tasting danger- 
ous unless the salt be dissolved in much water, when it has 
an astringent, metallic taste ; very deliquescent ; reaction 
acid; soluble in about 0.3 part of water; very soluble in 
alcohol. 

Liquor Zinci Chloridi. Solution of Zinc Chloride. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Made as above with the addition of water. 
It contains about 50 per cent., .by weight, of zinc chloride. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a 
very astringent, sweetish taste and an acid reaction. Spec, 
gr. about 1,535 at 15° C. (59° F.). 

Toxicology. — Zinc chloride is a powerful irritant if swal- 
lowed in any degree of concentration, and will, therefore, 
produce gastro-enteritis. Emetics or the stomach pump 
should be used, followed by demulcents and sodium bicar- 
bonate. 

Uses. — Zinc chloride is employed in a paste made into 
small pieces with flour ; or on lint soaked in a saturated 



ZINC SULPHATE 183 

solution, dried, and introduced under the skin about the 
base of tumors to cause their destruction by sloughing. It 
is employed in the form of pencils on unhealthy, granulating 
surfaces, as in " foot rot," and injected in strong solution 
into fistulous tracts to destroy their walls. It is not used 
internally. 

ZiNCi Sulphas. Zinc Sulphate. ZnSo^ + 7 H„0. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Prepared by dissolving zinc in sulphuric 
^cid'. Zu, + 2 KSO, = 2 ZnSO, + 2 H,. 

Iron and tin exist as impurities, and are removed by 
chlorine solution and zinc carbonate. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, rhombic crystals, 
without odor, and having an astringent, metallic taste. 
Efflorescent in dry air ; reaction acid ; soluble in 0.6 part of 
water, in 3 parts of glycerin ; insoluble in alcohol. 

IncompatihJes. — Lead acetate, silver nitrate, lime water, 
alkalies and carbonates, vegetable decoctions or infusions, 
and milk. 

Dose.— a. & C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh. & Sw., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3); 
D., gr.ii.-iii. (.12-.2); Emetic, D., gr.x.-xv. (.6-1.). 

ZiNCi Caebonas Pr^cipitatus. Precipitated Zinc Carbonate. 

(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Zinci carbonas, B. P.; precipitated zinc car- 
bonate, kohlensaures zinkoxyd, G. 

Derivation. — Solutions of nearly equal weight of sodium 
carbonate and zinc sulphate are boiled together ; dry pre- 
cipitate. S ZuSO, + 8 Na,C03 + 2 H,0 = 2 (Zu C03)3 Zn 
(0H)2? (hydrated basic zinc carbonate) + 8 Na^SO^ -|- 2 
COj. This salt is in reality a mixture of zinc carbonate and 
■oxide, in varying proportions, with water of crystallization. 

Properties. — An impalpable white powder, of somewhat 
variable chemical composition, without odor or taste ; insol- 
uble in water or alcohol. 



184: INORGANIC AGENTS 

ZiNCi OxiDUM. Zinc Oxide. Zu O. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Heat the carbonate to redness. 

2 (Zn 003)3 Zn(OH), = 8 ZnO + 2 H,0 + 6 CO,. 

Properties. — An amorphous, white powder, without odor 
or taste. It gradually absorbs carbon dioxide from the air. 
Insoluble in water or alcohol. 

Dose.—U. & C, 3i.-ii- (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

PREPARATION, 

Unguentum Zinci Oxidi. Ointment of Zinc Oxide. (U. S. P.) 
Zinc oxide, 200 ; benzoinated lard, 800. (U. S. P.) 
Unguentum Zinci. 15 per cent, of zinc ointment. (B. P.) 

Zmci AcETAS. Zinc Acetate. Zn (C0H3O0), + 2 H^O. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation.- — Dissolve zinc oxide in diluted acetic acid 
and boil. 

ZuO + 2 HC33O, = Zn (C.HsO,), + H,0. Evaporate 
and crystallize. 

Properties. — Soft, white, six-sided monoclinic plates, of 
a pearly lustre, having a faintly acetous odor, and an astrin- 
gent metallic taste. Exposed to the air the salt gradually 
effloresces and loses some of its acid ; reaction acid ; soluble 
in 2.7 parts of water and in 36 parts of alcohol. 

Incompatihles . — Same as sulphate. 

Dose. — Same as sulphate. 

ACTION OF THE ZINC SALTS. 

External. — The salts of zinc (except the chloride) have 
an astringent action on raw surfaces and mucous membranes, 
notably the sulphate and acetate. Absorption is not followed 
by poisoning. They resemble other astringents, but do not 
possess the sedative qualities of the lead salts, nor the local 
alterative properties of silver nitrate. 

Internal. — In the alimentary tract very large doses of 
the sulphate or acetate may induce gastro-enteritis, which, 
is to be treated with demulcents and alkaline carbonates in 



USES OF ZINC SALTS . 185 

order to form insoluble compounds. Vomiting will relieve 
carnivora ; otherwise the stomach pump must be resorted to. 
Zinc salts apparently produce no remote effects upon 
the body in medicinal doses, although in man chronic 
poisoning is said to occur among workers in zinc. The 
condition is manifested by digestive disturbances, nervous 
symptoms and paralysis. In therapeutic doses the zinc 
salts are astringent, diminishing secretion in the digestive 
tract. 

USES OF ZINC SALTS. 

External. — Zinc sulphate is in common use as an astrin- 
gent collyrium for subacute conjunctivitis (gr.ss.-ii. to 3 i.). 
It is also employed in the treatment of canker of the ear 
in dogs (gr.x. to 3 i.), or as " white lotion " (see Plumbi 
Acetas), in this affection. 

The salt is likewise serviceable as a stimulant and 
astringent solution (gr.ii.-v. to 3 i.) in moist eczema, ulcers, 
atonic iuilammations of mucous membranes and leucorrhoea. 

Zinc carbonate is a much milder astringent than zinc 
sulphate or acetate. The impure carbonate (calamine) is an 
ingredient of the popular astringent and antiseptic, " pink 
ointment" of veterinary medicine used for the cure of 
" scratches " in horses. 

I^ Zinci carbonatis (impure) s ii. 

Alumenis s igg^ 

Calcii carb. praecip 5 x. 

Creasoti 

Certe flavi. aa = iss. 

Adipis 5 XV 

M. 

S. External use. 

The lard and wax are first melted together and then the 
other ingredients are stirred in. Calamine in the form of a 
lotion is a more cleanly application for house dogs and pets 
than in ointment or paste. The following is useful in 
dermatitis, erythema and moist eczema attended with itch- 
ing. The carbolic acid may be omitted when the lotion is 



186 . INORGANIC AGENTS 

applied over a large surface to avoid poisoning by absorp- 
tion or from the acid being licked off by the patient. 

Acidi carbolici 1.0 gr.xv. 

Zinci oxidi 15.0 3 ss. 

Calaminae 5.3 gr.80 

Glycerini 30.0 §1. 

Liquoris calcis ad 240.0 ? viii. 

M. et fiat lotio (shake). 
Sig. External use. 

Zinc ointment is used externally in the form of a dust- 
ing powder, ointment or paste. In eczema, erythema and 
scratches, the zinc oxide ointment is valuable and can be 
combined with carbolic acid (gr.x. to 3 i.) to great advan- 
tage, when itching is a prominent symptom. Still better 
than zinc ointment is a paste containing zinc oxide, 2 parts ; 
starch and vaseline, each 3 parts. Ziuc acetate can be used 
in all cases as a substitute for zinc sulphate. 

Internal. — Zinc sulphate is the best and most prompt 
emetic for dogs in many conditions, as poisoning. It should 
be given in tepid water. Zinc oxide is occasionally pre- 
scribed in diarrhoea, and empirically as a tonic and anti- 
spasmodic in chorea and epilepsy. It has also been 
recommended for its remote astringent action, to prevent 
excessive sweating and profuse bronchial secretion. Zinc 
oxide may be given in powder, pill, or dissolved in alkaline 
solutions. 

Cuprum. 

{Copper is not used in the metallic state in 3Iedicine.) 

CuPRi Sulphas. Copper Sulphate. Cu So^ -(- 5 IIjO. 
(U.S.&B.P.) 

Synonym. — Cupric sulphate, blue vitriol, blue stone^ 
sulfas cupricus, cuprum vitriolatum, E.; cuprum sulfuricum 
purum, P. G.; vitriol bleu, sulfate de Cuivre, Fr.; kupfervit- 
riol, blauer-vitriol, schwefelsaures kupfer (kupferoxyd), Gr. 



COPPER SULPHATE 187 

Derivation. — Boil metallic copper and sulphuric acid 
together. 2 Cu + 2 H, SO, = 2 CuSO, + 2 H,. Dissolve 
product in hot water and crystallize. 

Properties.— ha^r^Q, transparent, deep blue, triclinio 
crystals; odorless, of a nauseous, metallic taste; slowly 
efflorescent in dry air ; soluble in 2.6 parts of water ; almost 
insoluble in alcohol ; reaction acid. 

Inco7ifipatihles.—Mm&vii\ salts (except sulphates), alkalies 
and their carbonates, iodides, lime water and vegetable 
astringents. 

Dose.—R. & a, -i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh. & Sw., gr.xx.-xl 
(1.3-2.6); D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); Emetic, D., gr.vi.-xx. (.36-1.3).' 

ACTION OP COPPER SULPHATE. 

External— Copper sulphate is stimulant, astringent oi- 
caustic to mucous membranes or raw surfaces, according to 
the strength applied. 

Internal. — In poisonous doses copper sulphate causes 
salivation, vomiting, gastro-enteritis, and nervous symptoms 
(convulsions, paralysis and delirium), and finally, respiratory 
arrest. The blood corpuscles are broken down, and there 
is fatty degeneration of the liver and hcTemoglobinuria. The 
treatment consists in emptying the stomach in animals 
which cannot, or do not, vomit, and the use of yellow prus- 
siate of potash, together with demulcents and opium. Large 
doses are emetic to the dog, but should not be used except 
in phosphorus poisoning. Smaller doses are astringent in 
the digestive tract. 

Uses external. — Copper sulphate is employed in the 
solid, crystalline form in granular conjunctivitis, by rubbing 
the stick over the affected surfaces of the lids. 

A solution (gr.ss.-ii. to 3 i.) is dropped into the eye for 
simple conjunctivitis. Copper sulphate is similar in action 
to zinc sulphate, but more powerful. On ulcerated and 
granular surfaces it is used as a stimulant and astringent, 
as in the following mixture, a combination of cupric sul- 
phate and zinc sulphate, of each 2| drachms (10 gm.), with 



188 INORGANIC AGENTS 

solution of lead subacetate, 5 drachms (20 gm.), whicli is of 
value in thrush and as an application for chronic sores and 
unhealthy, indolent granulating surfaces. It may also be 
applied locally with an equal part of dried alum in the form 
of powder for the treatment of thrush. The disappearance 
of the moisture and foul odor will soon herald recovery. 

Uses internal. — Copper sulphate is prescribed for its 
local effect with opium in diarrhoea, and injected into the 
bowel in 2 per cent, solution in ulcerated conditions of the 
rectum. Copper sulphate is not a safe emetic, as it may 
cause poisoning if it is not quickly exDelled. The sulphate 
of copper is a tonic remedy in anaemia and nervous condi- 
tions. It is thought to resemble arsenic and to stimulate 
locally the tissues, heart and bloodvessels ; thus increasing 
the number of corpuscles, firmness of flesh and amount of 
fat. Copper sulphate is often used as a tonic in the treat- 
ment of lumbricoid worms and ozoena, combined with iron. 
Copper sulphate in 1 drachm doses (4.0 gm.), with powdered 
charcoal and fenugreek, of each 1-1.^ drachms (4.0-6.0 gm.), 
given to the horse night and morning for eight to ten days 
and followed by a brisk cathartic of aloes and linseed oil, 
will cause the expulsion of ascarides. It is recommended 
in purpura, and is given to dogs in the form of arsenite of 
copper for chorea and epilepsy. Glanders and farcy are 
treated with copper sulphate, but these diseases are rarely 
curable and are too dangerous to the community to warrant 
drug treatment. 

CuPRi AcETAS. Copper Acetate. (Non-official.) 

Synonyms. — Verdigris, cupric subacetate, E.; acetate de 
cuivre, vert-de-gris, F.; grunspau, G. 

Derivation. — Exposure of copper plates to pomace or 
residue resulting from expression of juice from grapes in 
wine making, or to immersion in pyroligneous acid. 

Froperties. — Pale-green masses of minute, acicular crys- 
stals, sometimes of bright blue hue. Verdigris is the 



COPPER ACETATE 189 

impure article ; the pure salt is known as Crystals of Venus. 
The taste is coppery and odor vinegar-like. Soluble in 
water. 

Dose.—B.. & C, gr.15-30 (1.-2.); Sh. & Sw., gr.5-10 
<.3-.6). 

Action External. — It is astringent, stimulant and eschar- 
otic according to the strength and whether applied to the 
unbroken skin or to mucous membranes or raw surfaces. 

Action Internal. — This salt is an efficient vermifuge for 
the expulsion of ascarides from the horse. It should be 
given in doses of gr.15-30 (1.-2. gm.) twice daily with pow- 
dered gentian and charcoal, 1 drachm of each (1.0 gm.), for 
a week and then be followed by a cathartic dose of aloes. 
It is a poison in large doses, causing gastro-enteritis, con- 
vulsions and death. The antidotes are milk, raw eggs and 
soap. 

Bisnuithnm. 

(Bismuth is not employed medicinally in tlie metallic state.) 

BiSMUTHi SuBCARBONAS. Bismuth Subcarbonate. (BiO)2C03, 
-fH,0? (U.S. P.) 

Synonym. — Bismuthi carbonas, B. P. 

Derivation — Made by dissolving pure metallic bismuth 
in diluted nitric acid, precipitating with ammonia water, 
and redissolving in nitric acid. This solution is treated with 
ammonium carbonate, or a solution of sodium carbonate. 

2 Bi (N03)3 + 3 Na, CO3 + H,0 = (BiO), CO3 + H,0 
+ 2 CO, + 6 NaNOg. The precipitated bismuth subcarbo- 
nate is filtered and washed. 

Properties. — A white, or pale yellowish-white powder, 
of somewhat varying chemical composition ; odorless and 
tasteless, and permanent in the air. Insoluble in water or 
alcohol, but completely soluble in nitric or hydrochloric 
acid, with copious efflorescence. 

Dose.—B.., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.x.-xxx. (.6-2.). 



190 INORGANIC AGENTS 

BiSMUTHi SuBNiTRAS. Bismutli Subnitrate. BiO NO3 -J- H^O ?' 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Bismuthum subuitricum, P. G.; bismuthum 
hydriconitricum, magisterium bismutlii, subazotas (s. sub- 
nitras) bismutliicus, sous-azotate de bismuth, Fr.; basisclies 
salpetersaures bismuthoxyd, G. 

Derivation. — Dissolve pure metallic bismuth in diluted 
nitric acid. First reaction— Bi„ + 6 HNO3 = 2 Bi (N03)3 
+ 3 H,. Final reaction— Bi (NOa), + H,0 = BiON03 + 2 
HNO3. Evaporate; add water; wash and dry precipitated 
bismuth subnitrate. 

Properties. — A. heavy, white powder of somewhat vary- 
ing chemical composition ; odorless and almost tasteless, 
and permanent in the air. Almost insoluble in water aud 
insoluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in nitric or hydro- 
chloric acid. 

Dose. — Same as subcarbonate. 

BiSMUTHi SuBSALiCYLAS. Bismuth Subsalicylate. (U. S. P.) 

BiSMUTHi Salicylas. Bismuth Sahcylate. (B. P.) 

Properties. — White, soft pov/der ; insoluble in water, 
ether, alcohf)l or chloroform ; soluble in acids. 
Dose. — D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

BiSMUTHi SuBGALLAS. Bismutli Subgallate. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Dermatol. 

Properties. — A fine, yellow powder ; permanent in the 
air and odorless ; used externally as a substitute for iodo- 
form ; it is antiseptic aud astringent ; occasionally given 
internally. 

ACTION OF BISMUTH SUBNITRATE AND SUBCARBONATE. 

External. — The insoluble salts of bismuth have a pro- 
tecting, sedative, astringent and antiseptic action on raw 



^ ^ ACTION OF BISMUTH SUBNITRATE 191 

surfaces. If applied over very extensive areas for a consid- 
erable length of time, they may cause absorption and 
poisoning. Bismuth has no action on the unbroken skin. 

Internal. — The salts of bismuth are absorbed and elim- 
inated to some extent. When administered continuously in 
enormous doses, they have produced poisoning characterized 
by stomatitis, colic, diarrhoea, general weakness, black dis- 
colorations of the mucous membrane beginning in the 
mouth, sometimes nephritis, and death from exhaustion. 
An odor of ga.^-lic appears in the breath after the continuous 
exhibition ot bismuth, owing to traces of tellurium con-, 
tained in the bismuth. 

Medicinally used, the salts of bismuth are absolutely 
harmless, although formerly poisoning was not infrequent 
from their contamination with arsenic. The tongue and 
ffeces are stained black by bismuth salts, which are trans- 
formed into the sulphide. Bismuth, locally and mechan- 
ically, by reason of its weight and insolubility, protects and 
coats the mucous membrane of the digestive tract, and thus 
exerts a sedative, astringent and antiseptic action through- 
out the canal. Bismuth must, therefore, be given, to be 
effective, in large and frequent doses, and when the stomach 
is empty. For this reason the drug is not of much value in 
the treatment of the horse, as a sufficient quantity cannot 
be used economically. 

USES OF BISMUTH SUBNITRATE AND SUBCARBONATE. 

External.— Bi^m-aih. subnitrate is a very good dusting 
powder on sores, and for moist skin diseases and ulcerated 
surfaces. It may be combined with zinc oxide and salol, or 
used in the form of an ointment in the proportion of 1 to 
.4. The following is an effectual combination to apply to 
superficial wounds and raw surfaces attended with much 
secretion : 

I^ Bismuthi subnitratis 50.0 j i. 3 v. 

Acidi tannici 25.0 3 vi. 

lodoformi 15.0 I'lv. 

Carbo ligni 100.0 § iii. 3 ii. 

M. et fiat pulvis. 

Sig. Dust on surface. 



192 INORGANIC AGENTS 

It may be employed to advantage in coryza and ozena, by 
insufflation into the nostrils. Dermatol (bismuth subgal- 
late) is even more efficient than the subnitrate alone as an 
antiseptic and astringent dusting powder. 

Interned. — Bisnmth is one of the best agents to relieve, 
vomiting in dogs, owing to the soothing and sedative effect, 
upon inflamed mucous membranes. It may be given alone 
upon the tongue or in combination with oxalate of cerium. 
It is also a very efficient agent in diarrhoea in the dog, being 
astringent, sedative and antiseptic. Its nse should be 
preceded by the administration of oil or calomel, in diarrhoea. 
Bismuth is given for diarrhoea in powder with salol ; or in 
suspension with gum arabic and water, with one drop of 
carbolic acid to each dose of bismuth ; or better, in capsules, 
dispensing one grain of carbolic acid and five grains of 
bismuth. The sedative effect upon the stomach is increased 
by giving the subcarbonate of bismuth with bicarbonate of 
sodium, while the sedative effect upon the bowels is 
enhanced by combining morphine with bismuth subnitrate. 
It is generally immaterial whether the subnitrate or sub- 
carbonate of bismuth be selected in any given case. 
Bismuth salicylate is more powerful as an antiseptic than 
the other salts. It is useful in diarrhoea, intestinal fer- 
mentation and indigestion of dogs. The drug should be 
given in capsules. 

SECTION V. 

Ferrum. 

Metallic iron is official in the form of fine, bright and 
non-elastic wire, from which are made iron preparations and 
reduced iron. 

Ferrum Eeddctum. Eeduced Iron. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Ferrum redactum, B. P.; iron by hydrogen, 
Quevenne's iron, ferrum hydrogenio reductum, ferrum ope 
hydrogenii paratum, E.; ferrum redactum, P. G.; fer reduit 
par I'hydrogene, Fr.; reducirtes eisen, G. 



FEREOUS SULPHATE 193 

Dei'ivation — Hydrogen gas is passed over freshly made 
and carefully washed ferric oxide in a hot and closed tube. 
Fe,03 + 3 H, = Fe, + 3 H,0. 

Properties.— A very fine grayish-black, lustreless powder, 
without odor or taste ; permanent in dry air ; insoluble in 
water or alcohol. 

Dose.—R., 3 i.-ii (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. &. Sw., 
gr.xx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); D., gr.i.-v. (.06-.3). 

Ferri Sulphas. Ferrous Sulphate. Fe So^ + 7 HoO. 
(U. S. k B. P.) 

Synonym. — Copperas, green vitriol, vitriolum martis 
purum, sulfas ferrosus, ferrum vitriolatitm purum, E.; ferrum 
sulphuricum purum, P. G.; sulfate de fer, sulfate ferreux, 
Fr.; schwefelsaures eisenoxydul, G. 

Derivation. — Iron wire is dissolved by boiling in diluted 
sulphuric acid. Fe, + 2 H,SO, = 2 Fe SO, + 2 H,. 

Properties. — Large, pale, blueish-green, monoclinic 
prisms, without odor, and having a saline, styptic taste ; 
efflorescent in dry air. On exposure to moisi, air the crystals 
rapidly absorb oxygen and become coated with brownish- 
yellow, basic ferric sulphate ; soluble in 1.8 parts of water ; 
insoluble in alcohol. 

Dose.—R., 3i.-ii. (4-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 
gr.xx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); D., gi-.i.-v. (.06-.3). 

Ferri Sulphas Exsiccatus. Exsiccated or Dried Ferrous 
Sulphate. 2 FeSO, + 3 H,0. (U. S. k B. P.) 

Synonym. — Ferrum sulfuricum siccum,P. G.; sulfate de 
fer desseche, Fr.; entwasserte schwefelsaures eisenoxydul, G. 

Derivation. — Allow ferrous sulphate, 100, to effloresce at 
a temperature of 104*^ F, Then heat on a water bath till 
the product weighs 65. 

Properties. — A grayish-white powder, soluble in water. 

Dose. — Same as sulphate. 



19-4 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Perri Sulphas Granulatus. Granulated Ferrous Sulphate. 
Fe,SO, + 7 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Dissolve ferrous sulphate, 100, in distilled 
water, 100, and add sulphuric acid, 5. Evaporate till the 
product weighs 150. Pour alcohol, 25, upon it and dry. 

Properties. — Pale, bluish-green, crystalline powder. 

Dose. — Same as sulphate. 

Ferri Carbonas Saccharatus. Saccharated Ferrous Carbo- 
nate. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Ferrum carbonicum saccharatum, P. G.; 
carbonas ferrosus saccharatus, saccharure de proto-carbon- 
ate de fer, Fr.; ziickerhaltiges kohlensaures eisen, G. 

Derivation. — Ferrous sulphate, 50 ; sodium bicarbonate, 
B5 ; sugar and distilled water. Made by solution, precipita- 
tion and washing. 

Properties. — Greenish-brown powder, without odor ; 
sweetish taste ; becomes oxidized on exposure to the air. 

Dose. — Twice that of iron sulphate. 

Massa Ferri Carbonatis. Mass of Ferrous Carbonate. 
(U. S. P.) 
Dose.—T>., gr,i.-v. (.06-.3) in pill. 

*Strupus Ferri Iodidi. Syrup of Ferrous Iodide. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 
ContaiiiS 5 per cent., by weight, of ferrous iodide (FeL). 
Properties. — Transparent, pale green liquid ; sweet, fer- 
ruginous taste. 

Dose.—E.., 3ss.-i. (15.-30. cc); D., TTLv.-xxx (.3-2.). 

Ferri Chloridum. Fenic Chloride. Fe^Clg + H.O. 
(U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Ferrum sesquichloratum, P. G.; ferrum 
muriatam oxydatum, chloridum seu chloruretum ferriciim, 



FERRIC CHLORIDE 195 

ferri percliloridum, sesquicliloride (perchloride) of iron, E.; 
perchloiure de fer, clilornre ferrique, Fr.; eisenchlorid, G. 

Derivation.— lyow, 15 gm.; liydrocliloric acid, nitric acid 
and water, of each a sufficient quantity. Made by solution 
with Leat. 

Pro2oerties. — Orange yellow, crystalline pieces, odorless, 
or having a faint odor of hydrochloric acid, and a strong 
styptic taste ; deliquescent ; soluble in water and alcohol ; 
reaction acid ; not used internally. 

Liquor Ferri Chloridi. Solution of Ferric Chloride. 

(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Liq. ferri perchloridi, B. P. An aqueous 
solution of ferric chloride (Fe„ CIJ containing not less than 
29 per cent, of the anhydrous salt, or about 13 per cent, of 
metallic iron. 

Derivation. — Dissolve iron wire, 125, in hydrochloric 
acid, 680, nitric acid and water to make 1,000. U. S. P. 

First reaction.— Fe, + 4 HCl = 2 Fe CI, + 2 H,. 

Second reaction.— 6 FeCl, + 6 HCl + 2 HNO, = 3 Fe, 
Cls + 2 NO + 4 H,0. 

Properties. — A reddish-brown liquid, having a faint odor 
of hydrochloric acid ; an acid, strongly styptic taste and an 
acid reaction. 

Do.se.— H. & C, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., ITLx-xx. 
(6.-1.3); D., Illii.-x. (.12-.6). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Tinctura Ferri Chloridi. Tincture of Ferric Chloride. (U. S. P. ) 

Solution of feri'ic chloride, 250; alcohol to make 1,000. 

Dose.— H. &C., si.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., mxx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); D., 
mv.-3i. (.3-4.) 

Contains 13.6 per cent, of the anhydrous salt, or 4.69 per cent, of 
metallic iron. 

Tinctura Ferri Perchloridi. Tincture of Iron Perchloride. (B. P.) 
Dose.— Same as Tinctura Ferri Chloridi, U. S. P. 



196 INOHGANIO AGENTS 

LiQUOE Ferri Subsulphatis. Solution of Ferric Subsul- 
pliate. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Solution of basic ferric sulphate, FeO (80^)5, 
Monsel's solution, solution of persulphate of iron, E.; liquor 
hemostatique de Monsel, Fr.; basisclischewefelsaures eisen- 
oxydlosung, Monsel's eisenlosung, G. Contains about 13.6 
per cent, of metallic iron. 

Derivation. — Ferrous sulphate, 675 ; sulphuric acid, 65 ; 
nitric acid and distilled water, of each a sufficient quantity 
to make 1,000. 

Properties. — A dark, reddish-brown liquid, odorless, or 
nearly so ; of an acid, strongly styptic taste and an acid 
reaction ; miscible with water and alcohol. 

Dose.— H. & C, 3SS. (15.); Sh. & Sw., TTLx.-xx. (.6-1.3); 
D.,111ii.-x. (.12-.6). 

It has no value for internal use. 

Ferri Hydroxidum Cum Magnesii Oxido. Ferric Hydroxide 

with Magnesium Oxide. (U. S. P.) 

(Arsenic Antidote.) 

Solution of ferric sulphate, 40 cc; water, 125 cc. 
Magnesia, 10 gm.; water, q.s. Keep solutions separate till 
ready for use ; then mix. 

Uses. — This preparation is used as a chemical antidote 
to arsenic, whereby the arsenic mass is mechanically eu- 
wrapped and converted into the insoluble arsenite. The 
administration of the arsenic antidote should be followed 
by emetics, or the stomach pump. 

Dose. — Large quantities should be repeated frequently 
ad libitum. 

Ferri et Potassii Tartras. Iron and Potassium Tartrate. 

(U. S. P.) 
{Potassio-Ferr ic Tartrate. ) 

Synonym. — Ferrum tartaratum, B. P.; tartarus ferratus. 



IRON AND AMMONIUM CITKATE 197 

P. G.; ferri potassio-tartras, ferrum tartarizatum, tartras 
ferrico-kalicus, etc., E.; tartrate de fer et de potasse, tartre 
martial, Fr.; weiusaures eisenoxyd-kali, eisenweiustein, G. 

Derivation. — Solutiou of ferric sulphate, 100 Cc; tartaric 
acid, 29gm.; distilled water, 200 Cc; ammonia water and 
water, of each a sufficient quantity. Made by solution and 
precipitation. 

Properties. — Thin, transparent scales, varying in color 
from garnet-red to reddish-brown ; without odor, and having 
a sweetish, slightly ferruginous taste ; slightly deliquescent 
in the air ; very soluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Dose. — D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

Ferbi et Ammonii Citras. Iron and Ammonium Citrate. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Ferrum citricum ammoniatum, P. G.; ferri 
amraonio-citras, ferro-ammoniuui citricum, ammonio-citrate 
of iron, E.; citrate de fer et d'ammoniaque (de fer ammo- 
niacal), citrate ferrique ammoniacnl, Fr.; citronensaures 
eisenoxyd-ammouium (ammoniak), G. 

Derivation. — Solution of ferric citrate, 100 Cc; j.mmonia 
■water, 40 Cc. Evaporate. U. S. P. 

Properties. — Thin, transparent, garnet-red scales, with- 
out odor, and having a saline, mildly ferruginous taste ; 
deliquescent in moist air ; soluble in water ; insoluble iii 
alcohol. 

Dose. — D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

Ferri et Qctinin^ Citras. Iron and Quinine Citrate. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Chininum ferro-citricum, P. G.; citras ferrico- 
quinicus, citrate de fer et de quinine, Fr.; citronensaures 
eisen chinin, G. 

Source. — Ferric citrate, 85 gm.; quinine, 12 gm.; citric- 
acid, 3 gm.; water, a sufficient quantity to make 100 gm. 

u. s. p. 



198 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Properties. — Thin, transparent scales, of a reddish- 
brown color, without odor, and having a bitter, mildly 
ferruginous taste ; slowly deliquescent in damp air ; slowly 
but completely soluble in cold water and but partially 
soluble in alcohol. 



Fekri et Quinike Citras Solubilis. Soluble Iron and 
Quinine Citrate. (U. S. P.) 

Occurs in thin, greenish-yellow, transparent scales. 
Very rapidly and completely soluble in cold water. 
Dose. — D., gr.v.-s. (.3-.6). 

general action of iron and its salts. 

External. — Soluble salts of iron, especially the chloride, 
sulphate, subsulphate and nitrate, are strongly astringent. 
They contract tissue when applied to raw surfaces or mucous 
membranes, by coagulating albumin, and through this means, 
by compressing the blood vessels from without and plugging 
them from within with clotted blood, arrest hsemorrhage. 
Iron — in the form of liquor ferri chloridi or liquor ferri 
subsulphatis — is the most powerful of the metallic hemo- 
static agents we possess. 

Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Iron is a food rather than 
a medicine. It exists as a natural constituent of vegetable 
foods and of the body, and is found particularly in the 
haemoglobin of the blood — to the extent of about half an 
ounce in that of the horse. There is a sufficient quantity in 
the food to support healthy animals. If iron is given to a 
normal animal, it has little effect unless continued for a long 
time in considerable quantity, when it may produce indiges- 
tion and constipation. 

The iron salts and iron itself have practically the same 
physiological action, but some preparations are more 
irritating and astringent in the digestive tract than others. 
Perric chloride and ferrous sulphate are particularly consti- 



GENERAL ACTION OF IRON AND ITS SALTS 199 

pating ; while reduced iron, tlie oxide, carbonate, and salts 
of the vegetable acids, are slightly so. Iron may blacken 
the tongue from formation of the sulphide. In the stomach 
■all forms of iron are converted into ferric, and, to a slight 
extent, ferrous chloride, by the gastric juice. Strongly acid 
salts ai-e decomposed and the combined acid in the salt is 
set free, owing to the formation of the chloride. This acid 
may prove irritating to the mucous membrane of the ^ 
stomach. Acid salts, as the sulphate, are, therefore, more 
suitable for the horse than for the dog, as the latter is more 
susceptible to the irritating action. Ferric salts being 
astringent, so all the iron salts possess some astringency 
when they are converted into ferric chloride in .the stomach. 
.But those preparations most astringent outside of the body, 
are also most astringent in the digestive canal, from the 
fact that probably only part of the dose is changed in the 
stomach. 

The iron salts, on entering the bowels, come into con- 
tact with an alkaline medium. Ferric chloride coming from 
the stomach is converted into ferric oxide — which is held in 
solution by organic compounds in the intestines — and 
ferrous chloride is transformed into soluble ferrous car- 
bonate. In the lower bowels, owing to the presence of 
nascent hydrogen, sulphides and tannic acid, these com- 
pounds are converted into ferrous sulphide and tannate and 
excreted as such in the feces, which are by them colored 
black. Iron is naturally absorbed from the organic com- 
pounds of the metal existing in the nucleoalbumins of food, 
but it is probable that the inorganic salts given as medicine 
are taken up from the digestive tract in minute quantities 
by the leucocytes of the blood and stored in the spleen, * 
lymph nodes, bone-marrow and liver, in which latter organ 
it is utilized in the formation of hematin and similar bodies 
and eventually transformed into hemoglobin, the essential 
component of the red corpuscle. It is in this way that 
inorganic iron administered as medicine becomes of benefit. 
The numerous compounds of iron now manufactured by 



200 ' 'INOKGANIC AGENTS 

pharmaceutical concerns under the name of albuminates 
and peptonates, and supposed to imitate the natural organic 
forms of iron found in the blood and liver, have not proved 
superior to the inorganic salts, but, on the contrary, many- 
are practically worthless. 

Blood. — In anaemia, iron indirectly increases the amount 
of haemoglobin in the blood, and also the number of red 
corpuscles. The latter effect is not so marked as with 
arsenic. In regard to iron increasing the number of cor- 
puscles, we may say that the blood-forming organs, especi- 
ally the red marrow, are stimulated, or supplied with 
blood-making material by iron. Iron increases the power 
of the red corpuscles to hold and carry oxygen from the 
lungs to the tissues, and to transform it into ozone. Iron is 
then indirectly an oxidizing agent, stimulating tissue change 
and vital activity. On account of the astringent properties 
of iron, when applied externally to the tissues, it is thought 
that its tonic action internally depends, in part, upon its 
stimulating the contractility of the muscles and vessels, and, 
therefore, improving tone. 

Elimination. — Iron is chiefly excreted by the intestinal 
mucous membrane, however administered, yet it is also 
eliminated to a slight extent by the urine, bile, saliva, sweat 
and tears. 

Summary. — Iron is essentially a blood tonic and restor- 
ative, increasing the number of red blood corpuscles, the 
amount of haemoglobin, and aiding nutrition. Externally it 
is an astringent, styptic and stimulant. 

Uses External. — Liquor ferri chloridi and liquor ferri 
subsulphatis are frequently used to stop bleeding from 
wounds or natural cavities of the body. They may 
be injected, applied by swab, or on absorbent material, 
which is packed into the wound or cavity. As a local 
application in pharyngitis, we use 1 part of the solu- 
tion of ferric chloride with 4 parts of glycerin. In 
the same strength, diluted with water, the chloride may 
be injected into the uterus to stop hemorrhage. Again, a 



GENERAL ACTION OF IRON AND ITS SALTS 201 

solution, in the strength of 2 drachms to the pint of water, 
is employed as an enema to destroy ascarides. The objec- 
tion to these solutions of iron is that they form heavy, nasty, 
tenacious clots, Avheu employed to arrest haemorrhage, and 
the clots are apt to decompose and favor sepsis. Therefore 
they should not be us^d if other means, as ligature, pres- 
sure, heat or cold, or adrenalin chloride can be utilized. 

Internal. — Reduced iron is one of the best preparations 
for dogs. It is commonly administered in pill, and often 
with other tonics, as strychnine, quinine, and arsenic. 
Heduced iron is non-irritating, non-astringeiit, and non- 
constipating. It may be placed on the tongue in the form 
of powder. 

Ferrous sulphate is one of the two most valuable forms 
of iron which can be prescribed to the larger animals. The 
other form is the tincture of ferric chloride. The sulphate 
is more astringent and irritating than some of the other iron 
salts, but does not usually cause constipation in the horse. 
Indeed, when constipation is due to loss of tone in the lower 
bowel, small doses, by their local stimulant action, may 
actually assist peristalsis. The dried ferrous sulphate is 
prescribed to horses in anaemia, and is the most common 
constituent of tonic powders. It is frequently combined 
with powdered gentian, nux vomica, arsenic, and bicarbonate 
of sodium. Sodium bicarbonate is useful in indigestion and 
lessens the astringent action of sulphate of iron in neutral- 
izing the acid set free from the salt. Nux vomica relieves 
constipation. A common and useful preparation for the 
liorse is as follows ; 

Sodii bicarbonatis. 

Pulv. nucis vomicae aa 3 ii. 

Ferri sulphatis exsicc 3 i. 

M. et f. pulv. 1. Dispense pulv. tales no. xxx. 

S. Give one powder on the feed three times daily. 

Perrous sulphate is given in anaemia secondary to chronic 



202 INORGANIC AGENTS 

indigestion, intestinal parasites, leucorrhoea, ozoena, albumi- 
nuria, and in convalescence from acute diseases. Ferrous 
sulphate is in itself an anthelmintic, but, to get its full 
effect when used for this purpose in the treatment of round 
worms in the horse (ascarides), it should be given twice 
daily on the food for ten days, and then a pint of linseed oil 
containing three ounces of oil of turpentine is to be admin- 
istered to complete the cure. In convalescence, iron may 
well be preceded by alcohol and bitters. Large doses of 
iron sulphate are indicated in hemorrhage from the bowels, 
if unassociated with acute inflammatiouj as in purpura. In 
the latter disease, sulphuric acid is a synergistic remedy. 

The saccharated ferrous carbonate may be given horses 
if they will not voluntarily take the sulphate of iron on 
their food. It is a useful, mild, non-astringent preparation 
for dogs, and may be given in powder, or the mass may be 
dispensed in pills. 

The iodide of iron is thought to be of benefit in man in 
scrofulous conditions, but as these states do not commonly 
occur in horses and dogs, the drug is chiefly of value, in the 
form of the syrup, in rickets, and acts almost as a specific 
in that form of polyuria afflicting horses during hot weather, 
and also in mild cases of anasarca and dropsy. The syrup 
should be prescribed undiluted and water should be added 
ju^t before administering the preparation. If prescribed 
with water, the syrup will undergo decomposition if allowed 
to stand for any length of time. The syrup must be a fresh 
preparation, else free iodine is formed in it, which will 
blacken the buccal mucous membrane. When the action of 
iodine and iron is desirable, it is often better to prescribe 
them separately. 

The tincture of ferric chloride is a very powerful 
preparation. It contains free hydrochloric acid. Alcohol 
constitutes three-quarters of its bulk, and there are alsa 
some traces of ether. It was formerly thought to be hydro- 
chloric ether, arising from the action of the contained 
muriatic acid on the alcohol of the preparation ; but Weir 



MANGANUM — 203' 

Mitcliell has shown it to be nitrous ether. Ferric chloride 
is of itself diuretic, apart from any action of nitrous ether 
in the tincture. The free acid aids digestion in the stomach. 
The tincture of ferric chloride is locally stimulant and- 
astringent, and generally aids digestion; is diuretic, and in 
large doses, owing to the alcohol which it contains, is 
somewhat stimulating. The tincture is, accordingly, partic- 
ularly valuable in anaemia, dependent upon chronic indiges- 
tion in horses and cattle, and in that occurring in convales- 
cence from acute 'diseases. In such conditions, the 
jDreparatiou stimulates appetite, digestion and renal activity. 
"When given by the mouth, the tincture of the chloride of 
iron is of local benefit in pharyngitis, combined with chlorate 
of potash, glycerin and water. It is also prescribed in 
intestinal hemorrhage (dried ferric subsulphate or Monsel's 
salt given in 1-2 drachm doses in gelatine capsules is more 
eflective for this purjjose in the larger animals), but there is 
no remote astringent or styptic effect exerted upon the 
vessels or tissues. Small doses of the tincture of ferric 
chloride may be safely dropped, undiluted, upon the tongue 
of horses or cattle from a small bottle used a measure. It 
is frequently conjoined with alcohol and mineral acids. 

Iron and ammonium citrate and iron and potassium 
tartrate are mild, non-astringent preparations, suitable for 
dogs and given in pill. 

Iron and quinine citrate is a useful combination for 
dogs, dispensed in pill. It is often employed in canine 
distemper and chorea. 

Manganum. 

{Manganese is not used in Bledicine in tJie metallic state.) 

PoTASSii Permanganas. Potassium Permanganate. KMnO,. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Kali hypermanganicum crystallisatum, P. G.;. 
hypermanganas potassicus S. kalicus, permanganate of 



204 INOKGANIC AGENTS 

potash, E.; permanganate de potasse, Fr.; uebermangan- 
saures kali, G. 

Derivation. — Caustic potaali, chlorate of potassium and 
black oxide of manganese are fused together, 6 KHO + 
KCIO3 + 3 MnO, = 3 K,MnO, 4 KCl + 3 H,0. The 
manganate of potassium is boiled with water till the color 
changes to purple and the permanganate is formed. 3 Kj 
MnO, + 2 H,0 = 2 KMnO, + 4 KHO + MnO,. The liquid 
is neutralized with carbonic dioxide gas and evaporated. 

Properties. — Slender, monoclinic prisms, of a dark purple 
color, odorless, and having a taste at first sweet, but after- 
wards disagreeable and astringent ; permanent in dry air ; 
soluble in 16 parts of water ; undergoes decomposition with 
alcohol ; reaction neutral. 

IncompatiUes. — It is very readily deoxidized in the pres- 
ence of organic matter. 

Dose. — H., gr.xv.-xx. (1.-1.3) in one pint of water; D., 
gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12), in pill, or tablet, with kaolin. 

ACTION OF POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE. 

External. — Potassium permanganate, like hydrogen 
dioxide, is a powerful oxidizing agent. It quickly parts 
with its oxygen in contact with organic matter, largely in the 
iorm of ozone, and is broken up into black oxide of manga- 
nese and potassa. Solutions, which are of a purple hue, 
change into a dark brown color when this transformation 
occurs, and are no longer of any medicinal value. This 
action is exceedingly rapid and transient, and its effects 
correspondingly so on the tissues. For this reason, and 
because bacteria are so combined with organic matter in the 
tissues, its action is largely exerted on the latter, and 
potassium permanganate is, therefore, a better antiseptic 
than disinfectant. Outside of the body, permanganate of 
potash is a disinfectant, but it is too expensive for general 
purposes. In powder it is slightly caustic, owing to the 
potassa set free in its decomposition ; and in solution is 
stimulant to the tissues. A solution of permanganate of 



POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE 205 

potash is a deodorizer when in contact with putrid and 
decomposing matter, but is not of the slightest value as a 
deodorizer and disinfectant to premises when simply stand- 
ing in vessels, as frequently advised. 'There is no danger 
from absorption of potassium permanganate when applied 
to the body. 

Uses Internal. — Potassium permanganate is occasionally 
used in human medicine in dyspepsia and flatulence, for its 
antiseptic action, and in obesity. It is supposed to resem- 
ble iron in its effects, and has been used in aramenorrhoea 
associated with anaemia. Moor, of New York, has shown 
that potassium permanganate is the best chemical antidote 
for morphine or opium, chemically destroying them by oxi- 
dation ; 10 to 15 grains may be given to dogs in 8 ounces of 
water immediately after poisoning. Horses may be given 2 
drachms of permanganate of potash in 5 pints of water. la 
case morphine has been swallowed, solutions of potassium 
permanganate should be accidulated with vinegar, or diluted 
sulphuric acid, in order to form soluble compounds in the 
digestive tract. After morphine or opium have been ab- 
sorbed into the blood, it is said that potassium permanganate 
is also antidotal when injected subcntaneously. It is difficult 
to see, theoretically, how this can be the case, and practically 
has been proven not to be so. 

Uses External. — Potassium permanganate is a valuable 
antiseptic and deodorizer in solutions, varying in strength 
from one-tenth of 1 per cent, to 4 per cent., and is used in the 
treatment of sores, wounds, ulcers, abscess, caries, gangrene, 
fetid ozoena, otorrhcBa, and leucorrhoea. In the stronger 
solution it is stimulant, as well as antiseptic. It is a useful 
agent in stomatitis and sore throat, when applied locally by 
means of a swab. The powder is employed as a caustic 
upon ulcers. Potassium permanganate is one of the 
best agents with which to sterilize the hands before operat- 
ing. A saturated solution is to be recommended for this 
purpose, and the stains may be removed from the hands. 



206 INORGANIC AGENTS 

by washing tbem in a saturated solution of oxalic acid, or in 
a dilute solution of hydrochloric acid. 

Potassium permanganate is a test for impure water in 
changing color in the presence of organic matter. Two 
ounces of a 1 per cent, solution will clarify and deodorize 
100 gallons of stale and putrescent rain water. 



SECTION VI. 
Hydrargyrum. 

Mercury. Quicksilver. 

Synonym. — Mercurius yivas, argentum vivum, E.; mer- 
cure, vif- argent, Fr.; quecksilber, G. 

Derivation. — Cinnabar, the native sulphate, is roasted or 
distilled with lime, and condensed. 

Properties. — A shining, silver-white metal, without odor 
or taste ; liquid at ordinary temperatures, and divisible into 
spherical globules ; insoluble in the ordinary solvents ; boils 
at 675° F., and is completely volatilized; spec, gr., 13.5584. 
When cooled to 38.88*^ F.,it forms a ductile, malleable mass. 

PREPARATIONS CONTAINING METALLIC MERCURY. 

I, — Hydrargyrum cum Greta. Mercury with Chalk. (U. S. &B. P. ) 

Mercury, 38 gm. ; honey, 10 gm. ; prepared chalk, 57 gm. ; water, 
sufficient quantity to make 100 gm. (U. S. P.) 

Mercuric-oxide becomes developed by keeping, making the powder 
more active. 

Properties. — A light gray, rather damp powder, free from gritti- 
ness, without odor, and having a slightly sweetish taste. Contains 
mercury in fine division by shaking the ingredients together. 

Dose.— Foals and calves, gr.x.-xv, (.6-1.); D., gr.i.-x. (.06-.6). 

II. — Massa Hydrargyri. Mass of Mercury. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Pilula hydrargyri, B. P.; blue mass, blue pill, pilulse 
cceruleas, E.; pilule de mercure, Fr.; mercurial pillen, G. 

Mercury, 33 gm.; glycyrrhiza, 5 gm,; althaea, 25 gm.; glycerin, 3 
gm. ; honey of roses, 34 gm. Contains 33 per cent, of mercury in a state 
of fine division. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— D., gr.i.-x. (.06-.6). 



BED MERCURIC OXIDE 207 

IJI. — Unguentum Hydrargyri. Mercurial Ointment. (U. S. & B. P.) 
(Blue Ointment.) 

Synonym. — Pommade mercurielle, pommade Napolitaine, Fr. ; 
graue quecksilbersalbe, G. 

Mercury, 500 gm.; lard, 250 gm.; suet, 230 gm. ; oleate of mercury, 
20 gm. Contains 50 per cent, of mercury. (U. S. P.) 

Hydrargyri Oxidum Rubrum. Red Mercuric Oxide. HgO. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Hydrargyrum oxydatum rubrum, P. G.; 
hydrargyri-nitrico-oxydum, mercurius corrosivus (prfecipi- 
tatus) ruber, oxydum hydrargyri cum, peroxide of mercury, 
red precipitate, mercuric oxide, E.; deuto-oxyde (peroxyde) 
de mercure, oxyde mercurique, precipite rouge, poudre de 
Jean de Vigo, Fr.; rotlies quecksilberoxyde, rotlier priicipi- 
tat (quecksilber-pracipitat), G. 

Derivation. — Dissolve mercury in diluted nitric acid. 

3 Hg, ^- 16 HNO3 = 6 Hg (NO3),. (Mercuric nitrate) 
+ 4 NO + 8 H,0. 

Rub mercuric nitrate with metallic mercury and heat. 

2 Hg (NO3), + Hg, = 4 HgO + 2 NA- 

Properties. — Heavy, orange-red, crystalline scales, or a 
crystalline powder ; odorless, and having a somewhat 
metallic taste ; permanent in the air ; almost insoluble in 
water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

PREPARATION. 

Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Ruhri. Ointment of Red Mercuric Oxide. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Red precipitate ointment, red mercuric oxide, 10; cas- 
tor oil, 5; ointment, 85. (U. S. P.) 

Hydrargyri Oxidum Flavum. Yellow Mercuric Oxide. HgO. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Hydrargyrum oxydatum via humida para- 
tum, P. G.; hydrargyrum oxydatum prsecipitatum (veL 



208 INORGANIC AGE^JTS : 

flavum), precipitated oxide of mercury, E.; oxyde de mercure 
jaune (precipite), Fr.; pracipitirtes (Gelbes) quecksilber- 
oxyde, G. 

Derivotion. — Precipitate an aqueous solution of mercuric 
chloride, 100, with caustic soda, 40 : HgCL + 2 NaOH = 
HgO 4- 2 NaCl + H„0. 

Properties. — A light orange-yellow, amorphous, heavy, 
impalpable powder ; odorless, and having a somewhat met- 
allic taste ; permanent in the air, bat turning darker on 
exposure to the light ; almost insoluble in water ; insoluble 
in alcohol. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Flavi. Ointment of Yellow Mercuric 
Oxide. (U. S. P.) B. P. 2 per cent. 
Yellow mercuric oxide, 10 ; ointment, 90. 

Oleatum Hydrargyri. Oleate of Mercury. (U. S. P.) 

Hydrargyri Oleas. (B. P.) 

Yellow mercuric oxide, 25 ; oleic acid to make 100. (U. S. P.) 

Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum. Corrosive Mercuric 
Chloride. Hg CI,. (U. S. P.) 
[Corrosive Chloride of 3Iercury, Corrosive Sublimate.) 

Synonym. — Hydrargyri perchloridum, B. P.; hydrargy- 
rum birchloratum corrosivum, P. G.; hydrargyrum muriati- 
cum corrosivum, hydrargyri bichloridum, sublimatus cor- 
rosivus, sublimatum corrosivum, mercurius sublimatus 
corrosivus, chloruretum (chloretum) hydrargyricum, per- 
chloride of mercury, bichloride of mercury, E.; Deuto- 
chlorure de mercure, sublime corrosif, chlorure mercurique, 
Er.; petzendes quecksilberchlorid, setzender quecksilbersub- 
limat, G. 

Derivation. — Heat a mixture of mercuric sulphate, 20; 
sodium chloride, 16; manganese dioxide, 1. Hg SO^ + 2 
NaCl + MnO, = HgCl, + Na, SO, + MnO,. The bichloride 
sublimes and is condensed. 

Properties.-r-H.esi\j, colorless, rhombic crystals, or crys- 



MILD MERCUROUS CHLORIDE 209 

talline masses ; odorless, and having an acrid and persistent 
metallic taste ; permanent in the air ; soluble in 16 parts of 
water and in 3 parts of alcohol. 

Incoinjjatihies. — It is incompatible with most substances. 

Dose.—K. & C, gr.v.-vii. (.3-.5); Sh. & Sw., gr.ii. (.12); 

Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite. Mild Mercurous Chloride. 

Hg,Cl,. (U.S. P.) 

(Calomel, Blild Chloride of Mercury.) 

Synonym. — Hydrargyri subchloriduin, B. P.; hydrargy- 
rum chloratum mite, P. G.; hydrargyri chloridum, hydrar- 
gyrum chloratum (muriaticum) dnlce, mercurius dulcis, 
calomelas chloruretum (chloretum) hydrargyrosum, sub- 
chloride (protochloride) of mercury, E.; protochlorure (sous- 
muriate) de mercure, calomele, Fr.; quecksilberchloriir, 
calomel, G. 

Derivation. — Heat mercurous sulphate and sodium 
chloride. Calomel sublimes. Hgo SO^ + 2 Na CI = Hg, 
01, + Na, SO,. 

Properties. — A white, impalpable powder; odorless and 
tasteless ; permanent in the air ; insoluble in water or 
alcohol. When strongly heated it is wholly volatilized 
without melting. 

Dose.—K., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); C, 3 v.-vi. (20.-24.); D., gr.ss. 
(.03), in divided doses; D., gr.iii.-v. (.2-.3) in single doses. 

PREPARATION. 

Pilidce Catharticce Compositce. Compound Cathartic Pills. (U. S. P.) 

Compound extract of colocynth, 80; calomel, 60; extract of jalap, 
30; gamboge, 15; water, Q. S. to make 1,000 pills. 
Dose.— D., pill 1 to 3. 

Hydrargyri Iodidum Kubrum. Red Mercuric Iodide. Hgl,. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 
{Binodide of Mercury, Red Iodide of Mercury.) 
Synonym. — Hydrargyrum biiodatum rubrum, P. G.; 



210 INOEGANIC AGENTS 

deutoioduretum (biniodidum) hydrargyri, mercurius iodatus 
ruber, iduretum hydrargyricum, E.; deut-iodure (bi-iodure) 
de mercure, iodure mercurique, Fr.; rotlies jodquecksilber, 
quecksilberjodid, G. 

Derivation. — Mix aqueous solutions of corrosive mercuric 
chloride, 40gm., and potassium iodide, 50gm. The red 
iodide is precipitated. Filter, wash and dry. HgCl„ + 2 KT 
= HgL + 2 K CI. 

Properties. — A scarlet-red, amorphous powder ; odorless 
and tasteless ; permanent in the air ; almost insoluble in 
water ; soluble in 130 parts of alcohol. 

Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis. Ointment of Mercuric 
Nitrate (Citrine Ointment). (U. S. & B. P.) 

Mercury, 70 gm.; nitric acid, 175 gm.; lard oil, 760 
gm. (U.S.) 

Properties. — A lemon-yellow ointment. 

Hydra^cyhum Ammoniatum. Ammoniated Mercury. NHj 

HgCl'. (U.S.&B.P.) 

( White Precipitate, 3fercuric Ammonium Chloride.) 

Synonym. — Hydrargyrum prsecipitatum album, P. G.; 
hydrargyrum amidato-bichloratum (ammoniato-muriaticum), 
hydrargyri ammonio-chloridum, mercurius pisecipitatus 
albus, E.; oxychlorure ammoniacal de mercure, mercure pre- 
dpite blanc, Fr.; weisse quecksilber-pracipat, quecksilber- 
chloridamidid, G. 

Derivation. — Mix an aqueous solution (1-20) of corrosive 
mercuric chloride, 200, with ammonia water, 15. 

HgCl + 2 NH.OH = NH, Hg CI + NH.Cl -f 2H,0. 
Filter, wash with diluted ammonia water (1-20), and dry the 
precipitated ammoniated mercury. 

ProiJerties. — White, pulverent pieces, or a white, amor- 
phous powder, without odor, and having an earthy, after- 
wards styptic and metallic, taste ; permanent in the air ; 
almost insoluble in water or in alcohol. 



GENEKAL ACTION OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS 211 



PREPARATION. 



Unguentum Hydrargyri Ammoniati. Ointment of Ammoniated Mer- 
cury. (U. S. & B. P ) 
Synonym.— "White precipitate ointment. Ammoniated mercury, 
10; beuzoinated lard. 90. (U. S. P.) 



GENERAL ACTION OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS. 

External. — The salts of mercury are germicidal, irritant, 
and, in some cases, caustic, when applied externally. 
Corrosive sublimate is the most powerful antiseptic in 
general use. It unites with albuminous fluids in, or on, the 
tissues, to form insoluble albuminates of mercury, and its 
antiseptic properties are then lost. This action is prevented 
by adding 5 parts of tartaric acid to 1 part of corrosive 
sublimate, and such combination is provided in the tablets 
manufactured for surgical purposes. 

Hydrochloric acid, or salt, may be employed to obtain 
the same result. Corrosive sublimate is a more powerful 
germicide than carbolic acid, yet it cannot be used to disin- 
fect metallic instruments, as the bichloride is decomposed 
and mercury deposited upon them. The salts of mercury 
kill the lower forms of animal as well as vegetable life, and 
are valuable in the treatment of parasitic skin diseases. As 
a rule, antiseptics relieve itching, and the mercury salts are 
often used to combat this condition. Mercury and its salts 
are absorbed when rubbed into the unbroken skin, particu- 
larly when in combination with oil or grease. 

Metallic mercury and its salts (notably the iodide), when 
rubbed well into the skiu with fat, are thought to aid the 
absorption of inflammatory exudates in underlying parts. 

Interned. — The irritant salts of mercury, as the bichloride, 
iodide, nitrate, and some of the oxides, in large doses, 
produce gastro-enteritis, vomiting, colic, bloody diarrhoea, 
collapse and death. The white of egg is an antidote to 
corrosive sublimate, forming an insoluble albuminate. 



212 . INORGANIC AGENTS 

Emetics, or the stomacli pump, should be used in case 
vomiting is not spontaneous. 

The use of mercury, or any of its compounds, if con- 
tinued for any considerable time, either internally or extei- 
nally, in such a way as to lead to absorption, may cause ;i, 
chronic form of poisoning or mercurialism. This condition 
is characterized by fetor of the breath and soreness of the 
gums, making mastication painful. The gums are swollen 
and bleed easily ; the tongue swells and salivation ensues. 
The teeth become loosened, the salivary and parotid glands 
enlarge, the temperature is elevated, and if the condition, 
continues, there are : ulceration of the mouth (mercurial 
stomatitis), necrosis of the jaw, general weakness, a watery 
condition of the blood, oedema, ansemia and cachexia, pros- 
tration and death. Local poisoning, as exhibited by paralysis 
of the hand and forearm, has occurred in a man who applied 
the ointment of red iodide of mercury to cattle. There is a 
tendency for mercury to accumulate in the system, when 
given in large doses, or in smaller doses when continued for 
a considerable period. 

The ]irevailing fashion of administering calomel in small 
and repeated doses, may lead to mercurialism if purgation 
does not occur. 

Stomach and Infe-stines. — Mercury and the mercurous 
salts, especially calomel, are mildly irritant and act as pur- 
gatives. The upper part of the intestinal tract, notably the 
duodenum, is influenced, and peristalsis and secretion are 
stimulated so that the bile is hurried along together with 
the other ingesta, and expelled. Calomel and mercury are 
called cliolagogu3 cathartics, yet they do not increase the 
amount of bile secreted, but diminish it by retarding its 
absorption in the bowels. Corrosive sublimate, on the 
other hand, is an hepatic stimulant and augments the amount 
of bile secreted. 

The purgative action of calomel and mercury in the 
small intestines is assisted by salines, which increase the 
■amount of fluid in the bowels, and aid in the expulsion and 



GENERAL ACTION OF MERCUi:!' AND ITS SALTS 213 

prevent the absorption of mercury. The saline should be 
given four hours after the administration of calomel to 
cattle. 

Blood. — Mercury is generally thought to circulate in the 
blood as an albuminate. It is stated that metallic mercury 
is absorbed unchanged and circulates in this condition in the 
blood ; while it is also held that corrosive sublimate finds 
its way into the blood as an albuminate of the oxide of 
mercury, in combination with sodium chloride. It will be 
perceived that there is no exact knowledge concerning this 
matter. It is supposed that mercury diminishes the fibrin 
in the blood, and the production of exudations, especially in 
connection with inflammation of serous membranes, and 
even hastens the absorption of inflammatory deposits. 
Mercury is, therefore, said to be antiphlogistic in combating 
the effects of inflammation. A part of this result may be 
attributed to the antiseptic action of the salts of mercury in 
the intestines by preventing fermentation and absorption of 
toxic material. For want of a better term to explain the 
beneficial actions of mercury on the tissues, tbat vague term 
"alterative" is frequently applied. Mercury (and calomel 
in particular) is somewhat diuretic, stimulating the secreting 
cells, or nerves of the kidneys, and increasing the amount of 
urine. 

Elimination. — Mercury is eliminated slowly by the 
kidneys, liver, salivary glands, and, in fact, by every con- 
ceivable channel. In thus stimulating the eliminative 
activities of the various glands, mercury has been termed a 
deobstruent. It has been surmised that its alterative effect 
depends, in part, upon this action in stimulating — to use the 
old term — the emunctories. 

SUMMARY OP ACTIONS OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS. 

External. — Antiseptic, germicide, irritant, caustic, para- 
siticide, antipruritic and sorbefacient. 

Internal. — Antiseptic, purgative, cholagogue, antiphlo- 
gistic, and alterative diuretic (calomel). 



214 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Interned. — Antiseptic, purgative, cholagogue, antiphlo- 
gistic, and alterative diuretic (calomel). 

TOXICOLOGY. 

(See action internal.) 

USES OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS. 

Hydrargyrum cum creta is similar to calomel in its 
effects, but very much milder, unless it contains the black 
oxide of mercury, when its action is much intensified. The 
same may be said of massa hydrargyri. Either preparation 
may be given dogs as a laxative in indigestion with vomiting 
and diarrhoea ; or to foals and calves with intestinal indiges- 
tion and diarrhoea, particularly if-accoinpauied with jaundice. 
The oleatum or uugneutum hydrargyri are rubbed into the 
skin to cause resolution of chronic inflammatory swellings, 
and also to kill animal and vegetable parasites. As the 
former action is due to absorption, large quantities will lead 
to poisoning when applied over an extensive surface. We 
can use other and safer remedies, as creolin, tar or sulphur 
ointment, for parasiticides. It is to be remembered in this 
connection that grease alone will kill lice and other parasites 
on the skin. On account of their sorbefacient properties, 
the oleate and blue ointment of mercury are applied over 
chronically enlarged glands, swollen joints, and thickened 
tendons. In view of their parasitic action, these preparations 
are employed to kill the fungus of favus and riugworm, and 
to destroy lice and the acari of mange, when inhabiting 
circumscribed areas. Itching in skin diseases, as chronic 
eczema and psoriasis, is relieved by either blue ointment or 
the oleate of mercury. 

HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM RUBRUM, OR FLAVUM. 

The official ointments of the red and yellow mercuric 
oxides are prescribed, as stimulant and antiseptic prepara- 
tions, in chronic conjunctivitis, granular lids and scaly skin 
diseases. They are also employed on indolent ulcers. 



HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM 215 

■swollen glands and old granulating surfaces. When used on 
mucous membranes, or raw surfaces, the official ointments 
should be diluted with equal parts of lard. 

HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. 

External. — Corrosive sublimate is of value mainly as 
an antiseptic on the unbroken skin. It is germicide in 
solutions containing 1 part to 500, or 1,000, of water. 
Applied to mucous membranes, or raw surfaces, it is anti- 
septic in solutions varying in strength from 1-10,000 
to 1-1,000. 

In the larger cavities of the body, as the vagina, solu- 
tions should not be used in strength greater than 1-5000 or 
1-3000. Recent experiments by Harrington and Walker go 
to show that corrosive sublimate is much less active than 
commonly believed. A 1-1000 solution requires more than 
ten minutes' contact to kill common forms of pus cocci, so 
that dipping the hands for a few seconds in such solutions 
does more harm than good in inducing a false security 
which does not exist. They conclude by saying that, as 
the result of their experiments, "corrosive sublimate in any 
of the strengths commonly employed is a much overrated 
disinfectant, and under the best of conditions is so uncer- 
tain in its action that it would be of advantage to abandon 
its use altogether in surgery." These men are known to be 
careful and trustworthy investigators and their findings 
agree with the results obtained by many great surgeons. 
In view of the ease with which corrosive sublimate combines 
with albumin, it is best not to rely upon this agent for 
wound disinfection, but to employ normal salt solution for 
cleansing, followed by hydrogen dioxide. For hand disin- 
fection, alcohol in 60 to 70 per cent, strength is much more 
effective. 

Mercuric bichloride, even in the weaker solution, is too 
■damaging to the serous membrane of the peritoneal cavity, 
and there is too much danger of absorption to warrant 
ns in using it in intra-abdominal operations. As a caustic. 



216 INOEGANIC AGENTS 

saturated solutions are injected into fistulous tracts : e.g.,. 
fistulas of the withers, "quittor" and "poll evil," to destroys 
their so-called pyogenic membranes, and hasten repair. 
There is not much danger of absorption when used in this 
way. 

Corrosive sublimate is very useful as a parasiticide, in 
destroying lice, ringworm and the fungus of favus, in solu- 
tion (1-500) on the unbroken skin. It also relieves itching 
in pruritus, prurigo and urticaria, but is generally inferior 
to carbolic acid in this respect. Bichloride solutions may 
be used in the septic uterus (after removing placental or 
membranous remains, with the hands, forceps or curette), 
in the strength of 1-3000 or 1-5000. Apart from the body, 
corrosive sublimate in solution (1-500 or 1-1000) is one of 
the cheapest and most effective disinfectants for premises 
infected with the contagion of glanders, anthrax, etc. The 
walls and floors of stables (after thorough cleansing and 
washing with soft soap and boiling water), clothing and all 
paraphernalia, not metallic, can be disinfected by washing 
or soaking in solutions of bichloride. Before operations, 
the operative field should be sterilized by scrubbing v;ith 
green soap and then with Harrington's solution* after the 
hair has been shaved from the part. The operator's handn 
can be also sterilized to best advantage with 60 per cent, 
solution of alcohol in water. During an operation, irri- 
gation with corrosive (1-3000) solution or boiled normal 
salt solution is commonly practised. In epizootic abor- 
tion, in addition to quarantining the diseased animals, 
their discharges and the premises should be disinfected, 
and both the well and sick female animals should 
be washed twice daily about the genital regions with, 
a solution of corrosive sublimate. Yellow wash, made by 

* Harrington's solution consists of : Commercial alcohol (94 per 
per cent.), 640 c.c; commercial hydrochloric acid, 60 c.c; corrosive 
sublimate, 0.8 gm. It is the most powerful preparation for skin disin- 
fection known, rendering the skin sterile in most cases after applica- 
tion for two minutes. 



HYDRAEGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE 217 

tlie addition of 30 gr. of mercuric bichloride to 1 pint of 
lime water, is sometimes employed as a stimulant applica- 
tion in chronic eczema, and to relieve itching. It contains 
the yellow oxide of mercury. In purulent conjunctivitis, 
frequent irrigation with a 1-1000 solution of corrosive subli- 
mate is of the greatest service. 

Intei^nal. — Corrosive sublimate is of value in minute 
doses as a blood tonic, and is recommended as an antiphlo- 
gistic agent in diminishing fibrinous exudation in inflamma- 
tory diseases of serous membranes, as pleuritis, meningitis, 
and arthritis. It is probably inferior to calomel for this 
purpose. We at least know that calomel is an efficient 
cathartic in inflammatory diseases. 

Mercuric bichloride is employed as an intestinal anti- 
septic and hepatic stimulant, in the treatment of dysentery 
and diarrhoea with mucous or vile smelling discharges. In 
■these conditions, irrigation of the rectum with a 1-5000 
solution is of advantage. This solution should be drained 
off through the rectal tube and followed by an injection of 
plain boiled water. 

Administration. — Corrosive sublimate is given in the 
form of a pill or ball. If exhibited in solution to the large 
animals, it must be diluted with 2 quarts of water. 

HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE. 

External. — Calomel is of use in chronic eczema when 
applied over small patches in its pure state, or as " black 
wash." The latter consists of one drachm of calomel in one 
pint of lime water, forming the black oxide of mercur}', and 
is a very efficient preparation to relieve itching and promote 
recovery in chronic eczema, by mild stimulation. Calomel 
is of benefit when blown into the eye once or twice a week, 
stimulating and hastening absorption of opacities of the 
cornea following keratitis. It is the best agent to arrest 
thrush when worked up into the commisure of the hoof, 
between the frog and the bars, and retained in place by 
oakum packing. > 



218 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Internal. — Calomel is a purgative, intestinal antiseptic,, 
cholagogue, diuretic and alterative. It is also used for its 
remote antiphlogistic effects. It is particularly adapted to 
dogs, and is given in a single dose, or often, to better advan- 
tage, in half-grain doses, repeated every two hours till 
purgation occurs. For diarrhoea or vomiting in dogs, 
calomel is useful in removing the source of irritation, in 
being antiseptic and easily borne by an irritable stomach. 
Calomel is partially transformed, by the alkaline secretions 
of the bowels, into the mercurous oxide, and it is to this salt 
that its purgative action is due. Combination with sodium 
bicarbonate assists in this transformation, and is commonly 
practised. The administration of calomel should be followed 
by oil, salines or other cathartics, if purgation does not 
occur within twenty-four hours after its ingestion, otherwise 
mercurialism may occur. 

In heptogenous jaundice, with light-colored faeces, owing 
to hepatic congestion, gastro-duodenitis or constipation, 
calomel is a valuable remedy for dogs, followed by the use 
of uitro-muriatic acid. In the jaundice occurring as a form 
of influenza in horses, nitro-muriatic acid is more effective. 
Calomel is one of the best remedies for the treatment of 
dysentery, unless there is great weakness. It should bo 
continued in repeated small doses till the character of tho 
discharge changes. Foals and calves, with indigestion and 
^ diarrhoea, may be given calomel to advantage to remove the 
source of irritation in the digestive tract. Calomel must b» 
combined with a small dose of aloes, or with linseed oil, to 
form an effective cathartic for the horse. As aloes acts ou 
the lai'ge, and calomel on the small, intestines, the above 
combination secures a general purgative influence. 

Cattle are given calomel, followed by the administration 
of salines, to produce free catharsis. As a remedy for round 
worms, J to ^ grain each of santonin and calomel, with 5 
grains of sugar of milk, are administered to dogs four time?, 
at half hour intervals, and followed by castor oil. Lumbri- 
coid worms in the horse, may be treated by conjoining 2 



HYDRARGITJ lODIDUM RUBRUM 219 

drachms of santonin with 1 drachm of calomel, given in the 
form of a ball to the fasting animal, and repeated once on 
the following day if necessary. Calomel was formerly very 
frequently used, and is occasionally prescribed to this day 
in the treatment of pleuritis, meningitis, peritonitis, pericar- 
ditis, and iritis, for its antiphlogistic and alterative action in 
diminishing inflammatory exudations. 

At the present time these actions are very much ques- 
tioned, and any beneficial effects accruing from the use of 
calomel in iuflammatory diseases are now ascribed to its 
action as a purgative and intestinal antiseptic in destroying 
and eliminating toxins from the bowels. 

Calomel is of value in inflammatory diseases when given 
at the onset of the attack. In dropsy (ascites of dogs), 
calomel sometimes acts as a useful diuretic, when combined 
with digitalis and squill in pill form. 

Administration. — Calomel is given to cattle on the tongue 
or in gruel ; to horses in ball, on the food, or on the tongue ; 
to dogs in pill, tablet ov on the tongue. The compound 
cathartic pill is a good purgative preparation for occasional 
use. Two to three pills for large dogs ; one to two pills for 
smaller animals. 

HYDRARGYEI lODIDUM RUBRUM. 

The red mercuric iodide is a favorite remedy in 
veterinary practice. It causes absorption of morbid exuda- 
tions through its counter-irritant, local absorbent and alter- 
ative effect, in combining the action of iodine and mercury. 
It is employed with 8 to 10 or 12 parts of lard or vaseline, 
and is of value in the treatment of periostitis with osseous 
deposits, especially for splints. Spavin and ringbone are 
treated with red iodide of mercury alone, but are generally 
cured more effectively by rest, firing, and blistering. The 
red iodide of mercury ointment is also of use for enlarged 
glands, chronic swelling about tendons, joints or burs^e; 
and applied about the throat in chronic laryngitis and 
"roaring." The ointment is rubbed on splints every third 



220 INORGANIC AGENTS 

day, or until vesication is produced, and the hair begins to 
drop out, when its use is stopped for a time. Like other 
mercury preparations, the red iodide must not be employed 
in large quantities over an extensive surface. It is much 
more irritant locally than blue ointment. 

UNGUENTUM HYDRAEGYRI NITRATIS. 

Citrine ointment is similar to unguentum hydrargyri 
ammoniati (white precipitate ointment), but more power- 
ful, and should be diluted with equal parts of lard. These 
preparations are used for their stimulant action in granular 
lids, chronic eczema, psoriasis, pityriasis, and for their 
anti-parasitic effect in ringworm. 



SECTION VII. 

Arsenum. 

Arsenic is not used in the metallic sfcde in medicine. 

Arseni Trioxidum (U. S. P.) 

AciDUJi ARSEN03UM. Arsenous Acid. As„0... 

Synonym. — Acidum arseniosum, B. P.; acidum arsenic- 
osum, P. G. ; arsenic trioxide, white arsenic, arsenicum 
album, arsenic, arseuio.us anhydrid, E.; acid arsenieux, 
arsenic blanc, fleurs d'arsenic, Fr.; arsenicsaure, weisser 
arsenic, G. 

Derivation. — Arsenical ores are roasted and purified by 
sublimation. 

Properties. — A heavy solid, occurring either as anopaqae, 
white powder, or in irregular masses of two varieties; the one 
amorphous, transparent and colorless, like glass ; the other 
crystalline, opaque, or white, resembling porcelain. Both 
are odorless and tasteless. The glassy variety dissolves 
slowly in 30 parts of water ; the porcelain-like in 80 parts 
of water. Arsenous acid is sparingly soluble in alcohol, but 
soluble in glycerin, hydrochloric acid and solutions of the 



SOLUTION OF POTASSIUM AKSENITE 221 

alkali hydrates and carbonates. Wlieu heated to 424^ F., 
arsenous acid is completely volatilized without melting. 

Incompatihles. — Lime water, salts of iron and magnesia. 
• Dose.—B., gr.i.-v. (.06-.3j ; Sh. & Sw., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12>; 
D., g»--3V-iV (-002-006.) 

Usual dose for H., gr.ii.-iii. (.12-.2). 

Liquor P'otasii Aesenitis. Solution of Potassium Arsenite. 

(U. S. P.) 
{Folder s Solution.) 

Synonym. — Liquor arsenicalis, B. P.; liquor kali arseni- 
€osi, P.G.; solutio arsenicalis Fowleri, kali arsenicosuiii 
solutum, arsenical solution, E.; liqueur arsenicale de Fowler, 
Fr.; Fowlers'che tropfen, G. Arsenous acid, 10 gm.; potas- 
sium bicarbonate, 20 gm.; compound tincture of lavender, 
30 Cc; distilled water to make 1000 Cc. Strength, 1 part 
of arsenous acid in 100. 

Dose.—H. & C, 311.-31. (8.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii- 
(4.-8.) ; D., 11]^ii.-x. (.12-.6). 

Usual dose for H., 3 ss. (15.). 

Liquor Acidi Arsenosi. Solution of Arsenous Acid. 

(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Liquor arsenici hydrochloricus, B.P.; hydro- 
chloric solution of arsenic, E.; liqueur arsenicale hydrochlo- 
lique, Fr.; chloi'arsenik-losung, G. 

Arsenous acid, 10 gm.; diluted hydrochloric acid, 50 Cc; 
distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make 1000 Cc. 
Strength, 1 part of arsenous acid in 100. 

Dose. — Same as Fowler's solution. 

ACTION OF ARSENICAL COMPOUNDS. 

External. — Arsenous acid acts as a caustic on raw sur- 
faces and mucous membranes. It produces considerable 
pain, and may lead to poisoning. In frogs poisoned by 



222 INORGANIC AGENTS 

arsenic the epidermis peels off very readily, owing to 
degeneration of its lower layers. 

Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Arsenic, when given in 
minute doses, improves the appetite, and increases both the 
motion and secretions of the stomach and duodenum. In 
larger amounts, arsenic is an irritant, causing loss of appetite, 
nausea and digestive disturbance. In toxic doses arsenic 
produces gastro-enteritis. 

Blood. — Arsenic is absorbed into the blood, and in some 
forms of anfemia increases notably the number of red 
corpuscles, and to some extent the haemoglobin. 

Circulation. — It is said that arsenic stimulates the pulse 
rate when given in minute doses. In large doses it has a 
local depressing action on the heart — and probably a local 
action on the vessels — lowering the force and frequency of 
the heart and reducing blood pressure. The nerve endings, 
ganglia, and muscle of the heart are alike paralyzed, and 
this action takes jilace when the heart is removed from the 
body. 

Respiration. — In small doses arsenic stimulates the 
respiratory centie, and probably the peripheral vagi ; whereas 
in lethal amounts it is said to paralyze only the latter. 

Nervous System. — The nervous apparatus is powerfully 
influenced by arsenic. Toxic doses cause paralysis of the 
spinal tracts, in frogs, with loss of sensation, motion, and 
reflex action. There is conflicting testimony relating to 
■which centres succumb first. The nerve trunks are affected 
in the higher animals. There is peripheral neuritis and 
trophic changes occur. Medicinal doses of arsenic are 
stimulant to the nervous system generally. 

Metabolism. — Therapeutic doses probably diminish 
tissue change and the elimination of urea and carbonic 
dioxide. Large doses, on the other hand, increase metabolic 
processes and the escape of nitrogenous waste. 

Elimination. — Arsenic is eliminated slowly by most 
channels. It is found in the urine, faeces, milk, sweat, tears 
and saliva. It exists in, smd can be recovered from, the 



ACTION OF ARSENICAL COMPOUNDS 223 

bodies of animals years after their death from toxic amounts 
of arsenic. 

Summary. — Arsenic is unfortunately one of the drugs 
whose physiological action — so far as we kuow it — does not 
throw any light, in many instances, upon its therapeutic 
effects. In altering the condition of the patient for the 
better, in some diseases, it is described by that vague and 
otherwise indefinable term, " alterative." 

Toxicologij. — The lower animals, as the horse and cow, 
ai'e proportionately not nearly so susceptible to the poisonous 
effects of arsenic as the human subject. Two grains is the 
smallest fatal dose reported in man. Amounts larger than 
a drachm appear to be required to cause death in the horse, 
although much smaller quantities have produced death when 
repeated a number of times. Mild toxic action is seen 
following therapeutic doses of arsenic when the physiological 
limit is reached. This condition is characterized by loss of 
appetite (nausea and vomiting in dogs), watery discharge 
from the nose and eyes, pnffiness of the eyelids, indigestion 
with mild colic, and diarrhoea. The pulse may be accelerated 
and harder than normal. 

Acute Poisoning begins with bilious, mucous, or bloody 
purging and colic. There is vomiting in dogs. Thirst is 
excessive ; the urine is high-colored and albuminous ; the 
pulse is feeble, small and frequent ; the respiration is rapid 
and difficult from abdominal pain ; the extremities are cold, 
and there is great weakness of the limbs. Collapse, with 
convulsions and coma, often close the scene in from five to 
twenty hours to three days. 

A sub-acute form of poisoning occasionally occurs after 
a remission from the acute attack, only to be followed by 
death in from two to five days. In the interim, cutaneous 
eruptions may appear. Rarely, death takes place within 
an hour or two, in coma, collapse or convulsions. 

Chronic Poisoning, such as is seen in the human subject 
living in apartments furnished with arsenical wall paper or 
fabrics, or in those working in arsenic, is rarely observed: 



224 INORGANIC AGENTS 

in animals and would not be likely to occur save in those 
living in the immediate vicinity of chemical works. In this 
condition there are symptoms similar to those noted above 
as occurrinf^in the milder form of arsenic poisoning, together 
with gradual loss of strength and flesh, local paralysis or 
paraplegia, and anesthesia. Fatty degeneration of the liver, 
kidneys, heart, stoma^'h and muscles, in cases of chronic 
arsenical poisoning,' js? found after death. 

The ^o^^-wiorfr-m changes observed after acute poisoning, 
nre as follows : The gastric mucous membrane, especially 
the villous portion in horses, is swollen, softened and covered 
with patches of a deep crimson or dark brown color. There 
is rarely ulceration. The upper portion of the small 
intestines, and in horses sometimes the whole of the intes- 
tinal tract, is similarly affected with that of the stomach. 
There is generally a wide-spread fatt}^ degeneration of the 
internal.organs and muscles. 

The treatment of acute poisoning depends mainly upon 
the use of the official freshly prepared arsenic antidote 
(ferri oxidum hydratura cum magnesia) in large quantities. 
If this can not be obtained, an antidote can be prepared by 
precipitating Monsel's Solution, or the tincture of the 
chloride of iron, with sodium bicarbonate or ammonia. 
Dialyzed iron may be precipitated with an alkali. In either 
case the precipitate should be washed in a filter of muslin 
and given in large amounts. If vomiting has not occurred, 
zinc sulphate should be given, or the stomach pump or 
siphon resorted to, and the stomach well washed out. The 
after-treatment is carried out with castor oil, demulcents, 
opium and external heat. Sweet spirit of nitre is to be 
prescribed, with considerable water, to flush out the kidneys. 

Uses External. — A paste containing 1 part each of 
arsenous acid and gum arable, with 5 parts of water, is 
used to destroy warts and morbid growths. Arsenous acid, 
diluted with 5 parts of lard, may be employed to slough out 
fistulous tracts. In any case, there is danger of poisoning 
through absorption, if a sufficient amount of arsenic is used ; 



USES OF ARSENICAL COMrOUNDS 225 

"but, ou the other hand, the danpjer is slight if a large enough 
quantity is applied to cause rapid sloughing. Arsenic is the 
principal constituent of so-called " sheep-dips " employed, 
to kill ticks and other parasites in the wool. Finlay Dun 
recommends 2| lbs. of arsenous acid with an equal 
amount of pearl ash, soft soap, and sulphur, dissolved in 10 
gallons of boiling water and added to 90 gallons of cold 
water. This quantity will suffice for dipping 100 sheep-. 
The sheep are submerged, except their heads, for a few 
seconds, and placed on a grating to drain into a tub, from 
which the water flows back into the first receptacle. The 
excess of water in their fleeces is squeezed out with the 
hands and a scraper. Sheep have been poisoned after 
dipping, by eating grass and fodder on which they have 
drained ; therefore the sheep should always be kept on clean 
floors or yards in the open air and sunlight until they have 
become thoroughly dry. Sulpho-naphtol (1-100) or creolin 
are prefei-able for this purpose, since they are as effective 
and safer. 

Uses Internal. — Arsenic is of the greatest service in the 
treatment of indigestion in horses associated with malnutri- 
tion and staring coat. In this condition, arsenous acid is 
often combined with sodium bicarbonate and nux vomica, 
and may be given in powder on the food. It is also of value 
in atonic diarrhoea, and is used in both the serous and 
dysenteric varieties.- In diminishing tissue change, and in 
acting as a blood tonic, arsenic is believed to improve the 
condition, endurance, and wind in horses, and is popularly 
prescribed by dealers and other.-^. 

The classical case of the arsenic-eating peasants of 
Styria seems to corroborate this view. These people appear 
to be very robust and healthy. Five grains of arsenic was 
given experimentally to one of them without jDroducing any 
untoward effect. Arsenic seems to influence favorably 
diseased mucous membranes of the respiratory tract, to 
improve their nutrition, and hasten absorption and repair 
in diseases of the air passages. Coryza, ozoena, chronic 



226 INORGANIC AGENTS 

congh, asthma, emphysema and " broken wind " are greatly 
benefitted by a course of arsenic, and in chronic conditions 
the treatment should be sustained for months in small 
doses. 

" Thick wind " and convalescence from acute bronchitis, 
pneumonia or influenza are favorably influenced by arsenic. 
Arsenic is one of the best agents we can prescribe in general 
debility and anaemia and may be conjoined with bitters or 
iron. 

In dry, scaly skin diseases, arsenic is the most successful 
internal remedy, but should not be prescribed in moist con- 
ditions associated with a proliferation of new cells, or 
exudate of serum or other liquid. It is particularly useful 
in psoriasis ; also in chronic squamous, or papular eczema, 
lichen, acne and chronic urticaria, when given for a con- 
siderable length of time in small doses. 

In the human subject, arsenic is almost a specific in 
chorea, but does not seem to yield such good results in that 
disease in dogs, usually associated with distemper. Fowler's 
Solution should be given to dogs with chorea, in doses of 
two or three drops three times daily, and gradually increased 
till the physiological limit is reached. Large single doses 
of arsenous acid ( 3 ss.) are sometimes given with calomel 
( 3 i.) and aloes ( 3 iv.), in a ball to horses to kill round 
worms. 

Administration. — Arsenic is given to horses as Fowler's 
Solution, or arsenous acid, on the food. If continued for a 
long time, arsenic must be prescribed in small doses once 
daily, or in larger doses once in two or three days. Arsenic 
is exhibited to dogs in tablet or pill, and as Fowler's 
Solution. The administration of Fowler's Solution 
secures more rapid and accurate results than that of white 
arsenic. 



ANTIMONY SULPHIDE 227 

Antimonium. 

(The metal antimony is not used in medicine.) 

Antimonii Sulphidum. Antimony Sulphide. SboSj. 
(Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Antimony trisulpliide, E.; stibium oxydatum, 
oxydum autimonicum vel stibicum ; oxyde d'antimoine, Fr.; 
antimonoxyd, G. 

Derivation. — Native antimony sulpliide, purified by 
fusion, and as free from arsenic as possible. 

Properties. — Steel-gray masses of a metallic lustre and a 
striated, crystalline fracture, forming a black, or grayish- 
black, Ivistreless powder ; without odor or taste, and per- 
manent in the air. Insoluble in alcohol or water. 

Antimonii Sulphidum Purificatum. Purified Antimony 
Sulphide. Sb„S3. (Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Antimonium nigrum purificatum, B.P.; j)uri- 
fied antimony trisulphide, E. 

Derivation. — Antimony sulphide, 100 ; purified by macer- 
ation in ammonia water, 50 ; washing and drying. U. S. P. 

Properties. — A heavy, grayish-black, lustreless powder ; 
without odor or taste, and permanent in the air. Insoluble 
in water or alcohol. 

Dose. — The antimony sulphides should not be used in 
medicine. Dose would be twice or thrice that of tartar 
emetic. 

Antimonium Sulphuratum. Sulphurated Antimony. 
(B. P.) 

Synonym.. — Kermes Mineral. Chiefly antimony trisul- 
phide (SKSj), with a very small amount of antimony 
trioxide. 

Derivation. — Boil purified antimony sulphide, 100, with 
solution of soda, 1200. (U. S. P.) Sb,S3 -f 4 Na O H = Na 



228 INORGANIC AGENTS 

SbOo + NajSbSj -f 2 H.O. Strain and add sulphuric acid 
to the hot liquor ns lou^ as precipitation occurs. NaSbOj + 
^8381)83 + 2 H,SO, = SbA + 2 Na,SO, + 2 H,0.' 

Properties. — An amorphous, reddish-brown pc'wder, 
becoming lighter in color on exposure to the light, and 
having neither odor or taste. Insoluble in water or alcohol. 

Golden Sulphur. (Non-official.) 

A yellow, insoluble powder, is another compound of 
antimony, consisting of a mixture of antimony trisulphide 
and trioxide. 

Dose. — Neither kermes mineral nor golden sulphur are 
suitable for internal use. The dose would be twice or 
thrice that of tartar emetic. 

Antimonii Oxidum. Antimony Oxide. Sb^Oa. (Non-official.) 

{Antimony Trioxide.) 

Derivation. — Pour a solution of chloride of antimony 
into water. The oxychloride of antimony is precipitated. 
Sb CI3 + H,0 = Sb 6 CI + 2 H CI. 

The precipitate is treated with carbonate of sodium, 
and the result is washed and drie* 2 Sb O CI + Na. C O3 
= Sb, O3 + 2 Na CI + C O,. 

Properties. — A heavy, grayish-whire powder, without 
odor or taste, and permanent in the air. Almost insoluble 
in water and insoluble in alcohol. 

Dose. — Would be twice that of tartar emetic, but the 
oxide is inappropriate for internal use. 

Antimonii et Potassii Tartras. Antimony and Potassium 
Tartrate. 2 K (SbO) C,H,0, + H,0. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Antimonium tartaratum, B.P.; tartar emetic, 
tartarated antimony, tartarns emeticus, stibio-kali tartaricum, 
E.; antimonii potassio-tartras, antimonium tartarizatum, 
tartarns stibiatns, P.G.; tartrate de potasse et d'antimoine 
emetique, tartre stibie, Fr.; brechweinstein, G. 



ANTIMONY AND POTASSIUM 229^ 

Derivation^ — Make a paste with cream of tartar, anti- 
mony trioxide, and water. Set aside 24 Lours, boil in water 
15 minutes and crystallize. 2 K HC.HA + Sb,03 = 2 K 
(SbO) C,H,Oe + hJo. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent crystals of the rhom- 
bic system, becoming opaque and white on exposure to the 
air ; or a white, granular powder, without odor, and having 
a sweet, afterwards disagreeable, metallic taste. Soluble in 
17 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Dose. — H. & C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); emetic, pigs, gr.iv.-x. 
(.24-.6) ; D., gr.yV^- (.006-.03) ; emetic, D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Vinuni Antivionii. Wine of Antimony. (U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Vinuni antimoniale, B.P. 

Antimony and potassium tartrate, 4 gm.; boiling distilled water, 
65 Cc. ; alcohol, 150 Cc. ; white wine to make 1000 Cc. (U. S. P.) 
Dose for Dogs. — ttLv.- 3 i. (.3-4.). 

Syrpus Scillce Compositus. Compound Syrup of Squill. (U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Hive syrup. Fluid extract of squill, 80 Cc; fluid extract 
of senega, 80 Cc; antimony and potassivim tartrate, 2 gm.; precipitated 
calcium phosphate, 10 gm. ; sugar, 750 gm. ; water to make 1000 Cc. 
Dose for Dbg. — ttlv.-xxx. (.3-2.) 

% 
ACTION OF ANTIMONII ET P0TAS8II TARTEAS. 

Tartar emetic is the only antimony compound suitable 
for internal use. The sulphide and oxide of antimony ar& 
insoluble, save in the hydrochloric acid of the gastric juice, 
and are not so certain or reliable in their action as tartar 
emetic. Kermes mineral and golden sulphur, containing^ 
variable amounts of antimony trisulphide and trioxide, are 
even more uncertain and unreliable than antimony sulphides 
or oxide. 

External. — Tartar emetic is irritant, and when rubbed 
into the skin produces a pustular eruption and often slough- 
ing and destruction of tissue. 

Internal. — Stomach and Bowels. — Tartar emetic is a 
gastro-intestinal irritant, causing salivation and nausea in 



230 INORGANIC AGENTS 

small closes, voraiting and cliarrlioea in large quantities ; 
while toxic amounts are followed by vomiting (in carnivora), 
serous or bloody purging, great depression of the cir- 
culation and respiration, muscular weakness, collapse and 
death. 

Uneasiness, nausea, colic and death have been reported 
in horses only after enormous doses of tartar emetic by the 
mouth. The horse, and ruminants are comparatively insus- 
ceptible to the action of tartar emetic. The writer has 
observed a cow, however, in which nausea and actual vomi- 
tion occurred, following a therapeutic dose of kermes 
mineral in electuary. 

Tartar emetic is a powerful but slowly acting emetic 
(attended with a good deal of nausea) in dogs. Tartar 
emetic has been recovered in the first vomitus following its 
intravenous injection. It also expels the contents of a 
bladder artificially replacing the normal stomach: These 
results go to show that tartar emetic acts both as a specific 
emetic upon the vomiting centre, and locally as an emetic 
tipon the mucous membrane of the stomach. Tartar emetic 
is eliminated in great part by the mucous membrane of the 
alimentary canal. 

Circulation. — The principal action of antimony is exerted 
upon the heart and vessels. The heart muscle is weakened 
and vascular tension markedly lowered by large doses of 
tartar emetic. This actioil depends upon the influence of 
antimony on the cardiac muscle itself, and possibly upon the 
vagus nerve-endings in the heart. Whether the action upon 
vascular tension is due to a centric or peripheral vasomotor 
depression, or is owing to relaxation of the vessel walls 
themselves, remains undecided. The pulse is reduced in 
force and frequency by large doses of tartar emetic. Follow- 
ing lethal amounts, the heart becomes flabby and relaxed, 
and death occurs in diastolic arrest. The preceding remarks 
apply only to the action of tartar emetic upon carnivora. 

Antimony was formerly a very popular drug when 
general d.epressant and depletant treatment was in vogue, 






ACTION OF ANTIMONY AND POTASSIUM TARTRATE 231 

Isecause of its powerfully depressing action upon the circu- 
lation. 

Respiratory Organs. — Small doses of antimony increase 
secretion of bronchial mucus. Toxic amounts weaken the 
respiratory movement by lowering the functional activity of 
the respiratory and vagus centres, and cause a copious 
outpouring of serous and mucous secretion into the 
bronchial tubes, which has the effect of drowning an 
animal in his own secretions. This action is only seen 
in horses after intravenous injection of toxic quantities of 
tartar emetic. 

Nervous System. — Large doses- of antimony depress the 
functional activity of the brain and sensory tract of the 
spinal cord. Larger doses produce loss of reflex action and 
anaesthesia, owing to the influence of antimony upon the 
sensory side of the cord ; while in toxic amounts, antimony 
is a general paralyzant to all the spinal centres and to the 
motor nerves. This action applies to man and carnivora, 
and not to horses or ruminants. 

Muscles. — In carnivora and man, antimony lessens 
muscular strength and relaxes spasm through its depressing 
action upon the motor nerves and muscular tissue. 

Elimination. — Antimony is mainly eliminated by the 
bowels, but also by the kidneys, bronchial mucous membrane, 
and other channels. 

Toxicology. — The symptoms are those described under 
*' Action on the Stomach and Bowels." The pulse is first 
slow and then rapid and weak. The fsecal discharges in 
man are copious and of the rice water appearance character- 
istic of Asiatic cholera. If vomiting is not free, zinc sulphate 
should be given, or the stomach washed out. Tannic acid 
should be administered as a chemical antidote, together 
"with the use of external heat, alcohol, strychnine and mor- 
phine subcutaneously, and demulcents by the mouth. 

Uses External. — Tartar emetic is used in ointment, in 
the strength of 1-4, over chronically enlarged and rheumatic 
ioints of cattle. It is also employed over the sides of the 



232 INOEGANIO AGENTS 

chest in cattle, to produce counter-irritation and pustulation^ 
in the strength of 1 part to 12 of lard. 

Internal. — The therapeutic value of tartar emetic is. 
limited mainly to canine practice. Antimony is still pre- 
scribed largely by the Germans as a general and circulatory 
depressant and expectorant for horses. General depressant,., 
or anti-stimulant treatment is not ordinarily indicated in 
inflammatory affections, and even if it were, antimony does 
not exert such an action in any considerable degree upon. 
horses or ruminants. 

Aconite is a much more valuable and efacient circulatory 
depressant than antimony for the horse. There are three 
indications for antimony in canine practice : 1st, as an 
emetic; 2nd, as a general depressant in inflammatory 
diseases and in strong patients ; 3rd, as an expectorant in. 
acute bronchitis. The first indication is generally attained 
more promptly and safely by zinc sulphate. The second 
and third indications may be combined by prescribing 
antimony in the first, or dry stage of acute bronchitis in 
dogs, in the form of hive syrup. For example : 

Syr. Scillpe Co. 

Sp'f s ^ther. Nitrosi aa 5 ss. 

M. Liq. Ammon. Acetatis ad 3 iv. 

S. Teaspoonful every 2 hours. 

Antimony may be employed as an emetic in bronchitis 
to clear the stomach and upper part of the respiratory tract 
of secretions, and to reduce the force and frequency of the 
heart. Ipecac is, however, a better and safer agent for this 
purpose, and antimony is generally counter-indicated in the 
second, or exudative stage of bronchitis. 

The Germans prescribe tartar emetic very commonly 
to horses as a parasiticide against round worms and tape 
worms. Four or five drachms are given in aqueous solution 
to the fasting animal, and followed by the administration of 
a dose of oil. 



PHOSPHORUS 233 

SECTION VIII. 
Phosphorus. 

Phosphorus. Phosphorus. P. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. —Digest bones in sulphuric acid, or treat 
lione ash with sulphuric acid ; filter and evaporate. Ca^ 
(PO,), (bone ash) + 2 H,S O, = Ca H, (PO,), (acid calcium 
phosphate) + 2 Ca So^. 

Heat acid calcium phosphate, charcoal, and sand to- 
gether, and distil over phosphorus into water. 

Heat breaks up Ca H.'POJo into Ca (POs), (calcium 
metaphosphate) + 2 HoO. 

Then : 2 Ca (P03)^ + 2 SiO, + 10 C - P, + 2 Ca Si O3 

-h 10 c o. 

Properties. — A translucent, nearly colorless solid, of a 
•waxy lustre, having at ordinary temperature about the con- 
sistency of bees' wax. By long keeping, the surface becomes 
red and occasionally black. It has a distinctive but dis- 
agreeable odor and taste. It should not be tasted except in 
a state of great dilution. When exposed to the air it emits 
•white fumes which are luminous in the dark, and have an 
odor somewhat resembling garlic. On long exposure to the 
air, it takes fire spontaneously. Insoluble in water, or 
nearly so ; soluble in 350 parts of alcohol, in 80 parts of ether, 
in about 50 parts of any fatty oil, and very soluble in chloro- 
form and carbon disulphide. Besides the official form there 
are several other allotropic forms of phosphorus, including 
the red, or amorphous, the black, and the crystallized 
metallic phosphorus. 

Red phosphorus is non-poisonous, and although it has 
laeen commonly taught that it is inert, some recent experi- 
ments have tended to show that its therapeutic value is 
-equal to that of the yellow phosphorus. 

Dose.—R., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12) ; C, gr.ii.-iii. (.12-.18) ; Sh. & 
Sw., gr.T^-o-^ (.0006-.003); D., gr.^-^ (.0006-.003). 



234: INORGANIC AGENTS 

PREPARATIONS. 

Oleum Phosphor atum. Phosphorated Oil. (B. P.) 

Phosphorus, 1 gm.; expressed oil of almond and ether, of each a. 
suflScient quantity to make 100 gm. (U. S. P. ) 

Properties. — A clear, yellowish liquid, having the odorof phosphorus^ 
and ether. The ether in this preparation evaporates in time and the 
strength is proportionately, and perhaps dangerously, increased. 

Dose.— H., 3 ii.-iii. (8.-12.); D., mi.-v. {.06-.3). 

Pilulae Phosphori. (U. S. P.) 
Each pill contains gr. j|^ of phosphorus. 

Pilula Phosphori. (B. P.) 
3 per cent, phosphorus. 
Dose. — D,, pills, i.-ii. 

ACTION OF PHOSPHORUS. 

Internal. — All that is certainly known of phosphorus^ 
concerns its effect upon the growth of bone. It has been 
proven experimentally that phosphorus stimulates the 
formation of bone, making the spongy tissue in the long and 
short bones thicker, and the compact tissue denser. If lime 
is abstracted from the food, the new growth of bone is of a 
gelatinous consistency. 

Phosphate of lime increases more markedly the earthy 
constituents of bone. Phosphorus exists to a considerable 
extent as a component part of nerve tissue, as well as bone, 
and is to a less degree a constituent of other tissues. It is 
thought that phosphorus acts as a stimulant to the nutrition 
of those tissues of which it is a constituent part. In man, 
large therapeutic doses of phosphorus frequently occasion 
sexual excitement, increased force and rapidity of the pulse, 
mental exhilaration and capacity for work. There is^ 
abundant clinical evidence to indicate that phosphorus is a 
nerve stimulant and tonic, but whether it is a general 
diffusible stimulant is not so certain. The therapeutic 
action of phosphorus differs decidedly from its toxic effect. 
Phosphorus enters the blood in part as phosphorus, in th& 



ACTION OF PHOSPHORUS 23S 

form of vapor, and in solution with fatty matters obtained 
in the digestive tract. It has everywhere a tendency to 
unite with oxygen, both within and without the body. It is- 
probably converted in part in the intestines and blood 
vessels into phosphoretted hydrogen, and becomes further 
oxidized into phosphoric acid, so that after the ingestion of 
phosphorus, phosphoretted hydrogen, phosphoric acid and 
phosphorus may be found in the blood. Neither phosphoric 
acid, the phosphates nor hypophosphites represent in any 
sense the action of phosphorus. Phosphoric acid is said ta 
stimulate gastric digestion and resembles in action the 
phosphates, to which, however, it is therapeutically inferior. 
The hypophosphites are probably converted in the digestive 
tract into phosphates. The phosphates generally differ 
from phosphorus in not being so stimulant to the nervous 
system, but serve as restoratives iu supplying the coustitu- 
ents essential for the well-being of the various tissues. 
Phosphate of iron is a constituent of the blood corpuscles, 
sodium phosphate of blood plasma, potassium phosphate 
of nerve tissue, magnesium phosphate of muscular tissue, 
and calcium phosphate of bone. They tend to promote 
growth and nutrition of these tissues. 

Toxicology. — The symptoms of poisoning do not ordin- 
arily appear until some hours after ingestion of toxic doses. 
Then abdominal pain, nausea and vomiting (in those animals 
in which it is possible) and purging occur. The breath, 
vomitus and faecal discharges may be luminous, and have 
the odor of phosphorus. There is fever, anorexia and thirst. 
This condition is followed by an intermission in which the 
patient appears to be recovering, only to be succeeded by 
jaundice, nervous symptoms, as delirium, coma and con- 
vulsions, and death. The urine rarely becomes albuminous 
in animals, but contains leucin and tyrosin. 

Phosphorus is largely eliminated in the urine as hypo- 
phosphoric acid. There is general fatty degeneration of the 
viscera and muscles. The blood is disorganized, and there 
are widespread ecchymoses. Jaundice follows closure of 



■236 INOKGANIC AGENTS 

the common, or hepatic duct, or smaller biliary tubules, and 
disorganization of the blood. There is rapid atrophy of 
the liver, and phosphorus poisoning in man is often indis- 
tinguishable during life from acute yellow atrophy of the 
liver. Chronic poisoning, attended with necrosis of the jaw 
and other symptoms, and occurring among workers in phos- 
phorus, is unlikely to occur in the lower animals. Acute 
poisoning is treated by emptying the stomach with a stomach 
tube or copper sulphate ; the latter forming an insoluble 
phosphide of copper. Cathartics should also be administered. 
Permanganate of potash or hydrogen dioxide should be em- 
ployed as antidotes, for their oxidizing action. Old turpen- 
tine is usually recommended as the antidote, but only the 
French variety is of any value, and that is generally unob- 
tainable. Demulcents and opium are in order after evacuant 
and antidotal treatment has been carried out, but oil should 
never be given in phosphorus poisoning, as it assists the 
solution and absorption of the poison. 

Uses. — Phosphorus is indicated as a stimulant to the 
growth of bone in rhacitis and osteomalacia, as a nerve 
stimulant and tonic in conditions of nervous exhaustion and 
impaired vitality, due to excessive activity of the sexual 
organs or otherwise. It is used empirically in treatment 
-of boils, acne, and psoriasis, and has been prescribed 
^itli alleged advantage as a general stimulant in pneu- 
monia. 

Administration. — Phosphorus may be given in pill or 
ball, with cacao butter, or in the official preparations to 
dogs, and in a saturated alcoholic solution to horses. 
Phosphide of zinc represents the action of phosphorus, 
and yields phosphoretted hydrogen in its decomposition iu 
the body. It may be given to dogs {gv.-^) in the form of 
pills. 



CHLORINE 237 

SECTION IX. 
Chlorine. 

Chlorum. Chlorine. CI. 
The gas is not official. 

Liquor Chlori Compositus. Compound Solution of 
Chlorine, Chlorine Water. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Aqua chlori, chlorum solutum, aqua oxy- 
muriatica, solution of chlorine, E.; aqua chlorata, P. G.; eau 
chloree, chlore liquide, Fr.; chlor-wasser, G. 

An aqueous solution of chlorine (CI), containing at least 
0.4 per cent, of the gas. 

Derivation. — Generate chlorine gas with hydrochloric 
acid, 18 ; potassium chlorate, 5 ; and water to make 1000. 
Heat in flask. 

Properties. — A clear, greenish-yellow liquid, having the 
suffocating odor and disagreeable taste of chlorine, and 
leaving no residue on evaporation. Incompatible with salts 
of silver and lead. The preparation deteriorates on keeping. 

Dose. — Not used internally. 

Calx Chlorinata. Chlorinated Lime. Ca CLO,,^ Ca C\^. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Calx chlorata ; calca ria chlorata, P. G. ; 
chloris calcicus, chloruretum calcis, calcii hypochloris, chlo«^ 
ride of lime, hypochloride of calcium, ])leaching powder, E.; 
chlorure de chaux, poudre de Tenna^t, ou de Knox, Fr.; 
chlorkalk, bleichkalk, G. 

A preparation often improperly called " chloride of 
lime." It should contain not less than 3£ per cent, of avail- 
able chlorine. 

Derivation. — Pass chlorine gas over calcium hydrate, 



238 INOKG-VNIC AGENTS 

when chlorinated lime, a mixture of calcium chloride and 
hypochlorite, results. 2 Ca OJI^ + 2 CI2 = Ca CljOj, Ca., 
CI2 + 2 H„0. It may also be regarded as a mixture of lime 
and chlorine. 2 Ca 0,H, + 2 CI, = 2 Ca O, 2 CI, + 2 H,0. 

Properties. — A white, or grayish-white granular powder, 
exhaling the odor of hypochlorous acid, having a repulsive 
saline taste, and becoming moist and gradually decompos- 
ing on exposure to air. In water or in alcohol it is only par- 
tially soluble. It evolves chlorine on exposure to the air or 
on addition of an acid. Chlorinated lime possesses an 
alkaline reaction and bleaching properties. 

Dose. — Only of value externally. 

PREPARATION. 

Liquor Calcis Chlorinatce. Solution of Chlorinated Lime. (B. P.) 
This solution should yield about 3 per cent, of chlorine. 

Liquor Sod^ Chlorinate, Solution of Chlorinated Soda. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Liquor sodse chlorinatse, Labarraque's 
solution, E. An aqueous solution of several chlorine com- 
pounds of sodium, containing at least 2.6 per cent., by 
weight, of available chlorine. 

Derivation. — A solution of sodium carbonate, 150 ; chlo- 
rinated lime, 75; in water to make 1,000. 

Properties. — A clear, pale, greenish liquid, having a 
faint odor of chlorine and a disagreeably a.lkaline taste. 

Dose. — Only of value externally. 

ACTION AND USES OF CHLORINE. 

Chlorine gas, in the presence of organic matter and 
moisture, unites with the hydrogen of water and sets free 
nascent oxygen. When chlorine comes in contact with sul- 
phuretted hydrogen, it removes and destroys the compound. 
Chlorine is thus a powerful oxidizing disinfectant agent 
and deodorizer. One-quarter of 1 per cent, of chlorine in 
solution is an effective germicide. When chlorine gas ia 



ACTION AND USES OF CHLORINE 239 

inhaled undiluted, it is an irritant to tlie respiratory tract, 
producing sometimes spasm of the glottis, or severe bron- 
chitis, and at other times a condition of narcotism, with 
death from paralysis of the respiratory center. In dilute 
form it is stimulant, antiseptic, and deodorant in relation to 
the body. Chlorine gas may be generated from salt and 
black oxide of manganese, 1 part each; with commercial 
sulphuric acid and water, 2 parts each. 

Bacteria are killed after three hours' exposure to a 
moist atmosphere containing 1 per cent, of chlorine gas. 
Chlorine may be used to advantage in this manner as a sub- 
stitute for sulphur fumigation. Chlorine water is employed, 
well diluted, for the same purposes and with the same 
results as the solution of chlorinated soda. Chlorinated 
lime varies much in strength. To be of any value it should 
be so irritating to the eyes that it cannot be held near the 
face. It owes its medicinal value to the hypochlorite of 
lime which it contains. If the compound is very moist, it is 
because calcium chloride preponderates. Chlorinated lime 
is often employed as a deodorizer, standing about premises 
in vessels, but is of no practical value unless it comes 
directly in contact with bacteria or sulphuretted compounds 
which it is desirable to destroy. Ifc is the best and cheapest 
germ destroyer we possess for disinfecting premises and 
other appurtenances, apart from the body, as walls and 
floors of buildings, f?ecal and other discharges, sewers, 
privies and cesspools. A 10 per cent, solution is to be em- 
ployed on the floors, walls and other parts of buildings. 
The pui'e compound may be mixed with manure and dis- 
charges. Even a 1 per cent, solution is germicidal, and may 
be employed to wash blankets, harness and other parapher- 
nalia. It is said not to harm woolen or cotton fabrics, in 
the latter solution. One or two povinds of chlorinated lime 
is a useful disinfectant when put in privy vaults once a 
week. 

One or two ounces of chlorinated lime will render 
drinkable 65 gallons of putrid, bad smelling water, after a 



240 INORGANIC AGENTS 

few hours liave elapsed for precipitation following the use 
of the compound. Upon the body, a 2 or 3 per cent, 
solution of chlorinated lime is employed as a stimulant, 
deodorant, and antiseptic, for decubitus, foul-smelling and 
gangrenous sores, severe burns and indolent ulcers. It is 
used in 10 per cent, solution as a parasiticide in ringworm 
and scabies. A 1 per cent, solution forms a valuable wash in 
ulcerative stomatitis. Chlorinated lime may be prescribed, 
with an equal amount of lard, upon ulcers when a stimulat- 
ing action is desired. Its internal administration is undesir- 
able. The solution of chlorinated soda is a slight caustic, 
deodorizer and antiseptic preparation on indolent, sloughing, 
foul-smelling surfaces. It may be prescribed in sore throat, 
or ozoeua, as a spray, or injected into the uterus, vagina or 
rectum. It is commonly diluted with 8 to 10 parts of water. 



Bromine. 

Bromum. Bromine. Br. 

Derivation. — From seaweed and mineral springs. 

Properties. — Heavy, dark, brownish-red liquid, volatiliz- 
ing with the production of an irritating vapor. Soluble in 
30 parts of water, and readily soluble in alcohol and ether. 
Of no value in veterinary medicine. 

PoTASSii Bromidum. Potassium Bromide. K Br. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Kalium bromatum, P.G.; bromkalium, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained from liquor potassse, bromine, 
and charcoal by the same process described in making 
potassium iodide (p. 247). 

Properties. — Colorless, or white, cubical crystals, or 
granules ; odorless, and having a pungent, saline taste. 
Permanent in the air. Soluble in about 1.6 parts of water 
and in 200 parts of alcohol. 



ACTION OF THE BROMIDES 241 

Dose.—H. & a, 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sli. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. 
(8.-15.); D., gr.v.-3i. (.3-4.). 

*SoDii Bromidum. Sodium Bromide. Na Br. (U. S. & P. B.) 

Synonym. — Bromure de sodium, Fr.; bromnatrium, G. 

Derivation. — Similar to potassium bromide. Liquor 
sodse is used instead of liquor potassas. 

Projjerties. — Colorless, or white, cubical crystals, or a 
white, granular powder ; odorless, and having a saline, 
slightly bitter taste. From air the salt attracts moisture 
without deliquescing. Soluble in 1.2 parts of water, and in 
13 parts of alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as potassium bromide. 

ACTION OF THE BROMIDES. 

External. — None. 

Internal. — In a large, single dose, the bromides cause in 
horses muscular weakness, dulness and staggering gait. 
The pulse is weakened and the I'espiration slowed. The 
urine is increased in quantity and sexual desire diminished. 
Bromism may be produced in man, or the lower animals, by 
the continuous administration of the bromides. This condi- 
tion is characterized by general weakness and unsteady gait,, 
mental dulness, indigestion, fetid breath, cutaneous anes- 
thesia, loss of sexual power, and occasionally an acueform 
eruption. Death has never been caused in man by the 
bromides. 

Nervous Syfitem.— The bromides are essentially depres- 
sant to nerve tiissue. Therapeutically, this depressing action 
is seen particularly in relation to the motor centres of the 
cerebral cortex, and in lessening reflex action. The whole 
nervous system is depressed, but the motor tract in the 
brain and the sensory nerves are the first to succumb to the 
influence of the bromides. Intellection is clouded, and dul- 
ness and mental apathy are observed in man after large 

* Ammonii bromidum, lithii bromidum, calcii bromidum and strontii 
bromidum are also official. These salts are given in the same doses as 
sodium bromide. 



242 INORGANIC AGENTS 

amounts. Reflex action is diminished owing to the depres- 
sing effect of the bromides upon the afferent nerves and 
reflex centres. Finally, with the continuous administration 
of large doses the motor area of the spinal cord, the motor 
nerves, and muscles fall under the depressing action of these 
agents. 

Circulation. — Potassium bromide is a powerful depres- 
sant to the heart in toxic doses. In the smaller animals, 
therapeutic amounts exert no appreciable effect upon the 
circulation. The depressing action of potassium bromide 
upon the heart is due partly to potassium and partly to 
bromine. The other bromides are less depressant, and it is 
safer to administer sodium bromide when large doses of 
these salts are desirable. The old idea that the beneficial 
action of the bromides, in relieving nervous excitability and 
in causing sleep, was due to the production of vasomotor 
spasm and cerebral anaemia, is now exploded. 

Temperatwe. — The temperature falls, following the 
action of toxic amounts of the bromides, owing to vasomotor 
paralysis, vascular dilatation, and cons^uent loss of heat. 

Kidneys. — Both the amount of urine and the quantity 
of urea are increased by large doses of bromides. 

Sexual Organs. — The bromides diminish sexual desire 
and power. In so doing they either act upon the spinal 
centres or lessen peripheral sensibility of the genito-urinary 
tract. 

Metabolism. — Carbonic dioxide elimination is notably 
decreased by the action of large doses of potassium bromide, 
while nitrogenous elimination from the kidneys is increased. 
It is therefore doubtful whether tissue -change is increased 
or diminished. 

Elimination. — The bromides are eliminated unchanged 
by all channels and are found in the sweat, urine, milk, 
saliv;i, intestinal secretions, etc. 

Uses Internal. — The bromides, being particularly useful 
in the treatment of functional nervous diseases, do not pos- 
sess nearly the value in veterinary medicine that they have 



IODINE • 243 

in human practice. Moreover, their use is limited mainly 
to canine disorders, as bromides have little influence upon 
diseases of horses. 

Bromides are especially indicated in irritation of the 
motor area of the cerebral cortex (convulsions), in general 
nervous excitability, and in conditions due to exalted reflex 
action in dogs. 

The bromides are indeed the best agents we can use to 
cure fits or convulsions in dogs. They should be combined 
with chloral and given, if necessary, per rectum. The 
bromides are useful in canine chorea, in connection with 
Fowler's Solution. With chloral the bromides are antidotes 
to strychnine poisoning. Sexual excitement in dogs may 
be allayed by the bromides. The bromides are occasionally 
of value in reflex cough, palpitation of the heart, and asthma, 
but are inferior to other agents in these disorders. 

Potassium bromide is recommended in the treatment of 
tetanus of the horse, but opium, belladoua and cannabis 
indica are generally more effectual. If the bromides are 
used they should be given with chloral. 

Iodine. 

loDUM. Iodine. L (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — lodinum, U. S. P. 1870; iodum, P. G.; iode, 
Fr.; jod., G. 

Derivation. — Iodine is a non-metallic element, existing 
in combination in the animal, vegetable and mineral king- 
doms. It occurs in seaweed, from which it is obtained by 
distillation. It is also mined in the form of iodates- and 
iodides. 

Properties. — Iodine occurs in heavy, bluish-black, dry 
and friable rhombic plates, having a metallic lustre, a 
distinctive odor, and sharp, acid taste. It is soluble in 
6,000 parts of water, and in 10 parts of alcohol ; very 
soluble in ether and in solutions of potassium iodide. 
Iodine volatilizes on heating, with the formation of a 



244 INCKCJANIC AGET?3 

a purple vapor. Witli starch, iodine forms an insoluble 
blue compound. 

Bose.—H. & C, 3ss.-i. (2.-4); Sh. <fe Sw., gr.x.-xx- 
(.6-1.3). 

Not often used in solid state. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Liquor lodi Compositus. Compound Solution of Iodine. 
(Lugol's Solution.) (U. S. P.) 

Iodine, 5; potassium iodide, 10; water to make 100. (1-20). 
I>ose.— H. & C, 3ii-iv. (8.-15.) D., mii-x. (.13-.6). Should be 
given in one quart of water to the larger animals. 

Tinctura lodi. (U.S.P.) 

Iodine, 70; alcohol to make 1,000. 

i)ose.— H. & C, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D. TTii.-v. (.06-.3). 

Tinctura lodi. (B. P.) 
Dose. — Same as U. S. P. tincture. 

Unguentnm lodi. 1-25. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Too weak for most veterinary purposes. 

Action External. — Iodine is an irritant upon the skin 
and mucous membranes. The yellow stain produced bj 
iodine may be removed by ammonia water, alkalies and 
sodium hyposulphite. It is exceedingly doubtful whether 
iodine is absorbed through the unbroken skin, but it is 
thought to have a special resolvent and alterative action 
over and above that of other counter irritants. Whether 
this be true or not, its easy mode of application makes it a 
very convenient irritant for local uses. 

Action Internal. — Iodine produces gastro-intestinal irri- 
tation and inflammation in large doses; and in toxic quanti- 
ties induces colic, vomiting — ic animals capable of the act, 
— purging and salivation. The pulse becomes rapid and 
weak; there is often suppression of urine, and occasionally 
nephritis. Widespread fatty degeneration has been found 
after fatal poisoning in the lower animals. If there is much 
starchy material in the bowels, the faecal discharges may 



IODINE 245 

be of a bluish color. Aphrodisiac action has been noted in 
man, following small doses of iodine. The treatment of 
acute poisoning is embraced in the use of starch by the 
mouth, or raw eggs, external heat ; strychnine, alcohol, and 
atropine subcutaneously. Chronic poisoning by iodine, or 
iodism, iii man, commonly causes symptoms analogous to a 
severe cold in the head, with pain over the frontal sin\^s, 
sore thoat, running at the eyes and nose, gastric indigestion, 
together with an acneform, and occasionally purpuric, or 
furuncular eruption. 

These more frequent symptoms of iodism occur as well 
after the administration of potassium iodide as after that of 
iodine, but other rarer effects, such as wasting of the testes 
and mammary glands, and nervous disorders, e. g., neuralgic 
pains and convulsions, are hardly ever observed following 
the use of potassium iodide. It is evident that the physio- 
logical effects of iodine and potassium iodide are somewhat 
different ; and clinical experience shows that the therapeutic 
value of the metalloid differs in some respects from that of 
the salt. It is not definitel}^ known in what form iodine 
exists in the body, after its ingestion, although it is usually 
taught that it is converted into an iodide. Both iodine and 
potassium iodide are readily absorbed from mucous mem- 
branes, and are found in all the tissues and fluids of the 
body. Iodine 'is eliminated, to a great extent as an iodide, 
probably of sodium, by the usual channels, as well as by the 
mucous membranes. The kidneys eliminate the greater 
amount, but iodine is found in the saliva and gastric juice 
after it has ceased to be present in the urine. Experiments 
concerning the action of iodine upon the kidneys and circu- 
lation, yield conflicting results, although the nitrogenous 
elements in the urine usually appear to be increased by its 
administration. 

Uses External. — Iodine is of most value applied exter- 
nally, or locally, while potassium iodide is administered 
internally because it is not irritating to the digestive organs. 
Although potassium iodide does not exactly represent the 



246 INORGANIC AGENTS 

action of iodine, yet it is nsnally preferable for the reason 
just stated. Potassium iodide renders iodine soluble and 
prevents its precipitation in fluids within and without the 
body; it is therefore combined with iodine, when concen- 
trated solutions are desirable. Six parts of potassium iodide 
and twelve parts of iodine are added to one hundred parts 
of water, or ointment, to make a suitable counter-irritant 
preparation for the horse. A useful tincture for veterinary 
purposes contains 15 parts of iodine and 18 parts of potas- 
sium iodide in 100 parts of alcohol. Iodine is employed iu 
aqueous and alcoholic solution, or in ointment, as above, 
either painted upon or rubbed into the skin over enlarged 
glands, rheumatic swellings about the joints, or upon the 
chest in chronic pleuritis. It is also of value in strains, 
bruises, periostal inflammation and muscular rheumatism. 
In the horse, severe sprains and inflammation of joints, 
bones, and periosteum are treated more satisfactorily by 
blistering agents. Iodine is a valuable disinfectant and 
parasiticide, particularly in ringworm and favus in dogs, 
when the tincture is applied locally. Iodine is applied 
externally, in the form of the tincture, on patches of chronic 
mange, eczema, and psoriasis. 

Iodine is often recommended for erysipelas, but is infe- 
rior to ichthyol for this purpose. Iodine is injected into 
joints, synovial sacs, abscesses, and cavities of the body to 
promote healing through its antiseptic and irritant action ; 
to cause adhesive inflammation, and in this manner to close 
cavities and to prevent the accumulation of fluids in them. 
The ofiicial tincture is commonly used for injections. 

The tincture of iodine may be injected undiluted directly 
into the substance of enlarged glands, in amounts varying 
from 15 to 30 drops, to assist their absorption. If the tinc- 
ture is injected into the subcutaneous tissue, abscess may 
ensue. Ozoena may be treated to advantage by irrigation 
with a solution containing one drachm of the tincture of 
iodine to the pint of normal salt solution. In inflammation 
of the upper air passages, iodine is sometimes beneficial as 



POTASSIUM IODIDE 247 

■n stimulant and antiseptic inhalation, which is produced bj 
-adding one-half a drachm of iodine to the pint of boiling 
"water. 

Uses Internal. — Iodine is thought to act more satisfac- 
torily than potassium iodide in the treatment of diabetes 
insipidus or polyuria of the horse, in which it often appears 
to be a specific. 

Administration. — Iodine may be combined with gentian 
and iron in the form of a ball, as recommended by Finlay 
Dun, or better, as Lugol's Solution, which is less irritating 
and more active. 

PoTASSii loDiDUM. Potassium Iodide. K I. (IT. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Jodkalium, G. 

Derivation. — Iodine is dissolved in hot liquor potassae. 
6I + 6KOH==5KI + KI03 + 3 H,0. The evapo- 
rated residue is heated with charcoal to remove O from K I 
O3 (Potassium lodate). KIO3 + 3C = KI-f3CO. The 
result is purified by crystallization. 

Properties.— Potassium iodide occurs in colorless, trans- 
parent or translucent, cubical crystals; or as a white, gra- 
nular powder, having a slight odor of iodine, and a bitter, 
saline taste. Permanent in dry air, but slightly delique- 
scent in moist air. It is soluble in 0.75 part of water; in 18 
parts of alcohol, and 2.5 parts of glycerin. 

Z>ose.— H., -ii.-iv. (8.-15.); C, 3 vi. (24.); Sh. & Sw., 
gr.xv.-sxx. (1.-2.); D., gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6). 

PREPARATION. 

Unguentum Potasfin lodidi, (U. S. & B. P.) ■ 

lOper cent., U. S. P. 
Unimportant in veterinary practice. 

SoDii loDiDUM. Sodium Iodide. Na I. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym. — lodure de sodium, Fr.; jodnatrum, G. 
Derivation. — Made from sodium hydrate in the sam& 
manner as potassium iodide. 



Zi[ 



INORGANIC AGENTS 



^ Properties. — Occurs in colorless, cubical crystals, or as. 
a white, crystalline powder, without odor, and having a 
bitter, saline taste. Soluble in .6 part of water and in 3: 
parts of alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as potassium iodide. 



Syrupus Acidi Hydriodici, Syrup of Hydriodic Acid. 

(U. S. P.) 

Contains 1.3 per cent, of H I. 

Derivation. — Potassium iodide, 13 ; potassium hypophos- 
phite, 1 ; tartaric acid, 12 ; water, 15 ; diluted alcohol and 
syrup, of each a sufficient quantity to make 1,000. 

Properties. — A colorless, odorless, syrupy liquid, of a 
sweet, acid taste. 

i>ose.— D., nixT.- 3 i. (1.-4.) 

Action External. — Potassium iodide is not absorbed un- 
less rubbed into the skin with fat, and is not a local irritant, 
and therefore posseses very little value as an external appli- 
cation. 

Action Internal. — Potassium iodide and iodine are both 
described by that unsatisfactory term, alterative. In certain 
diseases, as in rheumatism, iodine and the iodides alter 
nutrition and cause absorption of exudates in some unknown 
manner ; hence the term alterative. In addition to this 
action, potassium iodide forms soluble compounds with the 
lead and mercury salts," and hastens elimination in poison- 
ing by these metals. It is often taught that potassium 
iodide liberates iodine in the tissues, and that the latter 
forms soluble compounds with albumin, which are then 
readily eliminated ; thus explairiing the effect of potassium 
iodide in aiding resolution of morbid exudation and inflam- 
matory thickenings. This action has yet to be definitely 
determined, and we do not know certainly how either iodine 
or potassium iodide exert their influence upon nutrition. 
Potassium iodide is absorbed and eliminated within a few 
minutes. 



SIRUP OF HYDRIODIC ACID 249 

Uses Internal. — Potassium iodide is useful in causing ab- 
sorption of enlarged, lymphatic glands, and its action should 
1)6 assisted by the application of iodine or red mercuric 
iodide externally. Potassium iodide, in small doses, dimin- 
ishes congestion and increases the fluidity and amount of 
secretion in acute laryngitis, acute and subacute bronchitis, 
and appears to possess an alterative action in improving the 
condition and nutrition of the bronchial mucous membranes. 
It resembles ammonium chloride in the latter respect. It is 
also of value in chronic bronchitis, unassociated with copious 
secretion. Chronic pleuritis, pericarditis, and ascites are 
treated with potassium iodide, which assists absorption, and 
occasionally exerts a diuretic effect. Tardy resolution of 
pneumonic consolidation is hastened by potassium iodide. 
Endocarditis with cardiac hypertrophy is said to be bene- 
fited by potassium iodide and digitalis. 

Champignon, or scirrhus cord of horses, is sometimes 
cured by the sorbefacient powers of potassium iodide 
in full doses. " Bearing " and " thick wind " may be 
cured by the administration of potassium iodide. Potassium 
iodide is the best remedy known for actinomycosis. It 
should be given to the larger animals in doses of 3 drachms 
daily, or in the same dose as.Lugol's Solution, until iodism 
appears, when the dose may be reduced to one-half this 
amount. Potassium iodide is one of the many remedies 
prescribed in chronic rheumatism.* 

Summary. — Iodine and potassium iodide resemble one 
another in many respects. Iodine is a local irritant, potas- 
sium iodide is not. The known physiological action of 
potassium iodide and iodine does not explain their medi- 
cinal uses. In combating certain diseases, in an inexplic- 
able manner, they are known as alteratives. In man, iodine 
is superior to potassium iodide in the treatment of scrofula. 
In the horse, iodine is considereii of more value in the 
treatment of diabetes insipidus; while in both man and 

* Potassium iodide has given good results in the treatment of periodic 
ophthalmia in horses with the first attack. They are given one ounce daily 
for 2 to 3 days, and kept in the dark with cold compresses over the eyes. 



250 INORGANIC AGENTS 

the lower animals, potassium iodide is regarded as more^ 
valuable in chronic rheumatism. The action of iodine in 
benefiting local disorders, when applied externally, is due- 
to its counter irritant effect, rather than to absorption. 

Administration. — Potassium iodide is given in solution^ 
Sodium iodide and syrup of hydriodic acid are simply sub- 
stitutes for potassium iodide. 

loDOFOEMUM. Iodoform. C H I3. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Alcohol, potassium carbonate, iodine, and 
water are heated together. GM.O + 2 KHCO3 + 81 = 2 
CHI3 + 2 KI + 2 CO, + 3 HA 

Iodoform contains over 90 per cent, of iodine. 

Properties. — Small, lemon-yellow, lustreless crystals of 
the hexagonal system ; having a peculiar and very penetrat- 
ing persistent odor, somewhat resembling that of saffron 
and iodine, and an unpleasant and slightly sweetish and 
iodine-like taste. Very slightly soluble in water; solsible iii 
52 parts of alcohol, and in 52 parts of ether. Very soluble 
in chloroform, benzine, fixed and volatile oils. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Unguentum lodoformi. Ointment of Iodoform (1-10). (U. S. & B. P.) 

Svppositoria lodofunui. (B. P.) 

(Each containing 3 gis. of iodoform.) 

Action External. — Iodoform is an antiseptic, local anaes- 
thetic, stimulant, protective, and dessicant agent. While 
many forms of bacteria will grow in iodoform, it is never- 
theless a very valuable antiseptic. The antiseptic properties- 
seem to be brought out by its decomposition when iodine is. 
set free, and this decomposition goes on more readily in the 
presence of bacterial growth — in animal tissues and fluids — 
attended by the formation of toxins. Iodoform is particu- 
larly useful in septic and suppurating wounds. When 
applied over extensive surfaces absorption and poisoning 
may occur. The symptoms of iodoform poisoning are most 
diverse. The writer has had the fortune, or misfortune^ 



IODOFORM 251 

to observe a case of fatal poisoning following abdominal 
section and packing of the pelvic cavity with iodoform 
gauze. 

Symptoms of gastro-intestinal irritation are seen in 
poisoning in dogs, as vomiting and diarrhoea, together with 
nervous symptoms, as convulsions, stupor and sleep. The 
pulse may be very rapid or infrequent; the temperature 
high or normal. Iodine is eliminated in the urine in iodo- 
form poisoning and can easily be discovered by the starch 
test. General fatty degeneration of the internal organs is 
found after death. The local dessicant effect of iodoform 
on raw surfaces assists the antiseptic action, and the local 
ansesthetic properties combine to make iodoform the best 
antiseptic powder we possess, barring the odor. 

Action Internal. — The internal action of iodoform pos- 
sesses no therapeutic value. Care must be observed to 
prevent animals licking off iodoform from the surface of the 
body. One drachm will poison a dog weighing ten pounds. 

Elimination. — Iodoform is eliminated in the form of 
iodine, iodates, and iodides, by all the secretions. 

Uses External. — Iodoform is chiefly of value applied 
over suppurating and septic surfaces, sores, and ulcers, 
where it hinders the growth of bacteria, stimulates un- 
healthy granulations, relieves pain, possibly neutralizes 
toxius, and certainly produces a vile odor. For this reason 
one of its substitutes should be employed when an antisep- 
tic powder is desirable for use upon dogs living in or about 
dwellings. Iodoform is commonly employed in its purity. 
It may. be mixed in any proportion with boric acid, or with 
tannic acid (1-8), for its astringent effect. Combined with 
collodion (1-15), it forms a useful dressing for sealing small 
wounds or abrasions upon the hands. The ansesthetic 
action of iodoform is taken advantage of to relieve pain in 
fissure of the rectum, and haemorrhoids. Zuill recommends 
the following combination by insufflation in the early stages 
of inflammation of the frontal sinuses : 

Iodoform, Magnesia, Silver Nitrate — equal parts. 



252 



INORGANIC AGENTS 



Three grains may be used in suppositories for the 
tfjmaller animals. Iodoform may cause healing in abscess — 
injected into the cavity with glycerin — (1-10), using 2-4 
drachms of the mixture for smaller animals, or 1 ounce for 
the larger animals. Iodoform is very efficacioiis in the 
treatment of local tubercular lesions. Iodoform combined 
with lard or oil (1-10), is an excellent agent for burns which 
are not so extensive as to endanger the patient through 
absorption and iodoform poisoning. 



lODOLUM. lodol. • CJ, NH, (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Tetraiodopyrrol. 

Derivation. — Action of iodine on pyrrol in solution in 
alcohol. Contains 88.9 per cent, of iodine. 

Properties. — Crystalline, shining, light, grayish-brown 
powder. Tasteless and odorless. Practically insoluble in 
water; soluble in 9 parts of alcohol, and in ether and fatty 
oils. The surgical use of iodol has led to poisoning thiougli 
absorption, but the latter is so slow that the danger is 
exceedingly slight. Iodol is suitable for all purposes in 
which iodoform is indicated. It is too expensive for general 
use, but is preferable for application to dogs, on account of 
its lack of odor. 

Aristolum. Aristol. C„o H„, O, I,. 

(Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Dithymol diiodide. 

Derivation. — Made by the action of thymol in a solution 
of sodium hydroxide, on iodine, dissolved in a solution of 
potassium iodide. Contains 45.8 per cent, of iodine. 

Properties. — Light reddish, or tawny-brown crystalline 
powder. Possesses peculiar iodine-like odor, and is insol- 
uble in water, soluble in ether, fats, and slightly soluble 
in alcohol. Aristol is inferior as an antiseptic to either 



ORTHOFORM 253 

iodoform or iodol. It is used with some benefit in drj 
skin diseases, as psoriasis, in powder or ointment Other 
antiseptic dusting powders include acetanilid, bismuth sub- 
nitrate, salol and boric acid. Acetanilid has been shown 
to be a good antibacterial agent. It is cheap and may be 
applied pure, and it is an efficient substitute for iodoform. 
A few .cases of poisoning have been reported following its 
extensive surgical use. Bismuth subnitrate and salol may 
induce poisoning when used over large surfaces. They are 
dessicants and feeble antiseptics. Boric acid is harmless 
and mildly antiseptic. 

Orthoform. Orthoform. 

Orthoform is the methyl-erster of raeta-amido-para- 
oxy-benzoic acid. It occurs as a white or dirty yellow, light 
powder, sparingly soluble in water and alcohol but more 
so in glycerin and solutions of the mineral acids. It may 
be combined with iodoform, aristol, boric acid, salicylic 
acid, carbolic acid, turpentine and iodine without incom- 
patibility. 

Action. — Externally, orthoform exerts a powerful anes- 
thetic effect on raw surfaces, but has little action on intact 
mucous membranes and none on the unbroken skin. It is 
also a mild antiseptic, of about the same value as boric acid. 
It is but feebly toxic and poisoning does not occur unless 
large quantities are applied over abraded surfaces. In the 
dog, 15 grains per 2 pounds of body weight have proved 
toxic when given by the mouth ; and Ih, grains per 2 pounds 
of live weight are required to induce fatal poisoning. It 
appears to be a cerebro-spinal paralysant in these large 
doses. The anesthetic action of medicinal doses is usually 
prolonged, varying from a few hours to two or three days. 
Orthoform has been used extensively in human medicine for 
the past few years, and cases of poisoning have been of rare 
occurrence and none fatal, although as much as two or 
three ounces have been applied on ulcerated surfaces in a 



254 INORGANIC AGENTS 

week's time. Occasionally the drug produces an erythem;t 
or dermatitis owing to peculiar susceptibility of the patient 
On the other hand, orthoform has been used successfully iu 
the treatment of dermatitis following ivy poisoning in the 
human. 

Uses. — Orthoform is valuable chiefly for its power in 
relieving pain when applied to raw surfaces. It is an 
excellent application for burns. In superficial burns, ortho- 
form may be combined to advantage with ichthyol, of each 
10 per cent., in lanolin. In burns of the second and third 
degree, the use of orthoform and boric acid, equal parts, 
forms an excellent remedy. Orthoform is serviceable in 
relieving pain and irritation of ulcers, hemorrhoids and 
fissures of the rectum. In human practice it is largely 
employed in connection with diseases of the nose, ear and 
throat to arrest pain after operations, and in ulceration and 
inflammation of these parts, as sore throat. Nasal gleet 
in horses should be benefited if not cured by the in- 
sufflation of the powder. Orthoform is commonly used 
in ointment containing 10 to 20 per cent, of the drug. It 
may be blown pure into cavities or applied as a saturated 
solution in collodion. It may be sprayed on a part with an 
atomizer in 5 per cent, solution with equal parts of alcohol 
and water. It has been injected into the bladder in cystitis 
mixed with water. In ulceration and other painful affec- 
tions of the stomach, orthoform will give relief owing to its 
local anesthetic action. It may be administered mixed with 
water and syrup in the dose of 0.5-1.0 (7^-15 gr.) for dogs. 
It is an expensive drug at present. 



SULPHUR 255 



SECTION X. 
Sulphur. 

Official Varieties. 

Sulphur Sublimatum. Sublimed Sulphur. S. 
(U.S.&B.P.) 

Synonym. — Flowers of sulphur, flores sulphuris, E.;. 
fleurs (creme) de soufre, Fr.; schwefelblumen, schwefel- 
bliithe, G, 

Derivation. — Obtained from native sulphur by sublim- 
ation. 

Properties. — A fine, yellow powder, having a slightly 
characteristic odor and a faintly acid taste. Insoluble in 
water ; slightly f^oluble in absolute alcohol ; more readily 
soluble in benzine, benzol, oil of turpentine and many other 
oils ; also iu ether, chloroform, and in boiling, aqueous 
solutions of alkaline hydrates. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Sulphur Lotum. Washed Sulphur. S. (U. S. P.) 

S'?/non?/m.— Sulphur depuratum, flores sulphuris loti, P. G.; soufre 
lave, Fr.; gereinigte schwefelblumen, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained from sublimed sulphur which is treated 
with diluted ammonia water to wash out sulphurous and sulphuric 
and other impurities. 

Properties. — A fine, yellow powder, without odor or taste. Solu- 
bih'ty, same as sublimed sulphur. 

Pulvis GlycyrrhizcB Composituti. Compound Powder of Glycyrrhiza. 

(U. S. P.) 

Senna, 180; glycyrrhiza, 236; washed sulphur, 80; oil of fennel, 4;. 
sugar, 500. 

Dose.— Dogs (laxative), 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

Unguentum Sulphuris. Sulphur Ointment. (U. S. & B. P. ) 
Washed sulphur, 150 ; benzoinated lard, 850 (U. S. P.) 



256 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Sulphur Prcecipitahim. Precipitated Sulphur. S. (U. S. &B. P.) 

Synonym. — Lac (magisterium) sulpburis, milk of sulphur, E.; 
soufre precipite, lait de soiifre, Fr. ; Schwefelmilch, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained from a solution of sublimed sulphur, 100; 
in boiling calcium hydrate, 50; by precipation with hydrochloric acid. 
Calcium sulphide and hyposulphite are formed. 13 S 4- 3 Ca O2H2 = 

2 Ca S5 + Ca S^ O3 + 3 H^O. Then: 2 CaSs + Ca S^ O3 + 6 U CI = 

3 Ca CU + 13 S + 3 H^O. 

Dose (of sublimed, washed or precipitated sulphur). — 
H. & C, 3ii.-iv. (60.-120.); Sh. & Sw., gi.-ii. (30.-60.); D., 
3 ss.-iv. (2.-15.). 

Larger doses laxative; smaller for constitutional action. 

Precipitated sulphur is the best preparation for inter- 
nal use, as it occurs in a finer state of division and is more 
readily acted upon by the digestive juices. It may contain 
traces of sulphides or sulphuretted hydrogen, owing to the 
method of preparation. 

Actio'ii External. — Sulphur has no action upon the skin 
when applied in the pure state. The ointment is the most 
effective agent in destoyiug acari which produce mange, 
grease, and scab. Sulphur does not kill acari as readily as 
a sulphide which is formed by the addition of an alkali. 
"When sulphur ointment is rubbed into the skin it causes 
considerable irritation and an artificial eczema. Sulphur 
is converted into sulphuretted hydrogen and sulphurous 
acid by living tissue, and this transformation may occur 
to some extent when sulphur • is rubbed into the skin 
with fat. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Organs. — Sulphur is not 
acted upon by the stomach, but is somewhat dissolved by 
the alkaline intestinal juices, and converted in part into 
sulphides and sulphuretted hydrogen. The sulphides, 
together with sulphuretted hydrogen, are absorbed into the' 
blood. Minute traces of sulphuretted hydrogen are eli- 
minated by the lungs and skin, while oxidation of sulphur" 



SULPHUR 257 

also occurs in the body, as there is an increased secretion 
of urinary sulphuric acid and sulphates. The sulphides 
and sulphuretted hydrogen act as laxatives, and in all 
probability sulphur itself exerts a mild, mechanical irritation 
upon the bowels. Peristaltic motion and intestinal secre- 
tions are both slightly increased. The fascal discharges are 
soft and pasty, and offensive flatus containing sulphuretted 
hydrogen escapes from the intestines after the administra- 
tion of sulphur. 

Const it uiional Action. — Sulphur acts remotely during its 
elimination in stimulating the functions of the skin and 
resj)iratory mucous membranes, — so-called alterative action. 
Sulphur causes disorganization of the blood, and depresses 
and paralyzes nervous and muscular tissue after the 
continuous administration of colossal doses. Ordinary 
therapeutic quantities of sulphur have no effect of this 
kind. 

Uses External. — Sulphur is mainly of service externally 
as a local stimulant and parasiticide in skin diseases. The 
female acarus, which produces mange (acariasis), bores under 
the epidermis and lays her eggs in the burrows, while the 
male insect remains upon the surface. It is essential, there- 
fore, to remove the epidermis in order to expose the ova 
and female to the action of sulphur. The hair should be 
first shaved and the parts soaked and scrubbed with green 
soap and water. All cloths or brushes used in this opera- 
tion should be burned or disinfected by boiling. Sulphur 
acts most efficiently in ointment, as fat fills up the burrows 
and deprives the insects of air. The official ointment is 
used in mange, but a combination with an alkali is more 
serviceable, unless there is active irritation of the skin, or 
eczema. The following ointment is recommended : 

Sulphur 2 parts. 

Potassium carbonate 1 part. 

Lard 8 parts. 

In obstinate cases of ringworm or mange, the prepara- 
tion mentioned by Brunton is of value. This consists of 



258 INOEGANIC AGENTS 

on.e part each of sulphur and oil of cade, with two parts 
each of green soap and lard. True mange in the dog, if 
extensive and of long duration, is practically incurable 
by any drug. Sulphur ointment is of benefit in chronic 
eczema and acne, for its local stimiilant and alterative 
action. 

Uses Internal. — Sulphur is commonly used for its laxa- 
tive action in the treatment of young animals and dogs 
suffering with constipation and hfemorrhoids. It may be of 
service in chronic bronchitis with coj)ious secretion. Sul- 
phur is frequently prescribed internally for its action in 
chronic diseases of the skin, and is thought to exert a bene- 
ficial alterative action. Sulphur is also recommended in 
chronic rheumatism. 

Disinfecfcmt Action. — When sulphur undergoes combus- 
tion, sulphurous anhydride (SO), is evolved, and the latter 
combining with water forms sulphurous acid. S0„ + HoO 
- H,S03. 

Sulphurous acid, and, in a less degree, sulphurous 
anhydride, are germicidal, and are in common use as disin- 
fectants. Bacteriological experiments, however, show that 
sulphur fumigation, as ordinarily employed for disinfection, 
is of little worth for destroying disease germs. Disinfection 
by formaldehyde or chlorine gas is to be preferred. Sole 
reliance should never be placed upon sulphur fumigation, 
but premises should be treated as recommended in the 
section on antiseptics and disinfectants (p. 718). 

In employing sulphur as a disinfectant, animals must 
bo removed from the premises and communication with the 
outer air should be excluded as far as possible. Three 
pounds of roll or flowers of sulphur, mixed with 2 ounces 
of alcohol, should be employed for every 1,000 cubic feet of 
air space to be disinfected. The premises which are being 
disinfected should be closed for six hours. Alcohol is 
employed to ignite the sulphur and also to form steam by its 
combustion. The latter unites with sulphurous anhydride 
"to make the more potent sulphurous acid. 



SULPHUROUS AGED 259 

If steam can be introduced into the apartment, together 
with sulphur fumes, the effect is vastly more efficient. The 
sulphur and alcohol may be placed in an iron or earthen- 
ware vessel, floating in a tub of water to avoid danger of 
fire. The sulphur not infrequently fails to burn freely, and 
combustion is secured more certainly by placing flowers of 
sulphur with alcohol in an iron vessel which should rest 
upon a stand in a large iron pot. A lighted alcohol lamp is 
then put under the smaller iron vessel, containing the sul- 
phur, and the lamp is ignited. The lamp insures complete 
combustion of the sulphur and the outer iron pot prevents 
the surrounding premises from catching fire. 

Sulphurous anhydride has been employed for its local 
antiseptic and stimulant action, in inflammatory diseases of 
the upper air passages in horses. For this purpose it is 
burned in such quantities tliat the vapor is capable of being 
inspired because largely diluted with air. With such dilu- 
tion the antiseptic action is lost, and there is danger of 
producing considerable irritation, and the procedure is of 
doubtful value. The same treatment has been pursued in 
verminous bronchitis of lambs and calves, caused by the 
Htroiigylus filaria and S. micrurus. Local treatment, with 
tracheal injection, is more efficient. 

AcrouM SuLPHUROSUM. Sulphurous Acid. H0SO3. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acide sulfureux, Fr.; schwefelige saure, G. 

Derivation. — Charcoal, 20, and sulphuric acid, 80, are 
heated together and the sulphurous anhydride evolved is 
passed into water. 4 H, SO, + 2 C = 4 SO, + 2 CO, -f- 4 
H,0. 4 SO, + 4 H,0 =-- 4 H.SO,. 

Properties. — A colorless liquid of the characteristic odor 
of burning sulphur, and of a. very acid, sulphurous taste. It 
should contain not less than 6.4 per cent., by weight, of sul- 
phurous anhydride, and not more than 93.6 per cent, of water. 



260 



INORGANIC AGENTS 



Dose.—H. & C, 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., "i.-ii. (4.-8.); 
D., 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Actions and Uses. — Sulphurous acid decomposes organic 
matter, abstracts oxygen, and is transformed into sulphuric 
acid. The amount of sulphuric acid formed from the medi- 
cinal solution is not sufficient to interfere with its action in 
or upon the body. Sulphurous acid is a deodorant, deoxi- 
dizer, parasiticide aud disinfectant externally. Solutions 
(1-4) are used as local stimulant and antiseptic applications 
to wounds, ulcers, or sores with foul discharges, and to kill 
the fungus growths producing ringworm. 

Sulphurous acid is employed as an antiseptic in indi- 
gestion, associated with flatulence, and has the same effect 
and value as the sulphites and hyposulphites which are 
used for the same purposes. 



PoTASSA SuLPHURATA. Sulphurated Potassa. (U.S. <fe B.P.) 

Synonym. — Potassii sulphuretum, potassii sulphidum^ 
liver of sulphur., E.; foie de soufre, Fr.; kalischwefel- 
leber, G. 

Derivation. — Powdered and dried potassium carbonate, 
200, is mixed with sublimed sulphur, and heated in ;i cru- 
cible. Potassa sulphurata is a mixture of y^iotassium hypo- 
sulphite and sulphide. 3 Iv,C O3 + 8 S = l^B.O, + 2 K..^, 
-f 3 CO, 

Properties. — Irregular pieces of a liver-brown color, 
which by exposure to the air gradually absorb moisture, 
oxygen, and carbouic dioxide, and change to greenish-yellow 
and finally to a gray mass containing potassium carbonate, 
hyposulphite and sulphate. The compound has a faint odor 
of hydrogen sulphide, and a bitter alkaline taste. Soluble 
in 2 parts of water, with the exception of a small residue. 

Dose.—U. k C, 3 li.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6). 

Action Internal. — Sulphurated potassa has practically 
the same action as sulphur, internally and externally, 
although more stimulating locally. Large doses have caused 
gastro-iutestinal inflammation, and the remote effects ob- 



SULPHUEATRD POT ASS A 261 

served after repeated enormous doses of sulphur : i.e., dis- 
organization of the blood and paralysis of nerves and 
muscles. It has been administered internally as a substi- 
tute for sulphur, but is only of value externally. 

Action and Uses External. — Sulphurated potassa is one 
of the most serviceable agents we possess in the treatment 
of chronic forms of skin diseases, as psoriasis, lichen, but 
particularly eczema of the horse and dog. It is locally 
stimulant, alterative (?), and parasiticide. There is only one 
drawback to its general use, which is its exceedingly dis- 
agreeable odor. Peruvian balsam is frequently substituted 
for this reason in the treatment of skin diseases in dogs. A 
solution, "yellow lotion," is used in different strengths (1-8 
to 1-15), according to the amount of stimulation which the 
skin will endure. The "yellow lotion," is a good agent for 
killing lice upon the skin. The following prescription will 
be found of benefit in canine practice. 

Potassje SulphuratEe 3 ii.ss. 

Chloralis 3 ss. 

01. Anisi v\i\. 

Aquae ad § iv, 

M. 

S. External use. 

The chloral relieves itching and the anise disguises to 
some extent the odor of hydrogen sulphide. 



262 



INORGANIC AGENTS 



SECTION XI. 

Acids. 

AciDUM Htdrochloricum. Hydrochloric Acid. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

(Bluriatic Acid.) 



HCl. 



Synonym. — Acidum liydrochloratum, S. clilorliydricum, 
E.; acide clilorhydriqne S. muriatique, Fr.; salzsaiire, G. 

A liquid composed of 31.9 per cent., by weiglit, of abso- 
lute liydrocLloric acid, and 68.1 per cent, of water. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Distil together sulphuric acid, sodium 
chloride and water. The resulting hydrochloric acid gas is 
passed into distilled water, while acid sodium sulphate 
remains in the retort and is farther acted upon by sodium 
chloride. 2 Na CI + H,S O, = H CI + Na HSO, ; then : 
.Na HSO, + Na CI = H CI + Na.SO,. 

Properties. — A colorless, fuming liquid, of a pungent 
odor and an intensely acid taste. Spec, gr., about 1.163 at 
15° C. (59° F.) Miscible, in all proportions, with water 
and alcohol. 

Incompatibles. — Alkaline and other carbonates, and lead 
and silver salts. 

preparations. 

Acidum Hydrochloricum Dilutum, Acidum Nitrohydrochlgricum, 

Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum Dilutum. 

Acidum Hydrochloricum Dilutum. Diluted Hydrochloric Acid. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

{Diluted lluriatic Acid.) 

Derivation. — Hydrochloric acid, 100; distilled water, 219. Diluted 
hydrochloric acid contains 10 per cent, of absolute hydrochloric acid. 
(U. S. P.) 

Properties. — It does not fume in the air and is without odor. 
Spec, gr., 1.050. Otherwise corresponds to hydrochloric acid. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., 3 ss.-i." (2.-4.); 
Sw. & D., TTix.-xxx. (.6-2.). 



SULPHURIC ACID . 263 

AciDUM SuLPHURicuM, Sulphuric Acid. H^SO^. 
. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Oil of vitriol, E.; acide sulpliurique, liuile 
de vitriol, Fr.; schwefelsaure, vitriolol, G. 

A liquid composed of not less than 92.5 per cent, by 
-weight of absolute sulphuric acid, and not more than 7.5 per 
cent, water. 

Derivation. — Sulphurous anhydride (U. S. P.), generated 
by roasting iron pyrites, or sulphur, is passed into leaden 
chambers. Nitric acid is introduced with steam, and the 
sulphurous anhydride undergoes oxidation and hydration. 
2 HNO3 + 2 SO, + H,0 = 2 H,SO, + N,03. 

The nitrous acid combines with oxygen and water in 
the air, and is re-transformed into nitric acid, acting con- 
tinually as a carrier of oxygen to sulphurous anhydride. 

Properties. — A colorless liquid, of oily consistence, ino- 
dorous, and very caustic and corrosive. Spec. gr. not below 
1.835. Miscible, in all proportions, with water and alcohol, 
with evolution of so much heat that the mixing requires 
great caution. (U. S. P.) 

Incomjjatibles. — Alkalies and carbonates, calcium and 
lead salts. 

PREPARATIONS. 
ACIDUM SULPHURICUM DiLUTUM, ACIDUM SULPHURICUM AROMATICUM. 

Acidum Sulphuricum Dilutum. Diluted Sulphuric Acid. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation.— ^\i\Y)h\\Y\G acid, 100 gm.; distilled water, 825 gm. 

Properties. — Diluted sulpliuric acid contains 10 per cent., by 
■weight, of absolute sulphuric acid. Spec. gr. about 1.070. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.—Yi., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., 3 ss.-i. (3.-4.); 
Sw. & D., TTlx.-xxx. (.6-3.). 

Acidum Sulphuricum Aromaticum. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Tinctura aromatica acida, P. G.; elixir vitrioli Myn- 
sichti, elixir of vitriol, E.; elixir vitriolique, teinture (alcool) aromatique 
sulpliurique, Fr,; siiure aromatische tinctur, Mynsicht's elixir, G. 



264 



INORGANIC AGENTS 



Derivation. — Sulphuric acid, 111 Cc; tincture of ginger, 50 Cc.^ 
oil of cinnamon, 1 Cc. ; alcohol to make 1,000 Cc. (U. S. P.) 

Properties. — Aromatic sulphuric acid contains about 20 per cent., 
by weight, of oflScial svilphuric acid, partly in form of ethyl- sulphuric 
acid. Spec. gr. about 0.939. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.); C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh., mxv.-xxx. (1.-2.);. 
Sw. & D., mv.-xv. (.3-1.). 



AciDUM NiTRicuM. Nitric Acid. HNO3. (IT. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acide azotique, Fr.; salpetersaure, G. 

A liquid composed of 68 per cent., by weight, of abso- 
lute nitric acid, and 32 per cent, of water. 

Derivation.— Se\en parts of sodium or potassium nitrate 
are distilled with four parts of sulphuric acid and water. 
KNO3 + H,SO, = KHSO, + HNO3. 

Properties. — A colorless, fuming liquid, very caustic and 
corrosive, and having a peculiar, somewhat suffocating odor. 
Spec. gr. about 1.414. (U. S. P.) 

Incortipatihles. — Alkalies and carbonates, iron sulphate,. 
lead acetate and alcohol. 

PREPARATIONS. 

ACIDUM NiTRICUM DiLUTUM, ACIDUM NiTROHYDROCHLORICUM, 
ACIDUM NiTROHYDROCHLORICUM DiLUTUM. 



I, Acidum Nitricum Dilutum. Diluted Nitric Acid. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Nitric acid, 100; distilled water, 580. Diluted nitrie 
acid contains 10 per cent., by weight, of absolute nitric acid. Spec. gr. 
about 1.057. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H., 3 i.-ii. (4-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); 
Sw. & D., iTiv.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

II. Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum. Nitrohydrochloric Acid. (U. S. P.). 

(Nitromuriatic Acid.) 

Derivation. — Nitric acid, 180 ; hydrochloric acid, 820. Chemical 
composition uncertain. 

Properties. — A golden yellow, fuming and very corrosive liquid,, 
having a strong odor of chlorine. The strong acid should always ba 
freshly prepared and should be used in preference to the diluted acid. 
It may be made off hand by mixing 4 parts of nitric acid with 16 parts.: 



PHOSPHOKIC ACID 265 

■of hydrochloric acid. The mixture should remain in an open bottle not 
jnore than half full, until the fumes pass off. 

£>o.se.— H., mxx.-xl. (1.3-2.6); D., fTiiii.-v. (.2-.3). 

J.IL Aciduin Nitrohydrochloricuvi Dilutum. Diluted Nitrochloric Acid. 

(U.S. &B. P.) 
{Diluted Nitromnriatic Acid.) 

Synonym. — Acidum chloro-nitrosum, P. G. ; aqua regia S. regis, — 
-acide chloro-azotique S. chloro-nitreux, eau Regales, Fr.; salpetersalz- 
saure, konigswasser, G. 

Derivation. — Nitric acid, 40; hydrochloric acid, 180; distilled 
water, 780. 

Properties. — A colorless, or pale yellowish liquid, having a faint 
odor of chlorine and a very acid taste. Completely volatilized hy heat. 
(U. S. P.) ' 

Dose.—B.., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., s ss.-i. (2.-4.);- 
Sw. & D., mv.-xxx. (.3-2.). 



Acidum Phosphokicum. Phosphoric Acid. H3P O^. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

A liquid composed of not less than 85 per cent., by 
weight, of absolute orthophosphoric acid (H3P OJ, aiid not 
more than 15 per cent, of water. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation: — Heat phosphorus with diluted nitric acid 
till nitrous fumes cease. P, + 5 HNO3 + 2 H.,0 = 3 H^ 
PO, + 5 NO. 

Properties. — A colorless liquid, without odor, but having 
^ strongly acid taste. Spec. gr. not below 1.710. Miscible, 
in all proportions, with water or alcohol. (U. S. P.) 

PREPARATION. 

Acidum Phospluyrieuin Dilutum, Diluted Phosplioric Acid. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Phosphoric acid, 100; distilled water, 750. (U. S. P.) 
Diluted phosphoric acid contains 10 per cent., by weight, of absolute 
orthophosphoric acid. Spec. gr. about 1057. 

Dose.—n., li.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., 3 8S.-'.. (2.-4.); 
D., TTlv.-xxx. (.3-2.) 



266 INOKGANIC AGENTS 

AciDUM AcETicuM. Acetic Acid. H CjHsOj. 
(U. S. k B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acetum pur urn, — ace turn destillatum, P.G.;l 
acide acetique dilue, Fr.; reiner essig, G. 

A liquid composed of 36 per cent., by weight, of absolute 
acetic acid, and 64 per cent of water. 

Derivation. — Distillation of dry sodium acetate with 
sulphuric acid and crystallization of the distillate. Na 0^. 
H3O, + H, SO, = H C, H3 O, + Na H SO,. 

Frojjerties. — A clear, colorless liquid, having a strong, 
vinegar-like odor, a purely acid taste and a strongly acid 
reaction. Spec. gr. about 1.048. Miscible with water or 
alcohol in all proportions. 

PREPARATION. 

Acidum Aceficum Dilutum. Diluted Acetic Acid, (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acetum concentratum, — acide acetique, Fr. ; ver- 
diinnte essigsaure, G. 

Derivation. — Acetic acid, 100; distilled water, 500. Diluted acetic 
acid contains 6 per cent., by weight, of absolute acetic acid. Spec gr. 
about 1 008. Not employed internally except in the form of official 
aceta. Vinegar is impure diluted acetic acid, made by destructive 
distillation of wood, or by acetous fermentation and .oxidation of alco- 
holic solutions, as cider. 

C0H5O H + O2 = H C2H3O2 + HoO. A temperature of 80° F., and 
the presence of the ferment or inould (Mycoderma aceti), are necessary. 

Acidum Aceticum Glaciale. Glacial Acetic Acid. H C2H3O2- 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acidum aceticum, P. G.; acidum aceticum 
concentratum, acetum glaciale, — acide acetique concentree, 
esprit de vinaigre, vinaigre glacial, Fr.; essigsaure, eissesig, G. 

Derivation. — Same as acetic acid. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid of a strong vinegar- 
like odor, and a very pungent, purely acid taste. Contains, 
about 99 per cent, of absolute acid. Not used internally. 



TAKTArJC ACID- 267 

AcrouM Tartaricum. Tartaric Acid. H^C^^Og. 
(U.S.&B.P.) 

Synonym. — Sal essentiale tartari, — acide tartrique, 
acide de tartre, Fr.; weinsaure, weinsteinsaure, G. 

Derivation. — Boil acid potassium tartrate or argol 
(incrustation in wine casks) witli chalk to form calcium 
tartrate. 2 K H G.'R.O, + Ca C O3 == Ca aH,0, h K,C,H,Oe 
4- H„0 + C Oo. Add calcium chloride, which precipitates 
more calcium tartrate, and decompose with sulphuric acid. 
H,S O, + Ca C,H,Oe = H,C,H,0„ + Ca S O, 

Evaporate solution. Calcium sulphate crystals separate 
and are removed, while tartaric acid crystallizes on further 
evaporation. 

Properties. — Colorless, translucent, moiioclinic prisms, 
or crystalline crusts, or a white powder; odorless, having a 
purely acid taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in 
about .8 part of water, and in 2.5 parts of alcohol. Not 
commonly used in Veterinary medicine. 

Dose.—ll., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.s.-xxx. (.6-2.). 

AciDUM CiTEicuM. Citric Acid. H3C,H,0,. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acidum citri S. limonum, S. limonorum, — 
acide citrique, acide du citron, Fr.; citronensaure, G. 

Derivaiion. — Usually prepared from the lemon (Citrus 
jemonum), or lime (Citrus bergamia). Boiling lemon juice 
(containing 7 per cent, of citric acid) is treated with chalk 
to form calcium citrate. 2 HjCgHjO, +3 Ca C O3 = Caj 
(C,H,0,), + 3 C O, + 3 H,0. 

Calcium citrate is boiled with sulphuric acid and the 
resulting citric acid is obtained by filtration, evaporation 
and crystallization. Ca3 (C,H,0,)., +. 3 H„ S O, = 2 H3CeH, 
O, + 3 Ca S O,. 

Properties. — Colorless, translucent, right - rhombic 
prisms; odorless, having an agreeable, purely acid taste; 
efflorescent in warm air and deliquescent when exposed to 



268 INOKGANIC AGENTS 

moist air. Soluble in 0.63 parts of water and in 1.61 parts 
of alcohol. 

Dose.—R., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3). 

PREPARATION. 

Syrupus Acidi Citrici. Syrup of Citric Acid, (U. S. P.) 
Citric Acid, 10; water, 10; spirit of lemon, 10; syruji to make 1000. 
Dose. — Ad lib. 

AciDUM Lacticum. Lactic Acid. H C3H5O3. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acide lactique, Fr.; milclisaure, G. 

An organic acid, usually obtained by subjecting milk- 
sugar or grape-sugar to lactic fermentation. Composed of 
75 per cent,, by weiglit, of absolute lactic acid, and 25 per 
cent, of water. 

Properties. — A colorless, syrupy liquid, odorless, of a 
purely acid taste. Spec. gr. about 1.213. Freely miscible 
with water, alcohol, or ether. 

Dose.-IL., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15,); D., 11txxx.-3 i. (2,-4.). 

Other acids to be found in other sections. 

Action External. — The concentrated mineral acids are 
powerful escharotics, but in dilation are stimulant, astrin- 
gent, rubefacieut, or vesicant, according to their strength. 
Acids have a great affinity for the alkaline juices of the 
tissues and blood, and weak acid solutions are thus neutral- 
ized. Strong acids coagulate albumin, probably by combin- 
ing with alkalies which hold albumin in solution, forming 
dense compounds with the albuminoids of the tissue. When 
mineral acids are present in abundance the albumin first 
coagulated is afterwards dissolved (except nitric acid), and 
the corrosive action of the acids is extensive. Acids further 
destroy tissue by combining with water, for which they have 
also a great affinity, particularly sulphuric and phosphoric 
acids. The former withdraws water to such an extent that 
the tissues are carbonized and blackened. Sulphuric acid 
is more destructive of tissue and acts more extensively than. 



ACTION OF ACIDS 269 

the other mineral salts. Nitric acid is less caustic, and 
hydrochloric acid is the least corrosive. Nitric acid stains 
the parts yellow, and hydrochloric, white. The vegetable 
a,cids, as citric and tartaric acids, are slightly caustic, but 
are irritant to the skin, and still more so to raw surfaces and 
mucous membranes. An ounce of tartaric acid has caused 
death in man through its local effect. The action of the 
caustic alkalies is more widespread than that of the mineral 
acids. Diluted sulphuric and nitric acids are astringents, 
because of their power of condensing tissues, and also 
hemostatics in causing compression of blood vessels by 
contraction of the tissues about them. Nitiic acid is com- 
monly employed externally, because its effect is limited by 
its own eschar, which is not dissolved by an excess of acid. 

Hydrochloric acid has no astringent effect and is not 
used externally for its caustic properties. The acids are 
antiseptic, but are less appropriate than other agents in 
most cases, on account of their irritant action. 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Acids stimulate 
the normal alkaline secretions in the body, particularly 
those entering the mouth and intestines. The flow of 
saliva, bile and intestinal juices is therefore increased. 
Diluted acids are called refrigerants in imparting a sense 
of coolness to the skin and mucous membrane of the 
mouth, and, by augmenting the secretion of saliva, relieve 
thirst in fever. In opposition to the action of acids in 
stimulating alkaline secretions, exists the fact of their 
checking acid secretions,* such as the gastric juice and 
sweat, and if the administration of acids is prolonged for 
several weeks, gastric digestion may be impaired in conse- 
quence, unless the gastric juice is abnormally deficient. The 
acids exert a local stimulant and astringent action upon the 
intestinal canal. Nitric acid is particularly a stimulant, 
sulphuric acid an astringent, while nitric and nitrohydro- 
chloric acids are especially cholagogues. Hydrochloric acid 
assists digestion in supplying a deficiency in the normal 
-hydrochloric acid of the gastric juice, in aiding the conver- 

* WHh the exception of hydrochloric acid. 



270 



INORGANIC AGENTS 



sion of proteids into peptones by pepsin, and in stimulating 
the formation of the latter. Mineral acids are essentially 
digestive tonics, promoting gastric digestion (H CI), increas- 
ing the secretion of the liver and intestinal glands, and 
improving the tone and blood supply of relaxed intestinal 
mucous membrane. 

Constitutional Action. — Acids are absorbed, and in consi- 
derable doses make the blood less alkaline, the urine more 
acid, and appear to exert a slight astringent action upon the 
skin and mucous membranes during their elimination. We 
possess no knowledge to explain the remote effects of the 
acids. Some authorities state that the acids are converted 
into salts in the blood, as sulphates, nitrates and phosphates, 
vv^hich are eliminated by the urine, skin and bowels. Others 
teach that much of the acid is eliminated in the urine in the 
form of ammonia compounds. Brunton says that the acids 
cause a modification of tissue change in the liver so that the 
production of urea is lessened by the passage of the acids 
through that organ, and that the ammonia furnished by the 
acids is not converted into urea, as normally happens, but 
is eliminated in the urine as such. Both these suppositious 
are apparently fallacious, because if the acids were trans- 
formed into salts they would not produce remote astringent 
effects, and if they were converted into ammonia compounds 
they would not acidify the urine. The probable explana- 
tion is that in small doses acids are more prone to decom- 
position, while large doses are eliminated in part unchanged 
by the kidneys, bowels and skin, and so acidify the urine 
and exert a remote astringent action. 

Acidity of the blood causes death in depressing the 
heart, and because an alkaline or neutral medium (normal 
blood) is essential to carry away carbonic dioxide from the 
tissues. Vegetable acids are thought more especially to 
lower the force of the heart, which they certainly do in 
poisonous quantities, and possibly in medicinal doses. In 
considerable amount, the vegetable acids iucrpase the acidity 
of the urine, but in small doses alkjdize this secretion by 



USES OF ACIDS 271 

■undergoing decomposition in the blood with the production 
of alkaline carbonates. The vegetable acids are infrequently 
used in veterinary medicine. 

Diluted phosphoric acid relieves thirst and forms an 
agreeable cooling drink in fevers. It is extremely doubtful 
whether phosphoric acid acts either as a tonic or reconsti- 
tuent, by supplying phosphates to the blood or tissues. 

Poisoning. — If acid is spilled on the skin, alkalies should 
be applied, and in case of sulphuric acid the excess of acid 
should first be rubbed off, and then large quantities of very 
dilute alkaline solutions or soapsuds should be employed 
to avoid evolution of heat when the acid combines with 
water. When acids are swallowed, there is excoriation and 
sloughing of mucous membranes, difficulty in swallowing, 
vomiting of dark brown material and mucus (in animals 
capable of the act), severe colic, pain on movement, consti- 
pation, or, rarely, bloody diarrhoea. Occasionally some acid 
flows into the larynx during deglutition and oedema and 
suffocation rapidly ensue. There is inflammation of the 
nj)per part of the digestive canal, thirst, and collapse, with 
weak pulse and cold extretnitips. Softening, sloughs, 
haemorrhage and perforation of the mucous membrane of 
the mouth, gullet and stomach and small intestines are 
found i^ost mortem. 

Treatment. — Soapsuds, sodium bicarbonate, lime water, 
magnesia, or other alkalies. Demulcents, as milk, white of 
egg, gum arable and linseed tea. Opium and stimulants. 
Wash out the stomach with a large amount of alkaline 
solution. 

Uses External. — Strong mineral acids are used as 
caustics. One part of sulphuric acid is mixed with three 
parts of sulphur, or asbestos, to form a paste for the destruc- 
tion of morbid growths. 

The application of sulphuric acid is somewhat dan- 
gerous, as it is difficult to limit the action, and it is not by 
any means the best escharotic, nor so good as nitric acid, 
which produces less extensive destruction of tissue, and is a 



272 INORGANIC AGENTS 

useful agent for the removal of tumors, for the cauterization 
of bites inflicted by rabid animals, and for the treatment of 
foul, sloughing wounds or foot rot. 

The action of nitric acid may be limited by surrounding 
the part to which the strong acid is applied with oil, or by 
washing the acid off with soapsuds. Glacial acetic acid is 
frequently employed to remove warts and small excres- 
cences. It is not so powerful as sulphuric or nitric acid. 
The acids in weak solution ( 3 i.-Oi.) are useful in relieving 
irritation of the skin, as in urticaria, for their astringent 
action upon piles, -and to stop slight haemorrhages. Vinegar 
diluted with 3 parts of water may be used for the same 
purposes. Nitric acid (lT[v.-xxx. to 3 i. of water) is a good 
antiseptic, stimulant and astringent application to indolent 
ulcers, wounds, or, in the mouth, for ulcerative or mercurial 
stomatitis. 

Uses Internal. — The acids are all of value in digestive 
disorders. Hydrochloric acid is useful in fever, to relieve 
thirst and aid digestion, when a few drops may be put in 
the drinking water. Hydrochloric acid is especially indi- 
cated for gastric indigestion with deficiency in the secretion 
of gastric juice, and for fermentation and tympanites in 
chronic gastritis. Hydrochloric acid should be given 
after feeding, and is often combined with bitters. It acts 
as an antiseptic in addition to aiding digestion. Hyper- 
secretion of hydrochloric acid, or hyperchlorhydria, is said 
to be characterized by acid reaction of the secretion in the 
mouth, and a desire to lick alkaline earthy matters. It is 
best treated by alkalies after feeding. All the acids are 
serviceable in the treatment of diarrhoea and intestinal indi- 
gestion. Aromatic sulphuric acid (with opium) is more 
particularly valuable as a remedy for watery purging. 
Nitric and nitrohydrochloric acids are of more use in 
diarrhoea with indigestion, jaundice, and disordered hepatic 
functions. The latter acid is often combined with nux 
vomica in the treatment of intestinal indigestion, and is a 
Taluable remedy in catarrhal jaundice of dogs. 



BOKIC ACID 273" 

Sulphuric acid is utilized in acute lead poisoniug, as an 
antidote, to form insoluble sulphates in the bowels. The 
acids are given for their remote astringent action in arrest- 
ing or preventing haemorrhage (purpura) from internal 
organs, and in diminishing excessive sweating and mucous 
discharges ; but are inferior to other agents in the treatment 
of these conditions. 

Administration. — The acids should all be thoroughly 
diluted with water for internal use. 



AciDUM BoEicuM. Boric Acid. H3 B O3. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Boracic acid, E.; acide borique, Fr,; acidum 
boracicum, sal. sedativum Hombergii, borsaure, G. 

Derivation. — Made by evaporation and crystallization of 
solutions obtained by passing steam issuing from rocks in 
volcanic regions of Italy, through water ; or by the action 
of hydrochloric or sulphuric acids upon borax. Na^ B^O, 
(borax) + 10 H,0 + 2 H CI = 4 H3B O3 + 2 Na CI + 5 H.O. 
Recovered by filtration and recrystallization. 

Properties. — Transparent, colorless scales, of a some- 
what pearly lustre, or, when in perfect crj^stals, six-sided 
triclinic plates, slightly unctuous to the touch ; odorless, 
having a faintly bitterish taste, and permanent in the air. 
Soluble in 25 6 parts of water and in 15 parts of alcohol; 
also soluble in 10 parts of glycerin. It is feebly acid. 

Dose. — Foals and calves., gr.xx.-xxx. (1.3-2.). 

PREPARATION. 

Glyceritum Boroglycerini. Glycerite of Boroglycerin. (U. S. P.) 

Synovym. — Glycerinum acidi borici, B. P.; glycerite of glyceryl 
borate, solution of boroglyceride. Boric acid, 310 ; glycerin to make 
1,000. Solution prepared by lieat (302° F.) 

Ungiientum Acidi Borici. (10 per cent.) (U. S. & B. P.) 

SoDii BoKAS. Sodium Borate. Na^B^O,. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Borax, B.P.; natrum biboricum, boras, boras 
sodicus, E.; borate de soudre, Fr.; borsaures natron, G. 



274 



INORGANIC AGENTS 



Derivation. — Natural deposits of the crude article occur 
as incrustations on shores of lakes in Nevada and California, 
which are purified bj calcination and crystallization. Borax 
is also made by boiling boric acid with sodium carbonate. 
4 H3B O3 + Na,C O3 = Na,B,0, + C O, + 6 H, O. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, 
or a white powder, inodorous and having a sweetish, alka- 
line taste. Slightly efflorescent in warm, dry air. Soluble 
in 16 parts of water at 59° F., and in 0.5 part of boiling 
water; insoluble in alcohol. At 176° F. it is soluble in one 
part of glycerin. Borax is slightly alkaline. 

ACTION OF BORIC ACID AND BORAX. 

Boric acid and borax are essentially mild, non-irritating 
antiseptics. These agents are practically harmless, as ordi- 
narily employed, yet death in man has been reported from 
absorption of a 5 per cent, solution of boric acid used for 
irrigation of the large cavities of the body, and fatalities 
have resulted from the ingestion of quantities of boric acid. 

Three drachms of boric acid may be given daily to dogs, 
without causing any untoward effect. In man, boric acid 
poisoning has been exhibited by feeble pulse, subnormal 
temperature, vomiting, erythema and swelling of superficial 
parts, involuntary evacuations, coma, and disordered respi- 
ration. Boric acid is eliminated by the urine, sweat, saliva 
and faeces. It is said to be diuretic, and, in large doses, to 
induce acute parenchymatous nephritis. 

Boric acid and borax, like other antiseptics, relieve 
itching and destroy parasites upon the skin. Boric acid 
exerts an antiseptic action upon the contents of the digestive 
tract and upon the urine. It is thought to possess some 
emmenagogue action. 



USES OF BORIC ACID AND BORAX. 

The value of boric acid and borax is chiefly surgical. 
They are employed more commonly upon the mucous mem- 



USES OP BORIC ACID AND BORAX 275 

branes of +lie eyelids, mouth, nose, vagina, urethra and 
"bladder, for their non-irritating, antiseptic properties, and 
also to relieve itching and to destroy parasites upon the 
skin. Boric acid is in more frequent use than any other 
agent in simple catarrhal conjunctivitis, and may be com- 
bined to advantage with cocaine as follows: 

Cocainee Hydrochlor gr.v.-x. 

Acid. Borici gr.x.-xx. 

Aquaj ad § i. 

M. 

S. Eye lotion. 

Borax is perhaps more appropriate in the mouth, being 
alkaline. It is applied by swab, in saturated solution, for 
aphthous and other forms of stomatitis. A saturated solu- 
tion (4 per cent.) of boric acid is useful as an injection for 
ozoena, cystitis and vaginitis. Borax in saturated solution 
assuages pruritus ani and vulvae, and is employed as an 
application for ringworm. Boroglyceride is indicated for 
burns and wounds. 

A serviceable antiseptic dressing is made by soaking 
gauze in a boiling saturated solution of boric acid. The 
dried gauze contains boric acid, which crystallizes upon it as 
the solution cools. One part of boric acid in combination 
with four parts of zinc oxide forms a soothing, protective 
dusting powder for chafed surfaces, intertrigo, erythema and 
moist eczema in dogs. Boric acid is occasionally prescribed 
in 10 per cent, ointment for eczema and psoriasis. It is 
perhaps the best remedy for canker of the ear in dogs (otitis 
externa). The ear should be syringed out with a 2 per 
cent, solution, dried with absorbent cotton, and powdered 
with pure boric acid. The internal uses of boric acid are 
nnimportant. It has been recommended and given as an 
emmenagogue, and as an intestinal antiseptic in fermenta- 
tive diai'rhoea of foals and calves. Boric acid is often 
administered in human medicine to acidify the urine and 
disinfect the genito-urinary tract, although not so efficient 
as urotropin. 



276 INORGANIC AGENTS 

SECTION XIL 
Class 1. — Carbon. 

Carbon is represented officially as follows : 

Carbo Animalis. Animal Charcoal. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Bone black, E.; charbou, Fr.; thier (or) 
knochen-kohle, G. 

Derivation. — Bones freed from fat are exposed to great 
heat in close iron cylinders till amraoniacal vapors pass 
off. The resulting charcoal is pulverized and contains 
about 10 per cent, of carbon and 88 per cent, of calcium 
phosphate and carbonate. 

Properties. — Dull, black, granular fragments, or a dull 
black powder ; odorless, nearly tasteless, and insoluble in 
■water or alcohol. 

I)ose.—TI. & C, 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.- 
15.); D., gr.xx.-3i. (1.3-4). 

PREPARATION. 

Carho Animalis Furificatus. Purified Animal Charcoal. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Animal charcoal, 100, is boiled with hydrochloric 
acid, 300, and water to remove ash. Result filtered and residue on 
filter paper washed and dried. 

Properties. — A dull, black powder, odorless and tasteless; insoluble 
in water, alcohol or other solvents 

Dose. — Same as above. 

Carbo Ligni. Charcoal. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Wood charcoal. 

Derivation. — Soft wood is charred by piling it in heaps, 
igniting, and covering it with sand and turf to prevent rapid 
combustion. 

Properties. — A black, odorless and tasteless powder, free 
from gritty matter. Insoluble in water or alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as animal charcoal. 

Action External. — Charcoal is an oxidizing antiseptic 



CHARCOAL 277 

and deodorizer. It lias tlie power, when dry, to absorb 
liquids and gases, condensing the latter within its pores. It 
thus both absorbs oxygen and gives up oxygen when in 
contact with oxidizable substances. 

In dessicating and oxidizing decomposing organic mat- 
ter, charcoal deprives germs of their proper moisture and 
food requirements for growth, but is not a true germ 
destroyer or disinfectant. Charcoal absorbs noxious and 
foul- smelling gases, and is thus a deodorant. 

Action Internal. — Charcoal has proved serviceable in 
certain digestive troubles. Since charcoal loses its absorp- 
tive properties so soon as it becomes thoroughly wet, it 
seems probable that the beneficial action in such conditions 
is due to the charcoal scraping off mucus from the walls of 
the stomach and bowels, or to increasing their vascularity 
and peristalsis, rather than to its absorbing gases. If 
administered continually in large quantities charcoal may 
produce mechanical obstruction in the bowels, and it is 
therefore employed in conjunction with laxatives. 

Uses External. — Charcoal is applied as a dusting powder 
with astringents and antiseptics upon ulcers, galled and raw 
surfaces. The following combination is useful : charcoal, 4r 
parts; salicylic acid, 2 parts; burnt alum, 1 part. It is also 
used in flaxseed meal poultices upon foul, sloughing parts. 
Animal charcoal is better than wood charcoal as an absor- 
bent, although the unpurified bone black is said to be more 
efficient, since the mineral matters separate the carbon joar- 
ticles and aid its absorptive power. 

Uses Internal. — Charcoal is employed occasionally in 
indigestion, chronic gastric and intestinal catarrh, tympa- 
nitis and diarrhcea, accompanied by mucous discharges. 
Charcoal possesses the power of attracting and holding 
alkaloids in its subtance, and so may be used in large doses, 
as an antidote in poisoning by alkaloidal drugs, as opium,, 
nux vomica and aconite. Its action is slow, and other 
means, as tannic acid, emetics and the stomach tube, are 
more efficient. 



278 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Carbonei Disdlphidum. Carbon Disulphide. C Sj. 
(U.S.I>.) 

Synonym. — Carbonii bisulpliidum, bisulphide of carbon, 
carbon sulphide, E.; carboneum sulphuratum, alcohol ruI- 
furis, P. G.; sulfure de carbone, Fr.; schwefelkolilenstoff, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained from carbon and sulphur by 
distillation. 

Froperties. — A clear, colorless, highly refractive liquid ; 
yery diffusive, having a strong, characteristic, but not fetid 
odor, and a sharp, aromatic taste. Soluble in 535 parts of 
water ; very soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, and fixed 
volatile oils. Spec. gr. 1.268 to 1.269. Carbon disulphide 
vaporizes readily and is highly inflammable. 

Actions and Uses. — Carbon disulphide is a rapid and 
powerful anaesthetic when inhaled, and also locally, when 
applied in spray upon the skin. It produces muscular 
weakness, coma, and, rarely, convulsions in toxic doses. 
It has been used as a counter-irritant in the fot'm of 
vMpor, to cause absorption of enlarged lymphatic glands. 
Favorable results have been reported by Perroncito, with 
carbon disulphide given in gelatine capsules to horses to 
destroy the larvf© of the bot fly (CEstrus eqai). Three cap- 
sules, containing 10 grams each, for a horse, or 8 grams 
each for a colt, should be given at hour intervals, and 
followed in 12 hours by a pint of oil. 

Class 2. — Alcohol, Ether and Chloroform. 

Alcohol. Alcohol. C,H, O H. (U. S. P.) 

/S'2/wow?/m.— Spiritus rectificatus, B. P.*; spiritus vini 
rectificatissimus, alcohol vini, rectified spirit, E.; alcool, Fr.; 
weingeist, G.; spiritus, P. G. 



lime (8 



* Rectified spirit (B. P.) cantains 90 per cent, of piire alcohol by vol- 
(85.65 per cent, by weight). There are four official dilutions in the B. 



ume ^^oo.ou per cent, uy weigiii;. xiiere are lour t)]iiciai <uiunons in me xj. 
P, containing 70, 60, 45 and 20 per cent, of alcohol by volume respectively. 



ALCOHOL 279 

Alcohol is derived directly from fruit sugar, and indi- 
Tectly from starch. The grains, as wheat, rye, corn ; and 
potatoes, supply starch most economically. The starch in 
these substances is converted into glucose by heatiug with 
very dilute sulphuric acid, or by fermentation with malt. 
Glucose is further acted upon by yeast containing the Torula 
cerevisi8e, which converts 15 per cent, of glucose into alcohol 
and carbonic dioxide. CeH^.Oe = 2 C, H, O H + 2 C O,. 

The weak alcohol resulting is subjected to repeated 
distillation until sufficiently pure and concentrated. In the 
natural fermentation of fruit sugar in grape juice, during 
the formation of wine, the amount of alcohol is self-limited 
to 15, rarely 20 per cent., since the ferment is killed by an 
amount of alcohol greater than this. 

Derivation. — The official alcohol is derived from rectified 
spirit, by maceration, first with anhydrous potassium car- 
bonate, then freshly fused calcium chloride, and finally by 
distillation. 

Properties. — A liquid composed of about 92.3 per cent., 
by weight, or 949 per cent., by volume, of ethyl alcohol 
(C„H,0 H), and about 7.7 per cent., by weight, of water (U. 
S. P.) A transparent, colorless, mobile and volatile liquid, 
of a characteristic, rather agreeable odor, and a burning 
taste. Spec. gr. about .820 at 15° C. (59° R). Miscible 
with water in all proportions and without any trace of 
cloudiness. Also miscible Avith ether or chloroform. It is 
readily volatile at low temperatures, and boils at 78° C. 
(172.4° F.). It is inflammable and burns with a blue flame. 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3i.-iii. (30.-90.); Sh. & Sw., 3ii.-iv. 
(8.-15.); D., -i.-ii. (4-8.). 

PREPARATION. 

Alcohol Dilutum. Diluted Alcohol. (U. S. P.) 

A liquid composed of about 41 per cent., by weight, or about 48.6 
per cent., by volume, of absolute ethyl alcohol (Cj Hs O H), and about 
•59 per cent, of water. (U. S. P. ) 

Derivation.— Alcohol, 500; distilled water, 500. 



280 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Alcohol Absolutum. Absolute Alcohol. CJI.O H. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Ethyl alcohol, containing not more than 1 per cent., by 
"weight, of water. 

Derivation. — Percolation of the purest alcohol through 
quicklime, out of contact with the air, and redistillation in 
vacuo. 

Properties. — Transparent, colorless, mobile find volatile 
liquid, of a characteristic, rather agreeable odor, and a 
burning taste. Yery hydroscopic. Spec. gr. not higher 
than 0.797 at 15= C. (69° F.) 

Alcohol Deodoratum. Deodorized Alcohol. 
(Non-official.) 

A liquid composed of about 92.5 per cent., by weight, 
or 95.1 per cent., by volume, of ethyl alcohol (Cj Hg O H), 
and about 7.5 per cent., by weight, of water. 

Derivation. — Distillation of alcohol with about^ 2 per 
per cent, of pure fused sodium acetate. 

Properties. — Similar to alcohol, except as regards odor. 

Spiritus Frumenti. Whisky. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Eau-de-vie de grains, Fr.; whiskey korn- 
branntwein, G, 

Derivation. — An alcoholic liquid obtained by the distil- 
lation of the mash of fermented grain (usually of mixtures, 
of corn, wheat and rye), and at least two years old. 

Properties. — An amber-colored liquid, having a distinc- 
tive odor and taste, and a slightly acid reaction. Its specific 
gravity should not be more than 0.930, nor less than 0.917, 
corresponding, approximately, to an alcoholic strength of 
44 to 50 per cent., by weight, or 50 to 58 per cent., bj 
volume. Contains no more than traces of fusel oil. The 
alcoholic liquors o^e their flavor or bouquet to ethers which 
are only developed in course of time. The amylic alcohol. 



ALCOHOL 281 

■or fusel oil in whiskey is therefore converted into ethers, 
which give the characteristic flavor to whiskey. 

Dose.—B.. and C, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); Sh. & Sw., si.-ii. 
<30.-60.); D., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.). 

Spiritds Vini Gallicl Brandy. (U. S. <fe B. P.) 

Synonym. — Spirit of French wine,E.; eau-de-vie, cognac, 
Fr.; Frantzbranntwein, G. 

Derivation. — An alcoholic liquid obtained by the distil- 
lation of the fermented unmodified juice of fresh grapes, and 
at least four years old. 

Brandy is somewhat astringent and is often not marie 
from the distillation of wine, but is a factitious preparation. 
Native brandy is said to be purer, but is usually inferior in 
■flavor to that of foreign manufacture. Brandy contains 39- 
47 per cent, of absolute alcohol by weight; 46-55 per cent, 
by volume. 

Z>ose.— Same as that for whiskey. 

Spiritus Juniperi Compositus. Compound Spirit of Juniper. 

(U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Oil of juniper, 8 ; oil of caraway, 1 ; oil of 
fennel, 1; alcohol, 1,400; water to make 2,000. 

Compound spirit of juniper is similar to gin in its thera- 
peutic action. Contains about 15 per cent, more alcohol. 
Gin is made by distillation of fermented malt and juniper 
berries. Gin differs from the other alcoholic preparations 
therapeutically in being more diuretic. 

Dose. — Same as that for whiskey. 

Rum. (Not offiicial.) 

Rum is made from a fermented solution of molasses by 
distillation. It contains, by weight, from 40 to 50 per cent. 
of absolute alcohol. Rum does not differ physiologicallv 
from alcohol. There is no authoritative Latin name for rum. 

Dose. — Same as that for whiskey. 



282 INORGANIC AGENTS 

ViNUM Album. White Wine. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — An alcoholic liquid made by fermenting 
the juice of fresh grapes, the fruit of Vitis vinifera (nat. ord. 
vitacese), free from seeds, stems, and skins. 

Properties. — A pale amber or straw-colored liquid, 
having a pleasant odor, free from yeastiness, and a fruity^ 
agreeable, slightly spirituous taste, without excessive sweet- 
ness or acidity. The Pharmacopoeia directs that the wine 
should contain from 7 to 12 per cent., by weight, of absolute 
alcohol. California Hock and Reisling, Ohio Catawba, 
Sherry, Muscatel, Madeira and the stronger wines of the 
Khine, Mediterranean, and Hungary, come within the phar- 
macopceial limits. Wines containing more than ,14 per cent, 
of alcohol, are usually fortified, i. e., have alcohol or brandy 
added to them, and much imported Sherry and Madeira 
contain 16 to 20 per cent., by weight, of absolute alcohol. 

ViNUM EuBRUM. Ked Wine. (IT. S. P.) 

Derivation. — An alcoholic liquid made by fermenting 
the juice of fresh colored grapes, the fruit of Yitis vinifera 
(nat. ord. vitacese), in presence of their skins. 

Properties. — A deep-red liquid, having a pleasant odor, 
free from yeastiness, and a fruity, moderately astringent, 
pleasant and slightly acidulous taste, without excessive 
sweetness or acidity. Should contain not less than 7, nor 
more than 12 per cent., by weight, of alcohol. Native Claret, 
Burgundy, Bordeaux, and Hungarian wines may be included 
within the pharmacopoeial limits of vinum rubrum. Port 
(viuum portense) is fortified with brandy during fermenta- 
tion, and contains 15 to 25 per cent., by weight, of absolute 
alcohol. Port is. astringent from tannic acid in the grapes, 
skins and stalks, or the astringency may be due to logwood. 

Eed wines are said to be rough, contain tannic acid and 
therefore are astringent. Dry wines are those which con- 
tain little sugar. The wines develop ethers with age, and 
these improve their flavor and action. 



ALCOHOL 283 

Champagne contains about 10 per cent, of absolute 
alcohol and carbonic acid gas, which acts as a local sedative 
upon the stomach. Ale, stout and beers contain from 4 to 
8 per cent, of alcohol, together with bitters and malt extracts. 
Cider contains 5 to 9 per cent, of absolute alcohol. Imported 
Sherry (vinum xericum, B. P.), 15 to 20 per cent, of absolute 
alcohol. Alcohol is the solvent most commonly employed 
in pharmacy, dissolving alkaloids, resins, volatile oils, bal- 
sams, oleo-resins, tannin, sugar, some fats and fixed oils. 

Action External. — Alcohol is a germicide. When applied 
in dilution to mucous membranes, raw surfaces or wounds, 
alcohol is a stimulant, antiseptic and local anaesthetic; while 
in concentration, it is irritant and even caustic, coagulating 
mucus and albumin. If alcohol is allowed to evaporate 
from the unbroken skin, cooling of the surface and contrac- 
tion of the superficial blood vessels ensue, with diminished 
secretions of sweat; but when alcohol is rubbed into the 
skill, it is absorbed, takes up water, hardens the integument 
and causes temporary vasular dilatation. Alcoholic aqueous 
dilutions containing 60 to 70 per cent, of absolute alcohol 
are among the most valuable skin disinfectants. AbsolutB 
ulcohol, or the undiluted commercial alcohol, have no gpr- 
micidal action on dry bacteria, and alcohol in less than 40 
per cent, strength is too weak. 

Action Internal. — Alcohol acts locally upon the mucous 
membrane of the alimentary canal, as described above, and 
if swallowed in concentration it produces congestion and 
white patches in the mouth by coagulating albumin upon 
the mucous membrane. The secretion of saliva is increased. 
In small doses the more powerful alcoholic liquors, as whis- 
key and brandy, aid digestion by stimiilating locally the 
gastric circulation, secretion, movement and aj^petite. 

During and immediately after ingestion of undiluted 
stronger alcoholic liquors, and before there is time for 
absorption to occur, the heart is reflexly stimulated by the 
irritant action of the alcohol upon the sensory nerve endings 
in the mucous membrane of the mouth, gullet and stomach. 



284 INORGANIC AGENTS 

In large amounts, alcohol destroys the action of the peptic 
ferment, causes inflammation of the walls of the stomach 
and perverts the normal secretion into a mucous discharge. 
Alcohol in physiological doses may be slightly decomposed 
in the stomach with the formation of aldehyde and acetic 
acid, which may precipitate some of the proteids, peptones 
and pepsin. This action is not sufficient to interfere with, 
the stomachic effect of alcohol. Alcohol is slightly astrin- 
gent in the digestive tract, and may relieve pain by its local 
anaesthetic action upon the stomach, and spasm, by stimu- 
lating the nervous mechanism controlling the stomach and 
bowels, and so coordinating the peristaltic movements. 

Circulation. — Alcohol is absorbed into the blood and 
undergoes decomposition in the pody. When alcohol is 
mixed with blood, outside of the body, coagulation occurs, 
and separation of haemoglobin from the corpuscles. The 
blood does not, under these circumstances, yield its oxygen 
readily to reducing agents. In rapid alcoholic poisoning 
the corpuscles have been found shriveled and containing 
a yellow precipitate of haemoglobin in their substance. 
Alcohol diminislies oxidation in the body by hindering 
the oxyhsemoglobin from giving up its oxygen, but this 
action does not occur until large quantities have been 
absorbed. 

Alcohol makes the heart beat more forcibly and rap- 
idly, and also increases blood pressure, despite the 
fact that normally alcohol causes dilation of the arte- 
rioles.* It is evident, however, that the vascular dilation 
is not general, for if it involved the splanchnic area so 
much blood would be diverted to this region that the 
skin would be pale instead of flushed, as can be seen in 
man. In weakened bodily conditions, with vasular relaxa- 
tion, alcohol may increase vascular tonicity and diminish the 
rate of the heart-beat by stimulation of the cardiac inhibi- 
tory apparatus. The heart and blood vessels are paralyzed 
by poisonous doses of alcohol, and blood tension falls tre- 
mendously. Evidence is contradictory in relation to the 



* Recpnt researches show that alcohol is not a heart stimulant when given in 
dilutiou. It only stimulates the heart reflexly when alcohol is ingested in con- 
centrated form. So respiratory stimulation is only due to peripheral irritation of 
strong alcoholic solutions on the stomach. 



ALCOHOL 285 

exact physiological action of alcohol npoii the nervous 
mechanism controlling the heart and blood vessels. The 
action upon the heart is thought by some experimenters 
to be due to the stimulation of the accelerator nerves 
(Dogiel) ; by others to stimulation of the cardiac motor 
ganglia ; while Wood refers the action to excitation of 
the heart muscle. It is also uncertain whether the action 
upon the vessels is due to the effect of alcohol upon 
the vasomotor system entirely, or in part to direct 
action upon the vessel walls. The fact that the heart is 
reflexly stimulated by the irritant action of large doses 
of concentrated alcoholic liquors upon the stomach, has 
already been noted. Primary vascular contraction may fol- 
low the reflex stimulation of alcohol before absorption and 
vascular dilatation occur. 

Respiration. — The respiratory centre is stimulated by 
medicinal doses, but depressed and paralyzed by toxic 
amounts of alcohol. 

Teinnerature. — The temperature, both in health and 
fever, may be lowered by alcohol, because of its action in 
hindering the ozonizing functions of the red blood corpuscles 
and thus diminishing oxidation in the body, and because 
alcohol causes relaxation of the peripheral blood vessels 
and loss of heat by radiation from the skin. The larger the 
quantity of alcohol ingested, the greater the fall of tempera- 
ture. In alcoholic narcosis, vasomotor paralysis loads to 
great loss of heat, particularly if the animal be at the same 
time exposed to cold. In small doses, alcohol may some- 
times increase the temperature by stimulating the heart, 
but the sensation of warmth perceived in man following the 
use of alcohol is generally fallacious, and is simply due to 
flushing of the vessels of the skin and stomach. Some of the 
lowest temperatures ever observed have been in drunken 
persons exposed to cold. 

Tissue Change. — Metabolism is diminished by alcohol. 
Experiments conducted to determine quantitatively the 
elimination of carbonic dioxide are conflicting in their 



286 INORGANIC AGENTS 

results, after the ingestion of small doses of alcohol, but 
■when considerable quantities have been absorbed the elimi- 
nation of carbonic dioxide is decidedly diminished. The 
explanation of the preceding is clear when it is considered 
that many other circumstances may obscure the action of 
small amounts of alcohol upon carbonic dioxide elimination. 
The nitrogenous products in the urine, particularly urea 
resulting from tissue change, are also lessened by alcohol. 

Nervous System. — Moderate doses of alcohol stimulate, 
while excessive quantities depress and paralyze the nervous 
system. This action is similar to that exerted upon the 
circulatory organs. The local effect of alcohol upon the 
peripheral nerves resembles the action after absorption 
upon the system generally. The nervous system is affected 
in nearly the same order and manner as by anaesthetics, and 
the same stages may be observed. The stages include the 
stimulant, depressant and paralytic. The law of dissolution 
is demonstrated by alcohol, as the more highly organized 
centres, and those more recently developed in the process 
of evolution, are the first to succumb, and following out this 
order the medulla, the first of the higher centres to be 
developed, is the last to be influpnced by the drug. In 
accordance with this law the cerebrum is first acted upon. 
The ])eriod of excitement is brief and is due in a consider- 
able degree to the increased cerebral circulation and flushing 
of the brain. It is essential to emphasize the fact that by 
far the most apparent and decided action of alcohol is one 
of depression upon the nervous system as a whole.* The 
stimulating influence of alcohol upon the spinal centres is 
more marked in the lower animals than in man, because the 
brain is proportionately small and poorly developed in the 
former. The primary stimulating effect of alcohol is shown 
in man by increased mental activity and apparent brilliancy, 
but acute reasoning and judgment are not enhanced, and in 
many cases there is almost immediate mental confusion and 
drowsiness induced. In man there is emotional excitement 
and the functions of speech and imagination are stimulated 



♦Many authorities— as Schmiedeberg and Bunge— affirm that alcohol acts 
only as a depressant to the nervous system from t.lie very stnrt. They offe'- vnrv 
convincing experiments to prove their assertion, but other investigators get con- 
tradictory results, as above. 



ALCOHOL 287" 

in the primary stage, but depression is soon noted in the 
loss of judgment and reasoning power, emotional control, 
decent restraint and speech. The patient cries, shouts, 
sings or laughs and talks incoherently. In the lower 
animals the stimulation of the higher and sensory psychical 
cerebral centres, with exhilaration, is rarely observed, but 
depression is seen in stupor and muscular incoordination. 
Stimulation of the cerebral motor centres is shown by motor 
excitement. 

In man, following the symptoms described above, there 
is incoordination of muscular movements, first of those more 
highly and recently organized, such as are employed in 
writing, and then the muscular movements more remotely 
developed are affected, and the person is unable to walk, 
and finally there is complete paralysis of the motor centres 
and muscles. The staggering and uncertain gait of drunken 
people occurs not only because the cerebral motor and 
cerebellar centres are depressed by alcohol, but also because 
of loss of sensation and touch, or muscular sense, which is 
essential in maintaining the e(]uilibrium. In relation to the 
spinal cord, primary stimulation of the reflex centres is 
more marked in animals than in man, as has been pointed 
out. In animals this stimulatioii causes' motor excitement, 
so that the patient trembles, jumps about, or strikes out 
with the feet. Depression of the reflex centres occurs in 
the latter stage of poisoning, and is exhibited by involuntary 
defsecation and micturition ; sensation and voluntary motion 
are lost. The motor nerves and muscles are not generally 
paralyzed, except by the local action of alcohol. The 
medulla finally becomes depressed and paralyzed, so that 
respiration, which is first stimulated, now fails, and the 
heart muscle becomes paralyzed and stops beating. 

The action of alcohol upon the nervous system may be 
summarized with a fair degree of accuracy, as stimulation 
and then depression of the parts enumerated below, and in 
the following order : 



288 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Cerebral psychical centres. Spinal centres. 

Cerebral sensory centres. Sensory, reflex and motor. 

Cerebral motor centres. Medullary centres. 

Cerebellum. Vasomotor (early depression). 

Respiratory. 

Horses and dogs are comparatively susceptible to alco- 
hol, ruminants slightly so. An amount of alcohol equivalent 
to a pint of wlii.^key has killed a sound horse, while four 
ounces of whiskey will cause death in dogs if vomition be 
prevented by ligature of the cesophagus. 

Primary motor excitement is followed by unsteady, 
staggering gait, and coma in fatal cases. 

Slcin. — Alcohol dilates the peripheral vessels, and theie- 
fore brings more blood to the sudoriparous glands, and 
excites their functional activity. It is thus a diaphoretic. 

Kidneys. — Alcohol acts as a diuretic by increasing 
general blood tension, and probably by augmenting local 
vascular tension in the kidney in dilating the afferent vessels 
supplying the Malpighian bodies. 

Nutrition. — Alcohol is a food, and, like other carbohy- 
drates, supplies heat and energy in its decomposition, but 
does not directly furnish tissue elements. We are ignorant 
of the fate of alcohol after absorption, but we do know that 
the greater portion is decomposed and is not eliminated. 
Alcohol is most advantageous as a food in fever, or in condi- 
tions associated with weak digestion, since it is readily 
absorbed and assimilated. Alcohol causes dulness and 
lessened power for mental or physical work in man, and in 
normal conditions is not a desirable food unless there is a 
deficiency in the ordinary diet. In diminishing oxidation in 
the body, alcohol assists the accumulation of fat. 

Elimination. — When alcohol is ingested in ordinary 
doses it is practically all consumed, and none but the most 
trivial amount is eliminated, i. e., two to three per cent. 
The greater the quantity absorbed the larger the amount 
eliminated by the urine, breath, sweat and fseces, both rela- 
tively and absolutely ; but under no circumstances after the 
most enormous doses does the elimination exceed 25 per 
cent, of the quantity ingested. 



ALCOHOL 289 

Summary. — Alcoliol is externally refrigerant, astringent, 
anhidrotic and antiseptic, and if applied so that absorption 
occurs, it is rubefacient. On raw surfaces it is sHglitly 
anaesthetic. Alcohol is internally a stomachic, cavminativo 
and slight local anaesthetic iu the digestive tract. It stimu- 
lates the heart reflexly before and directly after absorption, 
and excites the respiratory centre. Alcohol is a narcotic, 
first stimulating and then depressing the nervous systen\ 
Alcohol forms a compound witli haemoglobin which gives up 
oxygen less easilj^ and so diminishes oxidation and tissue 
change. It supplies force and is a food. Alcohol is a 
diuretic, diaphoretic, and antipyretic in lessening tissue 
change and dilating peripheral vessels, and in causing 
sweating. 

Acide FoisoniiKj. — In coma and miiscular relaxation, the 
treatment consists in the external application of heat and 
counter-irritants ; while strychnine, digitalis and atropine 
should be given subcutaueously and followed up with 
ammonia by the mouth. 

Uses External. — Alcoliol is applied to the unbroken skin, 
on cotton or lint, to bruises, for its local refrigerant and 
astringent action in relieving pain and congestion. Diluted'^ 
to 70 per cent, strength, alcohol forms an antiseptic 
and local anaesthetic application to wounds, and like most 
antiseptics, relieves itching, particularly when combined 
witli 1 to 2 per cent, of carbolic acid. 

Uses Internal — Digestive Tract. — Alcohol is a useful 
remedy to promote appetite and assist digestion. The drug 
should be given immediately before eating or v/itli the food, 
properly diluted, and often advantageously with egg and 
milk during fever or convalescence from acute diseases. 
Alcohol is frequently combined with bitters, as compound 
tincture of gentian, when employed as a stomachic. 

Acute Diseases. — Alcohol finds its greatest field of useful- 
ness in the treatment of febrile diseases, notably influenza 

* Alcohol diluted with one-third part of water makes one of the 
best known agents for hand-disinfection. It is relied upon entirely in 
some of the best hospitals in the country, in addition to thorough scrub- 
bing in soap and water. 



290 INORGANIC AGENTS 

and pneumonia in horses. In such conditions it overcomes 
the paralysis of the sphmchuics caused by the toxins and- 
flushes the vessels of the skin, in this way equalizing the 
circulation and allowing the heart to receive more blood. 
A high temperature does not contra-indicate the use of 
alcohol, but it is not desirable in the first stages of acute 
inflammatory disorders. Alcohol is particularly service- 
able in asthenic diseases and in continued fevers asso- 
ciated with general depression, as septicaemia.* Alcohol 
is more readily burned up in fever, aids digestion, lessens 
oxidation and tissue waste, supplies force and is a food. 
Alcohol stimulates the nervous system and bridges over 
a period when artificial stimulation is necessary. This 
drug may reduce temperatui-e, but larger doses are needed 
for this purpose {i.e., to cause vasomotor depression 
and interference with the ozonizing functions of the 
blood) than is generally desirable, since the respiratory 
centre and heart may be depressed and digestion retarded. 
In certain conditions, however, as septicseinia, alcohol exerts 
a decided antipyretic action. Alcohol furthermore favors 
antipyresis through its diarphoreticand diuretic properties, 
in causing increased radiation of heat and elimination of 
toxic products. The most essential action of alcohol in 
acute diseases consists in stimulating the heart and respira- 
tion, in equalizing the circulation by overcoming internal 
congestions through the action on the heart, combined with 
that causing vascular dilatation. Alcohol naturally increases 
the force and frequency of the normal heart, and may act 
likewise in fevers. This effect is undesirable, and for this 
reason alcohol is contra-indicated in the first stage of sthenic 
diseases, but in fevers associated with weakness of the heart, 
alcohol often decreases its rapidity by stimulation of its 
inhibitory apparatus, although increasing the cardiac force. 
This action may be due to invigoration of the weakened 
organ. Since alcohol does not always act uniformly 
upon the heart in febrile conditions, we must be guided 
by its effect in each case. The pulse, respiration, skin 



*The results of recent researches cause clinicians to rely less on the lise of 
alcohol in disease. It has been shown that it is neither a direct heart or respira- 
tory stimulant. In acute disease alcohol lias value as a nerve sedative ; as a food; 
to dilute peripheral vessels and equalize the circulation; and to improve tha 
digestion. 



ALCOHOL 291 

and nervous system are our guides, and the object is to 
Ijring the functions into a more normal condition. Alcoliol 
should therefore reduce the frequency of the pulse and 
respiration, when they are too rapid, and should make the 
skin moister and the animal quieter. If these results are 
obtained, the use of the drug should be persisted in ; if 
otherwise, administration should be stopped. Small and 
repeated doses are more appropriate ii\ fever. 

Alcohol is one of the most valuable agents at our com- 
mand m the treatment of surgical shock, collapse, exhaustion, 
severe hemorrhage, and following exposure to cold. lu 
these conditions it should be given hot and only slightly 
diluted. In poisoning by drugs which depress the circula- 
lion, or by toxines resulting from bacterial infection, alcohol 
is an invaluable remedy. Alcohol is a chemical antidote in 
carbolic acid poisoning, and besides overcomes the shock 
produced by the latter; whiskey or brandy may be used. 

Administration. — Veterinary practitioners are fortunately 
exempt from any moral considerations in relation to their 
medicinal use of alcohoL Rum, 'gin and whiskey are more 
commonly employed than the other alcoholic prepara- 
tions, although diluted alcohol is practically as valuable. 
Gin is indicated when a diuretic action is important. 
Brandy, being more astringent, is given to dogs with diar- 
rhoea, and, combined with cracked ice in small quantities, 
relieves vomiting. Sherry may also be administered to dogs 
with advantage. The dose of the various alcoholic liquids 
depeuds upon the quantity of alcohol contained in them. 

Animals will usually take alcoholic preparations volun- 
tarily if largely diluted with water, milk or gruel. Whiskey 
should be diluted with about 4 parts of water when given in 
drench, unless the reflex action is desired, when it is admin- 
istered in considerable doses with an equal amount of hot 
water. 

Diluted alcohol, undiluted whiskey or brandy are 
injected subcutaneously when a rapid action is imperative. 



292 INORGANIC AGENTS 

^rHER. Ether. (C, H:),0. (U. S. P.) 

Synomjm. — iEtlier pnrus, B. P. ; aether fortior, pure 
ether, E.; ether hydrique pur, Fr.; reiiier aether, G. 

A liquid composed of about 96 per cent., by weight, of 
absolute ether or ethyl oxide [(C,H5),0], and about 4 per 
cent, of alcohol containing a little water. . 

Derivation. — Obtained by distillation of alcohol with 
sulphuric acid. There are two steps in the production of 
ether; sulphovinic acid and water are formed in the first 
step. H,S O, + C;H,0 H = C, H„ H S O, + H, O. Sul- 
phovinic acid is then further acted upon by alcohol. 

C,H„ H S O, + C JI„ O H = (C,H,), 6 + H,S O, The 
distillate is freed from water by agitation with calcium oxide 
and chloride, and subjected to redistillation. 

Properties. — k. transparent, colorless, mobile liquid, 
having a characteristic odor and a burning and sweetish 
taste. Spec. gr. .725 to .728 at 59° P. Soluble in about 10 
times its volume of water at 59° P. Miscible in all pro[)()r- 
tions with alcohol, chloroform, benzine, benzol, fixed and 
volatile oils. Ether boils at about 37° C. (98.6° P.), and it 
should therefore boil when a test tube, containing some 
broken glass and half filled with it, is held for some time in 
the hand. Ether is highly volatile and inflammable; its 
Tapor, when mixed with air and ignited, explodes violently. 
The color of light blue litmus paper moistened with water 
should not be changed when the paper is immersed in ether 
for 10 minutes. Upon evaporation ether should leave no 
residue. Ether is a solvent for fats, oils, alkaloids, resins, 
gutta percha and gun cotton. Ether vapor is lieavier than 
air, and, consequently, etherization should never be done 
above a light or fire. 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. k Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); 
D., nix.- 3 i. (.6-4). 

PREPARATIONS. 

^ther Purijicatus. (B. P.) 

(Ether freed from most of its alcohol and water.) 

Spiritiis ^theris. Spirit of Ether. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Ether, 335 ; alcohol, 675. ( U. S. P.) -Dose— Same as for ether. 



ETHER 293 

Spiritiis u^theris Compositus. Compound Spirit of Ether. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

/ST/Hont/m.— Hoffman's anodyne. Ether, 325; alcohol, 650; etberial 
oil, 25. (U. S. P.) 

Dose. — Same as for ether. 

Action External. — Ether evaporates rapidly from the 
skin, and abstracts so much heat in the process that the 
superficial parts are cooled, benumbed, and even frozen. 
This action is taken advantage of in spraying ether from an 
atomizer upon the skin (with or without cocaine injection) 
to cause local amesthesia in minor surgical operations, as 
opening abscesses. The spray should not be applied more 
than a few minutes, or freezing, damage to the tissues, and 
retardation of the healing process will ensue. If ether is 
applied with friction, or if evaporation from the skin is 
prevented by bandaging, it will act as a rubefacient. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Organs. — Ether is an irritant 
to the mucous membrane of the digestive tract, and shonld 
be given only when considerably diluted with water. Ether 
stimulates secretion, motion, and increases local blood 
supply of the stomach. Ether, in concentration, resembles 
alcohol and ammonia in stimulating the heart reflexly, by 
its irritant action upon the alimentary canal, before it has 
time to be absorbed. It relieves pain and spasm in the 
digestive tract by coordinating or restoring nervous control 
over the stomach and bowels. 

Circulation. — Ether stimulates the motor ganglia of the 
heart, and increases its force and frequency. It also excites 
the vasomotor centres and increases vascular tension. In 
poisonous doses, or after prolonged inhalation, the circula- 
tion becomes depressed and weak. 

Ne7'vous System. — Ether exerts a primary, transient, 
stimulating action upon the brain and lower nervous centres, 
but rapidly succeeding this, ether depresses and abolishes 
the functions of all the great nerve centres in the following 
order, and with the following results : 
^ 1. The cerebrum (with loss of consciousness). 



294 INORGANIC AGENTS 

2. Sensory spinal tract (loss of sensation), 

3. Motor spinal area (loss of motion and partial loss 
of reflex action). 

3. Sensory medullary centres. 

5. Motor medullary centres (failure of respiration). 

Ether does not affect tlie nerves or muscles when 
inhaled or ingested. Ether depresses the action of the 
nerves, however, when applied locally. 

Respiration. — The respiratory centre is stimulated by 
inhalation or ingestion of therapeutic quantities of ether. 
Paralysis of the respiratory centre occurs in the last stago 
of ether poisoning. Ether vapor is irritant to the respira- 
tory mucous membrane, and causes coughing and choking 
during inhalation. It is not an ajipropriate ansosthetic, 
therefore, in inflammatory conditions of the respiratory 
tract. Etlier vapor excites the peripheral ends oi the trifa- 
cial nerve in the face, and the vagus nerve in the lungs, so 
th;it temporary arrest of respiration often occurs when a 
I'resh supply of ether is added dining inhalation. 

Temperature.— T1\\Q. temperature of the body may be 
laised during the stage of excitement and struggling, but 
jirolonged etherization leads to loss of heat, owing to ev;tpo- 
ration of ether from the lungs, and general depression of the 
uervons system. 

EUniination. — Ether is eliminated principally from the 
lungs, and to some extent by the kidneys. Recent experi- 
ments indicate that ether causes contraction of the renal 
arteries, with diminution in the size of the kidneys, sup- 
pression of urine and albuminuria. 

Uses. — Apart from its value as an anaesthetic, ether 
is mainly of service for two purposes. First : in col- 
lapse, syncope, or " sinking spells," due to poisoning, or 
natural causes. Ether may be given by the mouth, or sub- 
cutaneously into the muscular tissue, to avoid abscess. It 
is to be compared with, and is an efficient substitute for, 
nitroglycerin, or amyl nitrite, as a rapid, circulatory stimu- 
lant. Ether should not be given as a stimulant, however. 



CHLOROFORM 295 

lylien such an agent is required during or following anaes- 
1;liesia, Second : In spasmodic, or mild, flatulant colic, ether 
relieves pain, spasm and flatulence. The following prescrip- 
tion will be found useful for the horse : 

^theris o § i. 

Chlorof ormi 3 ii. 

Tine, opii § ii. 

M. et f . haustus. 
S. Give at once in a pint of cold water. 

Ether is a good antispasmodic remedy for hiccough 
or "thumps," in the horse, and has a narcotic action upon 
tape and lumbricoid worms. When used for the latter pur- 
pose, ether should be followed by a purge. Ether may be 
employed in enema to narcotize and remove the Oxyuris 
c-nrvula of the horse. 

Administration. — Ether should be given in gelatine cap- 
sules; niixed with two parts of cracked ice and water; or 
with equal parts of brandy or whiskey, to avoid undue 
irritation of ether and its vapor upon the mucous membranes 
during deglutition. 



Chloroformum. Chloroform. C H CI3. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Si/nonym. — Chloroformum purificatum, purified chloro- 
form, E. ; chloroformium, P. G. ; formylum trichloratum, 
chlorof orme pur, Er.; reines chloroformum, G. 

A liquid consisting of 99 to 99.4 per cent., by weight, of 
absolute chloroform, and 1 to 0.6 per cent, of alcohol. 

Derivation. — Alcohol and water are heated in a still to 
37.7° C. (100° P.), when chlorinated lime is added and 
chloroform is evolved. The chemical action is very compli- 
cated. Chloroform, free from chlorinated compounds, is 
nlso made from acetone and chlorinated lime by distillation, 
dalcium acetate, hydrate and chloride result as bye products. 

2 C3H,0 +6 Ca O CI, =2 C H CI3 + Ca (aH30„), 
-L 2 Ca 0„H, + 3 Ca CL. 



296 INORGANIC AGENTS 

For tests and purification, vid. U. S. P. 

Properties. — A heavy, clear, colorless, mobile and diffus- 
ible liquid, of a characteristic, ethereal odor, and a burning, 
sweet taste. Spec. gr. not below 1.490 at 15° C. (59^ F.). 
Soluble in about 200 times its volume of cold water, and in 
all proportions in alcohol, ether, benzol, benzine and the 
fixed and volatile oils. Chloroform is volatile even at a low 
temperature, and boils at 60° to 61° C. (140^ to 141.8° F.). 
It is not inflammable, but its vapor in the presence of a 
naked flame undergoes decomposition with the formation of 
noxious gases, chiefly chlorine. This has caused death 
during chloroform inhalations. Chloroform is a solvent for- 
fats, resins, oils, balsams, gutta percha, wax and many alka- 
loids. 

J9o.se. — H. & C, 3 i--ii. (4.-8.); Sh. and Sw., Tllxx.-xxx. 
(1.3-2.); D., 1TLii.-xx. (.12-1.3). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Aqua Chloroformi. (U, S. & B. P.) 
(Saturated Solution.) 
Used as vehicle in cough and diarrhoea mixtures for dogs. 

Lininientum Chloroformi. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Chloroform, 300; soap liniment, 700. (U. S. P.) 

Spiritus Chloroformi. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Chloroform, 60; alcohol, 940. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H. & C, §i.-ii. (30.-60,); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D.^ 
3 ss.-i. (3.-4.). 

Action External. — Chloroform acts as a rubefacient if 
rubbed into the skin, or prevented from evaporation by" 
bandaging. In evaporating from the surface it produces 
mild refrigeration. Chloroform penetrates the skin more 
easily than many other agents, and is employed for thi» 
reason to aid the absorption of belladonna and other drug* 
used in liniments. Chloroform possesses some local anaes- 
thetic action upon mucous membranes, raw surfaces, or^ 
"when rubbed into the skin. 



CHLOROFORM 297 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Chloroform is an irri- 
tant in concentration, but, properly diluted, stimulates the 
^ow of saliva and increases the secretions, motion, and blood 
supply of the stomach. Chloroform has a local anaesthetic 
and antiseptic action in the alimentary canal, and by its 
stimulant effect in restoring the nor^ral state of nervous and 
muscular tissue, relieves spasm, pain and flatulence in the 
stomach and small intestines. 

Circulation. — Chloroform, unlike ether, does not stimu- 
late the heart and vasomotor centres, except for a very brief 
period. On the contrary, ignoring the primary and transi- 
tory stimulant action just noted, chloroform exerts an ever 
increasing depressing influence upon the heart muscle, its 
ganglia, and the vasomotor centres. 

Vasomotor depression leads to dilatation of the arte- 
rioles and leaking of blood into the veins, Avith consequent 
venous engorgement (particularly of the abdomen), and 
arterial anseniia. Failure of respiration in chloroformization 
is secondary to cerebral anaemia, and chloroform kills, 
primarily by vasomotor depression. (Leonard Hill and 
Hare.) 

The ventricles dilate and all cardiac muscular contrac- 
tility is lost in fatal poisoning. Death, however, occurs 
almost invariably in healthy animals during chloroform 
inhalation from respiratory failure associated with circula- 
tory depression. The heart usually continues to beat after 
cessation of breathing. Death from syncope occurs occa- 
sionally, and circulatory depression is greater and occurs 
more suddenly than with ether. As chloroform anaesthesia 
proceeds, the pulse becomes rajiid from the depressing 
effect of chloroform upon the vagus centre. 

^e-sprm)'/o».— Chloroform does not markedly affect the 
respiration, when inhaled for an ordinary period, or when 
ingested in small doses, but after long continued inhalation, 
or when large quantities have been swallowed, depression 
and paralysis of the respiratory center ensues. Since 
asphyxia leads to inhibition and heart failure — besides 



298 INORGANIC AGENTS 

"being dangerous in itself — the respiration should always be- 
"watched as carefully during chloroform as in ether inhala- 
tion. 

Nervous System. — Chloroform influences the nervous 
system as described under ether ; that is, the cerebrum, 
sensory and motor spinal tract, and sensory and motor 
centres of the medulla. Chloroform, although generally 
following the order noted, affects the nervous system 
more rapidly, irregularly and persistently than ether, and 
therefore is more dangerous. It occasionally happens that 
some of the reflexes are abolished by chloroform before 
sensation has been annulled, and irritation of a sensory 
nerve produced during operation may reflexly stimulate the 
inhibitory centres (instead of increasing vascular tension as 
in health), and so cause heart failure. Operations should 
never be performed, therefore, under chloroform until com- 
plete anaesthesia is secured. The nerves are not influenced 
by the constitutional action of chloroform, although the 
latter is a local irritant and anaesthetic to them. 

Temperature. — The temperature is reduced by the con- 
tinual inhalation of chloroform through its depressing 
action on the heat producing centres, and because heat loss 
is increased' by evaporation of chloroform from the lungs. 

Antiseptic Action. — Chloroform prevents the growth of 
micro-organisms, but does not influence that of the unorgan- 
ized digestive ferments. Chloroform's antiseptic properties 
may be utilized in preserving solutions for subcutaneous 
injection. Saturated aqueous solutions are used for this- 
purpose. 

Elimination. — Chloroform is eliminated by the lungs 
and kidneys, but is also decomposed in part in the body. 

Uses External. — Chloroform is employed in liniment ta 
relieve pain and produce counter-irritation in muscular 
rheumatism and strains. 

Uses Internal. — Chloroform is of service internally in tha 
treatment of four conditions : 1. Intestinal colic. 2. Flatu- 
lence. 3. Diarrhoea. 4. Cough. Chloroform alleviates. 



a:-:^sthesia 299 

pain in colic by restoriiif^ the functions of the nervous and 
inusculai- mechanism of the bowels, by relieving spasm, and 
also by its local anaesthetic action. It stimulates motion 
and secretion ; it is an antiseptic in the digestive tract, and, 
in these ways, overcomes flatulence. 

Chloroform should be combined with opium in diar- 
rhoea and colic. It is administered in spirit or water to 
assuage cough. 

Administration. — Chloroform may be administered in 3 
parts of glycerin ; in emulsion with white of egg or accacia; 
or as the spirit, diluted with water. 

ANAESTHESIA. 

Anaesthesia is commonly divided into three stages: tha 
stimulant, auaesthetic and paralytic. The so-called "law of 
dissolution" is illustrated by anaesthetics, as the more highly 
organized (cerebral) centres are the first to succumb, while 
the lower centres (medulla) are the last to be affected. The 
anaesthetics resemble other narcotics in producing a primary 
condition of stimulation of the nervous system, which is 
followed by depression. In the first stage of anaesthesia 
there is often struggling and excitement. This is partly due 
to the physiological action of the drug and partly to fi'ight. 
In this stage the functions of the brain are stimulated and 
then depressed. The higher functions are the first to be 
excited, and the effect pioduced is very similar to that of 
beginning alcoholic intoxication. The lower motor functions 
are next stimulated, inducing struggling and motor excite- 
ment. In the first stage of etherization, the local irritant 
action of the vapor causes choking and coughing, and also 
induces struggling. The respiratory and cardiac centres 
are temporarily stimulated, the pulse and respiratory move- 
ments are increased in force and frequency, and blood 
tension is raised. The smaller animals may vomit during 
the first stage of anaesthesia. A sub-division of the first 
stnge, sometimes described as the anodyne stage, occurs 
when sensation is lost, before consciousness and voluntary 



300 INORGANIC AGENTS 

motion. Short operations, as extraction of teeth, have been 
done by men upon themselves in the anodyne stage of anaes- 
thesia, without pain. The anaesthetic stage is that condition 
characterized by absence of consciousness, sensation, motion, 
and partial loss of reflex actioD, and is that state suitable 
for operations. The stimulating action of the anaesthetic 
has ceased and there is now depression of the cerebral 
functions, the motor and sensory tract of the cord, and, to a 
partial extent, the reflex centres. The muscles are com- 
pletely relaxed, and the patient lies absolutely motionless. 
The coiijuuctivae fail to respond to irritation, i.e., winking is 
not produced when the conjunctival membrane is lightly 
touched with the finger. Occasionally the muscles are seen 
to be rigid and twitching during this stage of etherization, 
although sensation and consciousness are absent. The 
respiration and pulse should not be particularly altered 
during the anaesthetic stage, unless danger threatens. In 
the last stage, narcosis, or poisoning, is beginning, and tliere 
i- depression of the three great medullary centres, controlling 
the heart, respiration and vascular tension, and also the 
lowest reflex centres of the cord, so that the urine and faeces 
are passed involuntarily. Micturition frequently occurs in 
the first stages of anaesthesia and should not of itself be con- 
sidered a danger signal. The pulse becomes rapid, feeble 
and irregular ; the breathing is at first stertorous, and then 
the respiratory movements become shallow and weak, with 
considerable intervals intervening between them. The 
pupils are often dilated. The pupil is said to be a guide 
during anaesthesia, especially with chloroform, since it is 
contracted during the anaesthetic stage and dilates quickly 
when danger approaches. Death, however, occurs in animals 
with either dilated or contracted pupils. With the former, 
probably from asphyxia ; with the latter, from syncope ; and 
the pupil should not be regarded as an unfailing sign. The 
foregoing stages are conventional, and are not in any case 
so clearly defined in practice as they are described theoreti- 
cally upon paper. The first stage may be either absent or 
prolonged, and the last stage should not be reached at all. 



ANESTHESIA 



301 



COMPAKISON OF ETHER WITH CHLOROFORM. 



More diffusible. 

Inflammable. 

Irritating ; may induce bronchitis 
and nephritis. 

Administered slightly diluted with 
air. 

Stimulant to heart, except in enor- 
mous quantities. 

Stimulant to vasomotor centres, 
except as above. 

Respiratory centres not so easily 
depressed as by chloroform. 

Lai'ger quantity required. 

Less rapid ; stage of struggling 
and excitement longer. 

More expensive. 

Fatal from respiratory failure. 



CHLOROFORM. 

Vapor heavier. • 

Less irritating. 

Not inflammable. 

More danger from shock during 
imperfect anaesthesia. 

Depresses powerfully, heart, res- 
piratory and vasoiiioter centres 
in large doses. 

Acts more quickly, profoundly, 
and persistently. 

Srialler quantity required. 

Cheaper. 

Propoition of deaths to inhala- 
tions, o times greater than with 
ether.* 

Deatli occurs from rpspiratciry fail- 
ure combined with circulatory 
depresr-sion. 

Occasionally fatality results from 
syncope. 

It will be seen that all the advantages are in favor of 
chloroform, except that of safety. "Ether is more expen- 
sive than chloroform, but cheaper than a funeral." (Edes.) 

ACCIDENTS AND DANGERS ATTENDING ANESTHESIA. 

Respiratory failure and asphyxia may occur from giving 
too much of the anaesthetic and from mechanical obstruc- 
tion in the air passages. The tongue may fall back upon 
the epiglottis and prevent the free entrance of air. The 
latter accident is obviated by pulling the tongue forward 
with the hand, or, in the case of the smaller animals, by 
means of forceps, or suture passed through the tongue. 
Mucus, blood or vomitus may obstruct the mouth, pharynx, 
laryux, or trachea, and should be removed if possible by 
swabbing with absorbent cotton. To prevent excessive 
secretion of mucus in the air passages, it is wise to give 
atropine subcutaneously fifteen minutes before etheriza- 
tion. The head should be extended and the lower jaw 
of the patient held forward during anaesthesia, and no 
impediment to the free movement of the chest is allow- 



* Mortality about 1 in 3,500 chloroformizations, about 1 in 20,000 
etherizations in human practice. 



302 INORGANIC AGENTS 

able. Struggling is to be avoided, as far as possible, 
since it leads to irregular respiration and asphyxia, and 
causes the ansesthetizer to push the inhalation, strains the 
heart, and favors cardiac dilatation, with chloroform. 
Struggling may be prevented to some extent by giving the 
anaesthetic well diluted with air at the outset. Asphyxia 
results also from tetanic fixation, or relaxation of the res- 
piratory muscles. The signs of asphyxia include cyanotic 
mucous membranes, muscular twitchings, shallow, feeble, 
slow and irregular breathing, with long intervals between 
the respiratory movements, and dilation of the pupils. If 
death occurs, the heart continues to beat after the breath- 
ing stops. The condition of the diaphragm during etheriza- 
tion is an important guide. At first the contractions of the 
diaphragm are so vigorous that the viscera are forced 
back^vard, and the abdominal wall bulges outward during 
inspiration. As the inhalation is prolonged the diaphragm 
becomes flaccid and powerless, the respiratory movements 
are shallow, and the breathing thoracic. The abdominal 
contents may then be drawn forward during inspiration 
into the thoracic cavity, so that the abdomen is retracted 
(Hare). When the latter condition is seen, etherization 
should be stopped instantly. 

Heart failure occurs more frequently with chloroform, 
but does occasionally result from the action of ether upon 
animals with a fatty or otherwise weak heart. Cardiac 
depression is shown by a weak, irregular and rapid pulse, 
and pallor of the mucous membranes. The respiratory 
movements are sustained after the heart ceases to beat in 
fatal cases. Operations should never be done under 
chloroform before the patient is fully under the influence 
of the aufesthetic, as irritation of a sensory nerve caused 
by even a slight surgical procedure may cause death by 
reflexly stimulating the vagus and inhibiting the heart. 
Sach an accident is not likely to occur with ether, and 
minor operations are often done with safety during the 
first stage of anaesthesia (primary anaesthesia) when con- 



ACCIDENTS AND DANGERS ATTENDING ANAESTHESIA 303 

sciousness aud sensation are lost and tlio muscles begin to 
relax. 

Shock from hemorrhage, or prolonged and severe sur- 
gical operations, may lead to fatalities during anaesthesia, 
and it sometimes occurs when an operation is begun before 
the patient is fully under the influence of an anaesthetic — 
particularly chloroform — as described above. In practice, 
these causes of danger, i.e., respiratory failure, circulatory 
depression and shock, are usually combined. 

We have already seen that asphyxia leads to circulatory 
disorder, and both may be associated with surgical shock. 
The following embraces the proper treatment of all these 
conditions, and should be followed in every case where 
danger threatens during anaesthesia : 

h Remove the anaesthetic and allow plenty of fresh air. 

2. See that there is no mechanical obstruction to tlm 
movements of the chest, or to the free entrance of air. 
Pull forward the tongue and lower jaw and extend the 
head. 

3. Invert small animals, particularly with chloroform, 
to allow blood to flow to the brain. 

4. Use forced, artificial respiration with bellows and 
rubber tube introduced into larynx. Practice ordinary 
artificial respiration in small animals by carrying the fore- 
legs outward and forward till they meet in front of the 
head, and then bring them back till they touch, and com- 
press the sides of the chest. These movements should be re- 
peated twenty times a minute. Artificial respiration may be 
done in the horse by two persons compressing intermittently 
one side of the chest with the knees and hands. Ehvtlun- 
ical traction of the tongue, at intervals of five seconds, has 
proved successful in restoring respiration. Dash hot or 
cold water or ether upon the chest and epigastrium ; or use 
the faradic battery to stimulate respiration by moving the 
electrodes over the chest and abdomen. Stretch the 
sphincter ani apart by placing the thumbs in rectum find 
f-eparating iliem wilh force. This is a powerful reflex 
stimulus to heart and respiration. 



304 INOEGANIC AGENTS 

5. Give subcutaneous injections of strychnine and digi- 
talis. Administer nitroglycerin on the tongue, or inhalation 
of amyl nitrite. In chloroformization, give strychnine and 
atropine hypodermaticall}' ; and, in shock, saline infusion 
iis below. Do not use alcohol or ether as stimulants, for 
their action resembles that of the anaesthetics, 

6. Use hot (115° F.), high, rectal injections of salt 
solution (one heaping teaspoonful to the quart) in case of 
surgical shock "with feeble pulse and subnormal temperature 
resulting from hemorrhage or other cause. Two to four 
quarts for large animals, and one pint to one quart for 
smaller aniujals. Saline infusion is still more efficient. 
(See " Saline Infusion," p. 732.) 

CHOICE OP AN ANiESTHETIC. 

' Ether and chloroform are the only anaesthetics of any 
importance in veterinary medicine. The A. C. E. mixture, 
containing alcohol (one part), chloroform (two parts), and 
ether (three parts), possesses no particular value, and is not 
so safe as ether. While chloroform is inferior to ether in 
the matter of safety, it may be given to horses by an 
experienced and careful person without much danger. It 
is commonly the most suitable anaesthetic for the horse, 
for the following reasons : It is less expensive ; whereas 
several pounds of costly ether are required to produce 
anaesthesia, a few ounces of chloroform will accomplish the 
san^e result. Chloroform inhalation is much easier of 
administration, more rapid, and causes less struggling. It 
may be used without any special inhaler, and may be given 
to animals in the upright position. 

Chloroform may be employed for all animals during 
parturition, as it is less dangerous in this condition and 
because only enough is needed to produce relaxation of 
parts to relieve pain, to assist dilatation of the os and 
manual operations done to rectify faulty position of the 
foetus. 

Chloroform is indicated in all cases where the actual 



PRACTICAL ANESTHESIA 305 

cautery is used in the neighborhood of the mouth. Ether 
is the most suitable anaesthetic for cats and dogs, unless the 
animal is suffering from bronchitis, emphysema or asthma, 
when chloroform is more appropriate. Chloroform, being 
more rapid and less irritating, may in any case be employed 
to begin anaesthesia, which should then be maintained by 
ether. 

PRACTICAL ANESTHESIA. 

The horse should be starved for twelve hours, and 
should receive a cathartic twenty-four hours before anses- 
thetization, in order to afford more room for the respiratory 
movements and prevent accidents in casting.* A specially 
constructed inhaler, or nose bag, strapped about the head, 
may be employed for convenience. Harger recommends 
placing a sponge wrapped loosely in flannel, in the upper 
nostril, as the animal lies upon his side upon the ground, 
and after a few minutes a similar sponge is introduced into 
the lower nostril. 

Chloroform is then administered in continuous drop 
doses from a bottle having a cork nicked upon the side 
sufficiently to allow the anaesthetic to flow out in this small 
quantity. The nostrils should be previously smeared with 
vaseline to afford protection from the irritation of the 
chloroform. If the operation is prolonged, anaesthesia may 
be carried on with ether. It is not essential to cast a horse 
before chloroformization, but the animal should be con- 
trolled with side lines, and a twitch should be placed upon 
the nose, unless an inhaler is used. Since there is com- 
monly more or less struggling, it is, however, more satisfac- 
tory to cast an animal before anaesthesia is begun. The 
writer has given chloroform in several instances to horses 
in the standing position until they fell or were pushed over 
upon a straw bed, with the aid of only one assistant. In 
thus producing anaesthesia, a s])onge covered with a towel 
was used, and this was saturated with about half an ounce 



* Hypodermic injections of atropine fifteen minutes before anaesthesia is 
begim lessens mucous secretion and is often combined to advantage with mor- 
phine, which diminishes excitement and allows of the use of a smaller amount of 
the anaesthetic. It is very important that all preliminary procedures should be 
done— as casting, preparation of the operative field, etc.— before the chloroform is 
begun, to lessen the necessary amount of the anassthetic. A drachm or two of 
chloroform may be placed on each sponge as an initial dose, to hasten the anaes- 
thesia, while after this the method of constant dropping is to be preferred. 



INOliGANIC AGENTS 306 

of chloroform, and Leltl at first three inches from the 
animal's nose, in ordpr that the vapor should be thoroughly 
diluted with air. From half a drachm to a drachm of 
chloroform should be added from time to time, always 
allowing ])lenty of air, and inhalation may be continued for 
an hoar with comparative safety. 

The ansesthetizer should give his whole attention to the 
work, and watch carefully the respiration, pulse and pnpil, 
for any sign of danger. If any arise, the anaesthetic should 
be removed and treatment pursued as recommended in the 
previous section. 

Dogs should be fasted for twelve hours before etheriza- 
tion, in order to avoid vomiting during anaesthesia. It is 
necessary to muzzle dogs before anaesthesia is begun. This 
may be done by tying a strong tape about the nose, bringing 
both ends up between the ears, over the top of the head, 
and then tying them together in a knot, and finally carrying 
the ends down, one on either side of the neck, and fastening 
them underneath. A wire muzzle may be used to control 
the dog more conveniently, and the ether is then poured 
upon a sponge within the muzzle and the muzzle is covered 
with cloth to keep out the air.* If the extemporaneous tape 
muzzle is employed, ether is administered by means of a 
cone made out of stiff cardboard, or newspaper covered with 
a towel, or a straw cuff may be utilized. The cone should 
be tight, and the ether is then poured ujion a sponge, or 
absorbent cotton, and introduced within the cone. If the 
muzzle obstructs the breathing, it can be loosened after 
anaesthesia is secured. "While it is essential to obtain a free 
supply of a'ir in chloroform inhalation, it is as desirable 
that air should be somewhat excluded by means of the cone 
during etherization. One-half ounce, or more, of ether is 
added from time to time as required. If larger quantities 
are employed, it is wasteful, but not dangerous, as with 
chloroform. 

Dogs may also be anaesthetized by placing them in a 
covered pail, tight bos or barrel, or by driving them into 



* ]\Tore recently the writer has found the following method and appliance 
most suitable for dogs and small animals. A thin metal cone open at both ends 
(rolled over to present smooth edges) and tapering— to fit the general outline of an 
animal's nose— is used. Inside this is a second cone made of coarse wire mesh, and 
between the two are placed several layers of gauze or towelling. Ether is given 
by the drop method. That is, a wedge-shaped piece is cut from the cork of the 
ether bottle or can, and a little piece of gauze is laid in this, which acts like a 
wick and allows a continual dropping wlien the bottle is inverted. This is the 
safest method and requires the least ether, and is that coming into general use in 
human medicine. 



USES OF ANESTHESIA 307 

tlieir kennels, and dropping in cloths, sponges, or absorbent 
material saturated with chloroform, while excluding the 
outer air. The smaller animals can be destroyed in a 
humane and satisfactory manner by this method. 

USES OF ANAESTHESIA. 

Anaesthetics are not employed as frequently as is 
desirable in veterinary medicine. Anaesthesia entails skilled 
assistance, increased expense, and danger ; but, on the 
other hand, facilitates ra|3idity and asepsis during opera- 
tions by lessening struggling, and should be employed to 
relieve suffering where a local anaesthetic is impracticable. 
The owner of an animal should be made to understand the 
extra risk and expense attending operations under anaesthe- 
sia, and his consent should be secured before using ether 
or chloroform. 

The general indications for anaesthetics embrace all 
severe, prolonged, and delicate operations. The moi'e 
special indications are as follows : In abdominal opera- 
tions, as ovariotomy, herniotomy and reduction of hernia. 
In operations for retd,ined testicle, scirrhus cord, castration, 
and in dystocia to cause dilatation of a rigid and otherwise 
undilatable os, to assist the operator in remedying faulty 
positions of the foetus by relaxation of the parts, and to 
facilitate instrumental delivery in bitches. Anassthesia is 
also indicated in removal of tumors, in arytenectomy, 
excision of the eyeball or parts of the hoof, extraction of 
teeth, reduction of dislocations, setting of fractures, and to 
relieve severe pain in colic, and to overcome spasm in 
chorea, or convulsions due to poison or natural causes. 

Chloroform is used to destroy sick, injured or aged 
horses, hut is not so rapid, convenient, or effective as the 
44 calibre revolver, or rifle. The bullet should be directed 
toward a point upon '.he forehead at the intersection of two 
imaginary lines drawn from either eye up to the root of the 
opposite ear. 



308 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Class 3.— Nitrites. 

Spiritus ^theris Nitrosi. Spirit of Nitrous Ether. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Sweet spirit of nitre, spiritus uitri dulcis,. 
spiritus nitrico - Bethereus, E.; ether azoteux alcoolise, 
liqueur anocline nitreuse, Fr.; versusster sallpetergeist, G. 

An alcoholic solution of ethyl nitrite (CoH^NOo), yield- 
ing, when freshly prepared, not less than 11 times its own 
volume of nitrogen dioxide (NO). 

Derivation. — Dissolve sodium nitrate, 770, in water; 
add deodorized alcohol, 550 ; introduce sulphuric acid, 520, 
previously diluted with water ; distil in flask and condense. 
Wash distillate with ice water to remove alcohol, with cold 
solution of sodium carbonate to remove traces of acid ; 
agitate with potassium carbonate to remove traces of water; 
filter, and add snffi(;ient deodorized alcohol to make the 
mixture weigh 22 times the weight of the nitrous ether to 
which it was added. 

Froperlies. — A clear, mol>ile, volatile, inflammable 
liquid, of a pale-yellowish or faintly greeuish-yellow tint, 
having a fragrant ethereal and pungent odor, free fiom 
acidity, and a sharp, burning taste. Spec. gr. 0.820. Mixes 
freely with water and alcohol. 

Dose.—B.. and C, 5 i.-iv. (30.-120.); Sh. and Sw., 3 ii.-iv. 
(8.-15.); D.,1lXx.-3i. (.6-4). 

Smaller doses every two hours, diarphoretic. Larger 
doses, repeated three times daily, diuretic. 

Amylis Nitris. Amyl Nitrite. C.HuNO,. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Amyl nitris, B.P.; amylum nitrosum, amyl- 
sether nitrosus, amylo-nitrous ether, E.; azotite d'amyl, Fr.j 
amylnitrit, G. 

A liquid containing about 80 per cent, of amyl (prin- 
cipally iso-amyl) nitrite, together with variable quantities 
of undetermined compounds. 



SPIRIT OF GLONOIN 309 

Derivation. — Obtained tlirough distillation of nitric acid 
and amylic alcohol. Distillate purified by sodium carbonate. 
HNO3 + C3H,, OH = C.HnNO, + 2 H3O. 

Properties. — A clear, yellow or pale-yellow liquid, of a 
peculiar ethereal, fruity (banana) odor, and a pungent, 
aromatic taste. Spec. gr. 0.870 to 0.880. 

Dose (by inhalation).— H., 3 ss.-i. (2.4); D., 1TLii.-v, 
(.12-.3). 

When given internally the smaller doses should be 
used dissolved in alcohol. 

Spiritus Glycerylis Nitratis. Spirit of Glyceryl Trinitrate,, 
Spirit of Glonoin. C3H, (N 03)3. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Liquor trinitriui, B.P.; spiritus glonoini, 
propenyltrinitrate, glonoin trinitrate, spirit of nitroglycerin, 
trinitrate of glyceryl, trinitin, E. 

An alcoholic solution containing one per cent., by 
weight, of nitroglycerin. It is probably decomposed in tha- 
blood with the formation of potassium and sodium nitritt^. 

Derivation. — Nitroglycerin is obtained by dropping 
pure glycerin upon a mixture of sulphuric and nitric acids, 
kept cool by ice, and purified by washing with water. The 
official one per cent, solution is not explosive unless ic 
becomes concentrated by evaporation to an extent exceeJiii^ 
10 per cent. 

Frojjerties. — A clear, colorless liquid, possessing the 
odor and taste of alcohol. Caution should be exercised iu 
tasting it, since even a small quantity is liable to produce a 
violent headache. Spec. gr. .826 to .832. 

Dose.—B.., 3ss.-i. (2.-4); D., 1lli.-ii. (.06-.12). 

ACTION OP THE NITRITES. 

External. — Spirit of nitrous ether, like ether, produces 
a cooling and local anaesthetic action, owing to its evapora- 
tion upon the skin. Amyl nitrite has a slight depressing 
action upon the peripheral ends of the sensory nerves. 

Internal. — The actions of spirit of nitrous ether, amyl 



olO INORGANIC AGENT3 

3iitrite and nitroglycerin are essentially the same. Snirifc 
of nitrons ether should contain 4 per cent, of ethyl 
nitrite. Analyses of 68 samples taken at random from druj^ 
stores, resulted in showing that a teaspoonful of the best 
specimen contained as much ethyl nitrite as a pint of the 
worst, with all manner of variations between these extremes. 
To be of value as a nitrite, sweet spirit of nitre should be 
freshly prepared by a reliable chemist. 

Circulation. — The imjiortant action of the nitrites centres 
upon the heart and blood vessels. The arterioles all over 
the body become relaxed and blood tension is lowered by 
the nitrites. This action is no doubt peripheral, but whether 
due to the impression upon the vasomotor ganglia or mus- 
cular fibres in the walls of the vessels is uncertain. The 
heart beats more rapidly in consequence of the lessened 
vascular resistance and direct depression of the inhibitory 
centre and because a diminished blood pressure indirectly 
depresses the vagus centre and often stimulates the 
accelerator. The arterioles being dilated in the heart, as 
elsewhere, there follows an increased cardiac blood supply, 
nutrition and force. It is probable that the nitrates also 
stimulate the cardiac ganglia, anil increase the force as well 
as the rapidity of the heart. This is shown by the fact that 
in small doses blood pressure is raised by the nitrites, 
despite the vascular dilatation. 

Nervous System. — The nitrites depress, especially, the 
spinal motor centres, and, in a less degree, the activity of 
the motor nerves. Keflex excitability is thus lessened. 

Muscles. — Amyl nitrite paralyses muscular tissue when 
applied locally ; and the nitrites, when administered inter- 
nally, relieve spasm of muscular tissue by their depressing 
action upon the motor nerves and muscles. 

Kidneys. — The nitrites augment the amount of urine by 
dilating the afferent branches of the renal arteries which 
supply the glomeruli, and so increase the tension within 
them. The other functions of the body are not affected in 
any degree by medicinal doses. 



ACTION OF THE NITKITES 311 

Blood. — In poisoning by the nitrites, the oxidizing power 
'of the blood is lost. Both the venous and arterial blood 
l^ecome of a chocolate hue from the conversion of the normal 
oxy-hsemoglobin into meth-haemoglobin. The latter yields 
up oxygen very sparingly. 

Respiration. — The respiratory movements may be 
increased both in force and frequency by medicinal doses 
of nitrites, but paralysis of the respiratory centre and 
asphyxia occurs in fatal poisoning. 

>oUiiimarfj. — The nitrites dilate arterioles, increase the 
rate of the heart-beat, depress the spinal motor area, and 
lessen reflex action. They relieve spasm and increase the 
secretion of urine. 

Poisoning. — Fatal poisoning is extremely rare as an 
accidental occurence. Recovery from a quantity 120 times 
greater than the normal dose of nitroglycerin, has been 
reported in human practice. The physiological effects of 
the nitrites are more noticeable in man, owing to his bare 
skin. Immediately following the inhalation of amyl nitrite, 
the face becomes extremely flushed, and throbbing of the 
vessels of the head, with a feeling of tremendous pressure 
and headache, ensue. These symptoms are due to vascular 
dilatation. There is dizziuess, the heart is rapid and violent, 
and the pulse full, frequent and easily compressible. The 
respiratory movements are increased. These symptoms 
occur after a full medicinal dose. 

In poisoning there is pallor, vomiting in man, trembling, 
weakness, cyanosis and failure of respiration and heart. 
The treatment is included in the administration of ammo- 
niacal and alcoholic stimulants, together with the subcuta- 
neous injection of ergotiu, strychnine and atropine, to 
restore the vascular tone. 

The nitrites differ sufficiently to call for a word con- 
cerning their individual characteristics. It is important to 
emphasize the fact that their action, as a whole, is transient. 
Amyl nitrite diminishes vascular tension, as shown by the 
sphygmograph, within a minute of its inhalation, and this. 



312 INORGANIC AGENTS 

condition lasts for 2 to 4 minutes, with variations of from 
10 to 30 minutes. The same action of nitroglycerin occurs 
within 6 minutes and lasts from half to, rarely, an hour and 
a half. 

Good spirit of nitrous ether lowers tension from 45 to 
60 minutes. In addition to this difference in degree, spirit 
of nitrous ether differs somewhat in kind of action. It is 
more stimulant to the heart, and more diuretic, owing to 
the ether it contains. For the same reason sweet spirit of 
nitre increases the secretions and motion of the upper part 
of the digestive tract, relieves spasm and is of some value in 
indigestion and mild colic. In stimulating the activity of 
the sweat glands, following its action in dilating peripheral 
vessels, sweet spirit of nitre is a useful diarphoretic and 
mild febrifuge. 

It has been pointed out that spiritus setheris nitrosi is 
far from being a reliable preparation as a nitrite, and there- 
fore nitroglycerin or amyl nitrite are preferable where 
rapid and certain vascular dilatation is essential. 

USES OF THE NITEITES. 

Internal. — Besjjiratory Diseases. — No drug is more effi- 
cient than spirit of nitrous ether, in the treatment of acute 
diseases of the respiratory tract, as coryza, pharyngitis, 
laryngitis and bronchitis. Its value lies in its power of 
dilating peripheral vessels, equalizing the circulation and 
preventing local congestions. 

In assisting diarphoresis and diuresis, sweet spirit of 
nitre hastens elimination of toxines and cools the body ; and 
in both ways is useful in abating fever. The following 
prescription may be of service in canine practice in febrile 
conditions : 

Tine, aconiti lUxxiv. 

Spiritiis aetheris nitrosi 3 vi. 

Potassii bromidi 1 ss. 

Liq. Ammonii acetatis ad 5 iv. 

M. 
* Sig. Teaspoonful in water every 2 hours. 



USES OF THE NITRITES 313 

111 astlieuic and febrile diseases, as iufluenza, sweet 
sjDirit of nitre is of worth, combined with tonic doses of 
■quinine and alcoholic stimulants. 

The nitrites are the most successful remedies iu reliev- 
ing dyspnoea, when due to spasm of the bronchial tubes, or 
congestion of the lungs. They relax the bronchioles and 
avert congestion by vascular dilatation and equalization of 
the circulation. Thus the dyspnoea occurring iu pneumonia, 
acute pulmonary oedema, asthma and chronic bronchitis, are 
advantageously treated by half-hourly or hourly doses of 
nitroglycerin. 

Cardiac Diseases. — These are comparatively rare in the 
lower animals; but, in general, it may be said that no 
remedy is more useful for its transient action in the severe 
dyspnoea of cardiac diseases than nitroglycerin. The pas- 
sing engorgement of the right heart and lungs is relieved 
by nitroglycerin, which tends to distribute the blood about 
the body in its projDer channels, and thus takes the load off 
the heart temporarily. 

Nervous Diseases. — Nitrite of amyl is invaluable in ward- 
ing off epileptic seizures in man, when warning of their 
approach is given the patient. As this warning cannot be 
detected iu the lower animals, the nitrites are of less value, 
but may be combined with the bromides as prophylactic 
agents. The nitrites exert their favorable effect in this 
condition by preventing cerebral vasomotor spasm, which 
is thought to occur in epilepsy. 

Diseases of Urinavy Organs. — Spirit of nitrous ether is 
useful as a diuretic in carnivora, when the urine is concen- 
trated and irritating to the bladder. It is also a valuable 
remedy, for the same reason, in acute cystitis of all animals, 
i\'hen it may be combined to advantage with potassium 
citrate, or acetate and tincture of aconite. 

Summary. — We may summarize the therapeutical indi- 
cations for the nitrites as follows : 

1. To dilate peripheral arterioles and equalize the 
<3irculation iu internal congestions. 



314 i:;or.GAXic agents 

2. To stimulate the heart. 

3. To relieve spasm of vascular, nervous, or muscular 
origin. 

4. To increase the secretion of urine. 
Administration. — Sweet spirit of nitre is given by the 

mouth, diluted with water, and often combined with alco- 
holic stimulants ( whiskey ), diarphoretics ( liq. ammon. 
acetatis), diuretics (potassium nitrate), and bitters (quinine). 
Amyl nitrite is administered usually by inhalation to 
the larger animals, from a sponge ; or two or three drops 
are given by inhalation from a bit of linen or cotton to the 
smaller animals. It may be given internally on sugar to 
the smaller animals, or in spirit to the larger patients. The 
spiritus glonoini is the only preparation of nitroglycerin 
in use. It may be dropped undiluted upon the tongue o£ 
tlie conscious or unconscious animal. The tongue of the 
smaller animals may be frequPDtly moisffiiied with a small 
stick dipped in the solution, or it may be given in pill or 
tablet. 

Class 4. - Chloral. 

ClTLORALUAI HyDRATUM. (U. S. P.) 

Chloral Hydeate. Chloral. C^H CI3O + H^O. 

Siinonym. — Chloral hydras, B. P.; hydrate of chloral, E.," 
chloratum hydratnm cvystallisatum, P. G.; hydrate de chlo- 
ral, Fr.; cliloralhydrat, G. 

A crystalline solid, composed of trichloraldehyde, or 
chloral with one molecule of water. 

Derivation. — Dry chlorine gas is passed into absolute- 
alcohol until the latter is saturated. Aldehyde and hydro- 
chloric acid first result, C,H,0 H + 2 CI = C,H,0 + 2 H CI. 
The chlorine gas then acts upon the aldehyde, abstracting 3 
atoms of hydrogen and replacing 3 atoms of chlorine, and so. 
forms chloral C,H,0 + 6 CI = C,H CI3O + 3 H CI. 

Chloral is purified first by distillation with sulphuric 
acid, and then with lime, and when mixed with water forms, 
chloral hydrate (C,H CI3O + H,0). 



CHLORAL ' 315 

Pro/)e?Vie.s.— Separate, rlioniboidal, colorless and trans- 
parent crystals, having an aromatic, penetrating and slightly 
acrid odor, and a bitterish, caustic taste. Slowly volatilized 
when exposed to the air. Freely soluble in water, alcohol 
or ether ; also in chloroform, benzol, benzin, carbon disul- 
phide, fixed and volatile oils. It liquifies when triturated 
with about an equal quantity of camphor, menthol, thymol 
or carbolic acid. Chloral is decomposed by caustic alkalies, 
alkaline earths and ammonia, chloroform being formed, and 
a formate of the base produced. 

Dose.—K. & a, 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sb. & Sw., 3 i.-ii- (4.-8.); 
D., gr.v.-xx. (.3 1.3). 

Action External. — Chloral is a strong irritant applied 
locally in concentration to the skin and mucous membranes, 
and if injected under the skin may cause abscess and 
sloughing. It is a powerful antiseptic, and relieves itching, 
especially in combination with camphor. 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Chloral produces 
severe irritation of the mucous membrane in concentrated 
solution (20 per cent, or over), and large doses may cause 
vomiting in dogs. The writer has seen intense glossitis and 
stomatitis follow the breaking of a gelatine capsule, contain- 
ing chloral, in the mouth of a horse. 

Blood. — Chloral is absorbed into the blood unchanged. 
It was formerly thought that the action of chloral was duo 
to chloroform produced by the decomposition of the former 
in the alkaline blood. C,H Cl^O + KH0 = CHCl3-f- 
K C H O, (formic acid). 

It is now known that the blood is not sufficiently alka- 
line to decompose chloral, and that chloroform is not found 
iu the blood, tissues or excretions, except in the case of the 
urine, when it is strongly alkaline. Moreover, chloral acts 
as usual upon a frog when the blood of the batrachian is 
replaced by a neutral saline solution. 

Heart and Blood Vessels. — Chloral in large doses depres- 
ses the action of the heart muscle, its contained ganglia, and 
the vasomotor centres. It also produces local paralysis of 
the vascular walls. Blood pressure is therefore lowered. 



316 INORGANIC AGENTS 

In small medicinal doses the circulation is not iiiflnenced 
materially, but in poisoning the pulse at first is accelerated 
and then becomes slow, weak and irregular, and the heart 
is arrested in diastole. 

Nervous System — The salient action of chloral is exerted 
upon the brain and cord. Like other narcotics, the depress- 
ing effect may be preceded by a transient and unimportant 
excitation of the brain and cord ; but this commonly passes 
unnoticed, and the prominent action of chloral consists, in 
ordinary doses, in depressing the higher functions of the 
brain, and in larger doses, the motor tract of the cord. 
Moderate therapeutic doses cause, therefore, dulness and 
sleepiness (with contracted pupils) in the lower animals, 
while doses approaching the toxic point pioduce insensi- 
bility, coma, paralysis of the inferior cornna, with loss of 
reflex action and muscular power, so that the animjil 
falls; paraplegia, dilated pupils and nnoestliesia. Theso 
symptoms may occur and be followed bj recovery. The 
anaesthesia is of spinal origin. Neither the sensory nerves, 
motor nerves, nor muscles are affected except in the later 
stages of poisoning. 

Insensibility to pain is said, by Brunton, to follow the 
action of chloral upon the gray matter of the cord, by pre- 
venting the transmission of painful sensations through this 
tract. It is uncertain whether chloral acts as an hypnotic by 
its direct depressing influence upon the brain tissue, or by 
inducing cerebral ansemia in causing the blood to be with- 
drawn from the cerebrum into the dilated peripheral arte- 
rioles. 

Resj)iration. — The respiration is not interfered with by 
moderate medicinal doses of chloral, but toxic quantities 
depress and jaaralyze the respiratory centre. The respira- 
tory movements become deep, regular, accelerated (26) and 
full, with large therapeutic doses, but with toxic doses, 
slow, irrpgnl.ir and shallow. Death occurs more commonN* 
from arrest of rpspiration, yet ]u-in)ary heart failure, or bota 
combined, may lead to a fntal result. 



CHLOr.AL 317 

Tcmjjerafnre. — The temperature mny be elevated at first, 
but soon falls, owinp; to diiniuisheJ heat ]iroduction and 
increased loss, through heart failure and vtiscnlar dilatation. 

Elimination. — Chloral is eliminated by the urine, in part 
unchauged and in part in an altered condition. 

Summary. — Chloral is a local stimulant and antiseptic, 
and relieves itching. It is a powerful depressant to the 
cerebrum, vasomotor and respiratory centres, inferior cor- 
nua, heart muscle and its ganglia. 

Acute Poisoning. — Large doses produce insensibility, 
coma, and complete loss of muscular power, so that the 
animal falls. There is general anaesthesia, and the pupils 
dilate. The pulse is weak, at first frequent, later infrequent 
and irregular. The respiration may be primarily quickened, 
but subseqently becomes slow, shallow and irreguhir. The 
animal sweats, sways, gapes and trembles and sometimes 
falN to I he ground, the sphincters are relaxed and involuntary 
defgecation occurs, but recovery commonly follows. With 
doses greater than 4 ounces, horses die in a generally anaes- 
thetic and ]varalyzed state. In man, death has followed the 
ingestion of 10 grains of chloral, and several fatalities have 
occurred after doses of 20 or 25 grains, although these are 
exceptional cases. The fatal dose for dogs is said to be 
from 2 to 6 drachms. 

Treatment. — Emetics and the stomach tube, shouting at 
and beating the animal, external heat. Five times the ordi- 
nary dose of strychnine and atropine subcutaneously. 
Strong, hot coffee and alcohol by the rectum. Amyl nitrite 
inhalations. 

Administration. — Chloral has been given intravenously, 
subcutaneously, and iutiatracheally, as well as by the mouth 
and rectum. The common way of ada)inistering it is in 
solution per orem or rectum. It may cause abscess if 
injected under the skin, or thrombi when thrown into a vein. 
Experiments of Dr. Muir* appear to show that chloral may 

* Jour. Compar. Med. and Vet. Archives, Apii'. May, 1900. 



318 INOEGANIC AGENTS 

be safely given intriijuf^ulariy ; one ounce dissolved in two 
ounces of sterile water and repeated once in an hour if de- 
sirable. If given in ball, the clilor..! may prove too irritating 
in the digestive tract. It should be diluted at least 10 tmes, 
and is given by the mouth with glycerin and water, or wonk 
syrup, or with boiled starch solution by the rectum. 

Uses External. — Chloral may be employed as a stimu- 
lant, antiseptic, and slight local anaesthetic, in solution (1 to 
4), upon ulcers and wounds. It may be used with an ei]ual 
part of camphor diluted with 8 parts of ointment, to relieve 
itching. A 4 to 8 per cent, aqueous solution forms an 
excellent antiseptic preservative for anatomical specimens, 
and chloral may be added to urine for this purpose. 

Uses Internal. — Chloral is used for three purposes in 
veterinary practice : 

1. First and foremost, to relieve spasm. 

2. To assuage pain. 

3. To procure sleep. 

In human medicine chloral is mainly employed as an 
hypnotic, but a purely soporific action is rarely required for 
the lower animals. The spasmodic conditions benefited by 
chloral include colic, convulsions, chorea, epilepsy, asthma, 
"canine distemper, spasmodic cough, rigidity of the uterine 
OS in the first stage of labor, hysteria, tetanus, and strych- 
nine poisoning. In spasmodic colic, chloral is inferior to 
opium as an anodyne, but has the advantage of not inducing 
constipation. It may be employed in colic, by the rectum, 
combined with morphine given under the skin, as recom- 
mended for procuring anaesthesia. It is the best remedy we 
possess for the treatment of convulsions in dogs, apart from 
anaesthetics. Ether may be administered during the con- 
vulsion, and chloral given simultaneously, or between the 
attacks, in gr.v.-xx., per rectum, and repeated if necessary. 
Chloral is only indicated in chorea when the movements are 
so severe that the animal cannot secure sleep or rest. In 
distemper in dogs, chloral is used for the same purpose, 
when there is excessive cough and restlessness. Chloral is 



AOETANILID 319 

given per rectum in tetanus, so as to keep the animal conti- 
nually narcotized, and may be employed in conjunction with 
tetanus antitoxin. 

Spasm of the os uteri is relieved by chloral when given 
per rectum in frequently repeated doses, until the safe 
physiological limit is reached. Chloral is inferior to ether 
or chloroform as an ansesthetic, because it is not so safe, nor 
is the anaesthesia so complete, but it relieves pain effectually, 
and is more easily administered. It is combined, in order 
to produce anaesthesia, with small doses of morphine, which 
decidedly enhance the anodyne action of chloral. 

To prepare a horse for surgical operation, 3 grains of 
morphine sulphate and 1 grain of atropine sulphate may be 
injected under the skin, and followed in 10 minutes by 
an enema containing 1 ounce of chloral. 

Class 6. — Antipyretics and Analgesics. 

AcETANiLiDUM. Acetanilid. CeH^N H aH^O. (U.S.&B.P.) 

Sijnoiiym. — Phenylacetamide, antifebrin. 

An acetyl derivative of aniline. 

Derivation. — Glacial acetic acid and aniline are distilled 
together, and the residue is purified by repeated crystalliza- 
tion. H C,H30, + C„H,N H, = C3,N H. C,H30 + H,0. 

Properties. — White, shining micaceous crystalline lami- 
nae, or a crystalline powder, odorless, having a faintly 
burning taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in 19i 
parts of water, and in 5 parts of alcohol ; also soluble in 18 
parts of ether, and easily soluble in chloroform. 

Dose.-H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4); D., 
gr.iii.-vii. (.2-. 5). 

ACETPHENETIDINUM, ACETPHENETEDIN. Phenacetin. 

C,oH,3N O, (177.79). (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Phenacetinum, B. P.; para-ace tphenetidin, 
CeH.O C,H,N H C,H30 + H,0 (178.63). 



oZJ INORGANIC AGENTS 

Derivatlov. — Obtn'ned l^y tlip nctimi of glacial ncetie 
aciil upon paraplienetitin, a phenol derivative, 

H C,H30, + C,H,0 C,H,N H = C3,0 C.HsN HC,H30 
+ H,0. 

Properties. — Glistening, colorless, tasteless, odorless, 
scaly crystals. Practically insoluble in water (1-925), 
soluble in 12 parts of alcohol, and in glycerin, chloroform 
and acetic acid. 

Dose.—B.. & a, 3ii.-iii. (8.-12.); D., gr.v.-s. (.3-.6). 

Antipyrina. Antipyrin. CJI, (C H3), C3H N.O. 
(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Phenazonum, B. P.; phenyl-dimethyl-pyra- 
zolone. 

Derivation. — Phenyl-hydrazine is acted upon by aceto- 
acetic ether, when phenyl -monomethyl- pyrazolone, ethyl 
alcohol and water result. 

H.,N N H C,H, -f C H3C O C H, C O O C.H. = CeH, 
(C H3) C3H,N,0 .+ C,H, O H + H,0. Then "c^Hb (C H3) 
C3H„N,0 -f C H3 1 (methyl iodide) = CeH, (C H3), C^H N,0 
+ HI. 

Properties. — Colorless, odorless, scaly crystals, of a bit- 
terish taste and alkaline reaction. Soluble in about its own 
weight of water, alcohol and chloroform. 

Incompatihles. — Spirit of nitrous ether, iron sulphate, 
chloride and iodide ; salicylates, tannin, chloral, calomel, 
and a large number of drugs. 

Dose.— H. k C, 3 iii.-iv. (12.-15.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i. (4.); 
D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 

ACTION OF ACETANILID, ANTIPYRIN AND PHENACETIN. 

External. — Acetanilid and antipyrin are antiseptics. 
Solutions of the latter contract vessels and exert a haemo- 
static action. 

Internal. — These substances exert no action upon the 
digestive tract, but acetanilid possesses a decided antiseptic 
influence upon bacteria within the alimentary canal. 



ACTION OF ACETANILID, ANTIPYRIN AND PHENACETIN 321 

Blood. — These agents have no iufluence upon the blood, 
in moderate medicinal doses, but in large doses they dimin- 
ish the ozonizing power of the blood, reduce the haemoglobin 
of the red corpuscles, change it to meth?emoglobin, and 
alter the color of the blood to a brownish-red hue. In 
large toxic quantities, administered continuously, they cause 
disintegration of the red corpuscles and elimination of the 
blood-coloring matter in the urine. 

Heart and Blood Vessels. — In ordinary therapeutic doses 
these drugs do not alter the normal condition of the heart 
or blood vessels, but in large medicinal doses they depress 
the force of the heart by action (probably) upon the heart 
muscle. Phenacetin is the least, and acetanilid the most 
depressant. Antipyrin is said to stimulate the heart and 
increase blood pressure in minute quantities. These three 
antipyretics decidedly diminish blood tension in large medi- 
cinal doses, owing to depression of the vasomotor apparatus. 

Nervous System. — Usual therapeutic doses of these sub- 
stances exert a sedative action upon the sensory nerves and 
sensory tract of the spinal cord. They are therefore anal- 
gesics, although not comparable in this respect to opium. 
Poisonous quantities of these drugs diminish muscular 
power, lessen reflex action and cause paralysis. Experi- 
ments apparently show that acetanilid paralyzes the motor 
nerves, antipyrin the motor nerve endings, while motor 
depression seems to be of spinal origin in the case of 
phenacetin. The brain is undoubtedly influenced by these 
agents, as evidenced by coma and convulsions in poison- 
ing, but exact knowledge is wanting in relation to the action, 
upon the brain. The functions of the cerebral cortex are 
thought to be depressed by anti|iyriu, and the special senses 
to be first stimulated and then paralyzed by this drug. 

Temperature. — Acetanilid, antipyrin and phenacetin are 
essentially antipyretics. While they do not invariably lower 
temperature, even in large doses in normal animals, they do 
so very materially in animals suffering fiom fever. They 
apparently depress the activity of the calorefacient centres 



322 INOKGANIC AGENTS 

(probably in the corpora striata), aud therefore diminish 
heat production. Testimony is at variance in regard to 
their action upon heat loss. They frequently induce diar- 
phoresis, but it is generally accepted that heat dissipation 
is increased to a greater extent than would be accounted for 
by sweating, and that it occurs even when diarphoresis does 
not take place. Wood teaches that these Mgents act solely 
by lessening heat production, and this is no doubt their 
main action. 

Be-spiration. — The respiratory functions are unaffected 
by therapeutic doses of these medicines. In lethal doses 
respiration is quickened, owing to the greater work thrown 
upon the respiratory centre by the altered condition of the 
blood, and this vital centre is ultimately paralyzed. 

Kidneys. — The drugs under consideration produce slight 
diuresis in moderate medicinal doses. In poisoning, the 
urine may become dark-colored by the hsematin escaping 
from the disintegrated red blood corpuscles. Antipyrin 
lessens the nitrogenous products of tissue waste in the 
iirine, and also diminishes the amount of that secretion. 
Acetanilid, on the other hand, increases the excretion of urea. 

Elimination. — Antipyrin is rapidly eliminated unchanged 
in the urine. Acetanilid escapes in part unchanged, and in 
part in the same manner, as aniline, i. e., para-amido-phenol- 
sulphate, while phenacetin is chiefly eliminated as such. 

Poisoning. — Toxic doses of these drugs cause, in the 
lower animals, nervous excitement and convulsions, and 
sometimes coma, loss of consciousness, staggering gait, 
muscular failure, sweating, rapid, feeble respiration, weak 
pulse, cyanosis, occasional vomitiug in dogs, fall of tempe- 
rature and general paralysis. 

Treatment. — External heat, alcoholic stimulants by the 
mouth, rectum, or under the skin ; strychnine, and atropine 
subcutaneously. 

Administration. — Antipyrin is given in solution by the 
mouth, rectum, or under the skin. Acetanilid and phen- 
acetin can be administered in powder, tablet, pill or ball ; or 



ACTION OF ACETANILID, ANTIPYRIN AND PHENACETIN 323 

ill solution iu alcoholic liquor. Acetanilid is to be preferred 
for horses on account of its much greater cheapness. The 
average dose of acetanilid is one drachm for a horse, and 
three to five gi-ains for a dog ; and the dose of phenacetin is 
twice, and of antipyrin three times greater than that of 
acetanilid. 

Uses External. — Acetanilid is employed as an antiseptic 
dusting powder iiiidiluted. A ten per cent, solution of anti- 
pyrin may be applied as a hremostatic upon bleeding surfaces. 
Uses Internal. — There are three indications for the use 
of these agents : 1. To lower temperature in fever, 2. To 
relieve pain. 3. To lessen motor excitement and spasm. 

They are not so valuable in veterinary practice as in 
human medicine, since the lower animals rarely suffer from 
neuralgic paiu, which is the sj^ecial variety of suffering 
alleviated by these drugs. 

Phenacetin is the most serviceable for dogs, as it is less 
toxic, more sedative, and more permanent in its antipyretic 
action than autipyrin or acetanilid. Dogs suffering from 
distemper are greatly relieved by small and repeated doses 
of phenacetin, which lessen fever, cough and restlessness. 
In acute diseases, as pneumonia, these antipyretics may be 
occasionally employed to advantage when the temperature 
rises above 104° Far., and remains there any length of time. 
They are generally inadvisable in asthenic, febrile diseases, 
since they are too depressant in their action upon the heart 
and have no effect in removing the cause of the disease. 
The hyperpyrexia of insolation may be treated with these 
agents, iu combination with cold, externally and per rectum. 
For the relief of pain their scope is limited in veterinary 
practice to that of a rheumatic character. Motor distur- 
bances, including convulsions, chorea and spasm, may be 
abated by the antipyretics, but they are usually inferior to 
chloral, opium, or other antispasmodics. 

Phenacetin, combined with codeine or heroin, in powder 
or tablet, is a useful remedy for cough in dogs. 



324 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Class 6.— Antiseptics. 

AciDUM Carbolicum Crudum. Crude Carbolic Acid. 

Synonym. — Acide phenique cru, Fr.; rohe carbolsaure, G. 

Derivation. — A liquid consisting of various constituents 
of coal tar, chiefly cresol and plienol, obtained by fractional 
distillation at a temperature between 302° F. and 392° F., 
and twice rectified at a temperature between 338° F. and 
374° F. 

Properties. — A nearly colorless, or reddish-brown liquid 
of a stiougly empyreumatic and creasote-like odor, having 
a benumbing, blanchiug and caustic effect upon the skin or 
mucous membrane, and gradually turning darker on ex- 
posure to the air and light. Soluble in 15 parts of water. 
The aqueous solution has a slight acid reaction. ^- j 

Phenol (U. S. P.) 
*AciDUM Carbolicum. Carbolic Acid. CgHjO H. (B. P.) 

Synonym. — Phenic acid, phenol, phenyl alcohol, pheuy- 
licum crystallisatum, E.; acide phenique, acide carbolique, 
hydrate de phenyle, Fr.; carbolsaure, phenylsaure, phenyl 
alkohol, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained from crude carbolic acid by 
agitation with caustic soda, heating to 338° F., aud adding 
hydrochloric acid. Then by agitation with sodium chloride, 
digestion with calcium chloride, and distillation at a tempe- 
rature between 336° F. and 374° F., and finally by crystalli- 
zation. 

Properties. — Colorless, interlaced, or separate, needle- 
shaped crystals, or a white crj^stalline mass, sometimes 
acquiring a reddish tint ; having a characteristic, somewhat 
aromatic odor, and when copiously diluted with water, a 
sweetish taste with a slightly burning after-taste. Delique- 
scent on exposure to damp air. Soluble in about 15 parts 
of water, and very soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, 
glycerin, fixed and volatile oils. Faintly acid reaction. 

* The U. S. P., 1905, recognizes only "Phenol" as the official name for car- 
bolic acid. 



CAKBOLIC ACID 325 

Phenol crystals melt wlieii heated, but solidify again on 
cooling. A 95 per cent, solution of carbolic acid crystals, 
in alcohol, remains fluid at the ordinary temperature. The 
crystals are also liquified by the addition of about 8 per 
cent, of water. 

Dose. — H. & C, gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.) ; Sh. & Sw., gr.v.-x. 
(.3-.6); D., gr.ss.-i. (.03-.06). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Unguentum Aeidi Carbolici. Ointment of Carbolic Acid. (B. P.) 
Unguentum Phenolis. (U. S. P.) 
Phenol, 3 ; ointment, 97 (U. S. P.); 4 per cent., B. P. 

Glyceritum Acidi Carbolici. Glycerite of Carbolic Acid. (B. P.) 
Glyceritum Phenolis. (U. S. P.) 
Phenol, 20 ; glycerin, 80. 

Acidum Carbolicum Liqtiefactuvi. Liquified Carbolic Acid. (B. P.) 
Phenol Liquefaetum, (U. S. P.) 
Carbolic acid liquified by addition of 10 per cent, of water. 
Dose. — Same as acidum carbolicum. 

Action External. — -Carbolic acid causes burning pain 
■when applied to the skin or mucous membranes, and this 
action is followed by local anaesthesia and the production of 
a dry white spot. If used in sufficient quantity, it leads to 
sloughing, but the escharotic effect is superficial, since the 
acid coagulates albumiu, which forms a protective coating 
to the underlying parts. Carbolic acid is an antiseptic and 
disinfectant, and, in proper solution, acts as a sedative upon 
the peripheral sensory nerves, and is one of the most 
efficient agents in relieving itching. It checks the growth 
of both organized (bacteria) and unorganized (digestive) 
ferments. Strong solutions (1-2 per cent.) kill most bacteria, 
but a considerable time is required to destroy the organisms 
of certain diseases and those relating to putrefaction. Some 
hours are required to kill anthrax spores, by even a 5 per 
cent, solution. Two per cent, solutions destroy the digestive 
ferments. The lower forms of vegetable parasites, growing 
upon the skin, perish by the application of carbolic acid. 



326 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Carbolic acid exerts 
a local, ansesthetic action upon the sensorj nerve endings 
in the stomach, and may act to a certain extent in the diges- 
tive tract as an antiseptic, hindering abnormal fermentation, 
but is, in this respect, inferior to creolin, napthol and nap- 
thalin. It is probably converted into a sulpho-carbolate in 
the stomach. In concentration, carbolic acid is a powerful 
gastro-intestinal irritant. 

Blood. — Carbolic acid is absorbed into the blood and 
probably circulates in part as an alkaline carbolate of 
sodium and potassium. 

Heart and Blood Vessels. — Phenol, in poisonous doses, 
paralyzes the vasomotor centre and later depresses the heart. 
The effect upon the vessels is the more important and promi- 
nent, but neither action is observed after medicinal doses. 

Respiration. — Therapeutic doses do not influence the 
respiratory functions, but toxic quantities make the respira- 
tory movements rapid and shallow at first, owing to stimula- 
tion of the respiratory centre and peripheral vagi, while 
death occurs after lethal amounts from paralysis of the 
respiratory centre. 

Nervous System. — '^he brain is depressed by toxic doses 
of carbolic acid, and siapor and coma occur. The convul- 
sions appearing in caibolic acid poisoning are due to pri- 
mary stimulation of the spinal motor area, which is finally 
depressed and paralyzed. When locally applied, carbolic 
acid depresses and ])aralyzes the peripheral sensory nerves. 

Temperature. — Carbolic acid, in medicinal doses, slightly 
lowers temperature both in health and fever, but is not suffi- 
ciently antipyretic to be suitable for such a purpose in prac- 
tice. It depresses heat production and increases heat loss. 

Elimination. — Carbolic acid is eliminated by all ordinary- 
channels, but mainly by the kidneys. The urine becomes 
dark colored — a very characteristic sign — even after large 
medicinal doses. The sole cause of this urinary coloratiou 
has not yet been fully determined. Phenol normally occurs 
in small quantities in the urine of man and animals. Three 



CARBOLIC ACID 327 

:grains have been recovered from the urine passed in 24 
hours by a horse, and is thought to be a product of intes- 
tinal fermentation. In large toxic doses some carbolic acid 
is eliminated in the urine unchanged. In smaller quantities, 
part of the acid is decomposed, and part eliminated as sul- 
phocarbolates of potassium and sodium, and a substance 
called glycuronic acid, while a portion is oxidized in the 
system into two bodies, hydroquinone and pyrocatechiu. 
The latter accounts, in part, for the dark coloration of the 
urine, for pyrocatechiu can only exist in an alkaline urine. 
The normal sulphates are absent in the urine following 
carbolic acid poisoning. 

Toxicology. — Carbolic acid ranks as one of the most 
powerful poisons — together with prussic acid and nitro- 
lienzole — in existence. Several cases of death in man have 
occurred after the ingestion of one-half an ounce of carbolic 
acid ; and the smallest fatal human dose on record appears 
to be about one drachm. One or two drachms are fatal to 
dogs, and a dose as small as 15 grains is said to have caused 
I the death of a dog, while the lethal amount for the horse is 
about one ounce. Many cases of accidental poisoning have 
occurred from absorption of carbolic acid when applied 
externally for surgical purposes in dressings or solutions 
upon raw surfaces. The symptoms are the same as when 
absorption occurs from the digestive tract. Extensive 
local sloughing, after continuous treatment with moist 
carbolic applications, is occasionally seen. Dogs and cats 
are particularly susceptible to the action of phenol. The 
milder symptoms of poisoning include dulness, loss of 
appetite, muscular weakness and trembling, and dark-colored 
urine having the odor of carbolic acid. After lethal doses 
death may be instantaneous through respiratory arrest, the 
heart continuing to beat for a time. The mere ordinarv 
symptoms in severe poisoning in all animals are : trembling, 
rarely vomiting and purgiug, restlessness, salivation, loss of 
muscular power (animal reels and falls), diminution of 
'fieusibility, anaesthesia, dyspnoea; the breathing is rapid^ 



328 INORGANIC AGENTS 

shallow and stertorous ; the pulse is weak, irregular, and. 
usually frequent; the temperature is'loweretl, and there are 
the usual symptoms of collapse, with insensibility, coma, 
loss of reflex action, general paralysis, occasional convul- 
sions and death. Sometimes haemuturia, albuminuria and 
hsemoglobinuria have been observed. The condition resem- 
bles apoplexy, but the mucous membrane of the mouth is 
stained white in patches after ingestion of pure acid, dark 
with crude acid, and the odor of the poison lingering about 
the animal, together with the dark, green- colored urine, are 
characteristic of phenol poisoning. The urine may be clear 
when first voided, but becomes dark on standing. 

The absence of carbolic acid in the urine affords certaiit 
evidence that the case is not one of poisoning by this drug. 
Post-mortem examination reveals hard, whitish or brownish 
or black patches and sloughs upon the mucous membrane 
of the mouth, gullet, stomach, and even the small intestines^ 
The blood is dark from asphyxia, and imperfectly coagu- 
lated. There is occasionally fatty degeneration of the liver 
and kidneys. The odor of the acid remains not longer than 
twenty-four hours. 

Treatment. — Emetics are usually valueless on account of 
the anaesthetic condition of the mucous membrane of the 
stomach. We use, therefore the stomach pump or tube, 
and, as antidotes, pure whisky or brandy, to avert the local 
escharotic effect and as a stimulant, also Epsom or Glauber's 
salts, forming insoluble and harmless sulphocarbolates in 
the digestive tract and blood ; and these are indicated in 
every stage of the poisoning. For collapse, heart and res- 
piratory failure, digitalis, strychnine, atropine, ether, brandy 
subcutaneously, are to be employed, together with heafc ex- 
ternally. Mucilaginous drinks are also useful. The local 
caustic action of carbolic acid on the skin or mucous mem- 
branes can be prevented by the immediate application of 
strong (96 per cent.) alcohol to these parts. Of late years 
alcohol has also been regarded and widely given as a phy- 
siological and chemical antidote in carbolic poisoning. In. 



CARBOLIC iJID 320 

•experiments, cited by Thornton,* on dogs with mixtures of 
toxic doses of carbolic acid and alcohol, and with the ad- 
ministration of poisonous doses of the acid followed by 
alcohol, the results go to show that alcohol does not in any 
way lessen or alter the poisonous effect of carbolic acid 
•except in preventing the corrosive action on the stonwich 
His conclusions are somewhat weakened, however, by the 
fact that doses of alcohol were used which in themselves 
might be toxic (4 to 9 ounces). It is certainly well to give 
pure whiskey or brandy in a large dose by the mouth after 
carbolic acid has been swallowed, for two reasons: to pre- 
vent the corrosive action of the acid on the mucous mem- 
branes, and to act as a circulatory stimulant, even if there 
is not any other specific effect produced. 

Administration. — Carbolic acid is commonly given in- 
ternally, diluted several hundred times with water. 

Uses External. — A solution of carbolic acid (1-20) is 
frequently used in surgery to disinfect the unbroken skin, 
"while a weaker solution (1-50) is more suitable as an 
autiseptic upon raw surfaces and mucous membraiies. 
While corrosive sublimate has enjoyed chief popularity as a 
surgical antiseptic for many years on account of its cheap- 
ness and supposed superior bactericidal properties, recent; 
experiments (see p. 215) have shown that the value of cor- 
rosive sublimate is much over-estimated, so that carbolic 
acid has again resumed almost the importance it originally 
liad in Listerian days in surgical work. Pure carbolic acid 
i.s occasionally used as a caustic to destroy small growths, 
■as warts, and the lining membrane of fistulro of the poll, 
withers, or lateral cartilages ; to srrab out a septic uterus, 
and as a local anaesthetic upon the skin. A drop of pure 
acid, or a line drawn with a brush along a proposed path of 
incision, may render a hypodermic puncture or superficial 
incision painless. Carbolic acid with glycerin (1-16) is one 
of the most excellent preparations for applying to sluggish. 



Progressive Medicine, p. 345, Dec, 1901. 



330 INORGANIC AGENTS 

ulcers and old sinuses and fistulae. The glycerin appears- 
to entirely offset the corrosive action of the acid, and the 
result is a stimulation of the pyogenic membrane and pro- 
motion of healing which often can not be obtained by 
any other remedy. Injection of ten to thirty drops of a two 
per cent, solution into the substance of boils, glandular 
swellings, erysipelatous inflammatory patches, poisoned 
wounds, joints affected with chronic synovitis, and inflamed 
bursse, will often assist recovery and may abort the lesion. 

In acute inflammation, the injections are made twice 
daily; in chronic conditions, once every other day; and if 
there is a large extent of surface involved, several injections 
are done at one time. 

Bacelli's treatment of tetanus with carbolic acid has 
met with remarkable success of late. One drachm of the 
pure acid in solution (5 to 10 per cent.) should be injected 
in the region of the neck and shoulders of the horse every 
two hours during the first 32 hours, and less frequently 
afterward. As much as 36 drachms may be given to the 
horse in 24 hours, for there appears to be a special tolerance 
for carbolic acid acquired in tetanus. 

One of the best agents which can be used in the treat- 
ment of septic wounds is carbolic acid in ^ to ^ of 1 per 
per cent, aqueous solution. Aseptic gauze or absorbent 
cotton are wrung out in the solution and applied to the part 
and covered with oil paper, silk or other waterproof material 
and so kept continuously wet. 

Instruments are frequently placed in carbolic acid 
solution (1-40) during surgical operations, although it is 
sufficient to boil them in water for ten minutes and keep 
them in the boiled water, or place them in a pure atmos- 
phere upon boiled towels. Carbolized gauze is prepared 
from unbleached cotton gauze medicated with half its 
weight of a mixture consisting of carbolic acid, 1 ; resin, 3 ; 
and paraffin, 4 parts. Plain gauze, sterilized by baking at a 
temperature of 140° C. for two hours, is preferable, and 
avoids the danger of absorption and poisoning. The gly- 



CAr.BOLIC ACID 33X 

corite of carbolic acid is employed as a local application ia 
stomatitis, upon the ulcerations of actinomycosis with 
iodine, and also upon the skin to destroy ringworm. It is 
inferior, however, to tincture of iodine for the latter pur- 
pose. Two per cent, solutions are recommended to kill 
lice and the acari of scab and mange. Carbolic acid is the 
most serviceable remedy we possess to relieve itching. 
Two per cent, solutions may be employed upon the un- 
broken skin, but the strength should not be greater than 
half this amount upon excoriated surfaces. In sub-acute 
moist eczema of dogs, carbolic acid with zinc ointment 
(gr.5- 3 i.), or the following prescription, will be found of 
value in relieving itching and promoting recovery : 

Calaminae ^ ss. 

Zinci oxidi 3 ii. 

Acid. Carbol gr.xx. 

Liq. Calcis ad | iv. 

M. 

Sig, External use. (Shake.) 

Care should always be taken not to apply carbolic- 
preparations over any considerable extent of raw surface, 
and to muzzle dogs in the event of an opportunity being 
afforded them to lick off any undue amount of the acid. 
A solution (1-50) in boiling water forms an efficient anti- 
septic and sedative inhalation for horses suffering from 
catarrh of the upper air passages. One of the most 
excellent remedies for burns consists of a two per cent, 
solution of carbolic acid in carron oil. It relieves pain and 
lessens suppuration, although carbolic acid in oil possesses 
little antiseptic property. Good results have been reported 
with intratracheal injections in verminous bronchitis of 
foals and calves, consisting of the following : 

Acidi carbolici lUxx, 

Ol. terebinthinae o ii. 

Chloroformi 3 ss. 

M. 

Sig. Give at one injection intratracheally. 



332 INOKGANIC AGENTS 

Crude carbolic acid may be used to disinfect infected 
buildings and their contents, and, in two per cent, solution 
with whitewash, can be applied to walls after cleaning. 

Uses Internal. — Evidence has been accumulating of late as 
to the value of carbolic acid in general diseases of bacterial 
origin. Not only has Bacelli's treatment proven successful 
in many cases of tetanus, but in human medicine numerous 
favorable reports have been made upon the use of carbolic 
ficid when given in large doses in dilution by the mouth in 
the treatment of surgical sepsis, influenza, erysipelas, etc. 
Moreover, the subcutaneous injection of 2 drachms (8 cc.) of 
a 3 per cent, aqueous solution of carbolic acid every ten 
days into all pregnant cows during the prevalence of epi- 
zootic abortion is a valuable prophylactic measure. Locally, 
carbolic acid may exert an antiseptic and ansesthetio action 
ill the stomach. Carbolic acid is sometimes of service in 
relieving vomiting and gastric pain caused by flatulence 
in dogs, and in counteracting intestinal fermentation and 
diarrhoea in all animals. In diarrhoea of dogs, grain doses 
jire combined to advantage with bismuth subnitrate in 
powder, capsule, or pill. 



CREOSOTE 333 

Crf.osotum. Creosote. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Kreosotum, P.G.; kit^osote, Fr.; kreosot, G. 

Derivation. — A mixture of phenols, cliiefly guaiacol and 
•cresol, obtained durincj the distillation of wood tar, prefer- 
ably of that derived from the beech, Fagus sylvatica Liune. 
(Nat. ord. cupuliferae.) 

Properties. — An almost colorless, yellowish or pinkish, 
highly refractive, oily liquid, having a penetrating, smoky 
odor, and a burning, caustic taste. Usually becoming 
darker in tint on exposure to the light. Spec. gr. not below 
1.070 at 59^ F. Soluble in about 150 parts of water, but 
without forming a perfectly clear solution. Freely soluble 
in alcohol, ether, chloroform, acetic acid, fixed and volatile 
oils. 

Dose.—R., Illxv.-xxx. (1.-2.); C, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4); Sh. and 
Sw., IT^v.-xv. (.3-1.); D., 1TLss.-ii. (.03-.12). 

Action and Uses. — The action of creosote upon animals 
is practically the same as that of carbolic acid, both in 
therapeutic and toxic doses. The antidotes (soluble sul- 
y>liates) and treatment of poisoning are also similar. 
Externally, creosote is as effective a germicide as carbolic 
acid, but the latter is usually preferred, being mucli cheaper. 
Oreosote may be applied iu the same strength for its local 
antiseptic, parasiticide, and local anaesthetic action. Inter- 
-nally, creosote is administered, as is carbolic acid, to check 
vomiting and to act as an intestinal antiseptic. Outside of 
of the body, creosote is employed in inhalation in inflam- 
matory diseases of the upper portion of the respiratory 
tract, and to kill parasites in the air passages. Intra- 
tracheal injection may be substituted for inhalation in the 
latter condition. 

Creolinum. Creolin. (Non- official). 

Derivation. — Obtained from soft coal by dry distillation. 
■Composition very complex. Is said to contain cresol and 
liigher homologues of phenol. 



334 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Properties. — Dark-brown, syrupy, alkaline liquid, of a 
tarry taste and odor. Nearly soluble in alcobol ; soluble in 
chloroform and ether. When added to water, creolin forms 
a white emulsion containing in suspension as much as 12 
per cent, of the drug. 

Dose. — H. and C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.), in single dose. For 
continuous use— H. and C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., 1TLi.-v. (.06-.3). 

Action External. — Creolin is a powerful and useful dis- 
infectant, antiseptic, and parasiticide. It forms a slippery 
coating upon the skin. Strong solutions are not caustic, 
but may cause a dermatitis when continuously applied. 
Creolin generally represents carbolic acid, but is much 
more efficient as a germicide, less irritating, and does not 
endanger animal life from absorption.* Aqueous solutions 
(emulsions), containing from ^ to 1 per cent., are employed 
for antiseptic purposes. 

Action Internal. — Creolin is eliminated by all channels, 
giving the secretions a tarry odor, and coloring the urine 
brown. One or two drachms of creolin (a lethal dose of 
carbolic acid), when given daily to dogs for weeks at a time, 
produce no bad effects. It is a good intestinal antiseptic, 
and better than carbolic acid. 

Uses. — Creolin is employed mainly outside of the body, 
and is a useful general antiseptic for surgical purposes in 1 
per cent, solution. Antiseptic poultices, so valuable upon 
septic sloughing parts, are best made by soaking clean 
gauze in a I per cent, aqueous solution of creolin, and 
applying the same, covered by a waterproof protective. 
Creolin solutions are not to be recommended for instru- 
ments during operations, as the fluid is so turbid that 
they cannot be seen by the operator. A 2 per cent, solution 
is useful for a vaginal or uterine injection ; a 1 per cent, 
solution for irrigation of the bladder in cystitis, or eye in 
keratitis and conjunctivitis ; and a ^ per cent, solution for 
intestinal irrigation in dysentery. As a parasiticide, 2 per 
cent, solutions, or 10 per cent, ointments or soaps, may be 
used to kill lice and acari of scab and mange. 

* Creolin, to avoid toxic effects, should be pure. That made by Merck is 
a reliable article. 



1 



LYSOL 335 

Sheep are dipped to advantage in 2 per cent, solutions, 
to destroy ticks, instead of the more dangerous arsenical 
liquids. Creolin (of Merck) may be used internally, as an 
intestinal antiseptic and anthelmintic. One ounce given on 
an empty stomach, in a quart of water, is one of the most^ 
effective vermifuges for the horse. 

Ltsolum. Lysol.* (Non-official.) 
Derivation. — From that part of tar oil which boils r 
between 190° and '200° C, by dissolving in fat and saponi- 
fying in alcohol. 

Properties. — A clear, brown, oily liquid, of a feeble, 
creosote-like odor. Soluble in water, forming a clear, f rotliy,^ 
soapy fluid, and in alcohol, chloroform, and glycerin. Lyso^ 
contains 50 per cent, of cresol. 

Lysol is used as a substitute for creolin, in ^ to 2 pel 
cent, aqueous solution. It is a powerful antiseptic, and is 
stated to be more efficient and half as poisonous as creolin, 
and only | as toxic as carbolic acid. Lysol solutions do 
not obscure instruments, nor damage the hands of the 
operator. The drug is undoubtedly a very useful one. 

Naphtol. Naphtol.' Ci„H,0 H. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Beta naphtol. 

A phenol occurring in wood tar, but usually prepared 
artificially from naphthalin. 

Derivation. — Naphthalin is treated with strong sulphuric 
acid. B- naphthalin sulphonic acid is formed (CioH, H SO3). 
The latter acid is dissolved in water with milk of lime, and 
the resulting calcium salt is recovered by crystallization. 
The crystals are then dissolved in water and treated with 
sodium carbonate, when sodium naphthalin-sulphonate (C,o, 
H,S03Na) results. The latter is mixed with fused sodium 
hydroxide, when sodium naphtol (Cjo H, O Na) and sodium 
sulphite are obtained. Hydrochloric acid is added to the 

* A preparation. Liquor CrefnU^ Cnmvoaitus (U. S. P.), is now olRcial and re~ 
presents lysol. It has the advantage of Ijeing cheaper than lysol. 



336 INORGANIC AGENTS 

former, and naplitol results, wliich is further purified by 
sublimation and recrystallization. 

Properties. — Colorless, or pale buff-colored, shining, 
crystalline laminae, or a white, or yellowish-white, crystalline 
powder ; having a faint phenol-like odor, and a sharp and 
pungent but not persistent taste. Permanent in the air. 
Soluble in about 1,000 parts of water, and in 0.75 parts of 
alcohol ; also very soluble in ether, chloroform, or solutions 
of caustic alkalies. 

Dose.—R., 3 ii.-iii. (8.-12.); D., gr.i.-x. (.06-.6). 

Actions and Uses. — Naphtol is a powerful disinfectant, 
antiseptic and parasiticide. It is a useful application exter- 
nally in 10 per cent, ointment, for mange and ringworm. 

Internally it is employed to kill round and tape worms, 
and as an antiseptic in intestinal fermentation. It should 
be given in keratin coated pill (to avoid irritating the 
stomach), or capsules, to dogs, and in ball to horses. 

Naphthalenum. Naphthalene. Cjo Hg (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Naphtalin. 

Derivation. — A hydrocarbon obtained from coal tar by 
distillation between 356° F. and 482° F. The impure naph- 
talin resulting is treated with sulphuric acid and sodium, 
hydroxide, and is further purified by distillation with steam, 
and then by mixture with strong sulphuric acid, and finally 
by redistillation. 

Proj^erties. — Colorless, shining, transparent laminae,, 
having a strong characteristic odor resembling that of coaL 
tar, and a burning aromatic taste ; slowly volatilized on' 
exposure to the air. Insoluble in water; soluble in 15 parts 
of alcohol ; very soluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disul- 
phide, and fixed and volatile oils. 

J)ose.—JI., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.i.-xx. (.06-1.3). 

Actions and Uses. — Naphtalin, like other coal tar pro- 
ducts, is an antiseptic and parasiticide. It may be used as 
an antiseptic dressing powder upon wounds, or in 10 per 



RESORCIN 337 

cent, ointment for parasitic skin diseases. Xaphtalin is 
almost insoluble in tlie digestive tract, and acts as an anti- 
septic, therefore, throughout this canal. It is of service in 
intestinal fermentation, diarrhoea, djsenter}^ and, as a ver- 
micide, in combination with castor oil. Naphtaliu is 
administered to dogs in starch wafers or gelatine capsules ; 
and to horses in ball or electuary. 

Eesokcinol. Eesorcin. 0,^,(0 B.),. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Resorcinum. Metadioxybenzol. 

Derivation. — A diatomic phenol formed by the action of 
fuming sulphuric acid upon benziue, whereby benzine meta- 
disul phonic acid [CgH^ (H S Oj),] result-. The latter is 
neutralized by milk of lime ; calcium sulphate is expressed, 
and sodium carbonate is added. The process is continued 
by filtration, and the filtrate evaporated to dryness. The 
residue is heated with sodium hydrate, with the formation 
of sodium resorcin [CgH^ (O Na)„]. 

Sulphurous acid is driven off from sodium resorcin by^ 
boiling, and the result is extracted with ether; impure 
resorcin is recovered by distillation, and is purified by sub- 
limation or by recrystallization from water. 

Properties. — Colorless, or faintly reddish, needle-shaped 
crystals, or rhombic plates ; having a faint, peculiar odor, 
and a disagreeable, sweetish, and afterward pungent taste. 
Resorcin acquires a reddish or brownish tint on exposure 
to light and air. Soluble in O.G part of water, and in 0.5 
part of alcohol ; readily soluble in ether or glycerin, and 
very slightly soluble in chloroform. 

Dose. — H., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Foals and Calves, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.);, 
D., gr.ii._-v. (.12-.3). 

Action and Uses. — Eesorcin was originally employed as 
an antipyretic, but is not now u^ed for this action, being too 
depressing to the heart. It is an efficient antiseptic, exter- 
nally and internally ; possesses a slight local angesthetic 
effect, and is not nearly so irritating topically as phenoL 



338 ) INORGANIC AGENTS 

Externally it is of value in scaly skin diseases, as psoriasis, 
in solution (1-4), in glycerin. Internally, resorcin is of worth 
in fermentation and indigestion, given in a large amount of 
water an hour or two after eating 

Formaldehyde. C H O H. 
(Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Formic aldehyde. 

Derivation. — Obtained by partial combustion of wood 
alcohol, without ignition, by evaporation of the spirit in 
contact with a hot, platinized, asbestos jDlate. 2 C H3 O H 
+ O, = 2 C H O H ^ 2 H,0. 

Properties. — Formaldehyde is a pungent gas, having a 
spec. gr. of 1.6; soluble in water, forming a clear, colorless, 
stable solution when kept iu glass-stoppered bottles, but 
volatilizing on exposure to the air. Formalin is the com- 
mercial name for an aqueous solution containing 40 per 
cent, of formaldehyde gas. 

PREPARATION. 
Liquor Forvialdthydi. (U. S. P.) 
Formalin. Containing not less than 37 per cent, of formaldehyde 
gas. 

Action and Uses. — Formaldehyde and formalin are 
powerful microbicides. A 1 per cent, solution of formalin 
will kill Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus in about an hour ; 
B. typhosus iu 40 to 50 minutes ; B. coli communis in 30 
to 40 minutes ; B. anthracis and S. cholerse in less than 15 
minutes. Clothes soaked in cultures of B. typhosus, S. cho- 
lerse and Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus, and then for 24 
hours in a 1 per cent, solution of formalin, were found to be 
completely sterile (Slater). Trillat and Kobinson have 
apparently shown that formaldehyde gas has wonderful 
disinfectant and penetrating properties, destroying all 
pathogenic bacteria in ordinary rooms containing the micro- 
organisms buried under mattresses, between blankets, in 
in clothing and other articles, in the air, dust, and morbid 
secretions. Harrington has proved, however, that the peue- 



, FORMALDEHYDE 339 

trating power of formaldehyde is nil iu the case of moisfe 
substances, and that sterilization is not always complete 
when micro-organisms are imbedded iu, or covered by, dry 
pervious material. Still, formaldehyde is the best practical 
disinfectant now known for the sterilization of infected pre- 
mises. It is as yet comparatively expensive. The gas is 
most effective between GO'^ and 70° F., but will act at other 
temperatures. It is not so operative in damp air, and the 
jDremises should be closed tight from the outer air, in order 
that the disinfection may be thorough. One-half a liter 
(about one pint) of pure wood alcohol will yield a 2g per 
cent, formaldehyde atmosphere in 1,000 cubic feet of air 
space, and this is the proper proportion of alcohol necessary 
for disinfection. The premises containing the gas should 
be sealed from 4 to 24 hours. Formaldehyde vapor is 
extremely pungent and irritating to the mucous membranes, 
causing running of the nose and eyes iu those exposed to 
'its influence ; but some experimenters have subjected ani- 
mals to formaldehyde vapor (of disinfectant strength) for 
hours without causing their death. In Harrington's experi- 
ments two rabbits were killed by formaldehyde in the disin- 
fection of a room, and exhibited the following ]}ost-inortem 
appearances : Congestion and hemorrhage of the buccal 
mucous membrane ; intense bronchitis with hyperaemia, and 
consolidation of the lung with a purulent and slightly fibri- 
nous exudate. There was also congestion of the abdominal 
organs, including the liver, kidneys and spleen. As death 
may occur, it is certainly unwise to attempt the disinfection, 
of premises with formaldehyde, when inhabited by men or 
animals. The smaller insect pests and animal parasites are 
sometimes killed by formaldehyde disinfection, but not in- 
variably so. 

Formic aldehyde vapor is not injurious to plants, cloth- 
ing, metals, or other like articles, as are sulphurous anhy- 
dride or chlorine gas, and it bids fair to supersede all other 
agents for the gaseous disinfection of premises infected with, 
pathogenic bacteria. Formalin may be diluted with | of its 



340 INORGANIC AGENTS 

bulk of water and evaporated "by heat to generate formaHs- 
hytle gas, without any special apparatus. 

Harrington states that the evaporation of 110 cc. of 
formalin is sufficient to kill all pathogenic micro-organisms 
within 2^ hours, in 1,000 cubic feet of air space. Sheets 
saturated with formalin will efficiently disinfect premises 
when reasonably air-tight, by sim])le evaporation, the sheets 
being hung up and sprinkled with formalin through an 
ordinary watering pot. The objection to this method is the 
discomfort and irritation which the gas produces on the 
eyes and breathing apparatus, even though the process be 
conducted as rapidly as possible. A better procedure con- 
sists in the evaporation of formalin from a vessel— as a still 
— placed over a lamp outside of the premises to be disin- 
fected, the vapor being conducted through a key-hole or 
other aperture. By either method, eight ounces of formalin 
are required for each 1,000 cubic feet of air space in the 
room or building to be disinfected. 

It is necessary to employ a generator or special ap- 
pliance to convert wood alcohol into formic aldehyde, but 
these are not expensive. 

Formalin, in | to 2 per cent, solution, is perhaps the 
most powerful antiseptic that has been used for surgical 
purposes, but, when used in such strength upon ra's\ sur- 
faces and mucous membranes it produces pain and irrita- 
tion and coagulates albumin so as to shut off the underlying 
parts from participating in the antiseptic action. These 
stronger solutions, although formerly employed for surgical 
uses, should be confined to skin disinfection or where an 
escharotic action is desired on sloughing tissues. Ordinarily 
the strength of an aqueous solution should not exceed 
1-2000, or at most 1-1000, for application to raw surfaces or 
mucous membranes, and even in this dilution applications 
sometimes produce considerable pain. 

Catarrhal inflammations of the mucous membrane of 
the nose, eyes, mouth, urethra and other parts are some- 



FORMALDEHYDE 341 

times much benefited by formalin. Success is reported 
from the use of formalin on sloughing surfaces of malignant 
growths and foul ulcers. A 4 per cent, solution is increased 
to 10 per cent, and finally to pure formalin, the solutions 
being applied on cotton saturated with the drug and re- 
tained on the part for thirty minutes each day. A 5 per 
cent, solution of formalin is serviceable for sterilizing 
catheters, instruments and sutures, for the preservation 
of pathologic specimens, for the disinfection of stables, and 
in the treatment of canker of the feet in horses. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Hexamethylenamina. Hexamethylenamine. Ce Hn N4. (U. S. P ) 

(Urotropin.) 

Urotropin occurs in colorless, transparent crystals, soluble in 1,2 
parts of water and in 14 parts of alcohol; odorless, of a sweet, afterward 
bitter taste, and slight alkaline reaction. It is made by combining solu- 
tions of ammonia and formaldehyde, and was first introduced into 
medicine by Nicolaier in 1895. Urotropin appears to be decomposed in 
the kidneys with the liberation of formaldehyde, and thus disinfects 
the urinary tract. It is, in fact, considered the best urinary antiseptic in 
human medicine and has been used with the greatest success in the 
treatment of all infectious diseases of the urinary passages, especially 
acute and chronic pyelitis and cystitis. It renders normal a putrid 
tirine containing pus or mucus, is a solvent for uric acid and is slightly 
diuretic. These actions should be of value in similar diseases of animals, 
especially of dogs. The drug may be given in from 3 to 5 grain doses 
thrice daily in solution, in canine practice. It should now be bought 
more cheaply under its official name than by its trade name, urotropin. 

Glutol (Formalin Gelatin). 

Glutei is a coarse, white powder, without odor or irritating pro- 
perties, and is prepared by dissolving gelatin in water and drying the 
.•solution in formalin vapor. It is a most valuable antiseptic powder in 
liberating formaldehyde gas in contact with living cells. Glutol forms 
a scab when dusted over fresh wounds, preventing infection, and is 
serviceable in the treatment of infected wounds, abscesses, boils (after 
paracentesis), sinuses and other surgical conditions. It was first 
brought into use by Dr. C. L. Schleich, in 1896. 



S4^ INORGA.NIC AGENTS | 

i 

Class 7. — Miscellaneous Carbon Compounds. 

AciDUM Hydrocyanicum Dilutum. 
Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. HON. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Prussic acid, aciduin liydrocyanatum, s. 
borussicum, E.;* acide cyanliydrique, s. liydrocyanique, Fr.; 
cyanwasserstoffsaure, blausaure, G. 

Dei'ivation. — A liquid composed of 2 per cent., by 
weight, of absolute hydrocyanic acid, and 98 per cent, of 
water. Obtained by distillation of potassium ferrocyanide, 
20 ; sulphuric acid, 8 ; and water, 65 ; into distilled water. 
The following reaction first occurs : Iv^ Fe Cg Ng + 2 H, S 
O4 = 2 K,, S O, + H^ Fe Cg Ng ; then on the application of 
heat, the hydroferrocyauic acid resulting in the first reaction 
reacts with the remaining potassium ferrocyanide and sul- 
phuric acid, as follows : H, Fe Cg Ng + K, Fe Cg Ng + H^ S 
O, = 6 H C N + K, S O, + K, Fe (Fe Cg K)- 

Diluted hydrocyauic acid can also be made by mixing 
hydrochloric acid, 5 ; with distilled water, 55 ; silver cyanide, 
6. Shake together in a glass-stoppered bottle. Ag C N + 
H CI = H C N + Ag CI. When the precipitate of silver 
chloride falls, pour off the clear, supernatant fluid. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, of a characteristic 
taste and odor, resembling those of bitter almond. It is 
very unstable and is apt to be inert as obtained from ordi- 
nary drug stores. It should be kept in inverted glass-stop- 
pered dark bottles. 

Incompatible s. — Salts of iron, copper and silver; sulphides 
and red mercuric oxide. 

i?06e.— H. & C, 1TLxx.-xl. (1.3-2.6) ; Sh., H^x.-xv. (.6-1.) ; 
Sw., 1llii.-v. (.12-.3); D., 1TLi.-iii. (.06-.2). 

Action External. — Prussic acid is absorbed to some 
extent through the unbroken skin ; paralj^zes the peripheral 
sensory nerves, and acts as a local ansesthetic. If the finger 

* Scheele's prussic acid contains 4 to 5 per cent, of the pure hydro- 
cyanic acid. 



DILUTED HYDROCYANIC ACID 



15 



is held over a bottle containiag the acid, it soon becomes 
-anaesthetized. Upon mucous membranes, or raw surfaces, 
prussic acid is rapidly absorbed and exhibits its usual cou- 
^stitutional action. 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Hydrocyanic acid 
«xerts a sedative effect upon the mucous membrane of the 
«tomach and upper portio^i of the digestive tract. It is 
absorbed into the blood, but we are ignorant of its fate or 
mode of elimination. 

Blood. — In poisoning, the blood becomes first of a bright 
-arterial hue, and later assumes a dark, venous color. The 
^rst condition is due to the fact that the blood does not 
give up its oxygen for some reason. Brunton suggests that 
it is because the blood is hurried so rapidly through the 
dilated peripheral vessels that it does not have time to yield 
up its oxygen. The dark color of the blood is probably 
-owing to asphyxia and accumulation of carbonic dioxide, 
following the paralytic action of prussic acid upon the 
respiratory centre. A substance called cyauohsemoglobin 
is formed outside the body by hydrocyanic acid when 
shaken with blood. The acid appears to deoxydize the 
normal oxyhsemoglobin, and blood thus treated has no ozon- 
izing property. CyauoLsemoglobin was thought to account 
for the action of prussic acid, but it does not exist within 
the body in the blood of poisoned animals. The red blood 
corpuscles are altered in shape by the action of prussic acid 
upon blood withdrawn from the vessels. Tliey generally 
l)ecome rounder, then granular, and finally disintegrate and 
liquefy. But these changes do not occur in the blood during 
life. The general action of prussic acid is altogether inde- 
pendent of any influence upon the blood, since the same 
toxic effect is produced upon the bloodless, or " salt frog " 
(vessels containing normal salt solution), as upon the normal 
batrachian. 

Nervous System and 3Iicscles. — Prussic acid has an essen- 
tially depressing action upon the nervous system as a whole. 
"The brainy cord and nerves become paralyzed by large doses. 



S44 



INORGANIC AGENTS 



The convulsions occurring in poisoning are shown by expe- 
riments to be due probably to altered cerebral circulation^ 
although they have been attributed to the direct influence 
upon the brain substance, and, to asphyxia. They are, how- 
ever, present during that period of poisoning when the blood 
is of a bright arterial hue. The spinal cord is paralyzed at 
a period after coma and convulsions have appeared. The 
peripheral nerves and muscles are paralyzed directly by 
toxic doses, and not through the mediation of the central 
nervous apparatus. This is proved by shutting off the blood 
supply containing the drug, from a frog's leg, and leaving 
the nervous connections intact, when no effect of prussic 
acid is observed upon the limb. 

Heart and Blood Vessels. — Death sometimes occurs^ 
instantaneously from large lethal doses of prussic acid, 
owing to diastolic arrest of the heart. This action is due 
probably to paralysis of the heart and its contained ganglia,, 
and also to irritation of the vagus centre. Moderate non- 
toxic doses stimulate the vagus centre of the medulla, and 
slow the pulse without diminishing the force of the heart. 
"When the vagi are previously divided, this action does not 
occur, but after large doses slowing of the heart is observed 
whether the vagi are cut or not; thus showing that the 
heart muscle, or its ganglia, are directly influenced. Mode- 
rate doses of prussic acid first stimulate, and then depress 
the vasomotor centre. Arterial pressure is therefore prima- 
rily raised considerably, but this is followed by a fall to, or 
below, the normal. 

Toxic doses stimulate the vasomotor centre very briefly, . 
and this action is succeeded by profound depression and 
paralysis of the centre, accompanied by a great diminution 
of blood tension. 

Respiration. — Inhalation of the pure acid will cause 
death in a confined atmosphere, and even inhalation of the 
medicinal solution will induce the physiological symptoms, 
of the drug. The respiratory centre is usually depressed 
irom the beginning, by prussic acid, and the respiratory- 



J 



DILUTED HYDROCYANIC ACID 345 

movements are therefore lessened in frequency tliroughout 
the period of its action. Rarely, there is a primary transient 
stimulation of the centre, so that the breathing is increased 
in frequency. lu the latter stage of poisoniug, the breathing 
is feeble and shallow, and only occurs at loug intervals. 
If death does not supervene immediately from diastolic 
arrest of the heart, it comes on more slowly by asphyxia. 
The respiratory movements become less frequent and 
forcible, the auimal giving an occasional gasp, until finally 
the breathing ceases altogether, while the heart continues to 
beat for a time. 

Summary. — Prussic acid in any considerable dose exerts 
a general paralyzant action upon the system, including the 
brain, spinal cord, nerves, muscles, and the three great 
medullary centres controlling the heart, respiration and ves- 
sels. Topically applied, hydrocyanic acid also paralyzes 
nerves and muscles, and acts therapeutically as a local 
sedative and anaesthetic. 

Toxicology. — Prussic acid is one of the most powerful 
poisons in existence. Death may be instantp.neous, or life 
may be prolonged for over an hour after a lethal dose. 
More commonly the animal survives for a few minutes, and 
we observe the following symptoms in dogs : The animal 
falls, froths at the mouth, the respiratio'a is of a gasping 
character and occurs at infrequent intervals. There is un- 
consciousness, the pupils become dilated, there are muscular 
tremblings, and clonic or tonic spasms. Defsecation and 
micturition occur, and erections oft'^n ensue in the male. 
Respiration ceases before the cardiac; pulsations. 

Three stages may be distinguished in fatal poisoning. 
First : a very short period elapses before the symptoms 
appear. There are giddiness, difficult breathing, and slow 
pulse in this stage. Second: the pupils dilate, vomiting 
may occur, and the animal utters loud cries. Spasmodic 
defsecation, micturition and erections may be present, with 
•convulsions and iinconsciousness. Third : the last stage is 
characterized by collapse, spasms, general paralysis and 



346 



INORGANIC AGENTS 



death. The subacute form of poisoning may ensue an^ 
prove fatal, or, owing to the volatile character of the drug^ 
complete recovery may take place within one-half or three- 
quarters of an hour. Occasionally dogs continue to be 
paralyzed for several days and get well. The minimum 
fatal dose recorded in man is ^ of a grain of pure acid, or 
about 50 drops of the medicinal solution. Four to five 
drachms of the diluted acid frequently, but not invariably, 
cause subacute poisoning and death, in horses, within an 
hour. One to two drachms of the pharmacopoeial prepara- 
tion usually kills dogs within ten minutes. 

Prussic acid is commonly used to destroy the domestic^ 
animals. Two to four drachms of the medicinal acid are to 
be given to dogs and cats of the ordinary size, and certain, 
painless, and rapid death will occur if a fresh preparation 
of the drug can be obtained. The unopened, half-ounce 
vial, kept by druggists, is recommended. Big dogs, horses, 
and the other larger animals are not killed rapidly, nor 
sometimes at all, by great quantities of the diluted acid. 
Hence, shooting is a more humane and preferable mode of 
death for them. In the experience of the writer, one to two 
drachms of prussic acid saturated with potassium cyanide, 
failed to kill a horse, when injected directly into the jugular 
vein. The odor of the acid lingers about the animal for a 
few hours after death ; the eyes are fixed and staring ; the 
l^upils dilated; the teeth are clinched tight and covered 
with froth, while the blood is of a very dark color. The 
treatment embraces emptying the stomach by large doses 
of promptly acting emetics, or by the stomach tube, or 
pump ; atropine, ether, and brandy subcutaneously, and 
inhalations of ammonia, together with artificial respiration^ 
and hot and cold douches upon the chest. 

Uses. — Prussic acid is indicated for three therapeutic 
purposes : 

1. To relieve gastric pain and vomiting, by its paralyz- 
ing action upon the peripheral sensory nerves of the^ 
stomach. 



POTASSIUM CYANIDE 547 

2. To stop coughing. 

3. To allay itchiug by means of its local, sedative action 
upon the cutaneous sensory nerve-endings. 

It is mainly useful in veterinary practice as a cough 
remedy, when the symptom is of reflex origin, or is caused 
by chronic or verminous bronchitis ; and the acid is often 
conjoined with chloroform, or opium, in some form. Prussic 
acid is a dangerous remedy to apply to the skin, as absorp- 
tion may occur, or the acid may be lapped off by the patient. 
Solutions containing, of the diluted acid, 3 ss.-i. to 3 i. 
of water, are, however, sometimes employed to relieve 
pruritus. 



PoTASsn Cyanidum. Potassium Cyanide. K C N", 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Cyanure de potassium, Fr.; cyankalium, G. 

Derivation. — Made by heating together potassium ferro- 
cyanide and carbonate. 

Properties. — White, opaque, amorphous pieces ; or a 
white, granular powder, odorless when perfectly dry, but 
in moist air exhaling the odor of hydrocyanic acid. Taste 
sharp and alkaline, and in moist air the salt deliquesces. 
Reaction very strongly alkaline. Solutions stain and destroy 
clothing. Soluble in about 2 parts of water ; sparingly 
soluble in alcohol. 

Dose.—H., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.^V (-006). 

Action and Uses. — Potassium cyanide is transformed, in 
the stomach and blood, into prussic acid, and resembles the 
latter in its action, but is much slower. Death has been 
caused in man by 5 grains of the salt. 

Argenti Cyanidum. Silver Cyanide. Ag C N. (U. S. P.) 

A white, insoluble, tasteless, odorless powder, used for 
making prussic acid. 



348 



INORGANIC AGENTS 



Prunus Yirginiana. Wild Cherry. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Ecorce de cerisier de Virginie, Fr.; wild- 
kirschenrinde, G. 

The bark of the wild cherry, indigenous in the United 
States, contains a ferment (emulsin) which, in the presence 
of water, acts on a glucoside (amygdalin, Cjo H^, N On) con- 
tained in the bark, with the formation of hydrocyanic acid, 
glucose and a volatile oil. A fluid extract, infusion and 
syrup of prunus virginiana are official. The latter prepara- 
tion is sometimes employed in cough mixtures for dogs, on 
account of its sedative action. The entire value of the drug 
depends upon the minute amount of prussic acid formed 
in it. The official hydrocyanic acid is more reliable, but 
syrupus pruni virginian?e (U. S. P.) may be used as a vehicle 
for more efficient remedies. 



Petrolatum. (U. S. P.) 

(Three varieties.) 

1. — Petrolatum Liquidum. Liquid Petrolatum. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the 
marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter and 
more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the 
residue when it has the desired consistence. 

Properties.— A colorless, or more or less yellowish, oily, 
transparent liquid, without odor or taste ; or giving off, when 
heated, a faint odor of petroleum. Spec. gr. about 0.875 — 
0.945. Insoluble in water; scarcely soluble in cold or hot 
alcohol, or cold absolute alcohol ; but soluble in boiling 
absolute alcohol, and readily soluble in ether, chloroform, 
carbon disulphide, oil of turpentine, benzin, benzol, and 
fixed and volatile oils. 
2. — Petrolatum Molle.* Soft Petrolatum. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Yaseline, cosmoline. 

Derivation. — A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the 



* The 1905 edition of the U. S. P recognizes simply Petrolatum, which now 
includes both the Petrolatum MoUe and Spissum. 



HARD PETROLATUM 349 

marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter and 
more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the 
residue when .it has reached the desired melting point. 
"When petrolatum is prescribed or ordered without further 
specification, soft petrolatum is dispensed. 

Properties. — A fat-like mass of about the consistence of 
an ointment, varying from white to yellowish or yellow ; 
more or less fluorescent when yellow, especially after being 
melted ; transparent in thin layers, completely amorphous, 
and without odor or taste ; or giving off, when heated, a faint 
odor of petroleum. 

The melting point of soft petrolatum ranges about 40^ 
and 45° C. (104° and 113° F.). In other respects soft petro- 
latum has the characteristics of liquid petrolatum. 

3. — Petrolatum Spissum. Hard Petrolatum. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the 
marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter and 
more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifjdng the 
residue when it has reached the desired melting point. 

Properties. — A fat-like mass of about the consistence of 
an ointment, varying from white to yellowish or yellow ; 
more or less fluorescent when yellow, especially after being 
melted; transparent in thin layers, completely amorphous, 
and without odor or taste; or giving off, when heated, a 
faint odor of petroleum. The melting point of hard petro- 
latum ranges about 45° and 51° C. (113° and 125° P.). In 
other respects hard petrolatum has the characteristics of 
liquid petrolatum. 

Action and Uses. — Petrolatum is a valuable emollient. 
It soothes, protects and softens parts to which it is applied, 
and is superior to animal and vegetable fats and oils in not 
becoming rancid, and therefore irritant and malodorous. 
Petrolatum may be used alone, or as an excipient in the 
preparation of ointments, but does not aid the absorption of 
drugs (as do alcohol, glycerin, chloroform, and animal oils 



35a 



INORGANIC AGENTS 



and fats), for it is not itself absorbed even when adminis^ 
tered internally. Petrolatum exerts a demulceDt action 
upon the mucous membrane of the alimentary tract, and 
may be prescribed in electuary or capsule in inflamma- 
tion thereof. Petrolatum is sold universally under the 
proprietary names of vaseline and cosmoline, and is often 
combined with antiseptics for medicinal and surgical pur- 
poses in skin diseases and upon inflamed mucous mem- 
branes, blistered and abraded surfaces and sores. It is one 
of the most useful agents in lubricating instruments, pro- 
tecting metal from rust, preserving leather, and is sometimes 
employed as a vehicle for electuaries. 



Ehigolene. (Non-official.) 

Rhigolene is a petroleum product prepared by repeated 
distillation until the liquid boils at 64.4° F. It evaporates 
at a lower temperature than any other substance, except 
cymogene, and is employed as a spray to induce numbness 
and local anaesthesia of a part in minor surgical operations, 
such as paracentesis of an abscess or the use of the actual 
cautery. 



PABT n. 
VEGETABLE DRUGS. 



SECTION L— DKUGS ACTING UPON THE BRAIN. 
Class 1. — Depressing the Brain. 

Opium. Opium. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — The concrete, milky exudation obtained by 
incising the unripe capsules of Papaver somniferum Linue 
(Nat. ord. Papaveracese), and yielding in its normal, moist 
condition, not less than 9 per cent, of crystallized morphine, 
when assayed by the official process (U. S. P.) Opium is 
procured from Turkey, Asia Minor, Persia, India and Egypt. 
The Smyrna, or Turkey opium is the more common variety 
used in the United States. It occurs in irregular, globular 
masses, covered with poppy leaves and capsules of a species 
of dock, weighing from | to 1 pound. 

Properties. — Irregular, or sub-globular cakes, with the 
remnants of poppy leaves and fruits of a species of rumex 
adhering to the surface ; plastic, or of a harder consistency ; 
chestnut-brown or darker, and somewhat shining ; internally 
showing some tears and fragments of vegetable tissue. It 
has a sharp, narcotic odor, and a peculiar, bitter taste. It 
yields its medicinal properties to water, alcohol, and diluted 
acids, forming dark brown solutions. Ether extracts its 
principles in part. 

Constittcents. — There are nineteen or more alkaloids; the 
three first are used in human medicine, but narceine is of 
no value in veterinary medicine. 



Morphine. 


2.5—22.8 per cent. 


Thebaine. 


.15— 1. 


per cent.. 


Codeine. 


.2— .7 " " 


Narcotine. 


1.3 —10. 


(< (< 


Narceine. 


.1— .7 " " 


Papaverine. 


1. 


<< c 


351 











352 VEGETABLE DKUGS 

In addition to these, tlie following exist in minute quan- 
tity, but some are merely "pharmaceutical curiosities": — 

Protopine. Organic Acids. 

Cryptopine. Meconic Acid. 

Oxynarcotine. Lactic Acid. 

Tx J i.- r. Pectin. 

Hydronarcotine. _ ^„ , 

T J . Gum. 50. percent. 

Laudanosine. _ . ^ 

T T . Resin. 

Laudaine. ^, 

_,, , . Glucose. 

Phoeadme. _. , ^., 

_, , . Fixed Oils. 

Codamine. a -17 i ^-i r^•l 

,, J. A Volatile Oil. 

Meconodine. _^ , „ , . 

_ . Odorous Bodies. 

Gnoscopme. ^ ^ , 

,, . Caoutchouc. 

Lantnopine. . . _ ,, 

„^ , HK ns J- Ammonium Salts. 

Water. 15.— 25. percent. ^ , . ^ ,^ 

T.T ^ 7 r> J- Calcium Salts. 

Neutral Bodies. ,, • c 1^ 

-, . Magnesium Salts. 

Meconin. ° 

Meconoisin. 

/tnpwn^zes.^Starch, molasses, leaves, fruit, stones and 
•water. 

Incompatibility. — Solutions of lead acetate and sub- 
acetate, and of copper and arsenic salts, precipitate mecon- 
ates, sulphates and coloring matters, but the opium remains 
physiologically active. Ferric chloride produces a deep red 
color with opium, by its union with meconic acid. Tannin 
compounds precipitate codeine tannate. Alkalies, their car- 
bonates and ammonia precipitate morphine and narcotine. 

Dose.—R., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.) ; Sh., gr.x.- 
XXX. (.6-2.); Sw., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3); D., gr.ss.-iii. (.03-.2). 

Opii Pulvis. Powdered Opium. (U. S. P.) 

Opium dried at a temperature not exceding 85° C. 
(185° P.), and reduced to a fine powder. Powdered opium, 
for pharmaceutical or medicinal purposes, when assayed 
should yield not less than twelve (12) nor more than twelve 
and a half (12.5) per cent, of crystallized morphine. Any 
powdered opium of a higher percentage may be brought 
within these limits by admixture with powdered opium of a 
lower percentage in proper proportions. Only those are 
mentioned here which are applicable to veterinary practice. 



f " POWDERED OPIUM 353 

Dose. — Same as for opium, but preferable to the crude 
drug. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Opii. Extract of Opium. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Powdered opiurn, 100 ; ^iistilled water, 1000 ; sugar of milk, a 
suflficient quantity. Made by trituration, filtration, and evaporation. 
Assayed to contain 20 per cent, of morphine. (U. S. P.) 

Dose. — About one-half that of powdered opium. H., 3 ss.-i. (3.-4.);, 
C, 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh., gr.v.-xv. (.3 1.); Sw., gr.ii.ss.-x. (.15-.6); D., 
gr.i^-i.ss. (.015-.09). 

Pulvis Ipecachuanlice et Opii. Powder of Ipecac and Opium. (U. S. P.) 
Synonym.— l^OYer's powder, E ; pulvis ipecacuanhae opiatus, s. 

pulvis Doweri, P. G. ; poudre de Dower, Fr. ; Dower'sches pulver, G. 
Ipecac, 10 ; powdered opivim, 10 ; sugar of milk, 80. The most 

diarphoretic compound of opium. 

Dose.— H., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., gr.iii.-xv. (.2-1.). 

Tinctura Ipecacuanhce et Opii. Tincture of Ipecac and Opium. 

(U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Liquid Dover's powder. 

Tincture of deodorized opium, 1000; fluid extract of ipecac, 100; 
diluted alcohol, a sufficient quantity to make 1000. Made by evapora- 
tion and filtration. 

Dose. — Same as Dover's powder. 

Tinctura Opii. Tincture of Opium.* (U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym. — Laudanum, tinctura meconii, tinctura thebaicse, E.; 
tinctura opii simplex, P. G.; teinture d'opium, teinture thebai'que, Fr.; 
einfache opiumtinktur, G. 

Powdered opium, 100 ; alcohol, 400 ; water, 400 ; diluted alcohol 
to make 1000. Made by trituration, maceration with precipitated cal- 
cium phosphate, and percolation. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.—H., I i.-ii. (30.-60.); C, § ii.-iii. (60.-90.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-vi. 
(8.-24.); D., miii.-xx. ( 2-1.3). 

Tinctura Opii Cam,phorata. Camphorated Tincture of Opium. 

(U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Tinctura camphorae composita, B. P.; paregoric, elixir 
paregoricum, paregoric elixir, E.; tinctura opii benzoica, P. G.; elixir 
paregorique, Fr. ; benzoesaurehaltige opiumtinttur, G. 



* Both the tincture and deodorized tincture of opium are standardized to- 
J contain 1.2-1.25 gm. of morphine in luo Co. (U. S. P.) 



354 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Powdered opium, 4; benzoic acid, 4; camphor, 4; oil of anise, 4j 
glycerin, 40; diluted alcohol to make 1000. Made by maceration and 
filtration. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— D., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.). 

Opium Deodorutum. Deodorized Opium. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Opium denarcotizatum . 

Powdered opium (containing 12-12.5 per cent, of morphine), 500 ; 
purified petroleum benzin, q. s. Made by repeated maceration, agita- 
tion and percolation with purified petroleum benzin. The petroleum 
benzin removes narcotic and odorous principles, which cause nausea 
and disagreeable after-effects in opium. Contains 12-12.5 of morphine. 

Dose.— Same as powdered opium. 

The eighth (last) edition of the U. S. P. has introduced Ojnum 
■Oranulatmn (granulated opium); made by drying opium at a tempera- 
ture not exceeding 85"^ C. (185^ F.) and reducing it to a coarse (No. 20) 
powder. It should not yield less than 12 nor more than 12.5 per cent, 
of crystallized morphine. Dose, same as deodorized opium. 

Tinctura Opii Deodorata. Tincture of Deodorized Opium. (U. S. P.) 
Granulated Opium. 100 ; purified petroleum benzin, 75 ; alcohol, 

200 : .water to make 1000. Made by percolation with water, agitation 

with purified petroleum benzin. and evaporation. 

jDose. — Same as tincture of opium, but less nauseating. 

Extractum Opii Liquidum. (B. P.) 
(Contains % per cent, of morphine.) 

Dose. — Same as laudanum. 

Vinum Opii, (U. S. P.) 

Dose. — Same as laudanum. 



MORPHINA. Morphine. C,, B.,, N O3 -f H^ O. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — An alkaloid obtained from opium. 

1. Macerate opium in cold water, forming a solution of 
morphine meconate. 2. Add calcium chloride to precipitate 
calcium meconate and resins. 3. Evaporate solution remain- 
ing, which contains morphine hydrochlorate, till it crystal- 
lizes ; press in flannel to remove narcotine and coloring 
matter; redissolve ; filter; evaporate and crystallize repeat- 
edly. 4. Decolorize by digestion with charcoal. 5. Preci- 
pitate with ammonia and wash, when pure morphine is 
separated from codeine. 

Properties. — Colorless or white, shining prismatic crys- 
tals, or fine needles, or crystalline powder; odorless and 



MORPHINE HYDROCHLORATE 355 

liaving a bitter taste ; permanent in the air ; soluble in 4,350 
parts of water. 

Dose. — Same as salts of morphine, but the latter are 
preferable on account of their solubility. 

Morphine Hydrochloridum, Morphine Hydrochloride. 
C„H,,N O3H CI + 3 H,0. (U. S. k B. P.) 

Derivation. — Morphine is stirred with hot distilled 
water, to which hydrochloric acid is gradually added. Mor- 
phine hydrochlorate crystallizes out on cooling. 

Properties. — White, feathery needles of a silky lustre; 
or minute, colorless, needle-shaped crystals ; odorless and 
having a bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 24 
parts of water and in 62 parts of alcohol. Very slightly 
soluble in ether or chloroform. 

Incompatihility. — Incompatible with all agents containing 
tannin, alkaline carbonates, lime water, salts of copper, mer- 
cury, zinc and lead ; and with Fowler's solution of arsenic. 

Dose.—'R.k C, gr.iii.-x. (.2-.6) ; Sh., gr.ss.-ii. (.03-.12); 
Sw, gr.3V4 (.006-.03); D., gr.|-i (.008-.03). 

Subcutaneously.— H., gr.iii.-iv. (.2-.24); D., gr.^-i (.008.- 
.02). 

124 parts of morphine hydrochloride correspond to 
100 parts of morphine. 

MoRPHiN.i; AcETAs. Morphine Acetate. 
C,,H,,N 03C,H,0, + 3 H,0. (U. S. k B. P.) 

Derivation. — Morphine is dissolved in acetic acid and 
water, and the solution evaporated and crystallized. 

Properties. — A white, or faintly yellowish-white, crystal- 
line, amorphous powder, having a faint, acetous odor aud 
bitter taste. It slowly loses acetic acid on exposure to the 
air, and should be kept in dark, amber-colored, well-stop- 
pered vials. Soluble, when freshly prepared, in 2.5 parts of 
water, and in 47.6 parts of alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as morphine hydrochlorate. 



356 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

MoRPHiN-E Sulphas. Morphine Sulphate. 
(Ci,H,,N O3), H,S O, + 5 HA (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Morphine is stirred into boiling distilled 
water; diluted sulphuric acid is added until neutralizatiort 
is attained, and the sulphate crystallizes out on cooling. 

Properties. — White, feathery, acicular crystals of a silky 
lustre; odorless and having a bitter taste. Permanent in 
the air. Soluble in 21 parts of water, and in 702 parts of 
alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as hydrochlorate. 125 parts of morphine 
Bulphate correspond to 100 parts of the pure alkaloid. 

The official salts of morphine may be used interchange- 
ably. The acetate is more soluble, but less stable, than the 
Bulphate, which is sufficiently soluble for practical purposes, 
and is in more common use. 

Liquor MoEPHiNiE Htdrochloridi. (B. P.) 
One per cent. 

Dose.—K., 3vi.-3ii. (24-60.); D., nix.-3i. (.6-4.). 

Liquor Morphine Acetatis. (B. P.) 
Same strength and dose as above. 

Injectio Morphine Hypodermica. (B. P.) 
One per cent. 
Dose. — Same as liquor morphini hydrochloridi. 

SupposiTORiA Morphine. (B. P.) 
(Gr.^ morphine.) 

Dose. — Dog, 1 per rectum. 

CODEINA. Codeine. C,,H,iN03 + H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — An alkaloid obtained from opium by evapo- 
ration of the ammoniacal liquid, after the precipitation of 



HEROIN 357 

morphine. The residue is added to water, precipitated by 
potassium hydrate, and redissolved in ether, from which 
codeine crystallizes out on evaporation. 

Properties. — White, or nearly transparent, orthorhom- 
bic prisms, or octohedral crystals; odorless, and having 
a faintly bitter taste; slightly efflorescent in warm air. 
Soluble in 80 parts of water, and in 3 parts of alcohol ; 
also soluble in 30 parts of ether and in 2 parts of 
chloroform. 

Dose.—J>., gr.|-ii. (.015-.12). 

Heroin. 
(Diacetyhnorphine.) i 

This remedy, derived from morphine, was first intro- 
duced by Dreser, in 1898, and is now used extensively in 
human medicine as a substitute for morphine and codeine. 
Heroin occurs as a white, odorless, crystalline powder, 
possessing a slightly bitter taste and alkaline reaction. 
Practically insoluble in water, but readily soluble in weak 
acidulous solutions. 

Heroin hydrochloride is a white, crystalline, odorless 
powder, soluble in 2 parts of water. Heroin surpasses both 
morphine and codeine therapeutically in many ways. lb 
increases markedly the inspiratory and expiratory force, 
while lessening the number of the respiratory movements, 
and exerts a special sedative influence on the respiratory 
mucous membranes. The drug acts also as a general motor 
depressant hypnotic and analgesic, but is not comparable 
to morphine in these respects. The after-effects of 
small medicinal doses (nausea, constipation, etc.) are 
slight. Heroin is particularly valuable in the treatment of 
all varieties of cough affecting the human subject, and 
should prove useful in canine practice. 

Heroin may be administered in powder, pill or tablet, 
the hydrochloride in solution, every few hours. 

The dose of either is, tor the dog, gr.g^-i (.0025-.01). 



358 vegetable drugs 

Opium and Morphine. 

The action of morphine and opium is practically the 
same, with some exceptions to be noted. 

AcLion External. — Opium may be absorbed to a slight 
extent from the unbroken skiu, and causes a mild, anodyne 
action. Absorption readily occurs from mucous membranes 
and raw surfaces, with resulting characteristic effects. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Opium dimiuishes 
the two principal activities of the digestive organs, namely, 
secretion and motion. Secretions all over the body are 
decreased, except that of sweat. The action upon the ali- 
mentary tract in lessening secretion, is partly a local one 
and jiartly constitutional, following the absorption of the 
drug. The mouth is made dry, thirst is increased and appe- 
tite impaired. Opium is absorbed rather slowly from the 
stomach and bowels, and stimulates the splanchnic nerve 
centre of the sympathetic system, wbich inhibits the move- 
ments of the stomach and intestines, and thus lessens peri- 
staltic action of these organs. Opium is directly opposed 
to belladonna in this respect, as the latter drug paralyzes 
the intestinal inhibitory apparatus (sjDlanchnic endings), and 
so increases peristalsis. 

In diminishing both secretion and motion, opium causes 
constipation in health, but is most useful in relieving 
vomiting and diarrhoea. In toxic doses, opium may induce 
diarrhoea from paralysis of the splanchnic inhibitory centre. 

Blood and Elimination. — Morphine circulates in the 
blood as such. The greater part of opium is decomposed 
in the body, a portion being destroyed by the liver, while 
some is probably burned up in the blood. The smaller 
part is eliminated, chiefly by the kidneys, but also in the 
other secretions. It is found in the gastric juice after hypo- 
dermic injection, and therefore washing out the stomach 
assists elimination and recovery in opium poisoning. 

Nervous System. — The most important action of opium 
is exerted upon the nervous system. It is necessary to 



OPIUM AND MORPHINE 359' 

study the drug from the comparative standpoint in order to 
obtain a full understanding of its effects. The brain of man, 
l)eing more highly developed and sensitive, in comparison 
^with other parts of the nervous system, than the brain of 
^the lower animals, it follows that this organ is more power- 
fully influenced in man, while the spinal cord is often 
mainly impressed in the lower animals. 

We may take the action of opium on the frog, at one 
^nd of the scale, as exhibiting the most active spinal symp- 
toms; while in man, at the other end of the scale, cerebral 
phenomena predominate. The other animals occupy an 
intermediate position; the action upon the horse and rumi- 
nants is something between that exerted upon the frog and 
man, and the influence upon dogs approaches more nearly 
that seen in human beings, only that a relatively greater 
dose is required to produce the same result, as the brain is 
not so highly organized or sensitive to the action of medi- 
cines. The brain of the horse is only one-twelfth as large, 
in proportion to their respective body- weights, as that of 
man, and it follows that the spinal cord of the horse is more 
readily affected by opium, in accordance with the general 
law that the more highly developed a part is, the more 
easily is it influenced by therapeutic agents. 

Opium exerts first a stimulating, and then a depressing 
action upon the brain and spinal cord, and in studying the 
action comparatively it will be noted that the influence 
upon the cord in the fi'og, horse, ruminant, and to some 
extent in the dog, preponderates frequently over the effect 
of the drug upon the brain, for the reasons stated above. 

Action Upon the Frog. — In minute non-poisonous doses, 
sleep is produced, followed by a period of reflex excitement. 
Toxic doses of one or two grains of morphine, injected under 
the skin, cause at first a condition where convulsions occur, 
if the animal is artificially irritated ; later they come on 
spontaneously. This state is followed by general paralysis, 
respiratory failure and death. The convulsions are shown 
to be due mainly to irritation of the spinal reflex centres. 



S60 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

partly to action upon the motor tract of the brain, and 
i^nally proceed from direct local stimulation of the motor 
nerve endings and muscles. 

Action Upon Horses. — Three grains of morphine, injected 
subcutaneously, occasion sometimes drowsiness, and at 
other times produce no visible effect. Four to six grains, 
given in the same way, cause restlessness, a rapid pulse, and 
moisture of the skin. The animal paws the ground and 
walks in a rhythmical manner about the stall. The pupils 
are dilated. Large doses (12 grains) are followed by in- 
creased excitement aggravated by noises, sweating, ptyalism, 
muscular rigidity, staggering gait, tiembling and delirium; 
while still larger doses (four drachms of the extract of opium) 
cause violent trembling, convulsions, insensibility to pain 
and external irritation, without coma ; or (morphine, gr. 36 
under the skin), rarely, stupor for several hours (3 hours), 
dilated pnpils and blindness, followed by delirium and rest- 
lessness, continuing for a longer time (7 hours) and ending 
in recovery. Horses have recovered from an ounce of 
opium, but 2| ounces of the drug, and 100 grains of mor- 
phine have proved fatal. The action of opium upon the 
horse differs from that upon man and dogs in the more 
frequent occurrence of restlessness and motor excitement 
due to stimulation of the cerebral and spinal motor centres j 
and in dilatation instead of contraction of the pupiL 
The rationale of the latter phenomenon has not been 
discovered. 

Action Upon Ruminants. — These animals are compara- 
tively insusceptible to opium. Ounce doses of the drug 
cause, in cattle, restlessness, excitement, hoarse bellowing, 
dry mouth, nausea, indigestion and tympanites. Sheep are 
affected in much the same manner. One to two drachms of 
morphine have led to fatality in cattle. Fifteen to thirty 
grains of the alkaloid comprise a lethal dose for sheep. 
Swine are variously influenced; sometimes excited, some- 
times dull and drowsy. 

Action Upon Birds. — Birds, as represented by chickens, 
ducks and pigeons, are exceedingly insusceptible to opium.. 



OPIUM AND MORPHINE 361 

Pigeons cannot be given enough opium l>y the mouth to 
■cause death, bat 8 to 10 grs. of morphine per orem, or 2 or 
3 grs. hypodermatically, will prove fatal. The toxic symp- 
i;oms in birds are exhibited by unsteadiness, difficult 
breathing and failure of respiration, convulsions and death. 
"The pupils are unaffected, and sleep does not ensue. 

Action Upon Dogs. — When 8 or 10 grains of morphine 
are given to a moderate sized (^og, coma comes on, from 
^hich the animal may recover. One half a grain injected 
under the skin of a dog weighing 25 lbs., causes nausea, 
vomiting and perhaps purging, sleep deepening into coma, 
■contracted pupils, and shallow breathing ; the condition 
lasting for several hours and followed by recovery. Opium 
j-arely exerts an hypnotic action upon cats, but rather motor 
excitement. Lethal doses (average, 4 grains of morphine 
sulphate subcutaneously to the pound, live weight, for dogs; 
2 to 3 grains sometimes kill small dogs), increase the 
frequency of the pulse, cause vomiting, unsteadiness, con- 
tracted pupils, motor excitement, as twitching of the limbs 
and convulsions, followed by coma, respiratory failure and 
death. Recovery from full doses of opium is accompanied 
in dogs by general physical and mental depression and 
lassitude, as in man. There are muscular weakness, loss of 
natural spirit, timidity, and nausea, lasting for several hours. 
The action of opium upon dogs differs from that upon man 
only in degree. The dose required is proportionately larger. 
There is often more preliminary excitement and symptoms 
of reflex irritation, as muscular twitching. These animals 
<lo not sweat, and the pupils are not so continuously con- 
tracted in poisoning. Failure of the drug to produce sleep, 
and the presence of nausea, retching, dreams, delirium, 
hallucinations, occasionally observed in dogs, are common 
to man. Convulsions rarely occur in either men or dogs. 

Action Upon Man. — In man, a small dose of morphine 
"(^ gr.) causes usually a sense of well-being, together with 
itching of the nose, and later, of the skin generally, dryness 
of the mouth (occasionally there may be nausea, vomiting 



362 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

and faintness), followed by sleep, or a pleasant, dreamy state^ 
After-effects may be absent, or consist of nausea, headache^ 
coated tongue and constipation. If the dose is larger, sleep^ 
comes on quickly, the pupils are contracted, the respiratory 
movements and pulse become slow, and the skin is moist. 

With lethal doses, sleep deepens into coma, from which 
the patient can at first be aroused ; the coma becomes pro- 
found, the pulse feeble and rapid, the respiration stertorous^, 
slow and imperfect. The mucous membranes are cyanotic, 
the face livid, the pupils dilate, and the surface is covered 
with clammy sweat. Death occurs from respiratory failure, 
occasionally preceded by convulsions. One-eighth of one 
grain of morphine is the smallest fatal human dose recorded. 
The action of opium upon man, as compared with that upon 
the horse and ruminants, is characterized by its predominant 
depressing effect upon the higher mental functions. The 
motor centres of the brain and cord are only slightly- 
influenced. 

General Action of Opium Upon the Nervous System. — Th& 
action of opium upon the nervous system may be summar-^ 
ized in primary central stimulation, followed by depression 
and paralysis. In man and the dog, the cerebral depression 
is more prominent; in the horse, the stimulant action upon 
the motor centres of the brain and spinal cord is more- 
marked; while considerable depression only appears in the 
later stage of poisoning. 

Opium illustrates the law of dissolution in the order of" 
its action, i. e., in the more highly organized functions being 
the first to succumb; while the lower centres are the last to 
be influenced. Stimulation of the cerebrum is exhibited by 
exalted intellectual power in man; by motor excitement in 
animals. This stage, comparatively short in man and dogs, 
is succeeded by depression of the intellectual functions and,, 
to a less extent, of the cerebral motor centres. Depression 
is exhibited by sleep and insensibility to sound, light, exter- 
nal irritation and pain. Relief of suffering often occurs 
"without sleep, and is due to the depressing action of th^. 



OPIUM AND MOEPHINE 006 

drug upon tlie brain, and not to any direct influence upon 
the sensory nerves, wliicli are unaffected except in the later 
stage of poisoning. The unique and inestimable yalue of 
opium depends upon its anodyne action. Depression of the 
brain in relation to the cortical centres, is not sufficient to 
cause paralysis in man, except in poisoning. Muscular 
weakness is present in man and dogs, but even this evidence 
of depression may be absent in horses and ruminants, yet 
pain be effectually relieved. Contraction of the pupil, in 
man and dogs, is due to stimulation of the oculomotor 
nerve, probably through excitation of the pupillary centre. 

Dilatation, which occurs in poisoning, is due to para- 
lysis of this centre. Initial stimulation of the vomiting 
centre may cause emesis ; but, as depression of the centre 
rapidly ensues, the act becomes later improbable. The 
motor tract of the spinal cord is first stimulated and reflex 
excitability increased. This action, brief and slight in men 
and dogs, is more prolonged and prominent in horses and 
ruminants. Depression of the spiual motor cells succeeds 
excitation, and reflex action is abolished. The excitability 
of the motor and sensory nerves is slightly increased, but 
otherwise the nerves are not affected except in poisoning, 
when the sensory, and later the motor nerves are paralj'zed. 
The muscles remain uniuflaenced. Depression of the 
medulla closes the scene, with paralysis of the respiratory 
centre. 

Bespircdion. — Opium does not influence the respiratory 
functions in small therapeutic doses, but laige doses make 
the respiratory movements slower and feebler, and death 
occurs from the direct depressing and paralyzing action of 
the drug upon the respiratory centres in the medulla. 

Circulation. — Small doses commonly produce little effect 
upon the heart. Large doses first increase the force and 
frequenc}^ of the heart's action, while toxic quantities depress 
the organ. This result is due to a two-fold action upon the 
circulation, including the heart muscle (or its ganglia) and 
the inhibitory apparatus. The cardiac muscle is primarily 



3^4: VEGETABLE DKUGS 

stimulated, with acceleration of the pulse, but depression 
soon follows more or less synchronously with stimulation of 
the vagus centre and endings, so that the pulse becomes 
infrequent. Finally, before death, depression of the inhibi- 
tory apparatus occurs, and this, coexisting with depression 
of the heart itself, produces a feeble, rapid pulse, character- 
istic of the last stage of opium poisoning. Death occurs 
with diastolic arrest of the heart owing to failure of the 
cardiac muscle, although fatality is mainly due to the 
more powerful effect of the drug upon the respiratory 
centre. 

The action of opium upon the vasomotor system is 
unimportant. Immediately after the administration of large 
doses there is a slight primary stimulation, followed in the 
toxic stage by some depression of the vasomotor centres 
in the spinal cord and medulla. 

Pupil. — The pupil of the horse is widely dilated by 
large doses of opium. The pupil in the dog occasionally 
remains unchanged, and often dilated before undergoing 
contraction. Contraction of the pupil is a charactistic 
physiological effect of large doses of opium in man and the 
dog. In birds the pupil is unaffected. These various con- 
tradictory phenomena are at present inexplicable. 

In man, contraction of the pupil is brought about by 
stimulation of the pupillary centre in the floor of the 
aqueduct of Sylvius, and through it, the oculomotor nerves. 
Dilatation, preceding death, occurs from depression of the 
centre. 

Kidneys and Metabolism. — The excretion of urea appears 
to be increased by opium in man, but varies greatly in 
animals. Temporary retention of urine may follow the 
administration of a considerable dose of opium, owing to 
diminished sensibility of the bladder. The amount of urine 
voided may be greater or less than normal ; more commonly 
the latter. Opium lessens the secretion of bile. 

The elimination of carbonic dioxide is diminished by 
the hypnotic action of opium, but is increased if there is 



OPIUM AND MORPHINE 365 

general excitement and muscular activity following the use 
of the drug. 

Skin. — Opium induces mild diarplioresis in man ; occa- 
sionally sweating occurs in horses, but not at all in dogs. 

Temperature. — The bodily temperature may be slightly 
increased by large medicinal doses of opium, but is dimin- 
ished by toxic quantities. 

Toxicology. — The symptoms of poisoning have already 
been sufficiently described in previous sections. The treat- 
ment embraces irrigation of the stomach, or the use of 
emetics, as apomorphme hydrochloiate under the skin, 
and the subcutaneous injection of strychnine, ene- 
mata of hot, strong, black coffee ; leading the animal 
about, slapping him, or using the faradic current. 
Dr. Moor, of New Yoik, has apparently found in 
potassium permanganate the nif)st efficient antidote for 
opium and morphine. Ten to fifteen grains, dissolved in 
eight ounces of water, should be given by the mouth, to 
large dogs. One to two drachms of potassium perman- 
ganate may be administered to horses in two or three pints 
of water. Permanganate solution oxidizes and destroys 
morphine, and should be acidulated with a little vinegar or 
diluted sulphuric acid, after the ingestion of morphine salts. 
The antidote has been recommended to be given subcutan- 
eously after absorption, or hypodermic injection of morphine, 
but this is not of the slightest use. 

Morphine Contrasted ivith Opium. — Opium" is more con- 
stipating, more sudorific, and more apt to disturb the 
digestion than morphine. Morphine is more anodyne and 
soporific; more readily absorbed and more suitable for use 
under the skin. 

Synergists. — Belladonna aids the action of opium and 
yet is antagonistic to it. It assists opium in its anodyne 
action and lessens nausea, indigestion, and constipation 
following the action of tlie latter drug. Belladonna and 
atropine are antagonistic to opium in stimulating the brain 
and respiration, and increasing peristalsis. Small doses of 



366 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

belladonna combined with opium do not interfere with the 
soporific action of the latter, notwithstanding the exciting^ 
influence of the former upon the brain. The bromides also 
promote the sedative and hypnotic action of opium, and 
lessen the depression and naiisea following its administra- 
tion. Opium often acts profoundly when combined with 
chloral, and this combinaiion is occasionally used to induce 
anaesthesia (p. 301). Chloroform and ether are frequently 
piescribed with opium to secure an additional antispasmodic 
and anodyne action in colic. The astringents and mineral 
acids enhance the effect of opium in diarrhoeal disorders. 

Codeine. — Codeine in large doses causes motor excite- 
ment and convulsions in dogs and cats, but ph3'siological 
experiments conducted by various observers have otherwise 
yielded diverse results. This is explicable, since so-called 
codeine is frequently in part morphine. Codeine is inferior 
to morphine as an anodyne and hypnotic, but is a useful 
sedative in relieving bronchial irritation and cough, and iu 
the doses commonly employed does not induce indigestion, 
nausea or constipation. The writer would particularly 
recommend it for dogs suffering with 'bronchitis, combined 
with phenacetin in powder or tablet. The other alkaloids 
of opium are not of sufficient therapeutic value to warrant 
their consideration in this work- 

Administraiion. — Morphine sulphate is employed under 
the skin where an immediate effect is required. The prepa- 
ratiqns more frequently used in veterinary practice include 
laudanum and the deodorized tincture, powdered opium, 
extract of opium, and the salts of morphine. One-quarter 
grain of the latter is equivalent to one grain of opium. 
Paregoric is useful in canine practice for cough mixtures. 
Dover's powder combines the expectorant and diarphoretic 
action of ipecac with the sedative, antiphlogistic and sudo- 
rific influence of opium, but the former drug has little effect 
upon the horse. The preparation may be serviceable, how- 
ever, in the first stage of catarrhal affections of the respira- 
tory tract in dogs. . 



INDICATIONS FOR THE INTERNAL USE OF OPIUM 367 

Fluid preparations are generally desirable in securing 
more rapid absorption, but opium produces the best result 
in diarrhoea, when given in pill or ball. Enemata composed 
of thin, boiled starch solution and laudanum at the body- 
temperature are to be recommended in diarrhoea of the 
young, dysentery and pain arising from strangury or disease 
of the genito-urinary organs. Opium suppositories are of 
value in canine practice for the same purposes, and will 
relieve irritation and pain caused by piles. 

Uses External. — Opium is applied externally in various 
ways. In the form of laudanum it is sprinkled on poultices 
and prescribed in liniment (laudanum and soap liniment, 
equal parts) for its anodyne action, but has probably little 
medicinal virtue upon the unbroken skin. On raw surfaces, 
sores and ulcers, opium does relieve pain, and for this pur- 
pose laudanum may be conjoined advantageously with lead 
water (1-25). 

INDICATIONS FOR THE INTERNAL USE OP OPIUM. 

1. To relieve pain and spasm. 

2. To lessen secretions. 

3. To allay motor excitement, diminish muscular action, 
and prevent hemorrhage. 

4. To abort inflammation. 

5. To act as a stimulating and supporting agent. 

The sudorific action of the drug upon the lower animals 
is slight and comparatively unimportant. Among the pre- 
ceding indications the first three naturally follow from the 
physiological action of opium, while the latter two are 
deduced solely from clinical experience. 

1. Although the anodyne and sedative action of opium 
is not so marked in its influence upon veterinary patients 
as in human subjects, yet it is by far the most valuable 
agent we possess for relieving pain of any description, parti- 
cularly when combined with atropine. In spasmodic colic 
of horses, opium arrests pain by preventing irregular and 
violent peristaltic action. It may be given as morphine 



368 



VEGETABLE DRUGS 



(with atropine), subcutaneously; or as laudanum, with ether 
and chloroform in a drench, simultaneously with an aloes 
ball. In this affection opium actually assists the action 
of the purgative by overcoming spasm. Pain directly 
antagonizes the effect of opium, and repetition of the dose 
is both justifiable and necessary until relief is obtained. 
Hypodermic medication is therefore safer when the dose 
has to be repeated, in enabling the practitioner to decide 
that failure to relieve pain is due to insufficient dosage 
rather than to delayed absorption from the digestive canal. 

Opium is indicated in all forms of pain, unless it be 
caused by congestion or inflammation of the brain substance 
(cerebritis). The pains and spasmodic contractions result- 
ing from acute or traumatic meningitis are benefited by 
opium ; also neuralgic and rheumatic pains. The after- 
pains of parturition are relieved by opium in causing 
relaxation of the unstriped uterine muscle. The spasms of 
tetanus are eased when opium is combined with chloral 
in enema, or when morphine is injected under the skin. 
Clonic spasm of the diaphragm in horses ("Thumps") is 
also treated successfully with opium. 

2 and 3. Opium is invaluable in lessening secretion, 
motion and pain in various digestive disorders. Gastric 
digestion is inhibited by the action upon secretion and 
motion, and opium should not be administered immediately 
after the ingestion of food, unless the demand for it at that 
time is imperative. 

Excessive vomiting in dogs may be combated with 
opium and bismuth, or with morphine hypodermatically. 
Opium quiets peristalsis and secures rest of the canal in 
gastritis and gastro-enteritis. In superpurgation and in all 
forms of diarrhoea and dysentery, opium is the remedy par 
excellence. (Laudanum in dose of 5-10 drops for large birds is 
an efficient remedy for diarrhoea in poultry). Its administra- 
tion in these disorders should be accompanied, or preceded, 
by an oleaginous (horse), saline (herbivora), or mercurial 
(horse and dog) purgative ; and its action may be assisted 



INDICATIONS FOR THE INTERNAL USE OF OPIUM 369 

"by astringents, alkalies, mineral acids, and intestinal antisep- 
tics in various combinations suited to. the particular case. 

Peritonitis, enteritis, and acute obstruction of the bowels 
are treated most successfully with opium, which quiets the 
bowels, relieves pain and facilitates the vis medatrix naturae, 
besides acting as an antiphlogistic in the first-mentioned 
diseases. By preventing muscular activity and allaying 
general excitability, opium is the most efi"ective haemostatic 
in all internal hemorrhages. 

Cough, as a symptom of irritation within the res- 
piratory tract, is more commonly treated by some form of 
opium than by any other drug. When cough is irrita- 
tive or excessive, and is not remedial in removing secre- 
tion, then it is very properly controlled by opium. If, 
on the other hand, respiratory movements are weak, or 
cyanosis threatens from retained secretions, opium is dis- 
tinctly contraindicated, since it depresses the respiratory 
centres and lessens the irritation produced by the secre- 
tions in the bronchial tubes, which would otherwise cause 
coughing and expulsion of the exudate. 

Opium, especially when combined with belladonna, 
notably diminishes secretions, so that this combination is 
peculiarly appropriate in the treatment of cough and exuda- 
tion, and it is only when increasing moist rales are found to 
exist during this medication that it should be stopped. 
Pleuritic cough causes intense pain and accomplishes 
nothing, so that opium here affords great relief without 
inducing bad results. 

4. Opium possesses antiphlogistic action in aborting 
and combating inflammation. Reflex excitability is less- 
ened by opium, and therefore irritation of nerve centres, 
which would otherwise cause vascular dilatation, stasis, and 
inflammation, is prevented- by the drug. This is at least 
the theory. Opium and quinine are the two remedies having 
the most popular clinical reputation for aborting colds and 
inflammation, and the latter agent also diminishes reflex 
excitability. Inflammation of serous membranes is thought 



370 VEGETABLE DKUGS 

to be that form most favorably iiiflaenced by opium, as peri- 
tonitis, enteritis uud meningitis, for which purpose the drug 
is frequently combined with calomel. But opium is also an 
extremely useful antiphlogistic remedy in corj'za, bronchitis, 
pneumonia and pleurisy, and in inflammations of the mucous 
coat of the digestive canal, as gastritis and dysentery. A 
single full dose should be given at the earliest possible 
stage of these disorders, and the patient should be kept as 
quiet as possible to secure the best result. 

5. Opium stimulates and supports the system in a 
manner not explicable on physiological grounds. It often 
conserves life in a remarkable way in patients weakened by 
long continued disease, and in those suffering from loss of 
blood following surgical operation, parturition, or other 
natural causes. 

Contra-indications. — In respiratory diseases associated 
with cyanosis or excessive exudation, in cerebritis, in very 
high fever and obstinate constipation. The drug must be used 
with caution in the treatment of the aged and very young. 

Apomorphinje Hydrochloridum. Apomorphine Hydrochlo- 
ride. C„H,,N 0,H CI. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — The hydrochloride of an artificial alkaloid, 
obtained by heating morphine (or codeine) in hermetically 
closed tubes, with an excess of pure hydrochloric acid. The 
morphine thus loses one molecule of water ; Ci,HigN O3 = 
C,H,,N O, + HA 

Properties. — Minute, grayish - white, shining, acicular 
crystals, without odor, having a faintly bitter taste, and 
acquiring a greenish tint upon exposure to light and air. 
Soluble in about 45 parts of water, and about 45 parts of 
alcohol ; very little soluble in ether or chloroform. It should 
be kept in small, dark, amber-colored vials. (U. S. P.) 

Dose. — Emetic. — D., gr.^-^ (.002-006), subcutaneously ; 
D., by the mouth, gr.|^-|^ (.003-. 012); D,, expectorant, gr.^-gV 
(.0015-.0024), by the mouth. 



APOMOEPHINE 371 



PREPARATION. 



Injectio Apomorphince Hypodermica. (B. P.) 
One per cent. 

Z)ose.— mv-x (.3-.6). 

Action Internal. — Small doses (gr.-gL-gL) cause vomiting 
in clogs, while larger doses produce salivation and trembling 
in addition to vomition. Very large quantities (gr.4-5) occa- 
sion first great excitement; the dog howls, runs and jumps 
about, the pupils are dilated and the slightest noise excites 
great alarm. Then the animal weakens in the hind legs, 
becomes paraplegic, "falls and goes into convulsions. The 
breathing, at the beginning rapid, becomes weak and slow. 
Death ensues from respiratory failure. 

Nervous System. — The drug primarily stimulates the 
brain and induces delirium and excitement, but secondarily 
causes cerebral paralysis. The origin of the convulsions is 
not ascertained. Apomorphine is a direct local paralyzant 
to the muscles, acting upon their substance or upon the 
motor nerve endings. 

Circidatioji. — Medicinal doses do not alter the force, but 
may increase the rate and tension of the pulse by stimula- 
tion of the cardiac accelerator nerves and vasomotor centres. 
Toxic doses paralyze the heart muscle and lower blood 
pressure. 

Respiration. — The respiratory movements are at first 
markedly increased by large doses of apomorphine. The 
reason for this is uncertain. Lethal doses depress and 
paralyze the respiratory centre. The breathing then be- 
comes feeble and infrequent. The agent causes a copious 
outpouring of a watery fluid from the blood vessels of the 
respiratory mucous membrane, and is, therefore, an expec- 
torant. 

Vomiting Centre. — This is stimulated by therapeutic 
doses of apomorphine, but paralyzed by toxic doses, so that 
vomiting may not occur in poisoning. Apomorphine doea 
not act locally upon the stomach. 



372 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Uses. — Apomorpliine is a reliable, prompt and powerful 
emetic. The alkaloid is generally gi^'en under the skiu and 
can be administered along with zinc sulphate or other emetic 
in poisoning. In narcotic poisoning, as with chloral or 
Oj3ium, apomorpliine — like other emetics — may fail to act 
eflficiently. In the first stage of acute bronchitis, apomor- 
pliine is useful in canine practice, and again in the later 
stage, when the animal becomes choked with exudation. 
The drug, in a mild emetic dose, will aid recovery by causing 
violent expiratory efforts during vomition, and these tend to 
expel secretions, which is furthermore assisted by the action 
of the alkaloid in rendering the secretions less viscid. 
Chronic dry bronchitis of dogs is likewise benefited by 
apomorpliine. 

The alkaloid decomposes in crystal, and rapidly in solu- 
tion, becoming toxic and of a green hue. Solutions should 
be freshly prepared and are said to be preserved by the 
addition of a few drops of hydrochloric acid. 

Class 2. — Stimulating the Brain. 

BelladonNjE Folia. Belladonna Leaves. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Deadly nightshade, E.; folia S. herba bella- 
donnfB, feuilles de belladonne, Fr.; tollkraut, tollkirschen 
blatter, wolfkirschen-blatter, G. 

Derivation. — The leaves of Atropa Belladonna Linne 
(Nat. ord. solanacese). Leaves from 10 to 15 cm. long, from 
6 to 10 cm. broad; broadly ovate, equilaterally narrowed 
into a petiole, tapering at the apex, entire on the margin, 
smooth, thin ; the upper surface brownish-green, the lower 
surface greyish-green; both surfaces whitish punctate; 
odor slight ; taste bitterish, disagreeable. 

Constituents. — Two alkaloids; 1, atropine, the chief one, 
representing the action of belladonna; and, 2, hyoscyamine.- 

Atropine is now considered to be an artificial i)rotlu<t 
of hyoscyamine, and therefore the latter to be the natural 



BELLADONNA ROOT 373 

alkaloid. Belladonna leaves contain about 0.46 per cent, 
atropine. 

Dose.—B.. & a, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., gr.i.-v. (.06-.3). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Belladonnce Foliorum, Extract of Belladonna Leaves. 
(U. S. &B. B.) 
Made bj' percolation and evaporation to pilular consistence. Used 
in preparing the unguentum belladonnte. Contains 1.4 per cent, of 
mydriatic alkaloids. 

Dose.— H. & C, gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3); Sh. & Sw., gr.ii.-iv. (.12-24.); 

D.,gr.i-i(.008-.03). 

Tincinra Belladonnce Foliorum. Tincture of Belladonna Leaves. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 
Belladonna leaves, 100, diluted alcohol to make 1,000. Made by- 
maceration and percolation. (U. S. P.) 
Bose.—B., TTiv.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

Unguentum Belladonnce. Belladonna Ointment. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Extract of belladonna leaves, 10 ; diluted alcohol, 5 ; benzoinated 
lard, 85. (U. S. P.) 

Belladonna Eadix. Belladonna Boot. 

Synonym. — Bacine de Belladoune, Fr.; wolfskirschen- 
•wurzel, toUkirscben-wurzel, G. 

Derivation. — The root of Atropa Belladonna Linne (nat. 
ord. solanacese). In cylindrical, somewhat tapering, longi- 
tudinally wrinkled pieces, 10 to 25 mm. or more in thickness; 
externally brownish-gray, internally whitish ; fracture nearly 
smooth and mealy, not radiating or showing medullary rays 
in the thicker roots, onh' in the layer near the bark; nearly 
inodorous, taste sweetish, afterwards bitterish and strongly 
acrid. 

Constituents. — Same as leaves. Contains 0.2 to 0.6 per 
cent, atropine. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextractum BelladoniuB Radicis. Fluidextract of Belladonna Root. 

(U. S. P.) 
Made by percolation with alcohol and water, and evaporation. 
One fc. of the extract = one gm. of belladonna root. Stand»riz:d so 
that 100 cc. of the fluidextract contain 0.5 gni. of mydriatic alkaloids. 
The most reliable preparation. 



374 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Dose.—B., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iii. (8.-12.); Sh. & Sw., tUx.-xv. 
(.6-1.); D., mi.-iii. (.06-.2). 

Linimentum Belladonnce. Belladonna Liniment. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Camphor, 50;. fluidextract of belladonna to make 1,000. (U. S. P.) 

Atropina. Atropine. C.-H.j N O3. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

An alkaloid obtained from belladonna. As it occurs in 
commerce, it is always accompanied by a small proportion 
of liyoscyamine extracted along witli it, from which it cannot 
readily be separated. 

Derivation. — Atropine is obtained from a strong tincture 
of the root. Slaked lime is added, which splits up atropine 
malate and precipitates lime malate. The excess of lime is 
precipitated by sulphuric acid, and coloring matters by 
potassium carbonate, which also sets free atropine. The 
atropine is dissolved in chloroform, recovered on evapora- 
tion, and purified by digestion with warm alcohol and char- 
coal. 

Properties. — White, acicular crystals, or a more or less 
amorphous white ])owder; without odor, having a bitter, 
acrid taste, and gradually assuming a yellowish tint on 
exposure to air. Soluble in 130 parts of water, 3 parts of 
alcohol, 16 parts of ether, 4 parts of chloroform, and about 
50 parts of glycerin. At about 108° C. (226.4° F.) it melts, 
forming a colorless liquid. At about 140° C. (284° F.) it 
begins to give off white, acrid fumes, and when ignited, 
it is consumed without leaving a residue. It has a 
markedly alkaline reaction; its saturated aqueous solu- 
tion acquires a pink color upon the addition of a drop of 
phenolphtalein. 

IncomiJatihles. — Decomposed by sodium or potassium 
hydrate. 

Dose. — H., gr.ss.-iss. (.03-.09) ; average dose, gr.i. (.06) ; 
C, gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12) ; Sh. & Sw., gr.gV-jV (.003-.005) ; D., 
gr-xfo-cV (.0005-.001). 



ATROPINE SULPHATE 37 J 

ATEOPiNiE Sulphas. Atropine Sulphate. (CnH.sNOs)^ H„SO^. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Atropine is dissolved in sulphuric acid 
and treated with ether, when the insoluble sulphate settles 
out. 

Properties. — A white, indistinctly crystalline powder, 
without odor; having a very bitter, nauseating taste, and 
permanent in the air. Soluble in 0.4 parts of water, 6.2 
parts of alcohol, 2,270 parts of ether, or 694 parts of chloro- 
form. At 187° C. (309° F.) the salt melts, forming a brown- 
ish-yellow liquid. When ignited, it chars, emits acrid vapor, 
and is completely consumed. The salt is neutral to litmus 
paper. 

m.se.—B.., gr.i.-iss. (.06-.09) ; C, gr.i.-ii. (.06-. 12) ; Sh. & 
Sw., gr.^V-xV (•004-.005) ; D., gr.^-^ (.0005-.002), average 
dose, gr.^\.0006). 

ACTION OP BELLADONNA AND ATROPINE. 

External. — Belladonna is ordinarily not absorbed from 
the unbroken skin, but when applied to raw surfaces and 
mucous membranes, or, to a less extent, when rubbed into 
the skin with camphor (linimentum belladonnse), chloroform, 
alcohol, etc., it depresses the sensory nerve endings and 
produces a local anodyne action. Thus applied it also 
depresses the peripheral motor nerve fibres, and is some- 
times injected into spasmodically contracted muscles for 
relief of spasm. The vessels are said to be first contracted 
and then dilated by the loci^l action of the drug, and the 
secretions of the skin are diminished. 

Internal. — Digestive Tract. — The action of belladonna, if 
any, on the secretory functions of the stomach and bowels 
is unknown. Small doses of the drug depress the peripheral 
terminations of the intestinal inhibitory nerve (splanchnic), 
so that peristalsis is increased by the normal stimuli. It is 
stated that both minute and large doses apparently lessen 
intestinal peristalsis ; the former by primary stimulation of 



i 



37G VEGETABLE DRUGS 

the splanchnic nerve endings, the latter by direct depressant- 
action upon the uustriated muscle of the intestinal wall. 

Circulation. — Belladonna is readily absorbed into the 
blood, but has no particular action upon this fluid within 
the body. Dilute solutions of atropine paralyze and stop, 
corpuscular movement in the blood withdrawn from the 
vessels. The characteristic action of belladonna upon the 
circulation consists in depression of the peripheral pneumo- 
gastric fibres in the heart, so that the frequency of its 
pulsations is increased. There is also, probably, a slight 
stimulation of the cardiac muscle, or its contained gauglia. 
Belladonna is therefore a heart} stimulant, by increasing 
the number of its beats without diminishing their force. 
Large doses sometimes give rise to primary slowing of the 
pulse, owing to stimulation of the inhibitory apparatus. 
Blood pressure is exalted synchronously with the increased 
frequency of the heart, and is due to cardiac stimulation 
and also to stimulation of the spinal and medullary vaso- 
motor centres, with constriction of blood vessels. 

In poisoning, vascular tension is considerably lowered 
because of paralysis of the vasomotor centres, smooth 
muscles (or ganglia) of the vessel walls (with vascular 
dilation), and the heart muscle itself. 

Nervous System. — Cerebrum — Belladonna is classed as a 
delirifacient by some authorities,— notably Wood. It stim- 
ulates the brain incoordinately, and large doses produce 
restlessness, nervous excitement and delirium in man, and 
occasionally delirium in the lower animals. Stimulation is 
succeeded by exhaustion and some depression, with stupor 
rather than coma. 

Spinal Cord — Belladonna appears to exert a double 
action (stimulant and depressant) upon the spinal cord. 
The spinal vasomotor and respiratory centres are stim- 
ulated. Large doses cause complete loss of motion and 
reflex action in the frog, lasting for several days, and 
followed by reflex excitability and convulsions. Poisoning 
in mammals is exhibited by less paralyzant action acoom- 



ACTION OF BELLADONNA AND ATEOPINE 377 

panied by more convulsive movements. Yaiious explana- 
tions have been offerell to reconcile these phenomena. The 
prevalent theory is that, following complete paralysis of the 
«pinal cord, the motor and sensory tracts recover before the 
inhibitory centres, so that normal stimuli pass through the 
latter unrestrained and result in convulsions. 

Nerves— The action of belladonna upon the nerve end- 
ings is extremely important, and represents, to a consider- 
iible degree, the therapeutic value of the drug. The 
peiipheral motor nerve terminations, and, to a less extent, 
their trunks, are depressed and paralyzed. This is never 
so complete, however, but that there is some voluntary 
power left in an animal fatally poisoned. Depression and 
loss of function of the afferent nerves come on more slowly, 
and exist to a less degree. Belladonna, then, when applied 
locally or given internally, is an anodyne, but is far inferior 
in this respect to opium ; and, whereas opium acts centrally, 
belladonna a-cts peripherally. The terminations of all secre- 
tory nerves are also depressed and paralyzed by belladonna, 
and secretions are therefore diminished. 

Secretions. — Dryness of the mouth is one of the first 
physiological symptoms following the administration of 
belladonna. This is due to paralysis of the peripheral 
ter mi nations of the secretory nerve (chorda tympaui) of the 
submaxillary gland, and of the secretory nerve endings of 
the other salivary and mucous glands in connection with 
the mouth. Another characteristic effect of belladonna 
consists in the production of dryness of the skin, which 
follows the action of the drug in paralyzing the peripheral 
neivous filaments supplying the secretory cells of the 
sudoriparous glands. In the same manner the tracheal 
and bronchial secretions are diminished, and also the 
secretion of milk (anti-galactagogue action), by depression 
of the terminations of the secretory nerves. The drug does 
not exert any decided influence upon the secretions of the 
digestive tract, as before stated. The amount of urine is 
sometimes increased after the ingestion of small doses of 



S78 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

"belladonna, but is considerably lessened, or suppressed, ii* 
poisoning by the drug. Experiments upon man show that 
the urinary solids are increased : urea and uric acid to a 
slight extent; sulphates and phosphates to a considerable 
degree. 

Muscles and their Nerves. — Atropine is an antispasmodic 
in its effect upon involuntary muscle. It depresses both 
the unstriped fibres and their motor nerve endings. Toxic 
doses cause paralysis of the smooth muscles. Yoluntary 
muscles are not affected by any doses of atropine, although 
the motor nerves controlling them are depressed by toxic 
amounts of the alkaloid. In regard to the effect of the drug 
upon the intestines, experimental and clinical evidence 
appear to yield quite contradictory results. It seems 
probable that any dose of atropine will depress, to a greater 
or lesser extent, the activity of the intestinal muscle, but, as 
there is at the same time depression of the inhibitory nerve 
endings (splanchnics), there is also a tendency to increased 
peristalsis through the greater sensitiveness of the gut to 
stimuli. As the result of careful experiments, it appears, 
that minute doses of atropine stimulate the splanchnics 
and lessen peristalsis ; that moderate doses increase 
markedly peristalsis by paralyzing the splanchnics ; and 
that large doses stop all movement of the bowel by 
paralyzing the intestinal musculature. Other experiments. 
by reliable men and clinical experience negative these 
conclusions. 

Atropine has been used successfully to produce three 
diverse actions on the bowel : (1) to quiet intestinal move- 
ment in inflammation of the bowels ; (2) to relieve spasm iu 
colic and spastic conditions generally ; (3) very commonly 
to aid catharsis in sluggish states of the intestines. In 
practice, small doses will often move the bowels effectively, 
while, on the other hand, enormous doses (gr.1-12, instead 
of the usual dose of gr.1-100) have recently proved success- 
ful in moving the bowels in obstinate constipation (in. 



ACTION OF BELLADONNA AND ATROPINE 379 

human patients) due to obstruction,* when all other means 
lailed. Conversely, it is, and has been, the common practice 
to give atropine with morphine to prevent peristalsis in 
peritonitis and with apparently satisfactory results. It is at 
present impossible to reconcile these apparently conflicting 
facts, but it is readily conceivable that the resultant of the 
opposing actions of atropine on the bowels in either stimu- 
lating peristalsis by depression of the inhibitory apparatus, 
on the one hand, or, in lessening peristalsis by depression of 
the muscle, on the other, may depend as much upon the 
condition of the gut as upon the dosage, and that, according 
to Iho physiological or pathological state, one or the other 
of these opposing actions will prejionderate. 

The action upon the mhihitory nerve of the heait is 
similar to that exerted uiio'i the inhibitor}^ nerve of the 
bowels. The pneuuiogastric terminations are depressed in 
the heart by moderate doses, while the heart muscle is 
paralyzed by large quantities of belladonna. 

A like depressing influence is believed to be exerted 
upon the efi'erent nerve endings of the un striped muscles of 
the bladder, urethra, uterus and vagina, as well as upon the 
muscles of these organs. Belladonna acts medicinally as 
an antispasmodic in relation to the muscles. 

Bespiration. — Small doses of atropine do not afiect the 
respiration. Large therapeutic doses make the respiratory 
movements quicker and deeper, by stimulation of the 
medullary and spinal respiratory centres. Fatal doses 
produce respiratory failure and asphyxia, owing to paralysis 
of the respiratory centie and the peripheral vagus filaments 
concerned with the respiratory movements. Belladonna also 
paralyzes the peripheral fibres of the pneumogastric nerve in 
the bronchial tubes and acts therapeutically as follows : 
1. As a respiratory stimulant ; the drug is generally inferior 
to strychnine in this respect. 2. As an antispasmodic, by 

* It IS probable in these cases that the obstruction was due to 
spasm, and not mechanical. 



•^80 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

depressing the efferent vagus endings in the bronchial 
tubes and relaxing spasm of the smooth muscle of their 
walls. 3. As a sedative, by depressing the afferent vagus 
fibres and diminishing the irritation produced by secre- 
tion, so that cough is allayed. 4. As an agent lessening 
secretion. 

Temperature. — Moderate doses of belladonna cause a 
rise of temperature, while fatal doses lessen bodily heat. 
The first phenomenon is produced by stimulation of the 
spinal thermogenic centres, while the latter effect follows 
the vasomotor paralysis which occurs after lethal doses. 

An elevation of 2-5.4° F. has been noted in dogs after 
full doses of atropine, while a greater fall of temperature 
has been observed in the same animal in fatal poisoning. 
Elevation of temperature is accompanied by increased heat 
loss, caused by radiation from the dilated cutaneous vessels. 
This latter condition is evidenced by a scarlatina-like erup- 
tion in man. 

Eye. — The action of belladonna upon the eye affords 
another illustration of the depressing action of the drug 
upon the nerve terminations. The oculomotor nerve end- 
ings are paralyzed by belladonna, and therefore dilation of 
the pupil ensues. The mydriatic action is exhibited, 
whether the drug be given by the mouth or dropped 
directly into the eye. In the former case, the drug does 
not act through the nervous system, but locally upon the 
peripheral filaments of the third nerve through the medium 
of the blood. The muscular fibres of the iris are unaffected 
by belladonna. The terminations of the sympathetic and 
and the trigeminus may be stimulated, which would also 
produce dilation of the pupil. These latter actions are not 
definitely determined, while it is known that the dominant 
effect consists in depression of the oculomotor nerve end- 
ings, as before stated. Paralysis of accommodation follows 
jjaralysis of the terminations of the third nerve in the 
ciliary muscle, and therefore vision is disturbed. Intra- 
ocular tension is increased by large and continuous dosage 



PHYSIOLOGICAL RELATIONS OF BELLADONNA 381 

*of belladonna, and an artificial glaucoma may be thus 
produced. 

EUmination. — Belladonna is probably eliminated en- 
tirely by the kidneys. 

Summary. — It will be observed that belladonna, gener- 
ally speaking, first stimulates and then depresses the nerve 
centres, while it chiefly paralyzes the motor nerve termiua- 
tions, including the inhibitory (vagus and splanchnic), the 
secretory (chorda tympani, etc.), and, to a less extent, the 
sensory nerves. Secondary depression of the cerebrum is 
not so profound as that of the great medullary centres, 
especially the respiratory centre, and there is sometimes a 
slight and brief stimulation of the motor nerves of the 
smooth muscles, viz., vagus, splanchnic, and possibly vaso- 
motor nerves. 

Full medicinal doses depress the peripheral filaments 
of the inhibitory and secretory nerves and the motor 
nerves ot the unsti iped muscles, as well as the mnscles 
themselves, lessen the function.il activity of the volnn- 
t.ny motor system, and, to a less degree, that of the 
afferent nerves. The pulse becomes quickened because of 
]iaralysis of the peripheral vagus endings and stimulation of 
the heart or its ganglia; the blood tension is augmented 
l)ecause of the increased cardiac action and stimulation of 
the A^asomotor centres; and the respiration is accelerated 
because of excitation of the respiratory centres. The 
temperature is elevated owing to the circulator}' exaltation 
and stimulation of the heat-producing centres. Slight 
delirium may be present from the exciting action of the 
drug upon the cerebral motor centres. 

The spinal cord is unaffected by therapeutic doses. 
Xiocally applied, belladonna is a direct paralyzant to nerves, 
muscles, vessels and cells. 

PHYSIOLOGICAL RELATIONS OF BELLADONNA TO OTHER DRUGS. 

A medicinal dose of atropine stimulates, while morphine 
<lepresses, the brain, respiratory functions, and intestinal 
peristalsis. This untMgonism ceases wlipn i)<)isonous doses 



382 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

of the two drugs are combined, and therefore atropine- 
should bd given with caution in the treatment of opium 
narcosis, so as not to aggravate the ah-eady existing central 
nervous depression, particularly of the respiration. Mor- 
phine relieves pain, causes sweating, and contracts the 
pupil centrally. Atropine dilates the pupil, produces dry- 
ness of the skin, and depresses the functions of sensory 
nerves through its peripheral action. Atropine antagonizes 
physostigma in so far as the latter stimulates the peripheral 
oculomotor nerve fibres, the vagi, diminishes blood pres- 
sure, depresses the respiratory centres, and stimulates the 
unstriated muscle of the intestines, and the secretions of 
the stomach, bowels and bronchial tabes. 

Atropine is antagonistic- — in part — to pilocarpine, which 
stimulates secretory nerve terminations in the sweat and 
salivary glands, the peripheral oculomotor filaments, and 
the nerve endings in the involuntary muscle of the heart, 
stomach, intestines and uterus. Atropine counteracts the 
influence of aconite and nniscarin (the poison of fungi) upon 
the heart, and the action of the latter principle in producing 
spasm of the pulmonary vessels. 

Toxicology. — Toxic doses of belladonna cause in animals 
dryness of the month, increased frequency of the pulse and 
respiration, elevation of temperature, dilation of the pupil 
and partial blindness, restlessness, nervousness, delirium, 
twitching of the muscles (occasionally erythema), and fre- 
quent micturition. Those symptoms are succeeded, in 
fatal poisoning, by fall of temperature, retention of urine, 
muscular weakness, staggering gait, partial ansesthesia, 
convulsions and paralysis (one preponderating over the 
other), weak, slow, irregular respiration, feeble, rapid pulse, 
paralysis of the sphincters, stupor and death. Death occurs 
mainly from asphyxia, but is due in part to cardiac failure. 
The physiological test consists in placing a drop of the 
urine (secreted by the poisoned animal) into the eye of a 
healthy animal, when mydriasis should follow if the case be 
one of belladonna poisoning. Three-quarters of a grain of 



USES OF BELLADONNA 383 

atropine under the skin lias proved fatal to dogs. Two 
grains of atropine produce mild toxic symptoms in the 
horse. Small dogs are slightly poisoned by gr.-g^ of atro- 
pine ; medium sized dogs by gr.^L, given hypodermatically. 
Cattle are as susceptible as horses, although herbivora are 
not so easily influenced as carnivora. The pulse in dogs is 
greatly accelerated, sometimes as high as 400, v.'hile the 
pulse rate of the horse is not generally more than doubled. 
Kodents, as guinea pigs and rabbits, and pigeons, are parti- 
cularly insusceptible to belladonna, in regard to its effect 
upon the pupil, circulation, etc. 

The treatment of poisoning includes the use of the 
stomach pump, emetics, cardiac stimulants, and pilocarpine 
under the skin. Also external heat, general faradism and 
artificial respiration. 

Post-3Iortem Appearances. — These are not generally 
characteristic, except of asphyxia. The blood is dark and 
poorly coaguable. There is congestion of the lungs, general 
passive hypersemia, and sometimes ecchymoses in the brain, 
cord, and their membranes. Congestion of the retina is said, 
however, to be pathognomonic of belladonna poisoning. 

Administration.— The fluid extract of belladonna root is 
the ofiicial preparation more commonly used for horses. 
The alcoholic extract of the leaves is given in pill or suppo- 
sitory to dogs, and in electuary to horses. AtrojDiue sul- 
phate is employed under the skin when a rapid effect is 
desired. 

Uses External. — Local application of belladonna is more 
effective when combined with internal medication of the 
same drug. Belladonna is the best lemedy for mammitis, 
applied by massage in the form of liniment, and given by 
the mouth. It relaxes spasm, contracts the blood vessels, 
and lessens inflammation and congestion ; paralyzes the 
secretory nerves and so diminishes the amount of milk, 
vascular tension, pain and glandular activity. In fissure of 
the rectum, and in haemorrhoids, belladonna (with opium) 
in ointment or suppository, allays spasm and pain. Lini- 



384 VEGETABLE DIIUGS 

ment of belladonna is useful in ilieumatic or neuralgic pain, 
and rubbed- upon the throat, in cases of pharyngitis and 
laryngitis, affords a serviceable application, when combined 
with the internal administration of the drug. 

Uses ill Connection With the Eye. — In examination of the 
fundus of the eye, the media, or lens, for cataract, the pupil 
may be dilated to advantage with a weak solution (gr.g-L- 3 i.) 
of atropine sulphate. A drop will suffice, and no trace of 
its effect will remain after the second day. A strong solution 
(gr.iv.- 3 i.) is essential to completely paralyze the iris and 
ciliary muscle. In the normal animal, accommodation is 
paralyzed and vision disturbed for 8 or 12 days after the 
use of this solution. Atropine is particularly useful in 
keratitis and iritis. In the former disease, photophobia and 
blepharospasm are diminished by the paralyzing action of 
atropine upon the trigeminus, and pain, congestion and 
inflammation are diminished by contraction of the peri- 
pheral blood vessels. In central perforating ulcer of the 
cornea, with protrusion of the iris, atropine, by dilating 
the pupil, draws the iris away and prevents its permanent 
adhesion (anterior synechia) to the cornea, while the per- 
foration is becoming filled with lymph and the anterior 
chamber is being restored. Strong solutions of atropine 
instilled at frequent intervals, are useful in iritis by (1) 
paralyzing and securing rest of the iris and ciliary muscles; 
(2) in lessening local blood supply, congestion and inflam- 
mation, and in preventing adhesions of the posterior sur- 
faces of the iris to the anterior capsule of the lens (posterior 
synechise), which both limits the normal variation in the 
pupillary diameter and interferes with the nutrition of the 
lens, and so predispose to cataract. Atropine is contra- 
indicated in glaucoma. 

Uses Internal. — The general indications follow directly 
from our knowledge of the physiological action of the drug. 
They are as follows : — 1. To stimulate the respiration and 
circulation. 2. To diminish secretion. 3. To relieve spasm, 
and pain. 



USES OF BELLADONNA 385 

1. Acute diseases, as pneumonia, bronchitis, influenza, 
cerebro-spinal meningitis, etc., are frequently treated at the 
outset with belladonna, with the intent of cutting short the 
inflammatory process by producing general vascuhir con- 
traction. There does not seem to be sufficient physiological 
or clinical evidence to warrant this practice (except in pha- 
ryngitis and laryngitis), and there are other drugs (ergot) 
which accomplish the purpose, were it desirable, more effi- 
ciently. In the second stage of acute diseases, as pneu- 
monia, belladonna is a valuable agent in combination with 
strychnine, to stimulate respiration, prevent effusion and 
vasomotor and cardiac depression. Belladonna is of service 
also as a, respiratory, cardiac and vasomotor stimulant 
in poisoning by various drugs, including opium, chloro- 
form, ether, aconite, prussic acid, physostigma and pilocar- 
pine. Kecent experiments by Reichert {TJierapeutie BlontUy, 
May, 1901) and others show that atropine, while stimulating 
the respiratory centre exerts a powerful depressing action 
on the pulmonic motor fibres of the vagi, and that in opium 
poisoning atropine, instead of strengthening, actually lessens 
respiratory power, Stry-chnine undoubtedly is a much 
better antidote in this condition. In surgical shock, with 
low temperature, owing to vasomotor paralysis and vascular 
dilatation, atropine is a most potent remedy, combined with 
digitalis. 

2. Belladonna is employed therapeutically to diminish 
excessive sweating and salivation, mercurial or otherwise. 
It is recommended in serous, or watery diarrhoea, ffidema 
of the lungs is combated most successfully with atropine 
(combined with strychnine) subcutaneously. lu the second 
stage of acute respiratory diseases, as bronchitis, influenza, 
canine distemper, and pneumonia, belladonna diminishes 
secretion, irritability and cough, and stimulates the heart 
and respiration. It may be associated with opium to in- 
crease the sedative effect. 

3. Belladonna does not have much influence over spasm 
of the voluntary muscles, unless injected (atropine) into their 



386 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

substance. Elieumatic lameness, and cramps and spasm 
due to injury of nerves, may be treated in this manner. 
Spasm of involuntary muscle is, however, more easily over- 
come, and this action is of exceeding therapeutic importance. 
Intestinal spasmodic colic of horses succumbs most readily 
when atropine is given with morphine under the skin. In 
peritonitis and enteritis, full and repeated doses of atropine, 
with morphine, assist in paralyzing the smooth muscular 
fibres of the intestines, and in quieting peristaltic move- 
ment. Paradoxical as it may seem, large doses of atropine 
have been recently used in human medicine, and with re- 
markably good results, in the treatment of intestinal ob- 
struction from impacted feces, and even in invagination and 
twist, on the assumption that the inhibitory splanchnic 
fibres of the gut are paralyzed by these large quantities 
given under the skin (see '- Action on Muscles and Nerves "). 
Cough, stridulus breathing, and spasm, associated with 
acute pharyngitis and laryngitis, are influenced favorably by 
belladonna, in the first stage. The drug acts locally to 
paralyze the ends of the motor nerves in the throat, relieves 
spasm, and also contracts the peripheral vessels and over- 
comes congestion and inflammation. It may be given to 
horses in electuary, and also applied in liniment or oint- 
ment externally. The following prescription is suitable for 
horses suffering from pharyngitis or laryngitis. 

Extract. Belladonnae Rad. Fl 3 i. 

Pulv. Potassii Chloratis 3 ii. 

Pulv. Glycyrrhiza3 3 v. 

Syrupi Fixsci Q. S. 

M. et f. electuariuni. 

Sig. Give | ounce every two hours. (Furnish i ounce 
for sample dose.) 

In bronchitis and asthma, belladonna also allays spasm, 
and lessens secretion, irritation and cough. Other spasmo- 
dic conditions benefited by belladonna are, "thumps," lead 
colic, spasm of the rectum owing to fissure or other causes^ 



HYOSCYAMUS 387 

and incontiuence of urine cine to spasm of the neck of the 
bladder. Palpitation of the heart is relieved by the sedative 
action of the mydriatic upon the unstriated cardiac muscle. 
Tetanus is favorably influenced by extract of belladonna 
given in electuary. In this section may be included the 
effect of small doses of belladonna in paralyzing the inhi- 
bitory (splanchnic) nerve terminations in the bowels, and 
thus assisting the action of peristaltic stimulants, as aloes 
and strychnine. Pills containing aloin (gr.^), extractum 
belladounse alcoholicum foliorum (gr.|), and extractum cas- 
carse sagradse (gr.^), form a useful laxative combination in 
chronic constipation of dogs. 

Hyoscyamts. Hyoscyamus. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Hyoscyami folia, B. P.; henbane, herba 
liyoscyami, E. ; feuilles de jusquiame noire, Fr. ; bilsen- 
krant, G. 

The leaves and flowering tops of Hyoscyamus niger 
Linne (nat. ord. solanacese), collected from plants of the 
second year's growth. 

Habitat. — Indigenous to England, the Continent, and 
Asia, and naturalized in the northern part of the United 
States. 

Description. — Leaves ovate, or ovate-oblong, up to 25 
cm. long and 10 cm. broad; sinuate-toothed; the teeth large, 
oblong or triangular, grayish-green, and, particularly on the 
lower surface, glandular-hairy ; midrib prominent; flowers 
nearly sessile, with an urn-shaped, five- toothed calyx, and a 
light yellow, purple-veined corolla; odor heavy, narcotic; 
taste bitter and somewhat acrid. 

Constituents. — Two alkaloids : hyoscyamine Cj-HosN O3, 
and hyoscine. The first resembles atropine in composition 
and action. Impure, amorphous, commercial hyoscyamine 
is a dark-brown fluid and contains as its active principle 
mainly hyoscine. 

Incompatibility. — Incompatible with caustic alkalies and 



388 YZGETABLi; D..UG3 

' vegetable acids, le.ul nc^tat*^ and sdvpr nitratf>. Hyoscyamus 
mav be given in pill with the two latter mineral salts. 
" Z>o6e.— H. & a, 5ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extract nm Hyoscyami. Extract of Hyoscyamus. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and 
evaporation to pilular consistency. The extract should contain 0.3 per 
cent, of mydriatic alkaloids. 

Z)ose.— H, &C., gr.xx.-3i. (1.3-4.); D., gr.ss.-ii. (.03-,12). 

Fluidextractum Hyoscyami. Fluidextract of Hyoscyamus. 

(U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration, percolation with alcohol and water, and 
evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of hyoscyamus. Each 100 cc. of 
fluidextract contains 075 gm. of alkaloids from hyoscyamus. 
Dose.— H. &C., 3ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., ttLv.-xv. (.3-1.). 

Tiuctitra Hyoscyami. Tincture of Hyoscyamus. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Hyoscyamus, 100 ; diluted alcohol to make 1000. Made by mace- 
ration and percolation. Standardized to contain 0.007 gm. of mydriatic 
alkaloids in each 100 cc. of the tincture. (U. S. P.) 
Dose.— D., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.). 

The dose of hyoscyamus preparations is generally two to four 
times that of similar belladonna preparations. 

Succus Hyoscyami. Juice of Hyoscyamus. (B. P.) 
Dose. — Same as tincture. 

HyoscyamiNzE Sulphas. Hyoscyamine Sulphate. 
(C,,H,3 N O3), H,S O, 

The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from hyo- 
scyamus. 

Derivation. — Hyoscyamine is derived from hyoscyamus 
seed. The latter are treated with ether to extract fat, and 
then distilled with alcohol and sulphuric acid. The liquid 
residue is neutralized with caustic soda and precipitated 
with tannic acid. The precipitate is mixed with lime and 
extracted with alcohol. The resulting alcoholic solution is 
first treated with sulphuric acid, then with caustic soda, and 



HYOSCAMIKE HIDROBl.OMATE S89 

finally with ether, which dissolves the alkaloid. The latter 
is recovered by distillation. 

Properties. — White, indistinct crystals, or a white pow- 
der, without odor, and having a bitter, acrid taste. Deli- 
quescent in damp air. Soluble in 0.5 part of water, and 
in 2.5 parts of alcohol; very slightly soluble in ether or 
chloroform. 

Dose.— H., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr-^jV-sV (.001-.002). 

Hyoscyaminje Hydrobromidum. 
Hyoscyamine Hydrobromide. 0,,^.,:^ O3H Br. (U. S. P.) 

The hydrobromide of an alkaloid obtained from hyo- 
scyamus. 

Properties. — A yellowish-white, amorphous, resin-like 
mass, or prismatic crystals, having, particularly when damp, 
a tobacco-like odor, and an acrid, nauseous and bitter taste. 
Deliquescent on exposure to the air. Soluble in about 0.3 
part of water, 2 parts of alcohol, 3,000 parts of ether, or 250 
parts of chloroform. 

Dose.-R., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.^VsV (•001-.002). 

Htoscin^ Hydrobromidum. Hyoscine Hydrobromide. 
C,,H,,N 0,H Br. (U. S. P. & B. P.) 

The hydrobromide of an alkaloid obtained from hyo- 
scyamus. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, rhombic crystals ;. 
odorless and having an acrid, slightly bitter taste. Perma- 
nent in the air. Soluble in 1.9 parts of water, and in 13 
parts of alcohol ; very slightly soluble in ether or chloro- 
form. 

Dose.—R.,^v.\-^ (.001-.015); D.,gr.-j^-^ (.0004-.0006). 

Action Internal. — The action of hyoscyamus is a resul- 
tant of that of its two alkaloids, hyoscine and hyoscyamine. 
The latter is practically atropine, except that its mydriatic 
action is shorter, Hyoscine, in poisonous doses, is a power- 



390 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

fnl depressant to the cerebrum, respiratory centre, spinal 
reflex centres, and motor tract. It differs from atropine in 
being a cerebral sedative, and in its greater paralyzant 
action upon the spinal cord. The tetanic stage succeeding 
spinal paralysis, observed in atropine poisoning, does not 
ensue with hyoscine. The latter alkaloid slightly depresses 
and slows the heart, and does not paralyze the vagus termi- 
nations, nor depress the motor and sensory nerves or 
muscles. The circulation is but slightly influenced, and 
vasomotor depression only occurs in the latter stage of 
lethal poisoning. Death occurs from paralysis of the respi- 
ratory centres. Poisoning in animals is exhibited by loss of 
muscular power, slowing and failure of respiration, dryness 
of the mouth, stapor and asphyxia. The pulse may ba 
infrequent, the pupils are dilated and the skin is moist, 
rather than dry. Delirium and convulsions sometimes 
occur in man. The effect of the combined action of hyoscy- 
amine and hyoscine in hyoscyamus is shown when we com- 
pare the drug with belladonna. Hyoscyamus is more of a 
cerebral sedative and hypnotic, and less of a heart and 
respiratory stimulant. It is said to possess more power in 
overcoming spasm, and griping of cathartics, and in aiding 
intestinal movement. Hyoscyamus is also thought to exert 
a more pronounced antispasmodic action than belladonna 
upon the smooth muscles of the bladder and urethra. 

Uses. — Hyoscyamus is generally applicable in the same 
disorders for which belladonna is indicated. In relieving 
some sorts of spasm, hyoscyamus is more efficient than 
belladonna, as in spasmodic colic, spasm of the bladder, and 
griping caused by cathartics. Tetanus, chorea, and epilep- 
tic convulsions in dogs, are benefited by henbane, but the 
drug does not possess a curative action. Hyoscyamine may 
be combined to advantage with strychnine, subcutaneously, 
in impaction of the bowels in horses. The former drug 
depresses the inhibitory nerve endings (splanchnic), and 
assists the stimulant action of strychnine upon the intestinal 
muscle. Repeated small doses of oil will facilitate peristal- 



INDIAN CANNABIS 391 

isis in this condition. Hyoscine liydrobromide is indicated 
in spasmodic a£fections and in nervous and sexual excite- 
ment. It is a powerful drug and should be employed at the 
outset in small doses. To avoid contamination with hyo- 
scyamine is difficult, and the preparation of Merck is to be 
recommended.* Hyoscine has not been employed to any 
extent in veterinary practice. It is used in human medicine 
as a hypnotic and sedative in mania and delirium of the 
insane. It causes no unpleasant after-effects. 

Cannabis Indica. Indian Cannabis. (U. S. & B. P.) 

The flowering tops of the female plant of the Cannabis 
sativa Linne (nat. ord. urticacefe), grown in the East Indies. 

Si/)io7iym. — Indian hemp, E.; chanvre indien, Fr.; indi- 
scher hanf, G.; herba cannabis iudicse, P. G. 

Haschisch is a confection of the drug. Arabian habi- 
tues of this preparation are frequently impelled by its 
influence to deeds of violence. They are called "hascha- 
schius "; hence the English, assassins. Gunjab, or ganga, is 
the dried plant used in India for smoking. Churrus is the 
resin and epidermis scraped off the leaves. Bhang consists 
of the young leaves, flowering and fruiting tops and resin 
resulting from the first season's growth. 

Habitat — The official cannabis is indigenous to Asia, 
but the common hemp plant (Cannabis sativa) grows in 
America and many other parts of the world. 

Description. — Branching, compressed, brittle, about 5 
cm. or more long, with a few digitate leaves, having linear- 
lanceolate leaflets, and numerous, sheathing, pointed bracts, 
each containing two small pistillate flowers, sometimes with 
the nearly ripe fruit ; the whole more or less agglutinated 
with a resinous exudation. It has a brownish-green color, 
a peculiar narcotic odor and a slightly acrid taste. 

Incompatihility. — Water precipitates the active resinous 
principles. Lemon juice and other vegetable acids are the 
most efficient antidotes. 



* Scopolamine is identical with hyoscine and is so named because ob- 
tained from Scopola afropoules. Scopolamine, or hyoscine, with morphine 
under the skin (after Korff) have been employed to some extent as general 
amvsthetics in iiuman surgery to replace ether or chloroform. Korfl: injects 
subcutaneously in three doses, 2i, li, and l hour before operation, scopola- 
mine with morpliine, giving, in all, gr.| of morphine and gr.g'^ of scopola- 
mine. Scopohxmine and hyoscine are somewhat unstable, and therefore to 
that extent imreliable. As many as 260 operations have been done by one 
surgeon, however, without a death attributaljie lo this method, which, 
should be particularly worthy of trial by veterinarians. 



393 YZGETAELE Dr.UC3 

Constituent, 9. — Resins, including : (1) cauuabiii and (2> 
caunabinon; the first is stated to be very active; (3) teta- 
nocaunabine (in which is contained a substance, choline, 
C5H15N OJ, and, with alkalies, forms (4) cannabine. None 
of these substances is a practical substitute for the crude 
drug. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Cannabis IndicfE. Extract of Indian Cannabis. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and by evapora- 
tion to a pilular consistence. 

Dose.— H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.i^-i. (.015-.06). 

Fluidextractiim Cannabis Indicre. 

Fluidextract of Indian Cannabis. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation. The alcohol is distilled off 

from tlie last part of I'a^ percolnle, and the residue is dissolved in th& 

first part (700 Cc), and enough alcohol is added to make 1 Cc. of liie 

fluid extract equnl 1 gm. of the crude drug. 

Dof<e — H., 3 iv.-vi. (16 -24.); D.. mii.-x. (.13-.6), 
Adviinistvation. — The extract is given in ball, pill, electuaiy or 
suppository ; or the fluid preparations may be used. 

Tinctura Cannabis Indicce. Tincture of Indian Cannabis. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Indian cannabis, 100; alcohol to make 1,000 Cc. Made by macera- 
tion and percolation. (U. S. P.) 
Dose.—D., TUxx.-xxx. (1.3-2.). 

Action External. — Cannabis indica exerts a considerable 
irritant action when applied to mucous membranes. This- 
is followed by local anaesthesia. 

Action Internal. — ludian hemp is a distinct depressant 
to the functions of the brain and cord in poisonous doses, . 
although therapeutically stimulating these organs in small 
quantities, and producing in man a kind of intoxication and 
mild delirium. The reflex activity of the spinal cord is 
primarily increased, but this is succeeded by diminution of 
reflex movement, and, after large doses, by anaesthesia and 
loss of voluntary motion. The sensory tract (centres and 



i:;dian cannabis 393 

serves) is depressed by considerable therapeutic doses. 
Our knowledge of the detailed physiological action of the 
drug is imperfect. The action of cannabis comes on slowly 
and continues for a long time. A horse receiving, under the 
direction of the writer, at the Harvard Veterinary Hospital, 
5 ounce of the solid extract, became drowsy. Sleep after a 
iew hours deepened into stupor, and stupor into coma. 
The respiration became slow, the pulse slightly accelerated, 
und the animal so anaesthetic that amputation of the penis 
was done on the following day without producing the slight- 
est pain or struggling. The animal had to be supported iu 
slings, and only recovered after three days. Frequently 
neither constipation, anorexia, or other deleterious after- 
effects follow the action of this drug. 

The following are extracts from experiments of Muir* 
with cannabis indica : 

Gelding, 8 years old ; condition poor. Gave two doses of fluid 
extract (Park & Davis, normal liquid) undiluted of 12.5 cc. each (about 
3 drachms) intrajugularly, twenty minutes apart. Became rapidl}- 
nervous and excitable, increased by sounds or touch. In half an hour 
from first dose he became sleepy and stupid. A third dose of 15 cc. 
(3^ ounce) was injected into the jugular about an hour after the first 
and caused sweating and a sleepy condition, in which the animal jerked 
and twitched his head as if dreaming. The temperature dropped to 
96° F., and the sleepy state, alternating with excitement when annoyed, 
lasted three hours, when delirium supervened and continued for six 
hours, at which time all the symptoms disappeared. 

Pony, 575 pounds; condition fair. Received 15 cc, (% ounce) of 
the fluid extract intravenously. In two minutes became delirious .• in 
ten minutes was asleep against stall. In half an hour fell to floor and 
slept there for eighteen hours and could not be aroused. Temperature 
fell to 92 5° F. Respiration regular ; pulse from 42 to 30 during 
experiment. 

Gelding. 1050 pounds ; in good condition. Given 45 cc. of fluid 
extract intravenously. In three minutes rearing, kicking, snorting 
■and going on like one mad. He ran back and forth along one side of 
his stall like a caged tiger with sweat rolling off liim and cutting and 
fcruising himself, being ajiparently anesthetic, He endeavored to bite 



Jour. Comp. Med, and Vet. Archives, April and May> 1900. 



394 • VEGETABLE DRUGS 

or strike anyone approaching and remained delirious and excitable f./r 
twelve to twenty-four hours. 

Gelding, 650 pounds. 30 cc. of fluid extract injected into jugular.. 
In four minutes became unsteady ; in twelve minutes he was asleep ;. 
in half an liour he fell and so slept for eighteen hours. Temperature 
dropped to 91.8*=' F. from normal ; the pulse was accelerated and th*- 
respiration slightly so. 

Muir deduces from his experiments that as much as. 
50 cc. ( 3 iss.) of the fluid extract may be given with safety 
intravenously. 

In the human being, cannabis induces very peculiar 
mental phenomena, including hallucinations, a sense of 
double consciousness, and great prolongation of time, so 
that minutes are drawn out into hours, and hours into days. 
Sometimes sexual excitement, exaltation, and hilariousness 
are exhibited ; at other times a dreadful premonition of im- 
pending death seizes the human subject. The drug is not 
fatal, except in colossal doses, but the effects may appear 
alarming. lutrajugular injection into a small dog, of five 
drachms of the fluid extract (10 minims of which proved 
active in man) only caused death after several hours 
(Hare). Preparations of Indian hemp vary greatly in 
strength, many being entirely inert, and this fact constitutes 
one of the principal objections to its use. The practitioner 
is recommended to experiment until he secures a reliable 
preparation, and use no other thereafter. 

Uses. — Cannabis is indicated for the relief of: 1, pain* 
2, spasm; 3, nervous irritability. It is not comparable to 
morphine as an analgesic, on account of the uncertainty and 
slowness of its action, and because anaesthesia is only pro- 
duced by an unwarrantably large dose. It is only superior 
to opium in not causing constipation, anorexia and indiges- 
tion, and is therefore sometimes given in colic to horses,, 
for the relief of pain and spasm. The permanency of the 
action of Indian hemp suggests its use in conditions of long, 
continued pain or spasm. In thirty-five cases of tetanus- 
in the human being, treated with cannabis, twenty-ona 
recovered and fourteen died. The results reported in veter- 



CAFFEINE 395 

inary practice have been almost as favorable ; over half the 
cases have recovered when subjected to this medication. 
Medication has, however, usually vt^ry little iuflaeiice in 
tetanus, Eacovery appears to be largely a matter of chance, 
even with antitoxin. Cannubis Indica is occasicnallj- em- 
ployed as a sedative for irritable cough, and to relieve the 
spasms of chorea. 

Caffeina. Caffeine. C,Hi„N,Oj + H„0. 
(U. S. &B.P.) 

AS'//no?i?/m.— Theine, giiarauine, E.; coffein, G.; cafe'ine,Fr. 

A feebly basic, proximate principle, obtained from the 
dried leaves of Thea sinensis Linne (nat. ord. ternstroemia- 
ceae), or from the dried seeds of Coffea arabica Linne (nat. 
ord. rubiaceae), and found also in other plants. 

Habitat. — Indigenous to Africa, and cultivated in othef 
tropical countries. 

Derivation. — Crushed coffee is treated with successive 
portions of boiling water, and the resulting solution is 
precipitated with lead acetate and filtered. Hydrogen sul- 
phide decomposes ihe excess of lead acetate remaining in 
the filtrate. The latter is then concentrated by evaporation 
and neutralized with ammonia water. Caffeine crj^stallizes 
on cooling. The alkaloid is purified by charcoal and recrys- 
tallization. 

Properties. — Fleecy masses of long, flexible, white crys- 
tals, possessing a silky lustre, without odor, having a bitter 
taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in 80 parts of 
water, 33 parts of alcohol, 555 parts of -ether, or 7 parts of 
chloroform. Also soluble in abont 2 parts of boiling water, 
and very soluble in boiling alcohol. Caffeine is neutral to 
litmus paper. Caffeine exists, curiously enough, as the 
active principle of the national non-alcoholic beverages in 
use all over the world. Coffee contains .G-2.2 per cent, of 
caffeine, together with glucose, fat, vegetable casein, tannic 
acid, and an empyreumatic oil developed by roasting, i. e., 



39G VEGETABLE DKUGS 

caffeone. Tea contains 1.36-3. per cent, of caffeine, or theiue, 
and also a volatile oil and tannic acid. Guarana (the seeds 
of Panllinia cnpana) contains 4 tc 5 per cent, of caffeine; 
mate, or Paraguay tea (the leaves of Ilex paraguayeusis), 
contains .45-1.2 per cent. Caffeine is found in kola nut (the 
fruit of Sterculia acuminata), used as a beverage in Africa, 
and .now as a nervous stimulant in human medicine, and is 
allied to theobromine, occuring in chocolate beans, and to 
cocaine, existing in coca leaves. 

Incompatihilitij. — Caffeine is incompatible with mercury 
salts, potassium iodide and tannic acid. 

Dose.—YL., gr.vii.-xv. (.5-1); D., gr.ss.-iii. (.03-.2), accord- 
ing to size. 

Caffeina Citrata. Citrated Caffeine. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Dissolve citric acid (50) in hot, distilled 
water (100); add caffeine (50) and evaporate the resulting 
solution, on a water bath, to dryness, constantly stirring 
towards the end of the operation. Reduce the product to a 
fine powder and transfer it to well-closed bottles. 

Properties. — A white powder, odorless, having a purely 
acid taste and acid reaction. One part of citrated caffeine 
forms a clear, syrupy solution, with about 3 parts of water. 
Upon dilution with water this yields a white precipitate 
(caffeine), which redissolves when about 25 parts of water 
have been added. It is also soluble in a mixture of two 
volumes of chloroform and 1 volume of ether. 

Dose.—B.., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); D., gr.i.-vi. (.06-.36). 

Action Ldernal. — Caffeine has no particular action upon 
the digestive tract, except in large quantities, when it may 
cause gastro-intestinal irritation. The effect of caffeine and 
raw coffee is identical, but when the latter is roasted, aroma- 
tic oils, or an empyreumatic oil, are developed (caffeone). 
It is impossible to separate completely the action of caffeine 
from caffeone in boiled coffee. Recent investigations appear 
to show that the oil (caffeone), of which there is from one to 



CAFFOXE COT 

one-half drachm iu a cnp of the beverage, has no physiolo- 
gical action except to disturb digestion and cause bilious- 
ness. This result is not in accord with the general belief, 
and it is probable that caflfeone possesses a transient action 
in stimulating intestinal peristalsis, the cerebral functions, 
and in lessening vascular tension. 

Circulation. — Caffeine increases blood pressure by mak- 
ing the heart beat more forcibly and rapidly. The systolic 
contractions are longer and stronger. Experimental evi- 
dence concerning the physiological details of its action upon 
the heart is contradictory. The vasomotor centres are not 
influenced by the drug except in poisoning, when both the 
heart muscle and vasomotor system are depressed, and the 
ieart stops in diastole after cessation of respiration. 

Nervous System. — Caffeine is a certain and direct stimu- 
lant to the cerebral cortex. It produces wakefulness and 
restiessness, and stimulates the reasoniug and imaginative 
faculties in man. In the lower animals caffeine often causes 
the most intense cerebral excitement and mania in large 
doses. The alkaloid also stimulates the spinal motor area, 
and toxic quantities produce restlessness, increased reflex 
excittibility and convulsions in the lower animals. It is 
undetermined whether the convulsions are of cerebral or 
spinal origin. The motor and sensory nerves are unaffected 
by medicinal doses. Alcohol and opium stimulate the brain, 
but do so incoijrdinately. This is net the case with caffeine. 

Kidneys. — The kidneys primarily contract for two or 
three minutes with corresponding diminution iu the flow of 
urine, after the subcutaneous injection of small doses of 
€affeine. This effect is independent of the general vascular 
condition, and is followed by an increase in the volume of 
the kidnej's, with accompanying augmentation of the urinary 
secretion, as shown by experiments with K oy's oncometer. 
The renal cells are directly stimulated. The drug is there- 
fore a local diuretic and one of the most efficient and 
powerful. 

Respiration. — The respiration is not affected to any 



393 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

considerable extent by caffeine, save by toxic doses, when 
it is depressed. 

Metabolism. — The action of caffeine (and coffee) upon 
tissue change is inconstant. Sometimes it restrains niti'O- 
genous consumption with corresponding diminution of urea 
elimination. Ctiffeine is entirely decomposed in the body, 
unless ingested in large quantities, when it is eliminated in 
part in the urine. 

Toxicology. — Caffeine is a spinal and muscle poison to 
the frog. Tetauic convulsions occur in the batrachian 
similar to those produced by strychnine, but there is also 
muscular rigidity. These phenomena follow the direct 
stimulation of the spinal motor tract and muscles, and are 
succeeded by paresis. In man, stimulation of the cerebral 
cortex occurs, while both stimulation of the brain and cord 
are observed in the domestic animals. The symptoms of 
j)oisoniiig in dogs, cats aud mammals generally, are restless- 
ness, occasionally vomiting in dogs, rapid breathing, primary 
reduction followed by rise in temperature, clonic or tonic 
convulsions, muscular weakness, aud general paresis. Death 
occurs from respiratory failure. The minimum fatal dose 
is about 1 gr. to 1 11). of live weight in the cat. 

Administration. — Caffeine and its ordinary salts are 
decomposed by water and therefore should not be given 
subcutaneously. The alkaloid is best administered in solu- 
tion with sodium salicylate, or benzoate, for use under the- 
skin as follows : — 

Caflfeinas gr.xl. 

Sodii salicylatis gr.xxx. 

Aquae 3 i. 

M. 

S. Give fifteen drops hypodermically to horse. 

Three drops to dog. 
or: — 

Caffeinte 

Sodii benzoinatis aa gr.xv. 

Aquse lUxlv. 

M. 

S. Give one-half, under the skin, to horse. 



CAFFEINE 399 

The soluble citrate may be given internally, but it is 
not a definite or reliable preparation, and inferior to caffeine, 
wliicli may be administered in solution witli a little citric 
acid, or as above. 

Uses. — Three indications for the use of caffeine may be 
deduced from our knowledge of its physiological action. 
1. To stimulate the brain. 2. To stimulate the heart. 
3. To cause diuresis. 

1. Its application as a cerebral stimulant is very limited 
in veterinary medicine. It acts thus as an antidote to opium 
poisoning. One and a half grains of caffeine will save cats 
poisoned by the minimum fatal dose (gr.l|) of morphine. 

2. Caffeine possesses particular value in the treatment 
of dropsy of cardiac origin in dogs, because of its diuretic 
action, as well as stimulant effect upon the heart. The 
therapeutic indications are much the same as for digitalis, 
but caffeine differs from digitalis in the following particulars : 

Does not pi-olong diastole. Is not cumulative. 

Does not slow the heart. More transient in its effect. 

Nor regulate the heart. 

Caffeine, in combination with acetanilid and other 
modern coal tar products, is useful in preventing their 
depressing action upon the heart. Furthermore, caffeine, 
tea and coffee are serviceable in the treatment of acute 
asthenic diseases in the horse (influenza), dog (distemper), 
and in foals and calves, acting as nervous and cardiac stimu- 
lants and perhaps restraining tissue waste. 

3. The diuretic property of caffeine renders it appro- 
priate iu aiding the absorption of pleuritic effusion, ascites, 
and dropsies, particularly of cardiac and renal origin, and 
in the hepatic form as well. 



400 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

SECTION II.— DEUGS ACTING ON THE SPINAL 

COED. 

Class 1. — Stimulating the Inferior Cornua. 

Nux Vomica. Nux Vomica. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Semen iiucis voinicse, poison nut, Quaker 
button, E.; noix vomique, Fr.; krahen-augen, breclmuss, G. 

The seed of Strychnos nux-vomica Linne (uat. ord. 
Loganiacese). 

Description. — About 25 mm. in diameter, orbicular, 
grayish, or greenish-gray, soft, hairy, of a silky lustre, with 
a slight ridge extending from the centre of one side to the 
edge; internally horny, somewhat translucent, very tough, 
with a large circular cavity into which the heart-shaped, 
nerved cotyledons project. It is inodorous and persistently 
bitter. 

Constituents. — Two alkaloids. 1. Strychnine, 0.2-0.6 per 
cent. 2. Brucine (CogHo^NoOJ, 0.5-1.0 per cent. Similar in 
action to strychnine, but weaker and slower. Both alkaloids 
exist in combination with igasuric acid. Brucine occurs in 
rectangular octohedral crystals ; is soluble in alcohol, in 
7 parts of chloroform, and possesses a bitter taste. With 
sulphuric and nitric acids a beautiful blood-red color is 
developed. Nux vomica should yield not less than 1.25 per 
cent, of strychnine (U. S. P.) 

Bose—B.. it C, 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh., gr.xx.-xl. (1.3^2.6); 
Sw., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3); D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Nucis Vomicce. Extract of Nux Vomica. (U. S. & B. P. ) 
Made by maceration with alcohol, water and acetic acid; percola- 
tion with alcohol and water, and evaporation. Standardized to contain. 
5 per cent, of strychnine, (U. S. P. ) 

Dose.—B.. & C, gr.vii.-xv. (.5-1.); Sh., gr.ii.ss.-v. (.15-. 3); Sw., 
gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.fj (.008-.016). 



STRYCHNINE 401 

Fluidextractum Nucis Vomicce. Fluidextract of Nux Vomica. 

(U. S. P.) 
Made by digestion and percolation with alcohol, water and acetic 
acid. The alcohol is distilled off and the solution evaporated. Alcohol 
and water are added so that the fluidextract shall contain 1 per cent, of 
strychnine. 

Dose—B.. & C, 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh., rrtxx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); Sw,, lUx.- 
XX. (6-1.3); D., TTLi.-ii. (.06-.12). 

Tinctura Nucis Vomica'. Tincture of Nux Vomica. (U. S. & B. P) 
Made by solution of the extract of nux vomica, 20, in alcohol, and 
water to make 1,000. (U. S. P.) Contains 0.1 per cent, strychnine. 
Dose.— D., TTiv.-x. (.3-.6). 



Strychnina. strychnine. a^H^.N^O,. (U. S. & B. P.) 

An alkaloid obtained from nux vomica, and also obtain- 
able from other plants of the natural order Loganiaceas. 

Derivation. — Nux vomica seeds are powdered and 
strychnine is extracted with water acidulated with hydro- 
chloric acid. The solution is concentrated and strychnine 
precipitated with lime. It is then redissolved in boiling 
alcohol and the crystals are deposited upon concentration 
of the solution. 

Projjerties. — Colorless, transparent, octohedral, or pris- 
matic crystals, or a white, crystalline powder ; odorless, and 
having an intensely bitter taste, perceptible in even highly 
dilute ( 1 in 700,000 ) solution. Permanent in the air. 
Soluble in 6,700 parts of water, and in 110 parts of alcohol; 
in 2,500 parts of boiling water, and in 12 parts of boiling 
alcohol ; also soluble in 7 parts of chloroform, but almost 
insoluble in ether. Upon ignition, it is consumed, leaving 
no residue. No coloration is produced with nitric or sul- 
phuric acid, but a drop of the latter and a grain of potassium 
bichromate, added to a crystal of strychnine upon a porce- 
lain plate, yields a beautiful violet, changing into purplish- 
red and cherry-red, and finally to orange or yellow. 

Dose. — Same as strychnine sulphate or nitrate (minimum 
quantities), which are preferable on account of their greater 
solubility. 



402 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

*Steychnin^ Sulphas. Strycliuine Sulphate. 
(C,,H,,N,0,), H,S O, + 5 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Made by the action of sulphuric acid on 
strychnine. 

Properties. — Colorless, or white, prismatic crystals, odor- 
less, and having an intensely bitter taste, perceptible in 
highly dilute (I in 700,000) solution. Efflorescent in dry air. 
Soluble in 50 parts of water and in 109 parts of alcohol ; 2 
parts of boiling water and in 8.5 parts of boiling alcohol. 
Almost insoluble in ether. Upon ignition, it is consumed, 
leaving no residue. On adding potassium or sodium hydrate 
to an aqueous solution of the salt, a white precipitate is 
thrown down, which should conform to the test for strych- 
nine. 

Dose.—U., gr,ss.-i.ss. (.03-.09); C, gr.i.-iii. (.06-.18); Sh., 
gr.l-i (,015-.03j; D., gr-Tio-^V (.0005-.0015). 

The dose of strychnine should be proportioned to the 
weight in the case of all animals, but more particularly dogs. 
Otherwise, convulsive attacks or a fatal result may occur. 
The dose can be accurately determined, according to Feser, 
by the following data : 

Dose pel- kilo (21bs. 3oz. 119.9gr. avoirdupois) live weight: 

Horse, sheep and cattle 0001-.0002 (gr-gf^j-gJ^^) 

«wine 0002-.0003 (gr. aArsk) 

. Dogs .^ 0001 (gr.«^) 

In accordance with the foregoing figures, dose for 
Horse weighing 1,000 lbs. is .045-. 09 (gr.|-U) 
Dog " 100 " " .0045 (gr.y-jf 

50 " " .00235 (gr.,V) ' 

" " 25 " " .00112 (gr.-^W) 

10 " " .00045 (gr.ila) 

Moreover, these doses may be given every three hours 
without producing poisoning by their cumulative action. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing figures, caution should be 
exercised in prescribing strychnine to dogs, as these animals 

* StrychnincB Nitras — Strychnine Nitrate, occurring in colorless, 
odorless, glistening needles, is now official. Has very bitter taste; soluble 
in 42 parts of water. Dose same as Strychnine Sulphate. Strychninca 
Hydrocliloridu7n (B. P.). Dose same as Stryclinine Sulphate. 



STKYCHNINE SULPHATE 403 

appear sometimes extremely susceptible to strychnine, and 
it is therefore advisable to begin with a minimum dose 
(g^-TXo) ^^^ small animals. 

The dose of one grain should not be ordinarily exceeded 
in the case of horses, as one and one-half grains proved fatal 
in an exceptional case. If animals are depressed by disease 
or shock, they will often bear much larger doses than could 
ordinarily be administered with safety. 

Action Extcryud. — Strychnine is a powerful antiseptic, 
but is of no practical value on account of its poisonous pro- 
perties. Brucine is a local anaesthetic. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Strychnine and nux 
Tomicta act as bitter stomachics in increasing vascularity, 
appetite, gastric secretion and motion. In addition to this 
they improve the local tone of the alimentary canal ; prob- 
ably by exciting the various spinal centres. Strychnine 
also stimulates the intestinal muscular tunic and therefore 
increases peristaltic action. 

Circulation. — Strychnine excites the heart muscle and 
motor ganglia, and thus makes the cardiac pulsations more 
forcible. Large doses diminish the frequency of the frog's 
heart, and produce diastolic pauses. Blood tension is 
heightened by medicinal doses, through stimulation of the 
medullary vasomotor centres. Toxic quantities cause vaso- 
. motor paralysis and fall of arterial tension. Experiments 
conducted with blood (Harley) containing strychnine, shaken 
with air for 24 hours, resulted in the blood yielding about 
one-third more oxygen and one-half less carbonic dioxide, 
than blood, minus strychnine, similarly treated. Harley 
concluded that strychnine arrests oxidation in the body, 
but there is no physiological evidence that such is the case 
in life. 

Nervous System and 3Iuscles. — Strychnine is essentially 
a spinal stimulant. Many ingenious experiments conclu- 
sively prove that the principal effect of strychnine (convul- 
sions) is produced by direct stimulation of the cells of the 
inferior cornua. The alkaloid also appears to cause dilata-- 
tion of the arterioles in the spinal cord. 



404 



VEGETABLE DRUGS 



Two experiments only may be presented. The first 
proves that the action of strychnine in producing convul- 
sions is of spinal origin ; the second that the alkaloid acts 
upon the inferior cornua. 

1. When strychnine is placed directly upon the spinal 
cord of a frog, after the blood has been withdrawn from the 
body, and allowed to diffuse through its substance, convul- 
sions occur. These are limited, at first, to those muscles 
•ivhose nerves have their insertion nearest the point of 
lapplication of the poison, and then they progress as the 
lilkaloid continues its path of absorption through the cord. 

2. When every part of a frog below the second cervical 
>ertebra has been removed, save the nerves, muscles and 
bones, and the inferior cornua be cut under the third cervi- 
cal vertebra and the tissues entirely separated, so that the 
fore part of the frog is connected with the hind part only by 
the superior columns, then strychnine dropped in the mouth 
produces tetanic spasm solely in the fore legs. This shows 
that the cells of the inferior columns only were those affected. 
Furthermore, it is probable that other centres of the entire 
spinal tract, including the medulla, are stimulated to a less 
degree. Thus the respiratory centres, the vasomotor centres, 
as well as the reflex and trophic centres, are excited ; but 
the medullary cardiac centre is but slightly, if at all, affected 
by moderate doses. The cerebrum is not influenced by the 
drug, as consciousness is retained throughout the period of 
poisoning until asphyxia supervenes. The muscles and sen- 
sory nerves are unaffected by any dose of strychnine. But 
the motor nerves are paralyzed at once by enormous doses of 
the alkaloid; or are paralyzed in the later stages of poisoning 
by less amounts. Therefore, convulsions do not appear at 
all, or cease when this condition is reached. An experiment 
performed upon a frog, poisoned with strychnine, in which 
all the tissues of one hind leg were previously ligated, except 
the sciatic nerve, showed that stimulation of the intact leg 
caused spasms only of the ligated leg, since in the latter 
the motor nerve fibres had not been reached bv the drusT 



STRYCHNINE SULPHATE 405 

(because of the ligation), and therefore were not paralyzed 
as were those in the limb left intact. 

Bespiration. — It is probable that strychnine, in thera- 
peutic doses, is the most reliable and powerful respiratory 
stimulant at our command. The breathing is quickened and 
deepened by the stimulating action of the alkaloid on the 
medullary respiratory centres. 

Organs of Special Sense. — The eye-sight and hearing are 
rendered more acute by strychnine. 

Elimination. — Strychnine escapes to some extent un- 
changed in the urine, while a portion of it is converted into 
stry clinic acid. The alkaloid is found in the urine within 
half an hour of its ingestion, and is said to be entirely elim- 
inated within forty-eight hours. Strychnine is one of the 
drugs that is supposed to possess a cumulative action, {. e.y 
which exhibits sucUlen and powerful effects after its con- 
tinuons administration. This is said to be due to the fact 
that it is not eliminated as rapidly as it is ingested, owing 
to contraction of the renal vessels, and that it accumulates 
in the spinal cord. The cumulative effect is not seen when 
the drug is given subcutaneously ; on the contrary, the sys- 
tem becomes so habituated to it that ordinarily poisonous 
doses can then be given with safety. Therefore, when a 
cumulative action is observed, it is jDrobably owing to 
delayed absorption. 

Administration. — For tonic purposes, strychnine may be 
given to dogs in pills or tablets, and to horses in solution 
dropped on the tongue. Nux vomica is given to horses upon 
the food in the form of powder, or in fluid extract upon the 
tongue; while the tincture is more appropriate for dogs. 
When large doses of strychnine are used, or an immediate 
action is desired in acute diseases and emergencies, the 
alkaloid should be given under the skin. 

Toxicology. — One-twentieth of a grain of strychnine 
nitrate, injected subcutaneously by the writer into a dog 
weighing 25 lbs., caused uneasiness and excitement, with 
protrusion of the eye-balls, and in tlie space of ten minutes. 



406 TEGLTABLE DKUG3 

tetanic convulsions. The breathing was shallow and almost 
imperceptible, the pulse rapid and irregular, the lips were 
covered with foam, the tail was stiff and extended, the ears 
laid back, and there was general muscular rigidity, the 
animal lying on his side in a state of opisthotimos. This 
condition lasted about three minutes, and was foUowed by a 
period of relaxation. But the slightest noise or irritation of 
the skin brought on convulsions. The convulsioiis became 
less frequent and violent, and ceased altogether within half 
an hour. The same animal was given gr.-^-^ of the alkaloid 
on the following day, but without producing any appreciabla 
result. One-tenth of a grain, given on another day and in 
tlio same manner, caused immediate uneasiness and restless- 
ness, and in ten minutes induced a severe convulsion, lasting 
for three minutes, in which the animal was so rigid that he 
could be lifted bodily without bending. The ears were 
drawn back, the limbs were extended and stiff, the tail was 
straight and rigid, and there was twitching of the muscles 
of the jaw and limbs. The corners of the mouth were drawn 
back (risus sardonicus), the mouth was covered with foam, 
and there was some trismus. The breathing was nearly 
suppressed, owing to tetanic spasm of the respiratory 
muscles. Following this convulsion, the jaw dropped, the 
muscles relaxed and another attack could not be produced 
by noises or external irritation. Some twitching of the 
temporal muscles persisted. Evidently the second stage of 
poisoning had ensued, and the motor nerves and cells of the 
inferior cornua had become paralyzed. Death occurred in 
general paralysis within half an hour, and without any 
recurrence of convulsions or tetanic condition. Death takes 
jDlace more commonly in strychnine poisoning from asphyxia, 
during a convulsion, and is caused by spasm of the respira- 
tory muscles, or, more rarely, by spasm of the glottis. 
Sometimes a fatal result ensues from exhaustion, between 
the paroxysm, and occasionally death appears to follow the 
intense action on the nervous system, and depression of the 
heart. 



STKYCHNINE SULPHATE 407 

The letlial dose for dogs has been set at gr-^-gi'.^ 
(Kaufmann). This is much too large, as evidenced by the 
experiment mentioned above. The fatal amount varies 
greatly in accordance with the weight of an animal ; probably 
less than gr.^ would kill toy terriers, and cases are reported 
where they have been destroyed by gr.-gL of the alkaloid. 
The therapeutic dose should therefore be proportioned as 
advised, to the weight of the animal. Five to eight grains ^ 
of uux vomica will kill dogs. 

The minimum fatal dose of strychnine for man is one- 
half a grain. Usually four to seven grains constitute a 
lethal quantity, but recovery has ensued following the inges- 
tion of 22 grains, after a full meal. 

Horses. — The toxic symptoms in horses resemble those 
already described in the dog. They do not appear for some 
time (20 minutes to 6 hours), depending on the rapidity of 
absorption when the drug is swallowed, and include excite- 
ment, muscular spasm and convulsions, increased frequency 
of the pulse, and difficult respiration. Death occurs in con- 
vulsions or in the interim between them. The minimum 
fatal dose of strychnine, when given under the skin, is about 
1^ to 3 grains, and when swallowed, 3 to 5 grains of the 
alkaloid, or 1 to 2 ounces of nux vomica. 

Cattle are similarly affected with horses and dogs. 
There are exhibited muscular spasms, frequent pulse, diffi- 
cult respiration, sensitiveness to light, sounds and external 
stimuli, protrusion of the eye-balls and convulsions. The 
fatal dose, by the month, varies greatly owing to difficulty 
of absorption in the complicated and capacious digestive 
apparatus of these ruminants. This is true of all medicines. 
When given under the skin, the lethal dose is a little larger 
than that for horses. The fatal dose for swine is said to be 
from gr.|-gr.|. Chickens are comparatively insusceptible; 
also guinea pigs and some monkeys. 

Strychnine poisoning differs from tetanus in the fact 
that muscular rigidity is continuous in the latter, but disac- 
pears to a considerable degree, if not completely, in the .^ 



408 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

periods between the convulsions, in the case of strychnine 
poisoning. Moreover, in tetanus the body and limbs are 
less, and the jaw more affected ; while in strychnine poison- 
ing the condition is reversed. 

Treatment. — The treatment embraces the use of chemical 
antidotes, as iodine or its salts, or tannic acid ; animal char- 
coal and emetics or the stomach tube, before absorption has 
occurred. The best physiological antidote is chloral in 
large doses per rectum. Chloroform and nitrite of amyl 
may also be given by inhalation, and quiet and rest enforced. 
Artificial respiration is of no service on account of the mus- 
cular spasms, unless air be forcibly driven into the trachea 
through a canula. Calabar beau and gelsemium both 
depress the inferior cornua, but neither are of much valuta 
in strychnine poisoning. 

Post-3Iortem Appearances. — These are simply those of 
asphyxia, with the usual congestive lesions and dark fluid, 
blood, except that sometimes spinal hypersemia is ob- 
served. 

Uses Interned. — The indications for the employment of 
strychnine may be directly deduced from its physiological 
actions. The indications are as follows : 

1. To stimulate the heart and. respiration. 

2. To stimulate the spinal cord ; more particularly the 
motor cells of the inferior cornua. 

3. To stimulate appetite, digestion, and intestinal peri- 
stalsis in atonic conditions. 

1. Strychnine is the best remedy we can employ to 
stimulate the heart, respiration and nervous system, and to 
promote appetite and digestion in acute diseases. No better 
drug can be used in the treatment of pneumonia and influ- 
enza in horses. Strychnine should not be used continuously^ 
but only to bridge over a period of weakness or collapse. 
It may be combined in the first stages of pneumonia with 
nitrites, as spirit of nitrous ether, or nitroglycerin. The 
latter dilate arterioles, equalize the circulation by prevent- 
ing venous stasis, and engorgement of the right heart; while 



[ 



STRYCHNINE POISONING 409 

strychnine is preferable to digitalis as a heart stimulant, 
because ib does not so powerfully contract the arterioles. 
-Strychnine is useful iu influenza by counteracting nervous 
<lepression and improving the appetite and digestion. In 
-collapse and shock, following surgical operations, or in ether 
^nd chloroform poisoning, strychnine is invaluable as a 
<5ardiac and respiratory stimulant, given in large doses 
•subcutaneously. In chronic heart disease, strychnine is a 
useful remedy. The alkaloid has proved extremely service- 
able in chronic bronchitis, emphysema, and in that combi- 
aaation of these disorders, often associated with asthma and 
inown as "broken wind" or "heaves," iu horses. 

The beneficial effect in these diseases is explained by 
the stimulating action of the drug on the respiratory centres, 
and the favorable influence exerted on digestion. 

2. In mild cases of chorea in dogs, strychnine is pre- 
scribed to advantage with Fowler's solution. In accordance 
with its physiological action, strychnine is indicated in 
various paralyses of spinal origin, but should not be used 
where there is irritation or inflammation of the spinal motor 
tract. It is employed in hemiplegia and paraplegia, result- 
ing from hseraorrhage, after the lapse of several weeks, when 
iiiitation produced by the clot has passed away. Strychnine 
is said to be efficacious in the after-treatment of cerebro- 
spinal meningitis of horses, and also in the paraplegia of cattle 
(from parturient fever), and that of dogs resulting from various 
and often undiscovered causes. Strychnine is serviceable 
in the paralysis of lead poisoning, and in that form caused 
by traumatism or toxaemia following influenza, distemper in 
dogs, and rheumatism. When injected into the muscular 
tissue, the alkaloid is believed to stimulate the peripheral 
nerves and muscular fibres, and is employed with benefit in 
localized paralyses affecting groups of muscles before atro- 
l^hy has occurred, as in "roaring" in horses. 

Either retention or incontinence of urine, resulting from 
atony or paralysis of the bladder, may be relieved by strych- 
nine ; also prolapse of the rectum induced by similar causes. 



410 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Strychnine has pi-oved curative in some cases of amaurosis,, 
when injected in the region of the temple. 

3. Strychnine or nux vomica, associated with iron and 
arsenic, form the most generally satisfactory tonic combina- 
tion for the horse and dog, particularly with reference to 
the digestion. Atonic forms of indigestion and constipation,, 
the accompaniments of anaemia, are those amenable to the^ 
influence of the drug, which stimulates peristalsis, and there- 
fore hinders fermentation, prevents relaxation, and so over- 
secretion from loss of vascular tone. 

Strychnine is a valuable remedy in overloaded rumea 
and chronic tympanitis of cattle ; or in overloaded and im- 
pacted large intestines of the horse. It should^ be given 
subcutaneously in these conditions, and frequently in com- 
bination with pilocarpine and eserine. 

Constipation, and, on the other hand, diarrhoea, are 
benefited by strychnine when they are due to atony of 
the intestinal muscular coat. It is more commonly in. 
the former disorder that the drug finds its usefulness. 
The aloiu, strychnine and belladonna pills, with cascara 
sagrada, are useful in habitual constipation in dogs, but the 
weaker formula, containing gv-Y^o of strychnine, should be 
employed. The value and application of strychnine in ano- 
rexia and atonic digestive disorders has been sufficiently 
treated above. 

Class 2. — Depressing the Inferior Cornua. 

Physostigma. Physostigma. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Physostigmatis semen, B. P. ; Calabar or 
ordeal bean, faba physostigmatis, S. faba Calabarica, E. 
The seed of Physostigma venenosum. Balfour (nat. ord. 
leguminosEe). 

Habitat. — Calabar and the region of the mouth of the 
Niger, in "Western Africa. 

Description. — About 25 to 30 mm. long, 15 to 20 mnu 



PHYSOSTIGMA 411 

broad, and 10 to 15 mm. thick ; oblong and somewhat reni- 
form; testa granular, chocolate-brown, with a broad, black 
groove extending over the entire length of the convex edge. 
Embryo with a short, curved radicle and two large, white, 
concavo-convex cotyledons ; inodorous ; taste bean-like. 

Constituents.— The principal constituent is the alkaloid 
physostigmine, or eserine. There are also the alkaloids 
calabarine, a product resulting from the decomposition of 
eserine, and eseridine, similar in action to eserine, but 
weaker ; and a neutral principle, physoterin, resembling 
cholesterine. 

CdJnbar Bean Dose. — H., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.) ; D., gr.|-i. 

The official preparations are the extract and tinc- 
ture of physostigma, but physostigmine is solely used in 
veterinary medicine, since it is more certain and generally 
free from calabarine, which produces, in toxic doses, a 
tetanic condition followed by paralysis. 

Physostigmine Salicylas. Physostigmine Salicylate. 
C,,H,N30,C,Hb03. (U. s. p.) 

Synonym. — Eserine salicylate. The salicylate of an 
alkaloid obtained from physostigma. 

Derivation. — Physostigmine is obtained from the alco- 
holic extract of Calabar bean by dissolving the extract in 
water, adding sodium bicarbonate, shaking the mixture with 
ether, and evaporating the ethereal liquid. The salicylate 
of the alkaloid — the most stable salt — is made by adding 
physostigmine to a solution of salicylic acid in boiling 
distilled water, when the salt crystallizes on cooling. 

Properties. — Colorless, or faintly-yellowish, shining, aci- 
cular, or short, columnar crystals; odorless, and having a 
bitter taste. Soluble in 150 parts of water, and in 12 parts 
of alcohol ; in 30 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in 
boiling alcohol. (U. S. P.) 

Dosp. — IL. k C, gf.i.ss.-iii. (.09-. 18); D., gr.y^o-sV 
(.0006-.002). 



412 VEGETABLE DRUGS ~~~- 

Given usually intravenously or subcutaneously to, 
horses. 

Physostigmin^ Sulphas. Physostigmiue Sulphate. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Eserine sulphate. 

The sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from physostigma. 

Properties. — A white, or yellowish-white, micro-crystal- 
line powder, odorless, and having a bitter taste. It is very 
deliquescent when exposed to moist air, and gradually turns 
reddish by exposure to air and light. Very soluble in water 
and in alcohol. 

Bose.—K. & C, gr.i.ss. - iii. (.09-.18) ; D., gr.yi^-^V 
(.0006-.002). 

Given usually intravenously or subcutaneously to 
horses. 

physostigmine. 

Action Internal, — Alimentary Trad. — The flow of saliva 
is at first stimulated, whether by direct excitation of the 
salivary cells or not, is undetermined. Salivation ceases 
when the gland is deprived of blood by general vascular con- 
traction. The peristaltic action of the stomach and bowels 
is increased by the direct local action of the alkaloid on the 
muscles or ganglia of their walls. There are three stages, in 
reference to this action, observed in poisoning. First there is 
stimulation of peristaltic action, then tetanic contraction and 
diminution of the intestinal calibre, and finally relaxation 
and dilatation of the bowels. The secretions in the digestive 
tract are augmented with the expulsion of considerable 
mucus per rectum. When the alkaloid is given to horses, 
under the skin, within the tracliea or intravenously, deise- 
cation and expulsion of gas commonly occnis in the space 
of half an lionr, occasionally in a few minutes, and is often 
considerable in amount (11-20 lbs. of faeces). 

Circulation. — Eserine is readily absorbed, but exerts no 



PHYSOSTIGMINE 413 

influence on the blood. Moderate doses render the cardiac 
pulsations slower and more forcible, and increase vascular 
tension. Large toxic doses cause the heart to beat more 
rapidly and less forcibly. The first effect is due probably 
to stimulation of the peripheral vagi and heart muscle, and 
possibly the involuntary muscular fibres in the vessel walls. 
The second phenomenon follows depression of the heart and 
peripheral vagi, and terminates in cardiac paralysis and 
diastolic arrest. The action on the circulation is entirely 
subordinate to the influence of the drug upon the nervous 
system, and is unimportant from a therapeutical stand- 
point. 

Nervous Sijstem and 31uscles. — The essential physiologi- 
cal action of physostigmine consists in depressing the cells 
of the inferior cornua. This has been abundantly and 
directly proved by application of the alkaloid to the spinal 
cord; and, indirectly, by dividing the posterior from the 
inferior portion of the cord, by stopping the blood supply 
to the latter part, when the drug caused loss of motor power 
and abolition of reflex action in the inferior portion, while 
reflex phenomena were undisturbed in the superior portion 
(Frazer). The superior columns are finally depressed ; per- 
ception of pain is wanting, but that of touch persists. The 
sensory nerves are not affected, and the motor nerve trunks 
but slightly. The muscular tremors are due to stimulation 
of the voluntary muscles themselves, or to the motor nerve 
endings. These are characteristic of physostigma poisoning 
in animals — not in man — and are probably due to calabarine, 
which should not be present in pure physostigmine. The 
involuntary muscles throughout the. body are stimulated, 
including those of the stomach, intestines, bronchial tubes, 
heart, blood vessels (?), spleen, uterus, bladder and iris. In 
the case of some of these organs, it has not been decided 
"whether the muscles themselves, or the motor nerve termi- 
nations, are affected. 

Respiration. — The respiration is not disturbed by medi- 
cinal doses. Toxic quantities at first quicken, and then 



414 



VEGETABLE DKUGS 



retard the respiratory movements, and death occurs from, 
asphyxia, before cessation of the heart, owing to paralysis 
of the medullary and spinal respiratory centres. The accel- 
eration of breathing is due to the stimulation of the pulmo- 
nary vagal endings, and possibly to constriction of the 
unstriped muscle of the bronchial tubes. 

Secretions. — Secretion is generally increased, including 
that of the salivary, gastric, intestinal, sudoriparous and 
lachrymal glands. In this respect eserine is antagonistic to 
atropine. 

Eye. — Physostigmine is a myotic, applied locally or 
administered internally. Intraocular tension is diminished 
and there is spasm of accommodation. In all probability 
contraction of the pupil is brought about by stimulation of 
the oculomotor nerve endings simultaneously with paralysis 
of the terminations of the sympathetic nerve in the iris. 
Eserine is thus directly antagonistic to atropine in its eflfect 
upon the eye, but they resemble each other in that they 
both exert a local action and do not affect the iiides of birds. 
Eijormons doses of physostigmine paralyze the oculomotor 
nerves and dilate the pupil. 

EUminaiion. — Eserine is rajtidly absorbed and elimin- 
ated, mainly by the urine, but also in the other secretions. 

Toxicology. — Physostigma has been called "ordeal bean,'* 
because native Africans suspected of crime are given the 
crude drug. Vomiting it, they are proved innocent and 
survive the ordeal. Retaining it, they die, and so are pro- 
jDerly and primitively punished. Animals poisoned by Cala- 
bar bean exhibit muscular tremors which continue through- 
out the toxic period, and are often so violent as to simulate 
convulsions. Soon there is loss of muscular power and the 
animal falls or lies down. The respiration becomes rapid, 
labored, and stertorous ; the pulse is increased in frequency 
by large toxic doses, and the temperature slightly elevated. 
There are salivation and sweating. The pupil is sometimes 
contracted and, when enormous lethal doses have been 
injected, dilated. Vomiting occurs in animals capable of 



PHYSOSTIGMINE 415 

the act, and loud peristaltic noises are heard, followed by 
the expulsion of faeces, mucus and flatus, with colicky pains 
and tenesmus. Reflex action is diminished or abolished, 
but sensation is preserved until late in the toxic period. 
The muscles are completely relaxed and powerless, notwith- 
standing the tremors which afflict them. The breathing 
becomes weak and irregular, and death occurs from res- 
piratory failure. 

In experiments of Winslow and Muir conducted inde- 
pendently and at different times the following cases may be 
of interest : 

A healthy gelding, weighing 1,050 lbs., was strapped upon the dis- 
secting table and given tliree grains of eserine sulphate intra jugularly. 
"Within a few minutes slight muscular tremors appeared in the neck; 
the pulse rose to 120, the respii-ation was 24, and the temperature nor- 
mal. There was slight sweating. The pulse soon fell to 60, and was 
strong and hard, while the respiration became rapid anl labored. No 
other symptoms developing within twenty-ilve minutes after the first 
dose, three grains of the alkaloid were administered in the same man- 
ner as before. The pulse became more frequent (78), the respiration 
(48) was difficult, and the muscular tremors increased in violence till 
they resembled convulsions. Sweating was profuse, while saliva 
dropped freely from the mouth. The respiration and pulse were now 
reduced in frequency and became weaker. The pupils were unaffected, 
but the eyes were staring. Half an hour after the second dose in- 
creased peristaltic action was evidenced by loud noises and the expul- 
sion of gas and dung. Recovery began in two hours from the exhibi- 
tion of the second dose. It is possible that the severe muscular tremors 
were caused by contamination of the eserine with calabarine, as the 
former was not a fresh preparation. An aged express horse, suffering 
for a week from impaction of the colon, was given twt Ive minims of a 
commercial extract of calabar bean. He fell down almost immediatelj', 
perspired freely, exhibited muscular tremors, and expired within a few 
minutes. The writer is unable to state the minimum fatal dose for 
horses, but eserine should be used with caution in weak subjects. — 
Winslow. 



416 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

A gelding, 800 lbs., poorly nourished, temperature normal, pulse 60, 
was given physostigmine sulphate gv.\% (0.1) in % drachm of water 
intrajugularly. Muscular tremors and colic came on in seven minutes; 
in eleven minutes defaecation occurred, the heart became more rapid 
and colic increased. Passages from the bowels were frequent for two 
liuurs — about fifteen in all — the faeces weighing twenty pounds in the 
aggregate. All symptoms abated after three hours from the time of 
receiving the drug. — MuiR.* 

A gelding, thirteen years old, in good condition and weighing 1,205 
lbs., temperature and pulse normal, was given 3 grains (0.18) of eserine 
sulphate under the skin. After thirty-two minutes elapsed, defalcation 
began and continued with the expulsion of considerable mucus and 
flatus until six passages had occurred within one hour and twenty 
minutes. During this time the pulse had increased in frequency and 
the animal was restless and pawing the ground. An hour and a half 
after the first dose, a second dose of 3 grains (0.18) was given in the 
same way. In twenty minutes muscular tremors and weakness became 
marked, for the first time, and great distress was evident, the patient 
appearing to be in much pain ; the respiration short, jerky and labored, 
:;nd nostrils distended and working. The evacuations continued until 
twenty-three had been passed from the time of receiving the first dose 
and until one and one-half hours after the second dose. The fseces were 
quite liquid and contained much mucus and during passage were 
attended with considerable straining. The weight of faeces aggregated 
17 lbs. Four hours after the last dose all symptoms disappeared. — 
MuiR.* 

Summary. — Full mediciual doses of physostigmine 
(gr.1^-3), given subcutaneously or intravenously, produce 
slight to considerable colic, increased peristalsis and mucous 
secretion, muscular tremors and weakness, and frequent 
defsecatiou — beginning in ten to twelve minutes after intra- 
venous use, about thirty minutes or more after injection 
under the skin — and being twice as copious when the 



* Jour, of Comp. Med. and Vet. Arciiives, Jan. and Feb., 1899. 



PHYSOSTIGMINE 417 

former mode of administration is employed than after the 
latter. Moreover, the disagreeable accompaniments of 
purging last twice as long (five hours) after the hypodermic 
method than after the intravenous injection (two and a half 
hours). Muir deduces from his experiments that physos- 
tigmine is a safe and active cathartic for the horse and is 
free from evil after-effects ; that along with increased peris- 
talsis and mucous evacuation fiom the bowels there are 
colic and more rapid pulse-rate with muscular tremors and 
weakness; that eserine acts more quickly and effectively 
when injected into the external jugular vein, and that it 
may be safely given in this manner in a dose of 3 grains 
dissolved in 30 minims of water, to horses in fair con- 
dition and of average weight. 

The toxic line is closely approached, however, when 
physostigmine is used in this way, and we should be 
careful not to cross it by exceeding the dose. Barium 
chloride acts as rapidly and without the unpleasant accom- 
paniments of purgation caused by eserine, so that the 
former is generally preferable as a cathartic for use by the 
intravenous method. 

The minimum fatal dose is stated to be from gr.^-yV 
for dogs, and gr.^--^ for cats. The treatment should be 
pursued with emetics, or the stomach pump, and the anti- 
dote, atropine. The latter will prevent death in rabbits 
when given five minutes after the administration of three 
times a minimum fatal dose. Atropine should be given 
under the skin, together with alcoholic stimulants, digitalis, 
and ammonia by the mouth. Artificial respiration should 
be practised and external heat applied. The essential action 
of atropine in antagonizing eserine, consists in stimulation 
of the respiratory centres, while it depresses the peripheral 
cardiac vagi, and so, to a certain extent, counteracts the 
primary influence of eserine on the heart. Large doses of 
atropine may only exaggerate the secondary depression of 
eserine upon the peripheral vagi in the heart, and so hasten 



418 VEGETABLE DKUGS 

a fatal result. Strycliuine is antagonistic to eserine in stimu- 
lating the respiratory centres and inferior cornua. 

Uses External. — Pbysostigmine has been injected empir- 
ically, but it is asserted with good results, into chronic 
dropsical effusions of joints and bursse of tendons in horses, 
after removal of the fluid by aspiration. From .05-.1 gm. is 
used, dissolved in 5-10. gm. of sterile water; and this treat- 
ment is followed by cold applications for several days after- 
wards. 

Uses Internal. — Three physiological actions of eserine 
are put to therapeutical uses. 

1. The myotic action on the eye. 

2. Stimulation of the involuntary muscles. 

3. Depression of the inferior cornua. 

1. Eserine is useful, in alternation with atropine, to 
break up adhesions to the iris and to lessen intraocular 
tension in glaucoma, and, by this action, to prevent prolapse 
of the iris and staphyloma, after wounds and ulcers of the 
cornea. It is also employed to contract the pupil and shut 
out the light in photophobia, and to antagonize the influence 
of atropine on the eye. The action of eserine is, however, 
not nearly so powerful or persistent as that of atropine on 
the eye, and is somewhat painful. It is employed in 1 per 
cent, solution. 

2. Physostigmine is mainly of value for its action iu 
rapidly stimulating the unstriated muscles of the alimentary 
canal. In obstinate constipation oi horses it is particularly 
useful; 1 gr. of eserine sulphate being given intravenously 
with 3 grs. of pilocarpine sulphate; the latter to increase 
the intestinal secretions. Strychnine sulphate (gr.l) may 
be added to counteract the depressing action of eserine on 
the respiratory centres and inferior cornua. 

Physostigmine is prescribed in obstruction of the 
bowels, from twist or intussusception in the horse, and 
while there is danger that the condition may be aggravated 
by the increased intestinal movement, yet it may be 
employed when high rectal injections and elevation of 



PHYSOSTIGMINE 419 

the liiiid quarters of the patient fail. The alkaloid, in com- 
bination with pilocarpine, is serviceable for its speedy 
iiction in flatulent colic and impaction of the caecum, colon, 
und rectum in horses, and has been employed to expel 
calculi and foreign bodies from the intestines. 

Physostigmiue is contraindicated in spasmodic colic, 
when it may increase the trouble by exciting intense peri- 
.staltic contractions. Its employment is also attended with 
some danger in overloaded or greatly distended stomach 
or bowels, in view of possible rupture of these organs. The 
drug, like other purgatives, may aggravate the damage pro- 
duced by twist or intussusception. 

In atonic conditions of the stomach and bowels, and in 
indigestion due to chronic intestinal catarrh, small and 
repeated doses of eserine are sometimes of benefit. There 
have recently been reported many successful cases of partu- 
rient apoplexy in cows treated with eserine. One or two 
grains are injected intravenously or subcutaneously to 
cause a rapid movement of the bowels. In these patients 
the drug is followed by strychnine subcutaneously to combat 
paralysis (see p. 409). 

Eserine has been employed in chronic bronchitis, asth- 
ma and emphysema, to improve the tone of the bronchial 
mucous membranes and expel secretions. 

3. Eserine is one of the drugs commonly used in the 
treatment of tetanus in human and veterinary practice, with 
only a moderate degree of success. It must be employed 
early, given every three or four hours, and pushed to the 
physiological limit. Chorea and epilepsy have been treated 
with eserine without any pathological basis, as far as epil- 
epsy is concerned, and with little therapeutic advantage in 
either instance. In some cases of paraplegia, resulting from 
myelitis, a favorable effect has been obtained in man. 
Eserine is an appropriate purgative (hypodermatically) in 
acute encephalitis. 

Physostigmiue and pilocarpine are the two best anti- 
dotes in atropine poisoning. Eserine has been used iu 



420 YEGETABLE DRUGS 

strychnine poisoning, but is inferior to chloral, bromides 
and anaesthetics, and while it is antagonistic to a csrtain 
extent, aud alters the character of strychnine convulsions, 
yet animals die more quickly when poisoned by both strych- 
nine and eserine, than by strychnine alone. 

Gelsemium. Gelsemium. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Radix gelsemii, yellow jessamine, E.; racine 
de jasmin jaune, Fr.; gelber jasmin-wurzel, G. The rhizome 
or roots of Gelsemium sempervirens (Linne) Persoon (nat. 
ord. Loganiacese), 

Halntat — Southern United States. 

Description. — Cylindrical, long, or cut in sections, mostly 
from 5 to 15 mm. and occasionally 3 cm. thick, the roots 
much thinner ; externally light yellowish-brown, with pur- 
plish-brown longitudinal lines; tough; fracture splintery; 
bark thin, with silky bast-fibre closely adhering to the pale, 
yellowish, porous wood, which has fine medullary rays, and 
in the rhizome a thin pith; odor aromatic, heavy ; taste 
bitter. 

Constituenis. — The most important is the first alkaloid. 
1. Gelsemine, C^jHjgN^Oia. A colorless, crystallizable, bitter 
principle, soluble in alcohol and ether, and slightly in 
water. 2. Gelseminine, a brown, amorphous, bitter alkaloid. 
3. Gelseminic acid. 4. A volatile oil. 

Dose—R., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextr actum Gelsemii. Fluidextract of Gelsemium. j4 

(U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration, ijercolation and evaporation, so that 1 Co. 
~ 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.—U.., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., ttIv..x. (.3-.6). 

Tinctura Gelseviii. Tincture of Gelsemium. (U. S. <fe B. P.) 
Gelsemium, 100; alcohol and water to make 1,000. Made by 
maceration and percolation. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.-B.., §ss.-i. (l.">.-30.); D., mxv.- 3 i. (1.-4.). 



GELSEMINE 421 

Gelsemina. Gelsemine. 
(Non-official and uncertain in strength.) 
Dose.-B.., gr. i^ (.015-.03); D., gr.Jg-gL (.001-.002). 

Actioii External. — None. 

Action Internal. — Gelsemium exerts no action on the 
digestive apparatus, or on the blood, after its absorption; 
neither does it affect the circulation in medicinal doses, bat 
in toxic quantities it directly depresses the heart. The 
influence of the drug on the vasomotor system is uukuown. 

Nervous System and Muscles. — The prominent effect of 
gelsemium is directed on the nervous system, as evidenced 
by paralysis and convulsions after large doses. Both the 
convulsant and paralyzant action are of spinal origin. That 
the convulsions are not cerebral is shown by the fact that 
they occur below the point of section in mammals (under 
the influence of the drug), with divided spinal cord. That 
they are not peripheral is proved by their occurrence in the 
hind extremities when the posterior aorta is tied before the 
animal is poisoned. The paralyzant action of gelsemium is 
due to direct depression of the cells of the inferior cornua, 
and this is followed, in the later stages of poisoning, by 
depression of the spinal sensory tract and general anaes- 
thesia. 

The cause of the secondary convulsions is undeter- 
mined. A tetanizing principle in gelsemium, antagonistic to 
gelsemine, such as we find in physostigma, has been thought 
to be the cause of the convulsions. The muscles, motor 
(except those of the face) and sensory nerves are unaffected 
by gelsemium. 

Respiration. — Gelsemium, in toxic doses, progressively 
weakens and paralyzes the medullary and spinal respiratory 
centres, and death occurs from asphyxia. 

Eye. — In poisoning, in animals, there is dilatation of the 
pupil produced in the latest stages of the toxic period. In 
man, there is, in addition to this, paralysis and drooping of 
the eyelids (ptosis), and paralysis of the recti muscles with. 



422 



VEGETABLE DRUGS 



strabismus. These symptoms liave been attributed with 
apparent reason to paralysis of the motor cells in the floor 
of the fourth ventricle and aqueduct of Sylvius, since they 
are a prolongation of the spinal motor tract. As the pupil 
is dilated, however, by the application of rauch, smaller 
doses than are required by the mouth, it seems probable 
that mydriasis results from local paralysis of the oculo- 
motor nerve endings. 

Toxicology. — Poisoning in animals is exhibited by mus- 
cular weakness, especially in the fore legs, staggering gait 
and falling. These symptoms are followed by convulsive 
movements of the muscles of the head, fore legs, and some- 
times of the liitul legs. The respiration is slow and difficult, 
the pulse feeble ; temperature is reduced, and there is 
sweating. Consciousness is preserved until the occurrence 
of aspbyxiii. Death takes place from respiratory failure, 
with uliiiost simultaneous cardiac arrest. Morphine sub- 
cutauconsly has proved a successful antidote. Respiratory 
and heart stimulants should be employed in poisoning by 
gelsemium, such as strychnine, atropine, alcohol, and digi- 
talis, together with artificial respiration, after evacuation of 
the stomach. 

Uses. — Gelsemium possesses little value in veterinary 
medicine. There is no therapeutic use to which it has been 
put that cannot be filled to better advantage by some other 
remedy. Thus, gelsemium has been employed as a cardiac 
depressant and antipyretic in acute diseases (pneumonia 
and pleurisy), but its other actions are disadvantageous and 
it is inferior to aconite, veratrum viride, or the modern anti- 
pyretics. In spasmodic diseases, irritable cough, vesical irri- 
tation, tetanus, chorea, etc., it is less satisfactory as a motor 
depressant than opium, belladonna, chloral, and bromides. 
Zuill, however, reports very successful results in horses from 
gelsemine (.08 Gm.) in tetanus. The dose should be given 
under the skin every half hour till muscular relaxation 
occurs. The drug has been used considerably to relieve 
rheumatic and neuralgic pains, but these succumb more 



TOBACCO 423 

^readily to opium, coal tar products, etc. As a mydriatic, 
gelsemine is not to be compared with atropine for general 
purposes, but its action is more transient. A solution (gr.8- 
3 l) is Instilled (in man) in drop doses every fifteen minutes 
for one hour, and then every thirty minutes for two hours, 
to secure wide dilatation of the pupil ; or discs, containing 
gr.3-^ of gelsemine (with gelatine) are used for application 
to the eye. 



SECTION III— DEUGS ACTING ON THE SPINAL 
COED AND MOTOE NEEVES. 

Class 1. — Depressing the Inferior Cornua 
and Motor Nerves. 

Tabacum. Tobacco. 

Synonym.- — Tabaci folia, B. P. 

The commercial dried leaves of Nicotiana Tabacum 
Ijinne (nat. ord. solanacese). 

Habitat. — Tropical America. Cultivated in various tem- 
perate and tropical parts of the earth. 

Description. — The leaves are up to 50 Cm. long, oval or 
ovate-lanceolate, acute, entire, brown, friable, glandular- 
hairy, of a heavy, peculiar odor and a nauseous, bitter and 
acrid taste. 

Constituents. — Chiefly nicotine, Cjo 'S.^^ N2 (0.7-5.-10 per 
cent.). A colorless, volatile, oily alkaloid, resembling tobacco 
in odor and taste. Freely soluble in alcohol and ether; 
less so in water. Nicotine is decomposed by heat and 
therefore tobacco smoke contains none of it, but in its stead, 
pyridine C5 Hg N, and various allied alkaloids, viz.: picoline, 
CgH-N; lutidine, C, HgN; rubidine, CnHi, N; coridine, 
Cio His N ; parvoline, Cg H^ N ; and collidine, Cg H^ N ; 
together with small amounts of sulphur, creosote, acetic 
and hydrocyanic acids and carbon compounds. Pyridine 
resembles nicotine in depressing the spinal motor tract and 



424: VEGETABLE DRUGS 

in paralyzing respiration, and is said to be formed more irt 
pipe smoke, while, in the smoke of cigars, the less harm- 
ful collidine is produced by dry distillation. Nicotine^ 
exists to a very slight degree in Turkish tobacco. 
Z^o&e.— Nicotine, H. & C, gr.-gV-^V (-OOl-.OOS). 

ACTION OF TOBACCO AND NICOTINE. 

Action External. — Tobacco is a local anodyne, antiseptic 
and parasiticide. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — The physiological 
effect of tobacco is due to nicotine. Nicotine increases peri- 
staltic action and, in large doses, causes tetanic spasm of 
the intestines, even when it is injected into the blood. In 
toxic quantities nicotine is a powerful gastro-intestinal irri- 
tant, and produces the usual symptoms of pain, vomiting 
(in animals capable of the act), purging and collapse. 

Cinulation. — When nicotine is added to blood recently- 
withdrawn from the body, this fluid assumes a dark hue, 
and the corpuscles quickly disintegrate. The blood, in 
poisoning, becomes dark colored, owing to asphyxia, but 
regains its arterial tint when removed from the body and 
shaken with air. It is only in poisoning by enormous quan- 
tities that changes in the red blood corpuscles can be 
detected microscopically, although the spectrum of haemo- 
globin is altered in poisoning, proving that the corpuscles 
are in some way affected. Experiments with nicotine upon 
frogs show that there is produced a primary fall in blood 
pressure and pulse rate, followed by a rise in both, only ta 
be succeeded by a i-eturn to the original depressed condition 
caused by the alkaloid. 

The exact physiological data accounting for these circu- 
latory phenomena have not been worked out, although they 
are probably dependent upon stimulation followed by 
depression of the inhibitory apparatus and vasomotor sys- 
tem. 

Nervous System and 31uscles. — Nicotine first stimulates, 
and then paralyzes the cells of the inferior cornua and motor - 



ACTION OF TOBACCO AND NICOTINE 425 

aierves, so that in poisoning convulsions are succeeded by 
paralysis. The cerebrum is unaffected ; likewise the 
muscles, but the function of the sensory nerves is somewhat 
■depressed. 

Respiration. — The respiration is depressed in some un- 
known manner. 

Eye. — Nicotine, in moderate toxic doses, or when applied 
locally, contracts the pupil. This action is exceptional for 
a member of the solanacese. Myosis is produced in the eye, 
recently removed from the head, so that the action must 
\>e a local one. It is due to paralysis of the endings 
of the cervical sympathetic nerve and, probably, to 
stimulation of the peripheral oculomotor nerve termination 
•as well. ^ 

Elimination. — Nicotine is eliminated in the urine, which 
is increased in amount thereby. 

Toxicology. — Nicotine is one of the most powerful and 
Tapidly acting poisons. When swallowed, it causes, in ani- 
mals, local irritation and pain in the throat and stomach ; 
muscular tremors and weakness, on account of which the 
animal falls. These symptoms are followed, first, by severe 
tonic and clonic convulsions, and then by abolition of volun- 
tary motion and quietude. The pupils are contracted, and 
there is vomiting (in the case of some animals), purging and 
micturition. The respiration is at first shallow and rapid, 
but becomes weaker and slower, and death occurs from 
respiratory failure and general collapse. The pulse is 
primarily slow and intermittent, but later becomes rapid. 
The treatment of poisoning consists in evacuation of the 
stomach ; the use of tannic acid ; respiratory and heart 
stimulants, as strychnine, atropine, and alcohol ; together 
with external heat and artificial respiration. The minimum 
lethal dose is about one drachm of tobacco, or one miuim of 
nicotine, for small dogs. For horses, five to ten drops of 
nicotine or one-half pound of tobacco. 

Uses. — Tobacco is not a particularly valuable medicinal 
^gent. Its internal action is often violent, and causes great 



426 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

nausea. Absorption and poisoning may follow its external 
application in the smaller animals. The drug may be em- 
ployed for four purposes, as follows : 

1. As a local sedative. 

2. As a parasiticide. 

3. As a motor depressant. 

4. As a cathartic. 

External. — 1. Tobacco is an efficient sedative in decoc- 
tion (1-40), for relieving pruritus ani and vulvae. It must ba^ 
remembered that absorption and poisoning may occur when 
larger amounts are used externally than can be administered 
■with safety by the mouth. 

2. The latter remark applies also to the use of tobacco- 
decoctions in killing parasites on the skin, such as the 
acari of mange and scab, together with lice and fleas. 
There are other agents which are as efficient and less dan- 
gerous (creolin). A decoction can be made by boiling 
tobacco (2.5) with water (130), salt (5), and wood ashes (10), 
for three hours, as recommended by Ostertag. 

Internal. — 3. Tobacco has been employed as a motor 
depressant in spasmodic disorders, such as asthma, tetanus* 
(given by the rectum or under the skin), and strychnine 
poisoning, but it is inferior to, and more dangerous than, 
other drugs. 

4. The Germans prescribe tobacco to stimulate peri- 
stalsis in ruminants, in doses of 2 ounces, with one-half 
pound of common salt and one pound of Glauber's salts for 
cattle ; and for sheep, \ ounce, with 2 ounces of salt and 3 
ounces of Glauber's salts. Tobacco was given formerly in 
colic and intestinal obstruction, but this use is obsolete.. 
The decoction (1-2 per cent.) may be injected into the 
rectum of horses, in non-toxic quantities, to kill oxyurides- 
and ascarides, and to excite peristalsis and relieve spasna. 
in colic. 

Tobacco smoke is sometimes used in the same mannefi' 
to destroy worms in the lower bowels. 



coNiuM 427 

CcxiUM. Conium. 

Synonym.~-Coun folia, B. P.; hemlock fruit, E.; fruits 
de graude citifne, Fi.; schierliugsfriiclite, G. 

Tlie full grown fruit of Conium maoulatum Linue (nat. 
orJ. umbeliiferse), gathered while yet green. 

Habitat. — Indigenous to Europe and Asia, but natura- 
lized in the United States. 

Description. — About 3 mm. long; broadly ovate; later- 
ally compressed; grayish-green; often divided into the two 
inericaips, each with five crenate ribs, without oil-tubes, and 
contiiiuiug a seed which is grooved on the face; odor and 
taste shght. When triturated with a solution of potassium 
or sodium hydrate, conium gives off a strong, disagreeable, 
mouse-like odor. Conium fruit resembles carraway and 
anise seed, but these have oil-tubes or vitt^e. 

Constituents. — There are two essential principles in 
conium: conine, or coniine, and methyl-coniine. 

1. Conine, C^ Hi^ N, is a j'ellowish, oily, volatile liquid 
alkaloid, of an odor resembling that of mouse urine, and 
acrid taste. It is freely soluble in alcohol and ether, and 
is soluble in 100 parts of water, with which it forms a 
hj^drate. It undergoes decomposition when exposed to air 
and heat, and becomes first brown and then resin-like. For 
this reason the alkaloitl is uncertain in its physiological 
action, but its salts (the hydrobromate and acetate) are 
more stable and reliable. Conine may be obtained by dis- 
tillation of the fruit with an alkaline water. 

2. Methyl-coniine, C^ Hj^ C N, is a colorless liquid. 

3. There is also a nearly inert and crystalline alkaloid, 
conhydrine. 

Incompatihility. — Vegetable acids, caustic alkalies and 
astringents are incompatible with conium. 

Conium Dose. — H. <fe C, 3 i.-ii. (4-8.); Sh. & Sw., gr.x.- 
XX. (.6-1.3); D., gr.ii.-v. (.12-.3). 

Coniiice Hydrohromas. — H. & C, gr.|-li (.045-.1); Sh. 
<fe S-^v., gr.H (.012-024); D., gr.^-J^ (.OOI-.062). 

Dissolved in alcohol. 



428 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextractum Conii. Fluidextract of Conium. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with acetic acid and diluted 
alcohol, and evaporation so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug. 
Standarized to contain 0.45 gm. of coniine in each 100 cc. of the fluid- 
extract. 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh, & Sw., irix.-xx. (.6-1.3); D., 
TTlii.-v. (.l?-.3). 

Succuff Conii (B. P.). — D. & C, 3 i.-ii. 
Tine. Conii (B. P.).— D. & C, 3 ss.-i. 
Ung. Conii (B. P.). 

ACTION OF CONIUM AND CONINE. 

ExterrMl. — Conine is an irritant applied to mucous 
membranes. Conium is thoufrlit to act as a local sedative 
Tipon raw surfaces. Physiological experiments show that 
the sensory nerves are but slightly depressed. 

Internal. — Circulation. — Conium has little effect upon 
the digestive apparatus, except in toxic doses, when it may 
cause irritation, vomiting and diarrhoea. It is absorbed and 
produces primary acceleration of the pulse, probably owing 
to paralysis of the pneumogastric, followed by a fall in the 
])ulse rate. The action on the circulation is insignificant 
compared to that on the nerves. 

Nervous System and Muscles. — The predominant action 
of conium consists in paralyzing the voluntary and in- 
voluntary muscles, with loss of motion but without loss 
of consciousness or sensation. That this effect is due 
to paralysis of the motor nerves has been proved by 
poisoning frogs with conium after ligature of the aorta, so 
that the blood supply to the hind legs was cut off. Failure 
of motion and reaction to galvanism occurs in the fore legs, 
but irritation of the paralyzed fore legs causes reflex con- 
traction of the posterior extremities. This experiment shows 
that the motor nerves are paralyzed in the fore legs, but 
that the sensory nerves and spinal cord retain their func- 
tional activity. The afferent nerves are somewhat depressed 
by enormous doses. The brain and spinal cord are slightly 



ACTION OP CONIUM AND CONINE 429 

4iffected by coniutn. The convulsions occurring in conium 
poisoning appear, nevertheless, to be of cerebral origin, 
although consciousness is retained until the stage of asphy- 
xia. The special senses are somewhat interfered with (sight). 
The motor cells of the inferior cornua are slightly depressed 
b}^ methyl-coniine, which influences the cord as well as the 
motor nerves, but it is considerably less active than conine. 
The muscles are primarily unaffected. 

Eye. — The pupil is dilated (not constantly) and ptosis 
is observed in poisoning by conium, owing to paralysis of 
the oculomotor nerve endings. If conine is dropped into 
the eye, primary contraction, due to reflex irritation, is soon 
succeeded by dilatation of the pupil. 

Respiralion. — The spinal and medullary respiratory 
centres are finally depressed by lethal doses of conium, and 
this result, together with paralysis of the respiratory muscles, 
causes death by asphyxia. 

Elimination. — Conine is excreted by all channels, but 
maiuly in the urine. 

Toxicology. — The minimum fatal dose of conium is un- 
certain, owing to the proneness of the alkaloid to decompo- 
sition, and to the volatility and the variable amount con- 
tained in the crude drug. A few diops of the alkaloid will 
kill small cats and dogs. Herbivora, as goats, sheep and 
horses, are less susceptible than carniyora.' 

The domestic animals occasionally become accidentally 
jDoisoued by eating hemlock at pasture. The symptoms 
exhibited are duluess, loss of muscular power (at first in 
the hind legs), stumbling and falling, or lying down. We 
observe, also, nausea, salivation (sometimes amaurosis), 
dilatation of the pupil and ptosis, sweating, and often mus- 
cular tremors and clonic convulsions. The pulse becomes 
slow and feeble, the breathing faint, the surface cold and 
clammy, and the animal often lies as still as though dead, so 
complete is the paralysis. Death finally occurs from asphy- 
xia, frequently associated with coma. The respiration ceases 
"before the heart-beat. The urine of poisoned animals may 



430 VEGETABLE DKUGS 

be used as a physiological test in fiogs, to decide doubtful 
cases. The treatment of poisoning consists in evacuation of*^ 
the stomach and the use of tannic acid, artificial respiration, 
external heat, and respiratory and cardiac stimulants, as 
strychnine, atropine and alcohol. The post-mortem appear- 
ances are those of asphyxia, with sometimes evidences of 
gabtro-intestinal irritation. 

Administration. — Conium is best given in the form of 
the fluid extract or hydrobromate of the alkaloid. The 
English use the succus conii, of which the dose for the horse 
is ^ii.-iv.; dog, 3 ss.-i.; but it is inferior to the fluid extract 
and often inert. The initial dose of any preparation should 
be small, on account of the variation in strength, but 
should be rapidly increased until physiological efi'ects are 
evident. 

Uses External. — Conium is occasionally applied extern- 
ally as a poultice of the leaves, or in ointment (equal parts 
of cerate and extract of conium), to relieve pain of sores, 
ulcers, malignant growths, rheumatism and neuralgia. It is 
thought to be both resolvent and curative on cancers and 
tumors, birt without sufficient basis. It relieves pain when 
pain is due to spasm. 

Uses Internal. — Conium is rarely used in veterinary 
medicine on account of the uncertainty of its preparations 
and natural therapeutic limitations. Conium has been em- 
ployed as a motor depressant in many diseases, but should 
only be prescribed for spasm due to irritation cf nerve 
trunks or endings ; not for spasmodic conditions of central 
origin. In tetanus and strychnine poisoning, it is valueless, 
and is not wholly antagonistic (tremors and convulsions) in 
convulsive disorders. When an animal poisoned with strych- 
nine is given paralytic doses of conium, the tetanic spasms 
of strychnine still persist. The drug has been prescribed iiL 
chorea, however, and with temporary benefit, when the con- 
Tulsive movements were so severe as to threaten life. 



COCAINE HYDROCHLORIDE 431 

SECTION IV.— DEUGS ACTING ON THE 
SENSORY NERVES. 

Class 1. — Depressing the Sensory Nerves. 

Cocaine Hydrochloridum. Cocaine Hydrochloride * 
C,, H,, N O, H CI. (U. S. & B. P.) 

The hydrochloride of an alkaloid obtained from coca 
(or cuca) leaves. These are derived from the Erythroxylou 
coca Lamarck (nat. ord. Lineae). Cultivated in Peru and 
Bolivia and introduced into medicine by Roller in 1884. 

Derivation, — Cocaine hydrochloride is recovered by 
agitating an acidulated alcoholic solution of coca leaves with 
ether. The ethereal liquid is made alkaline with sodium 
carbonate and evaporated. The residue is purified, decolor- 
ized, neutralized with hydrochloric acid, and finally crystal- 
lized. 

Description. — Colorless, transparent crystals, or a white, 
crystalline powder ; without odor ; of a saline, slightly bitter 
taste, and producing upon the tongue a tingling sensation, 
followed by numbness of some minutes' duration. Perma- 
nent in the air. Soluble in 0.4 part of water, and in 2.6 
parts of alcohol ; very soluble in boiling water and in boiling 
alcohol ; also soluble in 2,800 parts of ether, or in 17 parts 
of chloroform. The prolonged application of heat to the 
salt, or to its solution, induces decomposition. The salt is 
neutral to litmus paper. 

Dose.—B.., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6); D., gr.|4 (.008-.045). 

Action External. ~^o\niious of cocaine (4-10 per cent.), 
applied to mucous membranes, produce perfect local anaes- 
thesia by paralyzing the sensory nerve ending*;. The 
functions of the nerves of special sense are abolished before 
those of ordinary sensibility. Stronger solutions paralyze 
the motor nerve terminations. The local application of 
cocaine causes pallor of the mucous membrane, which is 
succeeded by redness and congestion. The first condition 

* These are also official : 

Oleatum Cocaince (5 per cent.) U. S. P. 
Unguentum Cocainm (4 per cent.) B. P. 
Iiijectio CocaincB Hypodermica (10 per cent.) B. P. 



432 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

follows constriction of tlie superficial blood vessels, which 
is said to be due to tonic contraction of the smooth muscular 
fibres of the vessel walls. The secondary vascular relaxa- 
tion, and tendency to congestion in parts subjected to 
cocaine anaesthesia, lessens the resistance of the tissues 
(especially of sensitive structures, as the eye) to the irri- 
tation of antiseptics and bacterial products. Therefore, 
surgical operations performed under cocaine anaesthesia are 
somewhat more prone to be followed by inflammation.* 

Action Internal. — Digestive Trad. — Cocaine exerts a local 
anajsthetic action upon the gastric mucous membrane, and 
in this way lessens the appetite and sometimes stops vomit- 
ing. Intestinal peristalsis is increased by moderate doses, 
but is decreased and destroyed by the paralytic action of 
large doses of cocaine. 

Nervous System. — Ordinary medicinal doses produce no 
marked effect upon the nervous system, except some mental 
exhilaration. Full doses of cocaine stimulate the psychical 
functions of the brain and cause intoxication, which is fol- 
lowed, in poisoning, by stupor and convulsions. The con- 
vulsions are mainly of cerebral origin, but may be due in 
part to irritation of the spinal reflex centres. These latter 
centres are first stimulated by toxic doses, but depression 
and paralysis of the spinal cord follows ; the sensory before 
the motor tract. The sensory nerves are paralyzed and the 
motor nerves depressed by toxic doses. The voluntary 
muscles are stimulated by medicinal doses of cocaine, and 
the alkaloid relieves fatigue and, experimentally, more than 
doubles the response to stimuli in wornout muscles. Volun- 
tary muscles are paralyzed by the local application of large 
quantities of cocaine. 

Circulation. — The action of cocaine upon the heart and 
vessels is not very marked, except in poisoning. The alkal- 
oid is, however, a slight cardiac stimulant in moderate doses, 
increasing the pulse-rate and tension. The action upon the 
heart is caused by depression of the cardio - inhibitory 
centres, and sometimes as well by depression of the cardiac 

* Refers to use of strong solutions. 



COCAINE HYDROCHLORIDE 433 

inbibitorj gauglia. Vascular tension is increased because 
of stimulation of the medullary vasomotor centres, smooth 
muscle of the vessel walls, and because of the increased 
action of the heart. Ou the other hand, both minute and 
large doses may diminish the pulse rate. 

Respiration. — Cocaine is a respiratory stimulant ia 
medicinal doses, but a paralyzant in toxic amounts. The 
respiratory centres are first stimulated and the breathing is 
made deeper and quicker. Depression and paralysis of the 
respiratory centres follow ; cyanosis supervenes, and the 
respirations are shallow and irregular. Death occurs from 
asphyxia. 

Temperature. — The body heat is elevated, sometimes to 
an excessive degree, by poisonous doses of cocaine. Medi- 
cinal doses do not affect the temperature. The rise of tem- 
perature is said to follow increased heat production. 

Kidneys. — The greater part of the cocaine absorbed is 
oxidized within the body. The smaller part is eliminated 
by the kidneys. Experimental evidence concerning the 
influence of the alkaloid upon the secretion and composition 
of the urine is conflicting and indefinite. 

Toxicology. — Moderate doses produce in dogs mental 
exhilaration and joyousness, so that they bark and jump 
about with delight. Poisoning with large doses (gr.j of 
cocaine to 2 lbs. of live weight) may be divided into three 
stages. In the first stage, there is restlessness, anxiety and 
terror, with rhj'thmical movements. Noises frighten the 
animal and he fails to recognize his master. The second 
stage is characterized by a joyous condition, in which dogs 
bark, dance about and lick people's hands. In the third 
stage, weakness and nervous phenomena appear, — as mus- 
cular twitching, rhythmical movements, a pendulum-like 
motion of the head, convulsions and stupor. There is dys- 
pnoea, feeble pulse and failing respiration. In an experiment 
upon a Newfoundland dog, weighing about 100 lbs., con- 
ducted by the writer, there were no symptoms produced by 
3 grains of cocaine under the skin, except dilation of the 



434 VEGETABLE DKUGS 

pupils and a constant lapping with tlie tongue. In man, an 
amount of cocaine exceediDg gr.| should not be enij)loyed 
under the skin, or upon mucous membranes, and death has 
occurred in susceptible patients from even smaller doses. 
The most powerful action follows the use of cocaine in very 
vascular parts, as about the face. One-half a grain of cocaine 
given subcutanecusly to a girl eleven years old, was followed 
by a fatal result in 40 seconds, and the writer has seen 
violent convulsions produced by the instillation of a few 
drops of a 2 per cent, solution into the eye of a man. On 
the other hand, spontaneous recovery has obtained in the 
human subject after the ingestion of 22 grs. of the alkaloid. 
In the horse, a toxic dose of cocaine ( 3 i-) causes restless- 
ness and excitement, dilated pupils and salivation, culminat- 
ing within an hour in a state of acute mania and intense 
excitement. These symptoms are followed by gradual 
recovery after the lapse of a few hours. Three grains of 
cocaine given under the skin, will sometimes induce nervous 
excitement in susceptible horses. The treatment of danger- 
ous forms of cocaine poisoning, with respiratory and heart 
failure, consists in the use of opium and rapidly acting 
stimulants, as .morphine sulphate under the skin, nitro- 
glycerin upon the tongue, and strychnine, atropine and 
brandy snbcutaneously. 

Uses External. — Cocaine and its synthetic chemical sub- 
stitutes are the most valuable agents Ave possess to cause 
complete -local aiifesthesia for surgical purposes.* The 
operations most suitable for the hypodermatic application 
of cocaine are included in the following : 

Removal of tumors. Opening of abscess. 

Docking and pricking the tail. Injuries and operations upon tlie 

Tarsal tenotomy. eyeballs and eyelids. 

Firing. Operations about the feet in horses. 

PJantar neurectomy. Operations upon mucous membranes. 

The alkaloid may also be employed to dilate the pupil 
for examination of the eye, and to detect lameness. In a 
case of doubtful foot lameness in the horse, injection of 

* Cocaine in surgery can often be combined most advantageously with, 
adrenalin. (See p. ti39.) 



COCAINE HYDEOCHLOEIDE 435 

cnciiiiie into the plantar nerve trunk, on either side of the 
].M/ .mil a little above the point of selection for plantar ueu- 
] ectoni}-, will often completely abolish sensation in the foot. 
This fact may be determined by pricking the soft parts 
iibove the hoof. If there is complete anaesthesia of the foot, 
and the seat of lameness be situated therein, the horse will 
go sound while the anaesthesia lasts. This method may be 
taken advantage of in the diagnosis of localized lameness 
elsewhere. If cocaine is injected over an area (suspected to 
be the cause of lameness), and the animal goes sound while 
the cocaine anaesthesia lasts, the site of lameness becomes 
certain. 

It has been discovered that injections of powerful 
cocaine solutions into a sensory nerve trunk will paralyze its 
sensibility throughout its peripheral distribution (regional 
anaesthesia). When ligation of a limb, or part, can be 
secured between the operative field and the heart, the 
anaesthetic action of cocaine is more profound and toxic 
symptoms are less liable to occur, since the drug is drained 
away in the blood during the operation. Many operations 
can be performed under cocaine, as neurectomy, firing, 
tenotomy, etc., without casting the horse. In using cocaine 
for the removal of tumors, or opening of abscess, the solu- 
tion is injected at several points in a circle about the base 
of the tumor or abscess, and not in the inflamed tissue of 
the latter. Following the first injection, the succeeding 
applications may be made painless by inserting the needle 
within the area«made anaesthetic by the previous injection 
(circumferential anaesthesia). 

The amount of cocaine solution to be injected is of 
importance. This depends upon the strength of the solu- 
tion, the weight and species of the animal, and the seat of 
application. A solution stronger than 4 per cent, is irritat- 
ing to the eye. The stronger cocaine solutions (5 to 10 per 
cent.) are more powerful paralyzants to the sensory nerves, 
and are advisable when they can be used with safety, but a 
i or 2 per cent., or even a much weaker solution, will ordin- 



436 



VEGETABLE DEUGS 



arily produce ansesthesia when introduced under the skin. 
In the horse, subcutaneous injection of a 5 or 10 per cent, 
solution may be made to the amount of 2 drachms of the 
former, or 1 drachm of the latter solution (cocaine, gr.6). 
Larger doses may induce restlessness, excitement, etc., 
which, although not indicative of danger, may interfere with 
operative procedures. When larger quantities are desirable, 
2^ drachms of a 4 per cent, solution, or 5 drachms of a 2 per 
cent, solution, may be employed (equivalent to 6 grs. of the 
alkaloid), or Schleich's solution may be utilized. Not more 
than 7 to 15 drops of a 10 per cent, solution should be 
injected into dogs. This is equivalent to gr.| and gr.l| of 
the alkaloid. Three-quarters of a grain of cocaine is a safe 
limit of dosage for small dogs. If a 2 or 4 per cent, solution 
is employed, 30 M. of the former, or 15 M. of the latter 
solution (equivalent to gr.f of cocaine) may be injected. 
"When larger amounts of the anaesthetic solution are in- 
dicated for dogs, Schleich's method of infiltration is appro- 
priate (infiltration anaesthesia). 

This method depends upon the fact that the pressure 
of saline solutions injected into the tissues causes a benumb- 
ing of the sensory nerves, and also upon the anaesthetic 
action of minute doses of cocaine and morphine. Schleich's 
solution may be used in any amount and can be made con- 
veniently from the tablets prepared by chemists. The 
ordinary solution contains : 

1 part of cocaine hydrochloride. 

2 parts of common salt. 

0.1 part of morphine hydrochloride. 
In 1,000 parts of sterile water. 



Note.— Since writing the above, it has been found that the morphine in 
Schleich's solution is an irritant rather than a local anaesthetic, and when large 
quantities of cocaine or eucaine are to be used under the skin— or danger is, for 
any reason, to be anticipated— the writer would strongly advise the employment of 
a normal salt solution H grains sodium chloride to 1 drachm of water), containing 
from 1-10 to 1 p. c. of cocaine (or eucaine. 1 p. c). These weaker solutions will 
usually cause complete and safe local anaesthesia. The solutions should always b..^ 
warm— at body temperature— and not over twenty-four hours old, as acid develops 
which interferes with the anaesthetic action. They are most conveniently made 
by solution of cocaine tablets in salt solution at the time of operation. 



COCAINE HYDROCHLORIDE 437 

Local applications to mucous membranes may be ie;ij)- 
plied, once or twice, at intervals of five minutes, to sec mo 
perfect auciesthesia. A larger quantity of cocaine than re- 
commended above for hypodermatic use, should not be 
employed. Cocaine, as already stated, produces a primary 
astringent action, followed by secondary irritation and 
Yascular relaxation ; yet, when properly diluted and applied 
in the first stage of inflammation, it may prove a valuable 
abortive and sedative agent. 

Haemorrhage from mucous membranes can be arrested 
by its topical application ; coryza aborted, and haemorrhoids 
relieved by this method.. Pruritus, about the anus and 
vagina, is allayed by cocaine. In relation to the eye, 5 to 
10 drops (horse) of cocaine solution (1 to 4 per cent.) are 
employed for various purposes, embracing examination, 
removal of foreign bodies, operations, and the relief of 
suffering in acute inflammation resulting from natural causes 
or mechanical irritation. The following prescription is of 
value in superficial inflammatory and painful conditions of 
the eye : 

Cocainae hydrochlor gr.v. 

Acid, borici gr.x. 

Aq. dest. ad 3 i. 

M. 

S. Instil a few drops into the eye hourly. 

Injection into the eyeball is preferable to instillation 
for enucleation. 

Solutions of cocaine should be freshly made, and must 
not be sterilized by boiling, although they should be mad& 
with sterile water, or, better, normal salt solution. The 
tablets supplied by pharmaceutical chemists are convenient 
for hypodermatic use. Ten grains of boric acid will pre- 
serve an ounce of cocaine solution for a month. 

Uses Internal. — Cocaine may be administered in aqueous- 
solutions for the relief of persistent vomiting in dogs. 
Otherwise, the drug finds no indication in veterinary medi- 
cine. The alkaloid is occasionally used as a stimulating 



438 



VEGETABLE DRUGS 



and supporting agent in asthenic fevers and adynamic con- 
ditions of the human patient. 

The most wonderful recent advance in surgery consists 
in the production of anaesthesia in the lower (posterior) half 
of the body by injection of cocaine solution into the lumbar 
region of the spinal canal.* This method has been success- 
fully used in men and dogs in a large number of cases, 
rendering parturition and operations on the abdominal and 
pelvic organs and lower (posterior) extremities painless. 
The anaesthesia lasts one to five hours, and, in man, from 
gr.^ to gr.^ of cocaine hydrochloride in aqueous solution are 
injected into the spinal canal between the fourth and fifth 
lumbar vertebrae. The procedure is not devoid of danger, 
and in man is frequently followed by headache, vomiting, 
sweating, slight chills and rise of temperature. The injection 
must be conducted with absolute aseptic precautions. 

EucAiN^ Hydrochloras. Eucain Hydrochlorate. 
C„ H,, N O, H CI. (Non-official.) 

This is a laboratory product, formerly known as eucain 
Hydrochlt)rate "B." Eucain is used in 2 per cent, aqneons 
solution in the eye, and in 10 per cent, on mucous mem- 
branes, and is said to be harmless in any ordinary amount. 
It is employed as a substitute for coca'ine in the same 
manner and for the same purposes, but with the following 
advantages: Safer, 5 times less toxic; cheaper; does not 
decompose on keeping in solution ; can be sterilized by 
'boiling; less irritating; does not dilate the pupil; is a 
slight antiseptic. 

Ophthalmologists find that the drug does dilate the 
pupil after several instillations, and that it does irritate the 
already inflamed eye. It, moreover, does not contract vessels 
when locally applied, and does sometimes produce poisoning 
like cocaine, but much less frequently. 

* Rudolf Klapp (Deutsche Zeitschr. f. Chir. 1904, Vol. Ixxi, p. 187) 
has experimented ui)on animals with spinal injections for the production of 
anaesthesia, and finds by comlnning gelatin, adrenalin and cocaine, the 
toxic effect of the latter is wholly averted and that this combination is a 
safe and perfect anaesthetic for dogs. This method demands practical trial 
in veterinary surgery, as it bids fair to supersede general aTuvsthesia on 
account of its simplicity and safety. The intradural injection is made 
through a special fine trocar sold for the purpose by dealers in surgical 
(human) instruments. The point of selection is between the first and second 
lumbar spines, about a thumb's breadth from the middle line. The injec- 
tion is made at an angle of 60 downward and toward the median line. 
When the needle enters the dura the resistance ceases and a lew drops of 



PILOCARPUS 43& 

HOLOCAIN. 

This is a synthetic compound allied to phenacetin, and 
it is claimed to be superior to cocaine for application to the 
eye. The anaesthetic effect appears within fifteen seconds 
and lasts fifteen minutes. It is stated that holocain produces; 
no local irritation of the eye, nor dilatation of the pupil, and| 
does possess an inherent antiseptic action. One to two 
^rops of a one per cent, solution are employed to anaesthe- 
tize the eye. Holocain is too toxic for hypodermatic appli- 
cation. 



SECTION v.— DEUGS ACTING ON THE 
SECEETOEY NEEVES. 

Class 1. — Pilocarpus and Pilocarpine. 

Pilocarpus. Pilocarpus. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Jaborandi, B, P.; the leaflets of Pilocarpus 
Jaborandi Holmes, or of Pilocarpus microphyllus Stapf. 
(Fam. Eutacese), yielding not less than 0.5 per cent, of 
alkaloids. 

Habitat. — Brazil, in the neighborhood of Pernambuco. 

Description. — About 10 to 15 cm. long, and 4 to 6 cm. 
broad ; short stalked, oval or ovate-oblong, entire and slightly 
re volute at the margin, obtuse and emarginate, unequal at 
the base, dull green, coriaceous, pellucid-punctate, mostly 
smooth; when bruised, slightly aromatic; taste somewhat 
bitter and pungent. 

Constituents. — 1. Pilocarpine, CnHigN^Oa (.25-.5 per cent.), 
is the alkaloid to which jaborandi owes its principal effect. 

2. Jaborine, C.oHj.N^O^, an alkaloid resembling atropine in 
its action on the heart, pupils, intestines and salivary glands. 
It occurs occasionally as an impurity in commercial pilocav- 
pine, to which it is antagonistic. It is soluble in alcohol. 

3. Pilocarpidine (CioHi^NaOJ, an alkaloidal product of the 

spinal fluid are permitted to escape to prove entrance into the spinal canal. 
Five cc. of a sterilized 10 per cent, aqueous p:('latiti solution, containing- 
10 m. of adrenalin (1-1000 solution) and 0.03 to 0.04 gm. of cocaine, are then 
ii'jL'Cted tiirough the tucar and the puncture sealed wiih iodoform collodion. 



AiO VEGETABLE DRUGS 

decomposition of pilocarpine, whicli it resembles in action, 
but is weaker. It is soluble in alcohol. 4. Jaborandine is 
another alkaloid resulting from the decomposition of pilo- 
carpine, and is similar to atropine. These atropine-like 
principles are never present in sufficient quantity to wholly 
imtagonize the predominant action of pilocarpine in jabor- 
andi. 5. A peculiar acid. 6. A volatile oil. 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4); 
D., gr.v.-3i. (.3-4). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextr actum Pilocarpi. Fluidextract of Pilocarpus. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and 
evaporation, so tliat 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug. Each 100 cc. of 
the fluidextract contains 0.4 gm. of the alkaloids from pilocarpus. 

Dose.— H. &. C, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (3.-4.); D., 
mv.-3i. (.4-4.). 

Extractum Jaborandi Liquidum. (B. P.) 
Dose same as above for fluidextract. 

Pilocarpine Hydrochloridum. Pilocarpine Hydrochloride. 

C, H,, N, O, H CI. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — The hydrochloride of an alkaloid obtained 
from pilocarpus, with alcohol aud hydrochloric acid by dis- 
tillation and evaporation. The residue is dissolved in a 
slight excess of ammonia and chloroform, shaken with water, 
and neutralized with hydrochloric acid. Crystals of the 
hydrochloride form on evaporation. The salt is purified by 
recrystallization. 

Projjerties. — Small, white crystals, odorless and having 
a faintly bitter taste ; deliquescent on exposure to damp air. 
Very soluble in water and in alcohol ; almost insoluble in 
ether or in chloroform. 

Dose. — H., sialogogue, gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); cathartic, gr.ii.-v. 
(.12-.3); C, cathartic, gr.v.-x, (.3-.6) ; H., diarphoretic, 
gr.vi-xii. (.36-. 72), dangerous; Sh., gr.i. (.06); D., gr.^-^ 
(.006-.02). 



ACTION OF PILOCARPUS AND PILOCARPINE 441 

^iLOCARPiNiE NiTRAS. Pilocarpine Nitrate. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Colorless, odorless, faintly bitter-tasting crystals, 

soluble in four parts of water. 

Dose. — Same as for hydrochloride. 

ACTION OF PILOCARPUS AND PILOCARPINE. 

Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Pilocarpine increases 
-enormously salivary secretion, and, in a less degree, the 
■gastric and intestinal secretions. It stimulates peristaltic 
action of the stomach and bowels as well, and acts as a pur- 
gative. Sidivation is due to direct excitation of the secre- 
tory nerve (chorda tympaui) endings and the gland cell;?. 
Salivation occurs when pilocarpine is injected into the gland 
and prevented from entering the general circulation; also 
when the secretory nerves are severed. The action on the 
salivary glands is set aside by atropine. The parotid, sub- 
maxillary, and sublingual glands, become somewhat tense 
and tender under the influence of pilocarpine, and the saliva 
is rich in salts and ptyaline, and contains a slight excess of 
xirea. The uustriped muscle of the stomach and intestines 
is stimulated by pilocarpine through its action on the effer- 
•ent nerve endings and muscular tissue. 

Circulation. — Pilocarpine is absorbed, but exerts no 
action on the blood. lu toxic doses the alkaloid is a heart 
depressant, but in moderate amount slows the pulse rate. 
In man the pulse is quick and the blood tension lowered. 
The effect on the domestic animals is probably due to 
stimulation of the peripheral vagi or inhibitory cardiac 
ganglia, although Ringer's experiments proved that the 
ventricular contractions of the frog's heart were slowed by 
pilocarpine when freed from the inhibitory ganglia, and he 
attributes its action to stimulation of the heart muscle and 
motor ganglia situated therein. In poisoning, the heart is 
•enfeebled and slow, and there is vasomotor paralysis. Atro- 
pine antagonizes the action of pilocarpine on the heart. 

Respiration. — The respiration is not directly affected by 
the drug, but the bronchial secretions are greatly increased. 



442 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

and in poisoning there are, in consequence, oedema of th& 
lungs and dyspnoea. 

Nervous System and Muscles. — Medicinal doses do not 
cause any functional disturbance of the nervous system, but 
very large doses excite the spinal motor tract and refljex, 
centres and cause convulsions in frogs, succeeded by spinal 
depression and paralysis. The latter is due in part to an 
influence on the muscles themselves. Tremors occur occa- 
sionally in man and the domestic animals in poisoning. 
The nerves escape unscathed. The involuntary muscles are 
stimulated throughout the body, owing to the direct action 
of the drug upon them and their motor nerve terminations. 

Skin. — Moderate doses of pilocarpine stimulate but 
slightly the secretion of sweat in the lower animals, but in 
man the secretion is enormous (1 pt.). The salivary secre- 
tion appears to supplant that of the skin in the domestie 
animals, unless very la*-ge doses are employed (H., gr.vii.- 
xii.), which cause diarrhoea, salivation and loss of body 
•weight (40 to 60 lbs.), and may entail pulmonary oedema 
and heart failure. The secretory nerve terminations and 
glaodular cells are both stimulated. The secretion of tears, 
nasal mucus and milk are slightly increased in the same 
manner, and the growth of hair is rendered more luxurious. 

Temperature. — The temperature is reduced by evapora- 
tion from the skin, if there is much sweating. 

Genito-Urinary Organs. — Pilocarpine exerts a slight and 
uncertain oxytocic action on the pregnant uterus and has 
sometimes precipitated parturition in pregnant animals at 
full term. The unstriped muscle of the spleen and bladder 
is stimulated, and micturition is frequent. Pilocarpine, in 
repeated small doses, augments the flow of urine and prob- 
ably increases tissue waste and the excretion of urea by its^ 
general action on the secretions. It is eliminated unchanged 
in the urine. 

Eye. — Pilocarpine contracts the pupil when applied to- 
the eye ; it also increases tension of the eyeball and impairs, 
the sight temporarily, owing to action on the retina. The- 
myosis is due to stimulation of the peripheral oculomotor 



ACTION OF PILOCARPUS AND PILOCARPINE 443 

iierve endings. When the alkaloid is given internally it 
may contract the pupil, but jaborandi, or the fluid extract, 
are less likely to do so on account of the opposing alkaloid 
(jaboriue), which tends to dilate the pupil. 

Summary. — Pilocarpine possesses two important actions. 
1. To increase secretions (stomach, intestines, salivary glands, 
sudoriparous, lachrymal and mammary glands, kidneys, 
bronchial and nasal mucous membranes, and ear). 2. To 
stimulate the involuntary muscles ( stomach, intestines, 
heart, uterus, bladder, spleen, vessels and iris ). Both 
actions are peripheral and are probably exerted on the 
gland cells and muscle fibres, as well as on the eflferent 
nerve terminations. 

Administration. — Pilocarpine is given usually when an 
immediate effect is desired. Therefore the hydrochlorate 
or nitrate are employed subcutaneously. If prescribed in 
combination with eserine, the sulphate of both alkaloids 
may be used, or eserine sulphate and pilocarpine hydro- 
chlorate may be injected separately. 

Toxicology. — Symptoms appear in five or ten minutes 
after the subcutaneous injection of pilocarpine, and in fifteen 
to twenty minutes after the injection of jaborandi. Saliva- 
tion alone occurs after small doses, but with toxic quantities 
there are present salivation, accompanied by more or less 
sweating, intestinal colic, purging and perhaps vomiting, a 
slow, weak pulse, and dyspnoea. Muscular tremors are 
observed sometimes in man, and convulsions in frogs, but 
spasmodic movements are uncommon in the domestic ani- 
mals. Dogs have been killed by gr.j of pilocarpine. The 
administration of an amount larger than 5 grs. of the alkal- 
oid to horses, subcutaneously, is attended with danger. 
Atropine is the physiological antagonist of pilocarpine in 
relation to the heart, secretions, pupils, and, in large doses, 
probably to the intestines. 

Atropine should be given along with alcoholic stimu- 
lants, or ammonia, in jaborandi or pilocarpine poisoning. 

Uses Internal. — The chief value of pilocarpine in veteri- 
nary medicine consists in its use as a purgative to stimulate 



444 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

secretion, and, to a certain extent, peristaltic action — ia 
combination with pliysostigmine (vid. "Pliysostigmiue") — in 
obstinate constipation of horses. It is also given in colic, 
and ill obstruction from twist and intussusception, with 
pliysostigmine.* The alkaloid is a good substitute for eserine 
for application to the eye (in 1 or 2 per cent solution), and 
is less painful. Pilocarpine is the most efficient antidote to 
atropine, and should be administered in amount equal to 4 
times that of atropine. Jaborandi is employed to remove 
waste matters from the blood and system (urea and effu- 
sions), but is of little value in veterinary practice, compared 
with its efficiency in human medicine, on account of its 
feeble sudorific action. It has been recommended in dropsy 
of cardiac origin, not uncommon in dogs, but is dangerous, 
since it tends to produce pulmonary oedema and heart weak- 
ness. For the same reason it is inadvisable in pleuritic 
effusions and renal dropsy, and in all three conditions it is 
inferior to purgatives. Pilocarpine is highly recommended 
by the Germans in cerebral and spinal meningitis, to assist 
absorption of effusion. Pilocarpine stimulates the skin in 
its elimination, and is sometimes of service in chronic ec- 
zeniji, psoriasis, prurigo, and chronic urticaria. It is recom- 
mended iu chronic rheumatism as an eliminative, and in 
acute inflammation of the bruin, and iu laminitis without 
rational basis. Small doses of pilocarpine have been em- 
ployed successfully to stimulate a failing milk secretion, and 
to prevent excessive sweating in general debility. Jaborandi 
relieves dry throat and excessive thirst. Obesity, in robust 
dogs, may be treated with pilocarpine under the skin, iu 
oae-half grain doses daily. Success sometimes attends this 
method. The drug is contraindicated when there is impair- 
luent of the respiratory functions, a weak or fatty heart, and 
in unconsciousness, when excessive secretion may obstruct 
the air passages. 

* The luiter use of the drug is attended with danger of increasing the 
obstruction, if not successful. 



DIGITALIS 445 

SECTION YL— DRUGS ACTING ON THE HEART. 

'Class 1. — Increasing" the Force and Decreasing the 
Frequency of the Heart. 

Digitalis. Digitalis. 

Sijnonym. — Digitalis folia, B. P.; foxglove, digitalis 
leaves, E.; digitale, feuilles de digitale pourpree (de graude 
digitale), Er.; fiugeiliutkraut, G. 

Tlie leaves of Digitalis purpurea Liune (uat. ord. scro- 
pliularinese), collected from plants of the second year's 
growth. 

Description. — From 10 to 50 cm, long ; ovate or ovate- 
oblong, narrowed into a petiole, crenate, dull green, densely 
and finely pubescent, wrinkled above, paler and reticulate 
beneath, midrib near the base broad ; odor slight, some- 
what tea-like ; taste bitter, nauseous. 

Constituents. — The active principles of digitalis are four 
glucosides ; the thiee first represent its stimulant action. 
1. Digitoxin, the most poisonous and active. Said to be 
cumulative. It occurs in crystals, soluble in alcohol and 
chloroform, slightly in ether, and insoluble in water. 2. 
Digitalein, an amorphous, bitter substance, soluble in water 
and alcohol and non-cumulative. Dose. — H., gr.g-j (.008- 
.015); D., gr.^ (.0006). 

3. Digitalin, a bitter, crystalline body, soluble in alcohol, 
and sparingly soluble in water and ether. 4. Digitonin, 
Co, H^^ Oi3, resembling, or identical with, saponin of senega. 
Soluble in water. It is a heart depressant, muscular para- 
lyzant and powerful irritant, besides being antagonistic to 
digitalis. In addition to these principles, there are : 
5. Djgitin, an inert body. 6. Digltalic and antirrhinic 
acids. 7. Tannin, coloring matters, starch, sugar, gum, a 
volatile oil, salts, etc., common to most vegetables. 

Two substances are found in commerce : 1. Nativelle's 
digitalin, C^-^^^O^^, occurring in white crystalline tufts com- 
"posed of needles. It is bitter, and soluble in alcohol and 



446 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

chloroform ; insoluble in water or ether. It contains digi- 
toxin, digitaliu, digitalein and digitonin, but mainly digi- 
toxin, and is cumulative. Dose. — K. & C, gr.j-| (.015-. 03) j 
D.gv-oV-sV (•001-002). 

2. Homolle's or Quevenne's digitalin, an amorphous, 
whitish powder, or small scales; very bitter, inodorous, and 
soluble in 2,000 parts of water. It is composed largely of 
digitalin, with a little digitoxin. Dose. — H. & C, gr.| (.015) 
= gr.22i of digitalis leaves; D., gr-gV-sV (•001-.002) = 
gr.l|-3 of digitalis leaves. 

Neither Nativelle's nor Homolle's digitalin form a com- 
plete substitute for digitalis, and their use is not recom- 
mended. Schmiedeberg's digitalin^ is, however, said to be a 
reliable substitute, by eminent authority. 

Incompatibility. — Digitalis is incompatible with tannic 
acid, lead acetate, cinchona and ferric salts. 

Digitalis Folia Dose.—H., gr.x.-3i. (.6-.4); C, 3 ss.-i.ss. 
(2.-6.); Sh. & Sw., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.); D., gr.ss.-iii. (.03-.2). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractuvi Digitalis. Extract of Digitalis. (U. S, P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water; dis- 
tillation of the alcohol and evaporation to pilular consistence. 
Dose.— H. & C, gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3); D., gr.i-1. (.008-.06). 

Fluidextractum DigitaU.t. Fluidextract of Digitalis. (U. S. P.) 
Made by naaceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and 

evaporation, so that 1 Ce. = 1 Gni. of the crude drug. 

Dose.— H., TTLx.- " i. (.6-4); C, 3 ss.-i.ss. (2.-6.); Sh, & Sw., mv.-xv. 

(.3-1.); D., TUss.-iii. (.03-. 2). 

Tinctura Digitalis. Tincture of Digitalis, (U. S, & B, P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of powdered digitalis (100),. 

with sufficicient alcohol and water to make 1,000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H. & C, 3ii.-vi. (8.-24,); Sh. &Sw., ttlxxx,- 3 i.ss. (2.-0.);. 

D., TTLv.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

Infusum Digitalis. Infusion of Digitalis. (U. S, & B, P.) 

Digitalis, 15; alcohol, 100; cinnamon water, 150; boiling water, 

500 ; cold water to make 1,000. By maceration. (U. S. P.) 

* This preparation is made hy Merck, and mav he priven in the same doses as-- 
Homolle's digitalin. No one glufoside of digitalis represents the action of the 
whole drug, as obtained by use of the tincture or fluidextract. 



ACTION OF DIGITALIS 447 

Dose.— H. & C, 5ii.-vi. (60.-180.); Sh. & Sw., ^ ss.-i. (15.-30.); 
D., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.)* 

ACTION OF DIGITALIS. 

External. — None. 

Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Digitalis in large doses is 
a gastro-intestinal irritant, and in poisoning causes nausea, 
colic, purging, and vomiting in animals capable of the act. 

Circulation. — The dominant action of digitalis is ex- 
pended upon the heart and blood vessels. After medicinal 
doses we find the pulse becomes: 1. Slower. 2. Fuller and 
stronger. 3. More regular in rhythm, if previously irregu- 
lar. In poisoning, these phenomena are reversed and the 
pulse is : 1. Eapid. 2. Weak. 3. Irregular. The thera- 
peutic effects following moderate doses are due to: 1. 
Stimulation of the heart muscle, and perhaps its con- 
tained ganglia (pulse stronger and somewhat less frequent). 
2. Excitation of the vagus centre and the vagus cardiac 
terminations (pulse infrequent). 3. Stimulation of the mus- 
cular walls of the vessels and vasomotor centres (increased 
vascular tension). The tension is also augmented by the 
greater force of the heart beat, and, on the other hand, 
the heart is slowed in overcoming the increased resistance 
in the vessels. In consequence of the action on the heart 
the ventricular contractions are complete and forcible, and 
the diastolic period is lengthened; therefore, more blood 
enters the viscus and more is squeezed out with each con- 
traction. The systolic period is unaltered. Furthermore, 
the nutrition of the heart is thought to be promoted by : 
1. Increase of its blood supply during the prolonged dia- 
stole. 2. Stimulation of the trophic nerves (vagi?) of tlie 
heart. As diastole is the rest period of the heart, increasing 
it conserves the strength of the organ. In poisoning, the 
symptoms noted above follow : 1. Paralysis of the peri- 
pheral vagi (pulse rapid). 2. Insufl&cient filling of the vessels 
and paralysis of the vessel walls (low tension). 3. Forcible 
contractions contending against prolonged dilatation of the 

* The infusion contains chiefly digitonin and digitalein, on account of their 
jsolubility in water, and therefore is lacking in the most stimulating principles. 



448 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

veDtricles (pulse irregular). At one time the heart beats 
slowly and weakly because the heart muscle can scarcely 
overcome the tendency of the excited vagi to cause ventri- 
cular dilatation ; at another time the heart beats rapidly and 
strongly, when powerful systolic contractions overmaster the 
inhibitory influence of the vagi. The heart, during this 
irregular toxic period, is seen to be unequally affected, in 
that one portion (the apex) may be firmly contracted while 
the rest of the ventricle is dilated. Moreover, the auricles 
and ventricles do not act synchronously and the heart 
assumes various peculiar shapes (hour-glass, etc.). Death 
usually occurs from cardiac arrest in systole, in which con- 
dition it remains pale, firm and contracted, and unresponsive 
to mechanical or electrical stimulation. Karely (men and 
dogs) the heart stops in diastole. The action of digitalis on 
the heart is more pronounced in dogs and sheep than in 
horses and cattle. The characteristic effect of digitalis is 
observed when it is applied locally to the isolated nerve- 
free apex, or when the vagi are previously cut or paralyzed 
by atropine, and when the spinal cord is destroyed. These 
facts show that the heart muscle is influenced. That the 
peripheral vagi are stimulated, is shown by the fact 
that an amount of galvanic stimulation of the vagi, 
ineffective before poisoning, will, after exhibition of digi- 
talis, cause diastolic arrest of the heart. In regard to the 
vessels, experiments conducted on the terrapin exhibit the 
fact that when the vessels are deprived of their nerve 
supply, the heart excised, and an artificial circulation sub- 
stituted, even then vascular contraction and retardation of 
flow will occur under the influence of digitalin added to the 
factitious blood. The resultant of the various actions of 
medicinal doses of digitalis is increased work of the heart, 
so that more blood is pumped throughout the body in any 
given unit of time. 

Respiration. — The respiratory centres are unaffected 
save by toxic doses, and then through insufficient blood 
supply, when the respiration becomes weak and imperfect. 



ACTION OF DIGITALIS 449 

Nervous System and Muscles. — These are not iuflnenced 
loy therapeutic doses of digitalis. Toxic quantities cause 
loss of reflex action, muscular wefikuess, and convulsions in 
the frog. The first two phenomena are due to primarv 
stimulation of the inhibitory reflex centres of Setschenow in 
the medulla, followed by general paralysis of the spinal 
cord, and direct depression of the motor nerves and muscles ; 
while the convulsions are caused by circulatory changes in 
the base of the brain dependant upon the embarrassed 
heart. 

Temperahire. — The temperature is unaffected by medi- 
cinal doses. Toxic doses reduce temperature. Fever is 
lowered by large doses of digitalis, but it is rarely safe to 
use the drug as an antipyretic. Moi'eover, digitalis is some- 
times inoperative as a heart stimulant in fever, because the 
functional activity of the vagus centres and peripheral 
terminations is depressed and insensitive to the action of 
the drug. 

Kidneys. — lletaholism and Elimination. — The influence of 
digitalis on the amount of urinary secretion is uncertain. It 
has no special action upon the mucous membrane or secret- 
ing cells of the kidney. If general vascular tension is low- 
ered (cardiac disease), digitalis w^ill exert a diuretic action 
in consequence of increasing blood pressure. As a rule, it 
may be stated that if digitalis increases the systemic vascular 
tension more than that of the kidney, diuresis follows. The 
effect of digitalis on tissue waste is uncertain and the mode 
of its elimination is unknown. Experiments relative to tlie 
composition of the urine are conflicting. The smooth muscle 
of the uterus is said to be stimulated to contraction by digi- 
talis. 

Cumulative Action. — Digitalis and strychnine are said to 
be cumulative in their action. Evidence is stronger in the 
case of the former drug than in that of the latter. By cumu- 
lative action is meant sudden transition from a therapeutic 
to a toxic effect. This may be due to three causes. 1. Tardy 
absorption. 2. Increasing susceptibility. 3. Delayed elim- 



'4:50 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

ination and accamulation of the drug in the system. The 
cumulative action of digitalis is chiefly due to the latter 
cause. It should never be administered in full medicinal 
doses, uninterruptedly for any considerable length of time. 

Toxicology, — Poisoning may occur from large single 
doses within 3 to 10 hours of their ingestion, and lust for 16 
or more hours with a fatal result; or may appear sudden!}' 
after the administration for several days of large medicinal 
doses (cumulative action). A minimum fatal dose for the 
horse is about 3 vi. of digitalis, or gr.i.ss. of HomoUe's digi- 
talin. For dogs, 3 i- of digitalis, or gr4 of digitalin. The 
symptoms exhibited are chiefly concerned with the digestion 
and circulation. They consist in dulness, lassitude, loss of 
appetite, nausea, flatulence, diarrhoea, infrequent, full j^ulse 
(reduced 6-10 beats in the horse), and contracted pupils. 
There is vomiting in dogs. In fatal cases these symptoms 
are followed by severe colic and tympanites; rapid, feeble, 
dicrotic, irregular or intermittent pulse (120-140 in horses), 
while the heart may be heard and felt beating wildly and 
strongly, and a systolic blowing murmur can frequently be 
detected. This is due to mitral or tricuspid regurgitation 
caused by irregular contraction of the columnae cavnfe. The 
pulse is imperceptible because of the failure of the heart 
to fill the vessels. Tlie extremities are cold, the eye is pro- 
truding, and salivation occurs. Bloody diarrhoea is very 
often present and the urine may be suppressed. The breath- 
ing finally becomes difficult and death ensues within a few 
hours, or as late as several days. 

Treatment. — Evacuation of the stomach and bowels. 
Tannic acid, as a chemical antidote, alcohol, opium, and 
aconite, which is the physiological antagonist in depressing 
the action of the heart and lowering blood tension. In 
addition, external heat should be applied and complete 
quiet and rest secured. 

Administration. — ■ In view of its slow absorption and 
elimination digitalis should not be given oftener than once 
in six, eight, or even twelve hours. Very large doses may 



USES OF DIGITALIS 451 

be given, liowever, repeatedly, in case of threatened heart 
failure, by the subcutaneous method. The appearance of 
indigestion, nausea or dulness, and a decided fall in the 
pulse rate, should be a warning to stop the administration 
at once. The best preparations are the tincture, infusion, 
and fluid extract. The former may be injected deep into 
the muscle to avoid abscess. 

Uses External. — Digitalis is occasionally employed as a 
poultice of the leaves, applied over the loins to promote 
diuresis, or in local inflammation, to contract vessels. 

Uses Internal. — Digitalis is a heart stimulant, although 
sometimes classified as a heart depressant. It may, 
however, exert a sedative effect upon a weak, rapid, 
irregular heart, by increasing the inhibitory and mus- 
cular power. Digitalis is indicated: (1) In all conditions 
where the heart is weak, irregular or intermittent, and the 
■circulation sluggish; (2) as a diuretic, chiefly in dropsy 
secondary to cardiac disease, but also in that of renal 
■origin ; digitalis has also been used (3) as a haemostatic in 
internal haemorrhage, and (4) to reduce temperature in 
fever; but, in both of the last two instances, with question^ 
able advantage. 

1. In syncope foUovring disease, shock, injury or poison- 
ing (aconite), digitalis is invaluable when injected subcutan- 
=eously together with alcoholic stimulants. In acute diseases, 
digitalis is one of the most generally serviceable stimulants. 
The drug is peculiarly applicable in the second stage of 
pneumonia, because it strengthens the right ventricle, forces 
the blood through the obstructed lung, and prevents sys- 
temic venous engorgement and arterial anaemia. In other 
words, it equalizes the circulation. Moreover, in stimulating 
the peripheral vagi, digitalis improves the tone of the 
bronchioles and prevents collapse of the air vesicles, and, 
by the same action, steadies the rhythm of the breathing. 
The drug is likewise an efficient circulatory stimulant iii 
influenza of horses and distemper of dogs. Digitalis is 
frequently prescribed in chronic bronchitis and emphysema. 



452 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

to strengthen the heart and obviate passive pulmonary con- 
gestion and cough. Valvular disease of the heart, in its 
various phases, is the most common field of usefulness for 
digitalis in human medicine, but in veterinary practice these 
disorders are rarer and the exact lesion difficult or impos- 
sible to diagnose. In mitral stenosis and regurgitation and 
aortic stenosis, with lack of compensatory hypertrophy "of 
the heart and evidence of circulatory disturbances, digitalis 
is clearly indicated. In these conditions the drug enables 
the heart to pump more blood into the arteries and prevents 
engorgement of the right heart and veins and the occurrence 
of dropsy. Digitalis is counter-indicated in aortic insuffi- 
ciency, because in prolonging diastole it allows more time 
for the blood to flow back from the aorta through the leaky 
valve into the ventricle. As a general proposition, digitalis 
is inferior to aconite in simple cardiac hypertrophy. But 
this does not apply when enlargement of the heart is insuffi- 
cient to compensate for valvular lesions. 

Digitalis is extremely successful in palpitation of the 
heart (horses) following over-exertion, but is not appropriate 
in palpitation due to nervousness (dogs), or to indigestion. 
Digitalis may be exhibited to atlvantage in rheumatic fever 
and in endocarditis or pericarditis to quiet the heart and 
secure rest by prolonging diastole. 

2. Digitalis is a valuable diuretic in dropsy of cardiac 
origin (dogs), by stimulating the heart and overcoming 
venous stasis in the kidneys and elsewhere. It is often 
desirable to combine iron preparations with digitalis. Tur- 
bidity results from the action of iron on the tannic acid 
contained in digitalis when in solution, but this can be re- 
moved by the addition of a little diluted phosphoric acid. 

3. S'ince digitalis contracts the uterus and blood vessels, 
it has been prescribed in uterine haemorrhage, and to stop 
bleeding from other internal parts ; but it is inferior to ergot 
on account of the general rise of blood tension. Haemoptysis, 
line to passive congestion of the lungs in mitral disease, is 
relieved by digitalis. 



STROPHANTHUS 



453 



L. The use of digitalis in lai-ge doses as an antipyretic 
in fevers is not without danger and is inadvisable. 

Strophanthus. StrophanthuSo 
(U. S. k B. P.) 

The seed of Strophanthus Kombe Oliver (nat. ord. 
Apocyuacese), deprived of its long awn. 

Hahitat. — Tropical Africa. There are eighteen species, 
and the seeds from at least two are found in commerce. 
This has led to some confusion, as the chemical and physio- 
logical properties of their different products vary to some 
extent. 

Description. — About 15 Mm. long and 4 or 5 Mm. broad ; 
oblong-lanceolate, flattened and obtusely edged, grayish- 
green, covered with appressed, silky hair, one side with a 
ridge extending into the attenuated, pointed end ; kernel 
•white and oily, consisting of a straight embryo, having two 
thin cotyledons, and surrounded by a thin layer of peris- 
perm ; nearly inodorous ; taste very bitter. 

ConstitiLents. — The chief one is (1) Strophanthin, C31 H^g 
Ojo (8-10 per cent.), a glucoside occurring in white or faintly 
yellowish crystalline powders, and having a very bitter 
taste. Soluble in water and alcohol, and insoluble in 
chloroform or ether. Decomposed by sulphuric acid into 
glucose and strophanthidin. Strophanthin is said to be 
contained only in S. Komb6. It varies in composition and 
strength and decomposes in solution. (2) Kombic acid. 
(3) An alkaloid, Ineiue. (4) Tanghinin, occurring in rhombie 
prisms. 

PREPARATION. 

Tinctura Strophanlhi. Tincture of Strophanthus. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Made by digestion and percolation of strophanthus (100) with 
alcohol and water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.); D., mii-x. (.12-. 6). The minimum 
doses should be used at first, since preparations vary in strength. 



454 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Strophanthinum. Stroplianthin. 
(U. S. P.) 

Dose.—H., gr.fi (.012-.03) ; D, gr.-rk-eV (.0006-.001). 
The gliicoside is not always pure and the dose is iiu certain 
and must be given with caution. 

Action External. — Strophauthus is a local anaesthetic. 

Action Internal. — Strophauthus is a gastro-intestinal 
irritant in large doses, like digitalis, and produces violent 
purging and sometimes vomiting. On account of its bitter 
qualities it may act in small medicinal doses as a stomachic, 
improving appetite and stimulating gastric secretion and 
motion. 

Circulation. — The action of strophauthus on the circula- 
tion is very similar to that of digitalis, but it is a more 
powerful and uncertain heart stimulant and produces less 
vascular constriction. By its influence the heart beats are 
made more forcible, infrequent and regular. Diastole is 
prolonged and systole is strengthened but unaltered in time. 
Arterial tension is raised and the pulse wave is increased in 
volume and force. The physiological details are not so well 
ascertained as are those of digitalis, but it is known that 
strophauthus directly stimulates the heart muscle in moder- 
ate doses. The vessels are slightly contracted, but not 
nearly as much so as by digitalis. Increased blood pressure 
results mainly from the augmented heart's action. In 
poisoning, the peripheral vagi are paralyzed and vascular 
tension falls, owing probably to tetanic contraction of the 
ventricles. The heart is arrested in systole or diastole. 

Nervous System. — Muscles and i^e.s^^iVrtiiOM. — Strophau- 
thus is a powerful muscle poison. Therapeutic doses 
increase muscular activity and tone, while toxic quantities 
paralyze voluntary muscles. Medicinal doses, not onl}' 
stimulate the voluntary muscles, but also the unstriped 
muscle of the heart, and to some extent that of the vessel 
walls. The nerve centres and trunks are unaffected excejjt 
by the local application of strophauthus, which paralyzes 



CONVALLARIA 455 

'the sensory nerve endings and muscular tissue. The respira- 
tion is uninfluenced by therapeutic doses of strophanthus, 
but in poisoning death sometimes takes place from 
respiratory failure following paralysis of the respiratory 
muscles. 

Kidneys. — The kidneys are irritated by large doses of 
strophanthus and the urine is albuminous. Inflammation of 
the renal tubules with minute haemorrhages are found post 
mortem. The renal vessels are not dilated, and the oncometer 
shows that the size of the kidney is not increased. The 
■drug stimulates the secretory cells of the renal tubules and 
causes diuresis directly as well as indirectly by increasing 
general blood pressure. The active principle is eliminated 
in the urine. A cumulative action in the lower animals and 
in man has been noted by several observers. 

Uses Internal. — In general, it may be stated that the 
indications for strophanthus are identical with those for 
digitalis, but the former is not so certain in its effects. It is 
of value as a substitute for digitalis when this medicine is 
not well borne, and to replace digitalis temporarily in order 
to avoid its cumulative action. On account of the stimulant 
and diuretic properties of strophanthus, it is useful in 
mitral disease, cardiac dropsy, pericardial and pleural effu- 
sions, pulmonary oedema, and chronic nephritis ; but in 
heart disease digitalis should be tried first. 

CoNVALLARiA. Couvallaria. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Lily of the Valley, E.; muguet, Fr. The 
rhizome and roots of Couvallaria majalis Linne (nat. ord. 
Liiliaceffi). 

Habitat. — United States, in the Alleghany Mountains, 
Europe and northern Asia. 

Description. — Of horizontal growth and somewhat 
branched ; about 3 Mm. thick, cylindrical, wrinkled, whitish, 
-marked with few circular scars ; at the annulate joint with 
about 8 or 10 long thin roots; fracture somewhat fibrous, 



456 YEGETABLE DRUGS 

Avliite ; odor peculiar, pleasant ; taste sweetish, bitter and 
somewhat acrid. 

Constituents. — Two glucosides ; (1) Convallamarin (C^gH^ 
0„,), the active principle. A white powder, having a sweet, 
bitter taste, and soluble in water and alcohol. (2) Conval- 
larin (CgiHsiOii), occurring in prismatic crystals, soluble in_ 
alcohol, s]3aringly in water, and insoluble in ether. A 
purgative. 

PREPARATION. 

Fluidextr actum Convallnrice. Fluidextract of Convallaria. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and 

evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug. 
Dose.—B.. & C, 3i.-iv. (4.-15.); D., mv.-x. (.3-.6). 

Action and Uses Internal. — Convallaria, by virtue of 
convallamarin, resembles digitalis in its action on the heart, 
vessels and kidneys, but is not so reliable and powerful. 
The indications for its use are the same as those for digitalis. 
In some cases it is successful where the latter drug has 
failed. Occasionally purging has resulted owing to the con- 
vallarin in convallaria. The fatal dose of convallamarin is- 
stated by Marme to be gr. ^ to ;^, (.015-. 03) for dogs, and yet 
the dose recommended in veterinary text books is gr. |- to 2 
(.03-.12). The glucoside is not a pure principle and there- 
fore varies in strength. For this reason the dose is uncertain 
and its use undesirable. 



SciLLA. Squill. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Squills, E. ; meerzwiebel, G. ; scille, squille, 
Fr.; bulbus scillae, P. G. 

The bulb of Urginea maritima (Linne) Baker (nat. ord. 
Liliaceae), deprived of its dry, membranaceous outer scales, 
and cut into thin slices, the central portions being rejected. 

Habitat. — Southern Europe, on the shores of the Medi- 
terranean. 

Description. — In narrow segments about 5 cm. long, 
slightly translucent, yellowish-white or reddish, brittle andi 



SQUILL 457 

^ulverizable when dry ; tougli and flexible after exposure to 
damp air; inodorous; taste mucilnginous, bitter and acrid. 

Constituents. — Yarions active principles have been 
recovered, but it is doubtful if any completely represent the 
action of the drug. All possess some poisonous properties. 
Merck sells three substances derived from squill : (1) Scil- 
litoxin, a glucoside. (2) Scillipicrin. (3) Scillin. In addi- 
tion, the drug contains mucilage. 

Squill Dose. —R., 3 i.-ii- (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.) ; Sh., 
^r.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.) ; D., gr.i.-v. (.06-.3). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextractum Seillce. Fluidextract of Squill. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, 
;and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.—U., li.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., mxv.-xxx. 
•<l.-2.) ; D., TTii.-v. (.06-.3). 

Tinctura SciUce. Tincture of Squill. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of squill, 100; with alcohol and 

water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Z>o.se.— H., 3 vi.- 1 i.ss. (24.-45.) ; C, 3 i.ss.-iii. (45.-90.) ; Sh., 3 i.ss.-iii. 

<6.-12.); D., mv.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

Syrupus SciUce. Syrup of Squill. (U. S. & B. P ) 
Made by boiling and filtering vinegar of squill, 450 ; adding sugar, 
"800 ; straining and adding water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 
Dose.—U., =ss. (15.); D., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.). 
Incompatible with ammonium carbonate. 

Syr^ipvs ScWce Compositus. Compound Syrup of Squill. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym.— Goy.e's Hive Syrup. Flindextract of squill. 80; fluid- 
extract of senega, SO; antimoniuiu and potassium tartrate, 2; purified 
talc, 20; sugar, 750; water to make 1000. 

Dose.— D., TTi^v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

Pil. Ipecacliuanhae cum Scilla. (B. P.) 

Contains 5 per cent, opium. Dogs, gr.ii.-viii. The compound 
•syrup (U. S. P.), or the pill of ipecac with squill (B. P.),are good 
•cough remedies for dogs. 

Action Internal. — Gasfro-intestinal Tract. — Therapeutic 
■doses do not exert any effect, but toxic quantities cause 



458 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

■vomiting and purging in dogs, with fall of temperature^ 
stupor, intermittent paralysis, convulsions, suppression or- 
scanty secretion of bloody urine, and death within 12 or 15 
hours. Lesions of gastro-enteritis and congestion of the 
kidneys are found after death. 

Circulation. — The action of squill on the heart and 
vessels is practically identical with that of digitalis. 

Bespiration. — Clinical experience, rather than physio- 
logical experiments, has shown that squill acts as an expect- 
orant during its elimination from the bronchial mucous, 
membrane, thereby increasing secretion and vascularity. 

Kidneys. — Squill is eliminated mainly by the kidneys, 
and in its excretion directly stimulates them and increases 
the amount of urine. In toxic doses it produces acute 
parenchymatous nephritis and urinary suppression. Squill 
is a more powerful diuretic than digitalis. 

Uses Internal. — Squill is useful in ascites of dogs, result- 
ine: from valvular lesions or otherwise, to stimulate the 
heart and cause diuresis. It may be given to advantage in 
pill with digitalis, calomel, and extract of hyoscyamus — one 
grain of each. Small doses of squill are often exhibited to 
dogs in the second stage of acute bronchitis, and occasion- 
ally to horses, as an expectorant; and in large doses as an 
emetic for dogs in the form of the simple or compound 
syrup. The drug is indicated in bronchitis with scanty 
secretion, or when exudation is excessive to improve the 
tone of the bronchial mucous membrane. 

Class 2.— Decreasing the Force and Frequency 
of the Heart. 

AcoNiTUM. Aconite. 

Synonym. — Aconiti radix, B.P.; racine d'aconit, Fr.;^ 
tubera aconiti, P. G.; eisenhutknollen, G. The tuber of 
Aconitum Napellus Linne (nat. ord. Ranunculacese).* 

Habitat. — Northwestern North America, Europe and 
Asia in mountainous regions, and cultivated in the United. 
States for its showy flowers. 

* Should yield not less than 0.5 per cent, of aconitine. 



459 

ACONITE 



^,,,,,^,;o..-rrom 10 to 20 Mm. thick at the crown 
coBically contracted below; from 50 to 75 Mm. long, w.th 
scars or fragments of radicles ; dark brown externally 
thUish internally, with a rather thick ba.^ ; the central 
axis about seven-rayed ; without odor ; taste at first sweetish, 
soon becoming acrid and producing a sensation of tingling 
and numbness which lasts for seme time. 

Constituents.-llhe alkaloid representing the action ot 
thedrugisaconitine (C3.H.,NQJ, which is precipitated by 
ammonia from an aqueous solution of an alcoholic extract 
oi the root of various species. It is a colorless, crystalline 
or amorphous, gray powder, almost insoluble m water and 
soluble in 22 parts of alcohol, in U parts of ether, and 1 
part of chloroform. Its salts are soluble in water. 

Commercial preparations vary in purity and strength 
and since it is extremely poisonous (an Indian arrow poison) 
its internal administration is undesirable. Pseudo-aconitme 

liLtion With aconitic acid (O.H.O,), have been obtained tiu,. 
aconite, bat their identity and chemistry are uncertain. 

Aconite Dose.-U. & C, gr.iii-xx. (.2-1.3) ; D., gr.^ n. 

^■^^^}c!i*i^mc« iV.7r«.. (Squibb.) S^^^^"^^^"^^"^^^- 
H., gr.^ (.002) ; D., gr-^^-T^^ (.0003..0006). 

AcoNiTiNA. Aconitine. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Occurs in colorless or white rhombic tables or prisms 
possessing no odor, and permanent in the air. Almost 

insoluble in water. , , , i- ^e 

Aconitine often contains a considerable propor ion of 
aconine and benzaconine, and so varies in activity, winch is 
a great objection to the use of one of the most powerful 
drugs known. (Yid. supra). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Tindura AconitL Tincture of Aconite. (U. S. & ^ P;) 

water to make 1000. (U; S. P.) 7 <,<, -i ss (2.-6.); Sh. & Sw., 

Dose.-H., TTIXX.-3.1. (1;3;J)\^-' 3 ss. i.ss. ^-. o.;, 
mx.-xx. (.6-1.3); D., ttiii.-x. (.12-.6). 



460 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Fluidextraetuni Aconiti. Fluidextract of Aconite. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and 
evaporation, so tliat 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.— H. &C., TTiiii.-xx. (.2-1.3); D., ^jV^i. (.006-.12). 

Unguentiim Aconitince. (B. P. ) (2 per cent. ) 

Linimentum Aconiti. (B. P.) 

Fleming's Tincture. (Non-official.) (79 per cent.) 
Dose.—U., TTLvii.-xv. (.5-1.); D.. mi-ii. (.015-.12). 

ACONITE AND ACONITINE. 

Action External. — Aconite or aconitine applied to mucous 
membranes, raw surfaces or the unbroken skin, irritates and 
then paralyzes the nerves of touch and temperature. This 
is evidenced in the human subject by a sensation of tingling 
and burning, followed by numbness and local anaesthesia. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Aconite in medicinal 
doses has no special effect on the digestive organs. Toxic 
doses produce nausea and retching, and, in animals capable 
of the act, vomiting. 

Circulation. — Tlie chief therapeutic value of aconite 
depends upon its influence over the heart and vessels. It 
reduces both the force and frequency of the cardiac pulsa- 
tions and lowers blood tension. The physiological details 
accounting for this action are not positively known. It is 
probable that the slowing of the heart is primarily due to 
stimulation of the vagus endings in the heart, inhibitory 
centre in the medulla, and cardiac motor ganglia ; but 
soon both the heart muscle and its contained ganglia are 
progressively depressed, and, by lethal doses, paralyzed. 
This local action of aconite on the heart is exhibited when 
the drug is applied directly to the organ in situ, or to the 
cut-out heart, when its pulsations are diminished in force 
and frequency. 

The vasomotor system is only indirectly influenced by 
depression of the sensory nerves, so that the normal peri- 
pheral stimuli do not reflexly stimulate the vasomotor centre 
and contract the arterioles. Therefore blood pressure is 



ACONITE 



4G1 



lowered for this reason and because of tlie lessened heart's 
miction. In poisoning, the pulse is weak, irregular and inter- 
mittent; first slow and then rapid. There is ultimately 
paralysis of the peripheral vagi, heart muscle and its 
f;anglia, and the vasomotor centres. The heart is arrested 
in diastole, but death immediately results from respiratory 
iailure. 

Nervous System.— The most striking efi'ect of aconite 
■on the nervous system consists in loss of sensation 
and temperature sense after large medicinal doses. This 
phenomenon is doe to depression of the sensory nerve 
terminations, and possibly to depression of sensory percep- 
tive centres in the brain, and sensory side of the cord. The 
■drug is not comparable with opium, since doses large enough 
to pioduce a general anodyne action are dangerous. 

Poisonous doses of aconite cause loss of motor power 
as well as loss of sensation. This latter efi'ect follows 
paralysis of the motor nerve endings and perhaps the spinal 
motor tract. There is some disturbance of the brain, as 
■exhibited by occasional delirium and convulsions. Tlie 
latter are supposed to follow interference with the circula- 
tion at the base of the brain. Furthermore, in man, dizzi- 
ness, blindness, deafness and loss of speech sometimes occur 
in lethal poisoning. 

Bespiraiion. — The breathing of animals under the infiu- 
«nce of aconite resembles that observed after section of the 
Tagi. The respiration is slow ; the expiration is prolonged, 
and is succeeded by a considerable interval before the next 
inspiration. This condition is brought about by depression 
of the medullary respiratory centres and terminations of the 
afferent vagi in the lungs. 

Tem'perature. — The bodily heat is reduced by aconite in 
fever, after medicinal doses, and in poisoning by the drug. 
Vascular dilatation, retarded circulation, and therefore heat 
•dissipation, probably explains the antipyretic action. 

Skin. — Aconite sometimes produces slight diarphoresis. 
The cause of this action is unknown. 



462 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Kidneys and Elimination. — The urinary flow is some- 
what increased, especially in fever. The cause is also 
uncertain ; neither is the mode of elimination understood. 

Toxicology. — The minimum fatal dose of aconite is about 
3 i. for the horse ; gr.xs. for medium sized dogs ; aud gr.v.-vi. 
for cats. The smallest fatal dose recorded in man is a tea- 
spoonful of tincture of aconite, equivalent to about gr.xxx. of 
the crude drug. The minimum lethal quantity of aconitiue 
is gr-^ig for man, and about the same for cats. For dogs it 
is from gr.|^ to gr.|. The writer has found that cats will 
live from fifteen minutes to half an hour after receiving the 
smaller deadly doses under the skin, but large doses produce 
death immediately by paralyzing the heart. Large thera- 
peutic doses cause, in horses, restlessness, pawing the 
ground, shaking of the head, champing of the jaws, increased 
secretion of salivary mucus, and attempts at swallowing, 
probably owing to the peculiar sense of irritation produced 
by the drug in the throat. Nausea and retching are observed 
in all animals, while vomiting occurs in dogs and cats. The 
pulse and respiration are weakened and generally retarded. 
After lethal doses these symptoms are intensified. We 
observe violent retching, frequent and difiicult attacks of 
swallowing, ejection of frothy mucus from the mouth, 
copious sweating in horses; pulse first weak and infrequent, 
later rapid, running and almost imperceptible; respiration 
slow, interrupted, and shallow, and reduction of tenipera- 
ture. Death is preceded by muscular twitchings in the 
horse and loss of strength, so that the subject falls and is 
unable to rise ; or in the case of cats and rabbits, the animals 
jump vertically into the air, topple over backwa)ds and go 
into convulsions, lying helpless on their side. The Ubiul 
muscles are retracted and the lijis drawn back, showing the 
teeth covered with foam. The face is anxious, the eyeballs 
are retracted or protruded, and the pupils more commonly 
dilated. Death takes place usually from asphyxia, occasion- 
ally from syncope. The post-mortem appearances are 
simply those resulting from asphyxia. 



ACONITE 463. 

Treatment — Evacuate the stomach by pump or siphon^ 
Emetics are contraindicated as disturbing the heart. Car- 
diac and respiratory stimulants are to be given subcutane- 
ously, as alcohol, ammonia, ether, and tincture of digitalis, 
in addition to inhalation of amyl nitrite. The patient must 
be kept quiet, and artificial respiration done if practicable 
and necessary. 

Experimental and clinical evidence abundantly prove 
the antagonism of digitalis as an antidote in stimulating 
the heart, even when it has stopped beating, in aconite 
poisoning. 

Uses External. — Aconite may be applied in the official 
liniment (fluid extract of aconite, 40 ; chloroform liniment, 
60) to relieve pain of an inflammatory, neuralgic, or rheu- 
matic character ; or as aconitiue in ointment (2-4 per cent.) 
for the same purposes. Aconitine is very expensive, how- 
ever. Care must be exercised to prevent undue absorption 
and poisoning. 

Uses Internal. — Aconite fills certain indications which no 
other drug does. It is useful in fever because : 

1. It diminishes the force and frequency of the heart. 

2. It causes arterial relaxation and equalizes the circu- 
lation ; i.e., it allows the blood to flow away from congested 
areas into dilated peripheral vessels. It is not so powerful 
as veratrum viride. 

3. It lowers temperature and produces sweating and 
diuresis. 

4. It relieves pain and restlessness to some extent. 
Aconite is particularly applicable, conjoined with sweet 

spirit of nitre, in the first stages of febrile diseases ; in those 
attacking the young ; and in those of self-limited and short 
duration, viz., coryza, laryngitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, 
bronchitis and pneumonia uncomplicated with influenza. 
It is also indicated in the initial period of acute muscular 
rheumatism, enteritis and peritonitis (combined with opium), 
and in mammitis, lymphangitis, and laminitis. Spasmodic 
and painful disorders, as colic, are relieved more success- 



484 VEGETABLE BRUGS 

fully by powerful anodynes and antispasmodics (opium and 
belladonna). 

In chronic or long continued fevers, the use of aconite 
should not be persisted in, but it should be given at the very 
outset of fevers and repeated frequently in small doses. 
TIXxv. for the horse, and Tltii. for the dog, every fifteen min- 
utes for two hours, and afterwards 1T[xxx. for the horse and 
Tl\iii. for the dog, hourly, being governed, however, by the 
condition of the pulse and temperature and the physiolo- 
gical effects. Aconite is a useful sedative in some cardiac 
disturbances. It quiets nervous palpitation, and that form 
resulting from hypertrophy of the heart. It can be admin- 
istered to advantage in the first stages of acute pericarditis 
and endocarditis. 

Yeratrum. Veratrum. 

Synonym. — Veratri viridis rhizoma, B. P. ; veratrum 
viride, A-naerican hellebore, green hellebore root, Indian 
poke root, E. ; griiner germer, G. 

The rhizome and roots of Veratrum viride Alton or 
Veratrum album Linne (nat. ord. Liliacese). 

Descri'ption. — Khizome upright, obconical, simple or 
divided, from 3 to 8 Cm. long and 2 to 4 or 5 Cm. thick ; 
externally blackish-gray, internally grayish-white ; showing 
numerous short, irregular wood-bundles. Roots emanating 
from all sides of the rhizome, numerous, shrivelled, light 
yellowish-brown ; about 10 to 20 Cm. long and 2 Mm. thick. 
Inodorous, but strongly sternutatory when powdered ; taste 
bitterish and very acrid. 

Constituents. — 1. Jervine (CjiHj.NOj), a pure alkaloid, 
occurring also in veratrum album. 2. Veratroidine or ceva- 
dine ; an impure alkaloid, non-crystallizable, composed, 
chiefly of rubijervine in combination with resin and other 
bodies. It is said to be identical with veratrine. 3. Pseu- 
dojervine. 4. Traces of rubijervine. 5. A resin, nearly 
inert, but a gastro-intestinal irritant. 

Veratrum Dose.—R. & C, 3ss.-i. (2.-4.); Sh. & Sw., 
gr.xx.-xxx. (1.3-2.) ; D., gr.^V-i- (.006-.06), 



VEEATRUM 465 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluide.vtractuvi Veratri. Fluidex-ti'act of Veratrum. 
(U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and evaporation, 
so that 1 cc. =1 gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.—n. & C, 3ss.-i. (3.-4.); Sh. &S\v., laxx.-xxx. (1.3.2.); D., 
niiVi- (.006-.06). 

Tinctura Veratri. Tincture of Veratrum. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of veratrum viride, 100 ; and 
alcohol to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.—B.. & C, |ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., 
mv.-xv. (.3-1.) 

JERVTNE. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Large doses cause 
salivation, but have little effect on the stomacli or bowels. 

Circulation. — Jervine is a powerful depressant to the 
heart muscle, its contained ganglia, and the vasomotor 
centres. Large doses, therefore, weaken and slow the pulse 
and lower vascular tension. 

Respiration. — The alkaloid is also a profound respira- 
tory depressant, and death occurs from asphyxia in poison- 
ing, the heart continuing to beat after cessation of breathing. 

Nervous System. — In poisoning by jervine, animals 
exhibit muscular tremors and weakness, and finally fall 
from loss of muscular power. Lying prostrate on the 
ground in a paralytic state, they are attacked by clonic con- 
vulsions. The paralysis is attributable to depression of the 
cells of the inferior cornua, while the convulsions are due ta 
disturbance of the cerebral circulation, or stimulation of the 
cerebral motor tract. The muscles and nerves are unaffected 
by jervine, but there is partial anaesthesia of spinal origin 
observed just before death. 

VERATROIDINE. 

Action Internal. — The alkaloid is a decided gastro-intes- 
tinal irritant and produces vomiting in animals capable of 
the act, and often purging. 



466 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Circulation. — Veratroidine mainly influences the cardiac 
inhibitory apparatus. When artificial respiration is practised, 
so that the effect of the substance on the respiratory centres 
will not overcome the action on the circulation, it is found 
that the alkaloid slows the heart's action in moderate doses 
by stimulating the pneumogastric centres. Large toxic 
doses, on the other hand, paralyze the vagus nerve endings 
in the heart, and the cardiac pulsations therefore become 
very frequent. The vasomotor centres are uninfluenced by 
ordinary quantities of veratroidine. 

Respiration. — The depressing action of veratroidine on 
the respiratory functions is more marked than that exerted 
on the heart, so that, unless artificial respiration is sustained, 
asphyxia supervenes, and this leads to vasomotor spasm and 
great rise of blood pressure. Death eusues from respiratory 
failure. 

Nervous System. — The influence of veratroidine upon 
the nervous system is similar to that of jervine, but the 
spasmodic phenomena are not so prominent. 

YERATRUM. 

Action Internal — The action of the drug is a resultant 
of the action of jervine and veratroidine. 

Circulation. — The most noteworthy therapeutic value of 
veratrum viride depends upon its effect on the circulation. 
It first lowers the force (jervine), and, if continued, the 
frequency (veratroidine and jervine) of the pulse, and also 
reduces vascular tension. Veratrum is considerably more 
powerful than aconite, which depresses the action of 
the heart, but does not directly lessen arterial action. 
Veratrum is, however, inferior to aconite for general pur- 
poses, as it does not possess the anodyne, diarphoretic, or 
diuretic properties peculiar to the latter drug. 

The temperature is reduced several degrees by large 
doses of veratrum viride. 

Toxicology. — The symptoms exhibited in veratrum 
poisoning are : salivation, vomiting, or attempts at vomiting. 



VERATRUM 467 

purging, abdominal pain, m^^sc^^lar weakness, cliflS.cultj in 
progression, loss of power and general paralysis, muscular 
tremors and spasms, and occasionally convulsions. The 
pulse is unaltered in rate at first, but later becomes infrequent 
and compressible and finally rapid, thread-like and running. 
The respiration is shallow, the temperature reduced, the 
skin is cold and clammy ; there is semi-consciousness, loss 
of sight and death from asphyxia. 

Treatment should be pursued with cardiac and respira- 
tory stimulants, as amyl nitrite (by inhalation), alcohol, 
strychnine and atropine ; tannic acid as a chemical antidote ; 
opium to subdue pain ; and demulcents to relieve local irrita- 
tion of the digestive tract. Warm water should be given the 
smaller animals to wash out the stomach and to assist vomi- 
tion, and quietude should be enforced. In man, fatal poison- 
ing is rare, since the drug is spontaneously vomited. The 
same would probably apply to dogs. Recovery has ensued 
in horses after ingestion of two ounces of veratrum root. 

Administration. — It is advisable to give small doses of 
the tincture or fluid extract hourly. In the case of the 
smaller patients, the dose should be preceded by the ad- 
ministration of a correspondingly small dose of laudanum 
(lll^v.-x.) to prevent vomiting. 

Uses Internal. — The alkaloids of veratrum are difficult 
to obtain in their purity, and are not used in practice. 

The drug is applicable as a circulatory sedative at the 
outset of sthenic diseases afSicting strong, plethoric ani- 
mals. Veratrum bleeds an animal into its own vessels by 
causing vascular dilatation. The indications are similar 
to those applying to venesection, and are therefore limited. 
In some cases of acute diseases, included within the limits 
defined above, it may prove of the utmost service to cut 
short or even abort the attack. 

In this list may be placed sthenic pneumonia, cerebritis, 
laminitis, puerperal fever, and, when veratrum is combined 
with opium to obviate stimulation of peristaltic action. 



4G8 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

enteritis, peritonitis, and abdominal wounds and injuries. 
Yeratriim is said to relieve pain, lower temperature and 
lessen the duration of acute rheumatic fever. 

VERATRUM ALBUM.* 

Synonym. — Veratri albi rhizoma, white hellebore root, E. 

Habitat. — Europe (used on the continent). 

Constituents. — 1. Jervine. 2. Veratralbine, which is 
allied to veratrine. Veratrura album generally resembles 
veratrum viride, but it is a more powerful gastio-iutestinal 
irritant. The Germans recommend it to be given as an 
emetic to swine, in milk, gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3), and as an emetic 
to cattle, 3 iv.-vi. (16.-24). Its use is, however, attended 
■with some danger in these doses. 

Veratrina. Veratrine. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A mixture of alkaloids obtained from the sped of 
Asagraea officinalis (Schlechtendal et Chamisso) Lindley 
(nat. ord. Liliacese). (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Obtained from the seed by alcohol, which, 
is recovered by distillation, and the residue is treated with 
water to precipitate resins ; filtered, and veratrine is precipi- 
tated from the filtrate by ammonia. It is further purified by 
solution in water, decolorization, and reprecipitation. 

Properties. — A white, or grayish-white, amorphous, or 
semi-crystalline powder; odorless, but causing intense irri- 
tation and sneezing when even a minute quantity reaches 
the nasal mucous membrane ; having an acrid taste, and leav- 
ing a sense of tingling and numbness on the tongue. Per- 
manent in the air. Very slightly soluble in cold or hot 
water; soluble in 3 parts of alcohol, and very soluble in. 
boiling alcohol ; also soluble in 6 parts of ether, and in 2 
parts of chloroform. 

Dose.—R., gr.ss.-ii. (.03-. 12); C, gr.ii.-v. (.12-.3) ; D.^ 
gi'-^-iV (.0012-.006). 

The smaller doses to be given subcutaneously. 

* Veratrum (U. S. P.) now Includes both Veratrum viride (American Hella-^ 
bore and Veratrum Album (White Hellebore). 



VERATRINE 469 

PREPARATIONS. 

Oleatum Veratrinm. Oleate of Veratrine, 2 per cent. (U. S. P.) 
Unguentum Veratrince. (U. S. & B. P.) (4 per cent., U. S. P.) 

Action Internal. — Veratrine is a powerful irritant. If 
inhaled in minutest quantity it causes sneezing and a mucous, 
or bloody discharge. When injected under the skin, vera- 
trine occasions suffering and restlessness. Rubbed into the 
skin or applied to a mucous membrane or a raw surface, it 
produces redness and pain followed by local anaesthesia. 

Action Internal. — Here again veratrine is an intense irri- 
tant. After ingestion of large doses, there are salivation, 
violent vomiting, in animals capable of the act ; often severe 
purging, pain, collapse, fall of temperature and other symp- 
toms common to gastro-enteritis. 

Nervous System and 3Iuscles. — Veratrine is a direct 
poison to the motor and sensory nerves and muscles, first 
exalting and then depressing and paralyzing their functional 
activity. The cerebrum, and probably the spinal cord, escape 
its influence. Spasms and convulsions occur in veratrine 
poisoning, in the stage of motor excitement, while paralysis 
follows depression of the nerves and muscles. The action of 
the substance begins and ends sooner in the nerves than the 
muscles. The effect of veratrine on voluntary muscle is 
peculiar. A tracing of a muscle during contraction shows 
that the latent period, and that of ascent, is unaltered ; but 
the amount of contraction is much augmented, as shown by 
the increased height of the curve ; and the time of relaxation 
is greatly prolonged. 

Circulation. — Veratrine affects the heart muscle much 
as it does the striped muscle, and the vagus nerve similarly 
to the spinal nerves. The cardiac muscle and vagus nerve 
(central and peripheral), and probably the vasomotor 
centres, are primarily stimulated and secondarily depressed 
and paralyzed. Three conditions have been noted in rela- 
tion to the pulse, corresponding to different stages in the 
action of veratrine. 1. A small dose may induce a temporary 



470 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

rise of pulse rate, force and tension, by stimulation of the 
cardiac muscle and vasomotor centres. 2. Large doses are 
followed by slowing and weakening of the pulse. The 
vagus is stimulated and the heart muscle depressed. 3. 
Towards the end of fatal poisoning the pulse becomes weak, 
thread-like, rapid and irregular from paralysis of the heart" 
muscle, inhibitory apparatus and vasomotor centres. It 
sometimes happens, however, that the pulse remains weak 
and slow in this stage because the paralyzing influence of 
the substance on the heart muscle prevents quickening of 
the heart even after the removal of inhibitory control. The 
heart is dilated and irresponsive to galvanism, after death, as 
are also the voluntary muscles. 

Respiration. — Lethal doses paralyze the respiratory 
centres and death occurs from respiratory arrest. The 
breathing may be quickened by small doses of veratrine, 
owing to transient stimulation of the respiratory centres and 
vagus nerve endings in the lungs. 

Toxicology. — The symptoms of poisoning are referable 
to the action of veratrine on the digestive, nervous and 
muscular apparatus, heart, and respiratory organs. They 
include nausea, salivation, clammy sweating, excessive vomit- 
ing in dogs, cats and cattle, attempts at vomiting in the 
horse, abdominal pain, severe purging, muscular twitcliinp;s 
or convulsions (excited by external stimuli), loss of muscular 
power and paralysis. The pulse, at first weak and infrequent, 
becomes thready, rapid and irregular. The temperature is 
reduced and the respiration is weak and slow. Death occurs 
in convulsions or paralysis. One-sixteenth of a grain has 
caused alarming symptoms in man. ' The minimum fatal 
dose is about one grain for dogs. One grain subcutaneously, 
or five to six grains by the mouth, produce poisonous 
symptoms in horses. 

Treatment. — External heat; respiratory and cardiac 
stimulants should be employed subcutaneously. Potassium 
carbonate and demulcent drinks are to be given in- 
ternally. 



IPECAC 



471 



Uses External. — Veratrine is of trivial value, since its 
therapeutic application is narrowly limited. It is occasion- 
■ally useful in the official ointment, or in greater strength 
^gr.xl. to 3 i.) for its local anaesthetic action applied over 
rheumatic joints. It may be employed also as a simple 
rubefacient. An aqueous solution of veratrine sulphate, or 
^n alcoholic dilution of the pure alkaloid, is recommended by 
JEllenberger and other' noted Germans in shoulder lameness, 
myalgia, and chronic rheumatic affections of the horse, to be 
injected every alternate day, or ofteuer, into the muscular 
tissue over the seat of the trouble. The animal should be led 
-about for fifteen or thirty minutes while the pain of the 
treatment lasts. The initial dose is gr.f (0.4 Gm.), to be 
increased to gr.l| (0.1 Gm.). 

Uses Internal. — Veratrine has been employed as a cardiac 
sedative and antipyretic in pneumonia, acute rheumatism, 
and in other sthenic disorders, but it is inferior for these 
purposes to aconite or veratrum viride, and its other effects 
are undesirable. The remedy is lauded by foreign authori- 
ties as an emetic and cathartic for cattle in impaction of the 
third stomach, and in conditions where it is desirable to 
•quickly unload their digestive apparatus. 

P. Cagny advises veratrine, grs.2^-3 (.15-.20), subcutane- 
ously, to be followed if necessary by daily doses of grs.5-7^, 
(0.3-0.5 Gm.) in mucilaginous drinks by the mouth. The 
same writer finds the drug useful in "broken wind." Vera- 
trine stimulates intestinal secretion and peristalsis in the 
liorse, but is inferior to eserine and pilocarpine in that 
animal as a quickly acting cathartic. 



SECTION VII.— DEUGS ACTING ON THE 
EESPIKATOKY OKGANS. 

Ipecacuanha. Ipecac. (U. S. <fc B. P.) 

Synonym. — Ipecacuanha, racine bresilienne, Fr. ; 
l)rechwurzel, ruhrwurzel, G. 



472 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

The root of Cephaelis Ipecacuanha (Brotero) A». 
Bichard (nat. ord. Eubiacese). 

Habitat. — South America from Brazil to Bolivia, anct 
New Grenada. Cultivated in India. 

Description. — About 10 Cm. long and 4 or 5 Mm. thick ;- 
mostly simple, contorted, dull grayish-brown or blackish,, 
finely wrinkled, closely and irregularly annulated, and often: 
transversely fissured ; bark thick, brittle, brownish, easily 
separated from the thin, whitish, tough, ligneous portion; 
odor slight, peculiar, nauseous ; taste bitterish, acrid, 
nauseating. 

Constituents. — 1. The alkaloid Emetine (CjoH^oNOg),. 
existing to the extent of 1-2 per cent., and representing in 
the main the action of the crude drug. It is a white, odor- 
less, uncrystallizable powder, with a bitter, burning taste, 
and soluble in alcohol and chloroform ; less so in ether, and 
very slightly in water, turning yellow on keeping. The 
impure commercial alkaloid occurs in brownish-red trans- 
parent and deliquescent scales, very soluble in water. 2. 
An amorphous, bitter glucoside. 3. An astringent, ipecac- 
uanhic acid. 4. A volatile oil, starch, gum, tannin, coloring 
matter, etc. Hemidesmus exists as an impurity, it is cracked,, 
not annulated ; also bitter almond powder, which exhales 
the odor of prussic acid when wet. Emetine (non-official) is 
rarely used. 

Dose of Poivdered Boot. — H., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; C, 3 ii.-iv^ 
(8.-15.) ; Sh., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.) ; D., gr.ss.-ii. (.03-.12). 

Emetic. — D. & Sw., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fliiidextractum Ipecacuanhce. Fluidextract of Ipecac. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, evap^ 
oration of a portion of the percolate, solution of the residue in the- 
reserved portion of the percolate, and addition of alcohol and water, so- 
that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug. The fluidextract should contairt 
1.75 per cent, of alkaloids from ipecac. 
Dose. — Same as powdered root. 

Extractum IpecacuanhcB Liquidum, (B. P.) 
i Z)os«.— One-half that of the U. S. P. fluidextract. 



IPECAC 473 

Syrupus Ipecacuanhce. Syrup of Ipecac. (U. S. P.) 
Fluid extract of ipecac, 70 ; acetic acid, 10 : glycerin, 100 ; sugar, 
I'OO ; water to make 1000. 

Dose.—'D. (expectorant), ttixv.- 3 i. (1.-4.). 

Vinum Ipecacuanhce. Wine of Ipecac. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Fluid extract of ipecac, 100 ; alcohol, 100 ; white wine, 800. 
<U. S. P.) 

Dose. — Same as syrup of ipecac. 

Pulvis Jpecaciianhce et Opii. (U. S. & B. P.) (See opium.) 
Tinctura Ipecacuanlire et Opii. (See opium ) 

Action External. — Ipecac, and still ncore emetine, are 
'decided irritants when applied to mucous membranes, raw 
surfaces, or even to the unbroken skin; causing, variously, 
Lypersemia, vesication, pustulation, and ulceration, according 
to their strength and the mode of application. Ipecac is 
said to possess some antiseptic properties not resident in 
emetine. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Ipecac is naturally a 
local irritant in the alimentary canal as well as externally. 
It increases the flow of saliva and gastric juice, besides 
dilating the blood vessels of the stomach. Small doses are 
stomachic, improving the digestion and tone of the gastric 
mucous membrane, and, in some cases, minute quantities are 
anti-emetic i)i allaying vomiting. Large doses, on the other 
hand, cause a little nausea and free vomiting. It is probable 
that emetine is not, as frequently stated, a specific emetic; 
that is, it does not act directly on the vomiting .centre, 
although vomiting is produced, when emetine is thrown into 
the blood, by means of its elimination through the stomach. 
This is substantiated by the following facts: (1) Emetine is 
recovered in the first vomitus after its subcutaneous injec- 
tion. (2) Vomition does not occur so rapidly, and more 
emetine is required, when the alkaloid is injected in place of 
being ingested. (3) Furthermore, when the vagus is pre- 
viously divided, vomiting does not follow hyperdermic medi- 
cation of emetine. The act does, however, follow the admin- 
istration of apomorphine and tartar emetic under similar 



474 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

conditions. Therefore it is probable that in whatsoever wsLy 
ipecac is exhibited, vomiting proceeds from direct irritation 
of the stomach or the vagus endings situated therein. Ipecae 
and emetine do not act so promptly as zinc sulphate or 
apomorphine (under the skin). The latter are accordiugly 
preferable as evacuants in poisoning. Compared with tartar 
emetic, ipecac is less persistent and prostrating in its effect. 
It is probably the mildest emetic at our command. Ipecac 
and emetine increase secretion and cause hypersemia and 
purging, sometimes of a bloody character, in their passaga 
through the bowels. Gastro-enteritis may follow the admin- 
istration of large quantities to dogs. Experimental evidence 
has shown that ipecac is an hepatic stimulant (cholagogue), 
increasing the secretion of bile. 

Circulation. — Medicinal doses have no influence on the 
circulation. Lethal doses paralyze the heart muscle. Tha 
act of vomiting, nevertheless, may slightly depress the 
heart. 

Respiratory Organs. — The lungs are often found intensely 
hyperaemic after death by ipecac poisoning. Not only this ; 
portions are seen to be collapsed and consolidated. In 
therapeutic doses the j)ulmonary mucous membrane is stimu- 
lated during its elimination and is made more vascular ; the 
secretion of bronchial mucus is increased and cough is 
reflexly excited. Ipecac is thus strictly a stimulating expoct- 
oraut in so far as its action on the bronchial mucous mem- 
brane is concerned ; but it is, perhaps unfortunately and 
misleadingly, classed by some (Bruuton) as a depressing 
expectorant because of the side influence on the circulation. 

Skin. — Ipecac is mildly diarphoretic in addition to 
and independent of this action common to nauseants in. 
general. 

Toxicology. — The following toxic phenomena are exhib- 
ited by animals : vomiting, loss of muscular power and 
paralysis, increased, followed by diminished reflex activity,, 
failure of heart and respiration, and post mortem evidences, 
of congestion and inflammation of the lungs and intestines^ 



IPECAC 475 

Three ounces of ipecac liave killed a liorse, and two grains 
of emetine have proved fatal to a dog. 

Uses. — The indications for the therapeutic employment 
of ipecac may be described under the following heads : 

1. Emetic and anti-emetic. 

2. Expectorant. 

3. Diarphoretic. 

4. Empirically in dysentery and chronic diarrhoea. 

1. Powdered ipecac is a good agent for dogs, cats and 
pigs, given in luke-warni water, in repeated doses if neces- 
sary, to empty an overloaded stomach. Also in acute 
bronchitis and laryngitis of dogs and cats, when the patient 
is endangered by accumulation of secretion, ipecac, by the 
forcible expulsion attending vomiting, removes secretion 
from the upper respiratory tract and clears out the stomach 
of any secretion which may have been swallowed. Ipecac is 
efficacious in stopping vomiting in cases of acute catarrh of 
the stomach in dogs, and is given as the wine with tincture 
of aconite, one drop each in a drachm of ice water, at half 
hour intervals. The drug is also of service in reflex vomit- 
ing, and that due to an atonic or depressed condition of the 
stomach. Therapeutically, ipecac should only be of value in 
the latter disorder, but it nevertheless is often efficient in the 
vomiting of irritative dyspepsia, as noted above. 

2. Ipecac is prescribed in the first stage of acute bron- 
chitis, when the secretion is scanty, and again in bronchitis of 
long standing, to stimulate the bronchial mucous membrane. 
It may be given to dogs and cats in repeated expectorant 
doses of the wine or syrup, with other expectorants, diarpho- 
retics and diuretics, as syrup of squill and spirit of nitrous 
ether, or as Dover's powder, to all animals. 

3. Ipecac is a feeble diarphoretic, and inferior to sweet 
spirit of nitre, aconite, alcohol or external heat, for general 
sudorific purposes. The combination of opium and ipecac, 
in Dover's powder, is an appropriate mixture to relieve pain 
and cause diarphoresis in acute rheumatism, and may cut 
short attacks of acute inflammation of the respiratory tract. 



476 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

4. Ipecac is probably the best single remedy for tlie 
treatment of dysentery. It should be given in the form of 
powder, bolus, or pill every four hours, combined with 
opium to prevent nausea or vomiting. Extemporaneous 
decoctions are likewise useful given in the form of enemata, 
and may take the place of the drug by the mouth in 
dysentery or chronic diarrhoea. Ipecac has been used 
successfully in the treatment of anthrax, in man, by dusting 
the powdered drug over the external lesion and giving it 
internally every two hours. 



SECTION VIII.— ANTIPYEETIC AND ANTISEPTIC 
ORGANIC AGENTS. 

Class 1. — Cinchona and its Alkaloids. 

Cinchona. Cinchona. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Cinchonte cortex, B.P. ; cortex chinse, E. ; 
quinquina, Fr. ; chinarinde, G. 

The bark of Cinchona calisaya Weddell, Cinchona 
officialis Linne, and of hybrids of these and of other species 
of cinchona (nat. ord. Rubiacese), yielding when assayed not 
less than 5 per cent, of total anhydrous cinchona alkaloids, 
and at least 4 per cent, of ether-soluble alkaloids.' 

Habitat. — Indigenous in South America on the east 
slope of the Andes, and northwards into Colombia ; south- 
wards to the lower part of Bolivia, at altitudes varying from 
5,000 to 10,000 ft. Cultivated in Jndia, East Indies, Jamaica, 
and to some extent in South America. 

Description. — In quills or incurved pieces, varying in 
length, and usually 2 or 3 or sometimes 5 Mm. thick. The 
outer surface covered with a gray or brownish-gray cork, 
usually slightly wrinkled, marked with transverse, and also 
with iiitersecting, longitudinal fissures (C. Calisaya), and 
sometimes with scattered warts and slight, longitudinal 



CINCHONA 



477 



Tidges ; inner surface light cinnamon-brown, very finely 
striate ; fracture short and granular in the outer layer, and 
finely fibrous in the inner layer ; powder, light brown or 
yellowish-brown ; odor slight, somewhat aromatic ; taste 
"bitter and somewhat astringent. 

Constititents. — (o) Four chief alkaloids and three artificial 
products. 

(1) Quinine (C,JI,,'i^X),-\-ZB.,0). Solutions 
of its salts are fluorescent. Turns plane of 
polarization to left. Gives green color with 
ammonia and chlorine water. Precipitated 

* Isomers \ from its salts as hydrate. 

(2) Quinidine (CooH^.N.O.). Solutions of its 
salts fluorescent. Differs from quinine in turn- 
ing plane of polarization to right, and in being 

[ insoluble in ammonia except in excess. 

(Quinicine is an artificial amorplious alkaloid, probably not occur- 
ring naturally, and obtained from quinine by heat and excess of a 
mineral acid. Quinoidine is a cheap brown amorphous substance 
obtained from the mother liquor after quinine sulphate has crystallized 
out, and contains a mixture of quinidine, cinchonine and cinchonidine.) 

(3) Cinchonitte (C^JI.J^nO). Is not fluores- 
cent. Turns plane of polarization to right. 
Does not assume a green color with ammonia 

* Isomers ^ or chlorine water. 

(4) Cinchonidine (C„H,,N,0) is slightly 
fluorescent. Turns plane of polarization to 

t left. 

Cinchonicine is an artificial alkaloid obtained from einchonine by 
•heat and an excess of a mineral acid. 

Some other alkaloids of no particular importance are : 

Quinamina (Ci9H24N202). 
Paricina (CieHieNaO). 
Aricina, etc. 



* Isomers are bodies composed of the same elements, in the same 
proportions, but possessing different chemical or physical properties. 



478 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

(h) Less Important Constituents. — (5) Kinic, or quinie 
acid (C-HjjOe), occurs in colorless prisms. Related to benzoic 
acid and eliminated in the urine as hippuricacid. Found in 
coffee beans and other vegetables. 

The alkaloids in cinchona are naturally united with 
kinic or kinovic acid, and salts of this combination are used 
in medicine ; i.e., quinine kinate, which is soluble and may 
be employed subcutaneously. 

(6) Kinovic, or quinovic acid (CjoHj^Og), a white, amor- 
phous substance allied to kinovin. 

(7) Kinovin, or quinovin (CjoH^gOj), a glucoside readily 
decomposed into glucose and kinovic acid. 

(8) Cincho-tannic acid, or kiuo-tannic and kinovi-tannic 
acid (2-4: per cent.). The astringent principle of cinchona. 
Distinguished from tannic acid in. yielding green color with 
ferric salts. 

(9) Cinchona red, the coloring matter of cinchona bark. 
Nearly insoluble in water. 

(10) A volatile oil existing in minute amount. 

(11) Starch, gum, resin and salts common to other 
vegetable matters. 

Incompatibility. — Cinchona is incompatible with lime 
water, ammonia, metallic salts or gelatiu. 

Dose.—H., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); C, 3 i -ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 
3 i.-iv. (4.-15.) ; D. & C, gr.x.- 3 i. (.6-4.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextractiim Cinchonce. Fluidextract of Cinchona. 
(U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with glycerin, alcohol and 
■water ; evaporation of tlie last portion of the percolate, and addition" of 
the residue to first portion, with enough water and alcohol to make 
1 CO. = 1 gm. of crude drug. Contains 4 per cent, of alkaloids. 
(U. S. P.) 

Dose. — Same as cinchona. 

Extractum Cinchona'. Liquidttm. (B. P.) 
Contains 5 per cent, of alkaloids. 
Dose. — Same as cinchona. 



RED CINCHONA 479 

Infiisum Cinclionm Acidum. (B, P.) 
J>ose.— H., Oi. (500.); D., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.). 

Tinctara Cinclionm. Tincture of Cinchona. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation of cinchona, 200, with 
glycerin, 75 ; and alcohol and water a sufficient quantity to make 1000. 
0.75 gm. alkaloids in 100 cc. of tinctvire. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.—R., si.-ii. (30.-60.); D., 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Cinchona Eubr.\. Red Cinchona. 

Cinclionae rubvse cortex, B. P. The bark of Cinchona 
succirubra Pavon (nat. ord. Kubiacese), containing not less 
than 5 per cent, of anhydrous cinchona alkaloids. 

Habitat. — Ecuador, west of Chiiuborazo. 

Description. — In quills or incurved pieces, varying in 
length, and from 2 to 4 or 5 Mm. thick ; the outer surface 
covered with a grayish-brown cork, more or less rough from 
warts and longitudinal, watery ridges, and from few, mostly 
short, transverse fissures ; inner surface more or less deep 
reddish-brown and distinctly striate ; fracture short-fibrous 
in the inner layer; powder reddish-brown; odor slight; 
taste bitter and astringent. 

Constituents. — Same as cinchona. 

Dose. — Same as cinchona. 

PREPARATION. 

Tinctura Cinchoncp Compositna. Compound Tincture of Cinchona. 
• (U.S. &B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of red cinchona, 100 : bitter 
orange peel, 80 ; serpentaria, 20 ; with glycerin, 75 ; and alcohol and 
water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Z)o.se.— H., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); D., 3 ss.-iv. (2.-15.). 

*Quinin.e Sulphas. Quinine Sulphate. 
(C,„H,,N,0,), H,SO, + 7 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Chininum sulfuricum, P.G.; sulfas quinicus, 
disulphate or basic sulphate of quinia, E.; sulphate de 
quinine, Fr.; schwefelsaures chinin, G. 

* Tine. QuinincB Ammoniata (B. P.), from the sulphate. Dose — 
H., 3 ss.-i. D., 3 ss.-i. 



480 YEGETABLE DRUGS 

Derivation. — Prepared by boiling cinchona bark with 
hydrochloric acid and adding lime to the filtered decoction 
to precipitate alkaloids and coloring matter. The precipitate 
is washed and digested in boiling alcohol to dissolve quinine 
and cinchonine. The alcohol is distilled o£f and the residue 
dissolved in diluted sulphuric acid, boiled with animal char- 
coal, filtered, and quinine sulphate crystallizes, leaving 
cinchonine sulphate in solution. 

Properties. — White, silky, light and fine needle-shaped 
crystals ; fragile and somewhat flexible, making a very light 
and easily compressible mass ; lustreless from superficial 
efflorescence after being for some time exposed to the air ; 
odorless, and having a persistent and very bitter taste. The 
salt is liable to lose water on exposure to warm air, to absorb 
moisture in damp air, and to become colored by exposure to 
light. Soluble at 15° C. (59° F.), in 740 parts of water, and 
in 65 parts of alcohol ; in 30 parts of boiling water ; also in 
40 parts of glycerin ; in about 680 parts of chloroform, and 
freely in dilute acids. 

Incompatihles. — Alkalies and their carbonates, iodine, and 
tannic acid. 

Dose. — H. (tonic), gr.xv.- 3 i. (1.-4.) ; C, 3 ss.-i.ss. (2.-6.) ; 
Sh. & Sw., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6) ; D. & Cats, gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). Anti- 
pyretic Dose— H. k C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.) ; Sh., gr.xxx.-xL 
(2.-2.6) ; Sw., gr.xv.-xxv. (1.-1.6) ; D. & Cats, gr.v.-x. (.3-. 6). 

Quinine Bisulphas. Quinine Bisulphate. CaoHj^NoOj 
H,SO, + 7 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Made by the action of sulphuric acid on 
quinine sulphate suspended in water ; filtration and crystal- 
lization. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent or whitish, ortho- 
rhombic crystals or small needles ; odorless, and having a 
very bitter taste ; efflorescing on exposure to the air ; soluble 
in 10 parts of cold water and in 32 parts of alcohol ; very 
soluble in boiling water and in boiling alcohol. 

Dose. — Practically same as quinine sulphate, but thee- 



QUININE HYDROBROMIDE 481 

Tetically it should be slightly larger. The salt is very soluble, 
but is commonly made extemporaneously by adding diluted 
sulphuric acid (Q. S.) to quiuine sulphate iu preparing 
solutions for medicinal use. The salt is serviceable for 
administration in pill ; or for hypodermic injection, when 
it should be given in about one-third smaller dose than that 
of quinine sulphate by the mouth. 

Quinine Hydeobromidum:. Quinine Hydrobromide. 
C,„H,N,0, H Br + H,0. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Made by the action of barium bromide, in 
solution, on quinine sulphate suspended in water ; filtration, 
evaporation, and crystallization. 

Properties. — White, light, silky needles ; odorless, and 
having a very bitter taste. The salt is likely to lose water 
on exposure to warm or dry air. Soluble in 54 parts of 
cold water, and in 0.6 part of alcohol ; very soluble in 
boiling water and boiling alcohol ; also soluble in 6 parts of 
ether and in 12 parts of chloroform. 

Dose. — Same as quinine sulphate. 

*Quinin^ Hydrochloridum. Quinine Hydrochloride. 
C,„H,,N,0, H CI + 2 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Made by the action of hydrochloric acid 
on quinine, and by crystallization. 

Properties. — White, silky, light and fine, needle-shaped 
crystals ; odorless, and having a very bitter taste. The salt 
is liable to lose water when exposed to warm air. Soluble 
in 34 parts of cold water, and in 3 parts of alcohol ; in 1 part 
of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol ; also 
soluble in 9 parts of chloroform. 

Dose. — Same as quinine sulphate.f 

* Tinctura Quinince (B. P.), from the hydrochloride. Dose — H., 
3 ss.-i. D., 3 ss.-i. 

f Quinina, Salicylas, Quinine Salicylate (U. S. P.). Soluble in 77 
parts of water. Occurs in colorless needles. Dose as for sulphate. 



482 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Quinine Valerianas. Quinine Valerianate. 
C,„H,,N,0,C,H,,0, + H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Made by dfecompositiou of quinine sulphate 
with ammonia, followed by the immediate action of valerianic 
acid, and crystallization from a cold solution. 

Properties. — White, or nearly white, pearly, lustrous 
triclinic crystals, having a slight odor of valerianic acid, and 
a bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 100 parts 
of cold water, and in 5 parts of alcohol; in 40 parts of 
boiling water, and in 1 part of alcohol. 

Dose. — D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). Three times daily as tonic. 

QuiNiN"^ BiMURiATis Carbamas. Double Muriate of Quinine 
and Urea. (Non-official.) 

Very soluble and contains about 61 per cent, of quinine. 
Dose. — Same as quinine sulphate, but used subcutane- 
ously in 50 per cent, aqueous solution. 

Chinoidinum or Quinoidinum. Chinoidine or Quinoidine. 

Brown, resinous mass, containing mixture of quinidine, 
cinchonine and cinchonidiue. A cheap substitute for quinine 
sulphate. 

Dose. — Three or four times that of quinine sulphate. 

Quinidine Sulphas. Quinidine Sulphate. (CjoHj^NjOJj 
H,SO, + 2 H,0. (U. S. P.) 

The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from the 
bark of several species of cinchona (nat. ord. Rubiaceae). 

Synonym. — Sulfate de quinidine, Fr. ; schwefelsaures 
chinidin (cinchinin), G. 

Derivation. — Recovered from quinoidine, or from the 
mother liquors after the crystallization of quinine sulphate, 
by the same method ;xs for quinine. 

Properties. — White, silky needles^ odorless, and having 



CINCHONINE SULPHATE 483 

a very bitter taste ; permanent in the air. Soluble in 100 
, ])cirts of cold water, and in 8 parts of alcohol ; in 7 parts of 
boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol ; also in 
14 parts of chloroform and in acidulated water ; almost 
insoluble in ether. 

Dose. — One-third larger than quinine sulphate. 

CiNCHONiN^ Sulphas. Cinchonine Sulphate. (CjgHjjNjO), 
H,SO, + 2 H,0. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Obtained from the mother liquors after the 
crystallization of the sulphates of quinine, quinidine and 
cinchouidine, by precipitation with caustic soda, washing 
with alcohol to free it from other alkaloids, solution in 
sulphuric acid, and by purification with animal charcoal, and 
crystallization. 

Properties. — Hard, white, lustrous, prismatic crystals, 
without odor, and having a very bitter taste. Permanent in 
the air. Soluble in 66 parts of cold water, and in 10 parts 
of alcohol ; in 13.59 parts of boiling water, and in 3.25 parts 
of boiling alcohol. Also soluble in 78 parts of chloroform, 
but almost insoluble in ether. 

Dose. — One-third larger than that of quinine sulphate. 

C1NCHONIDIN.E Sulphas. Cinchonidine Sulphate.* 
(C„H,,N,0), H,SO, ^ 3 11,0. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Procured from the mother liquors, after 
the crystallization of quinine sulphate, by further con- 
centration. Purified by crystallization from alcohol, and 
finally from hot water. 

Properties. — White, silky, acicular crystals, without odor, 
and having a very bitter taste ; slightly efflorescent on ex- 
]iosure to air. Soluble in 70 parts of cold water, and in 66 
parts of alcohol; in 1.42 parts of boiling water, and in 8 parts 

* Elixir Ferri, Quinince et Strychnine Phosphatum (U. S. P.), and 
Syrupus Ferri PJiosphatis cum Quinina et Strychnina (B. P.), (dose — 
D., 3 i.)) a-re good tonic preparations for dogs. 



484 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

of boiling alcohol ; also soluble in 1316 parts of chloroform^ 
and almost insoluble in ether. 

Dose. — One-third larger than that of quinine sulphate. 

CINCHONA AND ITS ALKALOIDS AS REPRESENTED BY QUININE. 

Aclion External. — Quinine is a powerful antiseptic and 
microbicide. A solution (1 to 250) of the alkaloid or its 
salts are poisonous to the fungi of fermentation and putre- 
faction. A one per cent, solution quickly destroys bacteria 
and vibrios, but spores may live in it for some days. Quinine 
and its salts cause irritation of the denuded skin, or mucous 
membranes, but exert no effect upon the unbroken skin. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Trad. — Quinine, in thera- 
peutic doses, acts as a simple bitter (stomachic), and there- 
fore promotes appetite and gastric digestion. It stimulates 
the gustatory nerves in the mouth and gastric nerves in the 
stomach, thus reflexly increasing the flow of saliva and 
gastric 'juice, and the vascularity and peristaltic motion of 
the stomach together with the appetite. Large doses, 
particularly if the stomach be irritable, may cause vomiting. 
Quinine becomes dissolved in the gastric juice and is con- 
verted into the chloride. A portion unabsorbed finds its way 
into the bowels and is there precipitated by the alkaline 
juices and bile, whose acids form insoluble salts with quinine, 
unless the bile is in great excess. For this reason it is often 
customary in practice to give a cholagogue cathartic to expel 
bile before the administration of quinine. 

Blood. — Quinine is absorbed into the blood, and would 
naturally be precipitated in this alkaline fluid ; but this is 
not the case, and it has been shown that quinine is probably 
':eld in solution by the loosely combined carbonic dioxide 
gas in the blood. Quinine possesses several well-defined 
aud important actions in relation to the blood. 

1. White Blood Corpuscles. — Quinine in great dilution 
lessens the amoeboid movements of the white corpuscles in 
blood removed from the body. When a frog receives large 
doses of quinine and its mesentery is irritated, the white 



ACTION AND USES OF QUININE 485 

corpuscles do not collect in the arterioles or migrate through 
their walls (diapedesis). Again, when inflammation has 
already begun in the mesentery, quinine stops the trans- 
migration of leucocytes and disperses those already ac- 
cumulated in the blood vessels. Moreover, large doses 
appear to actually lessen the number of white corpuscles 
in the blood. The foregoing actions should make quinine 
invaluable in checking inflammation. How great this influ- 
ence may be, when quinine is given in medicinal doses, it is 
impossible to determine, 

2. Red Blood Corpuscles. — Therapeutic doses increase 
the number of red corpuscles. The latter diminish in size 
in febrile conditions, but, under the action of quinine (and 
other antipyretic agencies), regain their normal condition. 
This follows the effect of quinine in lowering temperature, 
and is not due to any specific power of quinine exerted on the 
corpuscles themselves. 

3. Oxidation. — Quinine hinders the red corpuscles from 
serving as carriers of ozone and also prevents them from 
yielding it to the tissues. In this way functional activity of 
tissue cells is diminished and metabolism decreased. Quinine 
also lessens the ozonizing power of vegetable juices. The 
alkaloid prevents the development of acidity in blood outside 
the body, which is thought to be the product of oxidation. 

Heart and Blood Vessels. — Quinine in moderate doses 
does not affect the heart or vessels appreciably. It is some- 
times stated that small doses reflexly stimulate the heart (in 
stimulating the stomach), or that they indirectly stimulate 
the heart and vessels by stimulating the whole system. 
Quinine, in very large doses, is a depressant to the circula- 
tion, decreasing the pulse rate, force, and tension. When 
injected into a vein or directly applied to the cardiac muscle, 
quinine causes diastolic arrest of the heart by paralyzing 
the cardiac muscle or its contained ganglia. In poisoning 
by quinine there is vascular dilatation and great fall of 
blood pressure preceded by a temporary rise. This pheno- 
menon follows direct action on the blood vessels. Although 



486 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

the pulse is at first slowed, the vagus becomes finally para- 
lyzed in poisoning, and the pulse is rapid and imperceptible 
in the later stages. 

Nervous System. — Toxic doses of quinine injected into 
the carotid artery cause meningitis by direct irritation. 
Large doses will also produce congestion and extravasation 
of blood iuto the middle ear and labyrinth, and will give rise 
to epileptiform convulsions in the lower animals. In mau, 
ringing in the ears, fulness in the head, and slight deafness 
commonly follow a large medicinal dose (cinchonism). 
There is some clinical evidence that quinine in medicinal 
doses is a cerebral stimulant, but there is no experimental 
proof of the fact. 

Spinal Cord and Nerves. — Quinine, as shown by experi- 
ments conducted on the frog, lessens reflex activity after 
small doses. This condition disappears on section of the 
medulla. Large doses, however, cause permanent loss of 
reflex excitability. The same alkaloid first excites and then 
paralyzes the peripheral sensory nerve endings. Muscular 
contractility is also diminished by large doses of quinine. 

Uterus. — Quinine is thought by many to be an abortifa- 
cient. There is no sufficient warrant for this conclusion. 
There is, nevertheless, considerable testimony affirmiug that 
the alkaloid stimulates uterine contractions in inertia during 
parturition, but at the same time increases the likelihood of 
metrorrhagia. 

Kidnetjs, 3Ietabolism and Elimination. — Quinine lessens 
the secretion of uric acid and, to a somewhat less extent, 
that of urea. Tissue waste must therefore be reduced. This 
is in accordance with our knowledge of its power to lessen 
oxidation and protoplasmic activity. It is curious to note 
in this connection that the excretion of carbonic dioxide by 
the lungs is not notably decreased. Quinine is eliminated 
chiefly by the kidneys, but more or less is unabsorbed and 
passes away in the faeces. While its excretion in the urine 
begins soon after its ingestion, and lasts for some days, the 
greater amount escapes within forty-eight hours. Quinine is 



ACTION AND USES OF QUININE 487 

found in minute amount in the bile, tears, saliva, milk, etc., 
;after its administration. 

Antipyretic Action. — Quinine does not alter the normal 
temperature of a healthy animal, but does reduce tempera- 
ture in fever. The amount of reduction depends upon the 
■cause of the fever. An explanation of the antipyretic power 
■of the alkaloid may include : 

1. The antiseptic property of quinine. This is most v 
marked in the case of the plasmodium malariae, which is 
"destroyed by the alkaloid, and the malarial fever is therefore 
overcome. 

2. In lessening reflex excitability. Whatever may be the 
<3ause of fever, the nervous system is the potent instrumen- 
tality in its production. 

3. In diminishing oxidation, activity of cellular proto- 
plasm and heat formation. 

4. Direct depressing action on the cerebral calorificient 
■centres. 

Administration. — Quinine sulphate is usually given to 
horses in aqueous solution with sufficient diluted sulphuric 
acid to dissolve the salt. It may also be administered to 
these animals in ball, gelatine capsule, enema or subcutane- 
ously. Quinine is exhibited to dogs in pills, solution or 
suppositories. The alkaloid is not commonly injected under 
the skin, because local irritation and abscess may follow ; 
but this does not frequently happen in the horse. The 
bisulphate, hydrobromate and 'hydrochlorate are most suit- 
able for hypodermic use. The first salt is more soluble, but 
the latter two are less irritating. 

At a temperature of 45° C. (US" F.) i^ 

Quinine bisulphate is soluble in 8.8 parts of water. 

Quinine hydrobromate is soluble in 45.03 " " 

Quinine hydrochlorate is soluble in 21.4 " " 

This temperature may be used for subcutaneous injection, 
l)ut the salts should be thoroughly dissolved and one grain 
of tartaric acid should be added to each five grains of quinine 
bisulphate, in order that precipitation may not occur in th© 



488 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

tissues. The dose by tlie subcutaneous method is one-third^ 
less than by the month. 

The sulphates of quinidine, cinchonine and cinchonidine 
are similar in action to quinine, and their relative antipyretic- 
effect is said to be : quinine, 100 ; quinidine, 90 ; cinchonidine,. 
70 ; cinchonine, 40. The cinchona compounds are indicated 
for tonic and stomachic purposes. 

Uses External. — Quinine is too expensive for general 
antiseptic employment externally. 

Uses Internal. — It is impossible to draw definite deduc- 
tions as to the therapeutic indications for quinine founded 
on physiological experiments, since these are only sugges- 
tive and not conclusive. For the sake of convenience, we 
may classify the uses of quinine under the following heads : 

1. Tonic Action. — Quinine is of unquestionable value as 
a tonic, more particularly in relation to digestion, but prob- 
ably also by increasing the number of red corpuscles and 
-stimulating the nervous system generally. It is in those 
cases of anorexia and atonic dyspepsia secondary to exhaus- 
tion, overwork, anaemia, or following acute diseases, that the 
drug is indicated. Here, combination with iron is often of 
service, and the tincture of the chloride is a good preparation 
because it contains sufficient free muriatic acid to dissolve 
any of the salts of quinine. The compound tincture of' 
cinchona is a prime, bitter tonic for dogs ; or quinine may be 
given in a pill with reduced iron and arsenic as a tonic. 
Chorea in the human patient has been treated successfully 
with quinine, but this remedy has failed in dogs. Neverthe- 
less, the alkaloid is an excellent tonic in canine distemper 
with its accompanying anaemia, but should be combined with 
iron and arsenic. Quinine is a good tonic for purpura in 
horses. 

2. Antiseptic and Antiphlogistic Effect. — Quinine possesses, 
much less antipyretic power than phenacetin, antipyrin 
and acetanilid. It acts more favorably with a falling thaifc 
a rising temperature, and should be given two or three hours 
before the probable time of maximum temperature. Quinine^ 



ACTION AND USES OF QUININE 489 

"is employed in many acute diseases, such as influenza, 
\)ronchitis and pneumonia of horses. In full doses, at tlie 
outset of colds or inflammatory diseases of the respiratory 
tract, quinine may prove abortifacient. Later in these 
diseases the drug may be given as an antipyretic and anti- 
phlogistic (without much benefit probably), but in the con- 
valescent stages quinine, in small doses, becomes of great 
worth as a tonic. Some experiments involving the injection 
of putrid material into the blood of dogs, appeared to indi- 
cate that quinine had a restraining influence on the resulting 
septic state, and, in some cases, saved life. 

Puerperal fever and erysipelatous inflammation yield 
somewhat to quinine, and the drug should be tried in these 
infections. The alkaloid does not lower the temperature or 
prove destructive to the micrococci of pyaemia. A vast 
number of cases of rheumatic fever have been treated with 
quinine in human practice, but the results are inferior to 
those obtained by salicylates. In subacute and chronic 
muscular rheumatism quinine is sometimes useful. It has 
been injected into the affected muscles in this disorder, in 
liorses, with favorable results. 

The alkaloids of cinchona may be used as antipyretics in 
all acute diseases with the exception of meningitis, cerebritis, 
gastritis, nephritis and cystitis, where they produce too 
much irritation. They are also contra-indicated in epilepsy 
and middle-ear disease. 

3. Specific Properties. — Quinine stands preeminent in the 
treatment of malaria, as it is the only drug which can be 
relied upon to kill malarial organisms. While periodicity 
in the febrile attacks is characteristic of malaria, an absolute 
diagnosis can only be made by the discovery of Laveran's 
Plasmodium in the red blood corpuscles. Malaria but rarely 
affects the lower animals in this part of the country (New 
England), although exceedingly common among human 
beings. Cases are said to occur not infrequently among 
horses and cattle in India. A single full antipyretic dose of 
<quinine, if given from twelve to six hours before a promised 



490 • VEGETABLE DRUGS 

malarial attack, will usually prevent it. A single large dose 
should be given once daily for several days thereafter. When 
the disease is severe, treatment may also be pursued by tha 
rectal and hypodermic methods at the same time that 
quinine is given by the mouth. A purge of aloes and calomel 
should be exhibited prior to the administration of quinine in. 
the treatment of malaria. 



Class 2.— Salicylic Acid, Salicin, Salol, Oil of 
Gaultheria and Methyl Salicylate. 

AciDUM Salicylicum. Salicylic Acid. HC^HjOs. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acid salicylique, Fr. ; salicylsaiire, G. 

An organic acid, existing naturally in combination itt 
various plants, but chiefly prepared synthetically from car- 
bolic acid. 

Derivation. — Made by passing carbonic dioxide through 
sodium carbolate at a temperature of 428° F. (220°C)- 
2 Na CgHjO (sodium carbolate) + CO, = Na2C,H^03 (sodium 
salicylate) + CuHgO (phenol). Sodium salicylate is treated 
with hydrochloric acid, when salicylic acid is precipitated. 
Na,C,H,03 ^ 2 H CI = HC,H,03 + 2 Na CI. 

Properties. — Light, fine, white, prismatic needles, or a 
light, white, crystalline powder; odorless, having a sweetish, 
afterward acrid taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in 
about 450 parts of cold water, and in 2.4 parts of alcohol;,, 
in 14 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boilings 
alcohol. Also soluble in 2 parts of ether, 2 parts of absolute- 
alcohol, and 80 parts of chloroform. 

Incompatible. — Spirit of nitrous ether. 

Im,purities. — In artificial salicylic acid, metacreosotic and; 
orthocreosotic acids. * 

Dose.— a. & C, 3ii.-3i. (8.-30.); Sh., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15); 
Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.4.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

Preparation. — Unguentum Acidi Salicylici (2 per cent.), B. P. 



SALICIN 491 

Salicinum. Salicin. Ci3H,,0,. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A neutral priuciple (glucoside) obtained from several 
species of Salix and Populus (uat. ord. Salicaceee). 

Habitat. — Europe, but cultivated in North America. 

Derivation. — Obtained from a decoction of willow bark. 
Salicin crystallizes on evaporation, after removal of tannin 
by agitation with lead oxide. It is purified by repeated 
solution and crystallization. 

Properties. — Colorless, or white, silky, shining crystal- 
line needles, or a ciystalline powder ; odorless, aud having 
a very bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 28 
parts of water, and in 30 parts of alcohol ; almost insoluble 
in ether or chloroform. 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3 ii-- 3 i- (8.-30.) ; Sh., 3 i.-iv. (4-15.) ; 
Sw., ' 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

*SoDii Salictlas. Sodium Salicylas. Na C^S^^ 
(U. S. c%B. P.) 

;S'^?ioH?/»i.— Silicylate de sonde, Fr.; natrium salicyli- 
cum, G. 

Derivation. — Made by the action of salicylic acid on 
sodium carbonate. 2 Hd,H,03 + Na.CO, = 2 Na C:H,03 + 
H,0 + COo. The solution is filtered, aud heated to expel 
carbon dioxide. 

Properties. — A white, amorphous powder; odorless, and 
having a sweetish, saline taste. Permanent in cool air. 
Soluble in 0.9 part of water, and in 6 parts of alcohol ; very 
soluble in boiling water or alcohol ; also soluble in glycerin. 

Dose. — Same as salicin. 

Phenylis Salicylas. Phenyl Salicylate, CgHsC.HsOs 
(IT. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Salol, B. P.; salicylic ether of phenol. 
Derivation. — Made by heating salicylic and carbolic 
acids with phosphorus pentachloride. 

Properties. — A white, crystalline powder ; odorless, or 

* Strontii salicylas and lithii salicylas are now official. Strontium 
salicylate is Ipss irritating to the stomach and lithium salicylate com- 
bines action of lithium salts. Doses same for both as for the sodium salt. 



4:92 VEGETABLE DRUGS . ^ 

having a faintly aromatic odor, and almost tasteless. Per- 
manent in the air. Almost insoluble in water ; soluble in 15 
parts of alcohol; also soluble in 0.3 part of ether, and 
readily in chloroform and in fixed or volatile oils. 

SALICYLIC ACID, SALICIN, SODIUM SALICYLATE AND PHENYL 
SALICYLATE OR SALOL. 

Action External. — Salicylic acid, salicin and salol are 
powerful antiseptics. A solution of salicylic acid (1-60) is 
equivalent to a solution of carbolic acid (1-22) in destroying 
some bacteria, but is not generally as useful. Salicylic acid, 
sodium salicylate and salicin are irritating to the unbroken 
skin oi- raw surfaces. Salol is not. The salicylates are not 
antiseptic, but actually favor fermentation. 

Action Liternal —^sWgjMc acid is an irritant in the 
digestive tract and in large doses causes nausea and vomit- 
ing in dogs. It is converted into salicylates by the alkaline 
intestinal juices, and is absorbed in this form, chiefly as 
sodium salicylate. For this reason, and because the latter 
salt is less irritating than salicylic acid, sodium salicylate is 
preferred to the acid when a constitutional action is desired. 
Salicin splits up in the bowels into salicylic acid, salicylous 
acid (HC,H,0,), salicyluric acid (HCgH^NOJ, and glucose. 
Salol is decomposed by the pancreatic juice into salicylic 
acid (64 per cent.) and carbolic acid (36- per cent.) After 
large doses the urine takes on the characteristic smoky color 
produced in poisoning by phenol. Salol is an intestinal 
antiseptic. 

Circulation. — The circulation is not preceptibly influ- 
enced, by moderate doses of sodium salicylate, or salicylic 
acid, but large doses depress the heart force, blood pressure 
and nervous system. The "artificial acid is said to be more 
depressant than natural salicylic acid obtained from plants, 
because of orthocreosotic and metacreosotic acids existing as 
impurities in the former. 

Nervous System. — The action of salicylic acid on the 
nervous system is unknown. Therapeutic quantities often, 
cause, in man (salicylism), ringing in the ears and headache. 



ACTION AND USES OF SALICYLIC ACID, ETC. 493 

Respiration. — The respiratory movements are priiuarily 
quickened by the stimulation of the peripheral vagi and 
respiratory centres produced by sodium salicylate and sali- 
cylic acid ; but after large doses the respiratory centres are 
depressed and paralyzed and death takes place by asphyxia. 

Temperature. — Medicinal doses do not influence the 
normal temperature of healthy animals, but do often lower 
bodily heat in fever, and frequently induce sweating. The 
largest therapeutic doses must be given to secure an antipy- 
retic action. The physiological details concerned in the 
reduction of febrile temperature have not been ascertained. 

Kidneys and Elimination. — Salicylic acid, salicin and 
sodium salicylate circulate in the blood as sodium salicylate 
and are eliminated in the urine as salicyluric and salicylic 
acids. This happens in this wise : Some of the salicylic 
acid of sodium salicylate combines with glycocoU in the 
body and forms salicyluric acid. HC.H5O3 + C.H.NOo (gly- 
cocoU) = HCgHgNO^ (salicylui'ic acid) + HoO ; while some of 
the sodium salt is decomposed by phosphoric acid in an acid 
urine into salicylic acid. Like quinine, the excretion of sali- 
cylic acid begins soon and goes on slowly. Therefore large 
doses given continuously may accumulate in the body. The 
quantity of urea and uric acid in the urine is increased very 
considerably by salicylic acid, but the urine itself may either 
be increased or diminished in amount. It is made aseptic 
by the escaping salicylic acid, or in the case of salol, by 
both carbolic and salicylic acids. The urine of animals 
taking salicylic acid may be rendered green by indican and 
pyrocatechin, formed through the action of pancreatic juice, 
and takes on a purple color with ferric chloride. 

Toxicology. — In man, continued large doses give rise to 
delirium, vomiting, depression of the circulation, epistaxis, 
hsematuria, and retinal haemorrhages. The herbivora are not 
easily affected by large doses of salicylic acid, or salicylates, 
but dogs exhibit nausea and vomiting, accelerated respira- 
tion, irregular pulse, loss of muscular strength, staggering 
gait, stupor, and, if death occurs, it is preceded by slow 
breathing, dilated pupils, dyspnoea, and convulsions due ta 



494 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

asphyxia. The minimum fatal dose for a small dog is about 
one drachm of sodium salicylate, subcutaneously. 

Administration. — Sodium salicylate contains 48 grains of 
the acid to the drachm. Sodium salicylate is used in pre- 
ference to the acid because it is soluble and unirritating. It 
is given in solution, or to dogs in pills or tablets. Salicylic 
acid may be exhibited in solution by warming it with glycerin 
(gr.iv- 3 i.); or with syrup (1-5), and aquse ammonia in suffi- 
cient quantity to dissolve it, thus forming ammonium salicy- 
late. It may also be administered in pill or ball. Salol is 
given in pill, powder or mixture with water. The larger 
doses of salicylic acid and salicylates should not be repeated, 
and are used for their antipyretic action. A maximum daily 
dose of one ounce of salicylic acid or sodium salicylate, for 
horses, or one drachm of either for large dogs, should rarely 
be exceeded. 

Uses External. — Salicylic acid is employed in various 
forms as an antiseptic. Aqueous solutions (1-300) may be 
applied to wounds. Stronger solutions are prepared with 
alcohol, borax, sodium bicarbonate, and ammonium acetate 
solution. Bat as salicylates are formed in the (3) latter 
combinations, the solutions are useless as antiseptics. Salicy- 
lic acid may be applied as a dusting powder with zinc oxide 
(1-8), or in ointment (1-20 or 30), for its stimulant and anti- 
septic effect on wounds. It is used in the treatment of burns 
with cottonseed oil (1-8). Salicylic acid is useful in powder 
or ointment in acute moist eczema (1-50), and in the follow- 
ing formula : 

Salicylic acid, one part ; zinc oxide, starch and vaseline, 
each 16 parts. Ringer recommends in pruritus ani and 
vulvae — salicylic acid, 3 ii.; ol. theobrom., 3 v.; cetac, 3iii-; 
ol. myrist, 3 i-ss. 

Antiseptic gauze is prepared by soaking the material in 
hot, saturated, watery solutions of salicylic acid. Salol is 
used as an antiseptic dusting powder of uncertain value. 

Uses Internal. — The salicylic acid group are specifics in 
rheumatic fever. They lower temperature, lessen pain, and 
by shortening the attack lessen the danger of cardiac com- 



ACTION AND USES OF SALICYLIC ACID, ETC. 495 

plications. Sodium salicylate should be given every three 
hours in doses of 3 ii- to horses, and gr.x.-xx. to dogs. But 
this form of rheumatism is rare in veterinary practice, and 
salicylic acid is unfortunately not nearly so valuable in the 
treatment of other varieties. Salicylates are probably worth- 
less in chronic rheumatic arthritis where the local applica- 
tion of heat, stimulating liniments and blisters are service- 
able ; but they may be used with benefit in acute muscular 
rheumatism, sciatica, and rheumatic complications of influ- 
enza in horses. Salicylic acid, salicin, and salicylates are 
not comparable with the cold tar products as general 
antipyretics, and are useless in hyperpyrexia. Sodium sali- 
cylate is sometimes prescribed in gastric fermentative 
dyspepsia when the salicylic acid, set free by the hydro- 
chloric acid of the gastric juice, acts as an antiseptic. Salol 
is a good intestinal antiseptic in diarrhoea and intestinal 
indigestion, particularly when combined with bismuth sub- 
nitrate in powder or aqueous mixture for dogs. Salol is 
"undissolved in the stomach, is less irritating than either 
salicylic acid or sodium salicylate, and is prescribed to 
lessen pain and fever. It may be advantageously given in 
doses of gr.v. to dogs, with ]ilienacetin gr.v., and codeine 
gr.^, for painful rheumatism. It is probably inferior to 
sodium salicylate, but can be conveniently administered in 
powder as just noted. Salol is also a local anaesthetic and 
antiseptic in the urinary tract (carbolic acid from decomposi- 
tion), and is useful in cystitis and urethritis, to alleviate 
pain, to prevent frequent micturition, and to render the 
urine aseptic. Repeated large doses -are likely to cause 
carbolic acid poisoning. Salicin acts more slowly than 
salicylic acid or sodium salicylate, and is not in general 
use. 

Oleum Gaultherle. Oil of Gaultheria. (IT. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Oil of checkerberry, oil of wintergreen, oil 
of boxberry. 

A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of Gaultheria 
procumbens Linne (nat. ord. Ericaceae), consisting almost 



496 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

entirely of methyl salicylate (CH^C.HoOj), and nearly identi- 
cal with volatile oil of betula. 

Habitat. — North America; west as far as Minnesota, 
and south to Georgia. 

Properties. — A colorless or yellow,or occasionally reddish 
liquid, having a characteristic, strongly aromatic odor, and a 
sweetish, warm and aromatic taste. Spec. gr. 1.175 to 
1.185 at 59° F. Solubility same as methyl salicylate. 

Dose.—R., 3ii.-3i- (8.30.); D., H^v.-xv. (.3-1.). 

Oleum Betulae. Oil of Betula. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Oil of sweet birch. It is practically identi- 
cal in properties and action with oil of gaultheria. 

Methyl Salicylate. CH3C,H,03 (U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Artificial or synthetic oil of wintergreen. 

Derivation. — Prepared by distillation of salicylic acid, or 
salicylates, with methyl alcohol and sulphuric acid. 

Properties.- — A colorless or slightly yellowish liquid, 
having the characteristic, strongly aromatic odor and the 
sweetish, warm and aromatic taste of oil of gaultheria, with 
the essential composition of which it is identical. It is 
wholly identical with oil of betula (birch). Spec. gr. 1.183- 
1.185 at 59°F. Soluble in all proportions in alcohol, glacial 
acetic acid, or carbon disulphide. 

Dose.—R., 3 ii.- 1 i- 18.-30.) ; D., 1TLv.-xv. (.3-1.) 

action and uses op oil op gaultheria, oil op betula 

AND methyl salicylate. 

Oil of wintergreen contains about 90 per cent, of methyl 
salicj^ate. Eleven parts of methyl salicylate are equivalent 
to nearly ten parts of salicylic acid. The oil and methyl 
salicylate are free from the impurities of artificial salicylic 
aciel, while methyl salicylate is of more certain composition 
than the oil. Both behave similarly to salicylic acid thera- 
peutically, although the oil is more of a local irritant, and 
they are used for the same purposes as salicylic acid. Either 



1 



GENERAL ACTION OF VOLATILE OILS 497 

may be given in emulsion, or to clogs in capsules, and in 
combination with salicylic acid or salicylates. 

Oil of wintergreen is serviceable in the following lini- 
ment for rheumatism : 

5 . ■ 

Tine. Aconiti. 

01. Gaultherias. 

Chloroformi aa 3 i 

Lin. Saponis ad. 3 viii. 

M. 

S. External use. 

The external application of methyl salicylate to acutely 
inflamed rheumatic joints is one of the most efficient forms 
of treatment, and, since some is absorbed, will take the place 
of the internal administration of salicylates to a considerable 
extent. It is usually best to combine this treatment with 
internal medication, however. Plain gauze, or other absorb- 
ent material, is saturated with methyl salicylate, applied 
to the affected joint, and then covered with oil silk, or 
rubber protective and bandage. 



SECTION IX.— VOLATILE OILS, OR DRUGS 
CONTAINING THEM. 

GENERAL ACTION OF VOLATILE OILS. 

Synonym. — Essential, ethereal, aromatic or distilled oils. 

Externally, volatile oils cause reddening of the skin (rube- 
facients), sometimes blistering (vesicants), and often local 
anaesthesia, notably oil of cloves and peppermint. They are 
also parasiticide, antiseptic and disinfectant, particularly oil 
of mustard, which is the most powerful germicide known. 

Intevnally, these agents stimulate the flow of gastric, 
salivary, and intestinal secretions, and increase the vascu- 
larity and movements of the stomach and bowels. They 
therefore temporarily improve digestion, overcome flatulence 
by expelling gas from the intestines, prevent griping pro- 



498 VEGETABLE DKUGS 

diiced by cathartics, and disguise and offset disagreeable 
effects and tastes of medicines. In the digestive tract, vola- 
tile oils excite reflexly the nervous system and heart, and 
augment the pulse rate and vascular tension. In large doses, 
volatile oils are gastro-intestinal irritants. Volatile oils may 
be absorbed from the skiu, bronchial mucous membrane, and 
stomach. They are eliminated by the skin, bronchial mucous 
membrane, and kidneys, and occasionally by other channels. 
In the process of excretion the parts are stimulated ; vascu- 
larity, secretion, and contractility of the unstriated muscle 
of the bronchial tubes are increased, and volatile oils thus 
assist expectoration and coughing. In irritating the kidneys 
and mucous membrane of the genito- urinary tract, the vola- 
tile oils are stimulant and diuretic ; while in poisonous doses 
they produce acute nephritis, strangury, and hsematuria. 
Toxic doses, injected into the circulation, lower the force cf 
the heart and the blood pressure, and occasion a sort of 
intoxication, and sometimes convulsions. To summarize : 
volatile oils possess the following actions in a greater or less 
degree : parasiticide, antiseptic, disinfectant, rubefacient, 
vesicant, local anaesthetic, sialagogue, stomachic, carminative, 
antispasmodic, stimulant, expectorant, emmenagogue, and 
diuretic actions. 

Class 1. — Used Mainly for their Action on the Skin, 

Teeebinthina. Turpentine. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A concrete oleoresin obtained from Pinus palustris 
Miller, and from other species of Pinus (nat. ord. Conifers). 

Habitat. — Southeastern United States ; from Virginia to 
the Gulf of Mexico. 

Description. — In yellowish, opaque, tough masses, brittle 
in the cold ; crumbly, crystalline in the interior, of a terebin- 
thinate odor and taste. 

Oleum Terebinthin^. Oil of Turpentine. (U. S. & B. P.) 
A volatile oil distilled from turpentine. 



OIL OF TURPENTINE 491> 

Synonym. — Spirit of turpentine, E.; essence de terebin- 
tliine, Fr.; terpentinol, G. 

Properties. — A thin, colorless liquid, having a character- 
istic odor and taste, both of which become stronger and less 
pleasant by age and exposure to the air. Spec. gr. 0.855 to 
0.870. Soluble in three times its volume of alcohol ; also 
soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid. 

Solvent for resins (varnish), fats, wax, gutta percha, 
India rubber, sulphur, phosphorus, iodine, and many alka- 
loids. It is dextro-rotatory, but the French variety is leavo- 
rotatory. Old oil of turpentine and French oil of turpentine 
(Piuus maratima) are oxidizing agents. 

Constituents. — Turpentine contains 20 to 25 per cent, of 
oil of turpentine. Oil of turpentine is composed of several 
isomeric hydrocarbons, called terpenes, and having the 
formula CioHig. 

Among these terpenes are oil of juniper, savin, cubeb, 
■caraway, cloves, thyme, etc. They differ from each other 
and turpentine in their boiling points and direction in 
which they rotate the plane of polarization. The terpenes 
are oxidized iuto camphors. 

Dose. — Carminative — H. &, C, 3 i.-ii (30.-60.); Sh. <fc Sw., 
3 i.-iv. (4.-15.); D., 11|x.-xxx. (.6-2.). 

Anthelmintic— B.. & C, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); D., 3 ss.-iv. 
<2.-15.). 

Diuretic— R. & C, 3 ii--vi. (8.-24.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Linivientum Terbinthince. Turpentine Liniment. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Resin cerate, 650 ; oil of turpentine, 350 ; melt the resin cerate and 
add the oil of turpentine. (U. S. P.) 

Oleum Terebinthince Rectificatum. Rectified Oil of Turpentine. 

(U. S. P.) 
Derivation. — Made by shaking oil of turpentine, 1, with lime water, 
6; and distillation. 

Properties. — A thin, colorless liquid, having the same properties as 
oil of turpentine. 



500 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Terebenum. Terebene. C,,M,, (U. S. & B. P.) 

A liqiiid consisting chiefly of pinene, and containing not 
more than very small proportions of turpinene and dipentene. 
Made by action of sulphuric acid on oil of turpentine and by 
distillation. 

Properties. — A colorless, or slightly yellowish, thin 
liquid, having u rather agreeable, thyme-like odor, and an 
aromatic, somewhat terebinthinate taste. Spec. gr. about 
0.862. Only slightly soluble in water, but soluble in an 
equal volume of alcohol, glacial acetic, or carbon disulphide. 

Dose.—B.. & a, 3ii.-vi. (8.-24); 1TLv.-xv. (.3-1.). 

Terpini Hydras. Terpin Hydrate. Ci„Hig (0H)„ -i- H„0. 

(U. S. P.) 

The hydrate of the diatomic alcohol, Terpin. 

Derivation. — Rectified oil of turpentine, alcohol and 
nitric acid are mixed together in shallow, porcelain dishes, 
and after three or four days terpin hydrate crystallizes 
,out. The crystals are collected, drained, dried on absorbent 
paper, and purified by recrystallization in alcohol.* 

OIL OF TURPENTINE 

Action External. — Oil of turpentine is an irritant to the 
skin, causing itching, pain and redness, or even vesication, 
followed by local anaesthesia. It produces intense irritability 
and restlessness when applied externally to some horses. 
The oil is antiseptic, disinfectant and parasiticide. Som& 
absorption may occur from the skin. 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — The oil induces a 
sense of warmth in the stomach (man), and increases gastric 
secretion, motion and vascularity, but is too disagreeable to 
be used as a stomachic. In acting similarly in the bowels, 
particularly in stimulating the muscular coat, oil of turpen- 
tine is a useful carminative by exciting peristalsis and expel- 
ling gas in tympanites. Its antiseptic properties also antag- 
onize intestinal fermentation. 

* Colorless, odorless crystals, having a somewhat bitter taste. Soluble in 
350 parts of water and in 10 parts ot alcohol, 

i-ose.— H. 3 ss.-ii. (2,-8.); D., gr.v.-xx, (.3-1.3). 



OIL OF TURPENTINE 501 

Large doses occasion purging and are antlielmintic. 
Toxic doses create gastro-enteritis and sometiBteS intestinal 
iilceratioii. The irritation of the nerve endiugs :n the 
digestive tract caused by turpentine, leads to reflex stimul.i- 
tion of the nervous system and heart. 

Circulation. — Turpentine is readily absorbed into the 
blood. Experimental evidence is at variance with regard to 
the action of the oil on the circulation. Small doses appar- 
ently increase the force and frequency of the heart-beat, and 
slightly raise blood pressure. The vessels are somewhat 
contracted and the drug is employed to arrest haemorrhage 
in the digestive tract and in remote organs. It is inferior to 
ergot as an hsemostatic. Large doses of turpentine lower 
the cardiac force and frequency, and cause vascular dilata- 
tion and fall of blood pressure. 

Respiration. — Oil of turpentine enhances the strength 
and rapidity of the respiratory movements, in small doses, 
but large quantities depress the respiration. The oil is 
easily absorbed by inhalation and is also eliminated in the 
breath. Inhalation of the oil stimulates the bronchial mucous 
membrane, acts as an antiseptic, and excites muscular con- 
traction of the bronchial tubes and cough. 

Authorities differ as to the influence of turpentine on 
bronchial secretion. Ilossbaich found that the inhala- 
tion of air saturated with turpentine diminished secre- 
tion, while the topical application of a watery solution 
increased secretion. The oil is essentially a local stimu- 
lating expectorant. 

Nervous System. — Medicinal doses occasion mental 
exhilaration in man. Large doses cause dulness, languor 
and unsteady gait in animals ; while distinctly toxic doses 
produce coma, sensory paralysis, loss of reflex activity, and, 
at times, convulsions. 

Kidneys and Genito- Urinary Tract. — The kidneys are 
very prone to irritation during its elimination. Small doses 
induce frequent micturition. Large quantities lead to 
albuminuria, pain in the lumbar region, haematuria, and 



502 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

constant painful passage of liigli- colored urine, owing to 
irritation of the urinary mucous membrane and muscular 
spasm of tlie urethra (strangury). Menorrhagia and dys- 
meiiorrhoea occur in females under the influence of the 
oil. Acute nephritis and complete suppression of urine 
follow great toxic doses. The urine lias sometimes the odor 
of violets. 

Elimination. — Turpentine is eliminated in the urine, 
breath, and, to some extent, in tlie bile and intestinal mucus; 
slightly by the skin. 

Toxicology. — Turpentine poisoning is not an iincommon 
occurrence from the administration of large doses (undiluted) 
by empirics. Post-mortem appearances reveal gastro- 
enteritis, sometimes congestion and inflammation of the 
lungs, and fatty degeneration of the liver, kidney and 
muscles, following prolonged use of the oil. 

The action of terebene and terpin hydrate is very 
similar to oil of turpentine. 

Administration. — Oil of turpentine is given with eight or 
more times its volume of cottonseed or linseed oil, gruel, or 
milk; and in emulsion with acacia oi- white of egg. An 
emulsion is made by shaking a single dose with powdered 
acacia, and adding water or oil. Terebene is administered 
in a similar manner. Terpin hydrate may be exhibited in 
pill, ball or alcoholic solution. 

USES OF OIL OF TURPENTINE, TEREBENE AND TERPIN HYDRATE. 

External. — Oil of turpentine is employed as a stimulant 
and counter-irritant with two or three parts of cottonseed 
oil and soap liniment, or as the ofiicial liniment in rheuma- 
tism, myalgia, sprains, shoulder lameness, swollen joints, 
gangrene, frost bites, burns and ulcers. It is serviceable in 
the same form and for the same actions applied to " sitfasts " 
and obstinate ulceration about the heels in horses, and in 
footrot of sheep. As a parasiticide, the oil, diluted two or 
three times with sweet oil, is painted on the skin to bill 
ringworm and lice. 



USES OF OIL OF TUKPENTINE, ETC. 503 

Oil of turpentine is a valuable counter-irritant in reliev- 
ing pain and inflammation of deep-seated parts. It is 
particularly useful in tympanitis, flatulent and spasmodic 
•colic and peritonitis. In the first two named disorders, 
-external application is combined with the internal and rectal 
exhibition of the drug. Oil of turpentine is less frequently 
•employed over the chest in pleurisy and bronchitis. The 
turpentine stupe is the favorite method of applying the oil 
in abdominal troubles. A blanket is thoroughly sprinkled 
with turpentine, folded, and rolled into a cylindrical form 
-which will fit into an ordinary pail. Boiling water is then 
poured on the blanket until it is saturated. The blanket is 
quickly wrung out, placed over and around the horse's trunk, 
covered with rubber protective and dry blankets, and 
allowed to remain in place fifteen to thirty minutes. 

Uses Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Oil of turpentine is of 
greatest utility in colic and in expelling gas in tympanj 
:given internally ( 3 ii.-Oii. of linseed oil) and per rectum. 
Enemata can also be employed for their stimulant action on 
the nervous system and circulation, in collapse. One or two 
ounces of oil of turpentine are dissolved in two or four 
ounces of cottonseed oil, when used as an enema for horses. 
Turpentine is an anthelmintic for round and tajje worms. 
Prom two to four ounces of the oil with one ounce of oleoresin 
of aspidium in a pint of linseed oil, are recommended for the 
latter purpose in the case of horses. Oil of turpentine is 
often advised as an antidote for phosphorus because it con- 
tains ozone and forms a harmless, camphor-like body — tur- 
pentine phosphoric acid. The French variety only is effica- 
cious ; the American oil, so far from being antagonistic to 
phosphorus, actually assists its solution and absorption. 
Turpentine is occasionally given in indigestion, chronic 
diarrhoea, and dysentery of horses and cattle, as a local 
stimulant and antiseptic. 

Respiratory Organs. — Oil of turpentine is an efficient 
stimulating and antiseptic expectorant in subacute and' 
chronic bronchitis ; and deodorant in gangrene of the lungs, i 



i) 



04 VEGETABLE DEUGS 



It is administered internally, and by inhalation in the pro- 
portion of one teaspoonful to the quart of boiling water. 
Terebene is used as a substitute for oil of turpentine, as a 
stimulating expectorant, and is likewise prescribed as an 
antiseptic and carminative in flatulence, and as a genito- 
urinary stimulant. Terpin hydrate increases bronchial 
secretion and is employed in both acute and chronic bron- 
chitis. Oil of turpentine has been found beneficial in ver- 
minous bronchitis of calves and lambs (caused by Strongulus;. 
micrurus and filaria), injected into the trachea midway la 
the neck, according to the following prescription : 

01. Terebmthmag 3 i-n 

Acid. Carbol 

Glycerini 

Chlorof ormi aa 3 ss. 

M. 

S. Inject in one dose. 

"Gapes" in fowl, due to Syngamus trachealis, is cured' 
by the same mixture diluted with 5 parts of oil and applied 
to the throat internally with a feather. 

Circulation. — Oil of turpentine is of some worth as a 
cardiac stimulant and haemostatic. It is said to have been 
exhibited in parturient fever and apoplexy of cattle with 
success. Bleeding from the nose, lungs, digestive tract, 
uterus, kidneys, and bladder, and haemorrhages occurring in 
purpura hemorrhagica, are sometimes stopped by the 
internal use of turpentine. 

Genito- Urinary Tract. — Oil of turpentine is indicated as 
a stimulant in amenorrhoea, chronic pyelitis and cystitis. 
The drug is contra-indicated in acute inflammation of the- 
kidneys and alimentary canal. 

' Pix BuRGUNDiCA. Burgundy Pitch. (B. P.) 

The prepared, resinous exudation of Abies excelsa 

Poiret (nat. ord. Coniferse). 

Synomjm. — Poix blanche, poix de Bourgogne, Fr. ; Bur«- 

gunder harz (pech), G. 



CANADA TURPENTINE 505 

Habitat. — Southern Europe, mountainous regions. 

Properties. — Hard, yet taking gradually the form of the 
"vessel in which it is kept ; brittle, with a shining, conchoidal 
fracture ; opaque or translucent ; reddish-brown or yellowish- 
brown ; odor agreeably terebinthinate ; taste aromatic, 
sweetish, not bitter. It is almost entirely soluble in glacial 
■acetic acid, or in boiling alcohol, and partly soluble in cold 
•alcohol. 

Constituents. — 1, resin ; 2, a volatile oil (CioHig). 

Bose.—H. & C, 3 i.-iii. (30.-90.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); 
D., gr.xx.-xl. (1.3-2.6). 

PREPARATION. 

Emplastriirn Picis. Pitch Plaster. (B. P.) 

Terebinthina Canadensis. Canada Turpentine. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

A liquid oleoresin obtained from Abies balsamea (Linne), 
Miller (nat. ord. Coniferae). 

Synonym. — Canada balsam, balsam of fir, balsamum 
CJanadense, E. ; baume de Canada, Fr. ; Canadischer terpen- 
i;in, G. 

Habitat. — Canada and N. United States ; west to Minne- 
sota, south on mountains to Virginia. 

Properties. — A yellowish or faintly greenish, transparent, 
"viscid liquid, of an agreeable terebinthinate odor, and a 
bitterish, slightly acrid taste. When exposed to the air it 
gradually dries, forming a transparent mass. It is completely 
soluble in alcohol, chloroform or benzol. 

Constituents. — 1, volatile oil, 20-30 per cent.; 2, a resin; 
^, a soluble bitter principle. 

Dose.—R. & C, 3 i.-iii. (30.-90.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii (4.-8.); 
D., gr.xx.-xl. (1.3-2.6). 

action and uses of burgundy pitch and CANADA TURPENTINE. 

Burgundy pitch is slightly stimulating to the skin and 
is used as a mild counter-irritant (in plaster) in rheumatism. 



506 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

I strains, swelling of joints, and upon the chest. Burgundy- 
pitch, Canada turpentine, crude turpentine, Venice turpen- 

I tine, Bordeaux turpentine and Frankincense have much the 
same action and uses as oil of turpentine internally. They 
are administered in the same manner and in nearly identical 

I doses, but are less commonly employed than the latter. 

Kesina. Eosin. (U. S. & B. P.) 

The residue left after distilling off the volatile oil from 
turpentine. 

Sijnomjm,. — Colophony, resin, E. ; colophonum, P.G. ; 
colophane, Fr.; kolophonium, geigenharz, G. 

Properties. — A transparent, amber-colored substance, 
hard, brittle, pulverizable ; fracture glossy and shallow-con- 
choidal ; odor and taste faintly terebiuthinate. Spec. gr. 
1.070-1.080. Soluble in alcohol, ether, and fixed or volatile 
oils ; also in solution of potassium or sodium hydrate. 

Constituents. — Chiefly abietic acid anhydride (C^HgoO,,), 
80-90 per cent. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Ceratum Resince. Resin Cerate. (U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Basilicon ointment. 
Rosin, 350 ; yellow wax, 150 ; lard, 500. 

Ceratuvi Resiiim Compositum. (U. S. P.) 

Contains oil of turpentine and linseed oil in addition to wax, lard 
and rosin. 

Emplastrum Adhcesivum. Adhesive plaster. (U. S. P.) 
Rubber, 20 ; petrolatum, 20 ; lead plaster, 960. 

Emplastrum Resince. Resin Plaster. (B. P.) 

Unguentum Resince. (B. P.) 

ACTION AND USES OF ROSIN. 

Bosin is a local stimulant and antiseptic externally. 
The cerate is an excellent preparation for burns, wounds, 
ulcers, and abraded surfaces. The fumes arising from 
burning rosin (on a hot shovel) are said to be of value when, 
inhaled in chronic or subacute bronchitis. 



TAR oOT 

Pix LiQuiDA. Tar. (U. S. «fe B. P.) 

An empyreumatic oleoresin obtained by the destructive 
didlillatiou of the wood of Pinus palastris Miller, and of other 
species of Pinus (nat. ord. Conifers). 

Si/nonym. — Resina empyreumatica liquida — goudron, 
goudron vegetal, Fr.; theer, G. 

Habitat. — United States. 

Properties. — Thick, viscid, semi-fluid, blackish-brown; 
heavier than water, transparent in thin layers, becoming 
granular and opaque with age ; odor empyreumatic, terebin- 
thinate ; taste sharp, empyreumatic. 

Tar is slightly soluble in water ; soluble in alcohol, 
fixed or volatile oils, and solutions of potassium or sodium 
hydrate. 

Constituents. — Mainly — 1, oil of tar ; 2, methylic alcohol ; 
3, creosote ; 4, guaiacol ; 5, phenol ; 6, pyrocatechin ; 7, toluol ; 
8, syol ; 9, acetic acid ; 10, acetone; 11, resins. 

Dose.—TI. & C, 5 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); 
D.,1TLxv.-3i. (1.-4). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Unguenttim Picis Liquida'. Tar Ointment. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Tar, 500 ; yellow wax, loO ; lard, 350. 

Pix Carbonis Preparata. Prepared Coal Tar. (B. P.) 
Liquor Picis Carhonis. Solution of Coal Tar. (B. P.) 

Oleum Picis Liquid je. Oil of Tar. (U. S. P.) 

A volatile oil distilled from tar. 

Properties. — An almost colorless liquid when freshly 
distilled, but soon acquiring a dull, reddish-brown color, and 
having a strong tarry odor and taste. Spec. gr. about 0.970. 
Soluble in alcohol. 

Pix Nigra. Pitch. (Non-official.) 

A solid, shining, black, bituminous substance. Soluble 
in ether, oils, and aqueous alkaline solutions. It con- 
tains an altered resin, and a crystalline principle, Retine 



508 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Oleum Cadinum. Oil of Cade. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A product of the dry distillation of wood of Juniperus 
Oxycedrns Linne (nat. ord. Coniferse). 

Synonym. — Oleum janiperi empyreumaticum, E. ; liuile 
de cade, Fr. ; cadol, G. 

Habitat — North Africa, Spain, France, and Portugal, on 
the borders of the Mediterranean, in waste places and stony 
hill-sides. 

Pro2oerties. — A brownish or dark brown, clear, thick 
liquid ; having a tarry odor, and an empyreumatic, burning, 
somewhat bitter taste. Spec. gr. about 0.990. It is almost 
insoluble in water, but imparts to it an acid reaction. Parti- 
ally soluble in alcohol ; completely soluble in ether, chloro- 
form, or carbon disulphide. 

Constituents. — The composition is similar to that of tar. 

Dose. — Same as that of tar. 

ACTION AND USES OF TAR, OIL OF CADE AND PITCH. 

Externally, tar produces hyperaemia, and, when rubbed 
continually into the skin, sometimes papules and pustules. 
It is a stimulant, rubefacient, antiseptic and parasiticide 
externally. Poisoning may follow the extensive application 
of large quantities of tar over a denuded surface, or if it be 
licked off the skin. Tar is mainly employed in veterinary 
medicine on the skin, and is a valuable remedy to relieve 
itching and as a local stimulant in chronic eczema (" grease "), 
sometimes in moist eczema and erythema, psoriasis, pityri- 
asis, pruritus, and lichen. It also destroys the parasites of 
mange and ringworm. It is applied with fat, vaseline, soap 
or alcohol, in the proportion of 1-2 to 10. The official oint- 
ment (1-2), is generally appropriate in the above-mentioned 
skin diseases, but may require dilution. The following 
preparation is serviceable on patches of psoriasis : 

Tar, soft or green soap, each two ounces ; alcohol, two 
ounces. Pure tar painted over the surface with a brush, is 
often most efficient in obstinate cases of eruptive disorders. 



ACTION AND USES OF TAR, ETC. 509 

A lotion of oil of tar, sulphurated potassa, or Peruvian 
balsam, is more cleanly and suitable for house dogs with 
eczema. (See diet for eczema in dogs, section on foods and 
feeding, p. 688.) Tar is of the greatest utility in stimulating 
the growth of horn, and is the principal ingredient of hoof 
ointments for horses. It may be mixed with an equal 
part of lard for this purpose, or the following mixture is well 
spoken of : tar, yellow wax and honey, ^ lb. each ; lard, 1^ 
lbs.; glycerin, 3 ounces. Melt and mix the lard and wax 
together ; add the other ingredients ; stir while cooling. 
Oakum, soaked with tar, is frequently packed under leather, 
beneath the shoes on horses' feet, to soften and stimulate the 
horn and to cure thrush and canker. Tar is also a beneficial 
application for foot rot of sheep. Tar is usually kept on 
hand for farming purposes, and is therefore a popular anti- 
septic and protective in the treatment of wounds and broken 
horns in cattle. 

Internally. — Tar — on account of its constituents, phenol 
and creosote — in large quantities causes toxic effects, with 
symptoms resembling carbolic acid poisoning: e.g. , abdominal 
pain, vertigo, signs of gastro-intestinal irritatiou, and the 
passage of dark-colored urine. It is not exceedingly pois- 
onous, however, as recovery has been reported in man after 
the ingestion of an amount varying from one to two pints. 
Tar is eliminated by the kidneys, with the production of 
irritation and diuresis; also by the mucous membrane, and 
affects more especially that lining the bronchial tubes, where 
it acts as a local stimulant and antiseptic. For this reason 
the drug is an excellent expectorant in subacute or chronic 
bronchitis when given internally or by inhalation. The latter 
process may be conducted by pouring tar on a heated shovel, 
or, better, by dissolving tar in boiling sodium carbonate 
solution and steaming the patient with the vapor. Tar is 
occasionally exhibited in chronic gastvo-intestinal catarrh 
and obstinate diarrhoea, with good results. 

Tar is of value internally in influencing those skin 
■disorders which are benefited by its external application. 



510 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Inhalations of tar are sometimes serviceable in pharyngitis 
and laryngitis, as well as in bronchitis. Oil of tar may be 
applied, dissolved in alcohol (1-8), as a lotion, and is an 
agreeable substitute for tar in chronic eczema or psoriasis of 
dogs. It is used in the pure state as a parasiticide for mange, 
scab, ringworm or favus. Oil of cade represents oil of tar 
and tar in their actions and uses, but its odor is pleasanter. 
It is prescribed externally in chronic eczema and pruri- 
tis, as follows : Oil of cade, 1 ; soft soap and alcohol, 4 parts 
each; or in equal parts with wax. Oil of cade can also be 
used in any proportion or manner in which tar is applic- 
able. Pitch likewise possesses the same action as tar, and 
is sometimes employed for making hoof ointments and 
plasters. 

Balsamum Peruvianum. Balsam of Peru. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

A balsam obtained from Toluifera Pereirse (Royal) 
Baillon (nat. ord. Leguminosse). 

Synonym. — Balsamum peruvianum nigrum, balsam indi- 
cum, baume de Peron, baume des Indes, Fr. ; Peru bal- 
sam, G. 

Hahitat. — Central America. 

Properties. — A liquid having a syrupy consistence, free 
from stringiness or stickiness ; of a brownish-black color in 
bulk, reddish-brown or transparent in thin layers ; of an 
agreeable, vanilla-like, somewhat smoky odor, and a bitter 
taste, leaving a persistent aftertaste. On exposure to air it 
does not become hard. Spec. gr. 1.135 to 1.150. Miscible 
in all proportions, with absolute alcohol, chloroform, or 
glacial acetic acid. Completely soluble in 5 parts of alcohol. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil, cinnamein, C9H, (C7H,)02, 
a,bout 60 per cent. ; 2, cinnamic acid, CigHgOo ; 3, a resin (82 
per cent.), yielding benzoic acid, HC;H502, on dry distillation;. 
4, styrol, CgHg \ 5, stilbene, C^Hjo ; 6, a volatile oil, beuzylie 
benzoate, C,H5 (C,H,) O2 ; 7, benzylic alcohol, C^H^O. 



I 



BALSAM OF TOLU 511 

Dose.—B.. & a, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3i.-ii. (4-8.); 
D., 1TLX.-XXX. (.6-2.). 

Balsamum Toldtanum. Balsam of Tolu. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A balsam obtained from Toluifera Balsamum Linne 
(nat. ord. Legumiuosae). 

Synonym. — Baume de Tolu, baume de Cathagene, Fr. ; 
Tolubalsam, G. 

Habitat — New Grenada and Venezuela. 

Properties. — A yellowish-brown, semi-fluid, or nearly 
solid mass, becoming more brittle when exposed to the cold ; 
transparent in thin layers ; having an agreeable odor, recall- 
ing that of vanilla, but distinct from it, and a mild aromatic 
taste. Soluble in alcohol, chloroform and solutions of fixed 
alkalies ; almost insoluble in water. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil, tolene, CjoHig, 1 per cent.; 
2, a volatile oil, benzylicbenzoate,C-H5 (C,H-)02 ; 3, benzoic 
acid, HC^H^O. ; 4, cinnamic acid, C9H3O., ; 5, benzylic cinna- 
mate, C^H, (C,H,)0, ; 6, resins. 

Dose. — Same as balsam of Peru. 

PREPARATION. 

■ Syrupus Tolutanus. Syrup of Tolu. (U. S. & B, P.) 

Balsam of Tolu, 10 ; precipitated calcium phosphate, 50 ; sugar, 850; 
alcohol, 50 ; water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 
Dose. — D., I i -iv. (-4.-15.). 

ACTION AND USES OF BALSAMS OF PERU AND TOLU. 

Externally, the balsams are stimulant, antiseptic and 
parasiticide. Balsam of Peru is a useful remedy in' alcoholic 
solution (1-8) for chronic eczema of dogs. It may also be 
serviceable in ointment (1-8) for sore teats in cows, or as an 
application to kill lice and the parasites of (sarcoptic) mange 
and ringworm. It is, undiluted, a most excellent stimulant 
and antiseptic dressing upon wounds and ulcers. 

Internally, the balsams are stomachic and carminative, 
and are eliminated by the skin, mucous membranes and 



512 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

urinary organs, stimulating these parts. They are therefore 
occasionally prescribed in chronic bronchitis, pyelitis and 
cystitis. The syrup of Tolu is an exceedingly mild prepara- 
tion, but forms an agreeable vehicle for cough mixtures in 
canine practice. The balsams may be administered in 
emulsion rubbed up with either glycerin, mucilage, or white 
of egg and water. 

Benzoinum. Benzoin. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Resina benzoe, asa dulcis, gum benjamin, 
E.; benzoin, Fr.; benzoe, G. 

A balsamic resin obtained from Styrax Benzoin Dryander 
(nat, ord. Styracese). 

Habitat. — Siaai, Sumatra, Java and Borneo. 
' Properties. — In lumps consisting of agglutinated, yellow- 
ish-brown tears, which are internally milk-white ; or in the 
form of a reddish-brown mass, more or less mottled from 
whitish tears imbedded in it. It is almost v/holly soluble in 
5 parts of moderately warm alcohol, and in solutions of the 
:fixed alkalies. When heated it gives off fumes of benzoic 
acid. It has an agreeable, balsamic odor, and a slight aroma- 
tic taste. 

Constituents. — 1, benzoic acid, 12 to 20 per cent. ; 2, cin- 
namic acid, sometimes ; 3, several resins ; 4, a volatile oil. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Adeps Benzoinatus. Benzoinated Lard. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by melting lard, 1000, with benzoin, 20 ; and straining. 
(U. S. P.) 

Tinctura Benzoini, Tincture of Benzoin. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration of benzoin, 200, in alcohol ; filtration, and 
addition of alcohol to make 1000. 

Do.se.— H. & C, =1. (30.) ; D., ■ ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

Tinctura Benzoini Composita. Compound Tincture of Benzoin. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym. — Friar's balsam. 

Benzoin, 100; purified aloes, 20; storax, 80; balsam of Tolu, 40; 
alcohol to make 1000. Made by digestion and filtration. (U. S. P.) 



BENZOIC ACID 513 

AciDUM Benzoicum. Benzoic Acid. HC^sOo. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acide benzoique, fleurs de ben join, Fr. ; 
benzoesaure, benzoeblumen, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained from benzoin by sublimation. 

Properties. — White, or yellowish-white, lustrous scales 
or friable needles ; odorless, or having a slight characteristic 
odor resembling that of benzoin, and of a warm, acid taste. 
Somewhat volatile at a moderately warm temperature, and 
rendered darker by exposure to light. Soluble, when pure, 
in about 500 parts of water, and in 2 parts of alcohol. Also 
soluble in 3 parts of ether, 7 parts of chloroform, and readily 
soluble in carbon disulphide, benzol, fixed and volatile oils, 
but sparingly soluble in benzin. 

Incompoiihles. — Alkalies, ammonium carbonate. 

Do.^e.—B.. & C, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). 

Ammonii Benzoas. Ammonium Benzoate. NH.C.HoOj 
(U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by the action of benzoic acid and ammonia water. 
In white crystals. Soluble in 5 parts of water ; in 28 parts 
of alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as benzoic acid. 

SoDii Benzoas. Sodium Benzoate. Na C^H^Oj 
(U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by the action of a hot solution of sodium carbon- 
ate on benzoic acid. Occurs in a white powder. Soluble 
in 1.8 parts of water ; in 45 parts of alcohol. 
Dose. — Same as benzoic acid. 

LiTHii Benzoas. (U. S. P.) 
Dose. — Same as for sodium benzoate. 

action op benzoin, benzoic acid and benzoates. 
These substances may be represented by benzoic acid. 
Action External. — Benzoic acid is an irritant applied 
externally, also when its vapor is inhaled. It is an efficient 



514 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

.antiseptic; a solution (1-1000) will inhibit the growth of 
many forms of bacteria. 

Action Infernal. — Medicinal doses of benzoic acid exert 
only an antiseptic action in the alimentary canal. Large 
doses occasion increased bronchial and cutaneous secretion, 
with accelerated pulse. Enormous doses cause gastro-intes- 
tinal irritation, disturbance of the pulse and respiration, a 
species of intoxication and paraplegia. Benzoic acid is 
absorbed into the blood, acts as an antipyretic in fever, and 
is converted (probably in the kidneys) into hippuric acid 
and eliminated in the urine as such. It thus renders an 
alkaline urine acid, and stimulates and exercises an anti- 
septic influence upon the urinary mucous membrane. The 
change into hippuric acid is due to combination with a 
nitrogenous body — glycocoll — but the source of glycocoll is 
uncertain. 

Benzoic acid KC^JI.O^ + glycocoll CoHsNOo = hippuric 
acid C3H9NO3 + water H,0. 

Benzoic acid is somewhat diuretic, but does not alter 
the composition of the urine in any constant manner, 
although metabolism is said to be increased. It is elimin- 
ated by the bronchial mucous membrane, augmenting secre- 
tion, and acting as an antiseptic in the bronchial tubes. 
When the vapor of any oi the substances under consideration 
is inhaled in proper dilution, a similar expectorant action is 
attained. Benzoic acid is likewise excreted by the skin and 
salivary glands, exciting their functional activity. 

Uses External. — The compound tincture of benzoin is a 
valuable stimulant and antiseptic application for wounds, 
sores and ulcers. It is often applied to the part on gauze or 
lint, followed by bandaging. 

Uses Internal. — Benzoic acid is sometimes given in 
powder, pill, or ball, as an intestinal antiseptic, and as a 
remedy for rheumatism. It is inferior to salicylic acid in 
the latter disorder. The benzoates are said to be equally 
efficient as antiseptics and have been highly recommended 
in diarrhoea and dysentery. 



WHITE MUSTARD 515 

Benzoin, in the form of tlie tincture, and tlie benzoates, 
are serviceable in laryngitis, tracheitis, and bronchitis, to 
promote secretion and antisepsis. An inhalation of the 
tincture ( 3 ii.-Oi. hot water) is also very serviceable in these 
diseases for the same purposes. 

The benzoates are of value in pyelitis and cystitis, 
particularly in carnivora with a normal acid urine, to acidify 
and disinfect the decomposing urine and stimulate the tract. 

SiNAPis Alba. White Mustard. 

Synonym. — Sinapis albae semina, B.P. ; semen erucse, 
yellow mustard seed, E. ; moutarde blanche, Fr. ; weisser 
senf, G. 

The seed of Brassica alba (Linne) Hooker filius et 
Thompson (nat. ord. Cruciferse). 

Habitat. — Southern Europe and Asia ; cultivated in 
temperate climates. 

Description. — About 2 Mm. in diameter ; almost globular, 
with a circular hilum ; testa yellowish, finely pitted, hard ; 
embryo oily, with a curved radicle and two cotyledons, one 
folded over the other ; free from starch ; inodorous ; taste 
pungent and acrid. 

Constituents. — 1, a glucoside, sinalbin (CjoH^N^SoOig), and 
a ferment, myrosin, 10-15 per cent. The latter converts the 
former, in the presence of water, into the active principle of 
the drug, acrinyl sulphocyanide (C,H.ONCS), a very acrid, 
volatile body, sinapine sulphate (CieHjjNOjHjSOj), and glu- 
cose ; 2, a bland, fixed oil, 25 per cent.; 3, gum, 20 per cent. 

Dose.—E.., 3 ss. (15.) ; C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 
3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.x.-xv. (.6-1.). 

Sinapis Nigra. Black Mustard. 

Synonym. — Sinapis nigrse semina, B.P.; semen sinapis, 
P.G.; moutarde noire (Grise), Fr.; schwarzer senf, G. 

The seed of Brassica nigra (Linne) Koch (nat. ord. 
Cruciferse). 



516 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Habitat. — Soutliern Europe and Asia ; cultivated ia 
tempei'ate climates. 

Description. — About 1 Mm. in diameter, almost globular, 
with a circular hilum; testa blackish-brown or grayish- 
brown, finely pitted, hard ; embryo oily, with a curved 
radicle and two cotyledons, one folded over the other ; free 
from starch ; inodorous when dry, but when triturated with 
water, of a pungent, penetrating, irritating odor ; taste 
pungent and acrid. 

Constituents. — 1, a glucoside, sinigrin (or potassium 
myronate), and a ferment, myrosin. In the presence of water 
the latter converts the former into the acrid, volatile, official 
oil of mustard (allyl sulphocyanide, C3H5CNS), acid potas- 
sium sulphate, and glucose; 2, a fixed, bland oil, similar to 
that in white mustard ; 3, gum. 

Dose. — Same as white mustard. 

Commercial form of mustard is a mixture of black and 
•white mustard, and constitutes Sinapis (B. P.) 

PREPARATION. 

Oleum Sinapis Volatile. Volatile Oil of Mustard. 

Synonym. — Oleum sinapis, B.P.; allyl sulphocyanide 
(C^HjCNS), oleum sinapis sethereum.E.; essence de moutarde^ 
Fr.; setherisches senfiil, G. 

Derivation. — A volatile oil obtained from black mustard 
by maceration with water and subsequent distillation. 

Properties. — A colorless or pale yellow, limpid and 

strongly refractive liquid, having a very pungent and acrid 

odor and taste. Freely soluble in alcohol, ether, or carbon 

disulphide, the solutions being neutral to litmus paper.. 

Spec. gr. 1.018 to 1.029. 

Preparation. — Lmimentum Sinapis (B. P.); volatile oil of mus- 
tard, camphor and castor oil. 

Action External. — Mustard quickly dilates the vessels 
of the skin and causes hypersemia. If its application is 
frequently repeated, there is so much vascular irritation that 
transudation of serum occurs under the epidermis, and 
blisters or even pustules are formed. Mustard induces a 



MUSTARD 517 

sensation of burning in man, but is not so irritating as oil 
of turpentine to horses, and the primary irritation is followed 
by partial anaesthesia. It is one of the most useful counter- 
' irritants, and by this action contracts vessels in the under- 
lying parts, relieves pain and congestion. 

In rapidly stimulating the skin, mustard reflexly excites 
the nervous system, respiratory functions and heart. Mus- 
tard is therefore a rubefacient, vesicant, and counter-irritant 
externally. 

Action Internal. — Mustard stimulates gastric vascularity, 
secretion and motion, and promotes the appetite in small 
doses. Large doses occasion vomiting in animals capable of 
the act. Intestinal peristalsis and secretion are probably 
likewise augmented by mustard. It is thus a stomachic, 
carminative and emetic internally, but is rarely administered 
save as an emetic because of its pungency and the difficulty 
attending its exhibition. Mustard is absorbed to some 
extent, but w^e are ignorant concerning its ultimate fate or 
remote action. It is said to be a diuretic. 

Uses External. — Mustard is an extremely valuable 
counter-irritant for relieving pain or congestion in almost 
any internal part. It is more commonly employed in the 
acute respiratory disorders of the domestic animals, as in 
laryngitis, bronchitis, congestion of the lungs, pleurisy, 
pneumonia, to stop incessant cough, and after exposure to 
severe cold ; and the flour of mustard is used in a very thin 
paste made with warm water and applied with friction to the 
skin. Boiling water should not be mixed with mustard, nor 
vinegar, nor alcohol, as they interfere with its action. The 
volatile oil of mustard is a cleanly and convenient substitute 
for the crude drug. A small quantity, diluted with olive oil, 
or cottonseed oil (1-15), may be rubbed into either side of 
the chest in bronchitis, pleurisy, and other chest disorders,, 
as a counter-irritant. 

After the application of mustard, the part may be- 
bandaged, or hot blankets may be placed over the body 
and the treatment reinforced by the use of mustard on the 
limbs and bandaging. If mustard is employed continuously 



518 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

to keep up constant counter-irritation, the drug should be 
washed off in 20 or 30 minutes, and the process repeated 
once in 2 hours. It is unwise to induce much vesication over 
an extensive surface with mustard, as the result is painful 
and resolution is slow. Mustard is also serviceable in pain- 
ful abdominal diseases, as colic, tympanites, enteritis and 
peritonitis, but oil of turpentine appears here to be more 
efl&cient. 

A sinapism (mustard application) over the loins is useful 
in acute nephritis, and will not lead to irritation of the 
Mdneys from absorption which may ensue after cantharidal 
blistering. Cantharides has, however, a more active, per- 
manent and revulsant effect in most local inflammatory con- 
ditions, and is more potent in acute laryngitis. The action 
of mustard is rapid and fleeting, unless applied continually 
in considerable strength. For this reason it is indicated to 
impress the nervous system instantaneously, in opium, 
alcohol and other narcotic poisoning ; in respiratory failure, 
in collapse and extreme depression in the course of acute 
diseases (pneumonia and parturient apoplexy), applied all 
over the body, or over the cardiac region in syncojie. 
Mustard is of utility in muscular or articular rheumatism, 
and is employed on swollen glands (strangles), inflamed 
joints and tendons ; but is usually less efiicacious than 
a good cantharidal blister in these three latter condi- 
tions. 

U.ses Internal. — Mustard is an efficient emetic for dogs, 
in tablespoonful doses, given in a cup of tepid water. It is 
usually at hand, and not only empties the stomach in poison- 
ing, but reflexly stimulates the heart and respiration. If 
administered for its carminative or stomachic effect, mustard 
must be given in pill or ball. 

Eucalyptus. Eucalyptus. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Feuilles d'eucalyptus, Fr. ; eucalyptus- 
blatter, G. 



OIL OF EUCALYPTUS 519 

The leaves of Eucalyptus globulus Labillardiere (nat. 
■ord. Myrfcaceae), collented from the older parts of the tree. 

Deso'ipl ion. — Petiolate, lauceolately scythe-shaped ; from 
15 to 30 cm, long ; rounded below, tapering above ; entire, 
leathery, grayish-green, glandular, feather-veined between 
the midrib and marginal veins ; odor strongly camphorace- 
ous ; taste pungently aromatic and somewhat cooling, bitter 
^nd astringent. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil (see below); 2, a crystalliz- 
•able resin; 3, a crystallizable, fatty acid ; 4, cerylic alcohol. 

Dose.—R. & d, 3ii.-iii. (60.-90.); D., 3ss.-ii (2.-8.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fhiidextr actum Eucalypti. Fluidextract of Eucalyptus. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration, percolation and evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 
I gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose. — Same as for eucalyptus. 

Vnguentuvi Eucalypti. (B, P. ) 

Oleum Eucalyptl Oil of Eucalyptus. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A volatile oil distilled from the fresh leaves of Eucalyp- 
tus globulus Labillardiere, Eucalyptus oleosa F. V. Mueller, 
-and some other species of Eucalyptus (nat. ord. Myrtacese). 

Properties. — A colorless or faintly-yellowish liquid, 
having a characteristic, aromatic, somewhat camphoraceous 
odor, and a pungent, spicy, and cooling taste. Spec. gr. 
0.915 to 0.925. Soluble in all proportions in alcohol, carbon 
disulphide, or glacial acetic acid. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil, eucalyptol or cineol 
^CjoHijO), 70 per cent. ; 2, eucalyptene (CioHie) ; 3, cymeue 
■<Ci„Hi,). 

Incompatihles. — Alkalies, mineral acids, and.metallic salts. 

Dose.—R., 3i.-ii. (4-8.); D., 1TLii.-x. (.12-.6). 

Eucalyptol. Eucalyptol. Ci„HigO. (U. S. P.) 
A neutral body obtained from the volatile oil of Eucalyp- 



520 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

tus globulus Labillardiere, and of some other species of 
eucalyptus (nat. ord. Myrtacese). 

Derivaiion. — Crude eucalyptol distills over from eucalyp- 
tus leaves at a temperature varying from 338° to 352° F.^ 
and is purified by redistillation from potassium hydrate or 
calcium chloride. 

Properties. — A colorless liquid, having a characteristic, 
aromatic and distinctly camphoraceous odor, and a pungent,, 
spicy and, cooling taste. Spec. gr. 0.930. Soluble in all 
proportions, in alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as oil of eucalyptus. 

ACTION OF EUCALYPTUS, OIL OF EUCALYPTUS AND EUCALYPTOL^ 

External. — The oil- is a powerful antiseptic and disinfect- 
ant, and is even said to be three times more efficient in this- 
respect than carbolic acid. It is but slightly irritating to the 
skin, unless its vapors are confined by bandaging, when it 
may cause vesicles and pustules. Some local anaesthesia 
follows primary skin irritation. 

Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Oil of eucalyptus excites 
gastric and salivary secretion, and acts, both locally and 
during elimination, as a stimulant to the mucous membrane 
of the alimentary canal. Large doses occasion diarrhoea, 
and the faecal discharges are impregnated with the odor of 
the oil. It is a stomachic, carminative, antiseptic and 
anodyne in the digestive tract. 

Circulation. — Oil of eucalyptus arrests the amoeboid 
movements of the white blood corpuscles, and diapedesis, in 
inflammatory areas ; inhibits the growth of the plasmodia 
malarise ; is an antipyretic and antiperiodic, and generally 
comports itself like quinine ; but is nevertheless distinctly 
inferior to it. Small doses reflexly stimulate the heart and 
cause an increase in blood pressure; while toxic dosea 
depress the heart's action and lower vascular tension. 

Respiration. — Small doses accelerate the respiratory 
movements. Large doses make the respiration slower and 
weaker, and death ensues through respiratory failure. 



EUCALYPTOL 521 

Nervous System. — Poisonous quantities depress the 
\)rain, medulla and spinal cord. Reflex activity is lost. 
Animals stagger, suffer great loss of muscular power and 
sensation in their limbs, and fall ; the breathing is slow and 
irregular, the pulse weak, and there are occasional convul- 
sions. The breathing stops before the cardiac pulsations. 

Elimination. — Oil of eucalyptus is excreted by the skin, 
kidneys, and mucous membrane of the bronchial tubes and 
bowels, and therefore stimulates and disinfects these parts 
during its elimination. Hence the drug is a diarphoretic, 
diuretic, and gonito-urinary stimulant, stimulating expector- 
ant, and carminative. 

Administration. — The oil, or eucalyptol, are administered 
in emulsion with gum ; dissolved in alcohol ; or in capsules. 

USES OF EUCALYPTUS, OIL OF EUCALYPTUS AND EUCALYPTOL. 

External. — Eucalyptol is probably more generally useful 
than either eucalyptus or the oil. It is employed as an 
antiseptic with vaseline (1-8), on sores, wounds, and ulcers, 
and in lubricating instruments for use in the cavities of the 
body. It pa.rtially disguises the odor of iodoform, and is 
frequently combined with the latter in ointment. Eucalyptol 
is serviceable as a stimulating, antiseptic and deodorant 
inhalation in catarrhal diseases of the respiratory tract with 
putrid discharges, and in pulmonary gangrene. The ordinary 
doses (by the mouth) are placed in hot water for this 
purpose. Eucalyptol, with sweet oil (1-5), forms an efficient 
stimulating and anodyne liniment. 

Internal. — In chronic bronchitis, eucalyptol is often 
valuable in stimulating and disinfecting the bronchial mucous 
membrane during its elimination. It is also eflScacious in 
chronic pyelitis and cystitis, for the same reason. The oil 
has been given with asserted success in various bacterial 
diseases, as septicaemia, canine distemper, influenza, etc., for 
its antiseptic action. In human medicine, eucalyptus and 
its derivatives are mainly of worth as substitutes for quinine 
in malaria, when the latter drug is inadmissible. Eucalyptol 



522 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

may be given as a stomachic and carminative in digestive, 
disorders with foul-smelling faecal evacuations. 



Arnica Flores. Arnica Flowers. 

Synonym. — Fleurs d'arnique, Fr.; wohlverleihbliithen^. 
arnikabliithen, G. 

The flower heads of Arnica montana Linne (nat. ord^ 
Compositae). 

Habitat — Mountainous regions of Europe and Northern 
Asia. 

Description. — Heads about 3 Cm. broad ; depressed- 
roundish, consisting of a scaly involucre in two rows, and a 
small, nearly flat, hairy receptacle, bearing about sixteen 
yellow, strap-shaped, ten-nerved, ray-florets, and numerous, 
yellow, five-toothed, tubular disk-florets having slender^ 
spindle-shaped achenes crowned by a hairy pappus. Odor 
feeble, aromatic; taste bitter and acrid. 

Constituents. — 1, au ethereal oil ; 2, an amorphous, yellow, 
acrid, bitter principle, arnicin ; 3, resins ; 4, tannic acid ; 5,. 
caprylic and capronic acids. 

Dose.—R k C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; D., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3). 

PREPARATION. 

Tinctura Arnicm. Tincture of Arnica. (U. S. P.) 
Made by percolation of arnica flowers, 200, with diluted alcohol to 
make 1000. 

Dose.— H. &, C, §i. (30.) ; D., ttl.xv.-x1. (1.-2.6). 

Arnicsi Eadix. Arnica Root. 

Synonym. — Arnicae rhizoma, B.P. ; racine d'arnique, Fr.; 
arnikawurzel, G. . 

The rhizome and roots of Arnica montana Linne (nat. 
ord. Compositae). 

Description. — Rhizome about 5 Cm. long, and 3 or 4 Mm^ 
thick ; externally brown, rough from leaf scars ; internally 
whitish, with a rather thick bark containing a circle of resia 



ARNICA ^^^ 

cells, surrounding the short, yellowish wood wedges, and 
large, spongy pith. The roots numerous, thin, fragile; 
grayish-brown, with a thick bark containing a circle of resm 
cells. Odor somewhat aromatic ; taste pungeutly aromatic 

and bitter. 

Constituents.— ldent\ca.\ with those of flowers. 
Dose. — Same as flowers. 

PREPARATION. 

Tinctura ArniccB. (B. P.) 
Dose.-B.., 5 i.-ii. (30.-60) ;D., 3 ss.-i. (3.-4.). 

Action and C/s-es.— Externally, arnica, especially the tinc- 
ture of the flowers, increases the vascularity of the integu- 
ment, and may cause various grades of superficial inflamma- 
tion on sensitive skins if not properly diluted. luternally, 
the drug stimulates the mucous membrane of the digestive 
tract, and is stomachic and carminative. Arnica is eliminated 
by the kidneys and mucous membranes and stimulates these 
parts during its excretion. Arnica slows and stimulates the 
heart and increases vascular tension in medicinal doses, 
while large doses augment the frequency of the pulse. This 
action follows, first," stimulation, and later, depression of the 
inhibitory apparatus. Toxic quantities occasion gastro- 
intestinal irritation and nervous symptoms, as giddiness, 
stupor, delirium, insensibility, and convulsions ; with rapid, 
feeble pulse and sometimes syncope. 

The only rational use for arnica is in stimulating the 
skin in sprains and bruises. The tincture of the flowers is 
generally diluted with water (1-12) for this purpose. It is 
doubtful if it is more serviceable than alcohol in these con- 



524 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

ditions. There is no sufficient evidence to show that arnica 
possesses any therapeutic value when given internally, 
although it has been used and is recommended for dysentery, 
chronic bronchitis, rheumatism, nervous disorders, etc. 

Myreha. Myrrh. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Myrrlie, F. 

A gum-resin obtained from Commiphora Myrrha (Nees") 
Engler (nat. ord. Burseracese). 

Habitat. — Eastern Africa and Southwestern Arabia, 
along the borders of the Bed Sea. 

Descrijjtion. — In roundish or irregular tears or masses ; 
dusty, brownish-yellow or reddish-brown ; fracture waxy, 
somewhat splintery ; translucent on the edges, somewhat 
marked with whitish veins ; odor balsamic ; taste aromatic, 
bitter and acrid. When triturated with water, myrrh yields 
a brownish-yellow emulsion ; it is soluble in alcohol. 

Constituents. — 1, an active resinous principle, myrrhin 
(C^gHjoOio), 30 to 40 per cent. ; 2, myrrhol (CmHi^Oj, a volatile 
oil, 2 8 per ceut. ; 3, arabin, a gum, 50 to 60 per cent. ; 4,. a 
bitter substance. 

I)ose.—B.. & C, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. 
(2.-4.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Tinctura Myrrhce. Tincture of Myrrh. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Made by maceration of myrrh, 200, with alcohol, and filtration to 
make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.—n. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 iii.-vi. (13 -24.) ; D., 
3 ss -i. (S..4.). 

, Tinctura Aloes et Myrrhce. Tincture of Aloes and Myrrh. 
(U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation of myrrh, 100; purified aloes, 
100; liquorice root; with alcohol and water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H. &C., 5 ii.-iv. (60.-120.) ; Sh. & Sw., =33.-1.(15.-30.); D., 
3 i.-ii. (4.-8.), 

Pilulce Aloes et Myrrhw. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Dose.— D., 2 pills. 

Action and Uses. — Myrrh, externally, is a mild stimulant 



CAPSICUM 525 

and antiseptic by virtue of its resin and volatile oil. It is a 
stomacliic and carminative internally, exciting the appetite 
and increasing the secretion, motion and blood supply of the 
stomach and bowels. Myrrh is eliminated by the mucous 
membranes of the bronchial and genito-urinary tracts, and 
stimulates and disinfects these parts daring its excretion. 
The drug is occasionally prescribed as a stimulating expec- 
torant in chronic bronchitis; as a stimulant and antiseptic in 
chronic cystitis ; also as a uterine stimulant and emmenagogue 
in ammenorrhoea, and in chronic leucorrhoea. 

Myrrh is thought to prove beneficial in ausemia, when 
combined with iron. It assists the action of purgatives, and 
myrrh may be exhibited as a laxative in the form of the 
tincture of aloes and myrrh. The tincture forms a service- 
able mouth-wash in aqueous emulsion (1-16), and is some- 
times employed as a stimulant and antiseptic on wounds, 
sores and ulcers, diluted with 4 to 8 parts of water. Myrrk 
is administered in tincture, ball or pill. 

Class 2. — Used Mainly for their Stomachic and 
Carminative Action Upon the Digestive Tract. 

Capsicum. Capsicum. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Capsici fructus, B. P. ; cayenne pepper, 
African or pod pepper, E. ; capsiqua, piment des jardins, 
piment rouge, poivre de cayenne, Fr. ; spanischer pfpffer, G. 
Called commonly " red pepper," when dried and powdered. 

The fruit of Capsicum fastigiatum Blume (nat. ord. 
Solanaceae). 

Hahitat. — Tropical America; cultivated also in other 
tropical countries. 

JJescrvption. — Oblong-conical, from 10 to 20 Mm. long ; 
supported by a flattish, cup-shaped, five-toothed calyx with 
a red, shining, membranous and translucent pericarp 
enclosing two cells and containing flat, reniform, yellowish 
seeds, attached to a thick, central placenta. It has a peculiar 
odor, and an intensely hot taste. 



526 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Constituents. — 1, capsaicin (CgHi.NOj), a crystallizable,. 
acrid body ; 2, capsicin, a volatile alkaloid ; 3, a fixed oil ; 4, 
fatty matter ; 5, resin. 

Dose. — B.., gr.xx.-3i. (1.3-4.); C, 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D.,, 
gr.i.-viii. (.06-.5). 

PBEPARATIONS. 

Fluidextractum Capsiei. Fliiidextract of Capsicum. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and evaporation, 

so that 1 cc. — 1 gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.—R., TTi,xx.3i. (1.3-4.); C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., n^i.-viii. 

(.06-.5). 

Tinctura Capsiei. Tincture of Capsicum. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by percolation of capsicum, 100, with alcohol and water to 

make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.—B.., 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); C, § ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., ttIv.- 3 i. 

(.3-4.). 

Oleoresina Capsiei. Oleoresin of Capsicum. (U. S. P.) 
Made by percolation with acetone, distillation, and evaporation of 
the residue. 

Dose.—B.., TTix.-xxx. (.6-2.); C, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., TTii-i. (.015-.06). 

Ungiientum Capsiei. (B. P.) 

Administration. — Capsicum and the oleoresin are given 
in ball or pill. The fluid extract should be freely diluted 
with water. 

Action and Uses. — Capsicum generally resembles the 
volatile oils in its action. Externally, it is rubefacient and 
counter-irritant, producing about the same degree of irrita- 
tion as mustard, but causing considerably more pain, while 
its fumes are unbearable. Capsicum is used mainly as a 
stomachic and a carminative in augmenting the appetite, 
gastric vascularity, secretion and motion, and intestinal 
peristalsis. Capsicum is employed on the skin in local 
paralysis — as of the lip — in horses, with mustard in paste ; 
or as the fluid extract painted on plaster splints to prevent 
dogs from gnawing them off!. 

Internally, capsicum is of greater value than black or 
white pepper, and is indicated in atonic indigestion and 
flatulent colic in horses (see ammonium carbonate, p. 141). 



GINGER 527 

It may be combined advantageously with bitters, as nux 
vomica. Capsicum is a favorite stimulant and tonic remedy 
— to the digestion — with bird fanciers. It is also said to 
increase the laying of eggs when given to hens. 

Zingiber. Ghiger. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Ingwer, G.; gingember, Fr. 

The rhizome of Zingiber officinale Roscoe (nat. ord. 
Scitaminese). 

Habitat. — East and West Indies and India ; cultivated in 
tropical climates. 

Descrqjtion. — About 5 to 10 Cm. long, 10 to 15 Mm. 
broad, and 4 to 8 Mm. thick ; flattish on one side ; lobed or 
clavately branched ; deprived of the corky layer ; pale, buff- 
colored, striate ; breaking with a mealy, rather fibrous frac- 
ture, showing numerous small, scattered resin cells and 
fibro-vascular bundles, the latter enclosed by a nucleus 
sheath ; agreeably aromatic and of a pungent and warm taste. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil ; 2, a resin ; 3, gingerol, 
said to supply pungent taste, while the oil gives flavor. 

Dose.—H., 3ii.-3i. (8.-30.); C, 3 i.-iv. (30.-120.) ; Sli. & 
Sw., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). 

PREPARATION. 

Fliiidextr actum Zingiheris. Fluidextract of Ginger. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and evapora- 
tion, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug. 
Dose. — Same as that of ginger. 

Oleoresina Zingiheris. (U. S. P ) 
Dose.— H.,gr.xxx.- 3 i.ss. (2.-6.); D., gr.i.-v. (.06-.3). 

Action and Uses. — Ginger is chiefly administered in 
powder as a stomachic and carminative in atonic indigestion 
of horses and ruminants. It is frequently combined with 
sodium bicarbonate and bitters. Ginger also aids the action 
of purgatives and prevents griping. The powder or fluid 
extract should be added to magnesium sulphate when it is 
given in full purgative doses to cattle or sheep. (See magne- 
sium and sodium sulphate, pp. 136 and 163). 



528 VEGETABLE DRUGS | 

Mentha Piperita. Peppermint. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Folia (herba) menthse piperitse, P.G.; mentlie 
poivree, Fr.; pfeffenniiize, G. i 

The leaves and tops of Mentha piperita Smith (nat. ord. 
Labiatse). 

Habitat. — Indigenous in North America,Europe and Asia. 

Description. — Leaves about 5 Cm. long, petiolate, ovate- 
lanceolate, acute, sharply serrate, glandular, nearly smooth; 
the few hairs containing crystals of menthol in one or more 
thin cells ; branches quadrangular, often purplish ; flowers in 
terminal, conical spikes, with a tubular, five-toothed, often 
purplish calyx, a purplish four-lobed corolla, and four short 
stamens; odor aromatic; taste pungent and cooling. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil : 2, menthol ; 3, menthene 
(CioHis). 

Oleum Mentha Piperit.e. Oil of Peppermint. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Essence de menthe poivree, Fr.; pfeffer- 
minzol, G. 

A volatile oil distilled from peppermint. 

Properties. — A colorless, or yellowish, or greenish-yellow 
liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and exposure to 
the air ; having the characteristic strong odor of peppermint, 
and a strongly aromatic, pungent taste, followed by a sensa- 
tion of cold when air is drawn into the mouth. Spec. gr. 
0.9 to 0.920. 

It forms a clear solution with an equal volume of alcohol, 
but becomes turbid when somewhat further diluted. 

Constituents. — 1, menthol ; 2, menthene, a liquid terpene 
obtained by distillation. 

Dose.—B.. & C, ITLxv.-xxx. (1.-2.) ; D., 1TLi-v. (.06-.3). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Spiritus Menthce Piperitce. Spirit of Peppermint. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym. — Essence de menthe poivree, Fr.; Englisch pfeflfermin- 
zessenz, G.; spiritus mentha? piperitae anglicus, P.G. 



MENTHOL 529 

Oil of peppermint, 100 ; peppermint, 10 ; alcohol to make 1000. 
Made by maceration and filtration. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3 ii.iv. (8.-15.) ; D. mxv.-xxx. (1.-2.). 

Aqua Menthce Piperitce. Peppermint Water. (U. S. & B. P. ) 

Oil of peppermint, 2 ; purified talc. 15 ; water to make 1000. 
Made by trituration and filtration. (U. S. P.) 
Dose. — Used as vehicle in canine practice. 

Menthol. Menthol. Ci„H,,OH. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Mint or peppermint-camphor. 

A stearopten (having the char;icter of a secondary 
alcohol) obtained from the official oil of peppermint (from 
Mentha piperita Smith), or from Japanese or Chinese oil of 
peppermint (from Mentha avensis Liune, var. piperascens 
Holmes, and Mentha Canadensis Linue, var. glabrata 
Holmes ; uat. ord. Labiatae). 

Derivation. — Made from the oil of peppermint by frac- 
tional distillation ; freezing of the higher boiling point pro- 
duct, and crystallization. 

Properties. — Colorless, acicular or prismatic crystals, 
having a strong and pure odor of peppermint, and a warm, 
aromatic taste, followed by a sensation of cold when air is 
drawn in the mouth. Slightly soluble in water; freely 
soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide or 
glacial acetic acid. When it is triturated with about an equal 
weight of camphor, thymol, or chloral hydrate, the mixture 
becomes liquid. Menthol may be dissolved by heat in oleic 
acid, fats or liquid vaseline. 

Dose.—R., gr.vii.-xv. (.5-],); D., gr.ss.-ii. (.03-.12). 

ACTION AND USES OF PEPPERMINT AND MENTHOL. 

Peppermint and oil of peppermint owe their medicinal 
virtues chiefly to the menthol they contain. They resemble 
the other volatile oils in most respects, but are more anaes- 
thetic and antiseptic than some. Menthol is used mostly 
externally, and is extremely valuable in relieving itching 
and neuralgic pain. It may be employed with alcohol or 



530 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

chloroform in solution ( 3 ss. to 3 i.), in urticaria or pruritus. 
An ointment is also serviceable, or a solution by beat in 
oleic acid (1 to 24). For burns, the following will be found 
beneficial : Sweet oil and lime water, each one ounce ; 
menthol, one drachm. The cooling sensation produced by 
menthol is due to a specific effect upon the nei-ves of temper- 
ature. The ansesthetic and antiseptic action of menthol has 
been taken advantage of in the treatment of boils and super- 
ficial abscesses. A 10 to 50 per cent, solution in ether is 
said to abort these lesions when jiainted frequently on the 
inflamed parts. A menthol and camphor solution, obtained 
by dissolving fifteen grains of each in an ounce of liquid 
petrolatum, is one of the best preparations to use in an 
-atomizer or dropper for acute or chronic nasal catarrh of 
dogs. 

Internally, the essence of peppermint or oil are of worth 
in cases of mild colic and flatulence on account of their 
anaesthetic, carminative and antiseptic action. Menthol may 
be given to dogs to relieve vomiting. Peppermint water 
assuages thirst in fever, and this preparation is also used as 
a pleasant vehicle in the administration of disagreeable 
drugs to dogs. The oil is prescribed in pill or ball to pre- 
vent the griping of cathartics. 

Administration. — The essence is the preparation in most 
common use and is given in water. The oil is dissolved in 
spirit, or exhibited to dogs on sugar. Menthol may be 
administered in alcohol and syrup, equal parts ; or in pill or 
capsule to dogs. 

Mentha viridis (spearmint) is official together with 
oleum menthffi viridis (oil of spearmint), spiritus menthse 
viridis (spirit of spearmint), and aqua menthse viridis. The 
actions, uses and doses are the same as those of peppermint 
aud its preparations, but the latter are more popular and 
pleasant. 

Anisum. Anise. 

Synonym. — Anisi fructus, B.P.; anis, Fr.; anis, G- 



ILLICIUM 531 

The fruit; of Pimpinella Anisum Linne (nat. ord. Umbel- 
liferae). 

Habitat. — Southeastern Europe, Egypt, Western Asia; 
also cultivated. 

Description. — About 4 or 5 Mm. long, ovate, compressed 
at the sides ; grayish, finely hairy, and consisting of two 
mericarps, each with a fiat face and five light brownish, fili- 
form ridges, and about fifteen thin oil tubes, which can be 
seen in a transverse section by the microscope. It has an 
agreeable, aromatic odor, and a sweet, spicy taste. It may 
be distinguished from conium fruit by the odor and taste, 
while the latter has usually single mericarps which are 
smooth, grooved upon the face, and have crenate ridges with 
wrinkles between them, and no oil tubes. 

ConstUiienis. — Oil of anise. 

Dose.—R. k C, ri.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. k Sw., 3ii.-iii. 
(8.-12.) ; D., gr.x.-xxx. (.6-2.). 

Illicium. Illicium. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Anisi stellati fructus, B.P.; star anise. 

The fruit of illicium verum Hooker filius (nat. ord. 
Magnoliacefe). 

Habitat. — North Anam. 

Description. — The fruit is pedunculate and consists of 
eight stellately arranged carpels, which are boat-shaped, 
about 10 Mm. long, rather woody, wrinkled, straight-beaked, 
brown, dehiscent on the upper suture, internally reddish- 
brown, glossy, and containing a single, flattish, oval, glossy, 
brownish-yellow seed ; odor anise-like, taste of the carpels 
sweet and aromatic, and of the seeds oily. Similar to the 
poisonous fruit of Illicium anisatum Linne (Illicium religi- 
osum Siebold), the capsules of wbich are more woody, 
shrivelled, and have a thin, mostly curved beak; a faint, 
clove-like odor, and an unpleasant taste. 

Constituents. — Oil of anise. 

Dose. — Same as that for anise. 



532 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Oleum Anisl Oil of Anise. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A volatile oil distilled from anise. 

Properties. — A colorless or pale yellow, thin and strongly 
refractive liquid, having tlie characteristic odor of anise, and 
a sweetish, mildly aromatic taste. Spec. gr. about 0.980 to 
0.990. Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol. 

Dose.—R., Hlxx.-sxx. (1.3-2.); D., 1TLi.-v. (.06-.3). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Aqua Anisi. Anise Water. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Oil of anise, 2 ; purified talc, 15 ; water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 
TJsed as vehicle. 

Spiritus Anisi. Spirit of Anise. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Oil of anise, 100 ; deodorized alcohol, 900. (U. S. P.) 
Dose.— D., -i.-ii. (4.-8.). 

ACTIONS AND USES OF ANISE AND ILLICIUM. 

Oil of anise resembles in action the other volatile oils. 
It is employed with olive oil or alcohol (1-10) to kill fleas or 
lice on dogs, rubbed over the skin ; and one drop of the pure 
oil may be placed on the feathers of fowl to cause destruc- 
tion of lice. The oil is sometimes prescribed to disguise the 
taste or odor of drugs (see potassa sulphurata), and is. 
ordered in cough mixtures for its expectorant properties. 

Anise fruit is given to horses and ruminants on their 
food — frequently with sodium bicarbonate and ginger — to 
relieve mild forms of indigestion and flatulence through its. 
stomachic and carminative action. 

Caedamomum. Cardamom. 

Synonym. — Cardamomi semina, B.P.; fructus vel semen 
cardamomi minoris, P.G. ; cardamomes, Fr. ; cardamomen, 
kleine kardamomen, G. 

The fruit of Elettaris repens (Sonnerat) Baillon (nat. 
ord. Scitaminese). 

Habitat. — Malabar. 



CORIANDER 533 

DescrijMoJi.— Fr nit ovoid or oblong, from 10 to 15 Mm. 
long; of a pale buff color, with a thin, tasteless pericarp. 
Seeds 4 Mm. long, reddish-brown, and have an agreeable 
odor aud a pungent, aromatic taste. The seeds are active ; 
the pericarp has no medicinal virtue. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil, which is a terpene (CioHie); 
2, a fixed oil. 

Dose. — Same as that of anise. 

A tinctura and tiuctura cardamomi compositse are ofl&cial. 
They serve as coloring (red) and flavoring agents, and may- 
be employed as vehicles in doses of one to two drachms, in 
canine practice. The dose of the fluid extract is the same 
as that of the drug. 



CoRiANDRUM. Coriander. 

Synonym.— Cox\'M\<\.Yi fructus, B.P. ; coriander fruit, E. ; 
coriandre, Fr.; koriander, G.; fructus coriandri, P.G. 

The fruit of Coriandrum sativum Linne (nat. ord. 
Umbelliferffi). 

j^rt^jiYo/'.— Southern Europe or Central Asia. 

Bescrijjtion. — Globular, about 4 Mm. in diameter, 
brownish-yellow ; odor and taste agreeably aromatic. 

Constituents.— 1, the volatile oil, oleum coriandri, a color- 
less, or slightly yellow liquid, having the characteristic odor 
of coriander, and a warm, spicy taste. 

■ Dose of coriander and its oil, same as for anise and 
its oil. 

FcENicuLUM. Fennel. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Foeniculi fructus, B.P. ; semen foeniculi, 
fennel fruit or seeds, E. ; semences de fenouil, Fr.; fenchel- 
samen, G. 

The fruit of Foeniculum capillaceum Gilbert (nat. ord. 

TJmbelliferse). 

Habitat.— Sonthevn Europe and Levant, 



534 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Description. — Oblong, nearly cylindrical, from 4 to 8 Mm. 
long ; brownish or greenish-brown ; odor and taste aromatic, 
anise-like. 

Constituents. — A volatile oil of almost similar action and 
composition to oil of anise, oleum foeniculi, A colorless, or 
pale yellowish liquid, having the characteristic aromatic 
■odor of fennel, and a sweetish, mild and spicy taste. Soluble 
in alcohol. 

Dose of fennel and its oil, same as that for anise and its 
oil. 

FcENUGREEK. (Non-official.) 

The seeds of Trigonella Foenum Graecum, cultivated in 
Prance and Germany. They are oblong, cylindrical, some- 
what compressed, obliquely truncated at each end ; 1 to 2 
lines long; of a brownish-yellow color, and have a strong, 
peculiar odor, and oily, bitterish taste. Foenugreek contains 
both a volatile and fixed oil. 

Dose. — Same as for anise. 

ACTIONS AND USES OF CARDAMOM, CORIANDER, FENNEL AND 
FENUGREEK, 

These drugs resemble anise in actions, uses, and doses. 
They enter into the composition of many popular tonic or 
"condition" powders and drinks, and, by their stomachic 
and carminative properties, aid digestion. Ginger is perhaps 
in more frequent demand than other agents of this class, by 
the profession. 

Class 3. — Used Mainly for Their Antispasmodic 
Action in Stimulating the Nervous System. 

Valeriana. Valerian. 

Synonym. — Valerianae rhizoma, B.P. ; valeriane, Fr. ; 
baldrianwurzel, G. 

The rhizome and roots of Valeriana officinalis Linne 
<(iiat. ord. Valerianese). 



AMMONIUM VALERIANATE 535 

Hahltat—^arope and Northern Asia. Naturalized in 
.^ew England. 

Bcscr qjfmi.— Bihizome from 2 to 4 Cm. long, and 1 to 2 
•Cm. thick ; upright, subglobular, or obcouical ; truncate at 
l)otli ends ; brown or yellowish-brown, internally whitish or 
pale brownish, with a narrow circle of white wood under the 
thin bark. Koots numerous, slender, brittle, brown, with a 
thick bark, and slender, ligneous cord. Odor peculiar, 
becoming stronger and unpleasant on keeping; taste cam- 
phoraceous and somewhat bitter. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil ; 2, valerianic acid (CgHi^Oj), 
a, colorless, oily acid, with burning taste and odor of valerian. 
Soluble in alcohol and ether, and in 30 parts of water. 
Valerianic acid is also made artificially by a complicated pro- 
cess from the distillation of chromic acid and amylic alcohol. 
•3, tannic acid ; 4, resin ; 5, malic, formic and acetic acids. 

Dose.—JI. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., gr.x.-3 i. (6.-4.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextractum Valeriance. Fluidextract of Valerian. CU. S. P.) 
Made b.y maceration and percolation with water, and evaporation, 

so that 1 cc. = 1 gin. of the crude drug. 

Dose.—YL. &C., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60); D., mx.- 3 i (.6-4.). 

A tinctura valenauce (1-5) and a tinctura Valerianae amnioniata 

(1-5), prepared with aromatic spirit of ammonia, are also official. The 

-dose of eitlier is 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.), for dogs. 

Tinctura Valeriance Animoniata. (B. P.) 
Dose. — D., 3 ss.-i. (!i.-4.) 

Ammonii Valeras. Ammonium Valerate. NH^CsHjiO., 
(U.S. P.) 

Synonym. — Ammonium valerianate. 

Made by the action of ammonia gas upon valerianic 
vacid, and crystallization. 

Properties. — Minute, colorless, cubical crystals, or a white 
^.granular powder ; without odor when colorless, but emitting 
^i slight odor of iodine when colored, and having a sharp, 
«aline taste. Very hygroscopic. Soluble in 1 part of water 
rtind in 9 parts of alcohol. 

Bose.—D., gr.ii.-v. (.12-.3). 



536 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Ferri Valerianas. Ferric Valerianate. (Non-official.) 

Made by precipitating a solution of ferric sulphate withi 
a solution of sodium valerianate, and washing and drying 
the precipitate. 

Properties. — A dark, brick-red, amorphous powder of 
somewhat varying chemical composition ; having the odor of 
valerianic acid and a mildly styptic taste ; permanent in dry- 
air. Insoluble in cold water, b\it readily soluble in alcohoU 

Dose.—'D., gr.i-iii. (.06-18). 

ZiNCi Valeras. Zinc Valerate. Zu(C,H,0,)„ + 2 H,0. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym. — Zinc valerianate. 

Made by crystallization from a mixture of hot solutions 
of zinc sulphate and sodium valerianate. 

Properties. — White, pearly scales, having the odor of 
valerianic acid, and a sweetish, astringent fmd metallic taste» 
On exposure to the air it slowly loses valerianic acid. 
Soluble in 100 parts of water, and in 40 parts of alcohol. 

Incompatibility. — Incompatible with acids, metallic salts 
and soluble carbonates ; also vegetable astringents. 

Dose.—B., gr.i.-iii. (.06-.18). 

Administration. — Valerian should be given in the form 
of the fluid extract to horses, and this preparation or the 
tinctures may be exhibited to dogs in dilution. Valerianic 
acid is not used in medicine except to make valerianates. 
Of the salts, the zinc valerianate is the most popular, and is 
administered in pills in canine practice. 

ACTION and uses OF VALERIAN AND VALERATES. 

The physiological action of valerianic acid and the 
valerates is an unknown quantity, but clinical evidence 
supports their value. The volatile oil in valerian has much 
the same properties as other volatile oils in stimulating 
secretion, motion, vascularity and appetite, in relation to the 
digestive organs ; and, in* its elimination, the oil excites the 



ASAFETIDA 537 

mucous membranes of the broncliial tubes .and. genito-uriuaiy 
tract. The oil also stimulates the circulation reflexly. Toxic 
-closes of the oil paralyze the brain and cord and depress the 
circulation; while lethal quantities of ammonium valerate 
are said to first excite the spinal motor tract and cause con- 
vulsions, and to finallj occasion spinal depression and 
paralysis. Valerian and the valerates are called antispas- 
inodics in stimulating and streogthening an enfeebled 
nervous system and thus combating disorders which are 
created by an increased susceptibility to impulses orio-inat- 
ing within the brain, or outside of the bod}'. Valerian is 
both recommended and used in the treatment of polyuria 
and diabetes insipidus of the horse ; in chorea of dogs 
resulting from distemper, and occasionally in hysteria, 
epilepsy, convalescence from acute diseases, and nervous 
restlessness. Although the drug is of secondary importance, 
it finds a much larger field of usefulness in human medicine. 
Zinc valerate is more commonly employed in canine 
practice for chorea. Ferric valerate is supposed to com- 
inne the tonic and antispasmodic action of the two constitu- 
-ents in one preparation. The oil of valerian is a useful 
remedy (in emulsion) as a carminative in flatulence. It may 
i3e given to horses in doses of 3 ss.-i.; and to dogs in quan- 
tities of Tllii.-v. 

AsAFCETiDA. Asafetida. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Asafetida, B. P.; Gummi-resina asafoetida, 
ase fetide, asafoetida, Fr.; stinkasant, teufelsdreck, G. 

A gum-resin obtained from the root of Ferula foetida 
^Bunge) Kegel (nat. ord. Umbelliferse). 

Habitat. — Persia, Afghanistan and Turkestan. 

Properties. — In roundish tears, from 2 to 6 Mm. or more 
in diameter ; externally pale yellowish-brown, internally 
milk-white ; brittle when cold, and breaking with a flat, 
-conchoidal, and waxy fracture ; or the tears are superficially 
united into irregular masses without any interveniug dark- 



538 ' VEGETABLE DRUGS 

colored substance. It has a peculiar odor, and, a bitten 
acrid, nauseous taste. "When triturated it readily yields a. 
milk-white emulsion. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil (3-9 per cent.), containing- 
as its most important ingredient oil of garlic, which gives; 
asafoetida its disagreeable odor ; 2, gum, about 25 per cent. ; 
3, resin, 50 to 60 per cent., containing ferulaic acid (CioHjjOj. 

I)ose.—B.. & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.);. 
D., gr.iii.-xii. (.18-.8). 

Administration. — Asafoetida is given in ball to the larger 
animals or in an extemporaneous emulsion which is readilj^ 
made — owing to the gum in the drug — by trituration with 
water. Asafetida is administered to dogs in pill. The drug 
may also be injected in aqueous mixture per rectum. 

Preparations. — Pilulae asafoetidee (gr.iii. each) ; dose — D.^ 
1-4. Tinctura asafoetidse (1-5) ; dose— H., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.)- 
D., 3 ss.-i (2.-4.). Emulsum (mistura) asafoetidse, milk of 
asafetida (1-25) ; dose — D., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.). 

Action and Uses. — Asafetida is of value by reason of its. 
volatile oil, and therefore possesses much the same action as 
ether agents of this class. In experiments on man asafetida 
caused " stomachache," activity of the bowels, increased 
pulse rate and respiratory movements, headache, dizziness, 
and sexual desire. 

Asafetida is chiefly used as a carminative, stimulating 
expectorant, and nerve stimulant or antisjiasmodic. Liquid 
preparations may cause nausea and vomiting in dogs owing 
to the nauseous taste. The drug is of most service in flatulent 
colic of horses, when it is combined with ammonium carbon- 
ate in ball, or is given in this form simultaneously with 
liuseed oil and oil of turpentine. 

In atonic constipation of horses, asafetida is prescribed 
with aloes in ball. Asafetida is occasionally employed as a 
stimulating expectorant in chronic bronchitis, and in the 
later stages of bronchial catarrh, but it is probably inferior 
to ammoniacum for this purpose. As an antispasmodic- 
agent, asafetida is useful in functional spasmodic aflfections„ 



AMMONIAC 531) 

including hysteria, cliorea and convulsions. The emulsion 
may be given in enema to dogs, in the two latter disorders. 
Finally, tincture of asafetida is recommended to be 
added to alcoholic liquors in veterinary practice to prevent 
their " misappropriation " by stable attendants. 

Ammoniacum. Ammoniac. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Gummi-resina ammoniacum, E, ; ammonia- 
que, gommresine ammoniaque, Fr.; ammoniakgummi, G. 

A gum resin obtained from Dorema Ammoniacum Don 
(nat. ord. Umbelliferae). 

Habitat. — Eastern Persia and Turkestan. 

Properties. — In roundish tears, from 2 to 6 Mm. or more 
in diameter ; externally pale yellowish-brown, internally 
milk-white ; brittle when cold, and breaking with a flat, 
conchoidal and waxy fiacture ; or the tears are superficially 
united into irregular masses without any intervening dark- 
colored substance. It has a peculiar odor and a bitter, acrid 
and nauseous taste. When triturated with water it readily 
yields a milk-white emulsion. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil, 1^-4: per cent. ; 2, a resin, 
70 per cent. ; 3, a gum, 20-28 per cent. 

Dose.— a. & C, 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3ii.-iv. 
(8.-15.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.) 

PREPARATIONS. 

Mistura Ammoniaci. (B. P.) 
Do.se.— D., |ss.-i. (15.-30.) 

Emplastrum Ammoniacum cum Hydrargyro. Ammoniac Plaster 
with Mercmy. (B. P.) 

Administration. — In emulsion, ball or pill. 

ACTION and uses. 

Ammoniac is a drug of minor importance, resembling 
asafoetida and containing a small quantity of a volatile oil 
having the same action as other oils of this class. Am- 



540 VEGETABLE DKUGS 

moniac is occasionally employed externally as a mild counter* 
irritant, in plasters. Since its volatile oil is eliminated by 
the bronchial mucous membrane, ammoniac is given intern- 
ally as a stimulating and slightly disinfecting expectorant in 
chronic bronchitis with or without excessive secretion. 

Class 4. — Used Mainly for their Stimulant and 
Diuretic Actions on the Kidneys and Genito- 
urinary Tract. 

BucHU. Buchu. (U. S. -P.) 

Synonym. — Buchu folia, B.P. ; feuilles de bucco, Fr. ; 
buckublatter, buccobliitter, G. 

The leaves of Barosma betulina (Thunberg) Bartling et 
Wendland and Barosma Crenulata (Liune) Hooker (nat. ord. 
Rutacese). 

Habitat. — South Africa. 

Description. — About 15 Mm. long, roundish obovate, 
with a rather wedge-shaped base, or varying between oval 
and obovate, obtuse, crenate or serrate, with a gland at the 
base of each tooth ; dull yellowish-green ; thickish, pellucid- 
punctate ; odor and taste strongly aromatic, somewhat mint- 
like, pungent and bitterish. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil having an odor somewhat 
like peppermint, 1| per cent.; 2, a stearopten (Buchu cam- 
phor or diosphenol, Ci„HieO._,), possessing an odor like pep- 
permint and in solution in a liquid hydrocarbon, but crystal- 
lizing on exposure to the air; 3, barosmiu, a glucoside, 
soluble in ether, volatile oils, diluted acids and alkalies ; 4, 
gum ; 5, rutin, a bitter substance. 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextractmn Buchu. Fluidextract of Buchu. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration, percolation and evaporation, so that 1 Co. := 
1 Gm of Buchu. 

Z>ose.— H. &C., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); D., mxv.-xxx. (1.-2.) 



OIL OF JUNIPER 541. 

An infusion (1-20) by steeping leaves in boiling water for half an. 
'hour in a closed vessel, is sometimes preferred, and will be taken volun- 
"tarily by the larger animals in linseed tea. 

Tinctura Buchu . Tincture of Bucliu. (B. P.) 
Dose. — Same as that of the fluidextract. 

ACTION AND USES. 

The volatile oil and bitter principle act upon the diges- 
tive organs as an aromatic bitter, promoting appetite and 
digestion in small doses, while large doses cause nausea and 
vomiting in dogs. The volatile oil is absorbed and elimin- 
ated by the mucous membranes, particularly of the bronchial 
tubes and genito-urinary tract. It thus stimulates and dis- 
infects the mucous membranes, slightly increases the secre- 
tion of urine, and imparts its peculiar odor to the latter. 

The drug is of considerable value in the treatment of 
chronic or subacute pyelitis, cystitis and urethritis. It is 
stimulating, but only slightly irritating. Buchu has been 
recommended in chronic nephritis, and is useful in irritation 
of the urinary bladder, with frequent micturition, combined 
with spirit of nitrous ether. Buchu is occasionally pre- 
scribed in the later stages of bronchitis or in the chronic 
form of this disease, and is emploj'ed in its native country 
as a remedy for chronic diarrhoea and dysentery. 

Oleum Junipeel Oil of Juniper. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Oleum fructus (Vel Baccfe) juniperi, oil of 
juniper berries, E.; essence de genie vre, Fr.; wachholder- 
beerol, G. 

A volatile oil distilled from the fruit of Juniperus Com- 
munis Linne (nat. ord. Coniferne). 

Habitat. — Canada and United States ; Rocky Mountains, 
south to New Mexico. 

Properties. — A colorless, or faintly greenish-yellow 
liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and exposure to 
a,ir; having the characteristic odor of juniper, and a warm. 



^^'^ VEGETABLE DRUGS 

aromatic, somewhat terebinthinate and bitterish taste. Spec, 
gr. 0.850 to 0.890. Soluble iu about four times its volume of 
alcohol. 

Composition.— Oil of juniper is a terpene {C,Ji,^), and is 
isomeric with oil of turpentine. 

Z>ose.— H. & C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., Ulii.-x. (.12-.6). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Spiritus Juniperi. Spirit of Juniper. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Oil of Juniper, 50 ; alcohol, 950. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4). 

Spiritus Juniperi Compositus. Compound Spirit of Juniper. 
Oil of juniper, 8 ; oil of caraway, 1 ; oil of fennel, 1 ; alcohol, 1400,- 
water to make 2000. 

Dose.— H. & C, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.) ; D., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.). 

ACTIONS AND USES. 

Oil of juniper resembles oil of turpentine physiologically 
as well as chemically. It is a stomachic and carminative, 
particularly when combined with alcohol and other aromatic 
oils (Sp'r. Juniper. Co.), but is used in medicine chiefly for its 
stimulant and diuretic action upon the kitlneys and genito- 
urinary tract during its elimination. Oil of juniper is call- 
able of irritating the kidneys in large doses, and causing 
congestion, strangury, and even suppression of urine. It is 
less likely, however, to disturb digestion than oil of turpen- 
tine, and does not so readily occasion haematuria and albu- 
minuria. Oil of juniper is indicated in chronic nephritis, 
pyelitis and cystitis ; also in dropsy of cardiac, renal, or hep- 
atic origin. It is efficient in assisting absorption of eifasions 
into serous cavities, through its diuretic properties. The 
compound spirit of juniper approximates gin in composition, 
although it is not the official name for that liquor. This 
preparation is useful in the convalescent period of acuta 
bronchitis and influenza, stimulating the bronchial mucous 
membrane by virtue of the volatile oil, and acting as a circu- 
latory stimulant and diuretic. The oil of juniper is art 



SAVINE 



54[ 



efficient renal stimulant in passive congestion of the kidneys,, 
and following the active stage of acute nephritis. 

Juniper berries are sometimes given to the larger 
animals on their food ( I i.-ii.), or are exhibited in infusion. 

Glass 5.— Used Mainly for its Emmenagogue ActioiL 
on the Female Generative Organs, 

Sabina. Savine. 

Synonym. — Sabinse cacumina, B.P.; savin tops, E. ; 
sabine, Fr. ; sadebaumspitzen, sevenkraut, G. ; summitates^ 
(herba) sabinse, P.G. 

The floweriug tops ol Juniperus Sabina Linne (nat. ord. 

Coui ferae). 

Habitat.— Csinsidsi, Northern United States, Europe and 

Siberia. 

Description. — Short, thin, sub-quadrangular branchlets*; 
leaves rather dark green, in four rows, opposite, scale-like, 
ovate-lanceolate, more or less acute, appressed, imbricated 
on the back with a shallow groove containing an oblong or 
roundish gland; odor peculiar, terebinthinate ; taste nau- 
seous, resinous and bitter. The chief constituent is tlie 
volatile oil, ahout 2 per cent. 

Dose.-K., 3 i.-ii- (30.-60.) ; D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). 

PREPARATION. 

Fluidextr actum SdbiruB. Fluidextract of Savine. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and evaporation^ 
so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.-H. & C, l\ -ii. (30.-60.) ; D., ttiv.-xv. (.3-1.). 

Oleum Sabine. Oil ot Savine. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Essence de sabine, Fr.; sadebaumol, G. 
A volatile oil distilled from savine. 

Properties.— k. colorless, yellowish liquid, having a. 
peculiar terebinthinate odor, and a pungent, bitterish and 



544 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

camplioraceous taste. It becomes darker and tliicker by. age 
and exposure to the air. Spec. gr. 0.910-0.940. Soluble in 
ail equal vobime of alcohol and glacial acetic acid. It is 
composed of several terpenes. 

Dose.-B.. & C, 3 ii--iv. (8.-15.) ; D., ITLi -v. (.06-.3). 

Administration. — The oil is given in capsules or pills to 
small animals ; in emulsion with gum, or in bland oil, to the 
larger animals. 

Action External. — The oil is a powerful irritant to the 
skin, producing redness, vesication and even pustula- 
tion. 

Action Infernal. — The oil resembles oil of turpentine, but 
is more irritating. Full doses cause gastric stimulation, 
reflex circulatory excitement, and frequent micturition. 
Toxic quantities occasion gastro-enteritis with vomiting (in 
dogs), purging, colic, painful micturition, and the passage of 
bloody, albuminous urine. There are also unconsciousness, 
stertor, rapid breathing and pulse, convulsions and collapse. 
Lesions of gastro-enteritis are observable after death, except 
in rare cases, when only congestion of the brain and lungs 
occur. The oil is eliminated by the skin and bronchial 
raucous membrane, but chiefly by the kidneys, with con- 
sequent stimulation of the genito-urinary organs. The uterus 
nnd ovaries are irritated and congestion of them follows with 
acceleration of ovulation. The oil also excites uterine con- 
tractions in the pregnant state. The drug is therefore an 
emmenagogue and ecbolic. 

Uses.— The Unguentum (B.P.) may be applied exter- 
nally as a counter-irritant. The oil is occasionally employed 
as an anthelmintic, but is inferior to other agents for this 
purpose. It may be given in atonic ammenorrhoea, or in 
metrorrhagia due to uterine relaxation, with benefit, but it 
should be used cautiously. The oil is not to be used 
as an abortifacient, since sufficient doses to cause abor- 
tion will usually endanger the life of the mother or foetus, 
or both. 



TALLIANINE ^^^ 



Tallianine. (Non-official.) 

Derivation.-TslM^nine is said to be tlie result of the 
action of ozone upon a terpin-bearing volatile oil, tbe action 
being arrested at a point when the latter has absorbed a 
quantity equal to four volumes of ozone. It is put on the 
market in sealed glass tubes containing each 10 c.c. 

Properties.-A clear, colorless, slightly syrupy liquid, 
having a strong odor of terpene and a taste both terebin- 

thinate and saline. .. /i a on « « ^ • 

i)o.e.-(Intravenously) H. & C 3ns.-v (10-20 c.c.) 
Sh. & Sw., m75-3iiss. (5-10 c.c); D., 11130-75 (2-5 c.c); 

Cats, 11115-30 (1-2 cc). . . 

Actions and Uses.-External-lt has empirically given 
the most favorable clinical results, according to recent 
reports, in the moist and pustular forms of eczema when 
applied once daily upon the skin in the pure state m con- 
iunction with the intravenous administration of 2 c.c also 
once daily, in the treatment of dogs. The skin should first 
be well cleansed of dirt and sebaceous matter, with soap 
warm water and a scrubbing brush. There is no sort of 
local reaction or disturbance when the drug is injected 

intravenously. .••„„„ 

/n^ernaL-Tallianine appears to be non-toxic in any 
reasonable amounts; 300 to 400 cc produce no untoward 
effects when given intravenously to horses. The most pro- 
nounced action of tallianine is exerted apparently upon the 
blood. In ordinary doses it produces in the horse a leuco- 
cytosis amounting to two or three times the norma and 
within the space of two or three hours. The effec is he 
same in large and small animals, although more rapid in the 
latter. This action is maintained for from five to twen.y 
hours. The action of the heart seems to be moderately 
stimulated, and also that of the kidneys, with accompanyn,g 
diuresis. The physiological details of these latter act.o,.^ 



546 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

have not been worked out satisfactorily. The appetite is 
also reported as being wonderfully improved under the 
influence of the drug — whether directly or indirectly has 
not been made clear. Tallianine is a French proprietary 
preparation, and as such its chemistry and mode of manu- 
facture have been withheld from the profession. Neither 
has a thoroughly scientific study been made to determine 
accurately its exact physiological action. The clinical re- 
ports in this country and abroad have been so exceptionally 
favorable that it was deemed proper to include the drug in 
this work, notwithstanding our disinclination to include pro- 
prietary preparations. Whether tallianine acts by virtue of its 
ozonizing properties or by stimulating the phagocytic action 
of the white blood cells in combating the micro-organisms 
of disease or their toxins, or whether it is purely due to 
altered metabolic activity, has yet to be determined; but 
clinically it has proven of great service in the following 
diseases when given intravenously once (or in very severe 
cases twice) daily, notably in pneumonia of all types, but 
also in pleurisy, pulmonary congestion, bronchitis, influenza, 
purpura hemorrhagica, heat apoplexy and prostration, 
anasarca, tetanus and diphtheria. General improvement 
with corresponding betterment in the local pathological 
conditions have been generally noted. Other medication 
should be withheld. The types of disease benefited by 
tallianine are so diverse that it is impossible to formulate a 
logical theory as to its mode of action. We have only the 
empirical, clinical results to base our remarks upon at 
present, but these thus far give promise that we have in 
tallianine a substantial addition to our pharmacopeia. 



CAMPHOR 5J.7 

So-called Solid Volatile Oils or Stearoptens. 

Camphora. Camphor. G,Ji,,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Gum camphor, laurel camphor, E.; camphre, 
Fr.; kampfer, G. 

A stearopten (having the nature of a ketone) obtained 
from Cinnamomum Camphora (Liune) Nees et Ebermaier 
(nat. ord. Laurinese), and purified by sublimation. 

Habitat. — China, Japan, Cochin China and Sunda 
Islands. 

Properties. — White, translucent masses, of a tough con- 
sistence and a crystalline structure, readily pulverizable in 
the presence of a little alcohol, ether, or chloroform ; having 
ii penetrating, characteristic odor, and a pungently aromatic 
taste. Spec. gr. 0.995. Very sparingly soluble in water, but 
readily soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon disul- 
phide, benzin, and in fixed and volatile oils, and milk. 
"When camphor is triturated, in about molecular proportions, 
with menthol, thymol, phenol, or chloral hydrate, liquefac- 
tion ensues. On exposure to the air it evaporates, and when 
moderately heated, it sublimes without leaving a residue. 

Composition. — " A stearopten is a solid crystalline sub- 
stance separated from any volatile oil on long standing or at 
low temperatiire." Camphor is a stearopten and is chemi- 
cally an oxidation product of a terpene, — the principal con- 
stituent of all volatile oils. A terpene is a hydrocarbon 
containing 10 atoms of carbon, and the terpene (CioHiJ from 
'which camphor is derived is isomeric with that of oil of 
turpentine and many other volatile oils. 

Dose.—B.., 3 i.-iii. (4.-12.) ; C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.) ; Sh. & 8w., 
gr.xv.- 3 i. (1.-4.) ; D., gr.iii.-xx. (.18-1.3). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Aqua Camphone. Camphor Water. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Triturate camphor, 8, with alcohol, 8. and purified talc, 15 ; then, 
with water to make 1000. Filter. (U. S. P.) 
Dose. — Ad lib. 



548 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Spiritus Camphorce. Spirit of Camphor. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Dissolve camphor, 100, in alcohol, 800 ; tilter, and add alcohol to 
make 1000. (U.S.) 

Dost;.— H. &. C, 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); D., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

Linimentum Camphorce. Camphor Liniment. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym. — Camphorated oil. 
Camphor, 200 ; cottonseed oil, 800. (U. S. P.) 

Ceratum Camphorce. Camphor Cerate. (U. S. P.) 
Camphor liniment, 100 ; white petrolatum, 150 ; white wax, 350 : 
lard, 400. 

Tinctura CamphorcB Composita. (B. P.) (Paregoric.) 
Contains 1 part of morphine in 2000 = qv.I opium in 3 i. paregoric. 
Dose. — D., 3 ss.-i. 

Camphora Monobroviata. Monobromated Camphor. doHiaBrO. 

(U. S. P.) 
Derivation. — Made by heating camphor and bromine together at a 
temperature of 172°F. (77.7°C.) and solution in.benzin. CioHjsO-hS 
Br = CioHis Br O + H Br. Recrystallized from hot alcohol. 

Properties. — Colorless, prismatic needles or scales, having a mild, 
camphoraceous odor and taste; permanent in the air, unaffected by 
light, and neutral to litmus paper. Almost insoluble in water; freely 
soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform, hot benzin and fixed and 
volatile oils; slightly soluble in glycerin. 
Dose.— D., gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6). 

Action External. — Camphor resembles the Yolatile oils 
chemically and physiologically. It is a slight antiseptic 
externally, and parasiticide. The vapor of camphor kills 
moths, fleas, bugs, etc. Camphor is a mild irritant, produc- 
ing a rubefacient action followed by partial anaesthesia. It 
is eliminated in part by the skin and occasions some diar- 
phoresis. 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Camphor stimu- 
lates the stomach, increasing the secretion, motion and 
vascularity of the organ. In the bowels catnphor is supposed 
to overcome pain, spasm, and check secretion in diarrhoea, 
but has little effect in normal conditions and in therapeutic 
doses. 

Circulation. — The heart is stimulated by camphor, and 
the pulse is increased iu force and frequency by medicinal 
doses. The drug acts in part directly and in part reflexly 



CAMPHOR 549 

from irritation of the stomach. Poisonous quantities of 
camphor depress the heart and the pulse becomes feeble and 
rapid. Leucocytosis is favored by camphor. 

Respiration. — Camphor, like volatile oils, stimulates the 
bronchial mucous membranes in its elimination by the lungs, 
and increases the blood supply and secretion of these parts. 
The characteristic odor is imparted to the breath after the 
ingestion of camphor. The drug is believed to relieve spasm 
and cough in bronchitis. 

Nervous System. — Camphor is often classed as an anti- 
spasmodic. It stimulates the nerve centres in the brain, 
medulla, and spiual cord, and thus overcomes spasm due to 
nervous weakness and incoordination. Poisonous doses 
depress and paralyze the higher nervous centres. 

Kidneys and Sexual Organs. — Camphor is broken up in 
the body and eliminated in the breath and sweat, but mainly 
in the urine, as campho-glycuric acid. The drug influences 
the sexual organs, in some cases, but in most instances does 
not affect them. Full medicinal doses sometimes stimulate 
the sexual functions (aphrodisiac action). Very large doses 
are said to depress sexual desire (auaphrodisiac action), but 
these quantities may irritate the genito-urinary tract and 
produce erotic excitement. 

Temperature. — Camphor is a slight antipyretic. 

Toxicology. — Two to four ounces of camphor given to 
liorses or cattle induce convulsions, with rapid pulse and 
breathiug, but usually recovery ensues. Two to four 
• Irnchms cause, in dogs, vomiting, unsteady movements, 
asphyxia, coma and death. 

Jdminist7'atio7i. — Camphor is exhibited internally in the 
form of the spirit, in pill or ball; and in solution in oil or 
milk. 

Uses External. — Camphor is applied in powder as a, 
stimulant and antiseptic on indolent sores ; mixed with 
chalk or zinc oxide, as a dusting powder, in chafing or 
erythema, for its anaesthetic properties. It is employed in 
liniments (Liu. Saponis, Lin. Camphorse), in strains, bruises^ 



550 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

ilieurnatism and myalgia, as a rubefacient and local ano- 
dyne. 

Uses Internal. — Camphor is a valuable nerve and cir- 
culatory stimulant in collapse, heart failure, and poisoning 
by alcohol, opium, belladonna, etc. The Germans praise it 
highly for this purpose, but it is not so frequently employed 
by English-speaking practitioners. It should be given sub- 
cntaneously in solution in ether (1 to 5 or 10), or in olive 
oil (1 to 5 or 10), in doses of 2 to 3 grains for dogs; 15 to 
30 grains for horses, hourly. 

Camphorae gr.xv. 

Athens 3 ss. 

01. Olivae 3 ii. 

M. 

S. Inject whole, for a horse ; 15 to 30 drops for a dog. 

Camphor is of benefit in exhausting acute diseases 
(influenza and canine distemper), for the same reason and 
l)ecause it possesses diarphoretic and antipyretic properties. 
It may be combined with alcohol, spirit of nitrous ether, and 
ammonia compounds, in these affections. 

Respiratory disorders are improved by camphor, 
since it is an expectorant, diarphoretic, stimulant and 
antiseptic. It is prescribed in spasmodic congh, bronchitis 
and pharyngitis. For the latter, in electuary with bella- 
donna. 

Camphor is a valuable drug in diarrhoea, particularly in 
the serous variety and in that form following exposure to 
cold. It is not useful in inflammatory conditions, but checks 
secretion and pain. Camphor is prescribed alone in 
diarrhoea, or with brandy and laudanum. 

Camphor is sometimes given as an antispasmodic in 
hysteria and "thumps" (spasm of diaphragm) of horses; 
and in nervous palpitation of 'the heart, and chorea (mono- 
bromated camphor) of dogs. 

Spirit of camphor and nitrous ether are efl&cient iu 
relieving irritation of the genito-urinary tract. 



" THYMOL 551 

Thymol. Thymol. G,Ji,,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A phenol (or stearopten, B.P.) occurring in the volatile 
■oils of Thymus Vulgaris Linne, Monarda punctata Linne (nat. 
ord. Labiatse), and Carum Ajowan (Eoxburgh) Bentham et 
Booker (nat, ord. Umbelliferge). 

Habitat — Thymus vulgaris, Southern Europe, cultivated. 
Monarda punctata, United States, west to Colorado autl 
Texas. Carum Ajowan, India, Egypt and Persia. 

Derivation. — Thymol is made from the terpenes of the 
three volatile oils mentioned above, by fractional distillation, 
by saponifying the result with caustic soda to remove more 
terpenes, and by cooling. The resulting soap, or soda-thymol 
compound, is decomposed with hydrochloric acid, and 
thymol is crystallized from an alcoholic solution. 

Properties. — Large, colorless, translucent crystals of the 
hexagonal system, having an aromatic, thj-me-like odor, and 
a pungent, aromatic taste, with a very slight caustic effect 
upon the lips. Its specific gravity, as a solid, is 1.069, but 
when lii]uefied by fusion it is lighter than water. It melts at 
50° to 51° C. (122° to 123.8° R), remaining liquid at con- 
siderably lower temperatures. When triturated with about 
equal quantities of camphor, menthol, or chloral, it liquefies. 

Soluble in about 1200 parts of water, and in less than 
its own weight of alcohol, ether or chloroform ; also readily 
soluble in carbon disulphide, glacial acetic acid, and in fixed 
or volatile oils. 

Bose.—B.., 3ss.-ii, (2.-8.) ; D., gr.i.-xv. (.06-1.). 

Action and Uses. — Thymol resembles carbolic acid chemi- 
cally and physiologically. It is less poisonous and irritant 
more costly, and possesses greater antiseptic powers. It is 
much less valuable, however, medicinally, on account of its 
expense, and odor which strongly attracts flies. 

Poisoning is not produced readily, as absorption from 
the digestive tract is slow ; but after considerable doses by 
the mouth, or when injected into the blood, toxic symptoms 
-occur. One drachm given intravenously to a dog caused. 



552 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

prostration, coma and respiratory failure. Recovery ensued' 
after the use of artificial respiration. Often no lesions are 
discoverable after death. At other times there is hypersemia 
of the lungs and kidneys caused by elimination of the drug. 
The urine is colored greenish or yellowish-brown by trans- 
mitted light. 

Thymol is used externally for general antiseptic pur- 
poses, for application to ulcers, and as an injection in cystitis 
in aqueous saturated solution. It is employed in ointment 
with vaseline (1-15) to destroy ringworm and to relieve 
itching in pruritus, eczema, lichen, psoriasis, etc. It may be- 
applied as follows for the same purposes : 

Thymol gr.xv. 

Alcohol 3 ii. ss. 

Glycerin 3 v. 

Aq. ad Oi. 

M. 

An efficient antiseptic mouth wash consists of borax, gr. 
40 ; thymol, gr. 20 ; water, 3 iv. It is indicated in stomatitis. 
Thymol is of little worth for internal use. It is recommended 
as an intestinal antiseptic ; as a remedy for tape worm, and 
as a urinary antiseptic in cystitis. It is given in diluted 
alcoholic solutions ; better in oil or capsules. 



SECTION X.— VEGETABLE BITTERS. 

Gentiana. Gentian. (IT. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Gentianse radix, B.P. ; radix gentianse rubrse- 
(vel lutae vel majoris), gentian root, E. ; radix gentianse,. 
P.G.; racine de gentiane (de gentiane jaune), Fr.; enzianwur- 
zel, bitterwurzel, rother (gelber) enzian, G. 

The root of Gentiana lutea Linne (nat. ord. Gentianese). 

Habitat. — The yellow gentian is indigenous in the Alps 
and mountains of southern and central Europe. 



GENTIAN 553 

Description. — Iii nearly cylindrical pieces or longitudinal 
slices, about 25 Mm. thick ; the upper portion closely annu- 
late ; the lower portion longitudinally wrinkled ; externally 
<leep yellowish-brown ; internally lighter ; somewhat flexible 
and tough when damp ; rather brittle when dvj ; fracture 
uneven ; the bark rather thick, separated froni the somewhat 
spongy metlitullium by a black cambium line; odor peculiar, 
faint, ujore prominent when moistened; taste sweetish and 
persisteutly bitter. 

Const ituents. — The chief one is gentiopicrin, a bitter 
crystalline glucoside, soluble in alcohol and water. There is 
also gentisic acid (Ci,Hi„0,), combined with gentiopicrin, 
sugar, gum, and a trace of volatile oil. Contains no 
tannin. 

IncompatiUes. — Iron in solution forms a black compound 
with the coloring matter in gentian. Silver nitrate and lead 
«alts are incompatible with gentian. 

Dose.—K., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; Sli. & Sw., 
3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Oentiance. Extract of Gentian. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with water, and evaporation 
to a pilular consistence. 

Dose. — About one-third that of gentian. . 

Fluidextraetum Oentiance. Fluidextract of Gentian. (U.S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and 
^evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 
Dose. — Same as gentian. 

Tincfura Gentiance Composita. Compound Tincture of Gentian. 
(U. S. &B. P.) 

Gentian7 100 ; bitter orange peel, 40 ; cardamon, 10 ; made by 
^maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, to 1000. (U. S. P.) 
Dose.—B.. & C., 3 i.-iv. (30.-120.); D., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.). 

Administration.— Gentian is usually given to horses, 
■cattle and sheep in powder, or to the former in the form of 
the compound tincture. The extract is suitable for dogs 



554 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

■when exhibited in pills. Gentian is often employed as ait- 
excipient in the preparation of balls. 

Action. — The simple bitters, as gentian, act as stomachics-, 
and bitter tonics. They are stomachics in promoting gastric- 
digestion by stimulation of the gustatory nerves, thus im- 
proving the appetite and reflexly causing dilatation of the- 
blood vessels in the stomach and increasing salivary and 
gastric secretions. Furtheimore, the bitters excite gastric 
and intestinal peristalsis to a slight extent. The bitters only^ 
act as tonics by their local effect in facilitating the digestion 
and assimilation, and by increasing the appetite. Externally 
the bitters are mildly antiseptic ; "svhile internally they are^ 
inimical to intestinal parasites. 

Uses. — Gentian is serviceable in simple loss of appetite^ 
It is especially indicated in feeble gastric digestion caused 
by acute disease, overwork, insufficient and poor food, and iu>, 
that form associated -with general debility and anaemia. In. 
the latter state, characterized by a pasty tongue, anorexia^ 
rough coat and pallid mucous membranes, which may often 
be co-existent with the presence of intestinal worms, powdered 
gentian is most efficient when given to horses on the food 
three times daily with dried ferrous sulphate. 

Again, loss of appetite, general weakness, and feeble 
digestion occurring in horses during convalescence from 
acute diseases, as influenza and pneumonia, is favorabl}' met 
by a combination of compound tincture of gentian and 
whisky (1 ounce each), or by diluted hydrochloric acid 
and the compound tincture. The drug is useful in atonie 
indigestion, or mild chronic gastric or intestinal catarrh of 
young animals, when conjoined with sodium bicarbonate^ 
which acts as a sedative and solvent of mucus. 

The simple bitters, including gentian, are contra-indi- 
cated in any acute inflammation of the digestive tract, since- 
tliey are mild irritants. Gentian is a valuable bitter for 
cattle and sheep, but quinine is more commonly given toc 
dogs. 



QUASSIA 555 

Quassia. Quassia. 

Synonym. — Quas'^iae lignum, B.P. ; quassia wood, bitter 
wood, bitter ash, E. ; quassie, bois amer, Fr. ; quaissien- 
holz, G. 

The wood of Picroena Excelsa (Swartz) Liudley (nat. 
ord. Simarubese). 

Habitat. — Jamaica and West Indies. 

Description. — In billets of various sizes, dense, tough, of 
medium hardness, porous, with a minute pith and narrow 
medullary jays ; inodorous and intensely bitter. In the shops 
it is usually met with in the form of chips or raspings of a 
yellowish-white color. 

Constituents. — Chiefly, quassiin (CioHjoOj), a bitter, neutral 
principle occurring in crystalline rectangular plates. There 
is also a volatile oil, but no tannin. 

i>ose.— Quassiin, D., gr.|-i (.008-.02). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractimi Quassice. Extract of Quassia. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by percolation with water, boiling and evaporation to pilular 
consistence. 

Dose.— H., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.ss.-iii. (.03-.18). 

Fluidextractum Quassice. Fluidextract of Quassia. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and 

evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of quassia. 

Bose.—H. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sli. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-1.1.); D., 

•ni,"Kv.-3i. (1. 4.). 

Tinctiira Quassice. Tincture of Quassia. {U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of quassia, 200, with alcohol 
and water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 
Dose. — Twice that of fluidextract. 

Liquor Quassice Covcentratus. (B. P.) 
Dose. — Same as for fluidextract. 

Administration. — Quassia may be given to horses in the 
official preparations, — preferably the fluidextract,— or in 
infusion (1-80, in cold water for half an hour, B.P.). The 
dose of the infusion is ^ iv. for horses, 3 ii.-iv. for dogs. 



556 YEGETABLE DRUGS 

Actions. — Quassia is the most active and bitter stomachic 
we possess. Large doses irritate the digestive tract. The 
drug is poisonous to the lower forms of animal life. One 
grain will kill a frog with the production of convulsions and 
respiratory and heart failure. A sweetened infusion is often 
employed to destroy flies. Considerable .doses of quassia 
increase the secretion of bile and nrine, and stimulate peris- 
taltic action and contraction of the urinary bladder. It is an 
antiseptic and prevents fermentation in the digestive canal. 
Quassia acts generally in the same manner as gentian, by 
sharpening tho appetite, and increasing salivary and gastric 
secretions, together with vascularity and peristalsis of the 
stomach. The volatile oil assists the stomachic action. 

Uses. — Quassia, like gentian, is very serviceable in pro- 
moting appetite and digestion iu atonic dyspepsia. It has 
this advantage, however, that it may be combined with 
liquid preparations of iron without incompatibility. Quassia 
is the most efiicient vermicide in our possession for the 
destruction of Oxyuris curvula, horse ; and O. vermicularis, 
dog, ia the lower bowel. An infusion is employed for 
this piirpose, made by soaking quassia chips in cold water 
(3ii,-0i.) for half an hour. The rectum should be first 
thoroughly washed out with soap and water, and one-half 
pint of this infusion is given in enema to dogs ; two quarts 
to horses. 

CascariLla. Cascarilla. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Cascarillae cortex, B.P.; cascarille, Fr.; cas- 
carilla, kascarillrinde, G. 

The bark of Croton Eluteria Bennett (nat. ord. Euphor- 
biacese). 

Habitat. — Bahama Islands. 

Description. — In quills or curved pieces about 2 Mm. 
thick, having a grayish, somewhat fissured, easily detached, 
corky layer, more or less coated with a white lichen, the 
uncoated surface being dull brown, and the inner surface 
smooth. It breaks with a short fracture, having a resinous 



CALUMRA 557 

aud radially striate appearance. When burned, it emits a 
strong, aromatic, somewhat musk-like odor ; its taste is 
warm and very bitter. 

Constituents. — 1, cascarillin, a neutral, bitter, crystalline 
body; 2, two resins, 15 per cent.; 3, a volatile oil, 1.5 per 
cent; 4, tannic acid ; 5, gum. 

Incompatibles. — Metallic salts, mineral acids, and lime 
water. 

Dose.~K & C, I ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii- (4.-8.); 
D., gr.x.-xxx. (.6-2.). 

Administration. — Cascarilla may be given in powder to 
the larger animals on their food, or in infusion (1-10, B.P.), 
or tincture (1-8, B.P.), 3 iv.-vi. of either for horses ; 3 ss.-i. of 
the tincture for dogs. The infusion does not keep. 

Action and Uses. — Cascarilla is called an aromatic bitter, 
«ince it combines the action of a volatile oil in stimulating 
gastro-intestinal secretion, motion, and vascularity, with that 
of the bitters in exciting the appetite, gastric and salivary 
secretions, together with vascularity and peristalsis of the 
stomach. The drug is suitable for the same cases as gen- 
lian, but is particularly indicated in the treatment of atonic 
gastro-intestinal indigestion with flatulence (on account of 
its volatile oil). Mineral acids precipitate the resins in 
tinctures, so that the infusion may be combined to better 
advantage with acids. 

Calumba. Calumba. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Calumbae radix, B.P.; columbo, E.; columbo, 
Pr.; kolumbowurzel, G, 

The root of Jateorhiza palmata (Lamarck) Miers (nat. 
•ord. Menispermacese). 

Habitat. — Mozambique, East Africa. Cultivated in the 
East Indies. 

Description. — In nearly circular disks, 3 to 6 Cm. in 
diameter, externally greenish-brown and wrinkled, internally 
yellowish or grayish-yellow; depressed in the centre, with a 
iew interrupted circles of projecting wood bundles, dis- 



558 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

tinctly radiate in the outer portion ; fracture short, mealy ^ 
odor slight ; taste mucilaginous, slightly aromatic, very 
bitter. 

Constituents.— 1, calumbin (CoiHj.^O,), a neutral, bitter, 
crystalline substance ; 2, an alkaloid, berberine (C2oHi,N04), 
found in berberis, hydrastis, etc. ; 3, calumbic acid (CjiHjaOe)^ 
4, starch, 33 per cent. 

Dose.—K. & a, I ss.-i. (30.-60.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; 
D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextractum Calumhce,. Fluidextract of Calumba. 
(U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. (U. S. P.) 
Dose. — Same as Calumba. 

Tinctura Calumhce. Tincture of Calumba. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of calumba, 200, in alcohol, 

and water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Doae.—B.. & C, sii.-iv. (60.-130.); D., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.). Dose of 

tincture (B. P.) half that of U. S. P. tincture. 

Administration. — Calumba is given in powder on the 
food, or in the official preparations to the larger animals. 
The infusion (1-16, B.P.) may be used in the same doses as 
that of cascarilla. The tincture, and extract (gr.ii.-x., B.P.) 
are the best preparations for dogs. 

Actions and Uses. — Calumba is a mild but pure bitter. 
Berberine, calumbin and calumbic acid are all bitter, but 
none of them possess any powerful physiological action. 
Calumba is indicated in the same cases as gentian, but, bein^ 
free from tannin, may be combined with iron preparation.^ 
without producing an unsightly, inky mixture. It is less 
irritating than other bitters, and may be prescribed in more 
irritable conditions of the stomach. Calumba is frequently 
used during convalescence from the acute diseases and. 
diarrhoea. 



TARAXACUM 559 

Taraxacum. Taraxacum. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Taraxici radix, B.P.; dandelion, E.; pissenlit,. 
dent de lion, Fr.; lowenzahn, G. 

The root of Taraxacum ofl&cinale Weber (nat. ord. Com- 
positse), gathered in autumn. 

Habitat. — Naturalized in the United States and growiug^ 
commonly in waste places. Indigenous in Europe. 

Description. — Slightly conical, about 30 Cm. long, and 1 
or 2 Cm. thick above, crowned with several short, thickish 
heads, somewhat branched, dark brown, longitudinally 
wrinkled, when dry breaking with a short fracture, showing 
a yellowish, porous central axis, surrounded by a thick, 
white bark, containing numerous milk vessels arranged 
in concentric circles ; inodorous ; bitter. It should be free 
from the root of Cichorium Intybus Linne (nat. ord. Com- 
positse), which closely resembles it, but is usually paler, and 
has the milk-vessels in radiating lines. 

Constituents. — 1, taraxacin, a bitter, soluble, crystalline 
substance ; 2, inulin ; 3, taraxacerin (CsHigO); 4, resin, causing 
the milky juice.' 

Dose.—R., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., 
3i.-ii. (4.-8.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Taraxaci. Extract of Taraxacum. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by bruising and expressing the juice from the fresh roots 

gathered in autumn. The juice is strained and evaporated to a pilular 

consistence." 

I>ose.— H. & C, 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3.). 

Fluidextraetum Taraxaci. Jluidextract of Taraxacum. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and 

evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of taraxacum. 
Doite. — Same as taraxacum. 

Extractum Taraxici Liquidum. (B. P.) 
Dose. — Same as taraxacum. 

Administration. — The fresh juice squeezed from the root 
(succus, B.P.) may be given to horses ; or the official pre- 
parations may be used. 



560 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Action and Uses. — Taraxacum is a simple stomachic and 
bitter and may be emploj^ed in place of gentian or calumba. 
It has been generally taught that taraxacum is an hepatic 
stimulant and increases the secretion of bile. This has been 
proved fallacious. The extract is often used as an excipient 
in preparing masses. 

Hydrastis. Hydrastis. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Hydrastis rhizoma, B.P.; golden zeal, yellow 
root, yellow pnccoon, orange root, Indian dye, Indian 
tumeric, E.; racine d'hydrastis de Canada, Fr.; Canadische 
gelbwurzel, G. 

The rhizome and roots of Hydrastis canadensis Linne 
(nat. ord. Ranunculaceae). 

Habitat — North America in woods, west to Missouri and 
Arkansas. 

Descripion. — Rhizome about 4 Cm. long and 6 Mm. 
thick ; oblique, with short branches, somewhat annulate 
and longitudinally wrinkled ; externally brownish-gray ; 
fracture short, waxy, bright reddish-yellow, with a thickish 
bark, about ten narrow wood-wedges, broad, medullary rays 
and large pith. Roots thin, brittle, with a thick yellow bark 
and subquadrangular, woody centre. Odor slight ; taste 
bitter. 

Const itt(ents. — 1, berberine (C^oHj-NOJ, an alkaloid 
occurring in yellow crystals and found in many plants of 
the families Berberacese.Ranunculacese, andMenispermaceae ; 
^, hydrastine (C^jHoiNOJ, a colorless, crystalline alkaloid, 
soluble in alcohol and ether ; 3, canadine (CoiH^jNOJ, occur- 
ring in white, acicular crystals, 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3 ii.-^S i- (8.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); 
D., gr.v.- 3 i. (.3-4.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextr actum Hydrastis. Fluidextract of Hydrastis. (U. S. P. ) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, glycerin and 

water, and evaporation, so that 1 cc. ^ 1 gm. of hydrastis. 

Dose.—U. & C, 3 ii.- 3 i. (8.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.; D., mv.- 

3 i. (.3-4.). 



HYDRASTINE HYDROCHLORIDE 561 

^ Extr actum Hydrastis Liquidum. (B. P.) 

Dose.— H. &C., 3i-iii. (4.-12.); D., ttlv.-xv. (.3-1.). 
Tinctura Hydrastis. Tincture of Hydrastis. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of Hydrastis, 200 ; with diluted 

alcohol, to 1000. 

Dose.—H.., si.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Olyceritum Hydrastis. Glycerite of Hydrastis. (U.S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of Hydrastis, 1000; add water 
to the percolate and evaporate. Add water to the residue, set aside 24 
hours and filter ; add enough water to the filtrate to make 500 ; then add 
glycerin, 500. 

Dose. — Same as fluid extract. 

Hydrastin^ Hydrochloridum. Hydrastine Hydro- 
chloride. C„HnNO,H CI (U. S. P.) 

The hydrochloride of an artificial alkaloid derived from 
hydrastine by the action of oxidizing agents. 

Properties.— Light, yellow, amorphous granules, or a 
pale yellow crystallhie powder ; odorless, and having a bitter, 
saline taste ; deliquescent on exposure to damp air. SoluWe 
in 0.3 part of water, and in 3 parts of alcohol. 

Z>o.se.-H., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.J^-i (.005-.01). 

Hydrastin. (Non-official). 

The commercial name for a mixture of variable com- 
position, consisting chiefly of berberine, together with 
hydrastine, and a resin. A greenish-yellow powder, having 
a bitter taste. Wrongly termed hydrastine. 

Dose.—B.., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); D., gr.iii.-v. (.18-.3). 

Jdiows.— Hydrastis and its alkaloids, berberine and 
hydrastine, act as simple bitters and stomachics, in small 
doses, by improving the appetite and stimulating the secre- 
tion, motion and vascularity of the stomach. Hydrastis 
causes contraction of the non-pregnant uterus, and may 
induce abortion in pregnant animals. It also increases the 
flow of bile and urine. The drug is a mild anti-periodic, but 



562 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

is decidedly inferior to quinine in this respect. Hydrastine 
nnd berbeiine resemble eacli other in actions, uses and 
doses. Berberine sulphate and hydrastine hydrochlorate 
are to be found in the market, and are used in the same doses 
as the pure alkaloids. Poisonous doses of hydrastine and 
berberine are followed by convulsions and paralysis ; the 
former is more convulsant. Hydrastine is said primarily to 
markedly increase vascular tension. It is uncertain whether 
this action is due to vascular contraction or cardiac stimu- 
lation. In poisoning by either alkaloid there is great cardiac 
and vasomotor depression. 

Uses. — Hydrastis, berberine, and hydrastine are employed 
in anorexia and atonic indigestion. The fluid extract of 
hydrastis and hydrastine (which is, however, expensive) 
are especially efficient for horses in combination with other 
bitters and iron, as follows : 

Extr. Capsici Fl 3 ii. 

Extr. Hydrastis Fl. 

Extr. Nucis Vomicae Fl aa§iii. 

M. (Furnish 3 ii. bottle) 
Sig. Small bottleful tid. on tongue, 
or : — 

Hydrastinae gr.xxx. 

Pulv. Gentianae 

Pulv. Nucis Vomicae 

Ferri Sulph . Exsicc aa | ii. 

M. et div. in ch't, no. xii. 
Sig. One powder on food tid. 

Hydrastis is exhibited empirically (probably as a local 
stimulant and antiseptic) in atonic and inflammatory condi- 
tions of the digestive organs, with great benefit, as in chronic 
gastro-intestinal catarrh or catarrhal jaundice. Hydrastis is 
used most frequently in human medicine to stop uterine 
haemorrhage of all descriptions, and is often conjoined with 
the fluid extract of ergot for this purpose. Hydrastinine 
hydrochlorate has been employed with great success as 



CALAMUS - 563 

41 hgemostatic in metrorrhagia, Hydrastine is given to 
liorses as a bitter tonic in doses of gr.iii.-v.; and to 
dogs in quantities of gr.^-J. Externally, tlie fluid extract 
of liydrastis (1-8 to 1-2), or hydrastine (gr.v.- 3 i), in aqueous 
solution, are most serviceable as local stimulants in the 
treatment of the subacute stages in inflammatory diseases of 
mucous membranes, and in relaxed or atonic conditions of 
these tissues. The solutions are applied as injections, or 
lotions, in leucorrhoea, endometritis, balanitis, otorrhcea, 
stomatitis, etc., and upon indolent ulcers. 

Calamus. Calamus. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Sweet flag, radix acori, E.; rhizoma calami, 
P.G.; acore vrai, acore odorant, Fr.; kalmuswurzel, G. 

The rhizome of Acorus Calamus Linne (nat. ord. 
Aroidese.) 

Description. — In sections of various lengths, unpeeled, 
about 2 Cm. broad, subcylindrical, longitudinally wrinkled ; 
on the upper surface marked with leaf scars forming triangles, 
and on the lower surface with the circular scars of the root- 
lets in wavy lines ; externally reddish-brown, somewhat 
annulate from remnauts of leaf-sheaths ; internally whitish, 
of a spongy texture, breaking with a short, corky fracture, 
showing numerous oil cells and scattered wood-bundles ; the 
latter crowded within the subcircular endoderm. It has an 
aromatic odor, and a strongly bitter taste. 

Constituents. — 1, acorin (CjeHg^Oe), a liquid, yellow gluco- 
side having a bitter taste ; 2, a volatile oil, 1-2 per cent.; 3, 
•calamine ; 4. choline. 

Bose.—B.. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-iii. (4.-12.); 
D., gr.xv.- 3 i. (1.-4.). 

PREPARATION. 

Fluidextractnvi Calami. Fluidextract of Calamus. (LT. S. P.) 

Made by maceration, percolation and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 
1 Gm. of the crude drug. 



564 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Dose.—n. & C, ri.-ii. (80.-60.); Sh. & Sw., -3 i.-iii. (4.-12.); D., 
Tilxv.-3i. (1--4.). 

The powdered root may be given on the food to the larger aniijials; 
the fluid extract, or an infusion (1-16), may be exhibited to any patients. 

Action and Uses. — Calamus is a mild aromatic bitter, and 
is therefore useful in anorexia and indigestion associated 
with mild forms of flatulence. The powdered root is em- 
ployed as an excipient in powders, balls and electuaries. It 
is innocuous, and the dose is therefore unimportant. 



SECTION XI.— VEGETABLE CATHAETICS. 
Class 1.— Simple Purgatives. 

Aloe. (U. S. P.) 
The inspissated juice of the leaves of several varieties 
of aloes, including the Barbadoes and Socotrine. 

Aloe Barbaden^is. Barbadoes Aloes. (B. P.) 

Synonym. — Curacoa aloes, E.; aloes des Barbades, Fr.; 
Barbados-aloe, G. 

The inspissated juice of the leaves of Aloe vera (Linne)- 
"Webb (uat. ord. Liliacese). 

Habitat. — The island of Barbadoes. 

Projjerties. — In hard masses, orange-brown, opaque^ 
translucent on the edges ; fracture waxy or resinous, some- 
what conchoidal ; odor saffron-like ; taste strongly bitter. 
Almost entirely soluble in alcohol. 

Aloe Socotrina. Socotrine Aloes. (B. P.) 

Synonym. — Aloe succotrina, aloes sucotrin, s. socotrin, 
Fr.; socotora s. socotrinische aloe, G. 

The inspissated juice of the leaves of Aloe Perryi Baker 
(nat. ord. Liliacese). 

Habitat. — Eastern Africa. 

Properties. — In hard masses, occasionally soft in the 
interior ; opaque, yellowish-brown, orange-brown, or dark 
ruby-red, not greenish, translucent on the edges; fracture 
resinous, somewhat conchoidal. When breathed upon, it 



CAPE ALOES 565 

emits a fragrant saffron-like odor ; taste peculiar, strongly 
bitter. Almost entirely soluble in alcoliol and in 4 parts of 
boiling water. The aqueous solution becomes turbid on 
cooling and yields a deposit. 

The color of socotrine aloes is lighter, and it is less 
opaque than Barbadoes aloes. The powdered socotrine aloes 
is brighter and redder, and the odor less disagreeable than 
that of Barbadoes aloes. 



Aloe Capensis. Cape Aloes. (Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Aloes der Cap, Fr. 

Habitat — Africa. 

Properties. — Occurs in dark-brown or olive-green resin- 
ous masses ; fracture conchoidal ; odor strong, sour and 
disagreeable. Yields a gamoge-yellow powder. Solubility 
same as socotrine aloes. Product of several varieties of aloes 
obtained from Cape Town and Natal. 

Dose of Aloes.— R., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); C, 5 i.-ii. (30.-60.); 
Sh., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.xx.- 3 i. 
(1.3-4). 

Constituents. — 1, aloin ; 2, a resin ; 3, a volatile oil ; 4, a. 
trace of gallic acid. 

Aloinum. Aloin. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Aloine, Fr. 

A neutral principle obtained from several varieties of 
aloes, chiefly Barbadoes aloes (yielding Barbaloin), and 
Socotra or Zanzibar aloes (yielding Socaloin), differing more 
or less in chemical composition and physical ^^I'operties 
according to the source from which it is derived. 

Derivation. — Obtained by pulverizing and macerating 
Barbadoes aloes in cold water, and evaporating the resultinj]^ 
solution in vacuo. Aloin crystallizes ont and is dried, 
between folds of bibulous paper. It is jmrified by repeated 
solution in hot water, filtration, recrystallization, and finally 



566 VEGETABLE DKUGS 

by solution in liot alcohol and crystallization. Nataloin is 
derived from Cape aloes. 

Properties. — Minute, acicular crystals, or a micro-crys- 
talline powder, varying in color from yellow to yellowisli- 
brown ; odorless, or possessing a slight odor of aloes ; of a 
characteristic bitter taste, and permanent in the air. Bar- 
baloin and socaloin are soluble in about 60 parts of cold 
water. B.irbaloin is soluble in 20 parts of alcohol. Socaloin 
in 30 parts of absolute alcohol. 

Dose.— H. & C, 3 ii--iii. (8.-12.); D., gr.ii.-xx. (.12-1.3), in 
combination with other purgatives. 

PREPARATIONS OF ALOES. 

The official preparations are numerous, but are not applicable to 
veterinary practice. 

Tinctiira Aloes et Myrrhm. Tincture of Aloes and Myrrh. 

(U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — " Elixis pro," elixir proprietas Paracelsi, E. 
■ Made by maceration and percolation of purified aloes, 100 ; myrrh, 
100 ; and liquorice root, 100; with alcohol and water to make 1000. 

Action External. — Aloes is a slight stimulant to raw sur- 
faces. It is absorbed from the denuded skin and tlius may 
occasion purging. 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Aloes is first of all 
a purgative. In addition to this it is a bitter, and therefore 
small doses excite salivary and gastric secretion, together 
with the movements and vascularity of the stomach, and 
appetite. Experiments on dogs show that large doses of 
aloes increase the secretion of bile by stimulation of the 
liver. Aloes is absorbed from the digestive tract and is 
eliminated by the bowels, kidneys and mammary glands. It 
may be excreted in sufficient quantity in the milk to create 
looseness of the bowels in nursing animals. 

Aloes stimulates peristalsis of the large intestines, but 
does not notably increase the secretions in the bowels. 
Moreover, its action is very slow (12-24 hours). This prob- 
ably happens because the drug does not act till it reaches 



ALOIN 



567 



the large intestines, locally, or through elimination. Aloes 
is preeminently the best purgative for horses, but does not 
operate so well on the other domestic animals. Epsom salts, 
.glauber salts or linseed oil are preferable for cattle ; linseed 
■oil or carron oil for foals and calves ; and castor oil or 
calomel for dogs. A full dose of aloes often creates some 
general disturbances in horses, including nausea, slight colic, 
diuresis, elevation of temperature (l°-2° F.) and pulse, with 
purgiug lasting from 2 or 3 to 24 hours. Aloes also possesses 
-anthelmintic properties because of its bitter qualities and 
purgative action. Socotrine aloes is the basis of the official 
preparations, but Barbadoes aloes finds most favor in veter- 
inary medicine, and is probably the stronger of the two. 
'Oape aloes is a little inferior to the other varieties and is 
more apt to produce diuresis. Aloes and aloin lead to 
catharsis, whether injected under the skin, into the blood, or 
applied on raw surfaces. .Administration by the mouth is 
more effective. Aloin appears to contain the active princi- 
ples of aloes, and is usually as operative, but some manufac- 
tures are ineffective. 

Kidneys and Sexual Organs. — Aloes causes reflex., or 

sympathetic irritation of the female pelvic organs in its 

•operation on the lower bowel ; is an emmenagogue, and may 

prove abortifacient. The drug sometimes excites diuresis. 

Administration. — Aloes is given to horses in semi-solu- 
tion after being rubbed up with hot (115°-120'' F.) water; or 
in ball. The patient should, if possible, be previously pre- 
pared by a diet of bran mashes and salt only, for 2 or 3 
feedings before exhibition of the purge. The aloes ball in 
use for many years in the Harvard Veterinary Hospital is 
made by melting and mixing Barbadoes aloes (1 lb.) with 
glycerin and molasses (each 3 ii.), and powdered ginger root 
(31.), on a water bath. When the mass is properly mixed 
it is removed from the fire and alcohol ( 3 v.) is added. The 
mass is poured on a layer of flaxseed meal to cool, and then 
is weighed into portions of ~ 10.^ each. These are rolled 
into balls, covered with tissue paper, and preserved in tight 



5:^:8 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

tin or glass vessels. Horses should not be worked after 
receiving aloes balls, but should be given a little walking; 
exercise 12 hours after the administration of the dose^ 
Colic and superpurgation may follow if the dose is repeated 
within 48 hours, or if large quantities of cold water are 
allowed during the action of the cathartic. If aloes does not 
operate satisfactorily, it is safer to give linseed oil by the 
mouth and rectal injections, than to administer a second 
dose of aloes. 

Uses Exteryial. — The tincture of aloes and myrrh is. 
sometimes applied as a stimulant to wounds, and powdered 
aloes is mixed with plaster of Paris in making splints for 
dogs, to prevent these animals from biting and tearing them 
off. 

Uses Internal. — Aloes is employed in the treatment of tho 
horse, whenever an active purge is desirable, with the fol- 
lowing exceptions : It must not be used in acute diseases of 
the respiratory tract lest metastasis occur, and the inflam- 
mation attack the bowels. Neither in acute inflammation of 
the alimentary canal nor of the kidneys is it desirable ; nor 
in intestinal obstruction or impaction of the colon. In the 
first two named conditions, aloes is too irritating to the 
organs implicated ; in the two last, the drug may aggravate 
the trouble by the production of impotent peristaltic move- 
ments. Pregnancy contra-indicates the use of aloes, lest 
abortion ensue. The therapeutic scope of aloes being large> 
it is impossible to enumerate all the diseases in which it is. 
useful. Perhaps this cathartic is more commonly service- 
able in indigestion and spasmodic or flatulent colic. 

In acute inflammatory diseases of the brain and cord 
aloes is often combined with calomel ( 3 i-) in ball to enhance 
the effect. The administration of an aloes ball is followed 
by that of small doses of Epsom salts ( 3 iv.) in the drinking 
water in the treatment of hsemoglobinaemia of horses, or in. 
conditions when we wish to assist the depleting action of 
aloes. Turpentine is followed by aloes, or aloes is given 
prior to a course of iron sulphate and gentian, for the 



LINSEED OIL 569"' 

destruction of round-worms in horses. A laxative ball may 
be composed of aloes ( 3 ii.-iv.), ginger and powdered mix 
TO mica (each 3 ii-)' ^aixed with glycerin or molasses. 

It is often taught that aloes is contraindicated in hsemor-' 
rhoids, bat this teaching does not obtain unless the piles' 
•are inflamed. In piles, associated with an atonic condition, 
aloes may be beneficial by improving the tone of the bovvels. 
Aloes may be useful in jaundice due to constipation, but in 
:general it is inferior to salines, calomel and podophyllin in 
the treatment of this disorder. According to Brunton, the 
presence of bile in the intestines is essential for the chola- 
l^ogue action of aloes. Therefore the absence of bile in the 
liowels would forbid the use of aloes as a cholagogue. 
Xaxative doses of aloes are valuable in amenorrhoea, 
about the time that " heat " should occur, in combination 
with iron. 

Oleum Linl Linseed Oil. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Si/nonym. — Oil of flaxseed, E.; liuile de lin, Fr.; leinol, 
leinsamenol, G. 

A fixed oil expressed from linseed without the use of 
lieat. 

Properties. — A yellowish or yellow, oily liquid, having a 
slight, peculiar odor and bland taste. When exposed to the 
air it gradually thickens and acquires a strong odor and taste ; 
and if spread in a thin layer on a glass plate and allowed to 
;stand in a warm place, it is gradually converted into a hard, 
transparent, resin-like mass (absence of non-drying oils). 

Spec. gr. 0.930 to 0.940 at 59° F. Soluble in about 10 
parts of absolute alcohol, and in all proportions in ether, 
■chloroform, benzin, carbon disulphide, or oil of turpentine. 

Constituents. — 1, linolein ; 2, myristin ; 3, palmitin ; 4, 
albumin, which gives the oil its drying qualities. 

Dose.—JI., Oss.-i. (250.-500 ). Mild laxative, on bran 
mash. C, Oi.-ii. (500.-1000.); Sh. & Sw., 3 vi.-xii. (180.-860.); 
D. & C, 3 ss.-ii. (15.-60.). 



570 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Action and Uses. — Linseed oil exerts a laxative, or mil(J: 
purgative effect by its mechanical action in lubricating the 
bowels and their contents. It is suitable for horses when a, 
derivative or depleting action is not desirable, as in fsecal. 
impaction or overloaded bowels in weak animals, and iix 
those suffering from inflammak)ry diseases of the respiratory- 
tract or digestive organs ; diarrhoea, dysentery, and in preg- 
nancy. Aloes, on the other hand, would be contraindicated 
in these conditions. . Carron oil (linseed oil and lime water, 
equal parts), is particularly appropriate as a remedy for- 
" heaves " in horses ( 3 ii.-iv.), and is one of the best cathar- 
tics for foals, lambs and calves ( 3 ii.-iv.). The laxative and 
antacid properties of this preparation tend to combat intes- 
tinal fermentation which is so common in young animals with 
digestive disorders and diarrhoea. The same qualities of 
carron oil prevent flatulence and inteiference with the^ 
already impeded breathing in " heaves " of horses. 

Linseed oil is frequently given to ruminants, although 
Epsom salts is generally the best purge for them. It is. 
indicated for these animals when a milder operation than 
that obtained by a full dose of salts is required, and for its. 
deftiulcent action in irritable states of the digestive organs. 
By combining linseed oil with croton oil we procure a potent 
purge for cattle. Castor oil oi- sweet oil are usually prefer- 
able to linseed oil in the treatment of dogs. Soap suds 
onemata are made more effective by the addition of 1 or 2; 
pints of linseed oil (for horses), and 1 or 2 ounces (for dogs). 
The oil may be given in its pure state, but more uncom- 
monly is prescribed with gruel, glycerin, mucilage, or 
molasses. One ounce each of linseed oil and molasses may 
be given to the larger animals; or one drachm of either to-^ 
the smaller animals, as an expectorant in bronchitis. The- 
mixture is often a most serviceable one and probably acts by 
improving the nutrition of the bronchial mucous membrane. 
Linseed oil and sweet oil resemble cod liver oil in this, 
respect, and while both are probably inferior to the latter,, 
as expectorants, they are more palatable and clieaper. 



CASTOR OIL 



571 



Oleum Eicinl Castor Oil. (U. S. & B. P.) 



Synonym. — Oleum palmae christi, huile de ricin, Fr.; 
ricinusol, G. 

A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Ricinus communis 
Linne (nat. ord. Euphorbiaceae). 

Habitat. — India. Cultivated in many countries. 

Properties. — A pale, yellowish and almost odorless, 
transparent, viscid fluid, having a bland, afterwards slightly 
acrid, and generally offensive taste. Spec. gr. 0.950-0.970 at 
59° r. Soluble in equal volumes of alcohol, and in all pro- 
portions in absolute alcohol, or in glacial acetic acid ; also 
soluble in three times its volume of a mixture of 19 volumes 
of alcohol and 1 volume of water (absence of more than about 
5 per cent, of most other fixed oils). 

Constituents. — 1, ricinolein, or ricinoleic acid glyceride, 
C3H5 {C^gJl^^O^)^; 2, an acrid principle; 3, palmitin, stearin 
and myristin. 

Dose.— 'El. & C, 01. (500.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); 
T>. & Cats, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; poultry, 3 i. (4.). 

Castor Oil Seeds. — TliPse are not official. The name 
Kicinus is applied to the plant because of the resemblance 
of the seed to a ricinus, or tick. The seeds are of a shiny, 
gray color, marked with brownish spots and streaks. They 
are about the size of small beans (17 Mm. X 8 Mm.), ovoid, 
flattened, and white inside. They contain 50 per cent, of 
oil, and an acrid, poisonous substance. Three seeds have 
caused death in man, and thej' are ten times more purgative 
than the oil. 

Action and Uses. — Castor oil probably contains some 
imknown purgative principle which exists in larger amount 
in the seeds. It is often taught that ricinoleic acid, derived 
from the decomposition of ricinolein in the bowels, produces 
purgation. This is apparently not the case. Castor oil is 
mild, but has a more decided purgative action than linseed 
oil and often occasions griping. It acts in 4 or 5 hours and 
will purge when absorbed from the skin or rectum. Castor 



572- VEGETABLE DRUGS 

oil is a galactagogue and is said to stimulate the secretion of 
milk when the castor leaves are applied to the mammary 
glands. Castor oil is specially applicable in canine practice, 
to unload the bowels, and in irritated conditions of the 
digestive tract. It is useful in constipation only as an 
occasional remedy, since it is followed by greater tendency 
in this direction ; also in overloaded bowels, indigestion, 
diarrhoea, and pregnancy ; after the ingestion of foreign or 
putrid matters; and to assist the action of anthelmintics. 
Castor oil is inferior to linseed oil for horses, as a simple 
laxative, because it is more prone to cause colicky pains, and 
because it is more expensive. Castor oil is thought to be 
notably useful in irritation and iuflammation of the intestines 
in these animals, however, as in diarrhoea, dysentery, and 
enteritis ; and can be combined with anodynes and anti- 
spasmodics to prevent gripiug. Two or three ounces of castor 
oil are suitable for calves or foals with gastro-intestinal 
disorders. One or two teaspoonfuls are suitable for poultry. 
Administration. — Castor oil is given to dogs with syrupus 
rliamni cathartici in the proportion of 1 ounce of the former 
to 1 drachm of the latter ; or with glycerin (equal parts) and 
a few drops of oil of wintergreen. It is administered to 
puppies ( 3 i.-ii.) with an equal volume of sweet oil. Castor 
oil may be exhibited to horses with oil of peppermint 
(ll^xx.); or in digestive irritation, in warm cooked flour 
gruel with laudanum ( 3 ss.) and fluid extract belladonna 
( 3 i-) 5 to foals and calves with mucilage or gruel and 5 
drops of oil of peppermint. 

Ehamnus Pueshiana. (U. S. P.) Cascara Sagrada. (B. P.) 

Synonym. — California buckthorn, sacred bark, chittem 
bark. 

The bark of Khamnns Purshiana de Candolle (nat. ord. 
Ehamnacese). 

Habitat. — United States from northern Idaho w^est to 
Pacific Ocean. 



FRANGULA 



573 



Description. — In quills or curved pieces about 3 to 10 
Om. long and about 2 Mm. thick ; outer surface brownish- 
gray and whitish ; Ihe young bark having numerous rather 
broad, pale-colored warts ; inner surface yellowish to light 
brownish, becoming dark brown by age ; smooth or finely 
striate ; fracture short, yellowish ; in the inner layer of thick 
bark somewhat fibrous ; inodorous ; taste bitter. 

Constituents. — 1, three resins ; 2, a neutral body ; 3, a 
Tolatile oil ; 4, malic and tannic acids. 

Dose. — D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextractum Rliamni Purshiance. Fluidextract of Rhauinus 
Purshiana 
Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and 
■evapoi"at.ion, so tliat 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug. (U. S. P.) 
Dose.—D., Ill V. -XXX. ( 3-2.). 

Fluidextractum Rhanini Purshiance Aromaticitm. (U. S. P.) 
Dose. — Ti^v.-xxx. 

Extvactum Cascarip Sagrade Liquidum. (B. P.) 
Dose. — D., TTiv.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

Extractum Casecwce Sagradce. (B. P.) 
Dose. — D., gr.ii.-viii. ( 12-. 5). 

Syrupiis Cascarw Sagrade Aromaticus. (B. P.) 
Dose. — D., Z ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Frangula. Frangula. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Rliamni frangulse cortex, B.P.; buckthorn, 
alder buckthorn, black alder, E.; bourdaine, bourgene, Fr.; 
faulbaumrinde, G.; cortex frangulae, P.G. 

The bark of Rhamnus Frangula Linne (nat. ord. Rham- 
nese), collected at least one jear before being used. 

Habitat. — Europe and northern Asia. 

Description. — Quilled, about 1 Mm. thick ; outer surface 
grayish-brown, or blackish-brown, with numerous small, 
whitish, transversely-elongated lenticles ; inner surface 
smooth, pale brownish-yellow ; fracture in the outer layer 
short, of a purplish tint ; in the inner layer fibrous and pale 
yellow ; when masticated, coloring the saliva yellow ; nearly 
inodorous ; taste sweetish and bitter. 



574: VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Constituents. — 1, n glucoside, frangulin (C^oHjoOk,), con- 
verted iu time into (2) emoJiu (C.^HioOs), ''^ glucoside), to 
which the drug owes its purgative action. Frangulin yields 
emodin, a constituent of rhubarb as well, and rhamnose 
(CeHi.O,), by hydrolysis. 

Dose.—D., - ss.-i. (2.-4). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextractuni Frangulw. Fluidextract of Frangula. 
Made by. maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and 
evaporation, so that 1 cc. of the preparation — 1 gm. of the crude drug. 
Dose.— D., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). 



E.HAMNUS Cathakticus. (Non-official.) 

The berries of E. catharticus, from which an acrid, 
nauseous, bitter juice is obtained. A syrup — syrupus rliamni 
cathartici — is prepared from the juice (B.P.) with sugar, 
ginger and pimento. 

" Dose of Suriqx—J)., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Cats, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.). 

Action and Uses. — The buckthorns are laxatives in the 
doses employed in medicine. The fresh bark of R. frangula 
produces violent gastro-enteritis (frangulin), and therefore 
must be kept a year before using. The same remark applies 
with less force to R. Parshiana. Cascara sagrada is prob- 
ably the best mild purgative remedy for dogs with chronic 
constipation, and the dose does not require to be increased 
on repetition. In fact, the tone of the bowels is improved by 
the drug. It is more reliable and active than frangula. 
Cascara may cause some griping. It is very bitter and 
therefore may promote gastric digestion and appetite. The 
aromatic fluid extract (now official) is a most serviceable 
preparation in preventing colic and in disguising the taste. 
The average dose for the dog is ITtxx.-xxx. each night, or 
Tl^v.-x. thrice daily. The syrup of buckthorn is commonly 
prescribed to dogs with castor oil, of each one ounce ; or 
one drachm of the former with an ounce of the latter, for an 
occasional purgative. 



RHUBARB 575 

Eheum. Rhubarb. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Rliei radix, B.P.; rhubarbe, Fr.; rhubar- 
"ber, G. 

The root of Rheum officinale Baillon (nat. ord. Poly- 
gonacese). 

Description. — In cylindrical, conical or flattish segments, 
deprived of the dark brown, corky layer, smoothish or some- 
what wrinkled ; externally covered with a bright yellowish- 
brown powder, marked with white, elongated meshes, con- 
taining a white, rather spongy tissue and a number of short, 
reddish-brown or brownish-yellow striae; compact, hard ; 
fracture uneven ; internally white, with numerous red, 
irregularly-curved and interrupted medullary rays, which are 
radially parallel only near the cambium line ; odor some- 
what peculiar, aromatic ; taste bitter, somewhat astringent. 
"When chewed, rhubarb feels gritty between the teeth, and 
imparts a yellow color to the saliva. 

Constituents. — 1, a glucoside, chrysarobin (Cj-HjpOiJ, 
which yields 2-3 per cent, of chrysophanic acid (Ci^Hi^OJ, 
also called rliein or chrysophan ; 2, rheotaunic acid (CogH.eOJ, 
which gives astringeucy to rhubarb ; 3, calcium oxalate (35 
per cent.), causing grittiness ; 4, resinous bodies : phaeoretiu, 
emodin, aporetin and erythroretin, Chrysophanic acid and 
the resins are somewhat purgative, but the exact purgative 
principle has yet to be discovered. 

Dose.—Stomaddc—R. k C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh., 3 i. (4); 
D. & Cats, gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

3md Purgative — Foals and Calves, 3 i--ii- (4.-8.); D., 
3i.-ii. (4.-8.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextr actum Rhei. Fliiidextract of Rhubarb. 
(U.S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 
Dose. — Same as that of rhubarb. 



576 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Piilvis Rliei Compositus. Compound Powder of Rhubarb. 

(U. S. &B. P.) 

Synonym. — Gregory's powder. Rhubarb, 25 ; magnesia, 65 ; 
ginger, 10. 

Dose. — Foals and Calves, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.). 

Extract um Rliei. Extract of Rhubarb. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Dose.— D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

There are many other official preparations, but they possess no 
value in veterinary medicine. 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Rhubarb is a bitter, 
and therefore in small doses improves digestion in all 
animals by increasing the flow of salivary and gastric juices, 
and by stimulating the appetite, vascularity, and movements 
of the stomach. It is called a stomachic and bitter tonic. 
Larger doses cause mild purgation in the case of dogs and 
cats, but horses and cattle are but slightly affected in this 
way. Rhubarb augments the secretion of bile. It is com- 
monly described as an agent which stimulates peristaltic 
action, but it is not certainly known how purging is brought 
about. Secondary constipation is more apt to follow the 
use of rhubarb than other drugs, because of rheotannic acid. 
This substance may be absorbed and eliminated into the 
bowels after the occurrence of purgation. Rhubarb, by 
virtue of chrysophanic acid, stains the faeces, urine, milk and 
sweat yellow in its excretion. 

Uses. — Rhubarb is an efficient laxative remedy for the 
treatment of indigestion in young animals associated with 
diarrhoea. In this condition it sweeps out the source of irrita- 
tion and then exerts an astringent effect. The drug often 
acts most favorably with an antacid in the disorders noted. 
Gregory's powder is useful in the care of foals, calves and 
lambs with diarrhoea. The fluid extract may be given to 
dogs, bat rhubarb is not so generally useful a purgative for 
these animals as , castor oil, calomel, or .cascara sagrada. 
Rhubarb has been recommended when a laxative is desirable, 
in cases of haemorrhoids, to improve local tone, and also as 
a purgative in diarrhoea of young animals due to worms. 



CHRYSAROBIN 577, 

One or two drops of the tincture of rlinbarb in the- 
<lrinking water form a serviceable laxative for small birds. 

Chrysarobinum. Clirysarobin. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Goa powder, araroba powdei*. 

A neutral principle, in its commercial, more or less^ 
impure form, extracted from Goa Powder, a substance found 
deposited in the wood of Andira Araroba Aguiar (nat. ord. 
Le^uminosse). 

Habitat. — Brazil. 

Projjertiefi. — A pale oran<^e-yellow, microcrystalline 
powder, odorless and tastpless ; turninpj hrownish-yellow on 
exposure to the air. Very slifi;ht]y soluble in cold water or 
alcohol. Soluble in solutions of alkalies. 

Constituents. — Chiefly clirysarobin (Co-H^dO,,,) — also 
called rhein and chrjsophan, — an orange-yellow, ci'ystalline 
glucoside, somewhat soluble in alcohol and ether ; freely 
soluble in chloi'oform and benzol. It is oxidized into chry- 
sophanic acid (CjjHijOJ, and glucose. 

PREPARATION. 

Unguentuvi Chrysarobini. Clirysarobin Ointment. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Chrysarobiti, G ; benzoinated lard, 95. (U. S.) 

Action and Uses. — Clirysarobin is a powerful irritant io- 
the skin and destroys parasites. It stains the skin and other 
materials dark brown. This may be removed, unless fixed 
by an alkali, with a weak solution of chlorinated lime or 
caustic soda. Chrysarobin is also a strong irritant in the 
gastro-intestinal tract, causing vomiting and purging in 
carnivora. It is eliminated by the kidneys, coloring the 
urine yellow. 

Clirysarobin is used as a parasiticide in the treatment of 
ringworm, and as a stimulant to the skin in chronic cutaneous 
disorders, as eczema (with much itching and scaling), pity- 
jiasis, and particularly psoriasis. The ofiicial 5 per cent, 
ointment should be diluted 2 or 3 times for delicate skins. 



578 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

It hliould be applied over a large area witli care, but is one 
(>f the most efficient remedies in obstinate diseases of the 
skin. 

Senna. Senna. 

Synonym. — Senna Alexandrina, senna Indica, B.P.; senna 
leaves, folia sennse, E ; feuilles de sene, Fr.; sennesbliitter, G. 

The leaflets of Cassia acutifolia Delile (Alexandria 
Senna), and of Cassia augustifolia Yahl (India Senna); (nat. 
ord. Legutniuosse). 

Description. — Alexandria Senna. — It consists of leaflets 
about 25 Mm. long and 10 Mm. broad, lanceolate or lance- 
oval, subcoriaceous, brittle, rather pointed, unequally oblique 
at the base, entire, grayish-green, somewhat pubescent, of a 
peculiar odor and a nauseous, bitter taste. 

Impurities. — Argel leaves (Solenostemma Argel Hayne, 
nat. ord. Asclepiadse), are frequently present. They are 
thicker, one-veined, wrinkled, glaucous, and even at the base. 

India Senna. — It consists of leaflets 3 to 5 Cm. long, and 
10 to 15 Mm. broad ; lanceolate, acute, unequally oblique at 
the base; entire, thin, yellowish-green, nearly smooth ; odor 
peculiar, somewhat tea-like ; taste mucilaginous, bitter and 
nauseous. It should be free from stalks, discolored leaves 
and other admixtures. 

Habitat. — Alexandria Senna — Upper Egypt, Nubia, and 
Central Africa. 

Indian Senna, or Tinnivelly Senna — Eastern Africa to 
India. 

Constituents. — 1, the purgative properties are chiefly due 
to magnesium and calcium cathartates ; salts of cathartic 
acid (CisoHggNoSOg.,), a black, amorphous glucoside ; 2, two 
glucosides, sennacrol and sannapicrin, insoluble in water ; 3, 
chrysophanic acid ; 4, cathartomannit (CsiH^^Ojg), an uufer- 
mentable sugar. 

Z>ose.— H. & C, 3iv.-v. (120.-150.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. 
(30.-60.); D. & C, 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.). 



SENNA 579 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextractum Sennm. Fluidextract of Senna. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and 
■evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gni. of the crude drug. 
Done. — Same as senna. 

Pulvis Glycyrrhizm Conipositus. Compound Powder of Glycyrrhiza. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonpfn. — Compound liquorice powder. 

Senna, 180 ; glycyrrhiza, 236 ; washed sulphur, 80 ; oil of fennel, 4; 
sugar, 500. 

Dose.— D., 3ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Syriipus Sennce. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Dose.— D., 5i.-iv. (4.-15.). 

Action Internal. — Senna stimulates and increases the 
'vascularity of the intestinal mucous membrane, and causes 
increased peristalsis of the large intestines, particularly of 
the colon. It produces copious pale-yellow and watery 
evacuations. The drug has a nauseous taste and purging is 
.accompanied by some griping and flatulence. Senna acts 
more satisfactorily when combined with other purgative 
agents. It is absorbed and will occasion catharsis in suck- 
lings after administration to their mothers, and after intra- 
venous injection. The urine may be colored red or yellow 
by its elimination. It is extremely doubtful if senna exerts 
^ny influence on biliary secretion. 

Uses. — Senna is but rarely employed in veterinary medi- 
cine. It may be used where a simple, vigorous cathartic is 
indicated in constipation, or in cases of slight faecal accumu- 
lation. 

The drug acts more effectively when given in- conjunc- 
tion with salts. The fluid extract, or an infusion made by 
pouring boiling water over the leaves and allowing them to 
macerate until the water becomes cold, are added to solu- 
tions of magnesium sulphate. This combination is more 
suitable for cattle or sheep. The syrup or compound 
liquorice powder may be given to dogs as simple purgatives 
in occasional or habitual constipation. 



580 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Class 2. — Drastic Purgatives. 

Oleum Tiglil Croton Oil. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Oleum crotonis, B.P.; liuile de croton, hiiile- 
de graines de tilly, Fr.; crotouol, G. 

A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Croton Tiglium 
Xiinue (nat. ord. Euphorbiacese). 

Habitat. — India, Indian Archipelago, and Philippine 
Islands. Also cultivated. 

Properties. — A pale yellow or brownish-yellovr, somewhat 
viscid, and somewhat fliiorescentliquid, having a slight fatty 
odor, and a mild, oily, afterwards burning and acrid taste 
(great caution is necessary in tasting). Spec. gr. 0.940 ta 
0.960 at 59° P. When fresh it is soluble in about 60 parts 
of alcohol, the solubility increasing by age. It is freelj 
soluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, and in fixed 
and volatile oils. 

Constituents. — 1, crotonol (CisH„,0,), a non-purgative 
body causing irritation of the skin ; 2, tiglinic acid (CsHgOj)^ 
and many volatile acids existing as glycerides and account- 
ing for the odor of croton oil ; 3, free and combined fatty 
acids. The purgative principle is undiscovered. 

Z>ose.— H.,Tllxv.-xxx. (1.-2.); C, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); Sh. & Sw., 
-n^v.-x. (.3-.6); D., 1TLss.-iii. (.03-.18). 

Croton seeds resemble castor seeds in size, but are not 
mottled or shiny. They are 13 Mm. long by 8 Mm. wide ; 
oval in shape*; white within, and possessing a mild, mucila- 
ginous taste at first, but soon becoming hot and sharp. They 
contain from 50 to 60 per cent, of croton oil. 

Action External. — Croton oil is a most powerful irritant^ 
causing pain, redness and swelling of the skin, soon followed 
by vesicles and pustules. Permanent destruction of the hair 
follicles succeeds with loss of hair and cicatrices. When 
applied to the skin, injected into the blood or under the skin, 
it is eliminated to some extent by the bowels, producing 



CROTON OIL 581 

purging; and sometimes by tlie kidneys, creating diuresis, 
irritation of these organs and strangury. 

Action Internal. — Croton oil is also an intense internal 
irritant. It increases tlie vascularity of the stomach and 
bowels and in large doses creates gastro-enteritis. Medicinal 
doses notably augment the intestinal secretions — but not 
that of bile — and to a degree peristalsis. The drug may 
act in half an hour, but usually within a few hours, and pur- 
gation is attended with colicky pain and griping. The 
movements are very fluid and sometimes contain bhwd. 
Croton oil is therefore a drastic hydragogue cathartic. The 
purgative action is probably due in part to direct irritation 
of the intestinal mucous membrane ; in part to absorption 
and elimination of the oil by the bowels. 

Toxicology. — Ten drops of croton oil will kill a dog 
unless vomiting occurs. Thirty drops prove fatal to 
a horse, intravenously. The treatment of poisoning in- 
cludes the use of emetics or stomach tube, demulcents and 
opium. 

Administration. — Croton oil may be placed on the tongue 
of an unconscious animal, in a small quantity of linseed oil, 
olive oil, or lard. The oil can also be given in enema with a 
pint of linseed oil. It may be exhibited to dogs in pill, 
castor oil, or rubbed up with a little butter and smeared 
on the back of the tongue. Croton oil (in a pint of linseed 
oil) is valuable in assisting the action of salts in obstinate 
constipation of cattle. It may be administered to horses 
(TTLx.), when a powerful derivative and purgative action is 
indicated, as in acute inflammation of the brain and cord,^ 
with calomel and aloes in ball. 

Uses External. — Croton oil is ordinarily superseded by 
milder counter-irritants, as turpentine, mustard, or stimulat- 
ing liniments ; but it may be employed so as to secure any 
degree of irritation according to its strength. It is occasion-^ 
ally used for horses in acute diseases of the brain, applied 
around the poll and on the back of the neck ; 1 part 
(20-30TIX), with 30 parts each of oil of turpentine and lin-^ 



582 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

seed oil; in acute disorders of tlie cliest (10-15111 on either 
side) and abdomen (4:01TL), similarly diluted. 

Absorption, purging and revulsant action may be 
secured by the external application of croton oil. Croton 
oil is more often employed in cattle (1-6 or 10, with cod liver 
oil) for its counter-irritant effect when rubbed into the skin, 
as in laryngitis, glandular enlargement, and rheumatic joints. 
It is less likely to cause severe inflammation and blemishing 
than in horses. For swine, croton oil is diluted with 2 
volumes of linseed or cod liver oil. 

Uses Internal. — Croton oil is more suitable as a drastic 
cathartic for cattle, than for horses. It is prescribed in 
obstinate constipation (not of organic origin) when other 
remedies fail. Also in unconscious conditions where its 
small bulk will allow of its exhibition. Again, for its deriva- 
tive and rapid effect in cerebral congestion, parturient 
apoplexy, etc. Croton oil may be given to dogs and pigs in 
similar conditions. The oil is too irritant for horses to 
justify its use save in exceptional cases. 

ScAMMONiUM. Scammony. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Scammonee, Fr.; scammonium, G. 

A resinous exudation from the living root of Convolvu- 
lus Scammonia Linne (nat. ord. Convolvulacese). 

Habitat. — Syria. 

Description. — In irregular, angular pieces or circular 
cakes, greenish-gray or blackish ; internally porous, and 
breaking with an angular fracture ; of a resinous lustre ; 
odor peculiar, somewhat cheese-like; taste slightly acrid; 
powder gray or greenish-gray. When triturated with water, 
scammony yields a greenish emulsion ; ether dissolves at 
least 75 per cent, of it. 

Constituents. — 1, a resin (80-95 per cent.); 2, gum ; 3, 
starch. 

Dose.—D., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Cats, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4); Sw., 3 ii.-iv. 
(8.-15.). ... . . . 



JALAP ' 583 

PREPARATION. 

Resina Scammonii. Resin of Scammony. (U. S. P.) 
ScammonicB Resina. (B. P.) 

Derivation. — Made bj"^ solution in boiling alcohol, and precipitation 
Xvith water. 

Properties. — Yellowish-brown or brownish-yellow masses or frag- 
anents, breaking with a glossy, resinous fracture ; translucent at the 
«dges ; or a yellowish-white or grayish-white powder, having a faint, 
peculiar odor, and a slight, peculiar taste. Soluble in alcohol, ether, and 
oil of turpentine. 

Constituents. — Mainly scammonin (C88Hi56042), identical with 
jalapin , 

Dose. — One-half that of scammony. 

Jalapa. Jalap. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Tuber jalapse, P.G.; jalap, radix jalapse, Fr.; 
galape, jalapenknollen, G. 

The tuberous root of Ipomoea Jalapa Nuttall (nat. ord. 
■donvolvulaceje). 

Habitat. — Mexico. 

Description. — Napiform, pyriform or oblong, varying in 
^ize ; the large roots incised, more or less wrinkled ; dark 
l^rown, with lighter-colored spots, and short transverse 
ridges; hard, compact, internally pale grayish-brown, with 
numerous concentric circles composed of small resin-cells; 
fracture resinous, not fibrous; odor slight, but peculiar, 
smoky and sweetish ; taste sweetish and acrid. Contains 12 
per cent, of resin of jalap obtained by solution of jalap in 
5ilcohol and precipitation with water. 

Constituents. — 1, a hard resin, chiefly the glucoside jala- 
purgin ; 2, a soft resin. 

. Dose.—D., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Cats, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4); Sw., 3 ii.-iv. 
<8.-15.). 

PREPARATION. 

Resina Jalapce, Resin of Jalap. (XT. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol,' 
partial distillation ; precipitation with water ; washing and drying. 

Properties. — Yellowish-brown or brown masses or fragments,, 
■breaking with a resinous, glossy fracture, translucent at the edges, or 



584 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

a yellowish-gi-ay or yellowish-brown powder, having a slight, peculiar- 
odor, and a somewhat acrid taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 
alcohol; insoluble in carbon disulphide, benzol, and fixed and volatile 
oils. Not more than 10 per cent, of it is soluble in ether. 

Constituents. — 1, jalapurgin (CeaHmoOsi), the most active principle;, 
insoluble in ether ; 2, convolvulin or jalapin, identical with scammonin;;. 
3, starch or gum. 

Dose. — One-quarter that of jalap. 

ACTION OF SCAMMONY AND JALAP. 

Scammony aud jalap are powerful liydragogue cathartics, 
in their action on swine, dogs and cats. Horses and cattle 
are but slightly affected by them in ordinary doses. Their 
resins are dissolved by the bile in the duodenum, and a pur- 
gative substance is formed which chiefly stimulates the 
intestinal glands and causes a copious outpouring of 
secretion. 

Both drugs excite peristaltic action and increase the 
vascularity of the intestinal mucous membrane, particularly 
scammony, so that griping may occur. They produce gastro- 
intestinal irritation, with vomiting and purging, in animals 
capable of the act, after large doses. While jalap and 
scammony are active purgatives, they are not always certain, 
and are therefore more frequently employed in combination 
with other cathartics. They are indirectly cholagogue — 
like calomel — in sweeping out bile from the small intestines 
and preventing its reabsorption, and are said to be anthel- 
mintics as well. The active principles of both drugs are 
absorbed, as death has taken place in an infant after exhibi- 
tion of scammony to its nurse, and purging has followed the 
rubbing of jalap into the shaven skin of dogs. 

Uses. — Jalap is in more common use than scammony 
because it is somewhat more of a liydragogue and less prone 
to cause griping. It is particularly indicated in dropsy or 
ascites of dogs, made into pills with from 3 to 5 grains of 
calomel. Jalap may also be given to expel round or thread 
worms; in torpidity of the liver; and in obstinate constipa- 
tion in dogs. The latter is treated more satisfactorily bj- 



GAMBOGE 585 

laaassage, rectal enemata, manual evacuation and repeated 
■^doses of sweet oil. 



Cambogia. Gamboge. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Gutti, P.G.; gummi resiua guttie s. gutti, 
-gutta gamba, cambodia, gutte, gomme-gutti, Fr.; gummi- 
■gutt, gutti, G. 

A gum-resin obtained from Garcinia Hanburii Hooker 
filius (uat. ord. Guttifer?e). 

Habitat. — Siam, Anam, and Camboja. 

Properties. — In cylindrical pieces, sometimes liollow in 
the centre, 2 to 5 Cm. in diameter, longitudinally striate on 
the surface ; fracture flattish, conchoidal, of a waxy lustre, 
-orange-red ; in powder briglit-yellow ; inodorous ; taste very 
acrid ; the powder sternutatory. Gamboge is partially 
soluble in alcohol and ether. When triturated with water it 
yields a yellow emulsion, and forms with solution of potas- 
sium or sodium hydrate an orange-red solution from which, 
on the addition of hydrochloric acid, a yellow resin is 
precipitated. 

Constituents. — 1, gambogic acid, a bright yellow or 
orange-red resin, to the extent of about 75 per cent, of the 
<5rude drug ; it is not so active as the crude drug ; 2, a 
soluble gum, 

Bose.—U., 3ss.-i. (15.-30.); C, 3 i.-i.ss. (3C.-45.) ; Sh. & 
«w., gr.xx.-3i. (1.3-1); D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

Action and Uses. — Gamboge is a drastic, hydragogue 
purgative, and slightl}^ diuretic. Its action is uncertain and 
often violent, with production of griping pains. Large doses 
cause vomiting in carnivora and omnivora, and gastro-enter- 
itis in all animals. 

Gamboge is dissolved by the bile and alkaline iutestinal 
:juices and some of it is absorbed, since it colors the urine 
yellow in its elimination and occasions diuresis. Attempts 
to create catharsis by injection of gamboge into the blood, 
liave proved futile. Gamboge should never be prescribed 



586 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

alone and is rarely used in veterinary medicine. It Las. 
heen recommended in obstinate constipation, indigestion,, 
impaction of the tliird stomach, and cerebral diseases of" 
cattle, combined with salts. The smaller of the foregoing; 
doses are to be employed, as the amount of the active- 
principle is variable. The gum forms an emulsion when the 
drug is triturated with water. 

CoLOCYNTHis. Colocynth. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Colocynthidis pulpa, B.P. ; coloquintida,. 
bitter apple, E ; coloquinte, Fr.; koloquinten, G. 

The fruit of CitruUus Coloeynthis Schrader (nat. ord^ 
Cucurbitacese), deprived of its rind. 

Habitat. — A vine growing in North and South Africa,. 
South and West Asia, and Japan, etc. 

Description. — From 5 to 10 Cm. in diameter ; globular,, 
white or yellowish-white ; light, spongy, readily breaking 
into three wedge-shaped pieces, each containing, near the 
rounded surface, many flat, ovate, brown seeds ; inodorous ;: 
taste intensely bitter. The pulp only should be used ; the 
seeds separated and rejected. 

Constituents. — 1, the chief purgative principle is colocyn- 
thin (CggHg^Oog), 1-2 per cent. An amorphous or crystal- 
line bitter glucoside. Soluble in water and alcohol. There- 
is also (2) an insoluble, resinous body called colocynthitin,. 
or citrullin. 

Dose. — Colocynthin — H., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., gr.^-i^ 
(.015-.06). 

Colocynth— D., gr.ii.-iii. (.12-.18). 

Elaterinum. Elaterin. C^.K^.O^. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Cucumis asininus, cucumis agrestis, wild or- 
squirting cucumber, E.; concombre sauvage (purgatif d'ane)^ 
Pr.; springgurke essels-kiirbis, spritzgurke, G. 

A neutral principle obtained from elaterium, a substance- 



ACTION AND USES OF COLOCYNTH AND ELATERIN 587 

deposited by the juice of the fruit of Ecballium Elaterium 
(Linne) A. Richard (iiat. ord. Cucurbitacese). 

Habitat. — Elaterium grows in North Africa, West Asia 
and Southern Europe. It is also cultivated. 

Derivation. — Elaterium is exhausted with chloroform. 
Ether is added and elaterin is precipitated and is purified by 
redissolving in chloroform and crystallizing. 

Properties. — Minute, white, hexagonal scales, or prisma- 
tic crystals, without odor, and having a slight, acrid, bitter 
taste. Soluble in 4250 parts of water, and in 337 parts of 
alcohol ; also soluble in 543 parts of ether, or in 2.4 parts of 
chloroform. Permanent in the air. 

Dose.—Jy., gr.^V-TJ (•003-.005). 

ACTIONS AND USES OF COLOCYNTH AND ELATERIN. 

The action of colocynth and elaterin is similar in man, 
but the latter is more powerful. Both greatly increase 
secretions and, slightly, the flow of bile; while they stimu- 
late peristalsis in some degree. Large doses cause painful 
griping, gastro-intestinal inflammation, excessive watery 
purging, and collapse. Elaterin frequently fails to purge 
horses and dogs, although death may follow large doses. 
Colocynth acts more certainly in the lower animals and is 
recommended by P. Cagny in dropsy and cerebral disease. 
Neither drug, however, is of any importance in veterinary 
medicine. Colocynth is contained in the compound cathartic 
pill given to dogs in doses of from one to three pills. 

Class 3.— Cholagogue Purgatives. 

Podophyllum. Podophyllum. 

Synonym. — Podophylli rhizoma, B.P.; May apple, man- 
drake root, E., podophylle, Fr.; fussblatwurzel, G. 

The rhizome and roots of Podophyllum pellatum Linne 
(nat. ord. Berberidese). 

Habitat. —'^oviXi America. 



588 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Description. — Of horizontal growth, consisting of joints 
about 5 Mm. thick, but somewhat enlarged at the end, 
which has a circular scar on the upper side, a tuft of about 
10, nearly simple, fragile roots on the lower side, and is 
sometimes branched laterally; smooth or somewhat wrinkled, 
orange-brown, internally white and mealy, with a circle of 
small wood bundles; pith large; nearly inodorous; taste 
sweetish, somewhat bitter and acrid. 

Constituents. — 1, a resin, podophyllin (4-5 per cent.); 2, 
a coloring matter, podophylliuic acid. 

PREPARATION. 

Resina Podophylli. Resin of Podophyllum. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonyjn. — Podophyllin. 

Derivation. — Made by maceration and percolation of podophyllum 
with alcohol; partial evaporation, and precipitation of the resin with 
diluted hydrochloric acid; washing with water, drying. 

Properties. — An amorphous powder, varying in color from grayish- 
white to pale greenish-yellow or yellowish-green ; having a slight, 
peculiar odor, and a peculiar, faintly bitter taste. Permanent in the 
air. Soluble in alcohol and in solutions of potassium and sodium 
hydi'ate. 

Constituents. — Chiefly podophyllotoxin (C23H2409 + 2 H2O), stated 
to be a mixture of a purgative principle, picropodophyllin, and an 
inert body, podophyllinic acid, associated with a coloring matter, podo- 
phylloquercitin, and other resins. 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). 
Pilulcp Podophylli, Belladonnce et Captiici. Pills of Podophyllin, 
Belladonna and Capsicum. (U. S. P.) 
Dose.—B., 1 pill. 

Action. — Podophyllin is essentially a cholagogue cathar- 
tic of slow and uncertain action. Large doses cause 
purging and vomiting in animals, and lethal quantities occa- 
sion gastro-enteritis, colic, super-purgation, with bloody 
faecal evacuations, convulsions and death. It acts in the 
same way whether it is applied externally, injected into the 
blood, or given internally. Podophyllin must therefore 
exert its effect after absorption, and about 10 hours are 
required to produce purgation. The action is exerted 
mainly on the duodenum, which is intensely inflamed and 
even ulcerated in poisoning. Podophyllin directly increases 



NUTGALL 589 

the secretion of bile in small doses, while purgative quau- 
ties hasten its excretion by stimulation of the muscular coat 
of the gall bladder (except in the horse) and small intes- 
tines. It is probable that the intestinal secretions are 
somewhat augmented. The fsecal movements, after medi- 
-cinal doses of podophylliu, are liquid, often stained with bile, 
and may be accompanied by some nausea and griping. 
Since podophyllin is an uncertain purgative, affecting differ- 
ent patients unequally, it should be combined with other 
iigents when a purgative action is desired ; preferably calo- 
mel and aloes. The time required for the action of these 
drugs is nearly the same as that necessary for podophylliD. 
Aloes increases biliary secretion, while calomel is an indirect 
cholagogne in sweeping bile out of the small intestines and 
preventing its reabsorption. 

Administration. — Podophyllin should be given to dogs 
in pills; to horses in ball with calomel and aloes, if purga- 
tion is desired ; or dissolved in liquor potassaB and diluted 
with water. 

Uses. — Podophyllin is particularly indicated as a chola- 
gogne purgative in constipation associated with jaundice and 
hepatic disorders. The result of its action is said to be 
more favorable when the faecal discharges are dark colored, 
whereas calomel is more successful if the evacuations are of 
a light hue. Diarrhoea, with frequent Avatery discharges, 
and vomiting in dogs, due to atonic dyspepsia and a torpid 
liver, may be relieved by podophyllin. 



SECTION XII.— TANNIC ACID AND DRUGS 
CONTAINING IT. 

Galla. Nutgall. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Galls, E.; gallse, P.G.; noix de galle, galle de 
chene, Fr.; gallapfel, G. 

An excresence on Quercus lusitanica Lamarck (nat. ord. 
Oupuliferse), caused by the punctures and deposited ova of 



690 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Cynips Gtillae tinctorise Olivier (class Insecta ; order Hymen- 
optera). 

Habitat. — Levant. 

Description. — Subglobular, 1 or 2 Cm. in diameter, mora 
or less tuberculated above, otherwise smooth, heavy, hard ; 
often with a circular hole near the middle communicating 
with the central cavity ; blackish olive-green or blackish- 
gray ; fracture granular, grayish ; in the centre a cavity con- 
taining either the partly developed insect, or pulverulent- 
remains left by it ; nearly inodorous ; taste strongly astrin- 
gent. Light, spongy, and whitish-colored nutgall should be 
rejected. 

Constituents. — 1, (gallo) tannic acid, 60 per cent.; 2, gallic- 
acid, 2-3 per cent.; 3, sugar; 4, resin. 

PREPARATIONS^ 

Unguentum Gallce. Nutgall Ointment. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Nutgall. 30; benzoinated lard, tO. (U. S. P.) 

Unguentum Gallce Cum Opio. (B. P.) 

AciDUM Tannicum. Tannic Acid. HCi^HgOg. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acidum gallo-tannicum, tanninum, tannin,, 
digallic acid, E.; acid tannique, tannin, Fr.; gerbsaure,. 
tannin, G. 

An organic acid obtained from nutgall. 

Derivation. — Powdered nutgall is exposed to damp air 
for 48 hours. It is then treated with water and ether. The 
water dissolves tannic acid ; the ether removes gallic acid, 
coloring matters and impurities. The mixture is filtered and 
allowed to stand, when the lower aqueous layer yields tannic 
acid on evaporation. 

Properties. — A light yellowish, amorphous powder, 
usually in the form of glistening scales or spongy masses ; 
odorless, or having a faint, characteristic odor, and a strongly 
astringent taste ; gradually turning darker when exposed ta 
air and light. Soluble in about 1 part of water, and in 0.6' 



TANNIC ACID 591 

part of alcohol ; also in 1 part of glycerin, with the interven- 
tion of moderate heat ; freely soluble in diluted alcohol ; 
sparingly in absolute alcohol ; almost insoluble in absolute 
ether, chloroform, benzol or benzin. 

IncompatiUes. — Alkaloids, alkalies, mineral acids, silver, 
ferric, lead and antimony salts, gelatin and emulsions. 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3SS.-3SS. (2.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i.. 
(2.-4.); D., gr.i-xv. (.06-1.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Collodium Stypticum. Styptic Collodion. (U. S. P.) 
Tannic acid, 20; alcohol, 5; ether, 25; collodion, to 100. Made by- 
solution. 

Ungitentum Acidi Tannici. Ointment of Tannic Acid. (U. S. P.) 
Tannic acid, 20; benzoinated lard, 80. 

Glyeeritum Acidi Tannici. Glycerite of Tannic Acid. 
(U. S. &B. P.) 
Tannic acid, 20; glycerin, 80. (U. S. P.) 

Administration. — Tannic acid is given in solution in 
aromatic waters, alcohol, syrup, wine, glycerin, and water; 
also it is exhibited in powder. The drng is used externally 
in powder, ointment, glycerite, and lotion. Suppositories 
containing tannic acid are sometimes introduced into the 
rectum. 

Action External. — Tannic acid coagulates albumin, gela- 
tin, and fibrin. It has little effect upon the unbroken iskin, 
but when applied to a raw surface or mucous membrane, it 
coagulates and dries secretion, and so fills up the mouths of 
glands, making the tissues harder, denser, and drier. Tannic 
acid causes a species of " tanning" compatible with life, by 
occasioning coagulation of the interstitial fluid in the tissues, 
abstraction of moisture, and contraction of the cells of the 
part. It is the most important astringent principle contained 
in vegetable drugs. Tannic acid is, moreover, a local styptic 
or haemostatic in arresting hsemorrhage by contraction of 
the smooth muscles of the vessel walls, by coagulation of the 
blood, and constriction of the tissues surrounding the blood 



592 VEGETABLE DKUGS 

vessels. The production of vascular contraction is denied 
by some experimenters, but this statement is not substan- 
tiated. Tannic acid, although a slight local irritant to raw 
surfaces, exerts a depressing action upon the sensory nerve 
endings, and is essentially a sedative in inflammatory con- 
ditions by causing ischgemia. There are several kinds of 
tannic acid, possessing slightly different chemical and physio- 
logical properties. The official tannic acid — gallotannic 
acid — is contained in nutgall and oak bark, while another 
variety — catechutannic acid — is found in kino, catechu, etc. 

Action Internal. — Tannic acid dries the mouth by closure 
of glandular (mucous) ducts with coagulated secretion, and 
by constriction of the surrounding parts. It lessens the flow 
of mucus and of the digestive juices in the stomach and 
intestines by the same process. The drug therefore inter- 
feres with digestion for this reason, and also because it pre- 
cipitates pepsin ; so that tannic acid should not be given 
after eating. Moreover, the astringent action is arrested in 
the stomach by combination with albuminous and gelatinous 
material. Large doses irritate the alimentary canal and 
may create vomiting and diarrhoea. Tannic acid is converted 
into gallic acid in the bowels and is absorbed and eliminated 
in the urine as gallic and pyrogallic acids. Gallic acid does 
not coagulate albumin or gelatin and has a very feeble 
astringent action, so that tannic acid should always be used 
for a local effect. The remote astringent influence of 
tannic acid (in the form of gallic acid) is slight, but gallic 
acid is preferable when an astringent action on the tissues of 
the body is desirable, since it is less irritating to the mucous 
membrane of the digestive organs. Catechu and kino are 
often chosen in place of tannic acid in the treatment of 
diarrhoea, because they are less soluble (than tannic acid) 
and the contained catechutannic acid comes in contact with 
the intestinal mucous membrane for a longer time. The 
salts of tannic acid (tannates) are not astringent. 

Uses External. — Tannic acid is a valuable astringent in a 
great variety of local inflammatory lesions. In the form of 



GALLIC ACID 593 

the glycerite, tannic acid may be applied advantageously to 
tlie skin in moist eczema, and as a remedy for frost bites. 
It is a useful application for sore and cracked teats. The 
mouth is painted with the glycerite for the cure of ulcerative 
or apthous stomatitis. The same preparation is injected into 
the ear in otoi'rhoea of dog-5, and into the vagina to arrest 
vaginitis and leucorrhoea. Pure tannic acid is an excellent 
agent when dusted upon raw surfaces, ulcers, and sores ; and 
to stop bleeding in slight wounds. An aqueons solution i'^ 
useful in leucorrhoea (2-5 per cent.), in eczema (5-10 per 
cent.), as a high enema in dysentery (1 per cent), and to kill 
ascarides (1-2 per cent.) in the rectum. A one per cent, 
aqueous solution is sometimes utilized as an inhalation in 
subacute laryngitis, tracheitis, and bronchitis. Powdered 
opium and nutgall ointment (1-14), or glycerite of tannin, 
are serviceable in haemorrhoids and rectal fissures, ulcers, 
or prolapse of the rectum. 

Uses Internal. — Tannic acid is exhibited in powder or 
solution to arrest bleeding in the stomach. It is a good 
astringent in diarrhoea and hfemostatic in intestinal haemor- 
rhage, given in ball or pill, and often with opium. Tannic 
acid is an antidote to alkaloids, metallic salts, and tartar 
emetic, forming comparatively insoluble tannates, which 
should be removed if possible by evacuation of the stomach. 

AciDUM Gallicum. Gallic Acid. HC^H^O,, + H„0. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym, — Acide gallique, Fr.; gallnssaure, G. 

An organic acid, usually prepared from tannic acid. 

Derivation. — Made by the exposure of paste of nutgall 
and water to the air for a month, wheu tannic acid under- 
goes hydration (tannic acid) HCi.HgO, + H,0 = 2 HC,H,0^ 
(gallic acid). The liquid is then expressed from the paste 
and the residue is boiled with distilled water and filtered, 
when hot, through animal charcoal. Gallic acid crystallizes 
out from the filtrate. 



594: VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Properties. — White, or pale fawn-colored, silky, inter- 
laced needles or triclinic prisms ; odorless ; having an 
astringent or slightly acidulous taste ; permanent in the air. 
Soluble in 100 parts of water, and in 5 parts of alcohol ; in 
40 parts of ether, and in 12 parts of glycerin. Yery slightly 
soluble in chloroform, benzol, or benzin. 

Incompatibles. — Metallic salts and spirit of nitrous ether. 

Dose.—R. & C, 3 ii-- 3 ss. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. 
(2.-4); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 

Action and Uses. — Since tannic acid is absorbed as gallic 
acid, and since the latter drug is less irritating, it follows 
that gallic acid is preferable when it is proposed to exert au 
astringent effect through the circulation. Gallic acid is a 
feeble local astringent, and therefore tannic acid is always a 
better agent for topical use. The remote astringent action 
of gallic acid is questionable, but successful results are 
alleged to have followed its administration in the treatment 
of haemorrhage from the lungs, uterus and kidneys, and in 
polyuria, albuminuria, bronchorrhoea, leucorrhoea, and 
excessive sweating. 

Ergot has been generally considered superior to gallic 
acid for the purpose of producing general constriction of the 
smaller vessels, and arrest of internal haemorrhage. 

Pyrogallol. Pyrogallol. C«H3 (0H)3. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Pyrogallic acid. 

Derivation. — A triatomic phenol obtained chiefly by the 
dry distillation of gallic acid, H0,H,O, = C^H, (OH), -f CO,. 

Properties. — Light, white, shining laminae, or fine needles; 
odorless, and having a bitter taste ; acquiring a gray or 
darker tint on exposure to the air and light. Soluble in 1.7 
parts of water, and in 1 part of alcohol ; also soluble in 1.2 
parts of ether. 

Action and Uses. — Pyrogallol is an excellent agent for 
the treatment of chronic psoriasis and for ringworm. An 



WHITE OAK 595 

ointment containing an amount of pyrogallol, varying from 
gr.x.- 3 i- to the ounce of lard, is commonly employed. 
Toxic symptoms may follow its extensive application. 



QuERCUS Alba. White Oak. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Quercus cortex, B.P.; cortex quercus, ecorce 
de chene, Fr.; eichenrinde, G. 

The bark of Quercus alba Linne (nat. ord. Cupuliferge). 

Habitat. — North America, in woods. 

Description. — In nearly flat pieces, deprived of the corky 
layer, about 5 Mm. thick ; pale brown ; inner surface with 
short, sharp longitudinal ridges ; tough ; of a coarse, fibrous 
fracture ; a faint, tan-like odor, and a strongly astringent 
taste. As met with in the shops, it is usually in irregularly 
coarse, fibrous powder, which does not tinge the saliva 
yellow. 

Constitvents. — 1, quercitannic acid, 6 to 11 per cent ; 2, a 
bitter principle, quercin ; 3, resin ; 4, a sugar, quercite. 

Dose.—R., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); C, = i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 
3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.x.-xxx. (.6-2.). 

Preparation. — Fluidextractum Quercus (U. S. P.) — H. 
§ss. (15.). D., 11115 (1.). 

Action and Uses. — White oak bark is identical in action 
with tannic acid, but the latter is preferable for internal use. 
Oak bark is a cheap substitute for tannic acid applied 
externally in poultices, infusions, and decoctions, as an 
astringent. It is administered internally in infusion, or 
decoction (1-8), in diarrhoea and dysentery. The infusion 
may be given in gruel and combined with ginger, opium 
and alcohol in the treatment of " scouring " in foals and 
«alves. 

Catechu. Catechu. (B. P.) 

Synonym. — Catechu nigrum, terra japonica, cutch, E.; 
cachou, Fr.; katechu, pegucatechu, G. 



596 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

An extract prepared from the wood of Acacia Catechu. 
(Linne filias) Willdenow (nat. ord. Leguminosse). 

Ilahifat. — India and Africa. 

properties. — In irregular masses, containing fragments of 
leaves, dark brown, brittle, somewhat porous and glossy 
when freshly broken. It is nearly inodorous, and has a 
strongly sweetish and astringent taste. 

Constituents. — 1, catechutannic acid (35-40 per cent.) is 
the active principle ; it is converted into the isomeric inac- 
tive catechuic acid, or catechin (CoiH^oOg + 5 HjO), by 
the saliva and by boiling, a red color being developed. 
There is also (2) catechu-red. 

Incompatihles. — Metallic salts, alkalies, and gelatin. 

Dose.—R., I ss.-i. (15.-30.); C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw.,. 
3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 
Tinctura Catechu. (B. P. ) 
Dose.— a. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Foals, Calves and Sheep, I ss.-i. 
(15.-30); D., 3ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Pulvis Catechu Covipositus. Kino, Rhatany and Catechu. (B. P.) 
Duse. — Same as catechu. 

Tinctura Gambir Composita. Compound Tincture of Gambir. 
(U. S. P.) 

Now replaces the compound tincture of catechu and possesses 
the same action and is given in the same doses as the tincture. 

Administration. — The compound tincture, or an infusion 
(made by pouring boiling water over catechu, digesting for 
an hour, and straining), and the powder, are employed inter- 
nally. The powder is given in flour gruel. The powder, or 
an infusion of any strength may be applied externally. 

Catechu is represented in the B.P. by catechu pallidum, an 
extract of the leaves and young shoots of Uncaria Gambler, 
Eastern Archipelago. It occurs in brown cubes, about an 
inch square, and possesses a bitter, astringent taste. It is 



KINO - 597 

employed in the same doses and for the same purposes as 
catechu. 

Action and Uses. — The action of catechu is exactly like 
that of tannic acid. The latter is preferable for external 
\ise on account of its greater solubility and astringencj^ 
Catechu acts more slowly and persistently in the digestive 
tract, by virtue of its tardy solubility, and is a useful remedj'' 
Iq diarrhoea, particularly in that of a watery or serous 
nature. It is frequently prescribed in this disorder with 
other synergistic agents, as opium, ginger and chalk. Fiiilay 
Dun recommends the following combination : Catechu, pre- 
pared chalk, and ginger, each three ounces ; powdered oj^ium, 
six drachms. Divide into eight balls, for horses; into six 
doses suspended in starch gruel for cattle ; and into eight or 
ten doses (given in gruel) for calves or sheep. The com- 
pound tincture of catechu with laudanum is an equally 
suitable combination for all animals with diarrhoea, given in 
drench. If there is much mucus in the fsecal discharges, 
showing a catarrhal state of the intestinal mucous membrane, 
it is advisable to order oil, salts, or calomel before locking 
up the bowels with an astringent. Catechu has been given 
internally in dysentery, and to stop uterine and other 
hsemorrhages. 

Kino. Kino. (U. S. & B. P.) 

The inspissated juice of Pterocarpus Marsupium Rox- 
burgh (nat. ord. Leguminosse). 

Habitat. — East Indies. Kino, indigenous in the West 
Indies, is occasionally imported here. 

Properties. — Small, angular, dark brownish-red, shining 
pieces ; brittle, in thin layers, ruby-red and transparent ; 
inodorous, very astringent and sweetish, tinging the saliva 
deep red. Soluble in alcohol ; nearly insoluble in ether, and 
only slightly soluble in cold water. 

Constituents. — The most important is (1) kinotannic acid 
(CigHijOg, 75 per cent.), resembling catechu-tannic acid, but 



598 ' VEGETABLE DRUGS 

not identical with it. There are also : 2, kinoin, a crystal- 
line, neutral substance ; 3, pyrocatechin, CgH^ (OH),, ; 4, 
gum ; 5, pectin ; 6, kino-red, formed by oxidation from kino- 
taunic acid. 

IncompatibJes. — Mineral acids, metallic salts, strong 
solutions of alkaloids, alkalies, and gelatin. 

Bose.-B.., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. &Sw., 
3 i.-ii. (4-8.); D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Tinctura Kino. Tincture of Kino. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Prepared by maceration and filtration of kino, 150, with glycerin, 
150 ; water and alcohol to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose. — H. & C, § i.-ii. (30.-60.); Foals, Calves and Sheep, §sS:-i. 
(15.-30.); D., 3ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Palvis Kino Compositus. Compound Powder of Kino. (B. P.) 
(Pulv. cinnamon, 4 grs.; kino, 15 grs.; opium, 1 gr.) 
Dose. — Dog, 1 powder; Foals and Calves, 4 powders. 
Administration. — Kino may be given in ball, powder, infusion 
(1-32), or tincture. 

Action and Uses. — The physiological actions and thera- 
peutics of kino are nearly similar to those of catechu. The 
gum and pectin contained in kino renders its effect milder 
and more soothing to mucous membranes. Aqueous solu- 
tions gelatinize on standing, on account of the gum in them. 
The drug is prescribed chiefly in serous diarrhoea, and also 
is occasionally exhibited in dysentery and internal haemor- 
rhages. 

Krameria. Krameria. 

Synonym. — Kraraerise radix, B.P. ; radix rhatanhise, 
rhatany root, E. ; radix ratanhae, P.G. ; ratanhia, Fr.; 
ratanhawurzel, G. 

The root of Krameria triandra Ruiz et Pavon, and of 
Krameria Ixina Linne (nat. ord. Polygalese). 

Habitat. — Peru and Bolivia. 

Descriplion. — From 1 to 3 Cm. thick, knotty and several 



KRAMERIA 599 

lieaded above, branched below, the branches long ; bark 
smooth or iu thinner pieces ; scaly, deep-rust brown ; 1 to 2 
Mm. thick ; very astringent ; inodorous ; wood pale brown- 
ish-red, tough, with fine medullary rays nearly tasteless. 
The root of Krameria Ixina is less knotty and more slender, 
and has a dark purplish brown bark about 3 Mm. thick. 

Constituents. — The chief principle is (1) kramero-tannic 
acid, Cj^HojO.,!, about 20 per cent. There are also : 2, rha- 
i;anin ; 3, rhatanic-red (CjeHooOu), the coloring matter. 

Iiicompatibles. — Metallic salts, alkalies, gelatin, and lime 
>vater. 

Dose.—R., 5ss.-i. (15.-30.); C, §i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. &Sw., 
3 i.-ii. (4-8.); D., gr.v.-xsx. (.3-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fliddextractum Kramerice. Fluidextract of Krameria, 
(U.S. P.) 
Made by maceration and iDercoIation of krameria with glycerin and 
-diluted alcohol, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 
Dose. — Same as krameria. 

Extractum Kramerice. Extract of Krameria. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by filtration, and evaporation of a cold, aqueous infusion to 

dryness. 

Dose.— H. & C, 3 ii.-iii. (8.-13.); Sh. &Sw., gr.xxx.-xl. (2.-2.6); D., 

gr.v.-x. (.3-. 6). 

Tinctura Kramerice. Tincture of Krameria. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of krameria, 200; with diluted 

alcohol to 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose—'E.. & C , 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) Foals, Calves and Sheep, | ss.-i. 

<15.-30.); D., 3S3.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Action and Uses. — Krameria and its preparations nearly 
resemble catechu and kino in all respects as astringents. 
The fluid extract is a serviceable j)reparation in watery 
diarrhosa, and in arresting haemorrhage from the stomach 
and bowels. An infusion (1-20, B.P.) is an efficient remedy 
ior leucorrhoea when injected into the vagina. The powdered 
■extract is blown into the nostrils, or applied to the rectum 
to stop bleeding iu these parts. 



600 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

H^MATOXYLON. HsematoxyloD. 

Synonym. — Hsematoxyli lignum, B.P ; logwood, E. ;. 
lignum campecliianum, P.G.; lignum coeraleum — bois tie- 
campeclie, bois cVinde, bois de sang, Fr. ; blauliolz, campe- 
clieholz, G. 

The heart wood of Hfematoxylon Campechianum Liune^ 
(nat. ord. Leguminosse). 

Habitat. — Central America ; naturalized in the West 
Indies. 

Description. — Heavy, hard, externally purplish-black,, 
internally brownish-red, and marked with irregular, concen- 
tric circles, splitting irregularly; odor faint, agreeable ; taste- 
sweetish, astringent ; when chewed it colors the saliva dark 
pink. Logwood is generally met with in the form of small 
chips or coarse powder of a dark brownish-red color ; often 
with a greenish lustre. 

Constituents. — The most important is (1) tannic acid. 
There are also : 2, Imematoxyliu, CigHi^Og (12 per cent.), a 
coloring matter, bi;t in nearly colorless crystals when pure. 
It turns red on exposure to light, and solutions are used to- 
stain pathological specimens ; 3, hgemateiii, CigHijOg, formed 
from hsematoxylin by oxidation, and possessing a green,, 
metallic lustre. 

Incompatibles. — Lime water, and tartar emetic, with: 
metallic salts, forms a blue compound. 

PREPARATION. 

Extractum Hcematoxyli. Extract of Heematoxylon. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Made by boiling in water, straining, and evaporating to dryness. 
Dose.— H. & C, 3ss.-iv. (3.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); D.,,. 
gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). 

A non-official fluid extract is often found in commerce. 
Dose. — Three times that of extract. 

Action and Uses. — Hsematoxylon is a mild astringent^, 
coloring the faeces and urine red during its elimination. Th& 
extract is given in diarrhoea of young animals, and may be- 
combined for this purpose with aromatic sulphuric acid^ 



HAMAMELIS 601 

ginger, clialk and opium. It is also employed internally ia 
<lyseutery, atonic indigestion, and in leucorrhoea. The 
<lecoctiou (1-16, B.P.) may be exhibited in Oss.-i. doses to 
the larger animals ; in 3 i.-ii. doses to smaller patients. 

Hamamelidis Folia. Hamamelis Leaves. (U. S. <fe B. P.) 

{Synonym. — Witch-hazel. 

Tlie leaves of Hamamelis virginiana Linne (nat. ord. 
Hamaraelidacese), collected in autumn. 

Description. — Short, petiolate, about 10 Cm. long, 
•obovate or oval, slightly heart-shaped and oblique at the 
base, sinuate-toothed, thickish, nearly smooth; inodorous; 
taste astringent and bitter. 

Constituents. — The most important principle is (1) tannic 
^cid, 8 per cent ; there are also : (2) a bitter substance, and 
•(3) a resin. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextractiim Hamamelidis Foliornm. 
Fluidextract of Hamamelis Leaves. (U. S. P.) 

Extractuiii Havianielidis Liquidum. (B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, glycerin and 
water, and evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude drug. (U.S. P.) 
Dose.—n. &C., 3 i.-ii (30.-60.); D., 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Aqua Hamamelidis. (U. S. P.) 
Takes place of the proprietary extracts and consists of the bark, 
^alcohol and water. Dose, double that of fluidextract. 

Unguentum Hamamelidis. (B. P.) 

Action and Uses. — Hamamelis is apparently physiologi- 
<;ally inert, as shown by experiments on healthy animals. It 
nevertheless possesses considerable medicinal virtue as an 
astringent and styptic. Witch-hazel is a valuable agent 
■applied externally, to stop venous oozing in wounds, and to 
reduce swelling and pain of bruises and sores. The fluid 
■extract may be diluted with 8, or less, parts of water, for 
these purposes; or the B.P. ointment (1-10) maybe employed. 
Hamamelis is useful in diarrhoea and mucous discharges. It 
arrests haemorrhage from the uterus, kidneys, lungs and 
digestive tract ; sometimes in a surprising manner. The 
ifluid extract is a successful hsemostatic in bleeding from the 



602 TEGETABLE DRUGS 

bladder or rectum (piles) wlieu injected (1-8) into thes& 
parts. It lessens soreness and swelling of blind piles — witk 
an equal part of glycerin and a little starch — and the sanifr 
preparation is beneficial in eczema, pruritus, and cutaneous^ 
irritations. The clear, colorless proprietary extracts — now 
the aqua (U.S. P.) takes their place — are often more efficient 
externally and internally (in the same doses) than tha 
official extract. 



SECTION XIII.— VEGETABLE DEMULCENTS. 

Oleum Oliv^. Olive Oil. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Sweet oil, E. ; oleum olivarum, P.G. ; huile^ 
d'olive, Fr.; oilvenol, G. 

A fixed oil expressed from the ripe fruit of Olea Euro~ 
poea Linne (nat. ord. Oleacese). 

Habitat. — Southern Europe and Asia. 

Projjerties. — A pale yellow, or light greenish-yellow^ 
oily liquid, having a slight peculiar odor, and a nutty olea- 
ginous taste, with a faintly acrid after-taste. Spec. gr. 0.915- 
0.918. Very sparingly soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble- 
in ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide. Very frequently 
adulterated with cotton seed, or other seed oils, which prob- 
ably are of equal medicinal value, however. 

Constituents. — 1, olein, C3H5 (Cigll330„)3, 72 per cent,, a 
fluid oil, a combination of oleic acid (HCuHaaOo) and glyceryl ; 
2, palmitin, C3H5 (Ciell3i02)3, about 28 per cent., a combina- 
tion of palmitic acid (HCigHjO.) and glyceryl ; and (3) 
cholesterin (Co6H440)- 

Z>o.se.— Laxative— H. & C, Oi.-ii. (500.-1000.); D., 3 ii.-iv^ 
(60.-120.). 

Oleum Gossypii Seminis. Cotton Seed Oil. (U. S. P.) 

A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Gossypium her- 
baceum Linne and of other species of Gossypium (nat. ord,. 
Malvaceae), and subsequently purified. 



SOAP 603 

Eahitat.—S. United States and other semi-tropical 
countries ; cultivated. 

Properties. — A pale yellow, oily liquid, without odor, and 
having a bland, nut-like taste. Spec. gr. 0.920 0.950. Very 
sparingly soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether, 
chloroform, or carbon disulphide. 

Constituents. — 1, olein ; 2, palmitin ; 3, coloring matter. 

Dose. — Same as that of olive oil. 

Action and Uses. — Olive oil is in common use as an 
emollient in burns and skin irritation. It assists in the per- 
formance of massage for sprains and bruises. Cotton seed 
oil has superseded it in liniments, as a matter of economy. 
Administered internally, sweet oil (with an equal part of 
castor oil) is a iiseful laxative for dogs. Linseed oil is more 
frequently given to the larger animals. An enema of ^ pint, 
or more, of olivt, oil is serviceable in softening hard isec;\\ 
masses in dogs, and should be followed by the use of warm 
soap suds. 

Sweet oil is a food, but is rarely used as such. Like 
other bland oils, it improves the nutrition of the bronchial 
mucous membrane in subacute or chronic bronchitis, and is 
of considerable benefit in these disorders, but inferior to cod 
liver oil or linseed oil. Olive oil is an efficient demulcent in 
inflamed conditions of the alimentary tract, and in poisoning 
by irritants. Large quantities form soap-like masses, — with 
the alkaline intestinal juices, — which have been mistaken 
for gall stones. Cotton seed oil is of equal therapeutic 
value with sweet oil. 

Sapo. Soap. 

Si/nonym. — Sapo duras, B.P.; hard soap, white castile 
soap, E ; savou, Fr.; seife, G. 

Derivation. — Soap is made by boiling olive oil with a 
solution of caustic soda, C3H5(CigH330.,)3 (olein) + 3 NaOH = 
3 NaCigHjjOj (sodium oleate or soap) + C3H5(OH)3 (glycerin). 

Properties. — A white, or whitish solid, hard, yet easily 
cut when fresh ; having a faint, peculiar odor free from 



604 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

rancidity; a disagreeable alkaline taste, and an alkaline 
reaction. Soluble in water and in alcohol; more readily 
with the aid of heat. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Linimentum Saponis. Soap Liniment. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym. — Opodeldoc. Lin. sapo. camph. 

Soap, 60; camphor, 45; oil of rosemary. 10; alcohol, 725; water to 
make 1000. Made by solution, agtatioii and filtration. (U. S. P.) 

Emplastrum Saponis. Soap Plaster. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Soap, 100; lead plaster, 900; made by solution in water and evapor- 
ation. 

Sapo Mollis. Soft Soap. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Potassium oleate, sapo viridis, green soap. 

A soap prepared from potassa and a fixed oil. 

Derivation. — Heat linseed oil, 400, to 140° F. Dissolve 
potassa, 90, in water, 450; add alcohol, 40; and stir the 
mixture into the oil at the same temperature until it is 
soluble in boiling water without the separation of oily drops. 

Properties. — A soft, unctuous mass, of a yellowish-brown 
or brownish-yellow color. Soluble in about 5 parts of hot 
water ; also in 2 parts of alcohol without leaving more than 
3 per cent, of insoluble residue. 

PREPARATION. 

Linimentum Saponis Mollis. Liniment of Soft Soap. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Tinctura saponis viridis. 

Soft soap, 650; oil of lavender flowers, 20; alcohol, 300; water to 
make 1000. Made by solution and filtration, 

Castile soap is the best example of a pure soap. Mot- 
tled castile soap contains iron as the coloring matter. The 
household "soft soap " is not sapo mollis, but is made of all 
kinds of rancid fats and is generally unfit for medicinal use. 
Yellow laundry soap owes its color to resin. Super- fatted 
soaps are of neutral reaction and unirritating. They are 
used as a basis for medicinal soaps containing tar, carbolic 
acid, etc. ' 



SOAP C05 

Action and Uses. — Most soaps are alkaline. Soap is a 
"detergent or cleansing agent. The lather mechanically 
removes dirt, while the alkalinity assists in the removal of 
greas^e, dead epidermis, and sebaceous matter from the skin. 
The caustic alkali contained in soap relieves itching and is 
stimulating to the skin ; so much so, that cheap soaps are 
harmful in normal conditions of the integument. 

Liniment of soft soap is frequently employed in chronic 
eczema and psoriasis, to remove scales and crusts ; to stimu- 
late the parts ; and to quiet itching. It should be rubbed 
smartly into the skin, washed off, and followed by the appli- 
cation of a suitable ointment. Gauze saturated with soap 
suds (soai) suds poultice) is an excellent agency to cause the 
exfoliation of the epidermis in patches of old scaly eczema 
and psoriasis, when applied for several hours. Soft soap, oil 
of cade, and alcohol, equal parts, are recommended as a 
useful preparation for the treatment of chronic eczema and 
pruritus. The application of soap and water is a necessary 
preliminary to the employment of a vesicating ointment, or 
parasiticide, since it cleanses the skin, and, by removing 
epidermis, exposes the burrows of acari in mange and scab. 
Soap liniment is a favorite remedy for sprains and bruises. 
If a more stimulating action is desirable, it is advisable to 
combine oil of turpentine or water of ammonia with it. If 
an anodyne effect is indicated, tincture of aconite or opium 
are added. 

Chafing of the skin produced by harness, should be 
ireated by washing the skin with soap and water, and then 
l)y dusting with zinc oxide and starch, equal parts. Sapo 
inollis, together with an equal amount of flour of mustard,- 
forms a most satisfactory cleansing and disinfectant mixture 
ior the hands of the operating surgeon when employed in 
the same manner as ordinary soap. Soap may also be 
Used as a lubricating agent for the hands or instru- 
ments in making examinations. Soap is a useful excipient 
for balls, pills, and plasters, and it is a constituent of lini- 
ments. 



606 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Soap is employed botli as a qualitative and quantitive 
test for hard water. This contains salts of the alkaline 
earth metals, as sulphates and carbonates of magnesium and 
calcium. Soap is decomposed by these salts, and insoluble 
soaps, i.e., calcium and magnesium stearate, are precipitated. 
The free alkali of the soap is then converted into insoluble 
sulphates and carbonates. These reactions produce a milky 
precipitate when a solution of soap is added to hard 
water. 

Internally soap is an antacid and somewhat irritating,, 
and may occasion vomiting aud stimulation of intestinal 
peristalsis. These actions are taken advantage of in emergen- 
cies, when it may be given to dogs as an emetic, or to all 
animals in poisoning by acids. A piece of soap, when 
shaped by the hands into a conical form, dipped an instant 
into water, and introduced into the rectum, is one of the 
best agents for moving the bowels in the case of puppies and 
all young animals. Enemata of soap suds are in every day 
use. A mixture of sapo mollis, molasses, and water, in vary- 
ing proportions, is a more efficient preparation. Oil of 
turpentine may be added in flatulence. 

Glycerinum. Glycerin. C3H3 (0H)3. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Glycerine, E. ; glycerine, Er. ; glycerin^ 
celsiiss, G.; glycerinum, P.G. 

Derivation. — A liquid obtained by the decomposition of 
vegetable or animal fats or fixed oils, and containing not less 
than 95 per cent, of absolute glycerin. It occurs as a bye- 
product in the manufacture of soap, but is made chiefly from 
palm oil by the action of superheated steam at a tempera- 
ture of about 600° F. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, of a thick, syrupy 
consistence, oily to the touch, odorless, very sweet and 
slightly warm to the taste. Sj)ec. gr. not less than 1.250. 
Soluble in all proportions in water or alcohol ; also soluble 
in a mixture of 3 parts of alcohol and 1 part of ether, but 



GLYCERIN 607 

insoluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, benzin, 
benzol, and fixed and volatile oils. Reaction neutral. Glyc- 
erin is a solvent for alkaloids, digestive ferments, fixed 
alkalies, bromine, iodine, tannin, extracts, salicin, borax, 
boric acid, carbolic acid, etc. 

Dose.—U. & a, 3i. (30.); D., 3ss.-i. (2.-4). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Glyceritum Amyli. Glycerite of Starch. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Starch, 10; water, 10; glycerin, 80. Made by solution with heat. 

There are also official glyc3rite"5 of phenol, of tannic acid (1-4), of 
boroglycerin (31 per cent.), of hydrastis, and of phosphates of iron, 
quinine and strychnine. 

Suppositoria Glycerini. Suppositories of Glycerin. (U. S. P.) 
Glycerin, 30 gni. ; monohydrated sodium carbonate, 0.5 gm.; stearic 
acid, 2.0 gni. Made by solution with heat and moulded into ten sup- 
positories containing 3 gm. each. 

Action External. — Glycerin is hydroscopic, emollient, 
sometimes parasiticidal, and antiseptic. It does not evaporate 
or become rancid. The chief medicinal value of glycerin 
depends upon its affinity for water, so that (in solution) it 
keeps moist the surface to which it is applied. Pure 
glycerin is, however, slightly irritant to the skin and mny 
cause some inflammation of raw surfaces and mucous mem- 
branes on account of withdrawal of water from the tissues. 
It should therefore be diluted with water for most thera- 
peutic purposes. 

Action Interned — Glycerin is absorbed but is only 
slightly oxidized in the body, and is of little value as a 
nutritive. It may give rise to a substance in the urine which 
reduces cupric oxide and renders the sugar test positive. It 
is somewhat antiseptic in the digestive tract, and appears 
to inhibit the formation of glycogen in the liver in some 
cases of glycosuria. Large doses are slightly purgative. 
Enormous quantities cause poisoning in animals, with 
the production of hsemoglobinuria, muscular weakness,' 
dryness of the mucous membranes, collapse, and death.- 



(308 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Large amounts injected into tlie blood have occasioned 
convulsions. 

Uses External. — These are manifold. It is largely 
•employed in lotions, ointments, and as a vehicle for the 
substances of which it is a solvent. Glycerite of starch is a 
successful remedy for rough, dry skin, and scaly eczema. 
Glycerite of carbolic acid is an appropriate application for 
fetid sores and ulcers, and, diluted with an equal part of 
glycerin, will destroy the acari of mange and scab. It should 
be used with caution to prevent poisoning. Glycerite of 
"boroglycerin is an excellent preparation for the treatment of 
apthous stomatitis and thrush. In dryness of the meatus, 
and in canker of the ear (otorrhoea) in dogs, a mixture of 
tincture of iodine, 1 part, and glycerin, 4 parts, is recom- 
mended. Scratches and cracked heels of horses, fissured 
and excoriated surfaces, and erythema, are successfully 
treated with the following prescription : 

Tine. Opii § i. 

Liq. Plumbi Subacetat § iv. 

Glycerini § ii. 

Aquse ad. 3 viii. 

M. 

S. Apply externally. 

Uses Internal. — Glycerin is employed as an exeipient for 
balls and pills, and as a vehicle for nauseous and irritating 
drugs. It is not a valuable remedy for internal use, but is 
sometimes given with the food to prevent intestinal fermen- 
tation and relieve flatulence. It may prove curative in cases 
of glycosuria ; and in trichinosis when given by the mouth, 
and in high rectal injections after active purgation. Glycerin 
is a useful addition to cough mixtures in moistening and 
soothing the throat, aud in not interfering with digestion. 
When injected into the rectum in quantities of 3 iv.-vi. for 
horses, or 3 ss.-i for dogs, it often causes prompt evacuation 
of the lower bowel. The suppositories may be employed in 
•canine practice. 



GLYCYKRHIZA 609- 

Glycyrrhiza. Glycyrrhiza. 

Synonym. — Glycyrrhizae radix, B.P.; liquorice or licorice 
root, E.; ref:;1isse, bois de reglisse, boix donx, racine douce, 
Fr.; spanisclies siissliolz, spanische siissholz-wurzel, G. 

The root of Glycyrrhiza glabi'a Linne and of the variety 
glaudulifera (Waldstein et Kittaibel) Kegel et Herder (iiat. 
ord. Legumiiiospe). 

ffahitat. — S. Europe and W. Asia; cultivated. 

Description. — In long, cylindrical pieces, from 5 to '25^ 
Mm. thick; longitudinally wrinkled, externally grayish- 
brown, warty; internally tawny-yellow; pliable, tough; 
fracture coarsely fibrous; bark rather thick; wood porous 
but densp, in narrow wedges ; medullary rays linear ; taste 
sweet, somewhat acrid. The drug derived from the variety 
glandulifera (so-called Russian liquorice) consists usually of 
roots or root-branches 1 to 4 Cm. thick, 15 to 30 Cm. long,, 
frequently deprived of the corky layer, the wood rather soft, 
and usually more or less cleft. 

Constituents. — 1, a yellow, sweet, amorphous glucoside^ 
glycyrrhizin (C„,H,,Og), about 6 per cent.; 2, glycyramin ; 3, 
asparagin, about 3 per cent.; 4, an acrid resin; 5, starch; 6, 
glucose. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextractum GJycijrr-hizce. Fluidextract of Glycyrrhiza. 
(U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with water of ammonia, 
alcohol and water, and evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of the crude 
drug. Dose of the root or fluidextract is unimportant. 

Extractnm Olycyrrhizce Liquidum. (B. P.) 
Dose unimportant. 

Pidvis QlycyrrhizcB Compositus. (U. S. P.) (See p. 579.) 

Action and Uses. — Liquorice is demulcent and slightly 
laxative. The powdered root is employed as an excipient 
in making electuaries, since it is soothing to the throat. It. 
is also used as an excipient in the preparation of balls, and 
more or less successfully conceals, in the form of the fluid 



610 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

extract, the taste of aloes, cascara sagrada, ammonium clilo- 
ride, turpentine, hyoscyamus and quinine sulphate. 



LiNUM. Linseed. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Flaxseed, E.; semence de lin, Fr.; leinsa- 
men, flachssamen, G.; semen lini, P.G. 

The seed of Linum usitatissimum Linne (nat. ord. 
Linese). 

Ilahifaf. — Most temperate climates. 

Dcscripflon. — About- 4 or 5 Mm. long, oblong-ovate, 
ilatleiH'd, obliquely pointed at one end; brown, glossy, 
covered with a transparent, mucilaginous opitheiium, which 
swells considerably in water ; the embryo whitish or pale 
greenish, with two large oily, planoconvex cotyledons and a 
thin perisperm; inodorous; taste mucilaginous, oily and 
bitter. 

Constituents. — 1, linseed oil, 30 to 35 per cent, in the 
nucleus ; 2, gum, 15 per cent, in the epidermis ; 3, proteids, 
25 per cent.; 4, a trace of amygdalin. 

Action and Uses. — Linseed is a food. Oil cake or linseed 
cake from which the oil has been expressed, is exceedingly 
rich in protein (25-30 per cent.), and is also richer in fat (10 
per cent.) than most foods. Cottonseed meal, which contains 
considerably more protein and fat, is more frequently em- 
ployed in the United States. Gruel made from crushed 
linseed meal cake, or linseed meal, is useful as a restorative 
in all animals recovering from acute and debilitating dis- 
eases. The cake (1 lb.), or a pint of cottonseed meal per 
diem, is a good addition to the ordinary fodder for horses 
suffering from malnutrition, with rough staring coats and 
dry skin, and for those affected with " broken wind." Gruel 
of linseed meal or cake is also serviceable for calves or 
lambs when reared on skimmed milk or other poor food. 
Linseed tea, made by steeping 1 part of whole linseed in 20 
parts, by weight, of boiling water, for 1-4 hours, followed by 
straining, is a valuable demulcent preparation in pharyngitis, ■ 



ACACIA 611 

l)roiichitis, gastro-enteritis, and is possibly useful in acute 
■cystitis and nephritis. It may be given in any amount 
wliicli an animal will take voluntarily. The mucilage con- 
tained in linseed tea cannot be carried through the blood 
and eliminated by the kidneys, so that it must act by virtue 
of the water contained in it and perhaps by some intrinsic 
diuretic property. 

The addition of a few drachms of gum arable to the 
quart of linseed tea will improve the demulcent action. 
Xiinseed, linseed meal or farina lini is the best substance to 
use in the preparation of poultices. It should be mixed 
with an equal quantity of bran, when the poultice is applied 
directly to the part. If the poultice is enclosed in a bag, 
the outside should be oiled to prevent its sticking to the skin. 
Linseed meal, mixed with an equal amount of molasses, 
forms a common excipient for ball masses. Linseed tea, 
made thicker than usual, is a good local application in irri- 
tation of the rectum, or vagina. 

Acacia. Acacia. 

Synonym. — Acacire gummi, B.P.; gum arable, E.; gomme 
arabique, Fr.; arabisches gummi, G. 

A gummy exudation from Acacia Senegal Willdenow 
(nat. ord. Leguminos?e). 

Habitat—^., E., and W. Africa. 

Properties. — In roundish tears of various sizes, or broken 
into angular fragments with a glass-like, sometimes irides- 
cent fracture ; opaque from niimerous fissures, but trans- 
parent and nearly colorless in thin pieces ; nearly inodorous; 
taste insipid, mucilaginous ; insoluble in alcohol, but soluble 
in 2 parts of water, forming a thick, mucilaginous liquid. 

Constituents. — Arabin or arable acid {Q^J3.„„0^X i^i com- 
bination with about 3 per cent, of magnesium, potassium and 
calcium. 

Incompatibles. — Alcohol, ferric salts, lead subacetate, 
borax, and sulphuric acid. 



G12 



VEGETABLE DRUGS 



Preparaiions. — Mucilago acacife, IT. S. & B. P. (34 per 
cent., U. S.), and syrupus acacise, U. S. P. (25 per cent.) 

Dose. — Ad lib. 

Action and Uses. — Gum arable is but slightly nutritious. 
It is a useful demulcent in covering and protecting inflamed 
mucous membranes of the upper respiratory and digestive 
tracts. It may be given freely iu water, but large quantities 
may undergo fermentation and cause indigestion and diar- 
rhoea. A 10 per cent, aqueous solution is sometimes injected 
into the bladder, vagina or rectum in iuflammation of these 
parts. Acacia is chiefly of value in medicine for the prepara- 
tion of mixtures, emulsions, pills, balls and electuaries. 
About 3 iii- of mucilago acacise are recjuired to sus[)end 3 i. 
of oil or resinous tincture. Acacia is sometimes prescribed 
in genito-urinary irritation. Animals will voluntarily drink 
aqueous solutions. 



Tragacantha. Tragacanth. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Gomme adragante, Fr. 

A gummy exudation from Astragalus gummifer Labil- 
lardiere, and from other species of Astragalus (nat. ord» 
Leguminosse). 

Habitat. — Asia Minor. 

Properties. — In narrow or broad bands, more or less 
curved or contorted, marked by parallel lines or ridges;: 
white or faintly yellowish, translucent, horn-like, tough, and 
rendered more easily pulverizable by a heat of 122° F. 
Very sparingly soluble in water, but swells into a gelatinous- 
mass which is tinged blue with iodine. 

Constituents. — 1, arabin, 53.3 per cent., not identical with 
arabin of acacia, however ; 2, bassorin (CgHjoOs), 33.1 per 
cent., a gum, swells up with water but does not dissolve ; 3,. 
starch ; 4, ash. 

PREPARATION. 

Mucilago Tragacanthoe. Mucilage of Tragacanth. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Tragacanth, 6; glycerin, 18; water to make 100. (U. S.) 
Dose.— Ad. lib. 



ALTERA 613 

Action and Uses. — Tragacautli is a demulcent, but is 
chiefly used iu the preparation of mixtures and emulsions to 
suspend oils, resins and insoluble powders. 

Alth.ea. Althaea. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Marslimallow root, E.; racine de guimauve, 
Fr. ; altlieewurzel, eibiscliwurzel, G.; radix altbseae, P.G. 

The root of Altlifea officinalis Linne (nat. ord. Malvaceae). 

Habitat. — N. and W. Asia and Europe. Cultivated in 
Europe, and naturalized iu E. United States and Australia, 
growing in salt marshes. 

Constituents. — 1, basscrin, 35 per cent.; 2, pectin, 10 per 
cent.; 3, asparagin, 1 per cent.; 4, sugar. 

Action and Uses. — Althaea is occasionally employed as a 
demulcent in irritable conditions of the digestive canal, and 
as a vehicle in the form of syrup. 

Sacchaeum. Sugar. CioHooOji- (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Saccharum purificatum, B.P.; 'refined sugar, 
cane sugar, E.; sucre, sucre de canne, Er.; zucker, rohrzuc- 
ker, G. 

The refined sugar obtained from Saccharum officinarum 
Linne, and from various species or varieties of sorghum (nat. 
ord. Gramineae) ; also from one or more varieties of Beta 
vulgaris Linne (nat. ord. Chenopodiaceae). 

Habitat. — Indigenous in S. Asia, but cultivated in many 
tropical and sub-tropical countries. 

Properties. — White, hard, dry, distinctly crystalline 
granules, odorless, and having a purely sweet taste. Per- 
manent in the air. Soluble in 0.5 part of water ; in 0.2 part 



614 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

of boiling water, and in 175 parts of alcohol. Insoluble in 
ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide. 

PREPARATION. 

Syrupus. Syrup. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Simple syrup, E. ; sirop de sucre, Fr.; weisser syrup, G.; 
syrupus simplex, P.G. 

Made by solution of sugar, 850; with heat in distilled water, strain- 
ing, and addition of distilled water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Molasses. (Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Theriaca, B.P. ; saccliari faex, syrupus fus- 
cus, treacle, E.; melasse, Fr.; melasse, G. 

The brown, uncrystallizable syrup that drains away 
from the crystals of raw sugar iu the refining process. 

Action and Uses. — Sugar, syrnp and molasses are demul- 
cents, and are sometimes employed in medicated syrup or 
electuary, for their soothing action on the throat in catarrh 
of the upper air passages. They are liable to ferment in the 
alimentary canal if given continuously, with the production 
of acidity and indigestion, so that they are not suitable for 
general use as demulcents. Sugar, syrup and molasses are 
mainly useful as vehicles, corrigents, preservatives, and 
excipients in pharmacy. Sugar is utilized as a constituent 
of powders, and syrup and molasses are excipients in the 
preparation of balls and electuaries. Sugar increases the 
solubility of calcium salts (see Syrupus Calcis, p. 156) and 
]n-otects ferrous compounds from oxidation (see Ferri Carb. 
Sacch., p. 194). 

Sugar is an antis^.ptic, and, in syrup, prevents the fer- 
nientation of active medicinal substances. Brown sugar and 
molasses are laxative, in large doses, and are prescribed in 
veterinary practice, with ginger, to aid the action of salts on 
-cattle (Oss.-i.) and sheep ( ^ ii.-vi.). (See Epsom salts, p. 163.) 



A8PIDIUM gl5 

SECTION XIY.— VEGETABLE DEUGS KILLING 
PAEASITES. 

Class 1. — Used to Destroy Tape-Worms. 

AspiDiUM. Aspidium. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Filix mas, B.P.; radix filicis maris, male 
lEern, male shield fern, E.; rhizome (racine) de fougere male, 
IFr. ; wurmfarnwurzel, waldfarnwurzel, jolianniswurzel, G. ; 
•rhizoma filicis, P.G. 

The rhizome of Dryopteris Felix-mas Schott, and of 
-Dryopteris Marginalis Asa Gray (nat. ord. Eilices). 

Habitat. — D. filix-mas, Europe ; D. marginalis, U. S. 

Description. — From 5 to 15 Cm. long, 10 to 25 Mm. in 
thickness, and, together with the closely imbricated, dark- 
brown, roundish, and slightly curved stipe-remnants, 50 to 
75 Mm. in diameter ; densely curved, with brown, glossy, 
transparent and soft, chaffy scales ; internally pale-green ; 
rather spongy ; vascular bundles about ten (Dryopteris filix- 
mas) or six (Dryopteris marginalis) in number, arranged in 
an interrupted circle ; odor slight, but disagreeable ; taste 
sweetish, acrid, somewhat bitter, astringent and nauseous. 

Constituents. — The active principle is (1) filicic acid 
^CjjHjjOig), a white, amorphous crystalline substance ; there 
are also : 2, a fixed oil, 6 per cent.; 3, resin, 4 per cent. ; 4, 
filicin (CjsH^oOij), a crystalline principle soluble in chloroform, 
benzol, fixed and volatile oils ; 5, filix-red, a coloring matter ; 
6, a small quantity of a volatile oil. 

Bose.—B.. & C, 5 v.-vi. (150.-180.); Sh., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.) ; 
Xambs, 3 i--ii. (4.-8.); D. & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.). 

PREPARATION. 

Oleoresina Aspidii. Oleoresin of Aspidium. (U. o'. P.) 

Made by percolation with ether, distillation and evaporation of the 
■«ther. 

Dose (also of the extractmn filicis liquidum, B. P.) — H. & C, 
Z iii.-vi .(12.-24.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D. & C, ttixv.- 3 i. (1.-4.) 



616 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Action and Uses. — Aspidium is chiefly of value in veter- 
inary medicine as a tseniacide or agent destroying tape-worms, 
particularly those inhabiting dogs. Large quantities of the 
drug cause hseniorrhagic gastro-enteritis, tremors, weakness, 
stupor, coma, acute nephritis and cystitis. Six drachms of' 
the oleovesin have proved fatal in man and sheep ; five 
drachms in a medium-sized dog ; and three ounces in the 
case of a cow. Aspidium must never be given with oil, 
which aids its absorption. Dogs should be fasted 24 hours 
or fed on a little milk ; then the oleoresin should be admin- 
istered, and the dose repeated in 3 hours. After the expira- 
tion of 12 hours from the administration of the first dose, a. 
purgative quantity of castor oil is to be exhibited. Aa 
injection of salt and water assists the expulsion of segments 
of taenia from the rectum. If the head of the taenia is not. 
expelled the treatment may be repeated in three days or a 
week. The oleoresin may be flavored with a few drops of 
oil of peppermint, and is often combined with a small dose 
of areca nut (gr.i. to the lb. live weight) iu emulsion with 
mucilage of tragacanth, or with fluid extract of kousso, 3 i- 
to 3 ii- The oleoresin may also be exhibited in pills or 
capsules. It is on the whole the best agent against the tape- 
worms of dogs, including Taenia serrata, T. marginata, T^ 
coenurus and T. echinococcus. 

Areca. (Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Areca-nut, betal-nut, E. ; noix d'areque, Fr.*-. 
areca-nuss, G. 

The seed of Areca Catechu (nat. ord. Palmaceae). 

Habitat . — India, Coromandel and Malabar coasts : also<. 
in warm parts of Asia. 

Description. — The seeds resemble nutmeg in size, shape-- 
and color. They yield a brown powder, partially soluble in 
•water and alcohol. The taste is astringent. 

Constituents. — 1, the active principle is the liquid alka- 
loid, arecoline (CtjHijNOJ; arecoline hydrobromate is the- 



KAMALA 617 

■commercial salt, occurring in wliite crystals, soluble in 
■alcohol and water; close — H. & C, gr.|-l (.02.06), subcut. ; 
'2, an inert alkaloitl ; 3, red tannic acid ; 4, an oil. 

Djse. — Areca nut — H., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Lamb, 3 i. (4.) ; 
D., gr.ii. for each lb. of live weight, or gr.xv.-3i'. (1.-8.) ; 
-Fowl (against A. gibbosa), gr.x. (.6) in pill. 

Action and Uses. — Areca nut is an anthelmintic more 
commonly classed as a taeniacide, but capable of killing 
round-worms satisfactorily. It acts more successfully as a 
A'ermicide in dogs than in the case of the larger animals. 
Areca nnt is an astringent in small doses, but large amounts 
induce catharsis. When the drug is nsed as an anthelmintic 
the animal should be deprived of food for 24 hours previous 
to its administration. The powder is given to dogs in milk, 
frequently with oleoresin of male fern in small quantity. If 
purgation does not follow the use of areca nut within a short 
time, a dose of castor oil is indicated. The fluid extract is a 
more convenient preparation. 

Arecoline hydrobromate (CgHigNO, H Bj-) has been 
recently employed subcutaneously — H., gr.|^-i. (.02-.06) ; D., 
S^'-eV'iV (-001-. 005) — as a rapidly-acting cathartic, exciting 
peristalsis, in colic and indigestion of horses, and in gastritis 
{ "Fardel bound") of ruminants. Experiments have been made 
by Muiv* with arecoline to prove its efficacy as a rapidly 
acting cathartic. He fiuds that while the drug produces 
salivation, it does not markedly increase intestin.d secretion, 
l)ut acts chiefly by stiuiulathig peristalsis; that it fre- 
quently causes severe colic and nausea; tliat theie is also 
incontinence of ui'iiie ; that the pulse becoujes slower and 
softer, and that sweating and reduction of temperature 
■occur during its action; that arecoline hydrobromate may 
he safely given in the dose of ^ grain (0.02) intravenously 
or subcutaneously, and repeated in an hour if necessar3\ 
Finally, arecoline is less desirable than eserine on account 
of the distressing symptoms accompanying its purgative 



* Journal of Conip. Med. and Vet. Archives, Jan. and Feb., 1899. ^ 



618 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

action, and is still less so than barium chloride, which 
causes no unpleasant effects at all in most cases and appeara. 
to be the most satisfactory of the rapidly acting cathartic* 
which may be given under the skin. In 1 per cent, solutiou 
the alkaloid is used in the eye as a myotic. 

Kamala. Kamala. (Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Rottlera. 

The glands and hairs from the capsules of Mallotus^ 
philippiueusis (Lamarck) Mueller Arg. (nat. ord. Euphor- 
biacese). 

Habitat. — India, Chiua and the Philippine Islands. 

Properties. — A granular, mobile, brick-red or brownish-^ 
red powder, inodorous and nearly tasteless ; imparting a 
deep red color to alkaline liquids, alcohol, ether or chloro- 
form, and a pale yellow tinge to boiling water. Under the 
microscope it is seen to consist of stellately arranged, color- 
less hairs, mixed with depressed-globular glands, containing 
numerous red, club-shaped vesicles. 

Constituents. — The chief principle is (1) rottlerirt 
(Co.Ho^O,;), occurring in yellow acicular crystals, soluble in hot 
alcohol, ether, benzol, and carbon disulphide. There ar& 
also (2) resins, 80 per cent. 

Dose.—D., 3ss.-ii. (2.-8.); H. k C, 3 i. (30.). 

Action and Uses. — Kamala is an anthelmintic. It is. 
employed more frequently as a tseniacide, but will also kill 
ascarides and osyurides. Large doses may give rise to. 
nausea and vomiting in dogs and cats. Kamala is also a< 
purgative, so that it is rarely necessary to employ one after 
its administration. It should be given in syrup to the fast- 
ing animal, and repeated in eight hours if the first dose i» 
not operative by that time. 



Kousso 619 

Cusso. Kousso. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Brayera, kooso, kusso, E.; cousso, kousso, 
!Pr.; kosso, cusso, kusso, G.; flores kosso, P.G. 

The female inflorescence of Hageuia abyssinica (Bruce) 
Gmelin (nat. ord. Rodaceae). 

Habitat. — Abyssinia. 

Dzscription. — In bundles, rolls, or compressed clusters 
consisting of pannicles about 25 Cm. long, with a sheathing 
bract at the base of each branch ; the two roundish bracts 
at the base of each flower, and the four or five obovate, outer 
sepals are of a reddish color, membranous and veiny ; calyx 
top-shaped, hairy, enclosing two carpels or nutlets; odor 
slight, fragrant and tea-like ; taste bitter, acrid and nauseous. 

Constituents. — 1, the active principle is kosin or koussin, 
a yellow, tasteless, crystalline glucoside, soluble iu alcohol, 
chloroform, benzol and ether, but insoluble in water ; dose — 
dogs, gr.x.-xl. (.6-2.6); 2, a volatile oil ; 3, gum ; 4, tannic 
acid ; 5, two resins. 

Dose. — Small dogs, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); large dogs, 3 ii--iv. 
(8.-15.). 

PREPARATION. 

FIiiidextracfiiDi Cusso. Fluidextract of Kousso. (Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Extractum brayerae fiuidum. 

Made by maceration and percolation of kousso with alcohol, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 
Dose. — Same as kousso. 

Action and Uses. — Kousso is an effective taeniacide in 
dogs and cats. Large doses cause nausea, colicky pains and 
some catharsis. Kousso is administered in milk, or as an 
infusion flavored with peppermint; also in the form of the 
fluid extract, or glucoside in capsules, to the fasting animal. 
It should be repeated 3 times, at hour intervals, and followed 
by a small dose of castor oil if the bowels are not sufficiently 
relaxed. There is little danger of poisoning even by great 
quantities of the drug. 



620 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Granatum. Pomegranate. 

Synonym. — Granati radicis cortex, B.P. ; ecorce de la 
racine de grenadier (de balaustier), Fr.; granat-wurzelrinde, 
G.; cortex radicis granati, P.G. 

The bark of tlie stem and root of Punica Granatum 
Linne (nat. ord. Lytlirariese). 

Habitat. — India and S. W. Asia. Also cultivated and 
naturalized in sub-tropical countries. 

Description. — In tliin quills or fragments, from 5 to 10 
Cm. long, and from 1 to 3 Mm. thick ; outer surface yellowish- 
gray, somewhat warty, or longitudinally and reticulately 
rigid ; the stem-bark often partly covered with blackish 
lichens; the thicker pieces of the root-bark more or less 
scaly externally ; inner surface smooth, finely-striate ; 
grayish-yellow ; indistinctly radiate ; inodorous ; taste astrin- 
gently, very slightly bitter. 

Constituents. — The active principle is (1) pelletierine 
(CsHijNO), \ per cent., a colorless, oil}'', aromatic alkaloid, 
soluble in alcohol, chloroform and ether ; four salts occur 
in commerce : the tannate, sulphate, hydrobromate and 
hydrochlorate ; the first is more frequently used ; dose — 
D., gr.ii.-v. (.12-.3) ; 2, punico-tannic acid, 22 per cent. ; 3, 
methyl, pseudo, and iso-pelletierine ; the latter is a tsenia- 
cide. 

Dose. — Dogs, 3 ss.-i.ss. (2.-6.) 

PREPAEATIONS. 
Fluidexfractum Oranati. (U. S. P.) 
-Dose.— D., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

Pelletierime Tonnas. (U. S. P.) 
Dose.—D., gr.iv. (.24). 

Action and Uses. — Pomegranate is inferior to the fore- 
going drugs as an anthelmintic, since it is disagreeable and 
proae to produce vomiting. Pomegranate is an astringent, 
but, in large doses, acts as an emetic and purgative and has 
occaisioned weakness, colic, dizziness and convulsions. lu 
sufficient amount pelletierine is said to paralyze motor 
nerves, like curare. Granatum is an anthelmintic, chiefly 
against tape-worm. The decoction (1-8, B.P.) may be em- 



SANTONICA 621 

ployed (with ^ part syrnp of giuger) in three doses, at 
hour intervals, for dogs. The patient should be previously 
fasted for 24 hours, and castor oil is indicated if purging is 
not produced by pomegranate. Tannate of pelletierine is a 
yellowish, astriijgent-tastiug powder, soluble in 12.6 parts of 
alcohol and 235 ])arts of water. It is invariably used in 
human medicine in preference to the crude drug, and should 
be followed in 2 hours by a dose of castor oil. The use of 
pelletierine is undesirable in young animals. 

Class 2.— Used to Destroy Round-Worms. 

Santonica. Santonica. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Si/nonym. — Levant worm seed, semen cince, s. contra, s. 
sanctum, s. santonici, E.; barbotiue, semencine, Fr.; wurm- 
samen, zitwersamen, G.; flores cinae, P.G. 

The unexpanded flower-heads of Artemisia pauciflora 
Weber (nat. ord. Co'npositps). 

Habitat. — Northern middle Europe and Asia. 

Bescription. — From 2 to 4 Mm. long ; oblong-ovoid, 
obtuse, smooth, somewhat glossy, grayish-greeu, consisting 
of an involucre of about 12 to 18 closely imbricated, glandu- 
lar scales with a broad midrib, enclosing four or five rudi- 
mentary florets ; odor strong, peculiar, somewhat camphor- 
aceous ; taste aromatic and bitter. 

Constituents. — The active ])rinciple is (1) santonin. 
There is also (2) a volatile oil. 

Santoninum. Santonin. CigH^Oa. (IT. S. k B. P.) 

Synonym. — Santonine, Fr.; santonin, G. 

A neutral principle obtained from santonica. 

Derivation. — Made from a mixture of lime and santonica 
by exhausting with alcohol, evaporation of the latter, and by 
the addition of acetic acid to the residue. Santonin is 
obtained by treating an alcoholic solution of the residue with 
animal charcoal and crystallization. 



622 YEGETABLE DRUGS 

Properties. — Colorless, sliiniiif^, fl ittened, prismatic crys- 
tals; odorless and nearly tasteless when first put in the 
mouth, but afterwards developing a bitter taste ; not altered 
by exposure to air, but turning yellow on exposure to light. 
Nearly insoluble in cold water; soluble in 40 parts of 
alcohol, in 140 parts of ether, in 4 parts of chloroform, and 
m solutions of caustic alkalies. 

PREPARATION, 

TrocMsci Santonini. (U. S. & B. P.) 
U. S. P., gr.ss.; B. P., gr.i. each. 

Dose.— Puppies, gr.|-i (.015-.03) ; D., gr.i.-iii. (.06-.18);. 
H., 3Hv. (1.-15.). 

Action and Uses. — Santonin is preferable to santonica. 
Santonin is chiefly valuable as a parasiticide against round- 
worms ; viz. : A. lumbricoides of cattle and swine, A. mystax 
and marginata of cats and dogs, and A. megalocephala of 
horses. It has no influence on tape-worms, nor probably on 
oxyurides. 

Large doses cause poisoning, with the occurrence, in 
dogs, of nausea and vomiting, weakness, giddiness, muscular 
trembling, salivation, slow pulse, rapid respiration, dilated 
pupils, jaundice, unconsciousness, convulsions and death. 
While 5 to 6 grains induce symptoms of poisoning m dogs, 
^ to 1 drachm has often failed to produce a fatal result. 
Santonin is eliminated by the kidneys, increasing their 
secretion, coloring an acid urine yellow, and an alkaline 
urine purplish-red, or bloody hue. The humors of the eye 
are stained yellow, occasioning yellow sight in man, — 
xanthopsy. There is congestion of the heart, lungs and 
nervous centres observed after death, but no gastro-enteritis. 
Santonin is very slowly converted in the intestines into 
sodium santoninate, and absorbed in this form. The best 
treatment of poisoning is undetermined, but inhalations of 
ether and enemata of chloral, together with laxatives, when 
consciousness returns, are said to be useful. The administra- 
tion of santonin should be followed or accompanied by that 
of a cathartic. 

The drug may be given to fasting dogs as follows : 



\ 



SANTONIN 623 



I^ Hydrarg. Chlorid. Mitis. 

Santonini aa gr.v. 

Sacchari ad. 3 i. 

M. et div. in chart, no. x. 
Sig. One powder tid. (for round-worms). 
or : — 

Santonini gr.vi. 

01. Ricini 1 ii. 

M. 

Sig. Give one-third every third day (for round-worms). 

Santouin may be given in pill to dogs combined with 
oleoresina filicis and areca nat. Santonin is not so com- 
monly or successfully used in the treatment of round-worms 
in horses, as turpentine aud aloes, creolin, etc. A ball con- 
taining 3 ii. of santonin and 3 i. of calomel, or a combination 
of 3 iv. santonin ani 1 pint of castor oil, are suitable pre- 
scriptions for the horse. Santonin is often remedial in 
incontinence of urine in young animals, when belladonna, 
fails, and is frequently beneficial in the treatment of 
amaurosis. 

Class 3.— Used to Destroy Lice. 

Staphisagria, Staphisagria. 

Synonym. — Staphisagrise semina, B.P. ; stavesacre, 
semina staphidis agrise s. pedicularis, E.; staphisaigre, Fr.; 
stephauskorner, lausekorner, G. 

The seeds of Delphinium Staphisagria Linnd (nat. ord. 
Ranunculacese). 

Habitat. — Shores of Mediterranean ; cultivated. 

Description. — About 5 Mm. long, 3 or 4 Mm. broad, 
flattish-tetrahedral, one side convex, brown or brownish- 
gray, with reticulate ridges, containing a whitish, oily, 
albumen and a straight embryo ;• nearly inodorous, taste 
bitter and acrid. 

Constititents. — 1, the important principle is delphinine^ 
(CojHssNOe), a white, poisonous, crystalline alkaloid resem- 



624 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

bling veratrine and aconite ; soluble in alcohol, chloroform, 
and ether ; 2, delphisine (C2,H^6N„0,) ; 3, delphinoidine 
(C.jHggNoO,) ; 4, staphisagrine (CooHj.NOJ ; 5, a fixed oil. 

Action and Uses. — Powdered staphisagria is employed 
solely to kill lice (pediculi) in ointmeafc (1-2) with benzoin- 
ated lard or vaseline. CreoliQ solutions (3-6 per cent.), 
tobacco infusions (5-10 per cent.), and oil of anise with 
sweet oil (1-10 per cent.), are also used for the same purpose. 
The latter mixture is an elegant preparation for pet dogs. 

The tincture of larkspur (Delphinium consolida), another 
species of the same genus, is also a very efficient parasiticide 
against pediculi. It contains 1 part of larkspur seeds to 16 
of alcohol. 

Class 4. — Used to Destroy Fleas. 

Pyrethrum. Pyrethrum. (Non-ofiicial.) 

Synonym. — Persian, Caucasian or Dalmatian insect 
powder. 

The flowers of Pyrethrum roseum and carneum. 

Habitat. — Caucasian Mountains ; cultivated in Califor- 
nia, U. S. 

Description. — A coarse, greenish-yellow, pungent powder. 
Pyrethrum is the best parasiticide for fleas (pulicidse). It is 
used more frequently to kill these parasites on cats and dogs. 
Pyrethrum is simply dusted over the whole body or is 
applied in the form of a tincture (1-4), diluted with 10 parts 
of water. 

The application of Dalmatian insect powder to kittens 
and puppies, or to dogs and cats in enfeebled condition, may 
be attended with danger unless the powder is brushed o£f 
■within 10 or 15 minutes after its use. Deaths have occurred 
in these animals following its free and careless employment. 



EP.GOT 



ry25 



SECTION XV. -VEGETABLE DKUGS STIMULATING 

UNSTKIATED MUSCLE, PARTICULAELY 

THAT OF THE UTERUS. 

Ergota. Ergot. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Ergot of rye, spurred rye, E.; ergot, ergot de 
seigle, ergot de ble, ble coruu, Fr.; niutterkorn, kornmnttei-, 
zapfenkorn, G. 

The sclerotium of Claviceps purpurea (Fries) Tulasne 
(Class Fungi), replacing the grain of lye, Secale cereale 
Liuno (uat. ord. Gramiueie). 

Habitat. — Ergot is obtained mainly from Spain and 
Russia. 

Description. — Somewhat fusiform, obtusely triangular, 
usually curved, about 2 or 3 Cm. long and 3 Mm. thick ; 
three-furrowed, obtuse at both ends, purplish- black, inter- 
nally -whitish with some purplish striae, breaking with a short 
fracture; odor peculiar, heavy; taste oily and disagreeable. 

Constituents. — It is doubtful whether the principles so 
far discovered wholly represent the activity of ergot. The 
following are the more important constituents : 1, corn^tin^ , 
au alkaloid which, with (2) sphacelinic or sphacelic acid 
(a non-nitrogenous, unstable substance, insoluble in water 
but soluble in alkalies), constitute, according to many, the 
more important active principles ; they both cause con- 
traction of the uterus and blood vessels ; 3, three alkaloids : 
ergotine (CjoHj^NoOj), soluble in water and alcohol ; ecboline, 
amorphous, soluble in water and alcohol ; ergotinine 
(C35H^oN406), crystalline ; 4, two acids : ergotic or ergotinic 
acid and sclerotinic acid (1-4 per cent.) ; both ai-e soluble 
in water and alkalies and are said to possess ecbolic actions; 
5, a fixed oil, about 35 per cent.; 6, tannin; 7, phosphoric acitl. 
Alcohol extracts cornutine ; water, the salts of the acids. 
Therefore ergotin is believed to represent the activity of the 
drug. Ammonia is considered the best solvent by the Brit. 



626 VEGETABLE Di;UG3 

Pbarm. Confi^rence, wliich recommends a tine, ergotse 
ammoniata consisting of ergot, 1. part, aromatic spirit of 
ammonia, 2 parts. The dose is the same as that of the fluid 
extract, 

Dose.—IL. & a, I ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & S., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); 
D., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextr actum ErgotcB. Fluidextract of Ei-got. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol and 
acetic acid, and evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of ergot. 

Dose—YL. & C, | ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., 
3 ss.-i. (3.-4.). 

-Extractum Ergotm. Extract of Ergot. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym. — Ergotin. 

Made by evaporation of the fluid extract to a pilular consistence. 
Dose.—H. & C, gr.xx.-3i. (1.3-4.); D., gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6). (By 
mouth or subcutaneousl} . ) 

Extractum Ergotce Liquidum. (B. P.) 

( 3 i. ( rgOo = 3 i. of preparation.) 

Dosc.—H. & C, 3iv. (15.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i. (4.); D., irixv.-xxx. 
(1.-2.) 

Tindura ErgotcB Ammoniata. (B. P.) 
(109 gr. to §i.) 
Dose.—B.. & C, zss.-ii. (15.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.); D., 
3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Injectio Ergotini Hypodermica. (B. P.) (33 per cent.) 
Dose.—n., l^%-\% ^3.-6.1; D., niiii.-x. (.2-.6). 

Ergot deteriorates rapidly with age. Both it and its 
preparations shoukl be fresh and the drug should be dis- 
carded "wlien over a year okl. 

Action laternal. — Digestive Organs. — Ergot stimulates 
the involuntary muscle of the stomach and intestines, but 
rarely sufficiently to cause any outward signs. The blood m 

vessels in the walls of the digestive tract are contracted fl 

directly by the drug, and also because of the constriction of I 

the muscular walls themselves. ■ 



ERGOT 627 

Circulation. — Ergot is absorbed into the blood, but does 
not influence that fluid. The essential action consists in 
constriction of the arterioles and veins throughout the bod}', 
with rise of blood pressure. This is due to stimulation of 
the spinal vasomotor centres. The pulse rate is also some- 
what reduced, owing, probably, to stimulation of the peri- 
pheral cardiac vagi. "When ergot is thrown directly into a 
vein, vascular tension is much lowered. This phenomenon 
follows depression of the heart muscle and does not occur 
;ifter ordinary therapeutic administration of ergot by the 
mouth or under the skin. Toxic doses paralyze both the 
Tasomotor centres and heart muscle. 

Nervous System. — The nervous system is not affected by 
medicinal doses of ergot, nor by large single doses of the, 
drug. Certain changes occur in poisoning, but these are not 
understood. 

Uterus. — Ergot causes contraction of the pregnant womb. 
It does not invariably induce abortion, but does always act 
on the parturient organ. Small doses increase the duration 
nud force of the uterine contractions, but full medicinal 
<loses produce a tonic, continuous spasm of the womb with- 
out the usual intermissions. Ergot possesses little influence 
on the normal unimpregnated uterus. The action on the 
womb is probably to be ascribed to stimulation of the 
uterine unstriated muscle, and the spinal lumbar centres 
controlling this organ. Ergot is the oxytocic in most com- 
mon use. The secretion of urine, sweat, saliva and milk is 
lessened by ergot, owing to general vascular contraction. 

Administration. — The fluid extract is generally given by 
the mouth. Some proprietary preparations are made for 
subcutaneous use. Bonjean's ergotin, or the official extract, 
are employed hypodermatically. 

I^ Extr. Ergotae gr.xl. 

Alcohol. 

Glycerini. 

Aq. dest aa 3 i. 

M. 

Sig. Give one-half subcutoneously to a horse; 10 to 15 M. to dogs. 



628 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Injections should bpi ni.ide deeply into the muscular 
tissue to avoid abscess! Ergot should be repeated frequently 
to arrest haemorrhage. 

Toxicology. — Enormous single doses are required to 
poison animals or man. When as much as two drachms of 
ergot to the pound, live weight, are given to dogs, death is not 
constant. Three ounces, however, have proved fatal to small 
dogs. Acute poisoning is characterized by vomiting (in dogs), 
profuse salivation, dilation of the pupils, rapid breathing, 
and frequent pulse. The animal cries out, has convulsive 
twitchings, staggering gait, paraplegia, intense thirst, and 
coma, terminating in death. Horses, cattle, and sheep are 
unaffected by any ordinary quantity of the drug. 

Chronic poisoning or ergotism rarely occurs in animals 
owing to continuous ingestion of ergotized grains. It is 
characterized by gastro-iritestinal indigestion, with nausea, 
vomiting, colic, diarrhoea or constipation, and abortion 
ensues in pregnant animals. In addition to gastro-intestinal 
irritation the symptoms naturally assume two forms: 1, 
the gangrenous form ; 2, the spasmodic form. In the 
first variety of ergotism there are coldness and anaesthesia 
of the extremities, including the feet, ears, and tail of quadru- 
peds ; the comb, tongue and beak of birds, — followed by the 
appearance of passive congestion, blebs, and dry gangrene 
in the vicinity of these parts. The hoofs and beaks often 
drop off. Death ensues from general exhaustion. In the 
spasmodic form are seen tonic contraction of the flexor 
tendons of the limbs and anaesthesia of the extremities ; 
muscular trembling and general tetanic spasm, with opistho- 
tonos, convulsions and delirium. Death also occurs from 
asthenia. 

Uses. — Two therapeutic indications for the use of ergot 
can be directly deduced from its physiological actions : 1, 
to cause uterine contraction ; 2, to produce general vascular 
contraction. 

1. Ergot is occasionally of service in simple uterine 
inertia when there is no malposition of the foetus, or mechan- 



EKGOT 629 

ical obstruction (pelvic deformity, rigid os uteri) to its 
passage. Very small doses must be given for this purpose 
in order to intensify the force of the uterine contractions 
"without inducing spasm of the uterus. The more common 
causes of dystocia are remedied most advantageously by 
manual interference. Ergot is of chiefest value in obstetric 
practice to prevent or arrest post-partum haemorrhage which 
sometimes occurs in cows and ewes. If administered before 
delivery of the placenta, ergot may give rise to tonic con- 
traction of the womb and retention of the afterbirth. 

Ergot is of benefit in some disorders of the unimpreg- 
nated and non-parturient uterus. Thus to aid the expulsion 
of cysts, and to contract the uterus and its blood vessels in 
hypertrophy, subinvolution, chronic metritis and fibroid 
tumors. 

In paralysis of the bladder, ergot is occasionally useful 
by creating contraction of the muscular coat of its walls. 
This condition is most satisfactorily treated by the ii>jectioit 
of an ordinai'y dose of ergotin into the empty urinary bladder, 

2. Ergot is commonly recommended for combating 
internal haemorrhage, when surgical measures are impossible. 
Under this head may be included bleeding from the nose, 
mouth, stomach, intestines, lungs, uterus and kidneys. The 
drug should usually be given under the skin (ergotin) in 
these emergencies. It is, however, extremely doubtful 
whether the increase of blood pressure caused by ergot does 
not more than offset its beneficial action in contracting 
vessels when used to stop internal haemorrhage, and the best 
clinicians to-day condemn its use and resort to ice and 
opium in this condition. Ergot may be beneficial in causing 
constriction of the blood vessels in the early stages of some 
hyperaemias and inflammations, — notably pulmonary, cere- 
bral and spinal congestion, parturient apoplexy, cerebritis, 
cerebro-spinal meningitis, spinal meningitis and myelitis ; 
and in vasomotor palsy following surgical shock. In most 
of these states (except the latter, where ergotin is indicated^ 
under the skin) ergot must be exhibited in very large doses 
three times daily. 



630 , v::getable dkugs 

For the same physiological reason that ergot is employed 
as a hsemosfcatic, it has been prescribed with alleged ad- 
vantage in the treatment of chronic diarrhoea, dysentery, 
and bleeding piles. Ergotin is injected between the skin 
and vessel walls for the cure of aneurism and varicocele. 
This treatment is of doubtful utility. 

GossYPii Cortex. Cotton Eoot Bark. 
(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Ecorce de racine de cottonnier, Fr.; baum- 
wollen-wurzelrinde, G. 

The bark of the root of Gossypium herbaceum Linne, 
and of other species of Gossypium (nat. ord. Malvaceae). 

ILdntat. — Sub-tropical Africa and Asia; also cultivated 
in the United States. 

Description. — In thin, flexible bands or quilled pieces ; 
outer surface brownish-yellow, with slight, longitudinal 
ridges or meshes, small, black, circular dots, or short, trans- 
verse lines, and dull brownish-yellow patches, from the 
abrasion of the thin cork ; inner surface whitish, of a silky 
lustre, finely striate ; bast-fibres long, tough and separable 
into papery layers ; inodorous ; taste very slightly acrid and 
faintly astringent. 

Constituents. — 1, a fixed oil ; 2, a resin ; 3, tannic acid. 

PREPARATION. 

Extractum Gossijpii Radicis Fluiduin. Fkiid Extract of Cotton 
Root Bark. (Non-official.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with glj-cerin and alcohol, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.— H. & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

Action and Uses.- — Cotton root bark resembles ergot in 
its actions and uses, but the drug has not been scientifically 
studied in full detail. It is an oxytoxic, abortifacient, and 
emmeuagogue. 

Cotton root bark is employed during parturition in. 



COLCHICUM 631 

uterine inertia, to prevent post-partum hemorrhage, to 
induce abortion, and to arrest metrorrhagia. A decoction 
(5iv. to qt. boiled down to Oi.) is said to be more active 
-than the fluid extract. Dose.—B.. & C, Oi. (500.); D., 3 i.-ii. 
<30.-60.). 

Ergot is generally to be preferred as a more thoroughly 
qinderstood and reliable drug. 



SECTION XVI.— COLCHICUM. 

CoLCHici CoKMUS. Colchicum Corm. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Meadow sa£fron root, colchicum corm, bul- 
bus seu tuber colchici, E.; bulbe de colchique, de safran 
batard, Fr.; zeitlosenknollen, G. 

The corm of colchicum autumnale Linne (nat. ord. 
,Iji4iace88). 

Habitat — England and continental Europe. 

Description. — About 25 Mm. long, ovoid, flattish and 
with a groove on one side ; externally brownish and 
wrinkled ; internally white and solid ; often in transverse 
slices, reniform in shape, and breaking with a short, mealy 
fracture; inodorous; taste sweetish, bitter and somewhat 
acrid. 

Constituents. — 1, the alkaloid colchicine (CooH^sNOJ, is the 
active principle; it exists to the extent of 0.5 per cent.; is 
amorphous or crystalline, and soluble in water and alcohol ; 
"^, colchiceine (CoiHojNOg), occurs naturally and is produced 
artificially by the action of acids on colchicine ; slightly 
soluble in water, soluble in alcohol ; 3, sugar ; 4, starch ; 
5, gum. 

Incompatibles. — Astringents, tincture of guaiacum and 
iodine. 

Dose.—'E. & C, 3 ss.4i. (2.-8.) ; Sh., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3) ; 
■Sw. & D., gr.ii.-viii. (.12-.5) in powder. 



632 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Dose. — Cohhichia, Colchicine (U.S.P.) — H. & C, gr.|-^ 
(.01-.03); D., gr.y^o-To (.0005-.0012), by mouth or sub-- 
cutaneously. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Vinum Colchici Radicis. Wine of Colchicum Root. (Non-ofRcial.) 
Made by i^ercolation of colchicum root (400) with alcohol (150), and 
white wine to make 1000. 

Dose. — Twice that of colchicum corm. 

Vinum Colchici. (B. P.) 
Dos^. — Twice that of the root. 

Colchici Semen. Colcliicum Seed. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Colchici semina, B.P.; semences de col- 
chique, Fr.; zeitlosensamen, G.; semen colchici, P.G. 

The seed of Colchicum autumuale Linne (nat. ord. 
Liliacese). 

DescriiJtion. — Subglobular, about 2 Mm. thick, very 
slightly pointed at the hilum ; reddish-brown, finely pitted, 
internally whitish ; very hard and tough; inodorous; taste 
bitter and somewhat acrid. 

Constituents. — 1, colchicine, 3 per cent.; 2, colchiceine; 
3, a fixed oil, 6-8 per cent.; 4, starch; 5, sugar ; 6, gum. 

i>ose.— Same as corm, or a little larger. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Fluidextr actum Colchici Seminis. Fluidextract of Colchicum 
Seed. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and 
evaporation, so that 1 cc. = 1 gm. of colchicum seeds. 

Dose.—H.. & C 3ss.-ii. (3.-8.); Sh., mx.-xx. (.6-1.3); Sw. &D.», 
TTiii.-viii. (.13-.5). 

Vinum Colchici Seminis. Wine of Colchicum Seed. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration of colchicum seed, 100 ; alcohol, 150 ; and; 
"white wine to make 1000. 

Dose.— H, & C, 3iii.-3i. (12.-30.); D., ttix.-xxx. (.6-3.). 



COLCHICUM 633 

Tinetura Colcldci Scm.inis. Tincture of Culcliicum Seed. 
(U. S. &B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of colchicum seed, 100; with 
alcohol and water to make 1000. (XT. S. P.) . 

Dose.—B.. &C., 3iii.-3i. (13.-30.); D., tilx.-xxx. (.6-2.). 

Action External. — Colchicum is an irritant to the skin 
«,nd mucous membranes. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Organs. — Colchicum and 
-colchicine are identical in action without regard to their 
method of introduction into the system. Colchicum is 
essentially a gastro-intestinal irritant in large doses. Small 
therapeutic quantities are cholagogue and increase the flow 
of bile. Full medicinal doses occasion anorexia, nausea, 
<;©licky pains, loud intestinal rumblings (borborygmi), and 
purging. Colchiceine appears to closely resemble colchicine 
physiologically. Neither the circulation, nervous system, 
respiration, nor temperature are affected by colchicum save 
in poisonous doses. 

Circulation. — Toxic doses reflexly influence the circula- 
tion, but colchicum does not appear to affect it directly until 
late in poisoning, when the vagus endings become depressed 
and paralyzed. Full medicinal doses lower the force and 
frequency of the pulse. 

Nervous System. — Toxic quantities depress and paralyze 
the motor cells of the inferior cornua in the spinal cord, 
-and also depress the sensory nerves. The motor nerves and 
"muscles are unaffected. 

Kidneys and Elimination. — It is doubtful whether col- 
chicum exerts any decided or uniform action on the kidneys. 
Expeiiments relating to this matter are perpiexiugly con- 
:flicting. It is stated by many authors that the excretion of 
■both the organic and inorganic solids in the urine is 
increased ; that of urea more than uric acid. 

Toxicology. — Colchicum is a very poisonous drug. Acci- 
<lental lethal poisoning occasionally occurs among herbivora 
irom eating meadow saffron at pasture, or in hay. In such. 



634 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

cases it is naturally impossible to estimate the quantity r ^ 
the plant ingested. Two and one-half drachms of the wine- 
of the root, and one-half grain of the alkaloid, have proved 
fatal to man. Two drachms of the corm have killed a dog,, 
and one-tenth of a grain of colchicine has destroyed a cat. 
The symptoms of poisoning comprise : anorexia, nausea^ 
dulness, salivation, violent vomiting (in carnivora), purging^ 
at first watery, then mucous and often bloody, and accom- 
panied by great tenesmus, tympanites, and colic. There are 
often such nervous symptoms as tremors, stupor, coma, and 
paralysis. The animal becomes very weak, the respiration, 
is slow and feeble, the pulse rapid and imperceptible, the 
skin is cold and covered with a clammy sweat, and death 
occurs in collapse following severe gastro-enteritis. After 
the injection of large doses of colchicine, increasing the 
amount does not aggravate the symptoms. 

Post-IIortem Appearances. — The mucous membrane of 
the stomach and intestiuesis swollen, congested, and eroded. 
Sometimes free blood is found within their lumen. There 
is also acute hypersemia of the kidneys. 

Treatment. — This consists in the use of the stomach 
pump, emetics, and cathartics, unless there has been free 
purging and vomiting. Tannic acid is the best chemical 
antidote, but is not wholly satisfactory. It should be used^ 
however. Demulcents (oil and egg albumin) and opium., 
relieve the local irritation, pain and purging. Stimulants>^ 
as atropine, strychnine, and alcohol, together with external 
heat, combat collapse. 

Administration. — The crude drug is not suitable for use. 
The wine of the root is the best preparation. 

Uses. — It is difficult to estimate the therapeutic value of 
colchicum. It is called an alterative by many authorities,, 
for want of a better term to describe a drug whose physiolog- 
ical actions do not explain its medicinal virtues. Colchicum 
is the most successful single remedy for gout in human 
medicine, but does not possess so great a value in veterinary" 
practice. It is sometimes used with considerable advantage? 



STARCH G35 

in the treatment of subacute and chronic rlieumatism, and in 
that form complicating influenza in horses. 

Potassium iodide is generally prescribed with colchicum 
in these disorders, and also in pericarditis and pleurisy of 
rheumatic origin. Colchicum is commonly believed to be 
a serviceable diuretic in various diseases (although this 
hypothesis is not physiologically substantiated). It is there- 
fore recommended in hfemaglobinaemia and swelling of the 
legs in horses ; in cerebral congestion ; ascites ; pleural and 
pericardial effusions, and dropsies, as an eliminative. Col- 
chicine, subcutaneously, is especially lauded in rheumatism. 



SECTION XVII.— VEGETABLE DEUGS ACTING 
MECHANICALLY. 

Amylum. Starch. C.H^^O,. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Sijnonym. — Corn starch, E.; fecule (amidon) de froment, 
de ble, Er. ; kraftiDehl, weizeustarke, G. 

The fecuia of the seed of Zea Mays Linne (uat. ord. 
Graminefe). 

Habitaf. — Tropical Asia and Africa, but cultivated in 
tropical, sub-tropical and temperate countries. 

Descripiion. — In irregular, angular masses, which are 
easily reduced to a fine powder ; white, inodorous and taste- 
less ; insoluble in ether, alcohol or cold water. Under the 
microscope appearing as granules, nearly uniform in size, 
more or less angular in outline, with indistinct striae and 
with a distinct hilum near the centre. 

Constituents. — 1, starch-granulose ; 2, starch-cellulose. 

PREPARATION. 

Glyceritum Amyli. (U. S. P.) (See p. 581.) 
Olycerinnm Amyli. (B. P. ) 

Action and Uses. — Starch is a mechanical protective 
externally, used as a dusting powder, alone or with zinc 
oxide (1-4), in chafing, erythema, and moist eczema. The 



636 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

glycerite of starch is a serviceable deiriulcent. Boiled starch 
paste, mixed with glue, is used to stiffen bandages by paint- 
ing the mixture on in layers with a brush. Boiled starch 
gruel (2 tablespoons of starch to a pint of water) is a suitable 
diet for diarrhoea, and is frequently injected into the rectum 
as a demulcent in diarrhoea aud dysentery, and as a vehicle 
for enemata. Starch is an antidote to iodine. It is utilized 
in pharmacy as a vehicle to suspend insoluble powders or 
oils, and in mucilage (1-40, B.P.), as a basis for ointments. 
Zinc oxide, one part ; starch and vaseline, each 3 parts, 
form a very satisfactory preparation for acute eczema in 
dogs, which does not rub off so readily as zinc ointment. 



Oleum: Theobromatis. Oil of Theobroma. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Butter of cacao, E.; beurre de cacao, Fr,; 
cacaobutter, G.; oleum (butyrum) cacao, P.G. 

A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Theobroma Cacao 
Linne (nat. ord. Sterculiacese). 

Properties. — A yellowish-white solid, having a faint, 
agreeable odor, and a bland, chocolate-like taste. Readily 
soluble in ether or chloroform. 

Constituents. — 1, olein ; 2, stearin ; 3, laurin ; 4, arachin • 
5, glycerides of formic, butyric, and acetic acids. 

Uses. — Cacao butter melts at the temperature of the 
body, and is chiefly used as an excipient for suppositories 
and electuaries. It also has a demulcent action aud mav be 
employed on raw surfaces or in inflammation of the throat 
and digestive tract. 

GosSYPiUM PuRiFiCATUM. Purified Cotton. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Absorbent cotton, E.; boinbyx, lana gossypii, 
— coton, Fr.; baumwolle, G. 

The hairs of the seed of Gossypium herbaceum Linne, 
and of other species of Gossypium (nat. ord. Malvaceae), 



TYROXYLIN £37 

freed from adhering impurities and deprived of fatty 
matter. 

Habitat. — Tropical Asia and Africa ; cultivated in siib- 
tropical and tropical countries, mostly in the Southern 
United States. 

Description. — White, soft, fine filaments, appearing under 
the microscope as hollow, flattened and twisted bauds, 
spirally striate and slightly thickened at the edges ; inodor- 
ous and tasteless ; insoluble iu ordinary solvents, but 
soluble in copper ammonium sulphate solution. 

Uses. — Absorbent cotton is used as a cheap, convenient 
and cleanly substitute for ordinary sponges ; to make poult- 
ices by soaking it iu antiseptic solutions (as creoliu 1-2 per 
cent.) and placing it between layers of gauze ; and for surgi- 
cal dressings. 

Oakum, consisting of the fibres of old rope, is often 
employed as a cheap absorbent material, saturated with tar, 
in jDacking horses feet. 

Tow, — the coarser unbleached fibres of flax ; and lint, — 
the scrapings of soft, loosely woven linen, — are also utilized 
as absorbent substances for surgical purposes. 

Pyroxylinum. Pyroxylin. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym.— Gm\ cotton, soluble gun cotton, colloxylin. 

Derivation. — Made by maceration of purified cotton, 
100; iu a mixture of nitric acid, 1400; and sulphuric acid, 
-2200; at a temperature of 32° C. (90° F.), until a sample is 
soluble in a mixture of 1 volume of alcohol and 3 volumes of 
ether ; washing with cold and boiling water, draining, and 
drying in small pellets. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Collodium. Collodion. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Pyroxylin, 40; ether, 750; alcohol, 250. Made by solution, agita- 
tion, and decantation of clear portion. 

Collodium Cantharidatum. (^antharidal Collodion. (U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Blistering collodion. 
Made by percolation of cantharides, 60 ; with chloroform, distilla- 



638 



VEGETABLE DRUGS 



tion of the chloroform and evaporation of the residue until it wei^lisv 
15 (Gm.), and solution in flexible collodion, 85. 

Collodium Flexile. Flexible Collodion. (IT. S. & B. P.) 
Mix collodion, 920; Canada turpentine, 50; and castor oil, 30.. 
(U. S. P.) 

Collodium Stypticum. Styptic Collodion. (U. S. P.) 
Mix tannic acid, 20; alcohol, 5; ether, 25; add collodion to make 
100, 

Action and Uses. — Collodion, when painted on dry skin, 
rapidly dries and leaves a thin, protective coating. It is a 
nsefnl agent to seal and secure coaptation of small wounds 
and to keep them aseptic. Also to protect abraded surfaces, 
as fissures of teats. Flexible collodion is less apt to crack. 
Collodion contracts the superficial tissues and will often 
abort boils when applied directly over them. Collodion is 
employed as a vehicle for the application of many other 
agents, as corrosive sublimate, carbolic acid, iodoform, etc. 



EuPHORBiUM. Enphorbium. (Non-official.) 

The dried juice of a cactus-like plant, Enphorbium 
resinifera, growing in Morocco and regions contiguous to the 
Atlas Mountains. Obtained by incising the stems and 
branches. 

Description. — In dull yellowish tears, of the size of peas;, 
odorless ; taste acrid ; powder of a grayish color ; insoliible 
in water, but soluble in alcohol, ether and oil of turpentine. 

Constituents. — 1, an acrid resin (G.JiyX)^), 38 per cent., 
the active principle ; 2, euphorbon. 

Action and Uses. — Enphorbium is an intense irritant, 
both externally and internally. It is sometimes employed 
in veterinary medicine as a constituent of vesicating prepara- 
tions to enhance their effect, but if applied alone it is liable 
to cause extensive irritation, sloughing, and destruction of 
tissue. Enphorbium may, however, be safely applied in 
tincture (1-16), or in ointment with cautharides, as a vesicant 
for horses. The following combination is recommended as 
a powerful blister for the latter animals. Euphorbinm and 
cantharides, each two parts ; corrosive sublimate, one part ; 



ADRENALIN G31T 

vaseline, eight parts ; cerate, twelve parts. There is no 
danger of absorption and genito-urinary inflammation from 
the use of euphorbium, as with cantharides. 

SECTION XVIII.— MEDICINAL AGENTS OF 
ANIMAL ORIGIN. 

Glandule Superenales Sicc^. Dessicated Suprarenal 
Glands. (U. S. P.) 

The dried glands of the sheep or ox free from fat and 
powdered. 

Dose.—B.., 3i. (4.); D., gr.iv. (.25). 

Adrenalin. (Non-official. 

This is an active principle of the suprarenal glands, and 
was discovered by Dr. Jokichi Takamine* and made public 
in 1901. It is a light, white, microcrystalline substance, 
slightly soluble in cold water, more so in hot. It has a 
somewhat bitter taste and produces a benumbing of the 
tongue. Adrenalin is permanent in powder, but changes 
color and is oxidized in aqueous solution. It is said to be 
the active principle of the suprarenals, but non-toxic, which 
can not be said of the glands or their extracts (and probably 
not of adrenalin). Adrenalin is from 825 to 1,000 times 
more powerful than the glands in its physiological effect. 
Solutions may be boiled without impairing their therapeutic 
activity. 

Action. — The most important action is exerted upon the 
circulatory apparatus, which is comparable to that of digi- 
talis but much more transient, lasting not more than ten 
minutes when given intravenously. (The drug acts very 
uncertainly when given by the mouth — except locally on the 
digestive tract — because of poor absorption.) The force 
of the heart is increased but the rate decreased (by excita- 
tion of the vagi) and blood pressure is more markedly 
heightened than by any other known drug, owing to central 
and peripheral vasomotor stimulation or to excitation of 

* Therapeutic Gazette, April 15, 1901. 



640 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

the muscular coat of the vessels. B/espiratiou is also 
strengthened and both voluntary and involuntary muscles 
are stimulated by adrenalin.* Large doses of the adrenal 
gland cause poisoning with failure of the heart and respira- 
tion and paralysis of the vagi. Recent experiments with 
adrenalin intravenously have resulted not infrequently in 
sudden death from paralysis of the heart, so that the drug 
must be used in this manner with caution until its action 
has been more thoroughly studied. 

Reichert, on the other hand, in experiments on dogs, 
found that .03025 gm. of adrenalin per kilo of live weight 
(gr.g-^-g- for each 21bs. 3oz.) stimulated the circulation, res- 
])iration and metabolic gravity. In poisoning by large doses 
of the adrenal gland, there have been observed restlessness 
and loss of muscular strength from action on the spinal cord 
or muscles, or both. Glycosuria has also been induced by 
the subcutaneous injection of the suprarenal extract and 
stimulation of the secretions of the buccal, oesophagal and 
bronchial mucous membranes. The predominant and valu- 
able effect of adrenalin and extracts of the adrenals consists 
in the complete blanching of mucous membranes and raw 
surfaces after the local application of these substances. 
Adrenalin is undoubtedly the most powerful astringent and 
hemostatic known, owing to its stimulation of the involun- 
tary muscles of the blood vessels. 

Subcutaneous injection of a 1 to 1000 solution causes 
blanching over an area about two inches in diameter within 
ii minute and lasts for six to twelve hours. Solutions con- 
taining adrenalin to the amount of 1 to 5000, 1 to 10,000, or 
even 1 to 20,000, will produce an ischemia after their hypo- 
dermic use within a few minutes and lasting for three to six 
hours. Neither ecchymoses nor sloughing occur after the 
injection of the drug. Secondary hemorrhage does not 
ordinarily appear after the use of adrenalin, but it will 
prevent the secondary relaxation, congestion and pain some- 
times seen following the use of cocaine. 

Uses. — External. — Adrenalin chloride is commonly sold 






1 



* Some of the involuntary muscles are inhibited, as of the stomach, intes- 
tines and bladder, so that these organs may lose all movement in poisoning. 
The vascular constriction does not ailect all vessels, since the pulmonary and. 
cerebral vessels are uninfluenced by the drug. 



ADRENALIN G41 

in a 1 to 1000 aqueous solution in the shops. It has proven 
of most value when combined with cocaine for subcutaneous 
use in operative work. One part of the 1-1000 solution should 
be added to nine parts of normal salt solution (one heapinc^ 
teaspoonful of sodium chloride to the quart of sterile water), 
to which is added 1 per cent, of cocaine, or more if desired. 
A stronger solution of adrenalin chloride than this (1 to 
10,000) is not usually desirable in operative work, because 
it is irritating, and in some instances when stronger solu- 
tions were used so much ischemia was produced that the 
blood vessels could not be found and ligated and secondary- 
hemorrhage ensued. This would apply only to major 
operations, however. 

The combination of cocaine with adrenalin is coming 
into general favor and marks a distinct progress in local 
anaesthesia. Four advantages are claimed for this com- 
bination : 1, that the operation is made comparatively 
bloodless ; 2, that the cocaine is retained in the operative 
field a longer time, owing to the contracted state of the 
vessels, and does not escape into the general circulation ; 
this is a double advantage — in prolonging anaesthesia and in 
preventing systemic effect of cocaine ; 3, that adrenalin is a 
circulatory stimulant and will offset the toxic action of 
cocaine ; this is somewhat problematical and iheoretical ; 
4, that adrenalin counteracts the vascular relaxation seen 
sometimes after the use of cocaine. 

Adrenalin has also proven of great service in arresting 
hemorrhages from wounds, mucous membranes and cavities 
of the body. A solution equivalent to a 1 to 5000 of 
adrenalin in sterile salt solution may be applied for this 
purpose directly to the bleeding surface, or gauze saturated 
with it may be packed into wounds and cavities, as the 
uterus and vagina. Adrenalin chloride is useful also in 
many inflammatory diseases of the eye and nose in the same 
strength. Catarrhal conjunctivitis, keratitis, episcleiitis 
and iritis yield to its influence, particularly when it is com- 
bined with other astringents on account of its transient 



642 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

action ; witli atropine in iritis. Adrenalin chloride in a 
1 to 5000 solution containing 2 per cent, of boric acid forms 
a useful preparation for general apolication in inflammations 
of mucous membranes. 

Internal. — Adrenalin is employed internally to arrest 
bleeding from the stomach, intestines, lungs and uterus. Its 
local application in hemorrhage from the bladder, rectum, 
vagina and uterus is, however, much more effective. The drug 
is said to have yielded good results in human practice in 
the treatment of diabetes insipidus, purpura hemorrhagica, 
acute and chronic bronchitis, pulmonary congestion and 
cedema of glottis and lungs. Reichert, as the result of his 
experiments on morphinized dogs, believes that adrenalin 
is a valuable and rapidly acting stimulant to the heart, 
vasomotor system and respiration in poisoning by opium 
and anaesthetics. It has also been used in emergencies for 
the same purpose and with reported good results. In opium 
poisoning, metabolism is checked and vital activity lowered, 
together with inhibition of the normal secretion of the 
adrenals, which Reichert thinks is relieved by adrenalin. 
Martin* has recently given 3 i- (4.0) of adrenalin solution 
(1 to 1000) in a pint of normal salt solution subcutaneously 
in conditions of shock and circulatory failure in human 
patients, with some satisfactory results and no toxic effects. 

In emergencies, adrenalin may be injected intravenously 
in solutions not stronger than 1 to 5000 ; but, in view of 
some deaths reported from the experimental injection of the 
drug, this mode of treatment must be regarded with some 
suspicion. t 

Administration — Adrenalin is preferable to the so-called 
suprarenal extracts, the dried and powdered suprarenal 
capsules of sheep and oxen. When the drug is given by the 



♦American M«cl., Nov. 21, 1903. 

t Experimenters have found that symptoms do not follow the use of the 
adrenalin by the moutli, because absorption is rendered so poor through vascular 
constriction in the digestive tract. Nevertheless, Floerslieim claims tliat when 
adrenalin is dropped on the tongue its action is even quiclcer than when given 
under the skin. As this is so much simpler than intravenous ingestion, and 
as— in even high dilutions — adrenalin sometimes causes sloughing when givea 
subcutaneously, it would he advisable to try this method in shock. 



CANTHARIDES 643> 

mouth or rectum, its action on the system at large is slow 
and uncertain, owing to the tardiness of absorption, pre- 
sumably due to the vascular constriction it occasions and to 
its rapid decomposition. Intravenous injection is most 
effective, although attended with some danger in large doses. 
A stronger solution than 1 to 10,000 may cause an abscess 
if the drug be given hypodermically. The doses of adrenalin 
chloride in 1 to 1000 solution are : Dogs, TTLIO.-GO. (0.6-4.0) ; 
horses, 3 1-4 (1.-15.). Adrenalin should be repeated once in 
two hours when given internally as an hemostatic. 

Cantharis. Cantharides. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Spanish flies, blister beetles, muscse hispan- 
ic8e, E.; cantharides, Fr.; spanische fliegen, canthariden, G.; 
<iantharides, P.G. 

Cantharis is the beetle, Cantharis vesicatoria De Geer 
(class Insecta ; order Coleoptera). 

Habitat. — Southern Europe, Germany and Russia ; 
living chiefly on Oleaceae and Caprifoliacese. 

Descrijytion. — About 25 Mm. long and 6 Mm. broad ; 
flattish cylindrical, with filiform antennae, black in the upper 
part, and with long wing-cases, and ample, membranous, 
transparent, brownish wings, elsewhere of a shining, coppery- 
green color. The powder is grayish-brown, and contains 
green shining particles. Odor strong, and disagreeable; 
taste slight, afterwards acrid. 

Const itiients. — 1, the active principle is cantharidin, 
OioHj.O^ (2 per cent.), in colorless scales, insoluble in water, 
soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, oils, acetic acid and 
acetic ether ; it is found chiefly in the generative organs, 
eggs, and blood of the beetles ; 2, a volatile oil ; 3, a bland, 
green oil ; 4, acetic and uric acids, extractives and salts ; 
■cantharides deteriorates with age and should be kept 
unpowdered in tightly stoppered bottles. 

Bose.—B.. & a, gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3) ; Sh. & Sw., gr.iv.-viii. 
<.24-.5) ; D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). 



6M AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

PREPARATIONS. 

Tindura Cantharidis. Tincture of cantha rides. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by percolation of cantharides, 100 ; with alcohol to make 
1000. (U.S." P.) 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., Tiiii.-xv. (.12-1.). 

Cerafum Cantharidis. (U. S. P.) 
Cantharidis powdered, 330 ; petrolatum, wax, rosin and lard to 
make 1000. 

Unguentum Cantharidis. (B. P.) 

Action External. — Cantharides, by -virtue of cantharidin, 
is an intense irritant. When applied to the skin in ointment 
it produces no effect for several hours, but after that time 
causes dilatation of the cutaneous vessels, hyperseraia, and 
blisters, which appear in from 3 to 12 hours. The blisters 
soon break, discharge their serous contents, and then dry 
and crust the surface. If the action of cantharides is main- 
tained continuously ; if the application is repeated, or 
covered with a bandage ; or if the skin was previously 
inflamed, then inflammation of the deeper-seated part* 
eupues, followed by suppuration, sloughing, loss of tissue, 
destruction of hair follicles, and scars. The drug is thera- 
peutically a rubefacient and vesicant, and counter-irritant, 
in occasioning dilatation of the superficial vessels, and 
reflexly, contraction of those in the remote underlying parts. 
Cantharides acts more powerfully on the skin of horses and 
dogs, than on that of cattle and swine. If applied over an 
extensive surface, absorption and poisoning may occur. 

Action Internal. — Cantharides affects mainly the diges- 
tive and genito-urinary tracts. It is a violent gastro-intes- 
tinal irritant. Toxic doses cause vomiting, in animals 
capable of the act, at first bilious (and containing greenish 
specks of the wings and wing cases), then mucous, and finally 
bloody. There is purging in all, associated with great pain 
and straining, of a mucous, fibrinous, and often hsemorrhagic 
character. There are salivation, swelling and pain in the 
salivary glands. The gastro-enteritis is accompanied by 
general prostration, and feeble, rapid pulse. A few hours 
after the occurrence of the preceding symptoms there is. 



CANTHAKIDES 645 

enongli absorption of cantliaridin to induce lumbar pain, 
followed by frequent, scanty and painful micturition (stran- 
gury). The urine is albuminous and of^en bloody. Can- 
tharides is eliminated chiefly by the kidneys, but also to 
some extent by the other excretory organs, including the 
skin. Sexual excitement may be present in poisoning. It 
is more common with small than large toxic doses. There 
are erections and great heat in the penis, and even inflam- 
mation and sloughing of the organ. Abortion is precipitated 
in the pregnant, and " heat " is hastened in the non- 
pregnant female. Stupor, coma, and collapse close the scene 
after lethal doses. Twenty grains of cantharides have killed 
a man ; forty, a dog ; and one drachm has destroyed a horse. 

The treatment includes the use of emetics or the stomach 
pump ; opium, to relieve pain and strangury ; albuminous, 
mucilaginous drinks ; and, in collapse, external heat, alco- 
holic stimulants, strychnine and atropine under the skin. 
Oils and fats dissolve cantharidin and must not be given in 
poisoning as demulcents. 

Post-Mortem Appearances. — Swelling, congestion, ecchy- 
moses, and erosion of the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane 
are observed after death by cantharides. There are, more- 
over, lesions of acute nephritis and cystitis, with inflam- 
mation of the whole genito-urinary mucous membrane. 
Hypersemia of the brain and spinal cord have also been 
reported. 

Uses External. — Cantharides is employed more frequently 
than any other counter-irritant, to cause blistering, in veter- 
inary practice. The reader is referred to the section on 
counter-irritants (p. 696) for an account of their actions. 
The action of cantharides is too tardy and irritating, and 
there is too much danger of absorption and poisoning tO' 
recommend it for the production of counter-irritation over 
an extensive area (chest and abdomen) in acute pulmonary 
congestion, pneumonia, bronchitis, colic, enteritis and 
peritonitis. Mustard, turpentine, and external heat are 
generally preferable in these disorders. 



646 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

A blister of cantliarides is serviceable in pericarditis 
and pleuritis with effusion, and, applied over the throat in 
severe, acute laryngitis, may obviate the necessity of tracheo- 
tomy. Again, blisters are useful on the poll in inflammation 
of the brain and its membranes ; and over the spine in 
myelitis and meningitis ; over the lumbar region in para- 
plegia. 

A cantharidal application is often efficacious in muscular 
or joint rheumatism when placed over the affected area, or 
near by, in acute conditions. Furthermore, a cantliarides 
blister is of advantage in acute diseases of the ear, v^hen 
rubbed in above and behind this organ ; and will relieve 
pain in the stomach, and vomiting when applied to the 
epigastrium. 

Cantharides is the remedy usually employed in the 
treatment of diseases of the bones, joints, bursse, ligaments, 
and tendons. In exostoses, as spavin and ringbone, the 
ointment is used most effectively after the actual cautery, to 
secure absorption and resolution, or anchylosis. Cantharidal 
ointment is often sufficient, together with complete rest, in 
the treatment of synovitis, and strains of tendons and liga- 
ments. A cantharides blister is, sometimes, beneficial in 
hastening the formation of abscess, (" strangles "); or to aid 
their resolution after paracentesis ; also to stimulate indolent 
ulcers or wounds ; and to assist absorption of traumatic 
indurations, when applied around these lesions. The actual 
cautery, followed by a cantharides blister, will cause swell- 
ing and close the opening in the abdominal parietes of small 
umbilical hernias of foals and calves. 

Likewise, blisters are valuable in closing and sealing 
punctured wounds into joints and synovial cavities.* Can- 
tharides is commonly employed in ointment (1 to 4-8) made 
by melting and mixing the excipients in a double boiler ; 
i.e., over a water bath, and stirring in thoroughly the 
powdered drug. The following is a good preparation : 

* The U. S. P. cerate may be used, as it is a powerful preparation. 
Its strength is 32 per cent, cantharides. 



CANTHAKIDES 647 

Pulv. Cantliaridis. 

Ceraj fiav aa 5 ii. 

Adipis 3 xiv. 

M. 

S. External use. 

ZMore powerful ointments are made with powdered euphoi- 
biiim and cantliarides, each 2 parts; corrosive sublimate, 1 
part ; vaseline. 8 parts ; cerate, 12 parts ; or, 

Tar and resin, each 4 parts ; yellow wax, 3 parts ; cotton- 
seed oil, 10 jDarts ; powdered euphorbium, 2 parts; canthar- 
ides, 6 parts. 

The technique of blistering- consists in cutting the hair 
and washing the part to be blistered, and rubbing the 
l>lister long and thoroughly into the skin. The animal should 
136 controlled by tying up the head, or using a cradle, or 
side-bar attached to the halter and surcingle, to prevent 
horses from biting the blistered area. The tail should be 
tied up if the blister is applied within its reach. Dogs 
«hould be muzzled, but are apt to rub the sore spot. The 
serum discharged from the blister must be continually 
sponged off with soap suds and water, to prevent excoriation 
of the subadjacent skin, or the latter may be covered with a 
solution of resin iu alcohol, by means of a brush. 

The blister is washed off in 36 or 48 hours after its 
a,pplication, and vaseline should thereafter be kept on the 
part. The use of cantharidal blisters is contraindicated in 
weak or young animals ; on the flexures of joints ; or deli- 
cate skin on the inner aspect of the upper part of the limbs ; 
on acutely inflamed areas ; and in renal disease. 

Uses Internal. — Cantharides is rarely administered 
internally. It is sometimes successful in stopping incon- t 
tinence of urine, when due to relaxation of the neck of the 
l)ladder, and it may be used as a stimulant in chronic 
cystitis and pyelitis. Cantharides is recommended to 
increase sexual desire in cows and mares, but it has usually 
to be given in toxic doses to produce an aphrodisiac action. 
TThe tincture should be employed when the drug is exhibited 
internally. 



648 AGENTS OP ANIMAL ORIGIN 

Adeps. Lard. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Adeps prseparatus, B.P.; axnngia, axungia 
porci s.porcina, prepared lard, hog's lard, E.; axonge, graisse 
de pore, Fr.; schweineschmalz, G.; adeps suillus, P.G. 

The prepared internal fat of the abdomen of Sus Serofa 
Linne (class Mammalia ; order Pachydermata), purified by- 
washing with water, melting, and straining. 

Properties. — A soft, white, unctuous solid, having a faint 
odor free from rancidity, and a bland taste ; insoluble in 
water ; slightly soluble in alcohol ; readily soluble in ether^ 
chloroform, carbon disulphide, or benzin. Spec. gr. about 
0.932. 

PKEPARATIONS. 

Ceratum. Cerate. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Cerat simple,- Fr. ; einfaches cerat, wachssalbe, Qr^ 
"White wax, 300; white petrolatum, 200 ; benzoinated lard, 500. 

Unguentum. Ointment. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Unguentum simplex, B.P. ; simple ointment, E.?, 
pommade simple, Fr. ; wachssalbe, G. Lard, 800; white wax, 200.. 
(U. S. P.) 

Ceratum Resince. (Seep. 506.) 
Adeps Benzoinatus. (See p, 5120 

Sevum Preparatum. Prepared Suet, (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Sevum prseparatum, B.P.; mutton suet, E.;: 
suif, Fr.; talg, hammeltalg, G.; sebum, P.G. 

The internal fat of the abdomen of Ovis aries Linne 
(class Mammalia; order Ruminantia), purified by melting 
and straining. 

Properties. — A white, solid fat, nearly inodorous, and 
having a bland taste when fresh, but becoming rancid on 
prolonged exposure to the air. Insoluble in water or cold 
alcohol ; soluble in about 60 parts of ether, and slowly in 2' 
parts of benzin. 

Constituents. — 1, olein ; 2, stearin ; 3, palmitin ; 4, hircin^. 



HYDKOUS WOOL FAT 649 

Adeps Lan^ Hydrosus. Hydrous Wool Fat. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Lanolin, oesypum. 

The purified fat of the wool of sheep (Ovis aries, tinne ; 
class Mammalia ; order Ruminautia), mixed with not more 
than 30 per cent, of water. 

Properties. — A j'ello wish-white, or nearly white ointment- 
like mass, having a faint, peculiar odor. Insoluble in water, 
but miscible with twice its weight of the latter, without 
losing its ointment-like character. 

Constitttents. — 1, cholesterin, CogH^j (OH); 2, ethers of 
oleic, stearic, palmitic and other acids. 

Adeps JjA^m. (U. S. & B. P.) 
' (Wool fat without water.) 

ACTION AND USE OF LARD, SUET, AND HYDROUS WOOL FAT. 

Lard is used mainly as a basis of ointments and cerates, 
benzoin is commonly added to it to prevent or retard ran- 
cidity. Lard is inferior to petrolatum as a lubricant. It is 
rarely given internally as an antidote to caustic alkalies, and 
as a demulcent. 

Suet is contained in certain ointments and plasters. It 
is harder than lard and becomes rancid on prolonged 
exposure. Lanolin is not subject to rancidity, but possesses 
no particular medicinal action. It is indicated where 
absorption of some drug is desired (mercury, potassium 
iodide) by inunction, as it is believed to be more readily 
absorbed from the skin than any other fat. Lanolin is used 
as a basis of ointments. It may be mixed with twice its 
weight of water without losing its ointment consistency. 

Cera Flava. Yellow Wax. (U. S. & B. P) 

Synonym. — Cera citrina, beeswax, B.P.; cire jaune, Fr.; 
gelbes wachs, G. 

A peculiar, concrete substance prepared by Apis melli- 
£ca Linne (class Insecta ; order Hymenoptera). 



€50 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

Properties. — A yellowisli to brownish-yellow solirf^ 
having an agreeable, honey-like odor, and faint, balsamic-, 
taste. Spec. gr. 0.955-0.967. It is brittle when cold; by tin* 
heat of the hand it becomes plastic. Insoluble in ulcohol ; 
sparingly soluble in cold alcohol, but completely soluble iu. 
ether, chloroform, fixed and volatile oils. 

Constituents. — 1, myricin or myrical palmitate (CsoHgi^ 
C16II31O0), a spermaceti-like substance ; 2, cerin or cerotio 
acid (05,115^02), an imperfectly saponifiable waxy body ; 3^ 
hydrocarbons {G^^Tl^^ and Ca^HgJ; 4, an alcohol (CasHjaO) ; 5a. 
ceryl alcohol (Ca^HsgO). 



Cera Alba. White Wax. (U. S. k B. P.) 

Synonym. — Cire blanche, Fr.; weisses wachs, G. 

Yellow wax, bleached by exposure to air, light an^ 
moisture. 

Properties. — A yellowish- white solid, somewhat trans- 
lucent in thin layers, having a slightly rancid odor, and an. 
insipid taste. Spec. gr. 0.965-0.975. Solubility and com- 
position the same as those of yellow wax. 

Uses. — Yellow and white wax are used as bases for" 
plasters, ointments and cerates, since they do not decompose^ 
nor melt at the temperature of the body. 

Cetaceum. Spermaceti. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A peculiar, concrete, fatty substance, obtained from (the> 
sperm v/hale) Physeter macrocephalus Linne (class Mam- 
malia ; order Cetacea). 

Habitat. — Indian and Pacific Oceans. 

Properties. — White, somewhat translucent, slightly^ 
unctuous masses of a scaly-crystalline fracture and a pearly 
lustre ; odorless, and having a bland, mild taste. It becomes, 
yellow and rancid by exposure to the air. Spec. gr. about. 
0.945. Insoluble in water, nearly so in cold alcohol ; solubla- 
in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide. fixed and volatile^ 
oils. 



^ HONEY 651 

Constituents.— \, chipfly a fat, cetiii or cetyl palmitate 
(CigHjjCigHjiOo), composed of cetylic alcohol (CigHjjOH) and 
palmitic acid (HCigHsiOo); 2, sperm oil, a small quantity. 

PREPARATION. 

Ungtienfum Cetacei. (B. P.) 

Spermaceti, white wax, and olive oil. Made by melting and 
mixing. 

Action and Uses. — Spermaceti resembles wax. It is used 
as an emollient and as a basis for plasters, ointments, and 
cerates. It is rarely used alone. 

Mel. Honey. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Miel, Fr.; lionig, G. 

A saccharine secretion deposited in the honeycomb by 
Apis mellifica Linne (class lusecta ; order Hymenoptera). 

Pro2oerties. — A syrupy liquid of a bright yello"wish to a 
pale-yellowish-brown color ; translucent when fresh, but 
gradually becoming opaque and crystalline ; having a char- 
acteristic, aromatic odor, and a sweet, faintly acrid taste. 
Nearly soluble in water. 

Constituents. — 1, grape sugar (dextrose); 2, fruit sugar 
(glucose); 3, a volatile oil ; 4, wax ; 5, formic acid, a trace. 
Fresh honey contains sucrose or cane sugar, which is changed 
into grape and fruit sugars. 

PREPARATION. 

Mel Depuratum. Clarified Honey. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synnniim. — Mel depuratum, P. G.; miel despume, mellite simple, 
Fr.; gereinigter honig, G. 

Derivatum. — Melt honey with two per cent, of its weight of paper- 
pulp in water bath ; skim, strain, and add five per cent, of its weight of 
glycerin. 

Dose. — Ad lib. 

Honey is employed as an excipient in electuaries and 
confections. It is a demulcent and mild laxative for young 



652 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

animals. Oxymel (clarified honey, 8 parts ; water and acetic 
acid, each 1 part) is a soothing preparation for the throat. 

Saccharum Lagtis. Sugar of Milk. (BiaHa^On + H^O.) 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

SynonT/m. — Lactose, lactin, milk sugar, E.; sucre de lait, 
Fr.; milchzucker, G. 

A peculiar, crystalline sugar obtained from the whey of 
cows' milk, by evaporation, and purified by recrystallization. 

Properties. — White, hard, crystalline masses, yielding a 
white powder, feeling gritty on the tongue; odorless, and 
having a faintly sweet taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble 
in about 6 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol, ether, or 
chloroform. 

Dose. — Ad lib. 

Uses. — Sugar of milk is less soluble and therefore less 
sweet than cane sugar. It is harder, and thus assists in the 
subdivision of drugs, and serves as a vehicle in the making 
of powders and triturates. It also forms the basis of homoeo- 
pathic preparations. 

Sugar of milk is a considerable diuretic and may be 
given to dogs in 2 to 4 drachm doses daily, in solution in the 
drinking water, for dropsy of renal or cardiac origin. 

Pepsinum. Pepsin. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A proteolytic ferment or enzyme obtained from the 
glandular layer of fresh stomachs from healthy pigs, and 
capable of digesting not less than 3000 times its own weight 
of freshly coagulated and disintegrated egg albumin. 

Derivation. — The chopped mucous membrane of a pig's 
stomach is macerated for several days in a weak, aqueous 
solution of hydrochloric acid, with frequent stirring. The 
pepsin is precipitated from this solution by the addition of 
sodium chloride and rises to the surface. The floating mix- 
ture is skimmed off, drained, pressed and dried. Sometimes 
the surface of the clean mucous membranes of the stomach 
of pigs, calves, or sheep is simply scraped off and dried. 



PEPSIN 653 

Properties. — A fine, white, or yellowish-white, amorphous 
powder, or thin, pale yellow or yellowish, transparent or 
translucent grains or scales, free from any oflfensive odor, 
and having a mildly acidulous or slightly saline taste, 
usually followed by a suggestion of bitterness. It slowly 
attracts moisture when exposed to the air. Soluble, or for 
the most part soluble, in about 100 parts of water, with more 
or less opalescence ; more soluble in water acidulated with 
liydrochloric acid ; insoluble in alcohol, ether or chloroform. 

Dose. — D,, Calves and Foals, gr.x.- 3 i. (.6-4.). 

PREPARATIONS. 
Ghjcerinum Pepsini. (B. P.) 
(Contains hydrochloric acid, 3 i- = gi-v. pepsin.) 
Dose. — D. , 3 i -ii. 

Pepftitmm Sarchnrafum. 
Pepsin, 1 ; sugar of milk, 9. A weak preparation of little value. 

Action and Uses. — Pepsin is of some value in the treat- 
ment of dogs and young animals. It assists the digestion of 
proteids in the stomach, but has no action on fat or carbo- 
hydrates of the food. The drug should usually be given 
aloug with hydrochloric acid, which converts any pepsinogen, 
in the gastric tubules, into pepsiji. Pepsin contains the 
unorganized digestive ferment of the gastric juice, but is not 
by any means the jjwre ferment, which has never been 
isolated. 

Much of the commercial pepsin is inert, or is composed 
largely of mucus, albumin and peptone, which later gives the 
"preparation a musty odor and causes it to absorb moisture 
when exposed to the air, and to become sticky. 

Pepsin is serviceable in gastric indigestion of young 
animals, which is sometimes accompanied by diarrhoea, and 
in dyspepsia and feeble digestion caused by acute illness. 
Its use must not be long persisted in, as the normal 
functions of the stomach will fail from lack of use. 
Pepsin is administered in pill, or solution with hydrochloric 
Acid. 



654 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

Pancreatinum. Pancreatin. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Zymine, B.P. 

A mixture of the enzymes naturally existing in tlie pan- 
creas of warm-blooded animals, usually obtained from the 
fresh pancreas of the hog (Sus Scrofa Linue ; class Mam- 
malia ; order Pachydermata). 

Derivation. — Chopped hog's pancreas is macerated in a 
dilute aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid for 48 liours^ 
and pancreatin, which is separated by adding a saturated 
solution of sodium chloride, 'rises to the surface and is 
skimmed off, drained, washed, and when nearly dry, is 
diluted with sugar of milk until 10 grains will exactly 
emulsify 2 drachms of cod-liver oil. 

Properties. — A yellowish, yellowish-white or grayish, 
amorphous powder ; odorless, or having a faint, peculiar, 
not unpleasant odor, and a somewhat meat-like taste. Slowly 
and almost completely soluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Dose. — D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). 

Action and Uses. — Pancreatin fulfils a fourfold function 
by virtue of the four ferments contained in it. It digests 
proteids by means of the ferment, trj/psin; it decomposes 
and emulsifies fat owing to the ferment, stea,psin; it converts 
•starch into sugar by reason of the ferment, amylopsin ; it 
■coagulates milk through the action of a milk-curdling fer- 
ment. Pancreatin is thus more useful than pepsin on account 
of its more extended actions. 

It does not digest food in an acid medium, but may aid 
digestion in the stomach, before much gastric juice has been 
secreted, during the first half hour after the ingestion of 
food. Pancreatin acts more efiiciently in' intestinal indiges- 
tion because of the presence of an alkaline secretion. For 
this reason pancreatin is commonly prescribed with sodium 
bicarbonate, and, if given for intestinal indigestion, it is 
administered in pill or tablet to dogs one or two hours after 
feeding. It is indicated in diarrhoea, when the faecal move- 



OXGALL 655 

ments contain particles of undigested food, and in other 
forms of deficient digestion due to general disease. Pan- 
creatin is more especially valuable to digest food previous to 
its administration by the mouth or rectum (see Artificial 
Feeding, p. 694.) For this purpose a good preparation can be 
made extemporaneously by washing and cutting up a fresh 
pig's pancreas, soaking it in absolute alcohol for 24 hours, 
pressing out the alcohol, macerating it in ten times its weight 
of glycerin for 48 hours, and filtering. The filtered glycerin 
extract is added in the proportion of 3 i. to the pint of warm 
milk, with a little sodium bicarbonate, to artificially digest it. 

Fel Bovis. Oxgall. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Fel tauri, inspissated oxgall, E. 

The fresh bile of Bos Taurus Liune (class Mammalia ; 
order Buminantia). 

Properties. — A brownish-green or dark green, somewhat 
viscid liquid, having a peculiar, unpleasant odor, and a dis- 
agreeable, bitter taste. Spec. gr. 1.018 to 1.028. It is 
neutral, or has a slightly alkaline reaction. 

Dose. — D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). 

PREPARATION. 

Fel Bovis Purificatum. Purified Oxgall. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Fel bovinum purificatum, B.P. ; fiel de boeuf purifie, 
Fr. ; gereinigte ochsengalle (rindsgalle), G. 

Evaporate oxgall, 300, to 100; add alcohol, 100. The alcohol is dis- 
tilled olf from the decanted and filtered solution, and the remainder 
evaporated to pilular consistence. 

Properties.— A. yellowish-green, soft solid, having a peculiar odor 
and a partly sweet and partly bitter taste. Very soluble in water and 
alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as for oxgall. 

Action and Uses. — Purified oxgall contains all the active 
elements of bile, — biliary acids, coloring matter and choles- 
terin. One part of oxgall represents about fifteen parts of 
bile. Oxgall is a laxative, and substitute for deficiency in 



656 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

the normal biliary secretion. It is also an intestinal antisep- 
tic. Oxgall is indicated in constipation with pale-colored 
faeces. It interferes with gastric digestion and should be 
given to dogs in pills some hours after meals. Twenty 
grains dissolved in an ounce or two of water may be given 
with advantage to dogs (in enema) for chronic constipation 
with impacted faeces. 

Papain. (Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Papayotine, papaya, papayine, papoid. 

A digestive ferment obtained from the juice of the 
unripe fruit of Carica papaya (Papaw), an herbaceous tree 
growing in the East and West Indies. Papain or papayotine 
are often used to describe the dried juice itself, which exists 
in the form of a powder similar to that of gum arable. The 
ferment is precipitated with alcohol, from the juice, and ^ 
albuminoid matters are removed by basic lead acetate. 
Papain occurs in the form of a white, or grayish-white, nearly 
tasteless powder, soluble in glycerin and water. Papain is 
said to digest both proteids and carbohydrates, in either an 
acid or alkaline medium, and is recommended in gastric or 
intestinal indigestion in pill or powder. It has also been j 
used to destroy pyogenic membrane of fistulse and abscess, 
in 5 per cent, solution ; or tumors and malignant growths, 
injected into the tissues in 10 per cent, solution. This latter 
use is accompanied by pain and febrile temperature, j 
although the substance is said to merely dissolve diseased ; 
tissues without caustic effect. Papain may be given to dogs, i 
foals, or calves in doses of gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6). Its exact thera- 
peutic value has yet to be determined. 

Oleum Morrhuje. Cod Liver Oil. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Oleum jecoris ascelli, P.G.; oleum hepatis 
morrhuee, cod oil, E.; huile de morue, liuile de foie de mo rue, 
Pr.; leberthran, stockfischleberthran, G. 



"^ COD LIVER OIL 657 

A fixed oil obtained from fresh livers of Gadus Morr- 
liuse Linne and other species of Gadus (class Pisces ; order 
Teleostei ; family Gadidse). 

Habitat. — North Atlantic Ocean. 

Properties. — A pale-yellow, thin, oily liquid, having a 
peculiar, slightly fishy, but not rancid odor, and a bland, 
slightly fishy taste. Spec. gr. 0.920-0.925. Scarcely soluble 
in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether, chloroform or carbon 
disulphide ; also in 2.5 parts of acetic ether. Brown oils are 
not desirable therapeutically. 

Constituents. — 1, glycerin oleate, 70 per cent.; 2, palmitin 
and stearin, 25 per cent.; 3, oleic, margaric, palmitic, stearic, 
butyric and acetic acids, in small quantities ; 4, biliary 
matter, as cholic, fellinic and bilifellinic acids; 5, gaduin 
(Cj^HjgOg); 6, morrhuol, a crystalline substance containing 
iodine, phosphorus and bromine ; 7, traces of iron, lime, and 
magnesia ; 8, decomposition products or cadaveric alkaloids, 
in brown oils. 

Dose.—B.. & a, 3ii.-iv. (60.-120.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. 
(15.-30.); T>. & C, 3 i.-iii. (4.-12.). 

Action Internal. — Cod liver oil resembles other oils in 
aiding nutrition, the accumulation of fat, and the mainten- 
ance of bodily heat, but surpasses them in three particulars : 
1, cod liver oil is more easily absorbed ; this has been 
proven comparatively by injecting various oils into separate 
ligated portions of the living animal bowel ; 2, cod liver oil 
is more readily oxidized after absorption ; this is shown by 
the fact that it reduces and therefore changes the color of 
potassium permanganate solutions more quickly than other 
oils ; 3, cod liver oil increases the number of red blood 
corpuscles in anaemia ; this has been demonstrated by blood- 
counts, but not by comparison with the efi'ect of other oils. 
The ease of absorption is thought by some to be due to 
biliary principles which aid the diifusion of substances 
through a mucous membrane (osmosis) when the latter is 
moistened by bile ; by others it is attributed to the presence 
of free acids in the oil which would tend to saponify and 



658 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

emulsify the drug. The medicinal superiority of cod liver 
oil has led many writers to classify it as an alterative, and 
special properties have been referred to the minute traces of 
iodine, phosphorus, and bromine in the oil. These agents 
exist in too infinitesimal an amount to exert much therapeu- 
tic action. 

It is probable that no one constituent, or group of con- 
stituents, yet separated from the oil truly represent its 
medicinal effect. Cod liver oil is inferior to other oils in one 
respect, however, and this consists in its liability to cause 
nausea, indigestion, diarrhoea and vomiting, in large doses 
and in some patients. 

Administration. — Cod liver oil may be given pure, or if 
this does not agree, it may be exhibited in various ways : 1, 
with an equal quantity of lime water and a little syrup ; 2, 
with ether (TTLx.), small animals ; 3 i. to large animals ; or 
with whiskey ; 3, shaken with white of an egg, or mucilage 
of tragacantb, and a few drops of oil of peppermint ; 4, to 
dogs, in one of the proprietary emulsions, or with malt 
extract. The oil should be given after feeding and adminis- 
tration begun with the smaller doses as recommended above. 

Uses. — Cod liver oil is indicated generally in conditions 
of malnutrition occurring primarily; in the course of chronic 
diseases; or following acute diseases. It is especially indi- 
cated in diseases of the respiratory tract, when it improves 
the nutrition of the mucous membranes, as well as the 
general nutrition. Thus cod liver oil is one of the best 
remedies in tardy convalescence from canine distemper; 
from influenza, bronchitis, pneumonia and strangles in horses; 
also in " heaves," emphysema, or broken wind in horses. 
Carron oil is cheaper and very efl&cient in the latter disorder, 
given on the food. 

Cod liver oil is valuable in the treatment of chronic bron- 
chitis, chronic eczema, and chorea of dogs ; and in rickets, 
anaemia, weakness, and emaciation in all young animals. It 
often proves curative in various forms of muscular and 
chronic articular rheumatism, and facilitates the absorption 



ICTHYOL 659 

of chronically enlarged glands. The use of cod liver oil is 
contra-indicated in hot weather, and in animals suffering 
from indigestion or acute diarrhcea. It is often beneficial, 
liowever, in chronic diarrhoea. 

Linseed oil, oil cake, and cottonseed meal may often be 
conveniently and properly substituted for cod liver oil, in 
the case of the larger patients ; while morrhuol (gr.iii. = 1 
teaspoonful cod liver oil?) given in pills, or lipanin (oleic 
acid, 6 ; olive oil, 100) may be exhibited in drachm doses to 
dogs when cod liver oil does not agree. 

IcTHYOLUM. Icthyol. (Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Ammonium icthyol sulphonate. 

Derivation. — A bituminous quartz occurring in the Tyrol 
Mountains, containing the fossil remains of fish, is distilled 
with strong sulphuric acid, and sulphurous acids are removed 
from the distillate by sodium chloride, while sulphouic acid 
separates out. The latter is usually saturated with ammonia, 
forming icthyol ; but similar preparations are made by the 
combination of sulphonic acid with sodium, lithium and 
zinc. 

Properties. — A thick, dark, reddish-brown liquid, of a 
tarry consistency, and possessing a peculiar, disagreeable 
odor, and hot, bituminous taste. It is soluble in water, 
glycerin, alcohol, benzol, fats and fixed oils. 

Constituents. — Icthyol contains about 10 per cent, of 
sulphur ; also an inseparable volatile oil, to which its dis- 
agreeable odor is due. 

Action and Uses. — Icthyol is one of the most widely use- 
ful drugs recently introduced into medicine. It is particu- 
larly valuable in the treatment of acute and chronic diseases 
of the skin and subadjacent tissues, accompanied with 
inflammation, pain, swelling, and induration ; also in epider- 
mal proliferation. Icthyol is supposed to readily permeate 
the skin, and there act to relieve inflammation and pain, and 
aid resolution. It is one of the most successful remedies in 



660 



AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 



clironic eczema, psoriasis, and urticaria ; in erysipelas 
muscular and articular rheumatic disorders ; and in bruised 
and strained muscles, tendons, and ligaments. 

The drug has proved of great worth in the treatment of 
frost bites, burns, and in causing absorption of lymphatic 
enlargements. Icthyol is recommended as a cure for sarcop- 
tic mange and scab. It is doubtful whether the drug is an 
antiseptic, but is stimulant, anodyne, and resolvent, locally- 
Icthyol is most satisfactorily applied to the unbroken skin 
in ointment, with lanolin or lard, 25 to 50 per cent. Solu- 
tions in water, glycerin, oils or alcohol, are sometimes 
employed of various strengths. Icthyol is rarely given 
internally for chronic rheumatism. 

Thiol is a substitute for icthyol, lacking the unpleasant 
odor of the latter medicament. Thiol is derived from brown- 
colored paraffin or gas-oils, by a complicated process, and 
consists of a mixture of sulphuretted hydrocarbons. The 
drug exists in two forms : 1, thiolum liquidum, a thin, 
brownish-black liquid, soluble in water and glycerin ; 2, 
thiolum siccum, occurring in lustrous scales. Thiol is 
cheaper than icthyol and is said to be as efficacious as the 
latter. This remains to be proved. Liquid thiol is employed 
in 10 per cent, aqueous solution or in ointment ; and thiolum 
siccum in powder, dusted on inflamed parts, as in acute 
moist eczema. 



i 



DOSES OF DRUGS. 



In the following table three doses are usually given for 
each drug. The first dose is for horses and cattle, in both the 
apothecaries' and metric systems of weights and measures. 
The second dose is for sheep and swine, in both the apothe- 
caries' and metric systems of weights and measures. The 
third dose is for dogs (and also cats) in both the apothecaries' 
and metric systems of weights and measures. 

Letters are used to signify the name of the animal for 
which the dose is intended. Thus : H., Horses; C, Cattle ; 
Sh., Sheep ; Sw,, Swine ; D., Dogs (which also includes cats 
in most cases). 

The following abbreviations are also employed : lb. 
pound ; pt., pint; oz., ounce ; dr., drachm ; m., minim ; gr., 
grain ; gm., gram ; cc, cubic centimeter. These doses are 
suitable for animals of average weight. 

Dose Table. 

ACETANILID.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh. & Sw., dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). 
D., gr. 3-7 (gm. .2-.5). 

ACETUM Oph.— H., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). C, oz. 2-3 (cc. 60.-90.) Sh. & 
Sw., dr. 2-6 (cc. 8.-24.). D., m. 3-20 (cc. .2-1.3), 

Acid, Arsenous.— H. & C, gr. 2-3 (gm. .12-.2); single dose, gr. 5-10 
(gm..3-.6). Sh. & Sw., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06.12). D., gr. ^-Jg (gm. 
.002-.006). 

Acid, Benzoic— H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 5.-15 (gm. .3-1.). 

Acid, Boric— H., dr. 2-4. (gm. 8.15.). D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.). 

Acid, Carbolic— H. & C, gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.). Sh. & Sw., gr, 5-10 
(gm. .3-.6). D., gr. i-1 (gm. .03-.06). 

Acid, Citric— H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3). 

Acid, Gallic— H. & C, dr. 2-4. (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. i-1 (gm. 

2.-4.). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). 
.Acid, Hydriodic (syrup of).— D., dr. 1 (cc. 4.). 



662 



DOSE TABLE 



Acid, Hydrochloric (dilute).— H , dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4 (cc.8.- 
15.). Sh. & Sw., m. 15-20 (cc. 1-1.3). Sw. & D., m. 5-20 (cc. .3-1.3). 

Acid, Hydrocyanic (dilute).— H. & C, m. 20-40 (cc. 1.8-2.6). Sh., 
m. 10-15 (cc. .6-1.). Sw., m. 2-5 (cc. .12-.3). D.,in. 1-3 (cc. .06-.2)k 

Acid, Lactic— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., dr. |-1 (cc. 2.-4.). . 

Acid, Nitric (dilute).— H., dr. 1-2 (cc.4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4(8.-15.). Sh., dr. 
1-1 (cc. 2.-4.). Sw. & D., m. 5-80 (cc. .3-2.). 

Acid, Nitrohydrochloric. — H., m. 20-40 (cc. 1.3-2.6). D., m. 3-5 

(cc. .2-.8). 
Acid, Nitrohydrochloric (dilute).— H., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4 

(cc. 8.-15.). Sh., dr. H (cc. 2.-4.). Sw. & D., m. 5-30 (.3-2.). 

Acid, Phosphoric (dilute).— H., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.- 
15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). D., m. 5-80 (.8-2.). 

Acid, Salicylic.— H. & C, dr. 2-8 (gm. 8-30). Sh., dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.). 
Sw., dr. -^-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Acid, Sulphuric (dilute).— H., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.- 
15.). Sh., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). Sw. & D., m. lu-80 (cc. .6-2.). 

Acid, Sulphuric, Aromatic. — H., dr. +-1 (cc. 2.-4.). C, dr. 2. -4. 
(cc. 8.-15.). Sh., m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.). Sw. & D., m. 5-15 (cc. .3-1.). 

Acid, Sulphurous.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 
(cc. 4.-8.). D., dr. i-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

Acid, Tannic— H. & C, dr. i-i (gm. 2.-15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. -J-l (gm. 2.- 
4.). D., gr. 1-15 (gm. .06-1.). 

Acid, Tartaric— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.) D., gr. 10-80 (gm. .6-2.). 

Aconite.— H., gr. 8-20 (gm. .2-1.8). D., gr. -^^-2 (gm. .006-.12). 

Aconite, Extract of Leaves.— H., gr. 3-6 (gn?. .2-.4). D., gr. |-1 (gm. 

.08-.06). 
Aconite, Extract of.— H., gr. 1-8 (gm. .06-.2)- D., gr. J^-i (gm. .006- 

.015). 
Aconite, Fluidextract of. — H., m. 3-20 (cc. .2-1.3). D., m. ^^-2 (cc. 

.006-.12). 
Aconite, Tincture of. — H.. m. xx.-3i. (1.3-4.). C, 3 ss.-iss (2.-6.); 

Sh. & Sw., m. x.-xx. (.6-1.3). D., m. ii.-x. (.12-.6). 

Aconitine Nitrate (Squibb).— H., gr. gV (^m. .002). D., gr. g^g-fo* 

(o-m. .0003-.0006). 
Adrenalin Solution.— (By mouth), H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., 

TaiO-60 (cc. 0.6-4.). 
Aloes.— H., oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh.. oz. |-1 

(gm. 15.-80.). Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15- ). D., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.).' 



DOSE TABLE 663 

Aloin.— n. & C, dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). D., gr. 2-20 (gm. .12-1.3). 

^LUM.-H. & C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 20.-60. (gm. 1.3-4.). 
D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). Emetic, dr. 1 (gm. 4). 

Ammonia, Aromatic Spirit of.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., 
dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., dr. ^-1 (cc. 2.-4.) 

Ammonia, Spirit of.— H. & C. oz. +-1 (cc. 15.30.). Sh. &Sw., dr. 1-3 
(cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 10-20 (cc. .6-1.3). 

JLmmonia, Water of.— H. & C, oz. +-1 (cc. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-3 
(cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 10-20 (cc. .6-1.3). 

JlMMONiA, Stronger Water of.— H. & C, dr. .2-6. (cc. 8.-24.). Sh. & 
Sw., dr. 1 (cc. 4.). D., m. 5-10 (cc. .3-.6). 

^AjMMONIAcum.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 
8.-15.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.) 

JLmmoniacum, Mixture of. — D., oz. 4-1 (cc. 15.-30.). 

Ammonium, Solution of Acetate.— H. & C, oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., 

dr. 2-8 (cc. 8.-30.). 

Ammonium Benzoate. — H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 515(gm. .3-1.). 

Ammonium Carbonate.— H., dr. 2 (gm. 8.). C, dr. 3-6 (gm> 13.-24). 
Sh. & Sw., gr. 15.-40. (gm. 1.-2.6). D., gr. 3-10 (gm. .2-.6). 
Emetic, D., gr. 15 (gm. 1). 

Ammonium Chloride.— H., dr. 2 (gm. 8.). C, dr. 3-6 (gm. 12.-24.) 
Sh. & Sw., gr. 15-40 (gm. 1.-3.6). D., gr. 3-10 (gm. .2-.6). 

Ammonium Valerianate.— D., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). 

Amyl Nitrite.— H., dr. i-l (cc. 2.-4.). D., m. 2-5 (cc. .12-.3), by 
inhalation. 

Anise.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). 
D., gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.). 

Anise, Oil of.— H., m. 20-30 (cc. 1-3-3.). D., m. 1-5 (cc. .06-.3). 

Anise, Spirit of.— D., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). 

Antimony and Potassium Tartrate. — H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sw., 
emetic, gr. 4-10 (gm. .24-. 6). D., gr. Jg-+ (gm. .006-.03). Emetic. 
D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). 

Antimony, Wine of.— D., m. 5-60 (cc. .3-4.) 

A^^TiPYRiN.- H. & C, dr. 3-4 (gm. 12.-15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1 (gm. 4). 
D.. gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). 

A^^TISTREPTOCOCCUS SeRUM. — H., 30-50 CC. 

Antitoxins, Tetanus. — H., 30 cc. (See p. 743.) 

Apomorphine Hydrochlorate.— D., emetic subcutaneously, gr. Jg-^ 

(gm. .002-.006); by mouth, gr. i-i (gm. .008-.012). D., expectorant;^ 

gr. is-is (gm. .0015-.0034). 



664 DOSE TABLE 

Areca Nut.— H., oz. |-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Lamb, dr. 1 (gm. 4.). D., gr^ 
15-60 (gm. 1.-4.). Fowl, gr. 10 (gm, .6). 

Areca, Fluid Extract of. — Dose eaire as nut. 

Arecoline Hydrobromate. — H. & C, gr. f-l| (gm. .04-.1), subcutane- 

ously. 
Arnica Flowers.— H, &C., oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-80.). D., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6- 

1.3). 

ARiNICa, Tincture of. — H. & C, oz. 1 (cc. 30.). D., m. 15-40- 
(cc. 1-2.6). 

Arnica Root.— H. & C, oz. |-1 (gm. 15.-30.). D., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3). 

Arnica Root, Flnidextract of.— H. & C, (oz. |-1 (cc. 15.-30.) D., m. 
10-20 (cc. .6-1.3). 

Arnica Root, Tincture of.— H. & C, dr. 4 (cc. 15.). D., m. 7-20 (cc. .5- 

1.3). 
Arnica Root. Tincture of (B. P.)— H, & C, oz. 1-3 (cc. 30.-60.). D., 

dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). 

Arsenic. — See Acid, Arsenous. 

Arsenic, Fowler's Solution of.— H. & C, dr. 2-8 (cc. 8.-30.). Sh. & Sw.^ 
dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 2-10 (cc. .12-.6). 

ASAFETIDA.— H. & C, oz. ^-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.- 
8.). D., gr. 3-10 (gm. .2-.6). 

ASAFETiDA, Emulsion of. — D., oz. ^1 (cc. 15.-30.) 

ASAFETIDA, Pill. — D., (1.-4.). 

ASAFETIDA, Tincture of.— H. & C, oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. i-1 

(cc. 2.-4.). 
ASPIDIUM, Fluidextract of (B. P.).— H. & C, dr. 3-6 (cc. 12.-24.). Sh^ 

& Sw., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.). 

ASPIDIUM, Oleoresin of.— H. & C, dr. 3-6 (cc. 12.-24.). Sh. & Sw., dr.. 
1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.). 

AtropineSulphate.— H.,gr. 1-H (gm. .06-.09). C, gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). 
Sh. & Sw., gr. ^VA (gm. .004-.005). D., gr. Vg-^ (gm. .0005-.002). 
Average dose, D., gr. ^^^ (gm. .0006). 

Balsam OF Peru.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-^- 
(cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 10-30 (cc. .6-2.) 

Barium Chloride. — H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Intravenously, gr. 15- 
30 (1.-2.). 

BfXLADONNA, Alcoholic Extract of Leaves.— H. & C, gr. 10-20 (gm. .6- 
1.3). Sh. & Sw., gr. 2-4 (gm. .12-.24). D., gr. H (gm. .008-.03). 



*"'■ . DOSE TABLE 665 

^Belladonna, Tincture of Leaves.— D., m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.). 

Belladonna Root, Fluid Extract of. — H., dr. 1.2 (cc. 4.-8.). C, dr. 

2-3 (cc. 8.-12.). Sli. & Sw., m. 10-15 (cc. .6-1.). D., m. 1-3 (cc. 

.06-.2). 
Benzoin, Tincture of.— H., oz. 1 (cc. 30.). D., dr. +-1 (cc. 2.-4.) 
Bettjla, Oil of. — See Gaultheria. 
Bismuth Salicylate.— D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 

BISMUTH SUBCARBONATE. — H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 10-30 (gm. 

.62). 
Bismuth Subnitrate. — Dose same as subcarbonate. 

Brandy.— H. & C, oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). Sh. &Sw., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.), 
D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). 

BUCHU, Fluidextract of. -H., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). D.,m.5-30 (cc. .3-2.). 

Buckthorn (Rhamnus Catharticus) , Syrup of. — D. ,oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). 
Cats, oz. i-1 (cc. 15.-30.). 

Caffeine.— H., gr. 7-15 (gm. .5-1.). D., gr. |-3 (gm. .03-.2). 

Caffeine, Citrateof.— H., gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.). D.,gr. 1-6 (gm. .06-.36). 

Calamus.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2.3 (gm. 8.- 
12.). D., gr. 15-60 (gm. 1.-4.). 

Calamus, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Calamus. 

Calcium, Precipitated Carbonate of.— H., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). C, oz. 
2-4 (gm. 60.-120). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D,, gr. 10-60 

(gm. 6-4). 
Calcium Chloride.— H. & C, oz. |-1 (gm. 15-30). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. 
.3-1.3). 

Calcium, Lactophosphate, Syrup of. — Foals and Calves, oz. \A. 
(cc. 15.-30.). D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.) 

<Jalcium, Precipitated Phosphate of. — H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). C, oz. 

i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. 

.3-1.3). 
Calomel. — See Mercury. 

Calumba.— H. & C, oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). 
D.,gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-3.). 

Calumba, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Calumba. 

Calumba, Tincture of.— H. & C, oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. 1-4 
(cc. 4.-15.). 

Camphor.- H., dr. 1-8 (gm. 4.-12.). C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. &Sw., 
gr. 15-60 (gm. 1.-4.). D., gr. 3-20 (gm. .2-1.3). 

Camphor, Monobromated.— D., gr. 2-10 (gm. .12-. 6). 

Oamphor, Spirit of.— H., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30,-60.). D., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). 



666 DOSE TABLE 

Cannabis Indica, Extract of. — H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D-, gr. i-1 (gn»» 
.015-.06). 

Cannabis Indica, Fluidextract of. — H., dr. 4-6 (cc. 15.-24.). D., m^ 
3-10 (cc. .2-.6). 

Cannabis Indica, Tincture of.— D., m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.). 

Cantharides.— H. & C, gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). Sh. & Sw., gr. 4-8 {gm^ 
.24-. 5). D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). 

Cantharides, Tincture of.— H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D.,m. 2-15 (c(v. 

.12-1.). 

Capsicum.— H., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr^ 
1-8 (gm. .06-.48). 

Capsicum, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Capsicum. 

Capsicum, Oleoresin of.— H., m. 10-30 (cc. .6-2.). C, dr. |^-1 (cc, 2.-4.)^ 

D., m. i-1 (cc. .015-.06). 

Capsicum, Tincture of .— H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). C, oz. |-1 (cc. 15.-30.)^ 
D., m. 5-60 (cc. .3-4.). 

Carbon Bisulphide. — H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). 

Cardamon.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8L-. 
12.). D., gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.). 

Cardamon, Fluidextract of. — Dose same. (Non-official.) 

Cardamon, Compound Tincture of.— D., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). 

Cardamon, Tincture of. — D., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). 

Cascara Sagrada. — D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Cascara Sagrada, Fluidextract of. — D., m. 5-30 (cc. .3-2.). 

Cascara Sagrada (Solid) Extract of.— D., gr. 2-8 (gm. .12-. 5). 

Cascarilla.— H. & C, oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.- 
8.). D., gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.). 

Castor Oil.— H. & C, pt. 1 (cc. 500.). Sh. & Sw., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). 
D., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). Fowl, dr. 1 (cc. 4.). 

Catechu.— H., oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & 
Sw., dr. 1-3 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Catechu, Fluidextract of (non-official). — Dose same as Catechu. 

Catechu, Tincture of.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Foals, Calves 
and Sheep, oz. |-1 (cc. 15.-30.). D., dr. i-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

Cerium Oxalate.— D., gr. 3-5 (gm. .2-.3). 

Chalk, Compound Powder of. — D., gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.). 



DOSE TABLE QQ'J 

Chalk Mixture.— D., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). 

Chalk, Prepared.— H., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). C, oz. 2-4 (gm. 60. -120.). 
Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.). 

Charcoal (Wood, and animal, purified). — H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.- 
60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). 

Chloral.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.), 
D.. gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). 

Chloroform.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). Sh. & Sw., m. 20-30 (cc. 
1.3-2.). D., m. 2-20 (cc. .12-1.3). 

Chloroform, Spirit of.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 
(cc. 8.-15.). D., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.) 

Cinchona Bark.— H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). 
Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.). D., gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.). 

Cinchona, Compound Tincture of.— H., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. 

i-4 (cc. 2.-15.). 
Cinchona, Extract of.— H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Cinchona, Fluidextract of.— H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 
30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). D., gr. 10-60 (cc. .6-4.). 

Cinchonine Sulphate, Tonic Dose.— H., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). C, 
dr. 1-1^ (gm. 3.-6.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 6-15 (gm. .36-1.). D.,gr. U-2^ 
(.1-.15). 

Cinchonine Sulphate, Antipyretic Dose. — H.. dr. 2|-5 (gm. 10.-20.). 
Sh. & Sw., gr. 40-50 (gm. 2.6-3.3). D., gr. 7-15 (gm. .5-1.). 

Cinchonidine Sulphate. — Dose same as Cinchonine Sulphate. 

Cocaine Hydrochlorate.— H., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). D., gr -J-f (gm. 
.008-. 045). 

Cod Liver Oil.— H., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-l:i0.). Sh. &Sw., oz. |-1 (cc. 15.-30.). 
D., dr. 1-3 (cc. 4.-12.). 

Codeine.— D., gr. ^-3 (gm. .015-. 12). 

Colchicine.— H. & C, gr. H (gm- .01-.03). D., gr. ^i^-^V (gm. .0005- 

.0012). 
COLCHICUM CORM.— H. & C, dr. h2 (gm. 2.-8.). Sh., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6- 

1.3). Sw. & D., gr. 2-8 (gm. .I2-.5). 
COLCHICUM CoRM, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Colchicum. 
COLCHICUM CoRM, Tincture of.— H. & C, dr. 3-8 (cc. 12.-30.) D., m. 

10-30 (cc. .6-2.). 
COLCHICUM CoRM, Wine of.— H. & C, dr. 3-8 (cc. 12.-30.). D., m. 10-30 

(cc. .6-2.). 
CoLLARGOL (CoUoldal Silver).— See p. 180. 



668 



DOSE TABLE 



CoLOCYNTH. — ^D., gr. 3-8 (gm. .2-.5). 

COLOCYNTHIN— H., dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4). D., gr. i-1 (gm. .015-.06). 

CONIINE Hydrobromate.— H & C, gr. f-H (gm. .045-.1). Sh. & Sw., 
gr. i-f (gm. .012-.024). D., gr. Jg-J^ (gm. .001-.002). 

CONIUM.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (gm.-4.-8.), Sh. & Sw., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3). 
D.,gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). 

CoNiuM, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Conium. 

CONIUM, Extract of.— H. & C, gr. 12-24 (gm. .72-1.5). Sh. & Sw., gr. 
2-4 (gm. .12-.24). D., gr. ^-1 (gm. .015-.06). 

CONVALLARIA, Fluidextract of. — H. & C, dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 
5-10 (cc. .3-.6). 

Copper Sulphate.— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 20-40 
(gm. 1.3-2.6). D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). Emetic— D., gr. 6-20 (gm. 
.36-1.3). 

Corrosive Sublimate.— (See Mercury.) 

Cotton Root Bark. — (See Gossypium.) 

Creasote.— H., m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.). C, dr. H (cc. 2.-4.). Sh. & Sw., 
m. 5.-15 (cc. .3-1.). D., m. i-2 (cc. .03-.12). 

Creolin.— H. &C., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 1-5 (cc. .06-.3). Single 
dose as anthelmintic. H., oz. |-1 (cc. 15.-30.). 

Croton Oil.— H., m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.). C, dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). Sh & Sw., 
m, 5-10 (cc. .3-.6). D., m. i-3 (cc. .03-.2). 

Digitalein.— H., gr. H (gm. .008-.015). D., gr. rig (gm. .0006). 

DiGiTALiN.— H., gr. i-i (gm. .015-.03). D., gr. i^-^^ (gm. .001-.002). 

Digitalis.— H., gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.). C, dr. i-U (gm. 2.-6.). Sh. & 
Sw., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.). D., gr. ^-3 (gm. .03-.2). 

Digitalis, Fluidextract of . —Dose same as Digitalis. 

Digitalis, Extract of.— H., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). D., gr. ^-i (gm. .008- 

.03). 
Digitalis, Infusion of.— H. & C, oz. 2-6 (cc. 60.-180.). Sh. & Sw., oz. 

i-1 (cc. 15.-30.). D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). 

Digitalis, Tincture of.— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. h 
U (cc. 2.-6.). D., m. 5-30 (cc. .3-2.). 

Dover's Powder.— H., oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 

Dover's Powder, Liquid.— H., oz. |-1 (cc. 15.-30.). D., m. 5-10 (cc. 

.3-.6). 
Elaterin.— D., gr. 



DOSE TABLE 669 

Ergot. -H. & C, oz. |-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-3 (gm. 4.-8.). 
D., dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). 

Ergot, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Ergot. 

Ergot, Extract of (Ergotin) .— H. & C, gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). D., gr. 
2-10 (gm. .12-.6). 

JErgot, Tincture of.-H. & C, oz. i-3 (cc. 15.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-4 
(cc. 4.-15.). D., dr. ^-3 (cc. 2.-8.). 

i^SERiNE. — (See Physostigmine. ) 

Ether.— H. & C, oz. 1-3 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). 
D., m. 10-60 (cc. .6-4.). 

Ether, Spirit of, and Compound Spirit of.— H. &C., oz. 1-3 (cc. 30.-60.). 
Sh. & Sw., dr. 3-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 10-60 (cc. .6-4.). 

Ether, Nitrous, Spirit of (Sweet Spirit of Nitre). — H. & C, oz. 1-4 
(cc. 30.-130.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 10-60 (cc. 
.6-4.) 

Eucalyptus, Fluidextract of.— H., oz. 2-3 (cc. 60.-Jt0.). D., dr. |-2 
(cc. 2.-8.). 

Eucalyptus, Oil of.— H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 5-20 (cc. .3-1.3). 

Eucalyptol.— Dose same as Oil of Eucalyptus. 

Fennel.- H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. &Sw., dr. 3-3 (gm. 8.-13.). 
D.. gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-1.3). 

Fel Bovis. — (See Oxgall.) 

Fenugreek.— H. & C, oz. 1-3 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw,, dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.- 
12.). D., gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.). 

Frangula, Fluidextract of.— D., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). 

•Gamboge.— H., oz. |-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C, oz. 1-1^ (gm. 30.-45.). Sh. & 
Sw., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. ,3-.6). 

Gaultheria, Oil of.-H. & C, dr. 2 oz.l (cc. 8.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 4- 
2 (cc. 3.-8.). D., m. 5-15 (cc. .3-1.). 

Gelsemine.— H., gr. i-i (gm. .015-.03). D., gr. Jg-Jg (gm. .001-.003). 

Gelsemium.— H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 

Gelsemium, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Gelsemium. 

Gelsemium, Tincture of. — H., oz. 1-2 (cc. 15.-60.). D., m. 15-60 

(cc. 1.-4.). 
Gentian.— H., oz. 1-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C, oz. 1-3 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & 

Sw., dr. 1-3 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-3.). 

Gentian, Fluidextract of.— Dose same as Gentian. 



670 



DOSE TABLE 



Gentian, Compound Tincture of.— H. & C, oz. 1-4 (cc. 30.-130.). D.> 

dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). 
Ginger.— H., dr. 2-oz. 1 (gm. 8.-30.). C, oz. 1-4 (gm. 30.-120.). Sh. & 

Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4-8). D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.). 
Ginger, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Ginger. 
Ginger, Oleoresin of. — One-fifth dose of Ginger. 
Glycerin.— H. & C , oz. 1 (cc. 30.). D., dr. f 1 (cc. 2.-4.). 
Glycyrrhiza. — See Liquorice. 

GossYPiUM Root, Fluidextract of Bark of.— H. & C, oz. |-1 (cc. 15.- 

30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D , dr. ^-1 (cc. 2.-4.). 
Granatum (Pomegranate). — D., dr. ^-1^ (gm. 2.-6.). 
Granatum, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as granatum. 
Granati Eadicis Cortex, Fluid Extract of. — D., dr. |-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

H^MATOXYLON, Extract of. — H. & C, dr. ^4 (gm. 2.-15.). Sh. & Sw.,. 
dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.). 

H^MATOXYLON, Fluidextract of. — H. & C, oz. ^-1^ (cc. 15.-45.) Sh. & 
Sw., dr. li-3 (cc. 6.-12.). D., m. 15-45 (cc. 1.-3.). 

Hamamelis, Fluidextract of.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). D., dr. i-2 

(cc. 2.-8.). 
Hamamelis, Water of. — Same doses as fluidextract. 
Hydrastin.— H., gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.). D., gr. 3-5 (gm. .2-.3). 

Hydrastine Hydrochlorate. — H., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). D., gr. jVi 

gm. .005-.01). 
Hydrastis, Fluidextract of.-H. & C, dr. 2-oz. 1 (cc. 8.-30.). Sh. & 

Sw., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 5-60 (cc. .3-4.). 

Hydrastis, Glycerite of. — Dose same as Fluid Extract. 

Hydrastis, Tincture of.— H., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). D., dr. ^-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

Hyoscine Hydrobromate. — H., gr. i-i (gm. .01-.015). D., gr. tsq-ioo 

(gm. .0004-.0006). 
Hyoscy AMINE Hydrobromate and Sulphate. — H., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). 

D., gr. eVa^o (gm- .001-.002). 
Hyoscyamus.— H. & C, oz. l-l (gm. 15.-30.). D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.). 

Hyoscyamus, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Hyoscyamus. 

Hyoscyamus, Extract of.— H. & C, gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). D., gr. i-2 

(gm. .03-. 12). 
Hyoscyamus, Tincture of. — D., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). 
Hyoscyamus, Succus of. — D., dr. 1-2 (cc 4.-8.). 
Hypophosphites, Compound Syrup of. — D., dr. 1 (cc. 4.). 

Iodine.— H. & C, dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3)^ 
D., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). 



< DOSE TABLE 671 

Iodine, Compound Solution of.— H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 2-10 (cc- 

.12-.6). 
Iodine, Tincture of.— H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 2-10 (cc. .12-.6). 

Ipecac. -H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4 (gm. .8-15.). Sh., dr. H 
(gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. i-2 (gm. .03-. 12). Emetic— D. & Sw., gr. 15-30' 
(gm. 1.-2.). Cats, gr. 5-12 (gm. .13-.72). 

Ipecac, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Ipecac. 

Ipecac, Syrup of.— D., Expectorant, m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.). 

Ipecac, Wine of. — D., Expectorant, m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.). 

Iron and Ammonium Citrate.— D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 

Iron, Carbonate, Saccharated.— H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-^.). C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 

8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., (gr. 20-30 (gm. 1.3-2.). D., gr. 1-5 (gm. .06-.3). 
Iron, Chloride, Solution of.— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., 

m. 10-20 (cc. .6-1.3). D., m. 2-10 (.12-.6). 

Iron, Chloride, Tincture of.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., 
m. 20-30 (cc. 1.3-2.). D., m. 5-60 (cc. .3-4.). 

Iron, Iodide, Syrup of.— D., m. 5-10 (cc. .3-6.). 

Iron, (and) Quinine Citrate. — D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-. 6). 

Iron, Reduced.— H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8-15). Sh. & 
Sw., gr. 20-30 (gm. 1.3-2.). D., gr. 1-5 (gm. .06-.3). 

Iron, (and) Strychnine Citrate.— D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). 

Iron, Sulphate and Dried Sulphate.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh. 
& Sw., gr. 20-30 (gm. 1.3-2.). D., gr. 1-5 (gm. .06-.3). 

Jaborandi.— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. H (gm. 2.-4.). 
D., gr. 5-60 (gm. .3-4.). 

Jaborandi, Fluidextract of. — Dose .same as Jaborandi. 

Jalap.— Sw., dr. ^4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Cats, dr. 1-L 

(gm. 2.-4.). 
Jalap, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Jalap. 

Jalap, Resin of.— Sw., dr. +-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.). 

Cats, gr. 7-15 (gm. .5-1.). 
Juniper, Compound Spirit of.— H. & C, oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. 

1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). 
Juniper, Oil of.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 2-10 (cc. .12-.6). 
Kamala.— H., oz. 1 (gm. 30.). D., dr. ^-2 (gm. 2.-8.). 

Kino.— H., oz. H (gm. 15.-30.). C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw.„ 
dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 



■672 



DOSE TABLE 



Kino, Fluidextract of.— Dose same as Kino. 

Kino, Tincture of.— H. & C oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.), Foals, Calves and 
Sheep, oz. ^-1 (cc. 15.-30.). D., dr. i-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

KoussiN.— D., gr. 5-40 (gm. .3-2.6). 

Kousso.— Small dogs, dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4). Large dogs, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.) 

Kousso, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Kousso. 

Krameria.— H.,.oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & 
Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Krameria, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Krameria. 

Xrameria, Extract of.— H. & C, dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 
20-40 (gm. 1.3-2.6). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 

Krameria, Tincture of.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc, 30.-60.). Foals, Calves 
and Sheep, oz. M (cc. 15.-30.). D.. dr. ^-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

Lead Acetate.— H. & C, dr. 1 (gm. 4.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 15-20 (gm. 1.- 
1.3). D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). 

Xime, Solution of (Lime Water).— H. & C, oz. 4-6 (cc. 120.-180.). 
Calves and Foals, oz. 2 (cc. 60.). D., dr. 1-8 (cc. 4.-30.). 

Linseed Oil.— H., pt. i-1 (cc. 250.-500). C, pt. 1-2 (cc. 500.-1000.). Sh. 
& Sw., oz. 6-12 (cc. 180.-360.). Dogs and Cats, oz. ^-2 (cc. 15.-60.). 

XiIQUORICE. — Ad lib. 

Liquorice, Fluidextract of.— Ad lib. 

Liquorice, Extract of. — Ad lib. 

XlQUORiCE, Compound Powder of.— D., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). 

Lithium Carbonate. — D., gr. 3-10 (gm. .2-.6). 

Lithium Citrate.— D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). 

Magnesia. — Foals and Calves, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-60 (gm. .3-4.). 

Magnesium Carbonate. — Dose same as Magnesia. 

Magnesium Sulphate.— H. (laxative), oz. 2-4 (gm. 60.-120.). C. (pur- 
gative), lb. 1-2 (gm. 500.-1000.); (laxative), oz. 3-4 (gm. 90.-120.). 
Calves, dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). Sh., oz. 4-6 (gm. 120.-180.). D., dr. 1-4 
(gm. 4.-15.). 

Male Fern, Oleoresin and Fluid Extract of. — H. & C, dr. 3-6 (cc. 12.- 
24.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.). 

Menthol.— D., gr. 2 (gm. .12). 

Mercury with Chalk.— Foals and Calves, gr. 10-15 (gm. .6-1.). D., gr. 
1-10 (gm. .06-.6). 



\Z.^ DOSE TABLE 673 

Mercury, Corrosive Chloride of.— H. & C, gr. 5-8 (gm. .3-.5). Sh. & 
Sw., gr. 2 (gm. .12). D., gr. 3J4 (gm. .002-.008). 

Mercury, Iodide of (red). — Dose same as Corrosive Chloride. 

Mercury, Mass of (Blue Pill).— D., gr. 1-10 (gm. .06-.6). 

Mercury, Mild Chloride of.- H., dr. +-1 (gm. 2.-4.). C, dr. 5-6 (gm. 
20.-24.). D.,gr. ^-l (gm. .006-.03), in divided doses; gr. 3-5 (gm. 
.2-.3), in single doses. 

Methyl Salicylate.— H., dr. 2-8 (cc. 8.-30). D., m. 5-15 (cc. .3-1.). 

Morphine and its Salts.— H. & C, gr. 3-10 (gm. .2-.6). Sh., gr. -1-2 
(gm. .03-.12). S%v., gr. Jg-i (gm. .006-.03). D., gr. i-^ (gm. .008- 
.03). Subcutaneously- H., gr. 3-4 (gm. .2-.24). D., gr. i-i (gm. 
.008-.02). 

MORRHUOL.— D., gr. 1-5 (gm. .06-. 3). 

Mustard.— H. & C, oz. ^-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. &Sw., dr. +-2 (gm. 2.-8.). 
D., gr. 10-15 (gm. .6-1.). Emetic— D., oz. i (gm. 15.). 

Myrrh, Tincture of.— H. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., 3 iii.-vi. 
(12.-24.). D., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

Naphthalin.— H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 1-20 (gm. .06-1.3). 

Naphtol.— H., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). D., gr. 1-10 (gm. .06-.6). 

Nicotine.— H. & C, gr. J^-gL (gm. .001-.003), 

Nitroglycerin (1 per cent, solution). — H. & C, dr. |-1 (cc. 2.-4.). D., 
m. 1-2 (cc. .06-.12). 

Nux Vomica.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh., gr. 20-40 (gm. 1.3-2.6). 
Sw., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3). D., gr, 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). 

Nux Vomica, Extract of.— H. & C, gr. 2-15 (gm. .12-1.) Sh., gr. 2^-5- 
(gm. .15-.3). Sw., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). D., gr. i-J (gm. .008-.015). 

Nux Vomica, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Nux Vomica. 

Nux Vomica, Tincture of.— D., m. 5-10 (cc- .3-.6). 

Olive Oil.— H. & C, pt. 1-2 (cc. 500.-1000.). D., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). 

Opium, Camphorated Tincture of (Paregoric).— D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). 

Opium, Extract of.— H., dr. ^-1 (gm. 2.-4.). C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh.,. 
• gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). Sw., gr. 2-10 (gm. .12-.6). D., gr. H (gm. 
.01-.03). 

Opium, Powder.— H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh., 
gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3). Sw., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). D., gr. i-3 
(gm. .03-.2). 

Opium, Tincture of.— II., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). C, oz. 2-3 (cc. 60.-90.). 
Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-6 (cc. 8.-24.). D., m. 3 30 (cc. .2-2.). 

Opium, Wine of. — Dose same as Tincture. 



674 DOSE TABLE . . / 

Oxgall.— D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.). 

Pancreatin. — D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.). 

Papain. —Foals, Calves and Dogs, gr. 2-10 (gm. .12-.6). 

Pelletierine Tannate.— D., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). 

Peppermint, Oil of.— H. & C, m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.). D., m. 1-5 (cc. 

.06-.3). 
Peppermint, Spirit of.— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 15-80 

(cc. 1.-2.). 
Pepsin.— Dogs, Foals and Calves, gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.). 
Phenacetin.— H., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 
Phosphorated Oil.— H., dr. 2-3 (cc. 8.-12.). D., m. 1-5 (cc. .06-.3). 

Phosphorus.— H., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). C, gr. 2-3 (gm. .12-.2). Sh., 
Sw. & D., gr. 1^5-5^5 (gm. .0006-.003). 

Phosphorus, Spirit of. — D., m. 7-20 (cc. .5-1.3). 

Physostigma.— H., gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.). D., gr. i-1 (gm. .015-.06). 

.Physostigma, Fluidextract of.— Dose same as Physostigma. 

Physostigmine Sulphate and Salicylate. — H. & C, gr. l|-3 (.09-. 18). 
D., gr. ij'jo-g'o (gm. .0006-. 002), subcutaneously and intravenously. 

Pilocarpine and its Salts. — H. (purgative), gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). C. 

(purgative), gr. 5-10 (gra. .3-.6). H. (diarphoretic; dangerous), 

gr. 6-12 (gm. .36-.72). Sh., gr. 1 (gm. .06). D., gr. Jg-i (gm. .006- 

.02). 
Pilocarpus.— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw.,dr. -J-1 (gm. 

2.-4.). D , gr. 5-60 (gm. .3-4.). 
Pilocarpus, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Pilocarpus. 
Podophyllin.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). 
Pomegranate. — See Granatum. 

Potassium Acetate.— H. & C, oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. |- 
1 (gm. 2.-4.) D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). 

Potassium Bicarbonate. — Dose same as Acetate. 

Potassium Bitartrate. — H. & C, oz. |-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., 
oz. i (gm. 15.). D., dr. 1-1 (gm. 2.-4.). 

Potassium Bromide.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2- 
4 (gm. 8.-15. D., gr. 5-60 (gm. .3-4.). 

Potassium Carbonate.— H. & C, oz. 4-1 (gm. 15.-30 ). Sh. & Sw., 
dr. f 1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). 



DOSE TABLE 675 

Potassium Chlorate. — Dose same as Carbonate. 

Potassium Citrate. — Dose same as Carbonate. 

Potassium Hydroxide, Solution of.— H. & C, oz. ^-l (cc. 15.-30.). Sh. 
& Sw., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). D., m. 5-20 (cc. .3-1.3). 

Potassium Nitrate. — Dose same as Carbonate. 

Quassia, Extract of.— H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. ^3 (gm. .03-.2). 

Quassia, Fluidextract of.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., 
dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.). 

Quassia, Tincture of.- oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. ^2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

QUASSiiN.— D., gr. i-i (gm. .008-.02). 

■QUERCUS Alba.— H., oz. |-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). 
Sh. and Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.). 

Quercus Alba, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Quercus Alba. 

Quinidine.— Tonic dose— H. (gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). C, dr. f-li (gm. 
3.-6.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 6-15 (gm. .36-1.). D., gr. H-2i (gm. .1-.15). 
Antipyretic dose— H., dr. 2^-5 (gm. 10.-20.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 20-40 
(gm. 1.3-2.6). D., gr. 7-15 (gm. .5-1.). 

Quinine and its Salts. — Tonic dose — H., gr. 15-60 (gm. 1.-4.) C, dr. 
i-li (gm. 2.-6.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). Dogs and Cats, 
gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). Antipyretic dose— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.- 
15.) Sh. & Sw., gr. 20-40 (gm. 1.3-2.6). Dogs and Cats, gr. 5-10 
(gm..3-.6). 

QuiNOlDiN. — Dose three or four times that of Quinine. 

Resorcin. — H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Foals and Calves, dr. |-1 (gm. 2.-4.). 
D.,gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). 

Rhamnus Catharticus, Syrup of. — D., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Cats, oz. 
1-1 (cc. 15.-30.). 

Rhamnus Catharticus, Fluidextract of.— D., dr. i-1 (cc. 3.-4.) 

Rhubarb.— Stomachic -H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1 
(gm. 4). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). Purgative — Foals, Calves and 
Dogs, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). 

Rhubarb, Fluidextract of.— Dose same as Rhubarb. 

Rhubarb, Compound Powder of. — Foals and Calves, oz. ^1 (gm. 
15.-30.). 

Sabina, Fluidextract of.— H., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). D., m. 5-15 (cc. 
.3-1.). 

Sabina, Oil of.— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 1-5 (cc. .06-.3). 



676 DOSE TABLE 

Salicin.— H. & C, dr. 2-8 (gm. 8.-30.). Sh., dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.). Sw.^ 
dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. ,3-2.). 

Salol.— H., dr. i-4 (gm. 1.-15.). D., gr. 1-3 (gm. .06-.2). Puppies, 
gr. i-i (gm. .015-.03). 

Savin.— See Sabina. 

SCAMMONY.— D., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Cats, dr. |-1 (gm. 2.-4.). 

SCAMMONY, Resin of.— D., dr. ^1 (gm. 2.-4.). Cats, gr. 15-80 (gm. 1.-2.). 

Senna.— H. & C, oz. 4-5 (gm. 120.-150.). Sh. & Sw,, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.- 

60.). D., dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.) 
Senna, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Senna. 
Senna, Syrup of.— D., dr. 1-4 (4.-15.). 
Serum, Antistreptococcus. — See p. 663. 

Silver Nitrate.— H. & C, gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). Sh. & Sw., gr. 1-S 
(gm. .06-.12), D., gr. i-i (gm. .008-.03). 

Sodium Bicarbonate. — H. & C, oz. i-2 (gm. 15.-60.). Sh. &Sw., dr. 
i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Sodium Carbonate.— H. & C, dr. 2-6 (gm, 8.-24.), Sh, & Sw,, gr, 20- 
40 (gm, 1.3-2.6). D., gr. 5-20 (gm, .3-1.3), 

Sodium Chloride, — Purgative — Cattle, lb, i-\ (gm, 250.-500.). Sh,, 
oz, 1-2 (gm, 30,-60.). 

Sodium Bromide.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. &Sw., dr. 2-4: 

(gm.. 8.-15.). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-4.). 
Sodium Hydroxide, Solution of.— H. & C, oz. ^-1 (cc. 15.-30.). Sh. & 

Sw., dr. f 1 (cc, 2.-4.). D„ m. 5-20 (cc. ,3-1-3). 

Sodium Phosphate.— C, lb. 1-1^ (gm. 500.-750,). H. & Sh., oz. 2-4 
(gm, 60.-120,). D,, dr, 1-2 (gm, 4,-8.). 

Sodium Salicylate.— H, & C, dr. 2-8 (gm. 8.-30.). Sh., dr, 1-4 (4.-15.). 
Sw., dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4.), D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Sodium Sulphate.— C, lb. 1-U (gm. 500.-750,), H., oz. 2-4 (gm. 60.- 
120.). Sh.. oz. 2-4 (g. 60.-120.). D., dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.). 

Sodium Sulphite, Bisulphite and Thiosulphate. — H. & C, oz. 1 
(gm. 30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Squill.— H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh., gr, 15- 
30 (gm, 1,-2.). D., gr. 1-5 (gm. .06-.3). 

Squill, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Squill. 

Squill, Tincture of.— H., dr, 6-12 (cc. 24.-48.), C,,oz. li-3 (cc, 45.-90,),. 
Sh., dr, 1^3 (cc. 6,-12.), D., m, 5-30 (cc. .3-2,). 



1 DOSE TABLE Q'JJ 

Squill, Syrup of, — H., oz. i- (cc. 15.). D., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). 

Squill, Compound Syrup of. — D., m. 5-30 (cc. .3-2.). 

Strophanthus, Tincture of.— H. & C, dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). D., m. 2-10 
(cc. .12-.6). 

Strophanthin.— H., gr. i-| (gm. .012-.03). D., gr. ^ig-Jg (gm. .0006- 
.001). 

Strychnine and its Salts.— H., gr. ^3 (gm. .03-.12). C, gr. 2-3 (gm. 
.12-.2). Sh., gr. i-1 (gm. .015-.06). D., gr. jig-gL (gm. .0005-.001). 

Sulphur.— H. & C, oz. 2-4 (gm. 60.-120.). Sh. & Sw., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.- 
60.). D., dr. i-4 (gm. 2.-15.). 

Tallianine (intravenously) .—H. & C, dr. 2^-5 (cc. 10.-20.). Sh. & Sw., 
m. 25-dr. 2^ (cc. 5.-10.). D., m. 30-75 (cc. 2.-5.). Cats, m. 15-30 
(cc. 1.-2.). 

Taraxacum.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. &Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 
8.-15.). D., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). 

Taraxacum, Fluidextract of.— Dose same as Taraxacum. 

Taraxacum, Extract of.— H. & C, dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.). D., gr. 5-30 
(gm. .3-2.). 

Terebene.— H. & C, dr. 2-6 (cc. 8.-24.). D., m. 5-15 (cc. .3t1.). 

Terpin Hydrate.— H., dr. +-2 (gm. 2.-8.). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). 

Tetanus Antitoxin. — See p. 663. 

Thymol.— H., dr. 4-2 (gm. 2-8.). D., gr. 1-15 (gm. .06-1.). 

Turpentine, Oil of.— Carminative— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. 
and Sw., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). D., m. 10-30 (cc. .6-2.). Anthelmintic 
—H. & C, oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. ^-4 (cc. 2.-15.). Diuretic— 
.H. &C., dr. 2-6 (cc. 8.-24.). 

Valerian.-H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). D., gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.). 

Valerian, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Valerian. 

Valerian, Tincture of.— D., dr. i-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

Valerian, Ammoniated Tincture of. — D., dr. i-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

Valerian, Oil of.— H., dr. 4-1 (cc. 2.-4.). D., m. 2-5 (cc. .13-.3). 

Valerianate of Ammonium. — D., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). 

Valerianate of Iron.— D., gr. 1-3 (gm. .06-.2). 

Valerianate of Zinc— D., gr. 1-3 (gm. .06-.2). 

VERATRINE.-H., gr. i-2 (gm. .03-.12). C, gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). D., 



678 



DOSE TABLE 



Veratrum.— H. & C, dr. t-1 (gm. 2.-4.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 20-30 (gm. 
1.3-2.). D., gr. rVl (gm. .0U6-.06). 

Veratrum, Fluidextract of. — Dose same as Veratrum. 

Veratrum, Tincture of.— H. & C, oz. |-1 (cc. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., 
dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 5-10 (cc. .3-1.) 

Whiskey.— H. & C, oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). Sh. & Sw., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.- 
60.). D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). 

Wild Cherry, Syrup of.— D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). 

Wintergreen, Oil of. — See Gaultheria. 

Zinc Acetate.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 10-20 
(gm. .6-1.3). D., gr. 2-3 (gm. .12-.2). 

Zinc Oxide.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 

Zinc Phosphide.— D., gr. ^ (gm. .006). 

Zinc Sulphate.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 10-20 
(gm, .6-1.3). D., gr. 3-3 (gm. .13-.2). Emetic— D., gr, 10-15 (gak 
.6-1.). 



OENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES. 



Food and Feeding. 

In order to comprehend the rationale of feeding in dis- 
'ease it is essential to know something of the principles of 
feeding in health. A food has been defined as " that which, 
being innocuous in relation to the tissues, is a digestible, 
absorbable substance that can be oxidized in the body and 
<lecomposed in such a way as to give up to the body the 
forces it contains." 

A complete food is composed of organic and inor- 
ganic constituents. The inorganic matters, with the ex- 
ception of common salt, and rarely phosphate of lime 
and sodium, are usually present in sufficient quantity in 
ordinary food. The organic components of vegetable food 
stuffs are divided into nitrogenous and non-nitrogenous 
classes. These are analogous to the constituent parts of the 
animal body into which they are transformed. The greater 
portion of animal tissue is made up of nitrogenous elements, 
while the larger part of plants is composed of non-nitrogen- 
ous material. Among the nitrogenous elements the most 
important are the proteids. Gluten of flour is an example of 
a vegetable proteid ; while white of egg, casein of milk, and 
fibrin of blood represent animal proteids. Fat exists as 
such in both plants and animals. A single, chemical com- 
pound, as protein, is known as a nutrient in relation to feed- 
ing. The nutrients of importance are proteids, fat, and 
carbohydrates. The first two are common to animal and 
plant structure ; the latter to plants alone. A complete 
food contains the three nutrients just mentioned and inor- 
ganic substances. Carbohydrates include such bodies as 
sugar, starch, and cellulose, or woody matter of plants. 

679 



Per cent. 


Lbs. 


digested. 


digested 


.56 • 


5.4 


.60 


40.4 


.48 


1.2 



680 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

Proteids consist of carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and 
sulphur, united in different proportions. Carbohydrates are- 
composed of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen. Fat is similar 
in composition to carbohydrates, but in its combustion out- 
side the body yields approximately two and a half times as 
much heat as that produced by an equal weight of carbo- 
hydrate. Fat as a nutrient, is therefore empirically regarded 
as equivalent to two and a half times the same weight of 
carbohydrate material. The percentage of digestibility of 
the common food stuffs has been determined experimentally 
and is pretty uniform in all healthy animals. In 100 lbs. of 
hay there are approximately : 

Lbs. 

Protein 9.7 

Carbohydrates 67.3 

Fat 3.5 

If we multiply the 1.2 lbs. of digestible fat by 2.5 to 
reduce it to the same terms as carbohydrates according ta 
the empirical premises stated above, we have 3 lbs. of carbo- 
hydrates. The total amounts of carbohydrates digestible in 
100 lbs. of hay is therefore 40.4 lbs. +3 lbs. = 43.4 lbs. of 
non-nitrogenous matter. The nitrogenous nutrient consists of 
5.4 lbs. of digestible protein, and the proportion of the latter 
to the digestible non-nitrogenous material is as 1 to 8. This 
proportion in any given fodder is called the nutritive ratio, or 
the relation of the nitrogenous to the non-nitrogenous nutri- 
ents". The nutritive ratio is of the greatest importance, as it 
enables us to compose a proper ration with almost any kinds 
of fodder at hand, by so adjusting them that we secure the 
right proportion of nutrients. The proper nutritive ratio is 
indeed that proportion of nutrients which has been found to 
be most economically and physiologically valuable in any 
given class of animals and for any given purpose. The 
nutritive ratio varies accordingly for different animals and 
for the same animals under different conditions. Such ratios 



FOOD AND FEEDING ^ 681 

have been formulated by means of physiological experiments 
on liealtby animals as employed for economic purposes. 

It is self-evident that nutritive ratios cannot be laid 
■down for diseased animals, and we must content ourselves 
^ith observing bow disease alters, in a general v/ay, tbp 
requirements of the normal animal. The following table of 
nutritive ratios suitable for the animals and purposes named, 
is taken from Armsby's " Cattle Feeding." The nutritive 
iratio is estimated for 1000 lbs. live weight per diem. 

Nutritive . Total lbs. of 

Ratio, Nutrients. 

Horses at work 1: 7 13.00 

Horses heavily worked ... . 1 : 5.5 17.00 

Milch cows 1: 5.4 15.40 

Oxen at rest 1:12 8.85 

Sheep for wool 1: 9 11;70 

For example, the nutritive ratio, or the proportion of 
lbs, of proteids to lbs. of carbohydrates and fat for horses at 
work, should be as one to seven ; and the total number of 
lbs. of pure fat (transformed into terms of carbohydrates), 
■carbohydrates, and protein required to support 1000 lbs. of 
live weight of horses at work, per diem, is thirteen. 

Horses doiug hard work, and all animals supplying 
nitrogenous products, as wool and milk, demand more nitro- 
;gen in their food. The proteids, as we have seen, constitute 
a large proportion of the solids and fluids of the body. A 
•greater part of the assimilated protein circulating in the 
l)lood aud fluids of the body is termed circulating protein, 
and is mainly instrumental in supplying the immediate 
needs required in the performance of the vital functions. A 
smaller part of the proteids furnished the economy is fixed 
as a constituent part of the tissues, and is called organic, or 
tissue protein. If the amount of circulatory protein is 
deficient, then the organized protein is called upon, the 
tissues are robbed of their substance, and the body emaciates. 
'When a larger amount of protein is contained in the blood, 
we have a proportionately larger elimination of nitrogenous 



682 



GENERAL THEBAPEUTIC MEASURES 



' matter in tlie urine, as equilibrium is soon established in the- 
adult animal of constant weight, so that the amount of nitro- 
gen eliminated equals that ingested. In young and growing: 
animals a portion of the nitrogen does not reappear in the 
urine, but is utilized in tissue formation. An excess of 
circulating protein, besides being wasteful economically, is- 
harmful in causing plethora and various disordered condi- 
tions, resulting in the formation of uric acid and other- 
products of imperfect oxidation. Nevertheless, a certain 
surplus of protein appears to be essential for the well-being;^ 
of animals ; more than is necessary to make good the loss of 
protein through tissue waste as determined by estimation 
of the nitrogenous elimination in the urine of fasting animals. 

The vegetable proteids are transformed into bodies of 
simpler chemical composition in the stomach and are there 
converted in part by the gastric juice, but chiefly by pan- 
creatic (trypsin), biliary and intestinal ferments in the intes- 
tines, into peptone, the only form in which protein can be 
absorbed by the digestive tract. 

The epithelial cells of the intestines possess the power 
not only to absorb the peptone but to transmute it into 
different isomeric compounds, as serum albumin, serum 
globulin and fibrinogen ; special cells being employed in the 
formation of particular compounds. 

Any peptone not so converted by the intestinal epithe- 
lium becomes a poison when absorbed into the entero-hepatia 
circulation, but its toxicity is destroyed by the liver cells^ 
The protein elements (as serum albumin) in the blood con- 
sist of those absorbed unchanged from the intestines and 
those different isomeric forms which have been used in the 
body, and all are eliminated and oxidized by the excretory 
glands with the production of heat and escape of the pro- 
ducts of tissue waste, as urea, uric acid and water from the 
kidneys ; bilirubin, taurocholic acid, etc., from the liver^ 
Heat is evolved in this oxidation of proteid substances in the 
glands equivalent to 1,812 kilogram meters for each gramme 
of protein consumed. 



FOOD AND FEEDING G83 

I 

This heat formation is of extreme importance in stimu- 
lating and sustaining nervous action. 

Among proteids in food are the nucleoalbumins, so-called 
because they exist in both animal and vegetable cells. The 
nucleoalbumins are extremely valuable, since they contain 
iron and phosphorus. They are absorbed by special epithe- 
lial cells of the intestinal walls and are converted in part 
into animal nucleoalbumin, as found in the various cells of 
the body and in milk and eggs ; while a portion is oxidized 
and split up in the liver, forming haemoglobin, the iron com- 
pound of the blood, and lecithin, the phosphorus compound 
essential to nervous tissue. It has even been held that iron 
can only be supplied the blood as a nucleoalbumin and that 
when iron is given as medicine it acts indirectly by protect- 
ing the iron in the nucleoalbumins of the food from destruc- 
tion. This is, however, probably too sweeping a statement. 

Protein is first of all a tissue builder, and is also a source 
of energy by its decomposition. A dog can live on lean meat 
(pure protein) for months and gain in weight. 

Carbohydrates in the food, as sugar and starch, are 
digested in part by the salivary ferment (ptyalin), but chiefly 
by the pancreatic ferment (trypsin) in the intestines, and are 
converted by them into glucose. The glucose is then ab- 
sorbed by the small intestines, passes thence as dextrose into 
the enterohepatic circulation and is oxidized within muscles 
and liver cells and elsewhere in the form of dextrose (glucose) 
and glycogen, with the production of heat equivalent to 1,657 
kilogram meters for each gramme of carbohydrate consumed, 
while carbon dioxide and water are formed as end-products. 
The heat production, as in the case of the combustion of 
proteids, is of great importance in sustaining nerve action. 

Animal fat in the food is emulsified by the bile and by 
the pancreatic and intestinal secretions and is absorbed by 
special cells of the intestinal mucous membrane and passes 
into the lymphatics ; thence into the thoracic duct, and is 
also oxidized into carbonic dioxide and water with produc- 
tion of heat and energy. The fat consumed in the body is 
thought to be oxidized in part in the pulmonary alveoli. 



684 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

Carbodydrates do not directly furnish tissue elements, 
but do so indirectly in preventing decomposition (to some 
extent) of protein in the body, and in lessening its consump- 
tion. In this way the comparatively inexpensive carbohy- 
drates will compensate for an insufficient ration of costly 
proteids. 

It is asserted that this action of carbohydrates is 
explained by the fact that these nutrients have a greater 
affinity for oxygen than proteids and so are the first to undergo 
combustion. 

The term albuminoid was formerly used as synonymous 
with proteid, but is now employed to include nitrogenous 
bodies (gelatin) derived from protein in the body but not 
convertible into proteids. These bodies do not take the 
place of proteids, but appear to fulfil the functions of circu- 
lating protein, and, like carbohydrates, conserve protein 
consumption, but are not tissue builders. 

Carbohydrates aid directly in the production of fat. 
Pat in the food may be directly assimilated as such if there 
is a sufficient carbohydrate and proteid ration to protect it 
from decomposition. The role carbohydrates play includes : 

1. The formation of tissue indirectly by protecting the 
proteid elements from combustion with an insufficient 
nitrogenous diet. 

2. The generation of heat, energy, or mechanical work. 

3. The production of fat. 

Carbohydrates cannot be relied upon as sole articles of 
food. The fat of the body is derived from the decomposition 
of proteids and carbohydrates, and directly from fat con- 
tained in the food. Fat lubricates the tissues, and a reason- 
able accumulation serves as a store of potential energy to be 
called upon in time of need, when its action is similar to that 
of carbohydrates. The main source of muscular energy, 
movement, or mechanical work, is thought to :.-eside in the 
carbohydrates, because with excessive muscular work there 
is increased evolution of heat, carbonic dioxide and water. 
In so far as muscular energy and power depend upon a good 



FOOD AND FEEDING , 685 

macliine, in so far do the proteitls aid the work of the 
machine by keeping it iu good repair and working order. 
Prom this point of view the proteids represent the mechan- 
ism by which the work is done ; the carbohydrates the fuel 
necessary for its performance. The exact relative value of 
carbohydrates and proteids in the production of the vital 
forces is still sub judice. Nervous activity is inseparable 
from muscular activity ; both seem to require a highly nitro- 
genous regimen, and such a regimen is conducive to both. 

The classes of food stuffs for the larger animals em- 
brace both green and dry fodder, consisting of the whole 
plant minus the roots ; parts from which the more valuable 
portions have been removed, as straw ; tubers and roots 
containing a large percentage of water ; the seeds or grains, 
constituting the most concentrated food ; and the seed 
coverings or chaff. 

Refuse and bye-products of manufacture are extensively 
used, as bran, cottonseed meal, linseed meal, and brewers' 
grains. In addition, animal matter, as flesh meal, bone 
meal, and dried blood, are sometimes of value. Pasture 
grass may be taken as a standard of comparison for green 
fodders. In 100 lbs. of grass there are approximately 
■digestible : 

Protein 2.5 lbs. 

Fat 0.5 " 

Carbohydrates 15.0 " 

Green clover contains considerably more, green rye 
slightly more, and green oats somewhat less protein ; while 
in green corn fodder there is only about half us much pro- 
tein. Roots, as compared with green pasture grass, possess 
only one-third the quantity of protein and solids. Potatoes, 
however, have double the nutritive value of roots. Com- 
parison is made in reference to protein, as that is by far the 
most valuable nutrient, and the amount of carbohydrates 
and fat do not vary much in similar kinds of fodder. 

Meadow hay, including such common varieties as timo- 
thy and red top, may be taken as a standard of comparison 



686 GENEBAL THEBAPEUTIC MEASURES 

for dry fodder. In 100 lbs. of hay there are approximately" 
digestible : 

Protein 5,4 lbs. 

Fat 1.2 " 

Carbohydrates 40. 4 " 

Clover hay has double the amount, and rowen or after- 
math about one-third more protein than is contained in 
ordinary meadow hay. Oats may be selected as a standard 
of comparison for grains. 100 lbs. of oats contain of diges- 
tible nutrients as follows : 

Protein ^ 10.0 lbs. 

Fat 4.5 ' 

Carbohydrates 45.0 " 

Corn yields slightly less protein and considerably more 
carbohydrates and fat, while cottonseed meal contains nearly 
three times as much protein, and four times as much fat as 
are found in oats. Bran (or shorts) has approximately the- 
same chemical composition as oats. The straw of wheat, 
barley, rye, oats, and corn have a somewhat similar value. 
In 100 lbs. of wheat straw there are digestible : 

Protein 0.8 lbs. 

Fat 0.3 " 

Carbohydrates 36 . 00 " 

In order to compare the composition of food with that 
of the tissues into which it is converted, we submit the 
following : 

PEBCENTAGE COMPOSITION OP LIVE ANIMAL. 
IN 100 LBS. OF LIVE OX THERE ARE : 

Protein 8.7 lbs. 

Fat 19.2 " 

Ash 5.9 " 

Water 66 2 " 

Certain of the fodders are especially adapted or other- 
wise for the various domestic animals. Green clover is- 
prone to fermentation and the formation of flatulency if 
given in large quantities to any animal. A sudden change 



FOOD AND FEEDINa - ' 687" 

from dry to luxuriant green food is always undesirable for a 
similar reason. Green grass cut short by a lawn mower 
should not be given horses, as it is swallowed in an unmasti- 
cated condition and leads to indigestion and colic. Potatoes 
and roots are more suitable for ruminants than for horses;, 
yet upon the latter they act as natural and agreeable laxa- 
tives, and form a palatable addition to dry fodder, particu- 
larly carrots. The best variety of hay for horses consists 
of good bright timothy or herds grass with a slight admix- 
ture of red top and clover. Carrots should be sliced longi- 
tudinally to prevent choking when given to horses. Clover 
hay is dusty and apt to provoke "heaves" in horses, and 
that, together with rowen, is more appropriate for ruminants. 
Bran is but poorly digested by horses, yet acts favorably 
as a laxative when given once or twice a week mixed with 
boiling water and plenty of salt, constituting a " bran mash." 
Bran takes the place of oats as a nitrogenous food for rumi- 
nants, and is less expensive. Cottonseed meal, being 
extremely rich in nitrogen, and usually in oil or fat, is not 
easily digested by any animal, but may be given in quanti- 
ties of a quart or two to ruminants, and from half a pint to 
a pint to horses, daily. Cottonseed meal is supplied cattle 
to compensate for a deficiency of nitrogen in the food, while 
in horses it acts as a slight laxative and may improve the 
general condition. Straw and corn fodder are not readily 
digested by horses unless cut and steamed, but are suitable 
for ruminants and are often preferable to a poor quality of 
hay. The demands of the system for food vary in relation 
to tissue change, which is diminished by rest, increased by 
work, and either accelerated or decreased by disease. The 
requirements for nutriment are greater during the growing 
period and for the formation of the various natural products, 
as milk or wool. The state of the digestive organs and 
assimilative powers guide us in selecting the kind and quan- 
tity of food desirable. In acute disease it is advisable to 
feed little and often, the food being prepared in the most 
digestible and palatable form, and in as great a variety a». 



i)88 GENEEAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

1 

attainable. We may restrict the diet as a whole or in part. 
Starving diminishes circulatory protein, increases tissue 
waste, weakens an animal, and lessens the natural resistance 
against disease. Restricting the diet is useful in controlling 
unmanageable animals, in diminishing sexual excitement, 
and in the treatment of plethora when combined with proper 
exercise. In most acute inflammatory diseases, as in acute 
laminitis, a light laxative diet is desirable, as steamed oats 
with bran and salt, roots and green fodder. In the milder 
forms of acute gastro-enteritis we must restrict the diet to 
small quantities of easily digested food, as cracked or 
steamed oats, chopped hay and gruels, with the addition of 
a little green fodder or roots for horses ; while carnivora are 
given milk and lime water. In chronic digestive disorders 
the food must be readily digestible and assimilable, and of a 
nitrogenous character, since anaemia and malnutrition follow 
the defective digestion and absorption. In chronic indiges- 
tion or gastro-enteritis of horses, Zuill recommends oats 
(boiled, scalded or steamed, and allowed to stand 12 hours), 
^A parts ; bran, 1 part ; and malted barley, 1 part. The 
addition of salt and a little green fodder to this ration is 
palatable and desirable. The dietary for constipation in 
horses should consist of bran mashes twice a week with 
plenty of salt ; roots and green fodder at frequent intervals, 
combined with suitable exercise and appropriate drug treat- 
ment. Dogs suffering from constipation may be given raw 
liver twice a week, or may be put on an occasional or exclu- 
sive diet of one of the commercial dog breads or biscuits. 
These are laxative and are invaluable in eczema of dogs, 
commonly resulting from lack of exercise and over-indul- 
iieiice in food. If constipation is very obstinate, total abstin- 
ence from all food, water excepted, for a time, followed by 
the use of lean meat with salt and beef tea, are indicated till 
the bowels are emptied manually or by enemata. The ration 
for diarrhoea embraces the partial restriction of water, which 
increases the bulk and fluidity of the iutestinal contents and 
so stimulates the movements of the bowels. If the diarrhoea 



FOOD AND FEEDING 689^ 

is SO severe as to endanger life, an abundance of pure or 
boiled water should be allowed in order to compensate for 
the loss of fluid from the blood. 

Theoretically, an albuminous diet is indicated in diar- 
rhoea because of the loss from the blood and tissues, and 
because intestinal digestion is disordered and starchy food 
would be undigested and cause fermentation, etc. Practically, 
a certain amount of starchy food seems to be serviceable in 
the treatment of diarrhoea. Horses and cattle should be 
given cooked flour or barley gruel and roasted oatmeal and 
cracked oats. Coarse foods, as bran and straw and green 
fodder, are not allowable. Swine should be supplied with 
gruels of barley, flour or oatmeal (strained). 

Fowl with diarrhoea may be fed on boiled rice and given 
a few drops of laudanum two or three times daily. Dogs an<l 
cats .<^«iould have boiled milk, strained rice gruel, cooked 
lean meat and crackers. Broths and beef tea are not desir- 
able, but beef juice and white of egg in water are of value. 
These dietaries should be employed in conjunction with 
other measures, as the preliminary use of a laxative, rest, 
quiet, and external heat and drug treatment. Young suck- 
ling animals, as foals and calves, may be fed on cooked and 
strained oatmeal or barley gruel made with milk, if the 
mother's milk does not agree. In severe attacks of gastro- 
enteritis, or in gastric or intestinal ulceration with haemor- 
rhage from the stomach or bowels, the food should be bland 
and fluid, as soaked bread, oatmeal, barley or flour gruels, 
linseed tea (made by boiling linseed in a muslin bag 
immersed in water), and small quantities of green fodder for 
the larger animals ; while milk and lime water, white of egg^ 
and water, broths and beef juice are indicated for carnivora. 
In the latter animals we may have to resort to predigested 
food given by the mouth, or, if vomiting is persistent, by the 
rectum. 

The diet in cases of catarrhal jaundice should be easily 
digestible, bland, and such as will not require much bile for 
its digestion. The larger patients should be given gruels^ 



690 GENERAl. THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

steamed cracked oats, young and tender green food, cooked 
potatoes, together with alkalies and other appropriate 
remedies. Dogs are allowed milk and lime water, crackers, 
bread and cooked lean meat. Feeding in hsemoglobiusemia 
or "black water" of horses must be restricted to the use of 
gruels, green fodder and a little hay in the early stages of 
the disorder. Food is usually withheld 12 hours before 
surgical operations, and this, in addition to the administra- 
tion of a cathartic, will prevent injury in casting the larger 
animals, which might follow were the digestive tract over- 
full. It will also lessen the danger of intestinal fermentation 
and absorption of toxins from the bowels, which may occur 
after operation owing to an enfeebled digestive action. If 
dogs are starved before surgical operation, vomiting is pre- 
vented during or after etherization. Water alone may be 
restricted to advantage in obesity, cardiac disease with 
oedema, or in the treatment of chronic exudations, as in 
hydrothorax. Water may be allowed in these conditions 
only once daily, or even every other day ; and this treatment 
may be combined with the use of saline cathartics in strong 
animals. The specific gravity and density of the blood and 
the tendency to absorption from the tissues and cavities is 
increased. By the same process the quantity of blood is 
diminished and the load put upon the heart is lessened, 
both of which may prove beneficial in cardiac diseases. 

A full, or restorative diet should be especially rich in 
protein. Generous feeding is distinctly in order iu the treat- 
ment of general debility, malnutrition, ausemia, weakness of 
the digestive organs, convalescence from acute diseases and 
in animals particularly sensitive to cold, or in those which 
sweat easily. A full diet is also useful in overworked 
animals and in those subject to losses from increased secre- 
tion, excretion, or exudation, as in chronic suppuration, 
diarrhoea, albuminuria, ascites and oedema. A restorative 
diet for herbivora includes grain, as corn, bran, oats and 
cottonseed meal ; hay and grass, with occasionally milk and 
•«ggs. For omnivora, corn, potatoes, blood, milk and soups. 



FOOD AND FEEDING 691 

For carnivora, meat extracts, milk, eggs, broths and meat 
juice. In most wasting diseases, fat, protein and water are 
the food elements especially needful. An abundance of 
water stimulates the appetite, secretions, excretions, tissue 
changes and vital processes generally. Salt should be given 
freely as an aid to digestion in increasing the formation of 
hydrochloric acid, aud indirectly that of pepsin. Alcohol, 
being a nutritive and capable of easy absorption, assimila- 
tion and decomposition in the body, forms a most valuable 
adjunct to a restorative diet. A deficiency of lime in the 
food is occasionally the cause of rickets in the young, 
and fragilitas ossium in the old, but more frequently these 
diseases are due to defective digestion, assimilation, or 
excessive lactation. Bone meal may be fed to advantage in 
such affections. It contains both lime and phosphoric acid 
and should be given in small quantities (1 tablespoonful to 
large animals ; 1 teaspoonful to small patients) on the food 
in connection with the administration of hydrochloric acid 
and bitters. 

In fever a restricted diet is often iiecessary in the more 
acute stages, with loss of appetite, diminished secretions 
and movements of the stomach, but as soon as convalescence 
sets in the increased tissue waste produces an excessive 
demand for food and the digestive orgaus may become over- 
taxed. The initial dietetic treatment of fevers consists in the 
use of oats, bran mashes, and gruels, with the addition of a 
small quantity of grass or roots for horses. The change 
from this diet should be very gradual to a dry, coarse fodder, 
in order to avoid digestive disorders. The bitters, alcohol, 
hydrochloric acid, and salt, together with a copious supply 
of water, will furthermore aid convalescence. Carnivora, 
with fever, should be fed milk, beef juice, broth, bread, oat- 
meal and a small quantity of cooked lean meat. 

Obesity is treated most advantageously by proper feed- 
iug. A certain amount of fat is essential in the body in 
lubricating the tissues, in acting as a protection against cold, 
in serving as an enveloping and shielding cushion to the un- 



692 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

derlying tissues, and finally in supplying a store of nutrition.. 
Animals living in cold climates are covered symetrically by 
fat, but those indigenous in hot countries have accumulations 
of fat in masses to avoid over-heating the body. This is seen 
in the hump of the camel, zebu and Brahmin bull. When the 
camel is severely taxed, the fat is consumed and the hump be- 
comes loose and flabby. House dogs overfed and insuffici- 
ently exercised, horses, and other animals kept for breeding 
purposes, are those most commonly afflicted with obesity. 
Fat in the body may be formed from fat, albuminoids, and 
carbohj^d rates of the food. Carbohydrates, if in excess of 
the needs of the economy, protect the fat in the food from 
decomposition and so enable it to be stored in the body. 
Protein may also protect the consumption of fat of the food, 
for it is broken up into nitrogenous and non-nitrogenous 
elements, and the latter may be transformed into body fat. 
The accumulation of fat proceeds most readily when there is 
an abundance of fat in the food, in addition to the other 
nutrients; less so when the ration consists of fat and albu- 
minoids, or of carbohydrates and albuminoids; and least of 
all with a diet consisting of pure protein. The latter, then, 
is the food to be approached as near its purity as advisable. 
If protein ration is followed too closely, digestive disorders, 
loss of strength and nervous disturbances are likely to occur. 
The fat resulting from the decomposition of a pure protein 
fodder is usually not sufficient to supply the needs of the 
body, and the organized fat is gradually called upon to supply 
the deficiency in the food. 

Exercise, cathartics, diuretics and diarphoretics, to- 
gether with venesection, are synergistic measures. As 
emaciation proceeds, we must add more and more non- 
nitrogenous material to our ration. Fat is said to accumu- 
late most readily in the vicinity of vascular areas where the 
flow of blood is retarded, and therefore oxidation, combustion, 
and molecular activity diminished. Exercise, on the other 
hand, stimulates the circulation, while deprivation of water 
makes the blood-current more rapid by decreasing the 



FOOD AND FEEDING 093 

amount of blood. Botli therefore favor the destruction of 
fat. Vogel has reported good results in reducing obesity by 
the use of the following rations. From 19 to 26 weeks are 
required for a cure. 

DAILY RATION FOR THE HORSE. 

Oatmeal 7 lbs. 

Straw 3.5 " 

Hay 7 '« 

Linseed meal 1 " 

Sal t 5 per cent, of above. 

DAILY RATION FOR DOG WEIGHING 115 LBS. 

Cooked oatmeal 3 lbs. 

Fat 1^ " 

SAME LATER. 

Oatmeal 1 lb. 

Flesh meal }{ " 

Fat }4 •' 

Salt 1 teaspoonf ul. 

DAILY RATION FOR FAT SETTER OR POINTER. 

Lean meat 1}^ lbs. 

Bread 1% " 

Fat 3oz. 

Animals suffering from fatty degenerative changes do 
not stand such a rigid diet as the foregoing. These ani- 
mals are affected with a weak heart, due to fatty degenera- 
tion of the myocardium, Avith atrophy of its muscular fibres. 
They have dyspnoea on exertion. The cardiac insufficiency 
leads, in its turn, to secondary troubles, as catarrh of the 
digestive and respiratory organs, and disorder of the liver 
and kidneys, following general passive congestion. The 
treatment should be directed in such cases to lessening the 
amount of blood and the work put upon the heart, by limit- 
ing the ingestion of water, and by strengthening the heart 
with appropriate stimulants. The activity of the skin 
should be excited by frequent grooming and the use of diar- 
phoretics, while the activity of the kidneys should be en- 
hanced by the employment of diuretics. We are prevented 



694 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

from feeding an exclusively nitrogenous diet in these cases, 
as the oxidizing power of the blood is not sufficient to de- 
compose it, neither is it safe or advisable to quickly remove 
the fat, as cardiac failure might ensue. Small quantities of 
water are allowed, given two hours after feeding. The gen- 
eral ration should be rich in proteids and also contain a 
moderate amount of fat and carbohydrates. 

ARTIFICIAL FEEDING. 

Artificial feeding consists in the introduction of food 
into the body other than in the ordinary way by the mouth. 
Rectal feeding is the only procedure of much value. The 
agents employed must be bland, and capable of easy absorp- 
tion and assimilation. If the food is at all irritating, tenes- 
mus and ejection quickly occur. From two to four ounces 
of liquid nourishment may be given to small or medium- 
sized dogs ; from four to eight ounces to large dogs. One 
quart may be employed for horses. The nutrient enema 
should be introduced into the bowel through a flexible 
rubber tube carried up into the colon. An hour before the 
enema is given the bowel is to be washed out thoroughly 
with cold water. The nutrient injection should not be given 
oftener than once in six hours, and if the bowel is irritable, 
not oftener than once in twelve hours. The absorptive 
power of the rectum is slight, but that of the colon is con- 
siderably greater. Predigested food is most valuable. 
IJeube's Beef Peptone may be used. A bullock's pancreas 
is finely chopped and rubbed up with eight ounces of gly- 
cerin. This extract will keep fresh several weeks in a cold 
place. To one-third of the extract are added five ounces of 
finely chopped beef, and the mixture is ready for immediate 
use. The peptonizing powders of Fairchild Brothers & 
Poster are most convenient in preparing digested food. 
Each powder consists of five grains of pancreatic extract and 
fifteen grains of sodium bicarbonate. 

A useful nutrient enema for a large dog may be made 
of two eggs and six ounces of milk. Four to six eggs may be 



FOOD AND FEEDING C95 

aidcled to a quart of milk for use as an enema for a horse. 
The mixture is then to be peptonized and introduced into the 
rectum at the temperature of the body. In using the pep- 
tonizing powders, one is placed in a quart glass jar together 
with a teacupful of cold water. Then a pint of the mixture 
to be peptonized is poured into the jar, and the latter placed 
in a vessel containing water as hot as the hand will easily 
"bear. The jar is kept in the hot water for twenty minutes 
^nd put on ice. When the mixture is used it should be 
Ilea ted to 100° F. If predigested food is to be given by the 
mouth, it is well not to keep the glass jar immersed in hot 
water more than five minutes, as otherwise the taste will be 
bitter and disagreeable. A small dose of laudanum is always 
useful to prevent the expulsion of enemata. Brandy may 
\>e added in the proportion of one ounce to the pint of milk 
jifter peptonizing. The addition of salt to egg-albumin 
j^reatly facilitates absorption. Gruels of all kinds, and 
iDroths, may be peptonized, as well as milk. It is not essen- 
tial, however, to peptonize milk and other fluids, although 
absorption is rendered somewhat more complete. The di- 
gestive powers of the large intestines are but slight. Sugar 
is absorbed unaltered ; undigested proteids (with certain 
exceptions) and fat are not absorbed. Peptones, soluble 
proteids, as milk, meat juice, egg albumin, and emulsified 
fat are absorbed. Nevertheless, absorption from the lower 
bowel is trivial compared with that from the stomach and in- 
testines generally, and as the extent of surface with which 
rectal injections come in contact is small, and their sojourn 
short, it follows that rectal feeding cannot take the place of 
normal alimentation. 

In tetanus, paralysis of muscles of deglutition, fracture 
of the jaw in horses, persistent vomiting and convulsions in 
dogs, and in all animals refusing food, rectal feeding is in- 
dicated. It is possible in horses to feed through a stomach 
tube. 



696 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 



Counter- Irritants . 

A counter-irritant is an irritant which acts counter, or 
against an existing irritation, result of irritation, or pain. 
In applying a "twitch" to a horse, we are inflicting an irri- 
tation to relieve some other source of irritation elsewhere. 
It is taken for granted that the damage and pain caused by 
the artificial irritant are not so severe as those already ex- 
isting. The amount of injury produced by an irritant 
depends upon the nature of the material, its strength, th& 
duration of its action, the mode of application, and the part 
to which it is applied. We may consider the effects oc- 
casioned by a mild and increasing action following the 
continued use of a single agent, or representing the 
action of materials of different degrees of potency. There 
first appears redness of the skin, accompanied by some 
burning or pain (rubefacient action), and if the irritation 
progresses there is a serous exudate poured out into the 
mucous layer of the skin. This leads to swelling and 
oedema. Greater irritation causes more exudation of serum 
and an elevation of the epidermis in a circumscribed area or 
areas, and the formation of blebs or blisters (vesication). 
If the irritation ceases at this point, the blisters break open 
and their contents dry on the surface, covering the parts 
with a thick scab. Synchronous with vesication we observe 
a similar process attacking the hair follicles. The hairs are 
loosened and fall, but as the papillae are usually unaffected, 
the growth of hair is soon renewed. The recovery of hair 
is facilitated by the application of grease to the part. Cer- 
tain agents cause circumscribed inflammation of the skin 
with the formation of pustules (pustulants), as croton oil, 
and these create necrosis of the hair papillae and, therefore,, 
permanent loss of hair. If the irritant is severe, suppura- 
tion follows vesication ; or, if an ordinary irritant is ap- 
plied with violent friction, is covered with a bandage, or 
placed over an already inflamed part, the same result 



COUNTER-IERITANTS 697 

liappens. The terms referring to the degree of action in- 
herent in ageuts are as follows : 

1. A rubefacient, causing hypersemia. 

2. A vesicant, or spispastic, inducing blistering. 

3. A pustnlant, creating pustules. 

4. An escharotic, or caustic, occasioning death of the 
tissues. 

The same agent, as has already been pointed out, may 
produce one or more of these actions according to circum- 
stances. The inner aspect of limbs and the flexures of joints 
are peculiarly sensitive, owing to the thinness of the skin 
-over these areas. If a counter-irritant is rubbed properly 
into the skin it may penetrate into the mucous layer. 

Reference has been made to the local influence of irri- 
tants. We will now direct attention to their remote effect. 
It is certainly known that irritation of the surface decidedly 
affects distant organs. Brown-Sequard noted contraction of 
vessels in one arm when the other was immersed in cold 
"water. Severe burns of the surface are followed by duo- 
denal ulcers. The preceding and succeeding remarks enable 
us to partially account for the remote influence of counter- 
irritants, but although we know their practical value, it is 
not within our present knowledge to offer theories wholly 
■explaining their effect. 

The influence of counter-irritants may be summed up 
in reflex action; i. e., the production and conduction- of an 
impulse from the periphery io nerve centres, thereby modi- 
fying the nerve functions and blood supply in" distant 
parts. 

The skin is commonly the point of application. It nor- 
mally is an organ of protection, respiration, secretion and 
special sense, and, through its medium, a regulator of tem- 
perature, responding to such natural stimuli as heat, cold, 
moisture and dryness. Such an unnatural and considerable 
stimulation as is produced by counter-irritants consequently j 
-creates very sensible alterations in the bodily functions-: 



698 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

Extensive counter-irritation causes the breathing to becom^^ 
slower and deeper by reflex stimulation of the vagi, and 
also by making the respiratory movements more painful, it 
the application be made to the chest wall. The circulation 
is likewise affected, and both the force of the heart and 
blood pressure are increased, unless the irritation is verr 
widespread and severe, when the reverse happens. In ac- 
cordance with the foregoing remarks, the use of considerable- 
heat, together with mustard or turpentine, is of great valua 
in conditions of vital depression, surgical shock, collapse 
and coma. Moreover, the effect on local blood supply is. 
still greater and full of importance, since it may explain the 
beneficial action obtained in the ordinary use of counter- 
irritants. In experiments conducted ujDon animals, it has 
been observed that when sinapisms are placed over the 
head, the blood vessels in the pia mater are first dilated, but 
soon contract and remain in that condition for some time. 
Likewise there was seen, following energetic counter-irrita- 
tion of the chest, anaemia of the underlying parts, including 
the muscles, pleura, and even the pulmonary tissue. It is 
essential to bear in mind, then, that while counter-irritants 
induce local congestion in their immediate vicinity, they also 
cause reflexly vascular contraction in more remote areas. 
In accordance with this demonstration, the importance of 
these agents in inflammation lies not so much in their bring- 
ing blood to the surface, as in forcing it out of distant parts. 
This fact is not generally appreciated. The use of the word 
"drawing" signifies the common idea of a counter-irritant, 
and implies the first proposition. 

Temperature is not materially affected by the therapeu- 
tic use of counter-irritants, and they are not necessarily 
contraindicated in fevers. Experiments, however, appear 
to show that mild counter-irritation may lead to a slight: 
elevation of body-heat, owing to stimulation of the calorifa- 
cient centres, while extensive and prolonged action lowers 
temperature by diarphoresis and depression of the heart and 
Leat centres. 



COUNTER-IRRITANTS 69^ 

Counter-irritants notably relieve pain. This result is 
not only due to overcoming congestion, but occurs when pain 
is purely neuralgic. The phenomenon is not altogether ex- 
plicable. The subduing influence of a twitch in the case of 
pain inflicted upon a horse is an analogous example. Wechs- 
berg, in some late experiments, notes, as a most striking^ 
effect of counter-irritants, oedematous infiltration of the skin, 
subcutaneous tissue and muscle in subadjacent parts, with 
compression of blood vessels in the deeper-lying structures. 
He attributes the relief of pain afforded by counter-irritants 
to anaemia and rapid compression brought io bear on the 
nerves in these underlying parts; a re.sult similar to the 
anod^nie influence observed following the injection of nor- 
mal salt solution over a nerve-trunk, which is the priuciple 
of Schleich's method of local anaesthesia by tissue infil- 
tration. 

Still this explanation does not interpret the relief of 
pain sometimes seen in parts remote from the point of 
application of counter-irritants. 

Pain is usually referable to the peripheral ends of an 
affected nerve. It is good practice to apply counter-irrita- 
tion directly over a deep-seated iuflammation or seat of pain, 
but in assuaging superficial p;iin it is foiind, that where the 
treatment can be made over the root of the painful nerve, 
better results are obtained. In j^ain in the chest wall a 
blister should be placed next the spine over the root of the 
spinal nerve involved ; in pain in the head in man, counter- 
irritation is applied over the back of the neck. Counter- 
irritation should be done behind the ear to relieve pain and 
inflammation in the eye and ear. 

In the treatment of enlarged glands and in acute inflam- 
mations, as abscess, boils aud carbuncles, by counter- 
irritants, the application should be about the lesions rather 
than directly upon them. 

Among other actions accomplished by counter-irritants 
are ; possible stimulation of trophic nerves and nutrition of 
a part; augmentation of tissue change, locally and gener- 



700 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

ally, and dilatation of vessels (when applied after the sub- 
sidence of acute inflammation or in chronically inflamed 
parts), with renewed activity of the circulation and conse- 
quent absorption of inflammatory exudations. Further- 
more, counter-irritants reflexly overcome spasm and pain 
occurring in colic, by stimulating and replacing normal 
peristaltic action in place of abnormal localized contractions. 
In like manner they excite uterine contractions by stimula- 
tion of the involuntary muscular fibres of the womb. 

INDICATIONS FOE COUNTER-IRRITANTS. 

1. To overcome congestion and inflammation in remote 
parts. 

2. To promote absorption of inflammatory products 
locally. 

3. To relieve pain. 

4. To stimulate the heart, respiration and nervous func- 
tions. 

liuhrfacierds. — In this class are included the volatile 
oils — turpentine, oil of wintergreen, etc. — alcohol, chloro- 
form, balsams, resins, iodine, tincture of camphor, tincture 
of caiitharides, mustard, and heat. These agents are used 
when it is desirable to stimulate the nervous system rapidly, 
and to relieve pain and congestion. To attain this end, we 
employ comparatively mild ngents in order that we may 
apply them over an extensive surface without causing seri- 
ous or permanent results. Mustard is rubbed with warm 
water into a tliin paste (a sinapism), and rubbed over the 
chest of horses iu congestion of the lungs, in acute bron- 
chitis, or in the first stage of pleuritis, to obtund pain and 
lessen congestion. Sinapisms also relieve obstinate cough, 
revive failing respiration, and stimulate reflexly the vital 
functions in collapse, shock and narcotic coma. Applied 
over the cardiac region, they avert syncope. To assist the 
action of mustard, we often cover the application with hot 
blankets, and then with dry ones. Stimulating liniments 
are sometimes preferred. One volume of oil of mustard 



COUNTER-IRKITANTS 



7C1 



( 



may be combined witli fifteen vohimes of oil of turpentine; 
or ammonia water, thirty parts, and oil of turpentine, fifteen 
parts, are added to spirit of camphor and soap liniment, each 
fifty parts. 

Turpentine is more valuable in abdominal disorders ia 
horses. It is sprinkled on hot blankets, and applied as a 
stupe to stop pain, spasm, and stimulate normal peristalsis 
in colic ; and to relieve pain and congestion in enteritis, 
peritonitis, diarrhoea and other difficulties. The beneficial 
result accruing from the use of external counter-irritants 
in bowel troubles is often facilitated by the injection of hot 
(115° F.) rectal enemata. 

Stimulating liniments are serviceable in aiding resolu- 
tion of swelling following the acute stage of cellulitis, lym- 
phangitis, neuritis, mammitis, rheumatism, strains and 
bruises. They are often employed in laryngitis. lu chronic 
skin diseases, as eczema, mild counter-irritants (tar, oil of 
cade, Peruvian balsam, etc.) substitute an active reparative 
process, tend to aid absorption of exudation and induration, 
and relieve pain and itching. The tincture of iodine may 
abort incipient inflammatory lesions, as boils and abscess, 
by means of its counter-irritant and antiseptic properties. 

VESICANTS AND THE ACTUAL CAUTERY 

Cantharides, red iodide of mercury, and croton oil, are 
more commonly used in veterinary medicine to cause blis- 
tering. Reference will be had, hereafter, to cantharidal 
blisters. Blisters and the cautery are especially indicated 
to cause resolution of inflammatory products and modifica- 
tion of inflammatory processes; to secure fixation and rest 
of parts, aud to relieve pain. It is impossible to enumerate 
all the conditions in which they are useful. In the treat- 
ment of severe sprains, as curb aud " breakdown;" and in 
exostoses, as ringbone and spavin, the actual cautery (firing) 
is used before and in conjunction with blistering to exagger- 
ate the counter-irritant effect. Absorption is attained in the 
foregoing conditions by the production of an acute inflam- 



702 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

mation, with increase of vascularity, tissue change and fatty" 
degeneration. In " breakdown," the formation of scar tissue 
is thought (vi^ithout reason) to assist in supporting the limb. 
Sometimes, on the other hand, osseous deposit is unabsorbed, 
but anchylosis and freedom from pain in a diseased joint is- 
secured by the enforced maintenance of rest and fixation of 
the joint, together with the production of new bone. 

In exudative diseases of serous membranes, as pleuritis, 
pericarditis, peritonitis, meningitis, arthritis, and synovitis, 
blisters facilitate absorption and recovery after the acute 
stage is over. This favorable result is not due to loss of 
serum, but to modification of the inflammatory process. In 
the first three diseases named above, blisters — flying blist- 
ers — may be applied in spots every few days in different 
places over the affected area. 

Blisters reflexly stimulate the nerve centres in menin- 
gitis, in addition to their action on the inflammatory lesion. 
They should be applied over the poll or spine according 
to the location of the trouble. Absorption in chronically 
enlarged glands is assisted by blisters. They also hasten 
"ripening" of suppurating glands or abscess when this 
process is slow, and hasten their resolution after evacua- 
tion of pus. The blister should be rubbed on about the 
inflamed area in these lesions. 

Vesicants are also valuable in pharyngitis and laryngitis 
for severe cases, when stimulating liniments are ineffectual; 
and, in lessening pain, exudation and swelling of the throat, 
may avert the necessity of tracheotomy. A blister applied 
about the coronet in diseases of the feet is serviceable in 
stimulating the growth of the hoof and promotes repair in 
navicular disease, laminitis, and cartilaginous quittor, after 
the acute stage is passed. In arthritis and synovitis, the 
whole diseased area, with the exception of the flexure of the 
joint, is covered with a blister. Since it is often impossible 
to immobilize a part, in veterinary practice, by splints, 
blisters are sometimes employed for this end after reduction 
of dislocations. 



COUNTER-IBRITANTS '''03 

The hair should be clipped from an area to be blis- 
tered, the skin washed with soap and water, and the animal 
tied up or restrained in some way from biting the part. It 
is the custom to cover immediately the surrounding parts 
with grease, but protection from the acrid discharge can be 
secured more effectively by frequent sponging with soap 
suds and water ; or painting the skin, under the blistered 
surface, with a solution of resin in alcohol. Grease is not 
so good a protective, since it is a solvent for cantharides. 
Vaseline should be applied following the active stage. 

Caustics or Esdiarotics are agents which destroy tissue. 
They comprise such substances as the caustic alkalies, min- 
eral acids, silver nitrate ; iron, zinc and copper sulphates ; 
ferric, zinc and mercuric chlorides ; carbolic acid, arsenic, 
together with the actual cautery. They are indicated in the 
treatment of exuberant granulations, morbid growths, septic, 
sloughiug and necrotic parts, pyogenic membranes, fistulous 
tracts, and for the destruction of poisons, as in rabid dog and 
snake bite. Escharotics stimulate and modify nutrition in 
unhealthy wounds and ulcers. Many form chemical com- 
pounds with the tissue elements. Heat oxidizes animal 
tissues, and also coagulates albumin and abstracts water 
from them. 

The alkalies produce greasy compounds with the pro- 
teids, saponify the fats and withdraw water from the tissues. 
They are the most widely destructive agents. Silver nitrate 
forms an insoluble albuminate with the tissues to which it is 
applied, and protects the underlying structures from fujther 
action. It is most superficial in its action, but possesses 
specific properties in altering the condition of unhealthy 
wounds for the better. Extreme heat, exemplified by the 
white-hot iron, acts as a counter-irritant in stimulating 
reflexly the nervous system ; in increasing the vascularity ct' 
surrounding parts, and in favoring revulsion of blood ; in 
aiding absorption and resolution, and in relieving pain apart 
from its direct destructive effect. Caustics may be applied 
in either the solid or liquid stale, and in various forms, as 



704' GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

the stick, powder, paste and ointment. Caustics are soTne- 
times employed to stop haemorrhage. (See Styptics, p. 63). 
The reader is referred to the articles on special agents for 
further details). 

Suppurants. — Any of the more active counter-irritants, 
as croton oil, may induce suppuration. Under this head 
may be mentioned setons and issues of rowel. A seton is a 
piece of tape or other material, introduced through an in- 
cision in the skin, and thence under the skin in the connective 
tissue, and finally out through the skin at a short distance 
from the point of entrance. The loose ends are then knotted 
together, and the whole loop is drawn through the wound 
once daily to keep up constant irritation and suppuration. 
An issue of rowel is a piece of gauze or tow, which is passed 
into an incision, where the substance remains, and caiises 
continual irritation and suppuration. To intensify their 
irritant action, both setons and issues of rowel may be first 
saturated with cautharides ointment or oil of turpentine. 
They have been employed in acute diseases of the eye, men- 
ingitis, " strangles," and in joint and shoulder lameness, near 
the seat of trouble. Setons and issues of rowel are barbar- 
ous and dirty, and fortunately are becoming obsolete. 

Cold and. Heat. 

Cold. — Cold and heat are only relative terms. As used 
here, they refer, respectively, to a thermal intensity below 
or above that of the body. Cold is usually applied by 
means of water in some form. In veterinary practice we 
are limited in the employment of cold air, as a medium, to 
the use of free ventilation and protection of animals from the 
solar heat. Cool air is especially desirable in the treatment 
of most febrile affections by lowering temperature and serv- 
ing as a stimulus to the respiratory, circulatory and nervous 
functions generally. Locally, cold causes contraction of the 
peripheral vessels and muscles of the skin, forcing out fluids 
from the part and reducing local temperature. This is more 



I 



COLD AND HEAT 705 

distiuctly noticeable in congested areas. If the application 
is very severe or long continued, the vessels lose their tone, 
become paralyzed, aud Ave have passive congestion, inflam- 
mation, and finally death. 

Ordinarily, reaction sets in after the use of cold, more 
particularly if followed by heat, when an active hypersernia 
is substituted for the ischemia. This is brought about both 
by reflex stimulation of the heart by the cold, and local dila- 
tion of the vessels. Therefore, when we wish to constringe 
parts, we use moderate cold continuously ; bnt, by alternat- 
ing cold and heat we may accelerate the blood supply, aud 
by first forcing out, nnd then bringing back the fluids of the 
tissues, we can maintain such an activity of the circulation 
that even solid exudations are absorbed. Cold, locally, 
lessens nervous irritability and pain directly, and, also, by 
contracting the afferent vessels, it diminishes the impact of 
the blood on sensitive parts. Moderate heat is said, never- 
theless, to produce much the same result by relaxing the 
capillaries of the collateral circulation, thus draining off the 
blood and relieving tension in the inflamed part. Tissue 
change is diminished, locally, by the action of cold. Sup- 
puration and sloughing proceed but slowly under its retard- 
ing influence. Acute abscess is converted into what might 
be logically termed a " cold abscess " in the most literal 
sense of the word. Remotely, moderate cold applied to the 
body for a short period actually increases general tempera- 
ture by stimulating reflexly the heat centres, increasing 
oxidation and lessening radiation from the contracted super- 
ficial vessels. If cold is in contact with the whole body for 
a longer time, the temperature gradually sinks and the 
reduction continues for some hours, when, in healthy ani- 
mals, the temperature rises above normal. Such effects are 
much more pronounced in pyrexia. The action upon the 
nervous system is exceedingly important therapeutically. 
The most powerful stimulating action is exerted upon the 
centres of innervation controlling the circulatory, respira- 
tory, digestive and excretory organs. In fever, this treatment. 



706 GENERAL THEEAPEUTIC MEASURES 

invigorates the failing digestive functions, relieves the nerv« 
ous irritability by cooling the blood going to the great nerve 
centres in the medulla, and strengthens and stimulates the 
entire nervous organization. Cold applications and drinks 
stimulate the circulation reflexly, increase blood tension, and, 
therefore, the secretion of urine in fever, which is very im- 
portant for the elimination of toxins. Locally, heat and 
cold are often used interchangeably in merlicine. In human 
practice it is a rule to be guided in tlie choice of one or the 
other by the desire of and effect upon the p;itient, and this 
should appl}', SIS far as possible, in veterinary practice. 
Cold is employed, locally, in congestions of superficial parts, 
and tends to abort inflammation and relieve pain. 

lu meningitis, rubber ice bags or continual irrigation of 
the head and spine are used. Laryngitis may be success- 
fully treated by ice poultices (cracked ice and sawdust in 
linen bags) or by thin rubber ice bags surrounding the 
throat. In the same way are treated sprained tendons, 
capped hocks, broken knees, recent curbs, and lymphangitis. 
In fact, most superficial inflammatory surgical affections are 
benefited by cold applications. Ice and ice water are useful 
in checking venous or capillary lisemori'hage, although hot 
water is often more serviceable. Cold water enemata are 
valuable in atonic constipation, diarrhoea, and to reduce 
temperature in fever. In the uterus, ice in small lumps 
will arrest metrorrhagia, and, in the rectum, aid in reducing 
prolapse. Ice bags, placed along the spine over the sym- 
pathetic ganglia, will cause dilatation of arterioles in regions 
corresponding to the point of application. 

MODES OF EMPLOYING COLD WATER.* 

Ablution is the simplest method of applying water to the 
surface of the body. It is merely bathing. Water at the 
temperature of 50° to 60° F. is applied by a rough, coarse 



* The writer is much indebted to the writings of Simon Baruch in 
connection with uses of water. 



COLD AND HEAT 



707 



<;lotli. The water is thrown on in considerable quantities, 
beginning with the head and going rapidly over the neck, 
trunk and limbs successively, rubbing the skin briskly all 
the while with the cloth. Two attendants are required for 
the application of an ablution to the larger animals. The 
patient is finally dried and warmly blanketed. The process 
may be repeated each half hour in fever, or twice daily as a 
tonic measure in chronic diseases. The rationale consists in 
the stimulus afforded by the cold to the nervous system, 
accompanied by contraction and subsequent dilatation of 
the peripheral blood vessels, with consequent cooling of the 
blood and increased radiation of heat from the surface. In 
most hydriatic methods for reducing temperature in fever, 
friction of the skin should be the sine qua non, as otherwise 
the physical cooling of the body is confined entirely to the 
periphery, the contraction of the surface vessels driving the 
blood inward to the vital organs. The superficial muscles 
then act as non-conductors, and heat production being stimu- 
lated reflexly by the cold, an actual increase of internal 
temperature may obtain. 

It is only by securing dilatation of the superficial ves- 
sels by friction that the result first described can be 
prevented, for after the first shock the peripheral vessels 
dilate, an increased supply of blood is brought to the sur- 
face, is rapidly cooled and courses inward, only to be replaced 
by more over-heated blood. The internal temperature is 
thus lowered, and instead of an internal congestion being 
brought about, as may happen when the skin is simply 
exposed to cold, we have a constant withdrawal of heated 
blood from the interior. In this perpetual interchange not 
only does cooling of the blood and body occur, but the cir- 
culation is equalized and congestions are overcome. 

The Sheet Bath. — Whole baths are impracticable for our 
larger patients, and the sheet bath may be substituted to 
advantage for antipyretic and other purposes to which the 
cold bath is adapted. A cloth soaked in cold water, or ice 
poultice, is placed on the poll to prevent determination of 



708 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

blood to the head, and a linen sheet, wet in water, of from 
50° to 80° F., is placed over the animal, the surface bein^ 
rubbed, while dashing on the sheet water at the temperature 
of 50° to 60*^ F. This process is continued for fifteen or 
twenty minutes, unless rigor is induced. The method is 
valuable in the treatment of fever and insolation. The gen- 
eral rationale is the same as in the case of ablutions, but the 
antipyretic effect is more marked and permanent. The sheet 
may be covered, wLile wet, by blankets, and converted into 
a wet pack. 

The Wet Pack is applicable for general or local use, and 
for various purposes. A linen sheet is dipped in water at a 
temperature of 50° to 70° F., and wrung out very thoroughly. 
A cold application is put on the head and the sheet applied 
and covered with dry woolen blankets. The duration of 
af)plication is from one quarter to three hours, according to 
the object in view. If it is used as a strictly antipyretic 
measure, it should be changed frequently. The wet pack 
differs materially from other hydiiatic procedures in that 
reaction occurs slowly, for there is no artificial stimulus in 
the shape of friction to accelerate it. The primary contrac- 
tion of the vessels is succeeded by partial dilatation of them, 
when the blood from the interior of the over-heated body is 
cooled on the surface by contact with the sheet and by 
vaporization of the water. Vascular contraction again occurs 
owing to the cooling, forcing the chilled blood iuAvard. So 
there is continual interchange of cooled and heated blood, 
until the sheet has become thoroughly warmed. After the 
wet pack is removed, the skin should be dried and the 
patient well blanketed. 

The interchange of blood is useful in relieving conges- 
tion of the internal organs, in aiding nutrition by bringing 
to the periphery nutriment absorbed from the gastro-intes- 
tinal tract, and for its tonic effect on the nervous system. In 
fever, it abates cerebral hypergemia, delirium and excite- 
ment, and promotes rest and quiet. 

The PriessnUz Poultice is similar to the wet pack, but a. 



\ COLD AND HEAT 7Cf) 

"waterproof protective is interposed between the wet slieet, 
sponges or cloths on the inside and the outside woolen cov- 
erings. Evaporation is thus prevented, but not vaporization. 
Siu-li an application niaj be iised with safety in febrile dis- 
eases, as pleuritis and pneumonia. If it is not renewed 
frequent!}', h3'per8einia of the surface occurs, and this may 
be beneficial in aboitiug or relieving internal congestion. It 
then acts as an ordinary poultice, and is of value in various 
local inflammations resulting from strains, blows and bruises; 
also, in larj-ngitis. Besides relieving internal congestion, 
the Priessnitz poultice stimulates absorption, removes in- 
duration and hastens suppuration, locally. The wet pack 
and Priessnitz poultice are more appropriate for practical 
use than the other methods in veterinary practice, since the 
evaporation from the hair of animals contraindicates methods 
suitable in human medicine. 

Cold Baths are only practicable for the smaller animals. 
Dogs may be immersed in water at 90° P., which is rapidly 
coded down to 60^. The bath should last about fifteen 
minutes, the surface of the body being rubbed constantly. 
Ice water should be frequently poured over the head. After 
removal from the water, the patient must be thoroughly 
dried, wrapped in warm blankets, and a stimulant given if 
necessary. Such treatment may be used as an antipyretia 
measure if the temperature is over 103° P. in the rectum. 

Douches. — A douche is a forcible impact of water against 
the surface of the bod}'. It is not used for its antip}^retiG 
effect, but acts as a stimulant to the nervous system at large, 
whereby the respiratory action is deepened and strength- 
ened, and the circulation invigorated. The douche is given 
advantageously in the treatment of coma, of alcohol, chloro- 
form, ether or opium, applied to the head. The water maj 
be dashed from a pail or applied by means of a garden hose- 
or from a tap. Rheumatic lameness and peripheral para- 
lysis are suitable cases for the douche treatment, followed 
by vigorous rubbing and dry bandaging. Syncope may often 
"be quickly relieved by douching of the head and chest. 



710 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

Local Baths are good, especially in inflammatory condi- 
tions of the feet in horses. Tubs may be employed for the 
animals to stand in, the water being changed frequently or 
Toeing kept cool by ice. It is not advisable to allow animals 
to stand in large bodies of water on account of the danger 
they incur of "catching cold" from surface evaporation. 
The value of the local use of water in acute laminitis is 
worth mentioning here. After the shoes have been re- 
moved the extreme pain may be alleviated by standing the 
horse in quite hot water, sufficient to reach up to or above 
the foot-locks. Good results are obtained by changing to 
ice water after the first day and continuing this for several 
days, in this way causing a contraction of the arteries, 
lessening the amount of blood supplied to the part and the 
danger of chronic laminitis and dropped sole. If con- 
venient to a running stream, about the same results may be 
obtained by standing the animal in it. 

Irrigation with cold water is done in inflammatory dis- 
eases of the joints, tendons and feet. Running water may 
be permitted to flow continuously through perforated rubber 
tubes, connected with a tap, or used as siphons and closed 
at their distal extremities. The holes may be made in the 
tube with red-hot needles. The rubber tubes should be 
wound about the limb or part and held in position by band- 
ages. Leiter's expensive block tin tubes are easily bent 
and rendered useless by the movements of our patients. 
The treatment of lacerated wounds by means of a stream 
of water from a convenient hydrant, causes the part 
to granulate quickly and greatly facilitates the healing 
process, but care should be taken not to allow the water to 
run over the wound more than three or four hours at a 
time each day, otherwise the part will become " water- 
logged " and tend to break down and slough rather than to 
fill in with healthy granulation tissue. 

Cold Brinks are both refreshing and antipyretic in action. 
Cool water should be placed where the patient can take it 
as he desires. In stomatitis, tetanus and angina, cool water 



I 



COLD AND HEAT 711 

is distinctly grateful and comforting. In the latter two dis- 
eases, it should be arranged so that the animal can reach it 
Avithout bending the neck. The mouth can be rinsed out 
continually, removing decomposing food and mucus, the 
•thirst be slaked and heat and inflammation relieved. 

Cold Enemata are valuable antipyretic agencies. From 
five to fifteen quarts of cold water may be thrown up through 
a flexible rubber tube, six feet long, far into the bowel of 
the horse. 

Evaporating Solutions. — Methylene bichloride or ether 
spray may be applied for a short time by means of an 
atomizer, to induce local anaesthesia of a part, through the 
powerful refrigeration produced in their evaporation, and is 
most satisfactorily employed in conjunction with cocaine 
injections. One turn of a cotton or linen bandage, or a 
-single thickness of similar stuff, put about a part and wet 
continuously with cold water, forms a good evaporating 
medium in allaying superficial inflammation and pain. A 
jnixture of clay, and equal parts of water, vinegar and diluted 
solution of lead acetate, make a cheap and efficient cooling 
application for external use in the treatment of bruises and 
sprains. The paste should be removed as quickly as it 
■dries. 

Refrigerants. — Certain medicines either produce a sub- 
jective feeling of coolness or actually cause it, applied exter- 
nally or given internally. The subjective sensation is due 
to some inexplicable action on the local nerve supply. Some 
are stimulants and astringents, and diminish the circulation 
in the part. Externally, acetate of lead, chloride of am- 
monium, nitrate of potash, and vinegar, are used most 
frequently as refrigerants. 

The mineral acids and salts of potassium and sodium, 
especially potassium nitrate, are administered more com- 
monly, internally, both for their cooling effect and to allay 
i;hirst. 



712 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

HEAT 

"Water at a moderate degree of heat — what is termed 
lukewarm — i. e., 86° to 95° F., applied to the body, stimu- 
lates the action of the skin, relaxes peripheral vessels and 
diminishes nervous excitability, pain and spasm in neigh- 
boring parts. "Water at a temperature of 112° to 120° F. 
contracts blood vessels of underlying parts, relieving con- 
gestion and pain. Such a degree of heat resembles cold in 
its effect, and they may often be used interchangeably. Still 
stronger heat has much the same effect as excessive cold, 
only acting more quickly, causing dilatation of the vessels, 
pain, inflammation and destruction of tissue. The action of 
powerful heat on the whole body, or upon single organs, is 
similar to that of counter-irritants. Mild, moist heat is 
beneficial in the treatment of wounds in poorly vascular 
parts where there is a tendency to indolent granulation, as 
about the feet in horses. Again, in low grades of inflamma- 
tion with induration, as in strains of tendons, where mod- 
erate heat tends to stimulate the circulation and hasten 
absorption. In the treatment of abscess and burns, with 
destruction of tissue and suppuration, moist heat applied 
locally macerates the dead tissue, hastens sloughing and 
relieves pain, and in softening parts prevents the burrow- 
ing of pus and the formation of deep-seated poekets and 
sinus's. 

A modern view of poulticing is that it aids the migra- 
tion of leucocytes, and therefore is productive of good in 
assisting their phagocytic action.* The abscess can thus be 
more speedily formed and more quickly defined. Herein 
heat differs from cold. In irritable and spasmodic troubles 
of muscular origin in various organs, heat is distinctly reme- 
dial, as in pelvic and abdominal pain and colic, when 
employed in the form of rectal injections. Heat may, in 
many conditions, be used interchangeably with, or in the 
place of, cold, according to the preference of the practitioner^ 

* Hot applications increase exudation, congestion and proliferation of cella, 
and local chemical activity. All these results are inimical to bacterial growth. 



COLD AND HEAT 713 

<or the effect upon the patient. As, for instance, in the case 
of pneumouia, pleuritis, angina, and in checking hsemorr- 
liage. Heat may be utilized in simply preventing the natural 
radiation of it from the body. Thus, simple, warm, dry 
blankets, applied all over the surface of the body, may abort 
catarrhal or rheumatic conditions by merely causing reten- 
tion of the body heat, dilatation of the peripheral vessels 
and equalization of the circulation. Covering a portion of 
the skin vrith such dense preparations as tar, pitch or collo- 
<lion, in mild superficial inflammatory lesions, is said to 
produce favorable results by restraining radiation and in- 
creasing heat and blood supply in the part. Even thickened 
tendons and indurated glands may be benefited thereby. 
The Priessnitz poultice continuously applied has a similar 
action. In vasomotor paralysis, seen in collapse, following 
loss of blood or poisoning, and in shock due to traumatism 
or surgical operation, heat is eminently a life-saving means. 
In such conditions the loss of vascular tone and dilatation of 
the vessels leads to dangerous, and even fatal, cooling of the 
body. Heated dry blankets, or those wrung out in hot 
water, should be applied to the larger animals, together with 
liot rectal injections ; while the smaller animals may be 
placed in baths at the temperature of 105° F., till the tem- 
perature becomes normal. Such treatment should be com- 
bined with the use of vascular and cardiac stimulants, 
atropine, digitalis and strychnine, and saline infusions. 

MODES OF APPLYING HEAT. 

PouUices or Cataplasms* — Cataplasms are compositions 
for the local application of heat and moisture. They are 
made, commonly, of flaxseed meal, bran, oatmeal, bread, 
potatoes and carrots. One or other of these is stirred up in 
boiling water until a thick, pasty consistency is reached. 
This mass may then be applied, while very hot, directly to 

* Cataplasma Kaolini (U. S. P.) consists of kaolin, or porcelain clay, and is 
applied externally as a poultice. It acts to retain the body heat and is very 
similar to " Antiphlogistine," an excellent substitute for the ordinary poultice. 



714 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

the part when we wish to produce a softening of the tissues^, 
as in abscess or tender feet in horses, and the whole is 
covered hj a cloth. In poulticing horses' feet, the material — ■ 
usually bran and flaxseed meal, equal parts — is mixed in a 
pail, with boiling water, and spread on a piece of bagging 
(double thickness, and about two feet square), in sufficient 
quantity to surround and cover the entire foot. The bag- 
ging is then folded and tied about the pasterns, and over 
around the front and sole of the foot. The whole should 
occasionally be immersed in water to prevent drying of tha 
poultice. When a poultice is used merely for its continued 
heat, in relieving heat and congestion, the material should 
be enclosed in a flannel bag, in order the longer to retain, 
and radiate its warmth. 

A very hot poultice acts as a counter-irritant in con- 
tracting bloodvessels in more remote parts, besides its effects 
in abating pain. A warm, moist poultice causes a mild local 
hyperaemia, softens broken down and dead tissues, and aids, 
suppuration and sloughing. Poultices are not employed 
very much, except in the treatment of horses' feet, as they 
are clumsy, laborious contrivances, and difficult to keep in 
place. If long-continued, they cause tissues to becomo 
swollen, sodden and macerated, dGstroying their vitality. 
Antiseptic poultices are made by soaking sheet cotton, gauze, 
or other absorbent material, in Lot antiseptic solutions, as 
corrosive sublimate, 1-1000; creolin or sulpho-naphtol,, 
1-100. The material is very lightly wrung out, wrapped 
about with dry gauze, covered with oil paper, silk or rubber 
protective, and applied to the part with a bandage. Anti- 
septic poultices are useful in the treatment of septic injuries,, 
and when there is much pain, destruction of tissue, slough- 
ing and suppuration. Otherwise, poultices are decidedly 
contraindicated in the case of wounds, as dry antiseptic or 
aseptic absorbent dressings are far preferable in securing 
one of the cardinal requirements in the process of healing,. 
i.e., dryness. As substitutes for ordinary poultices, we liava 
spongio-pilene, counter-irritants, stupes and fomentations. 



I 



COLD AND HEAT 715 

Spongio-pilene occurs in sheets, about an inch in thickness, 
made of a mixture of sponge and felt, backed with a flexible 
covering of gntta-percha. Its main objection is the expense. 
It forms, when soaked in water, a cleanl}' and easily applied 
poultice for non-suppurating parts. 

Counter-irritation, as has been pointed out, is produced 
by hot poulticing as well as by drugs. A combination of the 
two is obtained in stupes. 

Stupes, Stupa. — A stupe consists of a flannel or other 
cloth, wrung out in plain or medicated hot water, and ap- 
plied to the skin. These are often covered by waterproof 
protection, the better to retain heat. In the yeterinary art, 
hot blankets are often applied over the whole chest or abdo- 
men to relieve internal congestion and pain in pleuritis, 
pneumonia and colic. Turpentine stupes are more in favor 
with abdominal troubles. These are made by simply sprink- 
ling oil of turpentine over the hot blankets, or by saturating 
flannel cloths in turpentine and wringing them out in very 
hot water. To get a very active counter-irritant efi'ect, a 
mustard paste may be rubbed over the chest, and then hot 
blankets applied. 

Hot Water Bags, made of rubber, and enclosing water at 
a temperature of 120° F., may be placed along the spine, and 
by stimulating the cord and sympathetic ganglia, cause sti- 
iniilatiou of the vaso-constrictors in regions corresponding to 
the controlling areas over which the heat is applied. In this 
manner inflammatory conditions of the throat, chest, and 
abdomen are said to have been aborted, and internal haemor- 
rhage efi'ectually arrested. Conversely, cold may be used 
over the spine to dilate distal arterioles. 

Fomentations are simply local baths. As technically 
employed, the word refers to bathing parts with plain or 
medicated hot water, by means of sponge or cloths. They 
may be used to cleanse wounds or parts of dried discharges ; 
they act as counter-irritants if very hot, or as mild, stimulat- 
ing, soothing and softening applications if warm. In order 
to produce much effect, besides a mere detergent one, they 



71 G GENERAL THERArEUTIC MEASURES 

sliould be applied for a considerable length of time — one 
half hour at least — and be followed by drying and bandag- 
ing. Fomentations reduce swelling and pain, and hasten 
repair in bruises, strains and local inflammatory lesions. 

Injections of hot water are employed to cleanse wounds, 
stop bleeding and relieve pain and spasm. Injections mny 
be thrown into the rectum or vagina at a temperature of 
115° to 120° F. In the vagina, hot water may stop post- 
partum hsemorrhage, pain and congestion in the pelvis, by 
producing uterine contractions, and atonic constriction of 
vessels in neighboring parts, which lasts for several hours 
following its use. Hot rectal injections (115° F.) subdue 
abdominal and pelvic pain or spasm, as intestinal or renal 
colic and spasm of the neck of the bladder. The heat per se 
in such injections may be invaluable in shock and collapse 
as noted above. 

The water may either be led off through a rubber tube, 
from a stop-cock in a pail or reservoir, placed a few feet 
above the patient, or else siphonage may be done off-hand 
through a bit of small-sized hose. Having hung a pail filled 
with wflti^r three or four feet above the patient, the hose is 
filled with water, and, closing the ends to keep it full, the 
i![)l)er part is put in the pail, while the lower, smooth and 
greased, is ])assed into the rectum or vagina; or water may 
be poured through a large tin funnel into the upper end of 
the tube. The ordinary fountain syringe is the best appa- 
ratus for smaller animals. . 

Dry Heat may be applied by means of hot blankets, hot 
water bags, hot salt or sand in cloth bags, a flatiron or hot, 
wet cloths between waterproof coverings. Dry heat is often 
preferable to moist heat for simply relieving pain and con- 
gestion, as animals are less apt to become chilled by drafts 
and evaporation from the surface afterwards. It is gener- 
ally more difficult to obtain, however. 

Inhalations of plain or medicated steam are given for 
their local effect on the mucous membranes of the upper air 
passages. The moist heat has a soothing action on the 



I 



COLD AND HEAT 717 

Jierves, and tends to loosen dry exudations. Agents may be 
incorporated in the inhalation haviug a sedative, stimulating 
or antiseptic action. (Vid. "Agents Acting on the Respiratory 
Organs," pp. 47, 48.) 

The technique consists in placing a bucket containing 
a boiling mash under the horse's nose, or in pouring cool 
•water over a heated brick or iron in the bottom of a pail. 
The practice of tying a bag over a horse's head, and steam- 
ing him therein, is bad, if the animal is suffering from 
respiratory troubles, as insufficient pure air is obtainable. 
A dog may be placed on the seat of a cane bottomed chair, 
and covered loosely with a sheet over the whole, the steam 
being generated in a vessel beneath. 

Hot Baths at a temperature of 98° to 110° F. are imprac- 
ticable for larger animals. They can be given to the smaller 
animals- in collapse, shock, rheumatism, and to abort cold 
after exposure. Glowing heat is applied by means of heated 
metal, and is treated under the section on counter-irri- 
tation. 

ACTION OP HEAT CONTEASTED WITH THAT OP COLD. 

The action of intense heat or cold on animal tissue is 
Tery similar in effect, producing vasomotor paralysis, con- 
gestion, inflammation, destruction of tissue and death. Even 
the sensations to which they give rise resemble each other 
so closely, that the coolies on first handling ice said they 
could not hold it because it burned their fingers. Strong heat 
(115° to 120° r.) contracts blood vessels in underlying parts 
and overcomes pain and congestion. Heat of this degree 
approaches cold in similarity of action. A moderate 
degree of heat dilates vessels, while cold of like intensity 
contracts them. Moderate heat relieves pain by relaxing 
tissue, diminishes vascular tension by dilating efferent ves- 
sels of the collateral circulation, and draining off blood from 
the congested areas. Moderate cold, on the other hand, 
accomplishes a similar result in benumbing nervous sensa- 
tion and lessening the impact of blood in the painful region 



718 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

by constringiDg the afferent vessels. Tissue change is 
increased by moderate heat, but decreased by cold applied 
locally, or generally in fever. Swelling of tissue is reduced. 
by cold directly ; only indirectly by heat, which may, indeed, 
increase it. Softening and sloughing of parts, suppuration 
and "ripening" of abscesses and "cleaning off" of wounds,, 
are facilitated by moderate heat, but hindered by cold. 

Disinfectants, Antiseptics and Deodorants. 

Disinfectants, or germicides, are agents which destroy 
the micro-organisms, causing infectious and contagious dis- 
eases, fermentation and putrefaction. Antiseptics are agents 
which prevent the growth ctnd development of the micro- 
organisms, occasioning fermentation, putrefaction and dis- 
ease; more especially the micrococci producing suppuration. 

Deodorizers, or deodorants, are agents which destroy 
or counteract a foul odor. They are not necessarily anti- 
septic or disinfectants. Considerable confusion exists in 
relation to the terms disinfectant and antiseptic, because the 
latter is often described as an agent which inhibits the 
growth, or destroys the life of the micro-organisms of fer- 
mentation, putrefaction, and disease. This definition makes 
antiseptics synonymous with disinfectants. The distinction 
exists, however, according to common usage, that while dis- 
infectants may, in dilution, act as antiseptics, antiseptics are 
not often disinfectants, and in the nature of things are not 
strong enough to kill germs, although they may hinder their 
growth. Antiseptics may then be regarded as a subdivision 
of disinfectants. The two terms are unnecessary and mis- 
leading, as either might embrace both interference with the 
growth and destruction of micro-organisms. Disinfection 
may fall short of sterilization ; i. e., death of all germs. 
Boiling a fluid containing micro-organisms wholly kills 
them ; but, while disinfectants may destroy the germs of 
disease, they often fail to kill more resistant and harmless 
organisms, as the spores of B. subtilis. The scope of anti- 



' DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 719^ 

septics has been extended by some authors (Hare) to include 
agents which destroy the toxic products of bacteria (iodo- 
form) and prevent their absorption. A discrimination be- 
tween disinfectants and antiseptics may be made in relation 
to their connection with the body. Those agents employed 
to kill germs, in matter distinct from the living body, are 
disinfectants ; while those agents applied on the surface, or 
introduced within the body, may be classed as antiseptics, 
since they can rarely be used in such strength as to kill all 
micro-organisms without injuring or killing their host. 

DISINFECTANTS AND DISINFECTION. 

Air, sunlight, heat and water are naturally the best dis- 
infectants. Air scatters and dilutes micro-organisms, making 
them pathologically inactive. There is no more effective 
way to disinfect a stable, in which animals are living, than 
by free ventilation with pure air. It is well known that ani- 
mals are less liable to contract infectious diseases in the 
comparatively pure air of the country than in closely 
crowded and ill-ventilated city buildings. Likewise, the 
contagious diseases of children mostly occur in winter, when 
they are herded together in schools and in poorly ventilated 
dwellings. 

To attempt to disinfect the air surrounding a patient is 
the height of absurdity. The generation of chlorine and 
sulphurous acid gases for this purpose, although recom- 
mended in text books, is futile, and by irritating the respira- 
tory mucous membrane, accomplishes moie harm than good, 
since a congested surface offers a more suitable field for 
bacterial growth. Air, on the other hand, may be a medium 
of infection when contaminated with dust containing patho- 
genic bacteria (B. tuberculosis). Sunlight is prejudicial 
to the vitality of bacteria. Whereas, the bacilli of tubercu- 
losis will live almost indefinitely in dark, damp places, they^ 
quickly succumb to sunlight and dry air. Sunlight and pure 
air are, then, imperative for both the immediate and pre- 
Tentive treatment of germ diseases. Heat is the most 



720 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

powerful agency for disinfection at our command. Dry 
heat, to be efficacious, must be applied at a temperature of 
140° C. (284° F.) for three hours to kill all bacteria and 
spores ; but this degree of heat scorches most fabrics and 
destroys many materials. Boiling water quickly kills all 
non-s pore-bearing pathogenic bacteria, and these include 
most of the organisms causing the common contagious and 
infectious diseases (tuberculosis and anthrax excepted). 
Two hours of continuous boiling will not destroy the most 
resistant of micro-organisms — the spores of the hay ba- 
cillus — but moist or saturated steam, at 230° F., will infallibly 
kill any spores whatsoever within a few minutes. Fire is 
the most complete disinfectant, because it not only destroys 
germs, but their food and products. Water, like air, dilutes 
germs and aids oxidation and destruction of organic matter ; 
luat, again like air, drinking water may be the source of in- 
fection when sufficiently contaminated. 

MECHANICAL MEANS OF PROCURINa ASEPSIS. 

The placing oi sole reliance u])on chemical agents for 
surgical ;intisfpsis, in relation to the body, is a common 
enoi-. These agents may damage denuded tissue, and do not 
reach tlirt ujicro-organism burit-d in the tissues. Therefore, 
it is impossible to render infected, living tissue absolutely 
aseptic, or sterile, by merely bathing it with chemical solu- 
tions. Far more efficacious is mechanical cleansing of the 
skin with soap, water and the scrubbing brush, and even of 
infected raw surfaces with gauze and corrosive sublimate 
solution,* supplemented, if necessary, by the knife, caustic 
and drainage, to remove necrosed tissue and septic material. 

CHEMICAL AGENTS. 

Mercuric bichloride, carbolic acid, quicklime, chlori- 
nated lime, sulphurous acid, and chlorine, are more fre- 
quently employed as disinfectants. Corrosive sublimate 

* Harrington's solution, see p. 216. 



DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODOEANTS 721 

solutions are decomposed by keeping, and by contact with 
albumin and ammonia. Acids, or common salt, added to 
bichloride solutions prevent, in a measure, this decomposi- 
tion ; but, nevertheless, mercuric bichloride is rendered unfit 
for the disinfection of masses of decomposing albuminous- 
matter, as manure. One of the best solutions, employed by 
the Paris Disinfection Service, is composed of corrosive 
sublimate, 2 grammes ; tartaric acid, 4 grammes ; and water, 

1 litre (1-500), colored with 5 drops of a 5 per cent, solution 
of indigo carminate. An English solution, in common use, 
consists of corrosive sublimate, 1 ounce ; hydrochloric acid, 

2 ounces, and water to make 3 gallons (1-768). The usual 
strength of corrosive sublimate solutions, for disinfection, 
varies from 1-500 to 1-1000. These solutions are suitable 
for articles made wholly, or in part, of leather, rubber and 
fur; for blankets, cotton and woolen fabrics, and for floors, 
walls, and wood work of stables. Surgical instrumpnts, and 
other metallic implements and fixtures, are injured by corro- 
sive sublimate solutions. Carbolic acid is more expensive 
than corrosive sublimate, and less efficient in cases where 
the latter is applicable. Carbolic acid can, however, be used 
to disinfect albuminous material aud metallic substances. 
It is employed on animal excreta in 5 per cent, aqueous 
solution (about 8 ounces to the gallon of hot water). This 
solution will cause the hands to dry, crack and fissure if 
they are immersed in it for any length of time. 

Chlorinated lime and quicklime are good disinfectant 
agents to mix with animal evacuations. In fact, bleaching 
powder is probably the best and cheapest disinfectant we 
possess for use in privies, drains, sinks, cesspools, and 
sewers, and for the destruction of micro-organisms on floors, 
and in fgeces and urine. 

A few pounds of this preparation may be thrown into 
privies or cesspools once a week, and the pure compound, 
or a saturated solution, may be scattered over floors or 
mixed with manure. A 1 per cent, solution is used to dis- 
infect harness, which should be washed and greased directly 



722 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

afterwards. Stagnant and putrid water may be rendered 
drinkable, after some hours, by the addition of 1 to 2 ounces 
to each 65 gallons of water. Chlorinated lime is a powerful 
deodorant as well as disinfectant, but is of no value in either 
capacity unless the compound contains so much chlorine gas 
that the face cannot be held near it without the production 
of great irritation to the eyes. Bleaching powder should be 
placed upon decomposing animal bodies, and sheets wet 
with a saturated solution should be wrapped about the car- 
casses of animals dead from contagious diseases, to prevent 
infection during transportation. Disinfection by sulphurous 
acid and chlorine gas is done to destroy germs which cannot 
be reached by other metheds. Three pounds of sulphur and 
two ounces of turpentine or alcohol (to afford moisture and 
aid combustion) are needful for every 1000 cubic feet of air 
space. Sulphur is generally burned in an iron vessel placed 
on sand, or floating in a tub of water. If the building is 
sufficiently tight to insure proper disinfection, it is difficult 
to secure combustion of the proper amount of sulphur. To 
obviate this, the sulphur may be saturated with turpentine, 
ignited and placed in an iron kettle on a tripod over an alco- 
hol lamp. Chlorine is disengaged from chlorinated lime, to 
which is added crude muriatic acid, one pound of former 
to three of latter for every 5,000 cubic feet of air space. 
Buildings must be tightly sealed and made completely irre- 
spirable for animals during the space of three hours. Sul- 
phurous acid disinfection is not of much value, and has 
been discarded by most health authorities both here and 
abroad. It certainly will not kill the spores of anthrax and 
tuberculosis, and should never be allowed to replace 
thorough mechanical cleansing and disinfection with other 
chemical agents, but may be utilized as an additional 
safeguard. Chlorine gas is more reliable. Formaldehyde 
is now being employed by most boards of health for general 
disinfectant purposes, and it appears to he the best means 
of gaseous disinfection. (See p. 338.) 



DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 723 

ANTISEPTICS. 

It is perhaps well to consider here the sources of 
infection and the natural defenses or immunity possessed 
by animals against parasitic invasion. Pathogenic micro- 
organisms are commonly brought in contact with the body 
through the agency of the air, drinking water and food, and 
insects (flies and mosquitoes), and gain entrance by means 
of the air passages, digestive canal and blood ; but even in the 
two former cases, the micro-organisms are in a certain sense' 
outside of the body, since it is not easy for them to penetrate 
the intact and healthy ciliated mucous membrane of the re- 
spiratory tract. But when the mucous membrane is damaged 
by inflammation, and the cilise becomes paralyzed, and 
abnormal secretions are formed, then a favorable opportunity 
is offered for their growth and entrance into the circulation. 
In the digestive tract the hydrochloric acid of the gastric 
juice and bile* act as natural antiseptics, while the liver is 
thought to destroy toxins resulting from bacterial life. 

When digestion is in a normal condition, putrefaction 
-and fermentation do not occur ; but when its activity is 
diminished, and the secretion of the digestive juices is 
lessened, and the hepatic functions are depressed, then a 
chance is offered for bacterial growth, fermentation and 
absorption of toxins, or even actual transmigration of 
micro-organisms through the intestinal walls. To these 
natural agencies of defense, which may be likened to out- 
lying pickets shielding the animal from bacterial invasion, 
we must add the intrinsic power of resistance vested in the 
tissues, blood serum and leucocytes in combating micro- 
organisms ; and the production of antitoxins in the body, 
antagonizing the toxins formed by bacterial action. Micro- 
organisms are always to be found on the surface of the body 
and within its natural cavities open to the air, but patho- 

* Recent experiments in human patients show that many forms of 
pathogenic bacteria may live in bile. It is but moderately bactericidal. 



724 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

genie bacteria are less likely to do harm if the animal is ia 
a healthy condition. A limited number of bacteria (micro- 
cocci) may even exist within the blood in health, and this 
fact accounts for suppuration occurring when the tissues- 
are severely injured, without solution of continuity. The 
internal use of antiseptics is of comparatively little value, 
except when these agents come in direct contact with germs. 
in the digestive tract. This follows because it is impossible 
to administer antiseptics in sufficient amount to seriously 
interfere with bacterial growth in the tissues, without injur- 
ing or even killing the patient. 

There is known but a single instance (malaria) where 
the exl ibition of an antiseptic will inhibit the development 
of micro-organisms of a general infectious disease, and so 
absolutely arrest it. It is very possible that mercury 
as a specific remedy in syphilis, and salicylates in 
rheumatism, act therapeutically as internal antiseptics. 
Antiseptics are of benefit iu rendering the contents of 
the digestive tube more or less aseptic, and (after ab- 
.sorption) they exert some antiseptic action on the mu- 
cous membrane of the respiratory tract (volatile oils), and 
also on the urinary tract, during their elimination. The 
principal agents used as antiseptics for surgical purposes 
are : corrosive sublimate, carbolic acid, creolin, hydrogen di- 
oxide, potassium permanganate, zinc chloride, iodoform, sali- 
cylic acid, aristol, iodol, and boric acid. Those employed in- 
ternally include naphtol,salol, creolin, carbolic acid, bismuth 
salicylate and subnitrate, quinine, salicylic acid, and many- 
others. For a more detailed description the reader is referred 
to special articles on these agents in the preceding pages. 

DEODORIZERS OR DEODORANTS. 

Deodorants are not of any practical value in simply- 
exchanging one odor for another, but, as in the case of 
chlorine, they sometimes actually destroy compounds which 
give rise to the stench. Sewer and other malodorous gases,, 
resulting from foul decomposing matter and excreta, may be- 



DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODOEANTS 725 

freer from bacteria than ordinary air, and are not usually 
the carriers of micro-organisms, nor the cause of specific 
infectious diseases. These gases do, however, occasion in- 
definite symptoms of ill-health. Deodorizers, which are 
also disinfectants, are of service in destroying noxious 
emanations and their source ; but, to accomplish this, 
it is necessary that they come into direct contact with 
putrefying material, and should not be placed aboiit the 
habitations of man or animals, with the ridiculous idea 
that they are achieving more than the production of a vile 
odor. 

PKACTICAL DISINFECTION. 

The premises occupied by animals suffering from con- 
tagious diseases, together with all articles contained therein, 
such as harness, blankets, stable implements, and evacua- 
tions, must be disinfected after the removal of all animals 
and isolation of the sick. The excreta should be mixed with 
milk of lime (1 part of freshly slacked quicklime, with 2 
parts, by volume, of water), or with pure chlorinated lime. 
The floors and walls must be scraped and washed. Boiling 
■water should then be poured over every available part of 
the premises, and these brushed with a saturated solution of 
chlorinated lime. Clothing may be treated by boiling in 
water, or by soaking in a solution of corrosive sublimate 
(1-500), or carbolic acid (1-20), for twelve hours. Harness. 
is disinfected by washing with soap and water, and theui 
with a 2 per cent, crude carbolic acid or creolin, or 1-1000 
corrosive solution. Valueless articles are given to the 
flames. Stable and metallic instruments and fixtures are to 
be freed from dirt, scrubbed with soap and hot water,, 
drenched with boiling water, and then with a 2 per cent.. 
crude carbolic acid or creolin solution. 

Gaseous disinfection is now in order to kill micro- 
organisms in remote and inaccessible places. Live steam 
is the most efficient means at our disposal for this 
IJurpose, when a suitable apparatus for its application to 



I 



726 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

woodwork, haymows, etc., is obtainable. In place of tliis 
we may resort to formaldehyde, chlorine or sulphurous acid 
gas. The walls are finally painted or covered with white- 
wash containing 2 per cent, of crude carbolic acid. Healthy 
animals, which have not been exposed to infection, may 
now be allowed to return to their disinfected quarters. 

SURGICAL ANTISEPSIS AND ASEPSIS. 

It may be fitting, and not out of place, to briefly outline 
here the use of antiseptics and asepsis in veterinary surgery. 
Since the days when Lister introduced antisepsis, surgery 
has advanced in a manner which ajjpears, however, like 
retrogression. It is now conceded that asepsis can be 
attained more satisfactorily and safely without the general 
use of antiseptics. For antiseptics, as has been noted, 
inflict a certain amount of damage upon denuded surfaces, 
and, in so far, lessen the resistance of the body to the 
inroads of bacteria. Modern surgery attempts to secure 
a comparative asepsis by mechanical cleanliness, which is 
more eflicieut, simpler, and harmless to the body. Antisep- 
tics are indicated to assist asepsis in the toilet of the 
unbroken skin, and when sepsis has already occurred, or is 
unavoidable. The gross neglect of aseptic precautions, often 
seen in the operations of veterinary surgery, would be con- 
sidered criminal practice in human surgery. 

Asepsis is, nevertheless, very difficult to secure in the 
lower animals living among filthy surroundings and lying on 
fsecal discharges. In addition to these disadvantages, the 
trouble of controlling animal-movements during operation, 
and of keeping dressings in place, make the attainment of 
perfect asepsis embarrassing and frequently impossible. 
The more common administration of ansesthetics would 
facilitate asepsis by preventing movements of the patient 
and contact of the operative field with dirt. 

But there are all degrees of infection, and. while, with 
the best methods of securing cleanliness at our command, it 
is impossible to completely sterilize normal skin and 



DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 727 

tissues, yet the surgical result may be perfect. Therefore, 
in surgical operations, we should endeavor to procure 
^s small an amount of infection, or dosage of micro-organ- 
isms, as possible, consistent with existing environment 
•and conditions. 

The following aseptic technique is especially applicable 
in the case of any surgical operation undertaken upon a non- 
infected part. If it is possible to carry out all the details, 
and the result is successful, healing will take place without 
suppuration. 

Operations upon suppurating and infected areas should 
be conducted with cleanliness, and antiseptics are more de- 
sirable, particularly hydrogen dioxide in full strength, after 
thorough cleansing with normal salt solution. 

To prepare the surface of the body for operations, the 
liair is first clipped and shaved, the skin is thoroughly 
scrubbed with a brush, green soap and water for five 
minutes, and then with 70 per cent, alcohol. After the skin 
is incised there is no further necessity for antiseptics unless 
the wound is already infected, or becomes so by exposure 
to impure air or contact with dirt. The hands of the 
operator, including the finger nails, should be brushed until 
clean with green soap and water, and then with 70 per cent, 
alcohol. It is well for all participating in an operation to 
"wear thin rubber surgical gloves after thorough hand-disin- 
fection — in pus cases, to prevent contamination of the 
hands ; in clean cases, to avoid infection of the wound from 
the hands. If gloves are not worn in operating upon clean 
cases, they are all the more useful in dressing or operating 
upon pus cases to avoid contamination of the hands which 
later might give rise to wound infection when the naked 
hands come in contact with a clean wound. Instruments are 
thoroughly scrubbed with soap and water, and boiled for 
ten minutes in an aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate 
(1 teaspoonful to the quart), and then placed in a solution 
of carbolic acid (1-40), or removed to a sterile towel. New 
sponges only should be employed, which have been previ- 



728 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

ously cleansed, and then soaked in carbolic acid (1-40)) 
solution, or pieces of sterile gauze may be used. 

If irrigation is desirable, normal salt solution (1 heaping 
teaspoonful to the quart of sterile water) is appropriate. 
Nothing else but this is allowable within the non-infected 
abdominal cavity.* Sutures of silk, and needles, are pre- 
pared by boiling in water for thirty minutes. The area abonfe 
the operative field is to be surrounded with cloths, or towels, 
which have been boiled or baked, and instruments and 
sponges may be laid on these. 

Dressings may consist of gauze which has been exposed 
for three hours to dry heat at 140° C. (284° F.), or placed in 
an oven of an ordinary cooking stove, in closed tin cans, until 
it becomes scorched and slightly biown. The same gauze 
may be used for sponges. Unsterilized articles are not to 
be suffered to come in contact with the operator, or wound, 
during the operation. 

Wound infection from exposure to the air and other 
media, is prevented by immediate dressing and bandaging^ 
or by collodion applications. 

Venesection. 

Venesection, or blood-letting, formerly abused, has, foir 
that reason, fallen into almost complete disuse. This is un- 
fortunate, since blood-letting is a valuable and often life- 
saving measure. The indications for venesection are chiefly 
limited to conditions associated with a general high arterial 
pressure and local engorgement of some organ. 

In such cases venesection very rapidly reduces general 
blood-tension to a point lower than that existing in the 
engorged region, so that congestion is relieved. A full, in- 
compressible pulse is said to indicate the desirability of 



* It may be noted here that the peritoneum of the horse is sa 
extremely delicate and liable to infection, as compared to that of maiiL 
and dogs, that most abdominal operations are practically contrain- 
dicated in the case of this animal. 



VENESECTION 



729 



venesection in severe acute disorders — in accordance -with 
the above — bat this is not by any means invariably the fact, 
;as will be shown. 

Venesection leads to a reduction of temperature, and 
"vascular tension is lowered for from 3 to 48 hours, accord- 
ing to the quantity of blood withdrawn, but the blood vessels 
•quickly adjust themselves to the smaller mass of blood, and 
the oiigiiuil quantity of this vital fluid is soon restored (24 
to 48 hours) through absorption from the tissues and ali- 
mentary caual. The heart beats more rapidly, owing to the 
lessened resistance in the vessels, and venesection is accom- 
panied by nausea and prostration. 

The blood is less dense and more fluid after blood- 
letting, and for this reason, if inflammatory processes follow, 
■exudation is more apt to ensue. The fibrin is first regained, 
then the normal number of white, and finally that of red 
<;orpuscles, in from one to five weeks. Circulatory depress- 
ants — as veratrum viride — accomplish much the same results 
as blood-letting, by causing general reduction of vascular 
tension and relief from local congestion, thus " bleeding an 
animal into its own veins " without loss of blood, it is true, 
but with less rapid and certain effect. 

Cathartics, diuretics and diarphoretics also lower blood 
pressure by abstraction of fluid from the vessels, but their 
action is slow. The following disorders are those most 
suitable for treatment by venesection when they exist in an 
alarming form in robust animals : 



Cerebral congestion. In insolation 

and tympanitis. 
Apoplexy, particularly parturient 

apoplexy of cows. 
Encephalitis. 

Acute cerebral meningitis. 
Active pulmonary congestion and 

apoplexy. 
3*assive pulmonary congestion in 

cardiac disease. 



Sthenic pneumonia. 
Sthenic pleuritis. 
Urticaria. i 

Lymphangitis. 
Hemoglobinemia. 

{Bacterial, 
Mineral, 
Vegetable. 
(Followed by saline infusion.) 



Venesection from, the jugular in cerebral congestion is. 



730 GENERA.L THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

in fact, a species of local blood-letting by directly draining- 
blood away from the brain; and it preserves life by pre^ 
venting pressure on, and paralysis of, the great vital medul- 
lary centres controlling the respiration and heart. Moderate 
blood-letting is sometimes advisable in the early stages of 
severe inflammatory attacks of the brain or its mem— 
branes. ' 

In cerebral congestion, and dyspnoea due to gastric 
tympany and pressure on the diaphragm, bleeding may give 
relief. Blood-letting is particularly applicable in the treat- 
ment of parturient apoplexy of cows, and, when the disease 
has once occurred, it may be employed as a prophylactic 
measure in plethoric animals immediately before parturition.. 
Venesection alleviates dangerous pulmonary congestion^ 
removes the venous load on the right heart, and relieves, 
dyspnoea and cyanosis by making it possible for the heart to 
force a smaller quantity of blood through the less obstructed 
lungs. 

A feeble and easily compressible pulse does not neces- 
sarily contraindicate venesection in engorgement of the 
lungs, for this condition leads to stasis in the pulmonary 
circulation, prevents the proper flow of blood into the left 
ventricle, and thus causes arterial anaemia. Therefore, so 
far from contraindicating blood-letting, this condition urg- 
ently demands it. Alarming dyspnoea, great cyanosis^ 
together with a general plethoric state, should guide us in 
blood-letting in sthenic pneumonia and pulmonary conges- 
tion, rather than the state of the pulse. Venesection is. 
serviceable in advanced cases of cardiac disease in dogs — 
with failing compensation, venous engorgement of the lungs^ 
and dyspnoea — by relieving the obstruction to the right 
heart. Moderate blood-letting is occasionally useful ia 
severe cases of acute pleuritis, laminitis, lymphangitis and 
urticaria in plethoric horses. 

Finally, in various toxaemias, blood-letting drains away 
both the blood and its contained poison. The mass of 
blood removed may be advantageously replaced by injection 



•VENESECTION 731 

of normal salt solution into a vein or under tlie skin. This 
method is not in prevalent use in veterinary medicine, but is 
applied wtth notable success in human practice. Every 
veterinary practitioner should be competent to bleed an 
animal. An amount greater than ^ of the total quantity of 
blood should not be withdrawn. The total quantity of blood 
is equal- to about 13.5 per cent, of the body weight in horses ; 
to 2.2 per cent, of the body weight of fat swine ; to 6.6 per 
cent, of the body weight in dogs, and to 7.7 per cent, of the 
body weight in inan. Large horses or cattle may be bled to 
the extent of from 4 to 6 qts.; smaller subjects, 2 to 4 qts. ; 
sheep, ^ to 1 jdL ; dogs, 4 oz. to 1 pt. 

Blood-letting is generally done to animals in the upright 
position by shaving the hair and cleansing the skin over the 
jugular vein in the upper part of the neck. The vein is 
made prominent by pressure below the site of operation, and 
a fleam, or knife carefully guarded, is plunged into the vein, 
making a good clean incision. The blood should be quickly 
withdrawn and carefully measured and the effect on the 
pulse noted, and the blood-letting maintained until there is 
noticeable reduction in the vascular tension and other 
S3^mptoms, for the relief of which venesection is employed. 
The bleeding is arrested by suturing the lips of the wound 
and by pressure with a bandage. 

Local Blood-letting, or Scarification, is often useful in 
relieving tension and pain in locally congested or inflamed 
tissues, and may even avert death of the part. Further- 
more, stasis is removed and exudation from the engorged 
vessels may be prevented, while a fresh supply of arterial 
blood flows in to reinstate the vital processes. 

Scarification is practiced by making numerous small, 
parallel incisions into the skin, fascia or other tissues in the 
long axis of a limb or part. In inflammation of the perios- 
teum it is necessary to puncture this membrane. Bleeding 
is facilitated by warm poulticing, and is arrested by packing 
the incisions with sterile gauze. 



732 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 



INDICATIONS. 



Lampas. 

Glossitis. 

Periostitis. 

Cellulitis. 

Conjunctivitis. 



Mastitis. 
Laminitis. 

(To secure blood for microscopic 
examination. ) 



Sometimes the veins leading from an inflamed area are 
opened, thus securing local abstraction of blood ; e. (/., the 
digital veins in laminitis ; the milk veins in mammitis. 

Scarification, or puncture, is indicated in the above- 
mentioned conditions whenever there is great swelling, pain 
and tension in the affected parts, and not otherwise. 

Transfusion. 

Transfusion is the transfer, directly or indirectly, of 
blood from one living animal to another. In this process 
the blood must be obtained from an animal of the same 
species as the- patient, but even then disintegration of the 
blood corpuscles follows, resulting in nephritis from the 
extra work put upon the kidneys in their effort to eliminate 
the destruction-products of the transfused blood. Embol- 
ism and sepsis are added dangers even when the blood is 
defibrinated, after removal from the body of the host, and 
only the serum is injected into the jjatient. 

The injection of warm, normal salt solution (.6 of 1 per 
cent.) has been found to fill all the indications for trans- 
fusion of blood, and yet is free from the dangers and diflS.- 
culties besetting the latter. 

Saline Infusion. 

Saline infusions are intended to replace the normal 
blood plasma, and, therefore, should contain approximately 
the amount of sodium chloride — .6 of 1 per cent. — contained 
in this fluid. The solutions should be filtered and boiled 
previous to their use, when this is possible, and are made 



TRANSFUSION ' 733 

"by adding a heaping teaspoonful of sodium chloride to the 
<iuart of sterile water, which is used at a temperature of 
usually 103° to 115° P., according to the mode of introduc- 
tion and circumstances.* 

Simple distilled and ordinary water are noxious to the 
tissues, while salt solution is entirely innocuous unless it 
■contains three times the quantity of sodium chloride uor- 
.mally present in the blood. 

Mode of Introduction. — Saline infusions are introduced 
within the body (1) by intravenous injection ; (2) by injec- 
tion into muscular tissue (hypodermoclysis) ; and (3) by 
rectal injection (enteroclysis). 

Intravenous injection is the most rapid and certain 
method, but not so simple and practicable as hypodermo- 
clysis. 

Any superficial vein which can be readily seen and 
isolatedj, may be utilized; preferably the jugular or internal 
saphena vein in animals ; the median basilic, or cephalic, at 
the bend of the elbow in man. 

The apparatus consists of a glass funnel or rubber bag 
connected by four or more feet of rubber tubing, with a 
«anula or curved piece of glass tubing 4 inches long and \ 
inch in diameter for horses; g inch in diameter for dogs. 
The apparatus should be boiled immediately before using. 
The vein is made prominent by manual pressure exerted by 



* The ti'ue proportion of sodium chloride in blood plasma of mam- 
mals is .8 per cent., or 123 grains to the quart. 0.6 of 1 per cent, of 
sodiutn chloride is not really " normal "' for mammals, but was deduced 
from that found in the plasma of frngs. The injection of a too dilute 
saline solution will cause the red blood cells to swell and part with 
their hemoglobin and will lead to great sweating and diuresis in the 
effort of nature to restore the plasma to its proper composition. A 
xnore exact solution for saline infusion consists of : Sodium chloride, 
.8 per cent.; potassium chloride, .03 per cent.; calcium chloride, .02 per 
cent.; water, 100. In emergencies, ordinary table salt (which contains 
a slight amount of calcium chloride, causing its deliquescence), in the 
proportion of 123 grains to the quart or a level teaspoonful to pint of 
sterile water, may be employed for intravenous infusion or hyjjoder- 
moclysis. 



734: GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

an assistant, or by a bandage, applied proximally to the seat 
of operation. The hair is shaved from the part, which is 
cleansed, and an incision 1^ to 2^ inches long is made by 
lifting a fold of the skin directly over the vein nnd snip- 
ping oflf the top of the fold with scissors parallel to 
its long axis. The sheath of the vein is exposed, raised by 
dissecting forceps, and divided. The vein is then lifted from 
its bed with an aneurism needle, and two silk or catgut liga- 
tures are drawn under it about an inch apart. The vein is 
now incised longitudinally, and, as the blood begins to spurt 
out, the distal ligature is tied about the vessel. The canula : 
is next passed into the incision in the vein toward the heart 
and the proximal ligature is tied, with the first part of a 
surgeon's knot, about the vein and canula, holding the latter 
in place and preventing leaking of the salt solution from the 
vessel. When the injection is completed, the tube is with- 
drawn and the proximal suture is tied on the heart side of 
the incision, and thus the vessel is occluded 6n either side 
of the seat of operation. The apparatus is filled with salt 
solution — including the funnel, tubing, and canula — at a 
temperature of 103° to 110° F. before its introduction into 
the vein, and the funnel should be kept full during its use to 
prevent the entrance of air into the vessel. Any pressure, 
previously employed between the incision and the heart, 
should of course be removed before beginning the injection. 
A little clean absorbent cotton may be placed at the bottom 
of the funnel before the salt solution is poured into it, if the 
solution has not been previously filtered. In using the ap- 
paratus the funnel is raised about two feet above the vein. 
The quantity of salt solution to be injected will vary from a 
few ounces to two pints in the case of dogs ; from one to 
many quarts for horses. Enormous quantities of normal 
salt solution may be introduced into the blood without 
liarm, even an amount equal to four times that of the blood, 
providing the inflow is not too rapid ; i. e., exceeding one 
,€uid drachm to the pound of live weight in fifteen minutes. 
When this amount is exceeded the heart and kidneys cannot 



HYPODERMOCLYSIS 735 

take care of the great quantity of fluid in the vessels and 
tissues. A return to the normal volume, force, and rate of 
the pulse, and of color to the mucous membranes, will lead 
us to stop the saline infusion. The use of intravenous saline 
injections is frequently followed by a reaction within half an 
hour, characterized by a severe rigor, succeeded by sweat- 
ing, labored breathing, a strong pulse and increased urinary 
secretion. 

Hypodermoclysis. 

Injection of warm (103° to 105° F.) normal salt solution 
into the muscular tissue of the neck, abdomen or flank, is 
done aseptically with the same apparatus employed for in- 
travenous saline infusions, using a large hollow needle to 
thrust under the skin directly into the muscular tissue, 
instead of the glass tube for intravenous injection ; or a 
fountain syringe filled with saline solution and attached 
to a sterile aspirating needle may be used ; or a reversed 
aspirator apparatus may be utilized : i.e., by filling the 
jar with salt solution and forcing the air into the jar, 
thus displacing the fluid. The fountain syringe is the 
best apparatus. Hypodermoclysis may be employed in 
the same cases as intravenous infusion, and is a better 
method on account of its simplicity. We are guided as 
to the quantity of solution desirable by the same indica- 
tions noted above as referring to intravenous saline injec- 
tions. Hypodermoclysis may be done in several places, 
and absorption is assisted by massage. Salt solutions are 
injected under the udder in females, and are occasionally 
thrown into the peritoneal cavity, particularly after opera- 
tions in this region, before closing the abdominal walls. 



736 



GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 



Enteroclysis. 

Enteroclysis applies to tbe rectal injection of normal 
salt solution (105° to 120° F.) to secure absorption. This 
method may be applied in cases not so urgent as to demand 
intravenous saline infusion or hypodermoclysis, more espe- 
cially moderate degrees of haemorrhage, shock, collapse and 
circulatory depression, when the intrinsic heat of the injec- 
tion is valuable in restoring the normal bodily temperature. 

USES. 
INDICATIONS FOR SALINE INFUSIONS. 



Bacterial. 
Toxaemia ■{ Mineral. 

Vegetable. 
In threatened death from any 

accidental cause. 
In any disease with feeble heart 
and low vascular tension. 



Grave haemorrhage. 

Shock, traumatic, operative, and 

electric. 
Suppression of urine. 
Severe diarrhoea. 
Eclampsia. 

Purpura hemorrhagica. 
Hemoglobinemia. 

Hypodermoclysis, or the intravenous injection of saline 
infusions, find their greatest usefulness as life-saving meas- 
ures in severe haemorrhage. "While these methods are not 
in vogue in veterinary practice, they have become recognized 
procedures of great practical value in human medicine. The 
indications, following haemorrhage, are to fill up the vessels 
and to restore vascular tension, since danger is imminent, 
not from loss of blood corpuscles, but from lack of a circu- 
lating medium. There is a sufficient number of red cor- 
puscles to carry on the respiratory and oxygen-bearing 
functions even after the greatest loss of blood possible from 
ordinary causes. In fact, respiration is but slightly im- 
paired in human subjects suffering from pernicious anaemia, 
when there is a 90 per cent, reduction in the normal number 
of red corpuscles, and two-thirds of the blood may be with- 
drawn from animals and replaced with normal salt solutions 
without serious damage resulting. In shock there is general 

* Since writing the above, favorable reports of the use of saline infusions 
have been accumulating. Thus G. W. Dunphy iAmcvi Vet. Rcvieu\ June, 1905) 
writes that he treated two cases of purpura liemorrhagica in the horse by injection 
of () liters of normal salt solution (see p. 733) following the removal of 5 liters of 
blood from the jugular (by means of a trocar and canula), and, at the end of 
twenty-four houi's, bled 3 more liters and injected 3 more liters of salt solutioiL 
with very happy results. He also demonstrates the wonderful life-saving inrtuenco 
of intravenous saline infusion after the loss (by a horse) of 25 liters of blood. 



I 



kunsel's treatment 737 

"vasomotor paralysis, so that most of the blood collects in 
the abdominal veins, while the ventricles and arteries are 
emptied. In this condition saline infusions (105° to 110° F.) 
are of infinite value, because absorption of drugs from the 
digestive canal and subcutaneous tissue is impaired. Saline 
infusions greatly dilute the blood — and, therefore, poisons 
in the blood — in toxaemia, while they increase the activity 
of the kidneys and elimination of toxins. The intrinsic heat 
of the injections is thought to stimulate antitoxin formation, 
. and the restoration of vascular tension is believed to assist 
the natural bodily resistance of the patient. 

A great variety of disorders have been treated success- 
fully in human medicine with saline infusions, on this basis, 
including: septicaemia, pneumonia, uraemia, diabetic coma, 
purpura hsemorrhagica, tetanus, ulcerative endocarditis, 
pyelitis ; acute alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbonic monoxide, 
arsenic and mushroom poisoning; and toxaemias resulting 
from acute infectious disorders. The same treatment might 
be applied to haemoglobinaemia and other toxaemias peculiar 
to the domestic animals. Venesection for the purpose of 
removing the poisoned blood should, in most cases, be 
resorted to prior to practising saline injection in the 
toxaemias. Excluding shock and haemorrhage, where heat 
is invaluable, saline infusions are generally given at the 
temperature of 103° F. by the rectum, under the skin, or 
into a vein. 

Kunsel's Treatment for Milk Fever in Co-ws. 

This special form of treatment merits the attention of 
the veterinary profession because of the remarkably suc- 
cessful results which have been almost universally secured 
in the case of milk fever, which is not only a very common 
disease, but one which has hitherto bafiied the best thera- 
peutic attempts of the veterinarian. Following the Schmidt 
treatment with his intramaramary injections of potassium 
iodide — which was productive of great diminution of the 
mortality of milk fever, but was often followed by local 



738 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

injury to the udder — M. Kunsel, of Lucerne, in Marcb, 1903, 
made his first report of the method under discussion. This 
cousists in the following : A tank of compressed oxygen, 
which can be had of any of the wholesale drug houses, is 
connected by rubber tubing six feet in length to a milking 
tube and firmly wired to the nozzle on the tank and to the 
tube, which should be boiled previous to use. The udder 
of the cow affected with milk fever should be stripped of 
milk and thoroughly washed with warm water and soap and 
the teats cleansed with 70 per cent, alcohol or some other 
effective antiseptic. The milking tube is then introduced 
into one of the upper teats and the oxygen gas is allowed to 
flow slowly into the teat until the corresponding quarter of 
the udder is tense and well distended. While pinching the 
teat to prevent the escape of gas, the tube is withdrawn and 
a strip of bandage or tape is bound about the lower part of 
the teat to retain the oxygen. The same procedure is 
repeated in each of the remaining teats. The ligatures on 
the teats may be permitted to remain in place for an hour 
and a half, when they should be removed. The inflation of 
the udder may be repeated in six hours, if necessary, owing 
to non-improvement of the patient. As synergistic measures, 
the subcutaneous injection of one-half grain of strychnine 
nitrate, the use of enemata to empty the bowels, and cathe- 
terization are important in aiding recovery. 

The animal should also be comfortably propped up 
with bags of hay. 

If oxygen can not be readily obtained, the use of a 
bicycle pump connected with a milking tube may be 
employed with much success ; some veterinarians claining 
that the results are as good as with the use of oxygen, pro- 
viding the- air is pure which is pumped iuto the udder.* This 

* Very convenient arrangements are now commonly sold at a small price for 
inflating the cow's udder with air. These consist of a rubber bulb and tubing, a 
chamber containing sterile cotton (through which the air is filtered) and a milking 
tube tor introduction into the teat. They may be used by the laity, and tlieir 
employment has been as satisfactory as when oxygen was injected. The cow with 
milk lever should not be milked for ten or twelve hours after inflation of tlie 
iidder, and only partially milked for several days following this time. Either 
emptying the udder of air by rubbing, or of milk by milking, within a few hours 
of inflation, lias frequently led to a renewal of the disease in its worst form. The 
use of the tape to retain the injected air is said to be unnecessary, provided one 
compresses the teat for a few minutes after inflation. This needs further endorse- 
ment before general acceptance. 



LAVAGE 739 

purity of the air may be attained by blowing the air through 
a wash bottle containing 2 per cent, carbolic acid solution. 
Light massage of the udder should follow the inflation. The 
results of the Kuusel treatment are wonderful. Kunsel 
reported a series of twenty-two cases of milk fever, without a 
death, following the use of his method. Similar results have 
been secured in this country. The rationale of the treatment 
has yet to be elucidated. Various hypotheses have been 
advanced, such as the effect of the oxygen on a hypothetica) 
anaerobic bacillus in the udder ; the action of the oxygen on 
the blood and general metabolism in destroying toxic 
products in the economy ; the action of air-compression in 
the udder in overcoming conjestion in this part ; and a pos- 
sible stimulation of the secretory function of the mammary 
gland with elimination of toxins. The fact that injection of 
milk into the mammary gland has produced a condition simu- 
lating milk fever appears to augur a local cause of the disease. 

Lavage. 

Lavage is a term applied to washing out the stomach 
with the stomach tube. This process, while an e very-day 
occurrence in human medicine, has been too long neglected 
in Veterinary practice. Fortunately, new interest has been 
awakened in this useful procedure by Phillips, of St. Louis, 
who has perfected a tube and demonstrated the prac- 
ticability of its use.* 

The passage of the tube is chiefly of value in acute 
indigestion of the horse, with gastric flatulence and disten- 
tion, where pain and danger of rupture of the organ are 
averted by permitting escape of gas. By further washing 
out the stomach in such conditions, and in gastritis and 
engorgement, toxic, fermenting ingesta are immediately 
removed and the evil results, as tympanites and loca^ 
inflammation of the stomach and of the intestines, are pre- 
vented. In choking, as by oats, the passage of the tube 
may afford relief, while in poisoning the washing out of the 
stomach is the one essential treatment. Gastric indiges- 



*Amer, Vet. Review, May, 1904. 



740 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

tion and flatulence are shown by colic, distention in the 
region of the stomach, difficulty in thoracic breathing and 
eructations of gas by the mouth, or attempts at retching 
and vomiting. 

To pass the tube, the horse may be backed into a stalL 
The operator stands to the animal's left and an assistant,, 
liolding np the horse's head and the distal end of the tube, ' 
to the patient's right. 

The tube is placed in warm water and the surface is 
dusted with powdered slippery elm or smeared with vase- 
line. The left nostril of the horse is also lubricated in the 
same way. 

The operator pushes the tube gently along the floor of 
the left nasal fossa with the left hand, while guiding its 
direction with the right hand. 

The first obstruction is likely to be met, when the tube 
has been entered about a foot, by its contact with the tur- 
binates. The point of the tube should then be held down- 
wards, by the pressure of the right forefinger pushed as far 
as possible into the nostril, while the outer part of the tube 
is lifted upward to force the point down into the pharynx. 
When the tube enters the pharynx attempts at swallowing 
are likely to occur and these are just what are needed to 
close the epiglottis over the larynx and to force the tub& 
into the gullet. If swallowing is not evident it may be 
brought on by pushing the end of the tube gently backward 
and forward into the pharynx, and, when an attempt at 
deglutition occurs, the tube should be thrust forward. If. 
the tube goes into the trachea instead of the oesophagus, it 
"will meet with little resistance and expired air may be felt 
coming from it, while coughing often results. If it is in the 
gullet, the tube will be held more firmly by its walls and 
only fetid gas may escape with stomach contents. It should 
by these means be definitely established then that the tube 
is in the gullet before introducing it farther. 

The tube should be made with white marks on the 
rubber to show when it may be expected to have reached 
the gullet and. again the stomach. 



SERUM THERAPY 741 

Daring the course of passing the tube it must be well 
lubricated. 

When the stomach is reached the gas may have already- 
escaped and fluid contents maybe siphoned off by filling the 
tube with warm water from a funnel or syringe, holding the 
distal end tightly closed and lowering it to the ground so as 
to permit of the escape of stomach contents by siphonage. 
If the contents are largely solid, the stomach must be 
repeatedly filled with 2 to 4 quarts of warm water and 
allowed to escape again by lowering the outer end of the 
tube to the ground. If the flow stops, owing to choking of 
the tube, it may be started again by injection of water into 
the tube with a syringe or pump. 

The latter must not be used to suck out the contents of 
the stomach except so far, if necessary, as to start the 
siphonage. The stomach should thus be repeatedly washed 
until the water comes away clear. If water is injected with 
a syringe, care must be taken to avoid forcing air into the 
stomach. 

When passage of the tube becomes impossible through 
one nostril, the other one may be tried. Phillips reports 
failure to pass the tube in the horse in only 5 per cent, of 
trials. The tube is best made of red Para rubber and long 
enough to reach from the stomach to the ground when iii 
place. 

Serum Therapy.* 

Antitoxic Serum. — The microscopic parasites which 
cause infectious diseases — of which the bacteria are the 
most common — do so chiefly through the production of cer- 

* In the vise of serum therapy the strictest aseptic precautions are 
to be used. The animal is prepared by shaving off the hair from the 
part and the skin is washed with soap and water and then with alcohol 
and water, 2 parts of the former and 1 part of the latter, or with 5 per 
cent, carbolic acid waiery solution, which is harder on the hands. The 
syringe and needle must be boiled for five minutes before using. When 
many animals are injected at one time, it may be sufficient to wipe off 
the needle after each injection with the alcohol solution. The puncture 
may be covered with collodion to advantage. Glass syringes, with 
asbestos packing on plvmger, are most suitable for boiling, the needle 
connected by rubber tubing. 



742 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

tain complex, poisonous, proteid bodies called toxins, whicli 
combine with the cells of the vital organism and destroy 
their vital functions. Indeed, all the classic symptoms of 
some of the infectious diseases may be caused by injection 
of the toxins of the bacteria which cause these diseases; 
such is the case with tetanus and diphtheria. Under favor- 
able circumstances, however, when the dose of toxins is not 
too large, the animal organism reacts against these toxins 
through the possession of antitoxic principles in the fluids 
of the body or by means of the secretion of antitoxins by 
the cells of the animal tissues. 

The antitoxins set free from the cells then combine 
with the toxins in the blood and so prevent the toxins from 
uniting with the cells of the body and thus destroying them. 
The subject is a very intricate one and is as yet in a some- 
what nebulous state and we here present but the briefest 
and crudest outline of the present and generally accepted 
hypothesis. 

To illustrate the method of artificially manufacturing 
antitoxins, we will take as an example the production of 
tetanus antitoxin. 

Tetanus Antitoxin. — Tetanus bacilli are grown in bouillon 
for two or three weeks in an incubator, when the culture is 
filtered free of bacilli and furnishes tetanus toxins. A horse 
is injected with one-half a cubic centimeter of toxin and an 
equal amount of Lugol's solution to lessen its virulence. 
The injections are repeated in increasing quantities till the 
seventy-second day, when as much as 150 cc. are injected. 
The horse is very susceptible and reacts with local inflam- 
mation at the site of each injection and generally by the 
production of antitoxins in its blood. A few days after the 
last injection the horse's immunity is at its maximum — that 
is, its blood is highest in antitoxic strength. The horse's 
blood is then withdrawn under strictest aseptic precautions 
and the serum is decanted after a day or two. The serum 
is placed in aseptic bottles holding 10 cc, which are 
sealed. 



I 



SERUM THERAPY ' 743 

They are put in an incubator for several days to prove 
i;heir sterility ; if the serum turns cloudy it is rejected. 
IMost serums will keep a year if preserved with a slight 
iimount of carbolic acid or if treated by repeated steriliza- 
tion below 100° C. Cloudiness in a serum indicates that it 
is unfit for use. 

The activity of a serum is estimated in two ways. First, 
the amount of antitoxic serum required to neutralize a 
given volume of toxin of known strength. Second, the 
strength is stated in units. Thus a test toxin is prepared, 
-j-i-Q cc. of which constitutes the smallest fatal dose of a 
guinea pig. This amount of toxin is neutralized by yoVo ^^ 
a, unit of antitoxin. Or, to put it another way, 1 unit of 
antitoxin will protect 1,000 guinea pigs against the small- 
est fatal dose of toxin. 

The dosage is, then, reckoned in units of antitoxin, 
Tvhich is the most accurate method. While this mode of 
standardization is applied to the use of diphtheria antitoxin, 
unfortunately it is not employed in the case of the other 
serums where the dose is given in cc. This is inadvisable, 
as different manufactures possess different antitoxic 
strengths. 

The toxin of tetanus is developed by the bacteria of 
this disease, which gain entrance through wounds of the 
tissues of the body. The bacilli of tetanus are not distrib- 
uted by the blood, but remain at the site of infection, and 
the toxins they produce are taken up by the peripheral 
nerve endings in the vicinity and carried along the axis cyl- 
inders of the motor nerves to the central nervous system. 
The same thing happens in rabies. When the toxins reach 
the spinal cord the symptoms of tetanus appear and finally 
death occurs, when the important centers of the medulla 
Ijecome intoxicated. Tetanus bacilli live in the soil, and 
wounds which are contaminated with dirt or foreign bodies, 
and those which do not have free access to air — as bruised 
or punctured wounds — are chiefly liable to the development 
X)f tetanus. It will thus be seen that tetanus does not 



744 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

"become apparent until some time after the involvement of 
the nervous system, and for this reason the use of tetanus 
antitoxin is not so actively preventive at this period, when 
the toxins have combined with proteid elements of the ner- 
vous system and are therefore unable to combine with and 
be neutralized by the antitoxin. Nevertheless, tetanus anti- 
toxin is 'of some value as a curative remedy in tetanus 
\ if used within thirty hours of the beginning of the 
attack. 

As a preventive agent when employed before infection,, 
or immediately after it, tetanus antitoxin is almost certain^ 
Nocard injected 2,727 horses with tetanus antitoxin in a cer- 
tain district, and while none of these developed tetanus,, 
there were 259 cases in the same region in unprotected 
horses. The immunity produced by tetanus antitoxin ia 
thought to last from fifteen to thirty days. So-called idio- 
pathic tetanus is in reality traumatic, resulting from small 
unseen wounds of the mucous membranes or integument. 
Tetanus antitoxin is then indicated for use in the horse 
when the case is seen early, or as a preventive when tetanus 
is prevalent, or following wounds the character of which 
(see above) suggests the possibility of the development of 
the disease. The remedy may be employed without fear of 
doing any damage if properly administered. There are three 
ways of giving tetanus antitoxin ; as a preventive it may be 
given under the skin or intravenously, and, as a cure for the 
disease, it may be used in these ways or be injected within 
the brain. The latter method has been practiced consider- 
ably in human medicine and with somewhat uncertain 
results as compared with the intravenous injection, although 
it is generally considered superior. Eoux saved 35 out of 
45 guinea pigs by intracerebral injection, whereas by sub- 
cutaneous injection of antitoxin he had but two recoveries 
in seventeen cases of tetanus. The injection is made with 
a blunt needle into the substance of the brain through a 
small hole in the skull made with a drill at a point midway 
"between the outer angle of the orbit and the centre of a line 



I 



SERUM THERAPY 745 

-drawn over tlie top of the bead from one auditory meatus to 
the other. 

In most cases in veterinary practice the subcutaneous, 
or, better, intravenous, administration will be found most 
practicable. The dose is 5 to 20 cc; the smaller dose as a 
prophylactic and when injected into the brain. 20 cc. is the 
usual curative dose for the horse, although the dose may 
vary according to the manufacturer. 

Tetanus bacilli and spores may live in the tissues for 
weeks, and thus it is safer to repeat the dose — when given 
for immunizing purposes — at the end of the first and third 
week to antagonize any later intoxication caused by a new 
crop of bacilli. 

Anti-ivfectious Serum. — Antistreptococcus serum is in- 
cluded under this head because it appears to be especially 
antagonistic to streptococci themselves and to possess less 
antitoxic power. In the preparation of this serum (after 
Marmorek) streptococci are grown in human serum or 
serous exudate mixed with two parts of peptonized bouillon, 
and their virulence is greatly increased by repeatedly in- 
jecting them from rabbit to rabbit. This virulence becomes 
in this process so great that an amount of culture equivalent 
to one single streptococcus will certainly kill a rabbit. 
Small doses of a culture of living virulent streptococci from 
the rabbit are injected into the horse from time to time, this 
animal reacting vigorously to the injections. It is not until 
the horse has undergone this treatment for a year and 
has recovered from each injection that a serum is obtained 
of a sufficient strength to combat living streptococci and 
their toxins. The blood of the horse beiug withdrawn 
furnishes anti-streptococcic serum. It is now thought by 
many authorities that the serum to be most effective should 
be polyvalent — that is, should be active against the many 
varieties of streptococci by the cultivation of large numbers 
■of streptococci to represent their different toxins. 

• Dried anti tetanic serum has come into nse and is of service as a dressing 
In wounds which may be suspected of infection with tetanus bacilli. With an 
equal part of chloretoue the dried serum is sold under the name of Antitetanic 
Dusting Powder. The injection of the serum should be done, in addition to th» 
^«ise of dried serum on the wound . 



746 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

Marmorek holds, however, that the streptococci causing- 
erysipelas, cellulitis, abscess, sore throat, parturient in- 
fections, scarlet fever, etc., are identical; that all produce 
the same toxins, and that all are antagonized by an anti- 
infectious or antitoxic serum made from any one or all 
of them. 

The therapeutic results of antistreptococcic serum are 
not so certain as those following the use of some other 
serums — notably anti-diphtheritic serum in man — because 
so-called streptococcic infection is often a mixed infection, 
by which is meant that produced in part by other bacteria, 
and because serums produced by the cultivation and in- 
oculation of apparently the same varieties of streptococci 
seem to differ considerably in their protective value. 
As in the case of other serums, the therapeutic result ia 
much more favorable when antistreptococcic serum is 
used as a prophylactic or in the early stages of the 
infection. 

The injection of antistreptococcic serum is practically 
devoid of danger. 

With the qualifications above noted, antistreptococcic 
serum has proven serviceable in the following morbid con- 
ditions : Medical and surgical septicemia, pyemia, parturient, 
infections, traumatic infections, peritonitis, empyema, cel- 
lulitis, erysipelas, broncho- and contagious pneumonia of 
horses, and cerebro-spinal meningitis. As some of the 
above diseases are often caused by infections other than 
streptococcus, the employment of antistreptococcic serum 
may be unavailing in them unless the etiology is known to 
be streptococcic invasion. 

Dosage. — In the larger animals from 20 to 50 cc. are 
injected at all ages at a single operation, and the dose 
should be repeated every twelve or twenty-four hours until 
the symptoms are abated. 



TOXINS 747 

A fresh specimen of antistreptococcic serum is always 
desirable, as its power to destroy streptococci is soon lost. 

Toxins. 

Tuberculin. — Kocli's tuberculin is prepared by growing^ 
tubercle bacilli in flasks, containing peptonized bouillon 
and glycerin, in an incubator at 37° C. for six weeks. The 
cultures are boiled and filtered through porcelain to remove 
the dead bacilli, and the toxic substance is concentrated to 
one-tenth of its bulk by boiling. The result is a solution of 
the toxins of the tubercle bacilli in glycerin, and to this 
is added a A per cent, aqueous solution of carbolic acid for 
injection. Tuberculin is used in veterinary medicine solely 
as a diagnostic test for tuberculosis in animals, chiefly 
cattle. It may be used with almost entire certainty for this 
purpose, Koch claiming 99 per cent, of correct results from 
its injection. Injections in tuberculous animals cause a rise 
of temperature of from one to three or more degrees F. in 
about twelve hours from the time of iujection. If there is 
any focus of tuberculosis, as in the joints or bones, open to 
inspection, there will be a notable reaction observed in this 
locality, with heat, redness and decrease of function of the 
part. Erlich explains the fever following the injection of 
tuberculin to be due to a reaction of a zone of cells about 
the tuberculous focus which have been made unusually 
susceptible by the toxins of the disease so that they become 
inflamed by the sudden extra amount of toxin injected. In 
a tuberculous guinea pig, which has been killed by the 
injection of an overdose of tuberculin, zones of hyperemia 
may be seen surrounding each of the grey nodules charac- 
teristic of the disease. The iujection of an ordinary dose of 
tuberculin is practically harmless and does not even render 
the milk of a cow unfit for food. In an advanced stage of 
tuberculosis the animal may not react to tuberculin, aud 
this may be explained by the fact that the tissues are 
perhaps habituated to the toxins. 



748 GENEEAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

The Test. — It is best to take the temperature of the 
animal from 6 a.m. every two hours until the tuberculin is 
injected on the evening of the same day between 8 and 10 
P.M. The test is unreliable in animals whose temperature 
reaches 103° F. during this period prior to the injection, 
and sometimes in those in advanced stages of the disease. 
The injection is made aseptically into the subcutaneous 
tissue in the side of the neck with a syringe and needle 
previously boiled. The animals should be kept in the 
stable during the time required for the test, and should not 
be allowed to drink large quantities of cold water to reduce 
their temperature while the test is being made. The tem- 
perature of the animal should be taken at 6 a.m. on the 
morning following the injection and from that time every 
two hours till 8 p.m. 

A rise of two degrees F. is necessary for a positive 
reaction ; that is, a rise of two degrees over the maximum 
temperature of the animal in the fourteen to sixteen hours 
before the injection. Those animals in which the tem- 
perature does not rise over 103° F. within fifteen or at 
most twenty hours after injection may be considered non- 
tuberculous ; when the temperature is between 103° and 
104° F. the test is doubtful, and the animals should be re- 
examined after a month ; when the temperature rises 
gradually to 104° F. or over within fifteen hours after the 
injection, the animals may be classed positively tuberculous, 
provided the temperature constitutes a rise of two degrees 
over the maximum temperature recorded prior to the in- 
jection. 

The average dose of tuberculin as prepared and diluted 
for immediate use by the U. S. Government is 2 cc If 
tuberculin is to be kept for any period, it is better to 
procure the concentrated toxin and dilute it with a | per 
cent, carbolic acid solution prior to injection. Tuberculin 
should be kept in a cool, dark place and should be rejected 
if it becomes cloudy. 

Mallein. — This toxin is prepared in a manner almost 
precisely similar to that prescribed under tuberculin. The 



TOXINS 749 

sterilized cultures, from which the dead bodies of the 
Bacilli mallei have been filtered, and containing their toxins, 
are employed to test horses and mules for the existence of 
glanders and farcy. A rise of two degrees F. in an animal 
of normal temperature (not exceeding 101° F.) within fifteen 
hours of injection, together with a tender swelling five to 
ten inches in diameter at the site of injection, which is at 
its height in forty-eight hours, constitute positive proof of 
glanders. If the fever occurs without the swelling, or the 
swelling without the fever, the animal should be re-tested 
in a week. In the normal animal a swelling occurs at the 
site of injection, without rise of temperature, but the swell- 
ing is much smaller and has almost disappeared by the end 
of twenty-four hours, whereas in the glandered animal the 
swelling persists until the third or fourth day after the 
iujection. The temperature prior to the injection should 
not be over 102° F., but if it is, the occurrence of a large, 
persistent swelling at the site of iujection renders a diagnosis 
of glanders probable. The performance of the test is similar 
to that with the use of tuberculin, including the preparatory 
iemperature-taking and that following the injection. The 
injection is made aseptically with a sterile syringe under 
the skin on the side of the neck, and a temperature of 104^ 
F. occurring within fifteen hours after the injection, together 
with a large and slowly disappearing swelling, is certain 
<.vidence of glanders. 

The usual dose for a diagnostic test of mallein in the 
horse is 1 cc, but the dose varies with different brands 
of manufacture, the proper dose of each being stated on the 
bottle. If several injections of mallein are given to a 
glandered horse, the reaction may disappear, and in this 
way glandered horses may be fraudulently prepared for sale 
as free from the disease. 



*At 8th Internat. Vet. Congress at Budapest, 1905, it was resolved that a 
typical reaction to mallein consisted in a rise of 3'^ C. (3.4" F.) to a point above 
40" C. dOi" F.); the curve showing 1 or 3 elevations the first day, and a rise on the 
second and even on the third day after. That the characteristic swelling at the 
site of injection was a positive sign of glanders, even in the absenoe ot the typical 
temperature. But that two tests should always be made with mallein, the second, 
from ten to twenty days after the first. 



750 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

Becently claim has been made by a reputable veterin- 
arian that glanders may be cured by one or more injections 
of mallein, and lie bases his opinion on the failure of such 
animals to react a second or third time to the mallein test. 
The fact above related that glandered animals become 
ordinarily insusceptible to the repeated test, together with 
the danger of accepting such a statement until fully proved, 
should make one very cautious to act on such a belief 
in practice. 

Semner* has, however, found that horses may be pro- 
tected against infection with glanders by injections of mal- 
lein, and this lends some encouragement to the view of 
its possessing curative properties. 

Mouilleron examined (at one time) four glandered horses 
after death, following three or four negative tests with 
mallein, and found no evidence of the disease by micro- 
scopy, cultures and inoculation. Nocard has also shown 
the curability of glanders. The exact status of the matter 
is as yet undetermined, and until it is we may more safely 
refuse to accept the general curability of glanders by 
mallein. 

Vaccines. 

Vaccination consists in introducing, within the animal 
body, bacteria (or their products) of a disease — with the 
intention of protecting the animal against the disease. The 
theory consists in the fact that, by modifying the virulence 
or action of the bacteria in some way, there are produced in 
the inoculated animal antitoxins. These not only prevent the 
occurrence of the inoculated disease, but even the develop- 
ment of the disease when introduced by natural channels. 
The activity of bacteria is lessened in various ways. Thus 
in preparing the vaccines against anthrax and blackleg the 
bacteria are exposed to heat. Then by inoculating the 
bacteria in a way, different from that in which they naturally 



* Central 1. f. Bacter., Bd. xvii, Nos. 9 and 10. 



VACCINES 751 

gain entrance to the body, their activity may be diminished ; 
e.g., the bacillus of blackleg is introduced under the skin or 
intravenously, and the tail is sometimes chosen as a site, the 
blood supply being poor. The vaccines do not prove 
curative if employed after the development of the disease, 
against which they are preventives, and often they are 
ineffectual if used after the exposure of the animal to the 
infection of the disease. This is not the case in antirabic 
inoculation, however, as the treatment proves successful 
after the patient has been bitten and infected by a rabid 
animal. So in smallpox in the human, vaccination will 
modify and possibly prevent smallpox if done within four 
days after exposure to infection. The duration of the period 
of immunity conferred by vaccination differs in the case of 
the different vaccines. 

BlacMeg or Quarter Evil. — This disease is caused by 
B. chauvoei and is distinct from anthrax. Calves should be 
vaccinated when six months old and again within a year. 
The best time is that before the usual occurrence of the 
disease, and no surgery, as branding, castration, marking, 
dehorning or spaying, should be done before, or within two 
weeks after, vaccination. Either one or (better) two vaccines 
are used, the first being the weakest and prepared by heat- 
ing to 103° C, and the second being heated to 93^^ C. 
and used eight days later. Vaccination is done with a 
powder obtained by drying and triturating a piece of 
affected muscle. The directions for using the same are 
elaborate and furnished in detail by reliable makers. The 
use of this vaccine is very successful as a prophylactic 
against blackleg unless the animal has already been ex- 
posed to the disease or actually has it. Such must have 
been the case when blackleg appears in a few days after 
vaccination. 

Anthrax. — Anthrax is the most fatal disease attacking 
horses, sheep, goats, mules and cattle. It occurs in the 
United States, more often in Mississippi and Louisiana. 
Yaccination was done by Pasteur in 1880 and was the first 



752 GENEEAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

attempt made in establishing artificial immunity in practice. 
Great crowds gathered to see the result of his treatment. 
He subjected 24 sheep, 1 goat and 5 cattle to vaccination, 
aud then 60 animals (including the. vaccinated and unvac- 
cinated) were inoculated with anthrax. Forty-eight hours 
later the sight presented to the public beggars description. 
In the paddock were seen dead and dying all the un- 
vaccinated animals, while the vaccinated ones appeared in 
perfect health. A small number of animals — especially 
sheep and goats — die from the treatment. In countries 
where anthrax is endemic, vaccination has reduced the 
mortality from 10 to ^ of 1 per cent. Statistics also show 
that less than 1 per cent, of vaccinated animals die of the 
disease. When unvaccinated herds are attacked usually 
80 per cent. die. The vaccination should be practiced 
usually in summer or fall, as these are the favorite seasons 
for development in infected regions. The protection lasts 
from six to twelve months. Two vaccines, are used. Num- 
ber one, the weaker, is made by growing bacilli in a current 
of air at 109° F. for twenty-four days ; number two is 
prepared in the same manner during twelve days. The 
weak number one is injected and followed in ten days 
by immber two. Sick animals may infect a pasture for ten 
years, but vaccination will practically permit of pasturing 
on the infected land. The method of inoculation requires 
minute directions, which may be obtained from manufac- 
turers. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL 
MEASURES 



Abortion, accidental and epizootic 
in cows and ewes. 
Isolate and disinfect, 216. 
Disinfect premises, 725, 
Empty uterus. 

Antiseptic vaginal injections. 
Lysol, 335. 
Creolin, 334. 
Carbolic acid, 329. 
Corrosive sublimate, 216. 
Ergot, 629. 

Abscess. 
Iodine, 246. 
Iodoform, 252. 
Poultices, 714. 
Rhigolene, 350. 
Cocaine, 434. 

Potassium permanganate, 205. 
Paracentesis. 
Cantharides, 646, 702. 

AcARi or Mites. See Mange and 
Scab. 
Parasiticides, 69. 

Actinomycosis. 
Excise. 

Potassium iodide, 249. 
Iodine, 244. 
Carbolic acid, 331. 
Good food and tonics. 

Acne. 
Cleanse with soap and water. 
Prevent chafing. 
Sulphur, 258. 
Arsenic, 266. 
Phosphorus, 239. 
753 



After-Pains. 

Eemove clots or placental remains. 
Opium, 368. 
Morphine, 368. 

Aged Animals, destruction of. 

Chloroform, 307. 

Bullet, 307. 
Amaurosis. 

Blister about orbit. 

Strychnine, 409. 

Ammenorrhcea. Sterility. 
Full or restricted diet. 
Tonics and emraenagogues, 58. 
Oil of turpentine, 504. 
Myrrh, 525. 
Oil of savine, 545. 
Cantharides, 647. 
Aloes, 569. . 

Anemia. 
Pull diet, 690. 
Fresh air. 
Exercise. 

Remove primary cause. 
Iron, 201. ' 
Arsenic, 226. 
Quinine, 488. 
Gentian, 554. 
Strychnine, 410. 
Copper sulphate, 188. 
Calcium phosphate, 158. 
Cod liver oil, 657. 
Myrrh, 525. 
Clip horses with thick coats. 

Angina. See Pharyngitis, Laryn- 
gitis. 



754 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND EEMEDIAL MEASURES 



Anorexia. See Appetite, loss of. 

Anthrax. Charbon. 

Anthrax vaccine, 751. 
Corrosive sublimate, 215. 
Ipecac, 476. 

Destroy or isolate animals. 
Disinfect premises, discharges and 
dead bodies, 725. 

Apoplexy, cerebral, parturient. 

Kunsel's treatment, 737. 

Eneraata, 737. 

Strychnine, 787. 

Ice to poll. 

Ergot, 629. 

A^enesection, 730. 

Bandage legs. 

Eserine, 419. 

Croton oil, 582. 

Colocynth, 587. 

Veratrum viride, 467. 

Oil of turpentine, 504. 

Change patient's position every 
few hours. 

Avoid drenches if animal uncon- 
scious. 

Empty bladder. 

Stimulants, if collapse. 

Appetite, loss of. 
Gentian, 554. 
Cinchona, 488. 
Quinine, 488. 
Quassia, 556. 
Cascarilla, 557. 
Calumba, 558. 
Taraxacum, 560. 
Hydrastis, 562. 
Hydrastine, 562. 
Hydrastin, 562. 
Calamus, 564. 
Capsicum, 526. 

Aptha. See Stomatitis. 

Arthritis. 

Irrigation, 710. 
Iodine, 246. 



Arthritis {continued). 
Oil of turpentine, 502. 
Tartar emetic, 281. 
Burgundy pitch, 506. 
Calomel, 219. 
Corrosive sublimate, 217. 
Red mercuric iodide, 219. 
Cantharides, 702. 
Best. 

AscARiDES. See Worms. 
Anthelmintics, 68. 

Ascites. See Dropsies. 

Asthma in Dogs. 
Bromides, 243. 
Nitrites, 313. 
Chloral, 318. 
Belladonna, 386. 
Arsenic, 226. 
Eserine, 419. 

Asthma in Horses. See Broken 
Wind. 

Azoturia. See Hmmoglohincemia. 

Balanitis. 

Cleanse. 

Urethral injection, 1 per cent, 
solution of zinc sulphate and 
lead acetate, equal parts. 

Hydrastis, 563. 

Barrenness, Sterility. See Ain- 
menorrhcea. 
Aphrodisiacs and emmenagogues, 
57, 58. 

Bites. 
Of rabid dogs, nitric acid, 272. 
Of insects, ammonia, 147. 
Of snakes, ammonia, 147 ; potassa, 
123. 

Bladder, irritable. 
Belladonna, 386. 
Hyoscyamus, 890. 
Potassium citrate, 127. 
Potassium acetate, 127. 
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MSASUBES 755 



Blapder, irritable {continued). 
Camphor, 550. 
Buchu, 541. 
Salol, 495. 
Urotropin, 341. 
Rest. 

Hot enemata. 

Remove smegma, calculi and other 
sources of reflex irritation. 

Blepharospasm. 
Atropine, 384. 

Bleeding. See Hasmorrhage. 

Bog Spavin. See Arthritis. 
Irrigation, 710. 
Rest, 

High-heeled shoe. 
Cantharides, 646. 

Boils. 

Iodine, 252. 
Collodion, 687. 
Icthyol, 659. 
Carbolic acid, 330. 
Menthol, 530. 
Iodoform, 252. 
Glutol, 341. 
Phosphorus, 236. 
Poultices, 714. 
Paracentesis. 

BoTS. Larvae of Oestrus Equi. 
Carbon disulphide, 278. 
Chloroform, 68. 
Anthelmintics, 68. 
Green fodder. 
Cathartics. 

^reak Down. 
Cautery, 701. 

Broken Knees. 
Cold, 706. 

Broken Wind. 

Carron oil, 156, 570. 
Arsenic, 226. 
Strychnine, 408. 



Broken Wind {continued). 
Veratrine, 471. 
Restrict water, 118. 
Concentrated diet. 
Linseed meal, 610. 
Cod liver oil, 658. 

Bronchitis, acute and chronic. 

Inhalations, 47. 

Mustard, 517, 700. 

Solution of ammonium acetat^ 
151. 

Spirit of nitrous ether, 318. 

Nitrites, 313. 

Belladonna, 385. 

Strychnine, 408. 

Digitalis, 451. 

Strophanthus, 455. 

Squill, 458. 

Dover's powder, 475. 

Opium, 370. 

Codeine, 366. 

Heroin, 357. 

Sodium bicarbonate, 136. 

Potassium bicarbonate and citrate, 
127. 

Ammonium chloride, 150. 

Ammonium carbonate, 149. 

Aconite, 463. 

Quinine, 489. 

Potassium iodide, 249. 

Arsenic, 226. 

Cod liver oil, 658. 

Linseed tea, 611. •^■>- 

Linseed oil, 570. ''• 

Olive oil, 603. 

Tar, 509. 

Benzoin, 515. 

Eucalyptol, 521. 

Ipecac, 475. 

Oil of turpentine, 503. 

Resin, 506. 

Balsam of Peru, 512. 

Balsam of Tolu, 512. ' 

Myrrh, 525. 

Asafetida, 538. 



756 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Bronchitis, acute and chronic {co7i- 
tiiiued) , 
Ammoniacum, 540. 
Buchu, 541. 

Compound spirit of juniper, 542. 
Camphor, 550. 
Sulphur, 258. 

Sulphurous anhydride, 259. 
Alum, 169. 
Tannic acid, 593. 
Eserine, 419. 
Cantharides, 645. 

Bruises. 

Fomentations, 715. 
Priessnitz poultice, 708. 
Refrigerant mixtures, 711. 
Lead acetate, 174. 
Laudanum, 174. 
Alcohol, 289. 
Arnica, 523. 
Camphor liniment, 549. 
Hamamelis, 601. 
Icthyol, 659. 
Soap liniment, 605. 
Stimulating liniments, 701. 
Olive oil, 603. 

Burns. 
Orthoform, 253. 
Aristol, 156. 
Carron oil, 156. 
Boroglyceride, 275. 
Carbolic acid, 331. 
Iodoform, 252. 
Salicylic acid, 494. 
Sodium bicarbonate, 135. 
Chalk, 154. 
Menthol, 530. 
Oil of turpentine, 503. 
Chlorinated lime, 240. 
Chlorinated soda, 240. 
Moist heat, 712. 
Stimulants. 
Good food. 

Bursitis. 
Ice, 706. 



Bursitis (continued). 
Irrigations, 710. 
Injections of iodine, 246. 
Injections of carbolic acid, 329. 
Red mercuric iodide, 246. 
Cantharides, 645. 

Calculi, biliary. See Colic, Gall 
Stones. 

Calculi, intestinal. 
Enemata. 

Rectal manipulation. 
Anodynes. See Colic. 
Eserine, 419. 

Calculi, renal, vesical. 
Hot enemata for pain, 716. 
Enemata, 30. 
Morphine, 367. 

Potassium acetate and citrate, 127. 
Lithium salts, 152. 
Ammonium and sodium benzoate, 

513. 
Hydrochloric or sulphuric acid for 

horses. 

Canker of Ear. See Otorrlio&a. 

Chapped Elbow, Hock, Knee. See 

Bursitis. 

Catarrh. See Coryza, Ozoena. 

Cerebral H.emorrhage. See Apo- 
plexy. 

Cerebritis. See Encephalitis. 

Cerebro-Spinal Meningitis. 
Ice to head, 706. 
Ergot, 385, 629. 
Belladonna, 385. 
Aloes, 568. 
Catheterize. 
Strychnine, 409. 
Cantharides, 645. 

Chafing. See Intertrigo. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND KEBIEDIAL MEASURES 



757 



Chorea. 
Iron, 203. 
Arsenic, 226. 
Cod liver oil, 658. 
Antipyretics, 323. 
Bromides, 243. 
Chloral, 318. 
Hyoscyamus, 390. 
Cannabis indica, 394. 
Anaesthetics, 307. 
Eserine, 419. 
Gelseniiuin, 422. 
Conium, 430. 
Valerian, 537. 
Zinc valerianate, 537. 
Camphor, 550. 
Strychnine, 409. 
Quinine, 488. 
Asafetida, 538. 

Anthelmintics if due to worms, 68. 
Full diet. 

Cold, exposure to. 
Mustard, 700. 
Alcohol, 291. 

Colic. 

With gastric flatulence, use sto- 
mach tube in horse, 739. 

Opium, 367. 

Morphine, 367. 

Atropine, 385. 

Chloral, 318. 

Chloroform, 307, 

Ether, 295. 

Cannabis indica, 394 

Hyoscyamus, 390. 

Capsicum and ammonium carbon- 
ate, 526. 
I Oil of peppermint, 530. 
j Oil of turpentine, 503, 701. 

Aconite, 463. 

Asafetida, 538. 

Tobacco, 426. 

Aloes, 568. 

Barium chloride, 159. 



Colic (continued). 
Arecoline, 617. 
Eserine, 418. 
Enemata, 30, 138. 
Mustard, 518. 
Stupes, 715. 
Hot injections, 713. 

Coma. 

Ice to head, 706. 

Cold douche, 709. 

Mustard and bandaging on legs, 

700. 
A'enesection, 729. 
Purgatives, 28. 
Stimulants, in collapse. 

CoNJESTiox OF Lungs. 
Mustard, 517, 700. 
Nitrites, 308. 
Veratrum viride, 467. 
Venesection, 729. 
Aconite, 463. 

Conjunctivitis. 
Cold compresses. 
Zinc sulphate, 185. 
Boric acid, 275. 
Cocaine, 437. 
Silver nitrate, 177. 
Protargol, 179. 
Argyrol, 180. 
Alum, 168. 
Copper sulphate, 187. 
Mercuric oxides, 214. 
Citrine ointment, 220. 
Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 

Corrosive sublimate, 217. 
Scarification, 731. 

Constipation. 
Diet, 688. 
Enemata, 30, 31. 
Manual evacuation, 585. 
Abdominal massage, 585. 
Exercise. 



758 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Constipation {cont imied) . 
Horse — 
Aloes, 568. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Calomel, 218. 
Epsom salts, 163. 

Cattle— 
Epsom salts, 163. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Calomel, 218. 

Skoals and Calves — 
Carron oil, 570. 
Gregory's powder, 576. 

Dogs — 

Castor oil, 572. 

Olive oil, 602. 

Compound cathartic pill, 210. 

Compound liquorice powder, 579 

Cascara sagrada, 572. 

Syrup of purging buckthorn, 574 

Calomel, 218. 

Puppies — 
Suppositories — 
Soap. 

Glycerin, 607. 
Phillips' milk of magnesia, 165. 
Birds — 

Tincture of rhubarb, 577. 

Buckthorn, 572. 
Rhubarb, 576. 
Senna, 579. 
Croton oil, 582. 
Jalap, 584. 
Gamboge, 586. 
Colocynth, 587. 
Elaterin, 587. 
Podophyllin, 589. 
Arecoline, 617. 
Ox gall, 655. 
Eserine, 418. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Barium chloride, 159. 
Veratrine, 471. 



Constipation {continued). 
Strychnine, 410. 
Glycerin, 608. 
Belladonna, 386, 410. 
Hyoscyamus, 390. 
Sulphur, 258. 
Myrrh, 525. 
Asafetida, 538. 

Convalescence. 
Diet, 690. 
Alcohol, 289. 
Bitters, 289. 

Strychnine, 410. 

Gentian, 554. 

Quinine, 489. 

Calumba, 558. 

Quassia, 556. 

Hydrastin, 562. 
Valerian, 537. 
Pepsin, 653. 
Cod liver oil, 658. 

Convulsions. 
Anjesthetics, 307. 
Chloral, 318. 
Bromides, 243. 
Antipyretics, 323. 
Valerian, 537. 
Copper sulphate, 186. 
Laxatives. 
Warm bath. 

Remove worms or source of irrita- 
tion in digestive canal. 

Corneal Opacities and Ulcers. See 

Keratitis. 
Calomel, 217. 

CORYZA. 

Lihalations, 47. 

Spirit of nitrous ether, 312. 

Aconite, 433. 

Dover's powder, 475. 

Opium, 370. 

Cocaine, 437. 

Menthol, 530. 

Quinine, 590. 



I 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND EEMEDIAL MEASUKES 



759 



"CoEYZA (continued). 
Arsenic, 225. 
Bismuth, 192. 
Linseed oil, 570. 

GOUGH. 

Inhalations, 47. 
Opium, 369. 
Heroin, 357. 
. €odeine, 366. 
Belladonna, 385. 
Phenacetin, 323. 
Chloroform, 298. 
Chloral, 318. 
Wild cherry, 348. 
Prussic acid, 347. 
Cannabis indica, 394, 
Bromides, 243. 
Oelsemium, 422. 
Tar, 509. 

Balsam of Tolu, 513. 
Arsenic, 226. 
Camphor, 550. 
Mustard, 517, 700. 
Ammonium chloride, 150. 

Cracks or Fissures. See Fissures. 

Cramps, 

Atropine, 386. 
Belladonna, 386. 

Croup. See Laryngitis. 

Curb. 

Cold, 706. 

Cautery, 701. 
Cystitis. 

Spirit of nitrous ether, 313. 

Belladonna, 387. 

Hyoscyamus, 396. 

Aconite, 313. 

Potassium citrate and acetate, 313. 

Urotropin, 341. 

Buchu, 541. 

Oil of juniper, 542. 

Linseed tea, 611. 

Acacia, 606. 

Cantharides, 647. 



Cystitis {continued). 
Boric acid, 275. 
Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 
Balsam of Tolu, 512. 
Balsam of Peru, 512. 
Salol, 495. 

Oil of turpentine, 504. 
Benzoates, 515. 
Eucalyptol, 521. 
Thymol, 552. 
Myrrh, 525. 
Rest. 

Debility. 
Alcohol, 290. 
Iron, 201. 
Arsenic, 226. 
Strychnine, 409. 
Quinine, 488. 
Calcium phosphate, 158. 
Cod liver oil, 657. 
Linseed meal, 610. 
Cotton-seed meal, 610. 
Phosphorus, 236. 
Gentian, 554. 
Calumba, 558. 
Cardamom, 534. 
Coriander, 534. 
Fennel, 534. \ 

Fenugreek, 534. ? 

Ginger, 534. 

Decubitis. 
Chlorinated lime, 240. 
Aristol, 253. 

Delirium. 

Hyoscyamus, 390. 
Hyoscine, 390. 

Diabetes Insipidus, 
Iodine, 247. 
Gallic acid, 594. 
Valerian, 537. 
Avoid bad fodder. 

Diabetes Mellitus. See OlycoS' 
uria. 



760 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



PlAPHRAGJIATIC SpASM, HlCCOUGH. 

See " Thumps." 

DiARRHCEA. 

Laxatives — 

Linseed oil, 570. 

Castor oil, 573. 

Rhuljarb, 576. 

Gray powder, 314. 

Calomel, 318. 

Carron oil, 570. 

Magnesium sulphate, 163. 
Diet and restriction of water, 

688, 689. 
Saline infusions, 736. 
Enemata, 30. 
Starch, 636. 
Rest. 

Opium, 367. 
Astringents. 
Chalk, 155. 

Aluminum hydroxide, 169. 
Silver nitrate, 178. 
Acids, 372. 
Lead acetate, 175. 
Bismuth, 193. 
Tannic acid, 593. 
Krameria, 599. 
Haematoxylon, 600. 
Hamamelis, 601. 
White oak, 595. 
Catechu, 597. 
Kino, 598, 
Ergot, 630. 
Antiseptics — 

Carbolic acid, 333. 

Creosote, 333. 

Boric acid, 275. 

Charcoal, 277. 

Naphtalene, 337. 

Salol, 495. 

Oil of turpentine, 503. 

Tar, 509. 

Benzoates, 574. 
Arsenic, 225. 



DiARRHCEA {continued). 
Ipecac, 476. 
Syrup of lime, 157. 
Buchu, 541. 
Camphor, 550. 

Diphtheria. 
Isolate and disinfect discharges. 
Antitoxin when due to Klebs-.- 

Loeffler bacillus. 
Irrigate throat with normal salt 

solution. 
Alcohol. 
Milk and eggs. 
Disinfect premises, 725. 

Disinfection. 
Disinfectants, 718-723. 
Practical disinfection, 725. 
Chlorine, 238. 
Sulphur, 258. 
Carbolic acid, 332. 
Creosote, 333. 
Formaldehyde, 339, 340. 
Formalin, 339, 340. 

Dislocations. 
Anaesthetics, 307. 
Blistering, 702. 

Distemper, Canine. 
Isolate. 
Country air. 
Good food. 
Quinine, 489. 
Iron, 203. 
Strychnine, 409. 
Coffee, 399. 
Caffeine, 399, 
Camphor, 550. 
Eucalyptol, 521. 
Chloral, 318. 
Phenacetin, 323. 
Belladonna, 385. 
Disinfect premises, 725. . 



I 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



761 



Dropsy Cardiac, Hepatic, Renal. 
■ Digitalis, 219, 452. 
Squill, 458. 
Caffeine, 400. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Potassium iodide, 249. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Calomel, 458. 
Jalap, 584. 
Colocynth, 584. 
Colchicura, 635. 
Sugar of milk, 652. 
Diet, 690. 

Dysentery. 
Isolate. 
Calomel, 218. 
Magnesium sulphate, 163. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Castor oil, 572. 
Rhubarb, 576. 
Ipecac, 476. 
Opium, 367. 
Lead acetate, 175. 
Benzoates, 514. 
Silver nitrate, 178. 
Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 
Naphtalin, 337. 
Oil of turpentine, 503. 
Buchu, 541. 
White oak, 595. 
Catechu, 597. 
Kino, 598. 
Starch, 636. 
Tannic acid, 593. 
Hsematoxylon, 600. 
Arsenic, 225. 
Disinfect premises and discharges, 

725. 
Feeding, 668, 669. 

Dyspepsia, See Indigestion, 

-Dyspncea. See Laryngitis, Diph- 
theria and Chest Diseases, 
Nitroglycerin, 312. 



Dyspncea {continued). 
Nitrites, 312. 
Inhalations, 47. 
Counter-irritation, 
Tracheotomy. 

Eclampsia. See Convulsions, 

Eczema. 
Tar, 508. 
Oil of tar, 510. 
Oil of cade, 510. 
Icthyol, 660. 
Zinc ointment, 185. 
Sulphurated potash, 261. 
Sulphur, 261. 
Yellow wash, 217. 
Black wash, 217. 
Iodine, 246. 
Boric acid, 275. 
Chalk, 154. 
Lead acetate, 174. 
Zinc sulphate, 185. 
Bismuth subnitrate, 191. 
White precipitate ointment, 220. 
Citrine ointment, 220. 
Carbolic acid, 331. 
Salicylic acid, 494. 
Balsam of Peru, 511. 
Oleate of mercury, 214. 
Blue ointment, 214. 
Thymol, 552. 
Chrysarobin, 577. 
Glycerite of tannin, 593. 
Hamamelis, 602. 
Glycerite of starch, 608. 
Pilocarpine, 444, 
Phosphorus, 235. 
Cod liver oil, 658. 
Diet, 688. 

Emphysema. See Broken Wind. 
Arsenic, 226. 
Strychnine, 409. 
Digitalis, 451. 
Strophanthus, 455. 



762 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



l^^NCEPHALITIS. 

Ice on head, 706. 
Venesection, 629. 
Ergot, 629. 
Croton oil, 582. 
Veratrum viride, 467. 
Eserine, 419. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Aloes, 568. 
Stimulants. 
Cantharides, 646. 

Endocarditis. See also Rheuma- 
tism. 
Aconite, 464. 
Digitalis, 452. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Potassium iodide, 249. 

Enteritis. 
Opium, 3C9. 
Atropine, 385. 
Aconite, 468. 
Veratrum viride, 468. 
Mustard, 518. 
Castor oil, 572. 
Oil of turpentine, 503. 

Epilepsy. See Convulsions, 

Epistaxis. 

Adrenalin, 689. 

Pack nostril with gauze. 

Ice water or ice bag on forehead. 

Opium, 369. 
: Ergot, 629. 
1 Alum, 168. 

Kraineria, 599. 

Erysipelas. 
IcthyoK 660. 
' Iodine, 246. 

Carbolic acid, 329. 

Creosote, 338. 

Quinine, 489. 

Alcohol, 291. 

Tincture of ferric chloride, 195. 

Milk and eggs. 

Isolate and disinfect premises, 725. 



Erythema. 
Zinc oxide, 185. 
Lead acetate, 174. 
Calamine, 185, 563 
Chalk, 155. \ 

Boric acid, 275. 
Tar, 508. 
Camphor, 549. 
Vaseline, 350. 
Hamamelis, 602. 

Eye, foreign bodies in. 
Cocaine, 437. 

Exostoses. See Spavin, Ringbone^ 
Splint, etc. 

Fainting. See Syncope. 

Fardel Bound. Inspection of Sri 
Stomach, Gastritis of Rumi- 
nants, 
Strychnine, 410. 
Veratrine, 471. 
Arecoline, 617. 
Epsom salts, 168. 
Linseed oil, 570. 

Fever. 
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313. 
Solution of ammonium acetate* 

151. 
Magnesium sulphate, 163. 
Aconite, 463. 
Acetanilid, 323. 
Phenacetin, 323. 
Antipyrin, 323. 
Quinine, 489. 
Alcohol, 290. 
Salicylic acid, 495. 
Diet, 691. 
Refrigerants, 711. 
Cold applications, 706-712.. 
Cold drinks, 706. 
Cold enemata, 711. 
Cool air. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND EEMEDIAL MEASURES 



763 



Fissure, 

Of Rectum — 
Orthoform, 353. 
Belladonna, 383-386. 
Iodoform, 251. 
Tannic acid, 593. 

Of Teats- 
Silver nitrate, 178. 
Balsam of Peru, 511. 
Glycerite of tannin, 593. 
Collodion, 637. 
PiSTULA OF Withers, Poll, Lat- 
eral Cartilages, etc. 

Corrosive sublimate, 216. 

Iodine, 246. 

Arsenic, 224. 

Carbolic acid, 329. 

Creosote, 333. 

Flatulexce, Tympanites. See 
Indigestion and Colic. 

Stomach tube in horses with gas- 
tric flatulence. 

Oil of turpentine, 503. 

Sodium bicarbonate, 135. 

Tei'ebene, 504. 

Chloroform, 298. 

Oil of peppermint, 532. 

Charcoal, 277. 

Strychnine, 410. 

Ammonium carbonate, 526. 

Capsicum, 526. 

Eserine, 418. 

Naphtalin, 337 

Bismuth, 192. 

Resorcin, 338. 

Valerian, 537 

Asafetida, 538. 

Cascarilla, 557. 

Calamus, 564. 

Glycerin, 608. 

Fleas (Pulex irritans). 
Oil of anise, 532. 
Pyrethrum, 624. 
Carbolic soap. 
Tobacco, 426. 



Foot Rot in Sheep. 
Glycerite of carbolic acid, 331. 
Oil of Turpentine, 502. 
Tar, 509. 

Founder. See Laminitis. 

Fractures. 
AnaBsthetics, 307. 
Calcium phosphate, 158. 
Starch bandages, 636. 

Fracture of Jaw. 
Rectal feeding, 695. 

Fragilitas Ossium. See Osteo- 
malacia. 

Frontal Sinus, inflammation of. 
Iodoform, 251. 

Frost Bite, Dermatitis, Congel- 
ations. 
Icthyol, 659. 
Oil of turpentine, 502. 
Glycerite of tannin, 593. 

"Galls." See Ulcers, Wounds. 

Gall Stones. See Colic. 

Calomel, 219. 

Salines, 136. 

Oil of turpentine, 503. 

Exercise. 
Gangrene. 

Remove dead tissue with knife. 

Oil of turpentine, 502. 

Chlorinated soda, 238. 

Alcohol. 

Good food. 

Garget. See Mammitis, 

Gastritis. 
Opium, 368. 
Bismuth, 192 
Solution of lime, 157» 
Ipecac, 475. 
Prussic acid, 347. 
Diet, 688, 695. 
Nutritive enemata, 695. 
Ice by mouth. 



764 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Gastroenteritis, Acute, Chronic. 
See Indigestion. 
Opium, 368. 
Linseed tea, 610. 
Acacia, 612. 
Althaea, 613. 
Diet, 688, 689. 

Gastroduodenitis. See Jaundice. 

Glandular Swellings. 
Iodine, 246. 

Red mercuric iodide, 219. 
Mercury, 214. 
Mercuric oxides, 214. 
Icthyol, 659. 
Cantharides, 702. 
Poultices, 714. 
Cod liver oil, 658. 

Glaucoma. 
Physostigmine, 418, 

Granular Lids. 
Alum, 168. 
Copper sulphate, 187. 

Glossitis. 
Scarification, 731. 

Glycosuria. 
Glycerin, 608. 

Granulations. See Wounds. 

Grease. 
Tar, 508. 
Oil of cade, 508. 

Griping of Cathartics. 
Ginger, 527. 
Belladonna, 386. 
Hyoscyamus, 390. 
Oil of peppermint, 530. 

Growths. See Warts. 

H^MATEMESIS. 

Opium, 369. 

Ergot, 629. 

Ice by mouth, 629. 

Heat to spine, 715. 

Oil of turpertine, 504. 



H^MATEMESis {continued) . 
Silver nitrate, 178. 
Tannic acid, 593. 
Hamamelis, 601. 
Rest. 
Diet, 689. 

II^moglobin^mia. 
Aloes, 568. 

Magnesium sulphate, 568. 
Sodium bicarbonate, 136. 
Colchicum, 635. 
Diet, 690. 

Prophylaxis, exercise. 
Light feeding. 

HEMOPTYSIS. 

Opium, 369. 

Ergot, 629. 

Heat to spine, 715. 

Digitalis, 452, 

Oil of turpentine, 504 

Gallic acid, 593. 

Hamamelis, 601. 

Rest. 

Hemorrhages, 
Ice, 706. 
Opium, 369. 
Ergot, 629. 
Saline infusion, 735, 
Adrenalin, 639. 
Antipyrin, 323. 
Cocaine, 437. 
Ferric salts, 201. 
Oil of turpentine, .504. 
Acids, 272, 
Kino, 598, 
Alcohol, 291, 

Hemorrhage, Post-Partum. 
Remove afterbirth. 
Repair tears. 
Ergot, 629, 

Hot vaginal injections, 716, 
Pack uterus with gauze. 
Saline infusion, 735, 

Hemorrhoids, See Piles. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



765 



Heart Failure. See Srjncope. 

Heart, Fatty. 
Diet, 690-694. 
Strychnine, 408. 
Digitalis, 451. 

Heart, Hypertrophied. 
Potassium iodide, 249. 
Aconite, 464. 
Digitalis, 452. 

Heart, Palpitation of. 
Aconite, 464. 
Digitalis, 452, 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Bromides, 243. 
Belladonna, 384. 
Camphor, 550. 

Heart, Valvular Disease of. 
Digitalis, 451. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Strychnine, 408. 
Diet, 690. 

Heat Stroke. See Sun Stroke. 

Heaves. See Broken Wind, Em- 
physema, Asthma. 

Hernia. 

Anaesthetics, 307. 
Cantharides, 646. 

Herpes. 

Lead acetate, 174. 

Hydrophobia. See Rabies. 

Hypertrophy of Heart. See Heart. 

Hysteria. 

Bromides, 243. 
Valerian, 537. 
Asafetida, 538. 
Camphor, 550. 

Impaction of Colon. 
Magnesium sulphate, 163. 
Linseed oil, 569. 
Castor oil, 571. 



Impaction of Colon {co7itinued). 
Atropine, 386. 
Strychnine, 410. 
Hyoscyamus, 390. 
Barium chloride, 159. 
Eserine, 418. 

Incontinence of Urine. 
Belladonna, 387. 
Hyoscyamus, 390. 
Strychnine, 410. 
Cantharides, 647. 

Indigestion, Dyspepsia, Chronic 
Gastro-intestinal Catarrh. 
Diet, 688. 
Aloes, 568. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Carron oil, 157. 
Castor oil, 572. 
Areeoline, 617. 
Rhubarb, 576. 
Eserine, 419. 
Acids, 272. 

Sodium bicarbonate, 135. 
Arsenic, 225. 
Strychnine, 410. 
Capsicum, 526. 
Ginger, 527. 
Gentian, 534. 
Hydrastin, 562. 
Quinine, 488. 
Pepsin, 653. 
Pancreatin, 654. 
Papain, 656. 
Hydrochloric acid, 272. 
Sulphurous acid , 260. 
Carbolic acid. 332. 
Creosote, 333. 

Salicylic acid and salol, 495. 
Tartar emetic, 232. 
Hydrogen dioxide, 120. 
Charcoal, 277. 
Ammonium chloride, 150. 
Anise, 534. 
Cardamom, 534. 
Coriander, 534. 



766 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Indigestion, etc. {continued). 

Fennel, 534. 

Fenugreek, 534. 
• Oil of turpentine, 503. 
< Benzoic acid, 514. 

Eucalyptol, 531. 

Cahimba, 558. 
' Quassia, 556. 

Cascarilla, 557. 

H«raatoxylon, 600. 

Indurations. 

Priessnitz poultice, 708. 
Ca,ntliarides, 646. 

Inflammation, Chronic and Acute. 
See Fever. 
Laxatives, 570. 
Ice, 706. 

Venesection, 728. 
Scarification, 731. 
Irrigation, 710. 
Counter-irritants, 701. 
Poultices, 712. 
Diet, 691. 
Aconite, 463. 
Opium, 369. 
Veratrum viride, 467. 
Mercury, 215. 
Tartar emetic, 232. 
Sodium bicarbonate, 135. 
Iodine, 246. 

Influenza. 

Inhalations, 47. 

Solution of ammonium acetate, 

151. 
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313. 
Potassium nitrate, 129 
Alcohol, 289. 
Compound spirit of juniper, gin, 

281. 
Quinine, 489. 
Strychnine, 408. 
Coflfee, 399. 
Caffeine, 399. 
Belladonna, 385. 



Influenza {continued), 
Eucalyptol, 521. 
Camphor, 550. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Disinfection, 725. 

Intertrigo. See Erythema. 

Intestinal Haemorrhage. 
Opium, 369. 
Ergot, 629. 
Tannic acid, 689. 
Hamamelis, 601. 
Diet, 689. 

Intestinal Indigestion and 
TARRH. See Indigestion, 



Ca- 



Intestinal Obstruction. See In- 
tussuscepfion and Twist. 

Intussusception. 
Opium, 369. 
Enemata, 30. 
Position, 418. 
Abdominal section. 
Eserine, 418. 

Iritis. 

Atropine, 384. 
Calomel, 219. 
Eserine, 418. 

Itching. See Pruritus. 

Jaundice. 

Magnesium sulphate, 164. 

Calomel, 218. 

Sodium phosphate, 142. 

Nitrchydrochloric acid, 218. 

Acids, 272. 

Aloes, 569. 

Hydrastis, 562. 

Podophyllin, 589. 

Enemata, 30. 

Diet, 689. 

Joints, Inflammation and Swelling 
of. See Arthritis. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



767 



Xeratitis. 
Atropine, 374. 
Calomel, 217. 

Lameness. 
Cocaine, 435. 

Laminitis. 
Aconite, 463. 
Veratrum viride, 467. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Venesection, 731. 
Poultices, 713. 
Local bath, 709. 
Vesication, 702. 
Feeding in, 688. 

Laryngitis. 
Inhalations, 47. 
Benzoin, 515. 
Priessnitz poultice, 709. 
Ice bag, 706. 
Mustard, 517. 
Cantharides, 645. 
Red mercuric iodide, 219. 
Stimulating liniment, 701. 
Spirit of nitrous ether, 312. 
Aconite, 463. 
Belladonna, 384. 
Dover's powder, 495. 
Ipecac, 475. 
Iodine, 246. 
Potassium iodide, 249. 
Sulphurous anhydride, 259. 
Alum, 168. 
Tannic acid, 593. 
Tar, 509. 
Silver nitrate, 178. 

Leucorrhcea. 
Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 

Corrosive sublimate, 216. 
Alum, 168. 
Zinc sulphate, 187. 
Chlorinated soda, 238. 
Myrrh, 525. 
Potassium permanganate, 205. 



Leucorrhcea {continued) . 
Boric acid, 275. 
Hydrastis, 563. 
Glycerite of tannin, 593. 
Gallic acid, 594. 
Kraraeria, 599. 
Haematoxylon, 601. 

Lice. Pediculi. 
Parasiticides, 69. 
Balsam of Peru, 511. 
Oil of anise, 532. 
Carbolic acid, 331. 
Creosote, 333. 
Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 

Oil of turpentine, 502. 
Corrosive sublimate, 215. 
Mercury ointment and oleate, 214.. 
Staphisagria, 624. 

Lichen. See Eczema. 

LiTHiASis. See Calculi. 

Lockjaw. See Tetanus. 

Luxations. See Dislocations. 

Lymphangitis. 
Aconite, 463. 
Colchicum, 635. 
Cold, 709. 
Venesection, 729. 

Mammitis. 
Belladonna, 383. 
Aconite, 463. 

Stimulating liniments, 701. 
Venesection, 729. 

Mange. Scabies. Acariasis. 
Parasiticides, 69. 
Tar, 508, 
Oil of tar, 508. 
Oil of cade, 508. 
Balsam of Peru, 511. 
Sulphur, 257. 
Iodine, 246. 
Tobacco, 426. 
Carbolic acid, 331. 



768 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Mange, etc. {continued). 
Creosote, 333. 
Naphtol, 336, 
Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 

Chlorinated lime, 240. 
Blue ointment, 214. 
Disinfection, 257. 

Mastitis. See Mammitis. 

Malaria. 
Quinine, 489. 
Aloes, 489. 
Calomel, 489. 

Meningitis. 
Ice, 706. 
Ergot, 629. 
Opium, 368. 
Calomel, 219. 
Corrosive sublimate, 217. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Venesection, 729. 
Cantharides, 646-702. 

Metritis. Pelvic Lymphangitis. 
Pelvic Peritonitis. 
Removal of clots, placental or 

membranous remains. 
Hot antiseptic vaginal injections, 
as: 

Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 
Quinine, 489. 

Metrorrhagia. 
Ergot, 629. 
Hydrastis, 562. 
Cotton-root bark, 630. 
Ice. 706. 

Hot injections, 716. 
Ferric chloride, 200. 
Hamamelis, 601. 
Digitalis, 452. 
Savine, 544. 
Gallic acid, 594. 
Catechu, 577. 



Milk Fever. See Parhirient Apo- 
plexy. 

Myositis (Interstitial), Myalgia, 
Muscular Rheumatism. 
Chloroform, 298. 
Oil of turpentine, 502. 
Camphor liniment, 550. 
Aconite, 463. 
Massage. 
Veratrine, 471. 
Quinine, 489. 
Salicylate acid, 495. 
Salicylates, 495. 
Cod liver oil, 658. 

Nasal Gleet. See Ozoe,na» 

Nephritis. 
Mustard, 491. 
Digitalis, 452. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Buchu, 541. 
Oil of juniper, 542. 
Linseed tea, 611. 



Nervous Exhaustion, 
thenia. 
Phosphorus, 236. 

Neuralgia. 
Opium, 368. 
Morphine, 366. 
Antipyrin, 323. 
Belladonna, 384. 
Gelsemium, 422. 
Conium, 430. 
Aconitine, 463. 
Aconite, 463. 
Menthol, 529. 

Obesity. 

Feeding for, 691-694. 
Salt in, 141, 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Exercise. 

CEstrus equi. See Bats. 



Neuras- 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



76» 



Opacity of Cornea. See Keratitis. 

Open Joints. 
Asepsis. 

Ophthalmia. See Conjunctivitis. 

Osteomalacia, Mollites Ossium, 
Pragilitas Ossium. 
Diet, 691. 

Calcium phosphate, 158. 
Phosphorus, 286. 

Otitis Media. 
Cantharides, 646. 

Otorrhcea. Otitis Externa. 
Boric acid, 275. 
Zinc sulphate, 185. 
Alum, 169. 

Potassium permanganate, 205. 
Hydrastis, 563. 
Glycerite of tannin, 593. 
Tincture of iodine, 608. 

Ox YU RIDES. See Worms. 

Ozcena. 
Iodine, 246. 
Chlorinated soda, 240. 
Bismuth subnitrate, 191. 
Potassium permanganate, 201. 
Boric acid, 275. 
Copper sulphate, 187. 
Arsenic, 225. 

Pain. 
Opium, 367. \ 
Morphine, 367. 1 
Codeine, 366. 
Heroin, 357. 
Chloral, 318. 
Cannabis indica, 394. 
Acetanilid, 323. 
Gelsemium, 422. 
Antipyrin, 323. 
Phenaeetin, 323. 

Palpitation. See Heart. 



Paralysis. Paraplegia, Hemiple- 
gia. 
Strj-chnine, 409. 
Cantharides, 646. 
Cold douches, 709. 

Paralysis, Local. 
Strychnine, 409. 
Capsicum, 526. 

Parturient Apoplexy. See Apo- 
plexy. 

Pericarditis. 

Cantharides, 646, 703. 
Potassium iodide, 249. 
Calomel, 219. 
Aconite, 464. 
Digitalis, 452. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Colchieum 631. 

Periostitis. 
Iodine, 246. 
Incision, 731. 
Red mercuric iodide, 219. 
Cantharides, 646, 702. 

Peritonitis, 
Opium, 369. 
Morphine, 369. 
Atropine, 386. 
Aconite, 463. 
Veratrum viride, 467. 
Oil of turpentine (stupes), 503, 70U 
Mustard, 578, 
Alcohol, 284. 

Pharyngitis. 
Inhalations, 47. 
Belladonna, 385. 
Aconite, 463. 
Camphor, 550. 
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313. 
Licorice, 609. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Acacia, 612. 

Solution of ferric chloride, 200» 
Silver nitrate, 178. 



770 



INDEX OP DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Pharyngitis {continued), 
Cantharides, 702. 
Cold drinks, 710. 

Photophobia. 
Atropine, 384. 
Eserine, 418. 

Phrenitis, See Cerehritis. 

Phtheiriasis, See Lice. 

Piles. 

Magnesium sulphate, 163. 
Sulphur, 257. 
Aloes, 569. 
Orthoforni. 253. 
Glycerite of tannin, 593. 
Hainamelis, 602. 
Ergot, 630. 
Cocaine, 437. 
Iodoform, 251. 
Acids, 272. 
Belladonna, 383. 

Pityriasis. See Eczema 

Plethora. 
Diet, 088. 

Pleuritis. 
Opium, 370. 
Calomel, 219. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Wet pack, 708. 
Venesection, 729. 
Aconite, 463. 
Mustard, 517, 700. 
Oil of turpentine, 503. 
Iodine, 246. 
Potassium iodide, 249. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Digitalis, 451. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Caffeine, 399. 
Gelsemium, 422. 
Salt, 411. 
Diet, 690. 
€antharides, 702, 



Pneumonia. 
Venesection, 729. 
Mustard, 517. 
Wet pack, 708. 
Nitrites, 313, 408. 
Potassium nitrate, 129. 
Potassium chlorate, 130. 
Quinine, 489. 
Antipyretics, 323. 
Opium, 370. 
Aconite, 463. 
Veratrura viride, 467. 
Gelsemium, 422. 
Solution of ammonium acetate, 

151. 
Strychnine. 408. - 
Digitalis, 451. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Phosphorus, 236. 
Arsenic, 226. 

Poisoning. For Antidotes, see Spe- 
cial Drugs. 
Stomach tube, 739. 
Tannic acid, 593. 
Charcoal, 277. 
Alum, 169. 
Zinc sulphate, 186. 
Mustard, 518. 
Apomorphine, 372. 
Nitroglycerin, 312. 
Atropine, 385. 
Strychnine, 408. 
Camphor, 550. 
Olive oil, 603. 
Soap, 606. 
Venesection, 729. 
Saline infusion, 735. 

Poll Evil. See Fistxda. 

Polyuria. See Diabetes Insipidus. 

Post Partum Hemorrhage. See 
Metrorrhagia. 

Pregnancy. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Castor oil, 572. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND BEMEDIAL MEASURES 



771 



Prolapse of Rectum. 
Tannic acid, 593. 

Powdered opium and nutgall oint- 
ment, 593. 
Ice, 706. 

Pruritus, general, and of anus and 
vulva. 
Carbolic acid, 831. 
Boric acid, 275. 
Hamamelis, 603. 
Chloral, 318. 
Alcohol, 289. 
Prussia acid, 347. 
Corrosive subMmate, 216. 
Tobacco, 426. 
Cocaine, 437. • 
Salicylic acid, 494. 
Potassium bicarbonate, 123. 
Tar, 508. 
Oil of tar, 508. 
Oil of cade, 510. 
Menthol, 529. 
Lime water, 157. 
Alum, 168. 
Yellow wash, 217. 
Black wash, 217. 
Silver nitrate, 178. 
Thymol, 552. 

Psoriasis, Scaly Eczema, Mal- 

LEXDERS. 

Oil of tar, 508. 
Resorcin, 338. 
Tar, 508. 
Oil of cade, 510. 
Iodine, 246. 
Sulphur, 257. 
Thymol, 552. 
Chrysarobin, 577. 
Pyrogallol, 595. 
Soft soap, 605. 
Icthyol, 660. 

Ptyalism. 

Belladonna, 385. 
Atropine, 385. 
Alum, 168. 



Puerperal Fever. See Parturi&td 
Apoplexy, Metritis. 

Pulmonary Oedema. 
Nitrites, 313. 
Atropine, 385. 
Digitalis, 451. 
Strophanthus, 455. 

Purpura Hemorrhagica. 
Mineral acids, 273. 
Quinine, 488. 
Oil of turpentine, 504. 
Copper sulphate, 189. 
Iron 201. 

Pyemia. 
Alcohol, 290. 

Pyelitis. 
Urotropin, 341. 
Oil of turpentine, 504. 
Balsams, 512. 
Benzoates, 515. 
Eucalyptol, 521. 
Buchu, 541. 
Oil of juniper, 542. 
Cantharides, 647. 

Qutttor. See Fistula. 

Rabies. 
Quarantine suspects. 
Destroy rabid animals. 
Cauterize bites made by rabid 

patients with nitric acid, 272. 
Employ Pasteur treatment on mea 

bitten by rabid animals. 
Disinfect premises, 725. 

Renal Colic. See Calculus. 

Retention of Urine. 
Pressure on bladder through rec- 
tum, horse. 
Catheterize. 

Opium and belladonna per rectum. 
Hot enemata, 30. 



772 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Hheumatism. 

Salicylic acid, 495. 

Gaultheria, 495. 

Salol, 495. 

Methyl salicylate, 497. 

Chloroform, 298. 

Antipyretics, 323. 

Opium, 368. 

Belladonna, 384, 385. 

Strychnine, 409. 

Gelsemiura, 433. 

Pilocarpine, 444. 

Digitalis, 453, 

Strophanthus, 455. 

Sulphur, 258. 

Potassium iodide, 249. 

Aconite, 463. 

Veratrum viride, 467. 

Iodine, 246. 

Veratrine, 471. 

Dover's powder, 475. 

Lithium salts, 153. 

Tartar emetic, 231. 

Quinine, 489. 

Burgundy pitch, 506. 

Benzoic acid, 514. 

Mustard, 518. 

Camphor liniment, 550. 

Icthyol, 660. 

Stimulating liniment, 701. 

Cod liver oil, 658. 

Colchicum, 635. 
, Cantharides, 646. 

Dry heat, 713. 

Cold douche, 709. 

P,ICKETS. 

Sodium phosphate, 124. 
Phosphorus, 236. 
Calcium phosphate, 159. 
Syrup of calcium, lactophosphate, 

159. 
Syrup of ferrous iodide, 202. 
Cod liver oil, 658. 

UlNGBONE. 

Cautery, 701. 



Ringbone {continued). 
Cantharides, 645. 

Ringworm. 

Parasiticides, 68. 

Glycerite of carbolic acid, 331. 

Tincture of iodine, 246. 

Citrine ointment, 220. 

White precipitate, 220. 

Mercurial ointment, 214. 

Balsam of Peru, 511. 

Sulphur, 257. 

Chlorinated lime, 240. 

Sulphurous acid, 260. 

Boric acid, 253. 

Creosote, 333. 

Bichloride of mercury, 216. 

Naphtol, 336. 

Oil of turpentine, 502. 

Thymol, 552. 

Chrysarobin, 577. 

Pyrogallol, 594. 

Roaring. See Thick Wind. 

Salivation. See Ptyalism. 

Sapr^mia and Septicemia. 
Quinine, 489. 
Collargol, 180. 
Eucalyptol, 521. 
Sulphites, 143. 
Alcohol, 290. 

Scab in Sheep, Sarcoptes ovis. 
See Mange. 
Carbolic acid, 331, 332. 
Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 
Tobacco, 426. 
Tar, 508. 
Oil of tar, 510. 
Oil of cade, 510, 

Scabies. See 3Iange. 

Scirrhus Cord. See Champignon.. 

Scratches. See Erythema. 

Septicemia. See Saprcemia. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND KEMEDIAL MEASURES 



773 



Shock. 

Opium, 470. 
Adrenalin. 639, 
Alcohol, 290. 
Atropine, 385. 
Strychnine, 408. 
Digitalis, 451. 
Ergot, 629. 
Heat, 713. 
Mustard, 700. 
Saline infusions, 735. 

Shoulder Lameness. 
Veratrine, 451. 
Turpentine, 502. 

Sick Axijials, destniction of. 
Chloroform, 307. 
Bullet, 307. 
Prussic acid, 346. 

SiTFAST. 

Turpentine, 502. 

Sore Throat. See Pharyngitis, 
Laryngitis. 

Sores. See Woxmds and Ulcers. 

Spasms. See Convulsions, Epi- 
lepsy, Chorea, Tetanus, Colic, 
Asthma, Thumps, etc. 

Spavix. 

Cantharides, 646, 
Cautery, 701. 

Splint. 

Red mercuric iodide, 219. 
Cantharides, 646. 

Sprains and Strains. 
Irrigation, 710. 
Refrigerant mixtnres, 711. 
Priessnitz poultice, 708. 
Fomentations, 715. 
Chloroform, 298. 
Oil of turpentine, 502, 
Iodine, 246. 
Arnica, 523. 
Xiead acetate, 174. 



Sprains and Strains {contiiiued). 
Camphor liniment, 549. 
Olive oil, 603. 
Soap liniment, 605. 
Icthyol, 660. 
Burgundy pitch, 506. 
Blister and cautery, 701. 

Sterility. See Ammenorrhma. 

S'perilization, Hands, Instruments, 

Operative Field. 
Surgical asepsis and antisepsis, 

726. 
Soap and mustard, 605. 
Corrosive sublimate, 216. 
Carbolic acid, 328. 
Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 



Stomach Staggers. 
tion. 



See Lidiges- 



Stomatitis. 
Potassium chlorate, 130. 
Borax, 275. 
Nitric acid, 272. 
Lime water, 157. 
Alum, 168. 

Chlorinated lime, 240. 
Glycerite of carbolic acid, 331. 
Thymol, 552. 
Hydrastis, 563. 
Glycerite of tannin, 593. 
Cold drinks, 710. 

Strains. See Sprains* 

Strangles. 
Mustard, 518. 
Cantharides, 646. 
Stimulants. 
Fresh air. 
Good laxative diet. 
Poultice the throat, 712. 
Isolation, 

Treat generally as for influenza. 
Disinfection, 725. 



774 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Sunstroke, Heat Stroke Ixsola- 

TION, 

Antipyretics, 323. 
Cold applications, 706. 
Venesection, 729. 

Surfeit, Nettlerash. See Urt- 
icaria. 

Syncope, Heart Failure, Weak 
Heart. 
Ammonia, 147. 
Spirit of ammonia, 147. 
Alcohol, 291. 
Ether, 294. 

Hoffmann's anodyne, 293. 
Strychnine, 409. 
Digitalis, 451. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Convallaria, 456. 
Camphor, 550. 
Caffeine, 399. 
Atropine, 385. 
Oil of turpentine, 503. 
Mustard, 576. 

Synovitis. 

Irrigation, 710. 
Iodine, 246. 
Mustard, 578. 
Carbolic acid, 329. 
Alum, 168. 

Mercurial ointment, 214. 
Cantharides, 646, 701. 

Tape Worm. See Worms. 

Teats, Sore. See Fissure. 

Tenosynovitis. 
Iodine, 246. 

Red mercuric iodide, 219. 
Cantharides, 646. 

Tetanus. 
Chloral, 318. 
Carbolic acid, 330. 
Bacelli treatment, 330. 
Opium and morphine, 368. 



Tetanus {continued). 
Belladonna, 387. 
Hyoscyamus, 390. 
Cannabis indica, 394. 
Eserine, 419. 
Gelsemium, 422. 
Tobacco, 426. 
Bromides, 243. 

Antitoxin, most successful, 742, 
Cold water, 710. 
Rectal feeding, 695. 

Thick Wind. Roaring. 
Red mercuric iodide, 219. 
Potassium iodide, 249. 
Arsenic, 226. 
Strychnine, 408. 

Tracheitis. 
Benzoin, 515. 
Tannic acid, 593. 

Thorough Pin. See Bursitis. 

Thrush. See Stomatitis. 

Thrush in Frog of Horse. 
Calomel, 217. 
Tar, 509. 
Cleanliness. 

Thumps, Hiccough, Spasm of 
Diaphragm. 
Ether, 295. 
Moi-phine, 368. 
Belladonna, 386. 
Camphor, 550. 

Ticks, Iodide. 
Creolin, 225. 
Sulpho-naphthol, 225. 
Arsenic, 225. 

Tinea. See Ringworm. 

Trichiniasis, Trichinosis. 
Glycerin, 602. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



775 



Tuberculosis. 

Iodoform, 251. 

Tympanitis. See Flatulence. 

Twist. See Volvulus, 

Udder, Inflammation of. See 
Mammitis. 

Ulcers. See Wounds. 

Urinary Calculi. See Calculi. 

Urinary Preservative. 
Chloral, 318. 

Urine, Concentrated. 
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313. 
Potassium citrate and acetate, 127. 

Urticaria, Nettlerash, Surfeit. 
Sodium bicarbonate, 135. 
Calomel, 217. 
Arsenic, 226. 
Acids, 272. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Menthol, 529. 
Icthyol, 659. 
Venesection, 729. 

Urethritis. 
Urotropin. 
Protargol, 179. 
Argyrol, 180. 
Zinc sulphate, lead acetate, 1 per 

cent, solution, equal parts. 
Buchu, 541. 

Uterus, Hypertrophy of. 
Ergot, 629, 

Uterus, Inertia of. 
Ergot, 629. 



Uterus, Inflammation of. See 
Metritis. 

Uterus, Subinvolution of. 
Ergot, 629. 

Vaginitis. See Leucorrhaa. 

Verminous Bronchitis. See 

Worms. 

Volvulus, Twist. 
Enemata. 
Opium. 
Eserine, 418. 
Abdominal section. 

Vomiting. 
Hot water, 118. 
Lime water, 157. 
Cerium oxalate, 170. 
Bismuth subnitrate, 192. 
Mercury, 214. 
Calomel, 218. 
Carbolic acid, 332. 
Creosote, 333. 
Prussic acid, 347. 
Morphine, 368. 
Ipecac, 475. 
Menthol, 530. 
Rectal feeding, 695. 

Warts and Growths. 
Glacial acetic acid, 266. 
Nitric acid, 271. 
Carbolic acid, 329, 
Sulphuric acid, 271. 
Zinc chloride, 182. 
Arsenic, 224. 

Weed. See Lymphangitis. 

Whistling. See Thick Wind, 
Roaring. 

Wind Galls. See Bursitis. 

Withers, fistulous. See Fistula. 



776 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Worms. 

Anthelmintics, 68. 

Ascarides. Round Worms. Lum- 
hricoid Worms, 

Areca nut, 617. 

Santonin, 623. 

Creolin, 335. 

Naphtol, 336. 

Ether, 295. 

Solution of ferric chloride, 201. 

Calomel, 218, 219. 

Oil of turpentine, 503. 

Arsenic, 226. 

Tartar emetic, 232. 

Copper sulphate, 188. 

Tannic acid, 593. 

Kamala, 618. 

Tobacco, 426. 

Ascarides, etc. (cont.). 
Aloes, 568. 
Castor oil, 572. 
Rhubarb, 576. 
Jalap, 584. 

Oxyurides. Maw Worms, 
Tobacco, 436. 
Ether, 295. 
Salt, 141. 
Kamala, 618, 
Quassia, 556. 

Stronguli. S. micrurus and fil- 
aria. Husk Moose. Ver- 
?ninotis Bronchitis. 

Sulphurous inhalations, 259. 
Carbolic acid, 331. 
Oil of turpentine, 504. 
Creosote, 333. 

Syngamus trachealis, Gapes. 

Oil of turpentine on a feather, 
504. 



Worms (continued). 
Taenia, Tape Worm. 
Aspidium, 616. 
Oil of turpentine, 503. 
Areca nut, 617. 
Pelletierine, 620. 
Pomegranate, 620. 
Kousso, 619. 
Kamala, 618. 
Naphtol, 336. 
Ether, 295. 

Wounds, Granulations 
Ulcers. 
Hydrogen dioxide, 120. 
Lime and charcoal, 157. 
Alum, 168. 
Silver nitrate, 177. 
Potassium permanganate, 205, 
Mercuric oxides, 214. 
Corrosive sublimate, 216. 
Resin, 506. 
Naphtalin, 336. 
Chloral, 318. 
Chlorinated soda, 240. 
Chlorinated lime, 240. 
Iodoform, 251. 
lodol, 257. 
Aristol, 253. 
Acetanilid, 238. 
Bismuth, 253. 
Salol, 253, 494. 
Boric acid, 253, 275. 
Sulphurous acid, 260., 
Nitric acid, 272. 
Charcoal, 277. 
Carbolic acid, 328. 
Creosote, 333. 
Creolin, 333. 
Lysol, 335. 
Formalin, 338. 
Glutol, 341. 
Vaseline, 350. 
Salicylic acid, 494.. 
Tar, 519. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



777 



^VouNDS, etc. {contimied). 
Balsam of Peru, 511. 
Benzoin, 514, 
Myrrh, 525. 
Eucalyptol, 521. 
Zinc sulphate, 185. 
Conium, 430. 
Laudanum, 367. 
Oil of turpentine, 502. 
€amphor, 549. 



Wounds, etc. {continued). 
Thymol, 552. 
Hydrastis, 563. 
Tincture of aloes and myrrh, 

568. 
Collodion, 637. 
Glycerite of tannin, 593. 
Cantharides, 645, 646. 
Antiseptic poultices, 714. 



GENERAL INDEX* 



PAGK 

Abbreviations 86 

Ablution 706 

Absorbent cotton 636 

Absorption of drugs 3 

Absorption through skin 10 

Aca'cia 611 

Accelerating apparatus, drugs 

acting on 34 

Aee'ta 78 

Acetan'ilid 319 

Acetanili'dum 319 

Ace'tic acid 266 

diluted 266 

glacial 266 

Acetphenet'idin 319 

Acetphenetidi'num 319 

Acid, ace'tic 266 

diluted 266 

glacial 266 

arse'nous 220 

solution of 221 

benzoic 510, 513 

borac'ic 273 

boric 273 

carbol'ic 324 

crude 324 

cit'ric 267 

syrup of 268 

gal'lic 593 

hydriod'ic 248 

syrup of 248 

hydrocyan'ic, diluted 342 

hydrochlo'ric 262 

diluted 263 

lac'tic 268 

niuriat'ic 262 



PAGE 

Acid, ni'tric 264 

diluted 264 

nitrochlo'ric 264 

diluted 264 

nitromuriat'ic 264 

phosphoric . . 265 

diluted 265 

salicyl'ic 490 

sulphu'ric 263 

diluted 26:^ 

aromatic 263 

sulphu'rous or sul'phurous. 259 

tartar'ic 267 

Acids 18 

Ac'idum acet'icum 266 

dilu'tura 266 

glacia'Ie 266 

arseno'sum 220 

benzo'icuni 513 

bo'ricum 273 

carbolicuin 324 

eru'dum 334 

iiquefacfum 324 

chrysophan'icum 575 

cit'ricura 267 

gaU'ieum 593 

hydrochlo'ricum 262 

dilu'tum 265 

hydrocyan'icuin dilu'tum.. 343 

lac'ticum 268 

mecon'icum 353 

ni'tricum 264 

dilu'tum 264 

nitrohydrochlo'ricum 264 

dilu'tura 265 

phosphor' icum 265 



* The accented syllable is Indicated by the sign '. 

778 



GENERAL INDEX 



779 



PAGE 

Ae'idum phosphor'icnra dilu'tum 265 

salicyl'icuin 490 

sulphur'icum 263 

dilu'tum 263 

aromat'icum 

' sulphuro'sum 259 

tan'nicum 590 

tartar'icum 267 

Ac'onine 459 

Ac onite 458 

Aconiti'na 459 

Ultras 459 

Acon'itine 459 

nitrate 459 

Aconi'tum 458 

Ac'orin 563 

Ac'i'inyl sulphocy'anide . , . .515, 516 
Action of drugs — 

cumulative 4, 449 

influenced by — 

time given 13 

habit 14 

disease 14 

idiosyncrasy 14 

mode of 2 

on animals compared with 

m.an 11 

on horses compared with 

other animals 11 

on pigs and dogs 13 

on ruminants 12 

Action of heat contrasted with 

cold 717 

Actual cautery 701 

Ad'eps 648 

benzoina'tus 516 

la'nse hydro'sus 649 

Adjuvant 89 

Administration of drugs 6, 13 

Adre'nahn chlo'ride 639 

^ther 293 

African pepper 535 

Alcohol 278 

absolute 280 

absolu'tum 280 

amyl'ic 280 

arayi'icum 280 



PAGE 

Al'cohol, diluted 279 

dilu'tum 279 

ethyl 280 

ethyl'icum 280 

phe'nyl 324 

Ale 283 

Alkaline earths 153 

metals 120 

Alkaloi'dea 70 

Alkaloids 70 

Al'lyl sulphocy'anide 516 

Aloe or al'oe 564 

barbaden'sis 564 

capen'sis 565 

socotri'na 564 

Al'oin 565 

Alterative 59 

Althaea 613 

Alum 166 

ammonio ferric 64 

burnt 167 

exsicca'ted 167 

potas'sium 166 

Alu'men 166 

exsicca'tum 167 

us'tum 167 

Alu'mina hydra'ted 167 

Alu'mini hy'dras 167 

sul'plias 166 

Alu'minum 166 

hydrate 167 

hydroxide 167 

sulphate 167 

and potassium sulphate. . . . 166 

American hellebore 464 

Ammo'nia, aromatic spirit of . . 148 

liniment 144 

spirit of 145 

aromatic 148 

water 144 

Ammoniac 539 

emulsion of 539 

plaster with mercury 539 

Ammoni'acum 539 

Ammoniated mercury 211 



780 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGK 

Ammoniated mercury ointment, 21 1 

Ammo'nii ben'zoas 513 

carbo'nas 147 

chlo'ridum 149 

val'eras 535 

Ammonio ferric alum 64 

Ammonium 144 

acetate, solution of 150 

benzoate 513 

car'bonate 147 

chloride 149 

ich'thyol sul'phonate 659 

Amyg'dalin 610 

Ain'ylis ni'tris 308 

Am'yl ni'trite 308 

Amyl'ic al'cohol ; 280 

Ain'ylum 609 

Anaesthe'sia 299 

dangers of 301 

practical 305 

primary 302 

uses of 307 

Anaesthet'ics, general 40 

local 43 

Analge'sics 319 

Anaphrodis'iacs 57 

Anatomy influencing the action 

of drugs 11 

Anhydrot'ics 66 

Anise 530 

oil 533 

water 532 

Ani'si fru'ctus 531 

Stella' ti fru'ctus 531 

Ani'sum , . 530 

Au'odyne, Hoffman's 293 

An'odynes 39 

local 43 

Antac'ids 17 

Anthrax vac'cine 751 

Anthelmin'tics 67 

Antidote, arsenic 196 

Anti-emetics 23 

Antifeb'rin 319 

Antigalact'agogues 59 



PAGE 

Antimo'nii et potas'sii tar'tras. . 288 

ox'idum 228 

sul'phidum 227 

purifiea'tum 227 

Antimo'nium sulphura'tum. . . . 227 
Antimony and potassium tar- 
trate 288 

Antimony, tartrated 228 

wine of 229 

Antiparasit'ics 68 

Antipyretics 60, 319 

Antipyri'na 320 

Antisep'sis, surgical 726 

Antiseptics. .. .19, 67, 319, 718, 723 

Antisial'agogues 15 

Antispasmod'ics 534 

Antistreptococ'cic serum 745 

Antitox'in, diphtheria 760 

tet'anus 742 

Aphrodis'iacs 56 

Apoinorphin'se hydrochlo'ridum 370 
Apomor'phine hydrochlo'ride . . 370 

Apore'tin 575 

Aq'ua 117 

ammo'niae 114 

for'tior 144 

ani'si 532 

cam'phorae 547 

chloroform'i 296 

destilla'ta 117 

hydroge'nii diox'idum 

men'thsB piperi'tae 529 

raen'thae vir'idis 530 

Aq'uae 76 

Ar'abin 524, 611 

Ar'abic acid 611 

Ar'achin 637 

Araro'ba powder 577 

Are'ca 616 

nut 61^ 

Arec'oline 616 

hydrobro'mate 617 

Argen'ti cyan'idum 176, 347 

io'didum 176 

ni'tras , 175 



GENERAL INDEX 



781 



PAGE 

Argen'ti ni'tras fu'sus 176 

ox'idura 176 

Argen'tum 175 

Ar'gyrol, 180 

Ai'istol 252 

Aristo'liim 252 

Arnica 522 

flowers 522 

root 522 

Ar'nicfe ra'dix 522 

flo'res 522 

Ar'nicin 522 

Aromatic bitters 16 

oils ...71, 497 

spirit of ammonia 148 

Aromatics 16 

Ar'seni trios'idum 220 

Arsenic 220 

administration of 226 

antidote 196, 224 

Fowler's solution of 221 

triox'ide 220 

white 220 

Ar'senous or arse'nous acid 220 

solution of 221 

Ar'senum or arse'num 220 

Artificial feeding 694 

Asafet'ida 537 

Asafoet'ida 537 

Asepsis, means of procuring. . . 720 

surgical 726 

Aspi'dium 615 

Astringents 63 

Atropi'na 374 

Atropi'nje sul'phas 375 

At'ropine 374 

At'ropine sul'phate 375 

Bacelli's treatment 331 

Baking soda 134 

Balsam of Peru 510 

of tolu 511 

of fir 505 

Bal'saina 72 

Bal'samum Peruvia'num 510 



PAosr 

Bal'samum Toluta'num. 511 

Balls 80 

Barba'does aloes 564 

Barbal'oin 565 

Ba'rii chlo'ridum 159 

Barium 160 

Ba rium chlo'ride 160 

Baros'min 540 

Basil'icon ointment 506 

Basis 89 

Batiis, cold 709 

hot 717 

sheet 707 

Beer 283 

Belladon'na 372 

Belladon'nae folia 372 

ra'dix 373 

Benzoic acid 510, 511, 512, 513 

Ben'zoinated lard 512 

Benzoi'num 512 

Benzyl'ic ben'zoate 511 

cin'naraate 511 

Ber'berine 558, 560 

Beta napthol 335 

Be'tal nut or betel nut 616 

Bhang 392 

Bichlo'ride of mercury 209 

Bile, drugs acting on 26 

Bismuth 189 

salic'ylate or sal'icylate. . . . 190 

subcarb'onate 189 

subgal'late 190 

subni'trate 190 

subsalic'ylate 190 

Bismu'thi salic'ylas 189 

subcarbo'nas 190 

subgal'las 190 

subni'tras. . . 190 

subsalic'ylas 190 

Bisrau'thum 189 

Bitters 171 

Black mustard 505 

wash 217 

Black-leg vac'cine 751 

Bleaching 237 



782 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Bleeding.. 729 

local 732 

Blister beetles 639 

Blistering coUo'dion 638 

Blood, drugs acting on 33 

vessels, drugs acting on. . . . 36 

Blue mass 207 

pill 207 

stone 187 

vitriol 187 

Bodily heat, drugs influencing . 60 

Bo'li 80 

Boluses 80 

Bone black 276 

Borac'ic acid 273 

Borax 273 

Boric acid 273 

Boroglyc'eride, solution of 273 

Boroglyc'erin, gly'cerite of 273 

Brain, drugs acting on 38 

Brandy 281 

Braye'ra 619 

Bro'mides 240 

Bromine 240 

Bro'raura 240 

Bronchial tubes, drugs infl.uenc- 

ing the 49 

Bronchial spasm 50 

Bru'cine 401 

Buc'co 540 

Bu'chu 540 

Buckthorn 572, 573, 574 

Burgundy pitch 504 

plaster 505 

Burnt alum 167 

Butter of caca'o 636 

Cacao butter. 636 

Cade, oil of 508 

CafEei'na 395 

citra'ta 395 

Caffeine, eit'rated 396 

Calabar bean 410 

Calab'arine 411 

Cal'amine 185, 563 



PAGE 

Cal'amus 563 

Cal'cii carbo nas preecipita'tus. . 154 

hy'dras 156 

phos'phas preecipita'tus. . . . 157 

sul'phas exsicca'tus 160 

Calcined magne'sia 164 

Calcium 153 

bro'mide 241 

car'bonate precipitated 154 

chlo'ride 159 

hy'drate, solution of 155 

lactophos'phate, syrup of.. 158 
phos'phate, precipitated. . . 157 

Calisa'ya bark 476 

Cal'omel 210 

Cidum'ba 557 

Calnm'bic acid 558 

Calum'bin 558 

Calx 155 

ehlorina'ta 237 

Cambo'gia 585 

Cani'phor 547 

Cam'phora 547 

Cam'phorated oil 548 

Cam'phor gum 547 

laurel 547 

monobro'mated 548 

Can'nabin 393 

Cannab'inine 393 

Cannab'inon 393 

Cannabis In'dian 391 

in'dica 391 

Canthar'ides 643 

Canthar'idin 643 

Can'tharis 643 

Cape al'oes 565 

Capron'ic acid 523 

Capryl'ic acid 523 

Capsaicin 526 

Cap'sici fru'ctus 525 

Cap'sicin 526 

Capsicum 525 

Carbo 276 

anima'lis 276 

purifica'tus 276 



GENERAL INDEX 



783 



PAGE 

Car'bo lig'ni 276 

Carbolic ac'id 324 

Carbon 276 

disul'phide 278 

Carbo'nei bisul'phidum 278 

disul'phidum 278 

Car'damon 532 

Cardamo'mum 532 

Carlsbad salts 137 

Carmin'atlves 19 

Car'ron oil 156 

Cascar'a or cas'carasagra'da. ,. 572 

Cascaril'la 556 

Cascaril'lin 557 

Castile soaj 603 

Castor oil 571 

seeds 571 

Cataplas'ma kaoli'ni 713 

Cat'aplasms 713 

Cat'echin 596 

Cat'echu 595 

red 596 

tannic acid 596 

Catechu'ic acid 596 

Cathar'tic acid 578 

pills, compound 210 

Cathar'tics 24 

Cathartoman'nit 578 

Caucas'ian insect powder 624 

Caustic, lunar 176 

mitigated 176 

potash 122 

soda 132 

Caus'tics 63, 703 

Cayenne pepper 525 

Ce raal'ba. 650 

Cera Fla'va 649 

Cera'ta 79, 648 

Ce'rates 79, 648 

Cera'tum 648 

Cera'tum canthar'ides 644 

cam'phoree 548 

resi'nee 506 

Cer'ebral depress'ants 38 

Ce'rii ox'alas. ; 170 

Ce'rium 170 



PAGE 

Ce'rium ox'alate 170 

Cetaceum 650^ 

Ce'tin 651 

Cetyl'ic al'cohol 651 

Cev'adine 464 

Chalk, drop 153 

mixture 153 

powder, compound 153 

prepared 153 

troches 153 

Champagne 283 

Charcoal, animal 276 

purified 276 

wood 276 

Charges 79 

Char'tsB 79 

Cherry, wild 348 

Chinoi'dine 482 

Chit'tem bark 573 

Chlo'ral hydrate 314 

Chloral'um hydra'tum 314 

Chlo'ride of lime 159 

Chlo'rinatcd lime 237 

solution of 238 

Chlo'rine 237 

water. 237 

Chlo'roforra 295 

lin'iment 296 

spirit 296 

water 290 

Chlorof or'mum 295 

purifica'tum 295 

Chlo^rura 237 

Cho'lagogues 26 

Choline 392,563 

Choles'terin 602 

Chrysaro'bin - 577 

Chrysarobi'num 577 

Chrys'ophan 575, 577 

Chrysophan'ic acid. . . .575, 577, 578 

Chur'rus 392 

Cider 283 

Cincho'na 476 

red 479 

rubra 479 



•784 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Cineho'nflB cortex 476 

Cinchonidi'na 483 

Cinchonidi'n89 sulphas 483 

Cincho'nidine 477, 483 

sulphate 483 

Cinchoni'nin83 sulphas 483 

Cin'chonine 477 

sulphate 483 

Cin'chonism 486 

Cinchotan'nic acid 478 

Cin'eol 519 

Cinnam'ein 510 

Cinnam'ic acid 510, 511 

Circulation, drugs acting on. . . 83 

Cit'rated caffeine 397 

Cit'ric acid 267 

Cit'rine ointment 211 

Cit'rullin... 586 

Classification 283 

Clysters 9, 30 

Coca 431 

Cocai'nae hydrochlo'ridum 431 

Co'caine or coca'ine 431 

Codei'na 356 

Cod liver oil 656 

Coffee 396,397, 4C0 

Colchic'eine 633 

Col'chicine 633 

Corchicum 631 

corm 631 

seed 633 

Cold as a remedy 704 

baths 709 

drinks 710 

ene'mata 711 

Collar'gol 180 

Col'lidine 423 

Colloi'dal silver 180 

Collo'dia 79, 637 

Collo'dion 637 

blistering 637 

cantharidal 637 

flexible 638 

styptic 638 

Collodions 79, 591, 637 



PAOK 

Colloxini 637 

Collyr'ia 86 

Col'ocynth 586 

Colocyn'thin 586 

Colocyn'this 586 

Colocyn'thitin 586 

Col'ophony 506 

Colum'bo 557 

Common salt 13 

Compound cathartic pills 210 

liquorice powder 579 

powder of catechu 596 

powder of kino 598 

solution of iodine 244 

of chlorine 237 

syrup of squill 229 

Confect'iones 79 

Confect'ions 79 

Conhydrine 427 

Co'nine 427 

Coni'nineB hydrobro'mas 427 

Coni'um 427 

Convallamar'in 456 

Convala'ria 455 

Conval'larin 456 

Convol'vulin 584 

Copper 186 

ac'etate 188 

sul'phate 186 

Cop'peras 193 

Corian'der 533 

Corian'drl fru'ctus 533 

Corian'drum 533 

Cor'nutine 635 

Corrosive mereur'ic chlo'ride.. 208 

Cos'moline 348 

Cotton 637 

absorbent 637 

purified 637 

root bark 630 

seed oil 603 

soluble gun 638 

Counter-irritants 63, 696, 715 

Cox's hive syrup 457 

Cream of tar' tar 131 



GENERAL INDEX 



785. 



PAGE 

Cre'tle's ointment 1 81 

Cre'olin 333 

Creoli'num 333 

Creosote 333 

Creoso'tum 333 

Cre'ta praepara'ta 154 

Croton oil 580 

seeds 580 

Cro'tonol 580 

Crude carbolic acid 324 

Cryp'topin 353 

Cu'ca 431 

Cumulative action 4 

Cu'pri ace'tas 188 

sul'phas 186 

Cu'pric sul'phate 186 

Cuprum 186 

Cus'so 619 

Cutch 595 

Cy'mene 519 

Dalmatian insect powder 624 

Deadly nightshade 372 

Decoc'ta 76 

Decoc'tions 76 

Definitions 1 

of drugs 2 

Del'phinine , . . . . 623 

Delphinoi'dine 624 

Delphin'isine. 624 

Demul'cents 64 

Deo'dorants 67, 718, 724 

Deo'dorized o'pium 354 

Deo'dorizers 67 

Dermatol 190 

Diachylon plaster 171 

Diarphoret'ics 65 

Digestion 75 

Digestive organs, drugs acting 

on 15 

Diges'tives 19 

Digita'lein 445 

Digita'lin 445, 446 

Digita'lis 445 

folia 445 



PAGE 

Digito'nin 445^ 

Digitox'in 445 

Diosphe'nol 540 

Diphtheri'tie antitox'in 760 

Disease, affecting the action of 

drugs 14 

Disinfectants 67, 718, 719 

Disinfec'tion, practical 725 

Displacement or percolation... 73 
Dissolu'tion, law of, 

11, 39, 287, 299, 362 

Distil'led oils 71, 497 

water 113 

Diuretics 52 

Domestic measures 92 

Dosage 10 

Dose table 661 

Double muriate of quinine and 

urea 482 

Douch'es 709 

Dover's powder 353 

Dras'tics 24 

Draught 81 

Drench 81 

Dried al'um 167 

cal'eiura sul'phate 160 

fer'rous sul'phate 193 

so'dium car'bonate 133 

Drop chalk 153 

Drugs acting on the — 

bodily heat 60 

blood 32 

vessels 36 

brain 38 

circulation 32 

digestive organs 15 

ears 46 

eye 44 

heart 33 

metabolism 59 

nerves 43 

special sense 44 

nervous system 38 

respiratory organs 46 

sexual organs 56 



786 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Drugs acting on the — 

skin 62 

spinal cord 43 

urinary organs 52 

Drugs, absorption of 3 

classification of 113 

cumulative action of 4 

definition of 2 

destroying parasites 67 

doses of 661 

elimination of 4 

excretion of 5 

general action of 2 

influencing the composition 

of urine 55 

reaction of urine. ... 54 

secretion of sweat. . . 65 

local action of 2 

mode of action of 2 

mode of administration. ... 6 

primary action of 2 

secondary action of 2 

selective action of 3 

Dry heat 716 

Ears, drugs acting on 46 

Ecbol'ics 58 

Ecbo'line 625 

Egg, yolk of 607 

Elat'erin. 586 

Elateri'num 586 

Electua'ria 82 

Elec'tuaries 82 

Elimination 4 

Elix'irs 77 

Elixir proprieta'tis paracel'si, 

500, 540 

Elutria'tion 73 

Emetics 20 

Emetine 472 

Emmen'agogues 57 

Em'odin 573, 575 

Emol'lients 64 

Empir'ical therapeu'tics 1 

Emplas'tra 79 



PAGE 

Emplas'trum 79 

ammoni'aci cum hydrarg'- 

yro 539 

pi'cis 505 

resi'nse 506 

sapo'nis 604 

Emul'sa 77 

Emulsions. ... 77 

Enemas 9, 30 

Ene'mata .9, 30 

Enteroc'lysis 733, 736 

Epispas'tics 679 

Epsom salt 163 

Ergot 625 

Er'got of rye , 625 

Ergo'ta 625 

Ergot'ic acid 625 

Er'gotin 626 

Er'gotine 625 

Ergotin'ic acid 625 

Ergot'inine 625 

Ergoti'num 626 

Err'hines 46 

Erythor'etin 575 

Erythrox'ylon 431 

Escharot'ics 63, 697 

Eser'idine 411 

Es'erine , 41 1 

salic'ylate 411 

sul'phate 412 

Essences 71 

Essent'isB 71 

Essent'ial oils 71, 497 

Ether 292 

ni'trous spir'it of 308 

spir'it of 292 

spirit of, compound 293 

sulphu'ric 292 

Ethe'real oils 71, 497 

Eth'yl al'cohol 280 

Eth'yl ni'trite 308 

Eth'yl ox'ide 292 

Eu'cain hydrochlo'rate 428 

Eucalyp'tene 519 

Eucalyp'tol 519 



GENERAL INDEX 



787 



PAGE 

Eucalyp'tus 518 

Euphor'biura 638 

Eiiphor'bon 638 

Evaporating solutions 711 

Excip'ients 75 

Excre'tion 5 

Expectorants 49 

depressing 49 

stimulating 49 

Extrac'ta 78 

Ex'tracts 78 

l^^xtrae'tum aconi'ti 460 

belladon'nsB folio'rum alco- 

hol'icura 373 

can'nabis in'dicse 393 

casca'reesagra'dsBliq'uidum. 573 

cincho'nse 478 

coni'ii 428 

digitalis 426 

ergo'tae 626 

liq'uidum 626 

fi'licis liq'uidum 615 

fran'gulse liq'uidum 574 

gentia'nae 553 

glycyrrhi'zse liq'uidum 609 

haematox'yli 600 

hamamel'idis liq'uidum. . . . 601 

hyoscy'arai 388 

jaboran'di 440 

krame'rige 599 

nu'cis vom'icae 400 

o'pii 353 

o'pii liq'uidum 354 

quas'sise 555 

rhe'i 576 

tarax'ici 559 

Eye, drugs acting on 44 

lotions 86 

Fats 79 

Feeding, artificial 694 

rectal 694 

Fel bo'vis 655 

puriflca'tum 655 

tau'ri 655 



PAOB 

Fen'nel 533 

Fern, male 615 

Fer'ri carbo'nas sacchara'tus. . , 194 

chlo'ridum 194 

et ammo'nii cit'ras. 197 

et potas'sii tar'tras 196 

et quini'nae cit'ras 197 

solu'bilis 198 

hydrox'idum cum magne'- 

sia 196, 224 

sulphas 193 

exsicca'tus 193 

granula'tus 194 

Tal'eras 536 

Fer'ric chlo'ride 195 

solution of 195 

tincture of 195 

Fer'ric hy'drate with magne'sia . 196 
subsul'phate, solution of. . . 195 

valerate 536 

Per'rous car'bonate, mass of... 194 

sacchai-a'ted 194 

Fer'rous i'odide, syrup of 194 

sul'phate 193 

dried 193 

exsiccated 193 

gran ula' ted 193 

Fer'rura 192 

reduc'tum j 192 

Ferulaic acid 538 

Fil'icin 615 

Fi'lix mas 615 

Filic'ic acid 615 

Fixed oils 71, 79 

Flax seed 610 

oil of 569 

Fleming's tincture 460 

Flexible collo'dion 638 

Flies, Spanish 643 

Flowers of sidphur 255 

Fluidextracta 78 

Fluidextracts 78 

Fluidextrac'tum aconi'ti 459 

belladon'nae rad'icis 373 

bu'chu 540 

cal'arai 56i 



788 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Fluidestrac'tum calum'bae 558 

caii'nabis in'dicae 392 

cap'sici 562 

cincho'nae 478 

coni'i 428 

convalla'riae. 456 

cus'so 619 

digita'lis 446 

ergo'tae 626 

eucalyp'ti 519 

frang'ulae 514 

gelsem'ii 420 

gentia'nae 553 

glycyrrhi'zae 609 

gossyp'ii rad'icis 630 

grana'ti 620 

hamamel'idis 601 

hydras'tis 560 

hyoscy'ami 388 

ipecacuan'hse , 47i 

krame'rise . . 599 

nu'cis vom'icae 401 

pilocar'pi 440 

quassia 555 

quer'cus 595 

rham'ni purshian'ee 573 

rhe'i 575 

sabi'nse 543 

scil'lse 457 

sen'nae 579 

tarax'ici 559 

valeria'nge _ . . . 535 

vera'tri 465 

ziiigib'eris 527 

Foenic'uli fruc'tus 533 

Foenic'ulum 533 

Foen'ugreek 534 

Foraen'ta 715 

Fomenta'tions 715 

Food and feeding 679 

artificial 694 

in anaemia 690 

in black water 690 

in chronic indigestion 688 

in constipation 688 



PAGE 

Food in convalescence 690 

in debility 690 

in diarrhoea 688, 689 

in fever . . 691 

in gastroenteritis 688, 689 

in liaemorrhage from sto- 
mach and bowels 689 

in jaundice 689 

in laminitis 688 

in obesity 691 

Formaldehyde 338 

For'malin 338 

Formic acid 535, 651 

aldehyde 338 

Fox glove 445 

Fowler's solution 221 

Fran'gula 573 

Fran'gulin 575 

Friar's balsam 512 

Fusel oil 280 

Gad'uin 657 

Galac'tagogue 58 

Galls 589 

Gal'la 589 

Gal'lica'cid 593 

Gam'boge 585 

Garabog'ic acid 585 

Gas'tric antisep'tics 1^ 

sed'atives 23 

Gaulthe'ria 495 

oil of 495 

Gelatin 15» 

Gelsem'ium 420 

Gelsem'ina 420, 421 

Gelsemin'ic acid 420 

Gelsem'inine 420 

General action of drugs 2 

therapeutics 1 

therapeut'ic measures 679 

Gen'tian 553 

Gentia'na 553 

Gentis'ic acid 553 

Gentiopicrin 553 

Germ'icides 67, 71& 



K 



GENERAL INDEX 



789 



PAGE 

Gin 281 

Ginger 527 

Gin'gerol 527 

Glacial acetic acid 266 

Glan'dulae suprarena'les sic'cae. 639 

Glauber's salts 136 

Glo'noin 309 

spirit of 309 

Glonoi'num 309 

Glucosi'dea 70 

Glu'cosides 70 

Glycerin 606 

suppos'itories of 607 

Glyceri'num 606 

pepsi'ni 653 

Gly'cyramin 609 

Gly'cyrrhetin 609 

Glycyrrhi'za 609 

Glycyrrhi'zin 609 

Go'a powder 577 

Golden seal 561 

sulphur 229 

Gossyp'ii cortex 690 

Gossyp'iura puriflca'tum 636 

Goulard's extract 171 

Grana'tura 620 

Granulated ferrous sulphate. . 194 

Gray powder 207 

Gregory's powder 576 

Green hellebore 464 

Green soap 604 

vitriol 193 

Guara'na 396 

Guara'nine 395 

Gum arable 611 

Gum-resi'nae 72 

Gum-resins 72 

Gum'mi 72 

Gun cotton, soluble 637 

Gun'jah 392 

Gut'tae 91 

Habit, influencing action of 

drugs 14 

Bee'matein 600 



PAGE 

Haeraatin'ics 33 

Hsematox'ylin 600 

Haematox'ylon 60O 

Haemostatics 63 

Hamame'liuis folia 601 

Hard soap 603 

petrola'tum 349 

Harrington's solution 216, 720 

Hasch'isch 391 

Hartshorn 144 

Haus'tus. 81 

Heart, drugs acting on 33, 415 

Heat 704, 712 

bodily, drugs acting on. , . . 60 

Heavy magnesia 165 

Hellebore, American 410 

Hemides'mus 472 

Hemlock 464 

Hemp, Indian 391 

Hen bane 387 

Hepat'ic stimulants 26 

Her'oin 357 

Heroin hydrochlo'ride 357 

Hexamethylenam'ina 341 

Hir'cin 648 

Hive syrup 229 

Hock 282 

Hoffman's anodyne 293 

Hol'ocaine 439 

Homolle's digita'lin 446 

Honey 651 

clarified 651 

Honeys 80 

Hot baths 717 

water bags 715 

Hy'dragogues 25 

Hydrarg'yri chlo'ridum corrosi- 

vum 208 

chlo'ridum mi'te 209 

io'didum ru'brum 209 

o'leas 208 

ox'idum fla'vum 207 

ox'idum ru'brum 207 

subchlo'ridum 209 

Hydrarg'yrum. 20& 



rm 



GENEKAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Hydrarg'yrnm aramonia'tiim . . . 210 

cum cre'ta 206 

Hydras'tin 561 

Hydras'tine 560 

Hydrasti'nee hydrochlo'ridum . . 561 

Hydrastis 560 

Hy'drated alu'mina 167 

Hydrio'dic acid, syrup of 248 

Hydrochlo'rie acid 262 

solution of arsenic 221 

Hydroeyan'ic acid, diluted .... 342 

Hy'drogen diox'ide, solution of. 119 

peroxide, solution of 119 

Hy'drous wool fat 649 

Hydro'xide, potas'sium 122 

so'dium 132 

Hyosci'nae hydrobro'mas 389 

Hy'oscine 389 

Hy'oscine Jiydrobro'mate 389 

Hyoscy 'amine 372, 388 

hydrobro'mate 389 

sulphate 388 

Hyoscy 'ami fo'lia 887 

Hyosey'amus 387 

Hypnot'ics 40 

Hypodermat'ic injections 6 

Hypodermoc'lysis 733, 735 

Hypophos'phites 217 

Ice bags 706 

poultices 706 

Ic'thyol (ik-the-ol) 659 

Icthy'olum 659 

Idiosyncrasy in action of drugs 14 

Igasu'ric acid 400 

Illic'ium 531 

Incompatibility, chemical 83 

physical 85 

physiological . . 85 

Index for diseases and remedial 

measures 753 

In'dian can'nabis 391 

Indian hemp 391 

In'eine 453 

Infu'sa 76 



PAOB 

Inf u'sions 76 

saline 732 

Infu'sum calami. 564 

cascaril'lse . 557 

cincho'nse 479 

ac'idum 479 

digita'lis 446 

Inhala'tions 6, 47, 716 

Injec'tio apomorphi'nae hypo- 

der'mica 371 

ergoti'ni hypoder'mica .... 626 

morphi'ni hypoder'mica. . . 356 

Injec'tions, intratra'cheal 8 

intra ve'nous 6, 733 

rec'tal 9 

subcuta'neous 6 

Intes'tinal antisep'tics 20 

Intratra'cheal injection 8 

Intra ve'nous injection 6, 73 

In'ulin 559 

Inunc'tions 6 

Iodine 243 

compound solution of 244 

ointment 244 

tinctuie of 244 

lo'doform 250 

lodoform'um 250 

I'odol 252 

lodo'lum 252 

lo'dum 244 

Ipecac 471 

Ipecacuan'ha 471 

Ipecacuan'hic acid 472 

Iron 192 

and ammo'nium cit'rate . . . 197 

and potas'sium tartrate. . . 196 

and qui'nine cit'rate 197 

soluble 198 

by hydrogen 1 93 

metallic 192 

Quevenne's 192 

reduced 192 

Irriga'tion 710 

Irritants 62 

Isopellet'ierine 620 



GENEEAL INDEX 



791 



PAGB 

Jabora'ndi 439 

Pernambuco 439 

Rio Janiero 439 

Jaboran'dine 440 

J ab'orine 489 

Jalap 583 

Jala'pa 583 

Jal'apin 583 

Jalapur'gin 583 

Jas'mine, yellow 420 

Jer'vine 464, 465, 468 

Kama'la 618 

Ker'mes mineral 227 

Kin'ic acid 478 

K^'no 597 

Kino red 598 

Ki'noin 598 

Eino'vic acid 478 

Kino' vin 478 

Kino-tan'nic acid 478, 597 

Ko la nut 396 

Konibe poison 453 

Kombic acid 453 

Koos'o 619 

Ko'sin 619 

Kous'sin 619 

Kons'so 619 

Kraraeria 598 

Kramero-tan'nic acid 599 

Kunsel's treatment, milk fever . 737 

Labarraq 'lie's solu'tion 238 

Lac sul'phuris 256 

Lactose 652 

Lanolin 649 

Lard 648 

ben'zoinated or ben'zoated. 648 

Latin words and phrases 86 

Laud'anum 353 

Laurel cam'phor 547 

Laur'in 636 

Lavage 739 

Law of dissolution, 

11, 39, 286, 299, 362 



PAGE 

Lax'atives 24 

Lead 171 

ac'etate 171 

carbonate 172 

i'odide 172 

ointment 172 

ni'trate 172 

oxide 170 

plaster 171 

poisoning 173 

subac'etate, ce'rate of 172 

solution of 171 

sugar of 171 

white 172 

water 171 

Lev'ant or levant' wormseed . . . 621 

Leviga'tion 73 

Light magne'sia 164 

Lily of valley 455 

Lime 155 

chlorina'ted 237 

chlo'ride of 159 

lin'iment 156 

phos'phate, precip'itated. . . 157 

solution of 155 

syr'up of 156 

water 155 

Linimen'ta 79 

Liniments 79 

Linimen'tum ammo'nise 137 

belladon'nge 374 

eal'cis. 156 

cam'phorse 548 

chloroform'i 296 

sapo'nis 604 

mollis. 604 

terebinth! 'nae 499 

Lin'seed 610 

oil of 569 

Lino'lein 569 

Li num 610 

Liquid petrola'tum 348 

Li'quor ac'idi arseno'si 221 

ammo'nije 144 

aceta'tis 150 



792 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Li'quor ammo'nise for'tior 144 

arsenica'lis 206 

arsen'ici hydrochlo'ricus. . . 221 

cal'cis 155 

chlora'tae 238 

chlo'ri compos'itus 237 

cre'solis compos'itus 335 

fer'ri chlo'ridi 195 

, perchlo'ridi 195 

subsulpha'tis 196 

formaldehy'di 388 

hj'droge'nii diox'idi 119 

i'odi compos'itus 244 

morphi'nee aceta'tis 356 

hydrochlo'ridi 356 

plum'bi subaeeta'tis 171 

potas'sii hydrox'idi 122 

arseni'tis 221 

so'dii hydrox'idi 132 

so'dsB chlorina'tae 238 

zm'ci chlo'ridi 182 

Liquo'res 76 

Liq'uorice root 609 

powder, compound 256 

Lith'age 170 

Lith'ii ben'zoas 513 

bro'midum 241 

carbo'nas 151 

cit'ras 152 

sal'icylas 112, 491 

Lith'ium 151 

Liver, drugs acting on 26 

of sul'phur 260 

Lixivia'tion 74 

Local action 2 

an'odynes 43 

anesthet'ics 43 

blood letting 731 

Logwood 600 

Lo'tio fla'va 216 

ni'gra 217 

Lu'gol's solu'tion 244 

Lunar caustic 176, 178 

Ly'sol. . . ..".•.".•.. 335 

Xyso'lum ;;...... 335 



PAGE 

Maeera'tion 75 

Magne'sia 164 

cal'cined 1C4 

heavy 164 

light 164 

milk of, Phillip's 165 

pondero'sa 164 

Magne'sii carbo'nas 164 

ox'idum 164 

pondero'sa 165 

sul'phas 16S 

Magne'sium 163. 

car'bonate 164 

sul'phate 163' 

Male fern 615 

Malic acid 535 

Mal'lein 748 

Man'ganese 203 

Man'ganum 303 

Marshmal'low 613 

Mass, blue 206 

Mass of fer'rous car'bonate .... 194 

Mas'sa fer'ri carbona'tis 194 

hydrarg'yri 206 

Mas'sBB 79 

Mate 396 

Mate'ria Me'dica 1 

May apple 587 

Meadow saffron 631 

Measures, weights, tables of — 

90, 91, 92, 93, 94 

domestic 92 

Mecon'ic ac'id 352 

Mec'onin 353 

Medicines, definition of 1 

Mel 651 

depura'tum 651 

Melli'ta 80 

Men'struura 75 

Men'tha piperi'ta 528 

vir'idis 530 

Men'thene 528 

Men'thol 528, 52» 

Mercu'rial ointment 207 

Mercu'ric ammo'nium chlo'ride. 310 



I 



GENERAL INDEX 



793 



PAGE 

Mercii'ric corro'sive ehlo'ride.. 208 

i'odide, red 209 

iii'trate, ointment of 210 

ox'ide, red 207 

ointment of 208 

yellow 207 

ointment of 208 

Mer'curons ehlo'ride, mild 209 

Mer'cury 206 

ammo'niatcd 210 

ointment 207 

bichlo'ride 208 

bini'odide 209 

ehlo'ride, corro'sive 208 

mild 209 

i'odide, red 209 

mass of 206 

subchlo'ride 209 

with chalk 206 

IMetab'olism, drugs influencing. 59 

Metaci'eosot'ic acid 490, 492 

Methyl co'niine 427 

pellet'ierine 620 

sal'icylas 406 

sal'icylate or salic'ylate 496 

Metric system 92, 98 

Milk, drugs influencing secre- 
tion of 50 

drugs eliminated in 59 

of asafet'ida 538 

of sul'phur 255 

peptoni'zed 694 

sugar of 652 

fever, Kunsel's treatment . . 737 

Mindere'rus, spirit of 150 

Mistu'ra ammo'niee 539 

cre'tse 154 

Mistu'ree 77 

Mixtures 77 

Mitigated caustic . 176 

Molas'ses 614 

Monobro'mated cam'phor 548 

Mon'sel's solu'tion 196 

Morphi'na 351, 354 

Morplii'nee ace'tas 355 

hydrochlo'ras 355 

sul'phas 354 



PAGE 

Mor'phine 351, 354 

ac'etate 354 

hydrochlo'rate 355 

sul'phate 354 

Mor'rhuol 657 

Motor nerves, drugs acting on. . 43 

Moulded silver nitrate 176 

Mu'cilage of aca'cia 612 

Mucila'go aca'cife 612 

tragacan'thae 612 

Mus'carine _ 383 

Muriat'ic acid 262 

diluted 263 

Mustard 515 

black 515 

white 515 

Mutton suet 648 

Mydriat'ics 45 

Myotics 45 

Myris'tin 569 

My'rosin 515, 516 

Myrrh 524 

Myr'rha 524 

Myr'rhin 524 

Myr'rhol 524 

Napth'talene 836 

Naph'talin or naphtaline 336 

Naph'thalenum 336 

Naph'tol 335 

Nar'ceine 351 

Narcot'ics 40 

Nar'cotine 351 

Natal'oin 566 

Xativelle's digita'lin 445 

Nerves, drugs acting on 43 

of special sense, drugs act- 
ing on 44 

Nervous system, drugs acting on 38 

Nic'otine 424, 424 

Nightshade, deadly 373 

Nitric acid 264 

diluted 264 

Ni'trites 308 

Nitre 127 



794 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

ITi'tre, sweet spirit of 308 

Nitroglyc'erin 309 

spirit of 309 

Nitrohydrochlo'ric acid 264 

diluted 265 

Ni'trous e'ther, spirit of 308 

Nutgall 589 

ointment 590 

Nux vom'ica 490 

Oak, -white 595 

Oakum 637 

^Official preparations 76 

'Oilof an'ise 531, 532 

bet'ula 496 

boxberry 495 

cade 508 

car'ron 156 

castor 571 

cheekerberry 495 

cod liver 656 

corian'der 533 

cotton seed 603 

croton 580 

ethe'real 71 

eucalyp'tus 519 

fen'nel 534 

flax seed 569 

fu'sel 280 

gaulthe'ria 495 

artificial 496 

synthet'ie 496 

jun'iper 541 

lin'seed 564 

mustard, volatile 516 

olive 602 

peppermint 528 

phos'phorated 234 

sav'ine 543 

sweet 602 

spearmint 530 

tar 507 

theobro'ma 636 

tur'pentine 498 

rectified 499 



PAGE 

Oil of wintergreen 495 

artificial 456- 

synthet'ic 296^ 

Oils 71, 7^ 

distiired 71 

essen'tial 71 

ethe'real , 71 

fixed 7t 

vol'atile 71 

O'lea 71, 71> 

Olea'ta 70 

O'leate of mercury 20O 

veratrine 469' 

O'leates 79' 

O'lein 602, 603, 637, 64S 

Oleoresi'na fil'icis ma'ris 615- 

cap'sici 527 

zingib'eris 527 

Oleoresi'nse 71, 79- 

Oieores'ins 71, 78 

Oleum ani'si 531, 533 

bet'ul* 496 

cadi'num 508 

coi'ian'dri 533 

eucalyp'ti 519 

foenic'uli 534 

foen'ugreek 534 

gaulthe'riee 495 

gossyp'ii sem'inis 602 

junip'eri 541 

li'ni 569 

men'thae piperi'tae 528 

vir'idis 530 

mor'rhuse 656 

oli'vEe 602 

phosphora'tum 234 

pi'cis liq'uidae •. . . . 507 

ric'ini 571 

sabi'nae 543 

sina'pis volat'ile 516- 

terebin'thinae 498 

rectifica'tum 499 

theobro'matis 636 

tig'lii 580 

Olive oil 602 



GENERAL INDEX 



795 



PAOB 

O'pii pul'vis 353 

Opium 351 

denarcotiza'tura 854 

deodora'tum 354 

Ordeal bean 410 

Organs, sexual, drugs acting on 5G 

Orthocreoso'tic acid 490, 492 

Or'thoform 253 

Orthof orm'um 253 

Ox gall 655 

purified 655 

Oxytoc'ics (oks-e-tos'-iks) 58 

Pack, cold 677 

Pal'mitin 602, 603, 648 

Pancre'atin 654 

Papain 656 

Papaverine 351 

Papers 79 

Pa'poid 656 

Parasit'icides 68 

Paregor'ic ' 353 

Pellet'ierine 620 

Pepper, cay'enne or cayenne'. . . 525 

red 525 

Peppermint 530 

water 529 

Pep'sin 653 

sac'charated 653 

saeehara'tum 653 

Pep'tonized niillv 694 

Percola'tion 74 

Perman'ganate of potas'sium . . . 203 

Persian insect powder 624 

Peru'vian bal'sam 510 

Petrola'tum 348 

album 349 

hard 849 

liquid 348 

liq'uidum 348 

mol'le 348 

soft 848 

spis'sum 349 

Petroleum ointment 848 

Phaeoret'in 575 



PAGE 

Pharmaceu'tical processes 72 

Pharmacodynam'ics 1 

Pharmacog'nosy, definition of,. 1 
Pharmacol'ogy, definition of . . . 1 
Pharmacopoeia, definition of. . . 75 

preparations of the 76 

Phar'raaey, definition of 1 

Phenac'etin 319 

Phcnaceti'num 819 

Phenol 324 

Phenyl'is sal'icylas 491 

Phillip's milk of magne'sia 165 

Physical incompatibility 83, 84 

Physiological incompatibility. 88, 84 

Phos'phide of zinc 286 

Phos'phorated oil 238 

Phosphor'ic acid 265 

diluted 256 

Phos'phorus 833 

spirit of 234 

Physiology influencing the ac- 
tion of drugs 11 

Physoste'rin 411 

Physostig'ma 410 

Physostigmi'nse sal'icylas or 

salic'ylas 411 

sul'phas 412 

Physostig'mine 411 

sal'icylate or salic'ylate. ... 411 

sul'phate 412 

Picropodophyl'lin 588 

Pills 79 

of asafet'ida 538 

blue 207 

cathartic, compound 210 

of phos'phorus 234 

Pilocarpi'nae hydrochlo'ridum. . 440 

ni'tras 441 

Pilocarpine 439 

hydrochlo'ride 440 

ni'trate 441 

Pilocar'pidine 439 

Pilocar'piis 489 

Pil'ula hydrarg'yri 206 

Pil'ulge 79 



796 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Pi'nene 500 

Pitch 507 

Burgundy 504 

plaster 506 

Pix burgun'dica 504 

liq'uida 507 

ni'gra 507 

Plasma, drugs acting on 33 

Plaster of paris 160 

Plasters 79 

Plum'bi ace'tas 171 

carbo'nas 172 

io'didum 172 

ni'tras 172 

ox'idum 170 

Plum'bum 170 

Pneuraogastric, drugs acting on 34 

Podophyl'lin 588 

Podophyllin'ic acid 588 

Podophyl'lura 587 

Podophylloquer'ciLin 588 

Podophyllotox'in 588 

Pomegranate (pom'-gran-at) . . . 620 

Port wine 282 

Posol'ogy 10 

table of 661 

Potash, caustic 122 

Potas'sa 122 

cum cal'ce 123 

solu'tion of 122 

sulphura'ta 260 

with lime 123 

Potas'sii ace'tas 125 

biearbo'nas 125 

bitar'tras 131 

bro'midum 240 

carbo'nas 124 

chlo'ras 129 

cit'ras 125 

cyan'idum 347 

hydrox'idum. 122 

io'didum 247 

ni'tras 127 

perman'ganas 203 

Potassium 121 



PAGE 

Potas'sium ac'etate 125 

al'um 166 

ar'senite, solution of 221 

bicar'bonate 125 

bitar'trate 131 

bro'raide 240 

carbonate 124 

chlo'rate 129 

cit'rate 125 

cyanide 347 

hy'drate 122 

solution of 123 

hydrox'ide 122 

i'odide 247 

ni'trate 127 

perman'ganate 203 

tar'trate, acid 131 

Powder, compound cat'echu. . . . 596 

chalk 153 

liq'uorice 255, 579 

Dover's 473 

Gregory's 576 

ip'ecac and o'pium 473 

Powders 78 

Poultices 713 

Priessnitz 708 

Practical disinfection 725 

Precip'itate, red 207 

white 210 

Precipita'ted cal'cium car'bon- 

ate 154 

phos'phate 157 

Preface iii 

Preparations, pharmacopoe'ial. . 76 

Prepared chalk 153 

Prescription, definition of 88 

writing 86 

words and phrases used 

in 86 

Prescriptions for balls 103 

drenches 106 

elec'tuaries 110 

lin'iments 112 

mixtures ' . . . 105 

ointments Ill 



GENERAL INDEX 



797 



PAGE 

Prescriptions for pills 101 

powders 107 

suppos'itories Ill 

Primary action. . . .'. 2 

Protar'gol 179 

Protopine 353 

Pru'nus virginia'na 348 

. Prus'sic acid 342 

Pseudoacon'itine 459 

ae'onine 450 

jer'vine 464 

pellet'ierine 620 

Pul'vis cat'echu compos'itus. .. 596 

cre'tae aromat'icus 153 

cum o'pii 153 

compos'itus 153 

glycyrrhi'zse compos'itus 

255, 57!) 

ipecacuan'hae et o'pii. .353, 473 

kino compos'itus 598 

rhe'i compos'itus 570 

Pul'veres 78 

Pu'nicotan'nic acid 620 

Pupils, drugs acting on 45 

Pur'gatives 24 

chol'agogue 26 

dras'tic 24 

hy'dragogue 25 

lax'ative 24 

sa'line 25 

simjjle 24 

uses of 28 

Purified cotton 636 

ox gall 655 

Pus'tulants 62, 697 

Pyre'thrum 624 

Pyr'idine 423 

Pyrocat'ecliin 598 

Pyrogal'lic acid 594 

Pyrogal'lol 594 

Pyrox'ylin 637 

Pyroxyli'num 637 

Quarter evil vac'cine 751 

Quas'sia 555 



PAGE 

Quas'siin 595 

Quer'cin 595 

Quercitan'nic acid 595 

Quer'cite 595 

Quer'cus al'ba 595 

Quevenne's digita'Mn 446 

Quicksilver 206 

Quiu'amine 477 

Quin'ic acid 478 

Quin'icine 477 

Quinidi'nge sul'phas 482 

Quin'idine 477 

sulphate 482 

Quini'na 477 

Quini'nse bimuria'tis car'bamas. 483 

bisul'phas 480 

hydrobro'mas 481 

hydrochlo'ridum 481 

sul'phas 580 

val'eras 482 

Qui'nine (or kwin-een) 477 

bisul'phate 480 

hydrobro'mate 481 

hydroehlo'rate 481 

hydrochlo'ride 481 

sul'phate 480 

val'erate 483 

Quinoi'dine 477, 483 

Quinoidi'num 483 

Rational therapeu'tics 1 

Rectal feeding 694 

injections 9 

Rectified oil of turpentine 499 

Rectification 75 

Red corpuscles, drugs acting on 33 

Red cineho'na 479 

mercu'ric ox'ide 208 

pepper 525 

precipitate 208 

ointment 208 

wine 282 

Reduced iron 192 

Refrig'erants 6, 711 

Remote action 2 



798 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Ues'in ce'rate 506 

plaster 506 

Resi'na jala'pae 583 

podophyl'li 588 

scammo'nii 583 

Resi'nae 71 

Resins 71 

Resor'cin 387 

Resor'cinol 337 

Resorci'num 337 

Respiratory organs, drugs act- 
ing on 46, 471 

mucous membrane, drugs 

acting on 46 

Rham'mus cathar'ticus 574 

purshia'na 572 

Rhnra'nose 574 

Rluitan'nic red 599 

Rliatan'in 599 

niiat'any 598 

Rlicotan'nic acid 575 

Rlie'um 575 

R'.ie'in 575, 577 

Rliigoline 3-,0 

Rhubarb 575 

Ricino'lein 571 

Ros'in 506 

Rot'tlera 618 

Rot'tlerin 618 

Rubefa'cients 62, 700 

Rubijer'vine 464 

Rum 281 

Ru'tin 541 

Sabi'na 543 

Saccara'ted fer'rous car'bonate. 194 

pepsin 653 

Sac'chari fgex 614 

Sac'charura 613 

lac'tis 652 

Sal amrao'niac 149 

so'da 133 

volatile 147 

Sal'icin 49 1 

Salici'num 491 



PAGB 

Salicyl'ic acid 490 

Sal'icylism 492 

Salicyl'ous acid 492 

Salicylu'ric acid 493 

Saline pur'gatives. . -. 25 

inf u'sions 732 

Salivary glands, drugs acting 

on 15 

Salol 491 

Salt, common 137 

Epsom 163 

Glauber's 136 

Salts of tar'tar 124 

Saltpe'tre 127 

Santon'ica 621 

San'tonin 621 

Santoni'num 621 

Sa'po 603 

mollis 604 

vir'idis 604 

Sa'vine 543 

Scaling 73 

Scara'monin 583 

Scammo'nium 582 

Scam'mony 583 

Scarifica'tion 721 

Scheele's prussic acid 342 

Schraiedeberg's digita'lin 446 

Scil'la 456 

Scil'lin 457 

Scillipic'rin 457 

Seillitox'in 457 

Sclerotin'ic acid 625 

Secondary action 2 

Secretion of milk, drugs influ- 
encing 58 

Sedatives, gastric 23 

Selective action 2 

Sen'na 578 

Alexandria 578 

Indian 578 

Tinnivelly 578 

Sen'nacrol 578 

Sennapic'rin 578 

Sensory nerves, drugs acting on 431 



GENERAL INDEX 



799 



PAGE 

Serum ther'apy 741 

antistreptococcic 745 

Se'vum 648 

Sexual organs, drugs acting on 431 

Sherry 283 

Sheet bath 707 

Sial'agogues 15 

Silver 175 

cy'^nide 176, 347 

i'odide 176 

ni'trate 175 

diluted 176 

moulded 176 

ox'ide 176 

soluble 180 

Simple purgatives 24 

Sinalbin 515 

Sin'ipin sul'phate 515 

Sin'apis 515 

Sin'apis alba 515 

nigra 515 

Sin'apism 518 

Sin'igrin 516 

Skin, drugs acting on 62 

Soap 603 

composition of 603 

green 604 

hard 603 

liniment 604 

plaster 604 

soft 604 

white castile 603 

Socal'oin . , 565 

Soc'atrine al'oes 564 

So'da 132 

baking 134 

caustic 132 

solution of 132 

washing 133 

So'dii ben'zoas 513 

bicarbo'nas 134 

bisul'phis 142 

bo'ras 273 

bro'midum 241 

carbo'nas 133 



PAGE 

So'dii chlo'ridum exsicca'tus. . . 133 

chlo'ridum 139 

hydrox'idum 132 

hyposul'phis 143 

io'didum 247 

phos'phas 141 

salic'ylas or sal'icylas 491 

sul'phas 136 

sul'phis 142 

thiosul'phas 143 

So'dium 133 

ben'zoate 513 

bicarbonate 134 

bisul'phite 142 

bo'rate 273' 

bro'mide 241 

carbonate 133 

dried 133 

chlo'ride 139 

hydrate 132 

hydrox'ide 132 

solution of 132 

hyposul'phite 143 

iodide 247 

phos'phate 141 

salic'ylate or salicylate.... 491 

sul'phate 136 

sul'phite 142 

thiosul'phate 143 

Soft petrola'tum 348 

petroleum ointment 348 

soap 604 

liniment 604 

Soluble silver 180 

Solution of acetate of ammo'- 

nium 150 

ammo'nia 144 

ar'senite of potas'sium 221 

arse'nous or ar'senous acid . 221 

chlo'ride of iron 195 

zinc 182 

chlorina'ted lime 238 

soda 238 

hy'drogen diox'ide 119 

raor'phine ac'etate 356' 



800 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Solution of mor'phine hydro- 

chlo'rate 356 

i'odine compound 244 

lime 155 

potash 123 

soda 133 

subac'etate of lead 171 

diluted 173 

subsul'phate of iron 196 

Solutions 74 

Soporifics 40 

Spanish flies 639 

Spear'mint 530 

oil of 530 

spirit of 530 

water of 530 

Spermace'ti 650 

Sphacelin'ic acid 625 

Spinal cord, drugs acting on . . . 423 

Spirit of ammo'nia 145 

aromat'ic 148 

cam'phor 548 

chlo'roform 296 

an'ise 533 

e'ther 293 

compound 293 

glye'eryl ni'trate 309 

glou'oin 309 

ju'niper 543 

compound 381, 543 

ni'trous e'ther 308 

peppermint 538 

rectified 278 

Spirits 77 

Spir'itus 77 

ee'theris 293 

compos'itus 293 

nitro'si 308 

ammo'ni® 145 

aromat'icus 148 

ani'si 533 

glyceryl'is nitra'tis 309 

men'thee piperi'tse 528 

vir'idis '. 530 

phos'phori 234 



PAGE 

Spir'itus rectifiea'tus 278 

tenu'ior 278 

vi'ni gal'lici 281 

Squill 456 

compound syrup of 457 

Staphisag'ria 623 

Staphisag'rine 623 

Stavesacre (stavz-a-ker) 623 

Stear'in 136, 648 

Stearop'ten 547 

Sternu'atories 46 

Stimulants, cerebral 38 

hepatic 26 

Stomach, drugs acting on 16 

tube, uses of 739 

Stomach'ics 16 

Stout 283 

Stron'tium bro'mide 241 

salic'ylate or sal'icylate. . . . 491 

Strophan'thidin 453 

Strophan'thin 453, 454 

Strophan'thus 453 

Strychni'na 401 

sul'phas 403 

Strych'nine 401 

sul'phate 402 

Stn'pes 715 

Styp'tic collo'dion 501, 638 

Styptics 63 

Sty'rol 510 

Subcutaneous injections 6 

Sub'limate, corrosive 208 

Sublimed sulphur 255 

Suc'cus, hyoscy'ami 388 

Sudorif 'ics 65 

Suet 648 

mutton 648 

Sugar 613 

cane 613 

of milk 653 

of lead 171 

Sul'phur 255 

flowers of 355 

liver of 260 

lo'tum 255 



GENERAL INDEX 



801 



PAGE 

Sul'phur, milk of 256 

ointment 256 

precipitated 256 

precipita'tum 256 

sublima'tum 255 

sublimed 255 

washed 255 

Sulphu'rie acid 263 

aromat'ic 263 

diluted 263 

e'ther 292 

Sul'phurated potas'sa 260 

Sulphu'rous or sulphurous acid. 259 

Supposito'ria 79 

glyceri'ni 607 

iodofor'mi 250, 253 

morphi'nee 356 

Suppos'itories 79 

Sup'purants 704 

Surgical asepsis and antisepsis. . 726 
Sweat, drugs influencing the 

secretion of 65 

Sweet flag 563 

oil 602 

spirit of ni'tre 308 

Symbols and signs 90, 91 

Synthet'ic oil of wintergreen . , . 496 

Syrup, simple 614 

Syru'pi 77 

Syr'ups 77, 614 

Syru'pus aca'ciae 612 

ac'idi hydriod'ici 248 

althae'ae 613 

carcii lactophospha'tis .... 158 

cal'eis 156 

fer'ri io'didi 194 

fus'ci 614 

ipecacuan'hsB 473 

pru'ni virginia'nse 848 

rham'ni cathar'tici 574 

scil'lae 457 

compos'itus 229, 457 

sen'nae 597 

toluta'nus 511 



PAGE 

Taba'cura 423 

Tables of weights and measures, 

90-98 

Tallianine 545 

Tannic acid 590 

Tannin 590 

Tar 507 

Tarax'acin 559 

Taraxace'rin 559 

Tarax'acum 559 

Tar'trated antimony 228 

Tartar emet'ic 228 

salts of 124 

cream of 131 

Tea 396,400 

Ter'ebene 500 

Terebe'num 500 

Terebin'thina 498 

canaden'sis 505 

Ter'penes 499 

Ter'pin hydrate 500 

Terpi'ni hy'dras 500 

Tetanocan'nabine 370 

Tet'anus antitox'in 742 

The'baine (the-ba-in) 351 

The'ine (the-in) 395 

Theobro'ma, oil of ._ 636 

Therapeu'tics 

definition of 

empirical 

general 

rational 

Theri'aca 614 

Thiol 660 

Thymol (ti'mol) 551 

Tiglin'ic acid 580 

Tinctu'ra aconi'ti 459 

al'oes et myr'rhae 524, 566 

ar'nicae 623 

asafoet'idae 538 

beliadon'nse folio'rum 373 

benzoi'ni 512 

compos'ita 512 

bu'chu 541 

calum'bae 558 



.802 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Tinctu'ra can'nabis in'dicse 392 

canthar'idis 644 

cap'sici 526 

cardamo'mi 533 

compos'ita * 533 

cascaril'lag 557 

catechu 596 

cincho'nae 479 

compos'ita 479 

corchici sem'inis 632 

digitalis 446 

er'gotge 626 

ammonia'tae 626 

fer'ri chlo'ridi 195 

"perclilo'ridi 195 

gam'bir compos'ita 596 

gelsem'ii 420 

gentia'nae compos'ita 553 

hydras'tis 561 

hyoscy'ami 888 

iodi 244 

ipecacuan'hae et o'pii . .353, 473 

ki'no.... 598 

krame'rige 599 

myr'rhae 524 

mic'is vomicae 401 

o'pii 353 

camphora'tse 353 

deodora'tae 354 

quas'sise 555 

scil'lae 457 

strophan'thi 453 

valeria'nsB 535 

ammonia'tse 535 

Tinctu'rae 77 

Tine' tare of larkspur 624 

Tine'tures 77 

Tobacco 423 

Tolu 511 

Tonics 60 

Tow 637 

Toxicol'ogy, definition of 1 

Trag'acanth 612 

Tragacan'tha 612 

Transfu'sion 733 



PAGE 

Tre'acle 614 

Trituration 72 

Trituratio'nes 78 

Triturations 78 

Trochis'ci santoni'ni 623 

Tuber'culin 747 

Tur'pentine 498 

Canada 505 

liniment 499 

oil of 499 

Unguen'ta 79 

Unguen'tum 648 

ac'idi bo'rici 273 

carborici 324 

tan'nici 591 

aconi'tae 463 

belladon'nae 373 

ccta'cei 651 

chrysarobi'ni 577 

Crede 181 

eucalyp'ti 519 

gal'lae 590 

cum o'pio 590 

hydrarg'yri 207 

ammonia'ti 211 

ritra'tis 210 

ox'idifla'vi 208 

ru'bri 207 

I'odi 244 

iodofor'mi 250 

petro'lei 348 

pi'cis liq'uidae 507 

potas'sii io'didL 247 

sabi'nae 544 

sul'phuris 255 

zin'ci ox'idi 184 

United States Pharmacopce'ia. . 76 

Urinary tract, drugs acting on. 52 

sed'atives 56 

antisep'tics 65 

Urine, drugs altering the com- 
position of 55 

drugs increasing secretion of 53 

acidifying 55 



GENERAL INDEX 



803 



PAGE 

TJrine, drugs making alkaline. . 55 

making aseptic 56 

Urotro'pin 341 

Uterus, drugs acting on 58 

Uterine action, drugs restrain- 
ing 58 

Vac'cines, black leg or quarter 

evil 751 

antlirax 751 

Vagus, drugs acting on 34, 35 

Vale rian 534 

Valeria'na 534 

Valeria'nse rhizo'ma 534 

Valerian'ic acid 535 

Vaseline 348 

Vaso-inotor centre, drugs act- 
acting on 36 

Vegetable bitters 553 

cathar'tics 544 

drugs 851 

Venesec'tion 728 

Veratral'bine 468 

Veratri'na 468 

Verat'rine 468 

Veratroi'dine 464, 465 

Verat'rum vir'ide 464 

Verat'rum al'bum 468 

Ver'raicides 67 

Ver'mifuges 68 

Vesicants 63, 67 

Vessels, drugs acting on 36 

Vien'na paste 123 

Vi'na 77 

Vinegars 78 

Vi'num al'bum 283 

antimo'nii 239 

col'chici 633 

rad'icis 633 

sem'inis 633 

ipecacuan'has 473 

o'pii... 354 

porten'se 283 

ru'brum 283 

xer'icum 283 



PAGE 

Vitel'lus, glyc'erite of 607 

Vitriol, blue 186 

green 193 

Volatile oils 71, 497 

oil of mustard 516 

Warm baths 717 

Wash, black 217 

yellow 216 

Washed sulphur '. . . 235 

Washing soda 133 

Water 117 

Waters 77 

Wax 649 

yellow 649 

white 650 

Weights and measures 93-98 

Wet pack 708 

Whiskey 280 

White ar'senic 220 

Castile soap 603 

corpuscles, drugs acting on 33 

hel'lebore 464 

lead 173 

mustard 515 

oak • 595 

White precip'itate 211 

ointment 211 

•wax 650 

wine 283 

Wild cherry 848 

Wine, white 283 

red 283 

Wines 77 

Wintergreen, oil of 495 

artificial oil of 496 

synthetic oil of 496 

Witchhazel 601 

Wool fat, hydrous 649 

Wormseed 621 

oil of 621 

Yellow jas'mine 420 

mercuric ox'ide 207 

wash 216' 



804 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Yellow wax 649 

Yolk of egg 607 

Zinc 182 

ac'etate 184 

car'bonate, precip'itated . . . J S3 

chlo'ride 133 

oxide 184 

ointment *. . . 184 

phos'phide 236 

sul'phate 183 



PAGE 

Zinc vale'rianate 536 

Zin'ci ace'tas 184 

cai'bo'nas praecipata'tus... . 183 

chlo'ridum 182 

ox'idura 184 

piios'phidura 236 

sul'phas 183 

val'eras 536 

Zin'cum 183 

Zin'giber 527 

Zy'mine 654 



CATALOGUE OF 
WILLIAM R. JENKINS' 

Works Concerning 

HORSES, CATTLE, SHEEP, SWINE, Etc. 

1906—1907 



(*) Designates New Books. 

(!) Designates Recent Publications . 



ANDERSON'. "Vice in tlie Horse" and other papers 
on Horses and Riding. By E. L. Anderson. Size, 
6x9, eiolh, illustrated 1 75 

AB3ISTEAD. " Tlie Artistic Anatomy of tlie Horse." 

A brief description of ttie various Anatomical Struc- 
tures wliich may be distinguished during Life through 
the Skin, By Hugh W. Armstead, M.D., F.E.C.S. 
With illustrations from drawings by the author. 
Cloth oblong, 10 x 12^ 3 75 

BACH. "How to Jndge a Horse." A concise treatise 
as to its Qualities and Soundness ; Including Bits and 
Bitting, Saddles and Saddling, Stable Drainage, Driv- 
ing One Horse, a Pair, Four-in-hand, or Tandem, etc. 
By Capt. F.W.Bach. Size, 5 x7i, clo., fully illus.l 00 

BANHAM. (*)" Anatomical and Physiological Model of 
tlie Cow." Half life size. Composed of superposed 
plates, colored to nature, showing internal organs, 
muscles, skeleton, etc., mounted on strong board.«, 
with explanatory text. Size of Model opened, 
10 ft. X 3 ft., closed 3 ft. x lUt 12 00 

— "Anatomical and Physiological Model of the Hors^e." 

Half life size; By George A. Banham, F.R.C.V.S. 
Size of Model 38 x 41 in 12 00 

— "Tables of Veterinary Posology and Therapeutics," with 

weights, measures, etc. By Geo. A. Banham, 
F.E.C.V.S. New edition. Cloth, size 4x5 1-2, 192 
pages 1 00 

BAUCHJEB. "Method of Horsemanship." Including 
the Breaking and Training of Horses. By 
F. Baucher 1 00 



BELL. (*)"Tlie Veterinarian's Call Book (Perpetual)." 

By Roscoe K. Bell, D.V.S., editor of the American 
Veterinary Review. Revised every year. 

A visiting list, that can be commenced at any time 
and used until full, c()ntaining much useful informa- 
tion for the student and the busy practitioner. 
Among content*^ are items concerning : Veterinary 
Drugs; I'oisons; Solubility of Drugs; Composition of 
Milk, Bile, Blood, Gastric Juice, Urine, Saliva; Respi- 
ration; Dentition; Temperatuie, etc., etc. Bound in 
flexible leather, with flap and pocket 1 25 

BITTING. *' Cadiot's Exercises in Equine Surgery," 

See ''Cacliot." 

BRADLEY. "Outlines of Veterinary Anatomy." 

By O. Charnock Bradley, Member of the Royal Col- 
lege of Veterinary Surgeons ; Professor of Anatomy 
in the New Veterinary College, Edinburgh. 

The author presents the most important facts of 
veterinary anatomy in as condensed a form as possible, 
consistent with lucidity. 12mo. 

Complete in three parts. 

Part I. : The Limbs (cloth) 1 25 

Part II. : The Trunk (paper) 1 25 

Part III. : The Head and Neck (paper) 1 25 

The Set complete 3 25 

CADIOT. '* Exercises in Equine Surgery." By P. J. 

Cadiot. Translated by Prof. A. W. Bitting, D.V.M. 
Edited by Prof. A. Liautard, M.D.V.M. Size, 6x9X. 
cloth, illustrated 2 50 

— "Roaring in Horses." Its Pathology and Treatment. 

This work represents the latest development in oper- 
ative methods for the alleviation of roaring. Each 
step is most clearly defined b,- excellent full-page 
illustrations. By P. .1. Cadiot, Professor at the 
Veterinary School, Alfort. Translated by Thos. J. 
Watt Dollar, M.R.C.V.S., etc. Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-8, 
77 pages, illustrated 75 

— "Studies in Clinical Veterinary Medicine and Surgery." 

By P. J. Cadiot. Translated, edited, and supplemented 

with 49 new ariioles and 3 4 illustrations hy Jno. A. W. 

Dollar, M.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 7x934, 019 pages, 

94 black and while illustrations 5 25 

— (*)" A Troatiso on Surgical Therapeutics of tlie Domestic 

Animals." By P. J. Cadiot and J. Almy. Translated 

by Prof. A. Liautard, M,D.,V.M. 

I. General Surgery.— Means of restraint of animals, 
general ,ar:a3Sthe-ia, local antTithesia, surgical anii- 
sep-iisjind asepsis, hematosis, cauterization, filing, 

II Dispases Common to all Tissues. — Inflammation, 
absot'ss, gangrene, ulcers, fistula, foreign bodies, 
traumaiio l^.sions, complications of traumatic les- 



I'Mis, granulations, cicatrices, mycosi=, vir 
discj^s^p, Rumors,' ' 



ulent 



C'ADIOT (Continued) 

Iir. Diseases Special to all Tissues and Affections of 
I lie ExLiemi ies. — Diseases of skin and cellular tis- 
t-ur!, of sei-ous bursae, of mu&cles, of tendons, of 
tendinous svnovial sacs, of aponeurosis, of arterieF, 
of veins, of ]yiin'liu>icfc, of nerves, of boues, of 
articulations. 

Clolh, si/^ f. X !), 5S0 pa^ps, 118 illuslrations 4 50 

CHArMAX. "Miiiinal of the Patholofrical Treatment 
of Lameness iu the Hor>e," treated solely by 
mechanical means. By (reor^'e T. Chapman. Cloth, 
size 6x9, 12i pages with portrait 2 00 

CHAUVEAU. "The Comparative Anatomy of the 
Domesticated Animals." By A. Chauveau. llevised 
by G. Fleming, F.K.C.V.S. 8vo, cloth, 585 illu8..6 25 

CLARKE. "Chart of the Feet and Teeth of Fossil 
Horses." By W. H. Clarke. Card, size 9 1-2 x 12. . 25 

— "Horses' Teeth." Fourth edition, re-revised, with second 
appendix. Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-2, 322 pp., illus. .2 50 

CLEAVELAND. "Pronouncing Medical Lexicon." 

Pocket edition. By C H. Cleveland, M.D. Cloth, 
size 3 1-4x4 1-2, 302 pages 75 

CLE3IENT. *' Veterinary Post Mortem Examina- 
tions." By A. W. Clement, V.S. The absence in the 
English language of any guide in making autopsies 
upon the lower animals, induced Dr. Clement to 
write this book, trusting that It would prove of prac- 
tical value to th« profession. Cloth, size 5x7 1-2, G4 
pages, illustrated 75 

CO URTENA F. f f ) " Manual of the Practice of Veterinary 
Medicine." By Edward Courtenay, V. S. Revised by 
Frederick T. G. Hobday, F.E.C.V.8. Second edition. 
Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-2, 573 pages 2 75 

COX, " Horses : In Accident and Disease." The 

sketches introduced embrace various attitudes which 
have been observed, such as in choking; the disorders 
and accidents occurring to the stomach and intestines ; 
affection of the brain ; and some special forms of lame- 
ness, etc. By J. Roalfe Cox, F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 
G X 9, 2S full page Ulustrations 1 £0 

DALKYMPLE. (f)"Veteri nary Obstetrics." A compen- 
dium for th« use of advanced students and Practi- 
tioners. By W. H. Dalrymple, M. B. C. V. S., 
principal of the Department of Veterinary Science in 
the Louisiana State University and A. & M. College; 
Veterinarian to the Louisiana State Bureau of 
Agriculture, and Agricultural Experiment Stations. 
Cloth, si-.o 6x9 1-4, 163 pages, 51 illustrations.. .2 50 



DALZIEL, " Breaking and Training Dogs." Part I, by 

Pathfinder. Part II, by Hugh Dalziel. Cloth, 
illustrated 2 50 

— "The Collie." By Hu«h Dalziel. Paper, illustrated 40 

— "The Diseases of Dogs." Causes, symptoms and treatment. 

By Hugh Dalziel. Cloth, illustrated .1 00 

— "Diseases of Horses." Paper 40 

— " The Fox Terrier." By Hugh Dalziel. Paper, 40 ; clo.l 00 

— "The Greyhound." Cloth, illus 1 OO 

— " The St. Bernard." Cloth, illustrated 1 00 

DANA. "Tables in Comparative Physiology." By Prof. 
G. L. Dana, M.D. Chart, 17 x 17 26 

DANCE. "Veterinary Tablet." By A. A. Dance. Chart, 
17 X 24, mounted on linen, folded in a cloth case for 
the pocket, size 3 3-4 x 6 1-2. Shows at a glance the 
synopsis oE the diseases of horses, cattle and dogs ; 
with their cause, symptoms and cure 75 

DE BB UIN. (*)" BoTine Obstetrics." By M. G. De Brum 
Instructor of Obstetrics at the Slate Veterinary 
School in Utrecht. Translated by W. E. A. Wyman, 
formerly Professor of Veterinary Science at Clemson 
A. & M. College, and Veterinarian to the South 
Carolina Experiment Station. Cloth, size 6x9, 382 

pages, 77 illustrations 5 00 

.Synopsis of the Essential Features of the Work 

1. Authorized translation. 

2. The only obstetrical work whicli is up to date. 

3. Written by Europe's leading authority on the subject. 

4. Written by a man who has practiced the art a lifetime. 

5. Written by a man who, on account of his eminence as 
bovine practitioner and teacher of obstetrics, was selected 
by Prof. Dr. Frohner and Prof. Dr. Bayer (Berlin and 
Vienna), to discuss bovine obstetrics both practically and 
scientifically. 

6. The only work containing a thorough differential diat:- 
nosis of ante and post partum diseases. 

7. The only work doing justice to modern obstetrical 
surgery and therapeutics. 

8. Written by a man whose practical suggestions revolu- 
tionized the teaching of veterinary obstetrics even in the 
gi'eat schools of Europe. 

9. The only work dealing fuUy with the now no longer 
obscure contagious and infectious diseases of calves. 

10. Absolutely original and no compilation. 

11. The only work dealing fully with the difficult problem 
of teaching obstetrics in the colleges. 

12. The only work where the practical part is not over- 
shadowed by theory. 

... A veterinarian, particularly if his location brings him in 
contact with obstetrical practice, who makes any pretence toward 
being scientific and in possession of modern knowledge upon this 
subject, will not be without tliis excellent work, as it is really a very 
valuable treatise.— Pro/. Boscoc B. Bell, in the Americaii VeteHnary 
Bcview. 

In translatirg into English Professor De Bruin's excellent text- 
book on Bovine Obstetrics, Dr. Wyman has laid British and American 
veterinary surgeons and students under a debt of gratitude. The 
works represents the happy medium between the bboklets which are 
adapted for cramming purposes by the student, and the pondercms 
tomes which, altlioligh useful to the teacher, are not exactly suited to 
the requirements of the everyday practitioner . . . We can strongly 
recommend the work to veterinary students and practitioners.-T/ie 
Journal of Comparative Pathology and Therapeutics, 



DOLLAR. f*," Diseases of Cattle, Sheep, Goits and 
Swine." By G. Moussii and Jiio. A, \V. Dollar, 
M.K.C. V.S. Size 6 x !) 1-2, 7«5 pages, 329 illustrations 
in the text and 4 full page plates 8 75 

— (t)''A Hand-book of Horse-Siioeing'," with introductory 

chapters on the anatomy and physiology of the 
horse's foot. By Jno. A. W. Dollar, M.R C V.S., 
with the collaboration of Albert Wheatley, F.K.C.V.S. 
Cloth, size 6x8 1-2, 433 pages, 4l6 illustrations . .4 75 

— (t) "Operative Technique." Volume 1 of "The Practice of 

Veterinary Surgery." Cloth, size 6 3-4 x 10, 264 pagans, 
272 illustrations 3 75 

— *• Oencral Surgery." Volume 2 of " The Practice of Veter- 

inary Surgery." In preparation. 

— (t)"Begional Veterinary Surgery." Volume 3 of "The 

Pi'actice of Veterinary Surgery." By Drs. Jno. A. 
?/. Dollar and H. MoUer. Cloth, size 6 1-2 x 10 853 
and xvi pages, 315 illustrations 6 25 

— "Cadiot's Clinical Veterinary Medicine and Surgery." 

See " Cadiot." 

— " Cadiot's Eoaring' in Horses." See " Cadiot." 

DUN, "Veterinary Medicines, their Actions and Uses." 

By Finlay Dun, V.S., late lecturer on Materia 
Medica and Dietetics at the Edinburgh Veterinary 
College, and Examiner in Chemistry to the Eoyal 
College of Veterinary Surgeons. Edited by James 
Macqueen, F.E.C.V.S. Tenth revised English edition. 

Cloth, size 6x9 3 75 

DWYER. ''On Seats and Saddles." Bits and Bitting, 
Draught and Harness and the Prevention and Cure of 
Kestiveness in Horses. By Francis Dwyer. Cloth, 
size 5x7, 304 pages, gilt, illustrated 1 50 

FLEMING. " The Contagious Diseases of Animals." Their 
influence on the wealth and health of nations and how 
they are to be combated. Paper, size 5x7 1-2, 
30 pages 25 

— " Human and Animal Variolse." A Study in Comparative 

Pathology. Paper, size 5 1-2x8 1-2, 61 pages 25 

— "Parasites and Parasitic Diseases of the Domesticated 

Animals." By L. G. Neumann. Translated by 
Dr. Fleming. See " Neumann." 

— "Operative Veterinary Surgery." Vol. I, by Dr. Geo. 

Fleming, M.R.C.V.S. This valuable work, one of the 
most practical treatises yet issued on the subject in 
the English language, is devoted to the common opera- 
tions of Veterinary Surgery ; and the concise descrip- 
tions and directions of the text are illustrated with 
numerous wood engravings. Cloth, size 6x9 1-4, 285 

and xviii pages, 313 illustrations .2 75 

(*)Vol. II, edited and passed through the press by 
W. Owen Williams, F.E.C.V.S. Cloth, size 6x9 1-4. 
430 and xxxvii pages, 344 illustrations 3 25 



FLEMING (continued) 

— " Itoariiig in Horses." By Dr. George Fleming, 

F.R.C. V.y. Its history, nature, causes, prevention 
and treatment. Cloth, size 5 1-2 x » 3-4, 16U pages, 21 
engravings, 1 coloi ed plate 1 5u 

— " Veterinary Obstetrics." Including the Accidents and Dis- 

eases incident to Pregnancy, Parturition, and the Early 
Age in Domesticated Animals. By Geo. Fleming, 
F.R.C. V.S. Cloth, size 6x8 3-i, 758 pages, illus.6 25 

GOTTHIEL. (*) "A- Manual of General Histology." 

By Wm. S. Gottheil, M.D., Professor of Pathology in 
the American Veterinary College, Nev? York ; etc., etc. 
Histology is the basis of the physician's art, as 
Anatomy is the foundation of the surgeon's science. 
Only by knov?ing the processes of life can we under- 
stand the changes of disease and the action of 
remedies; as the architect must know his building 
materials, so must the practitioner of medicine know 
the intimate structure of the body. To present this 
knowledge in an accessible and simple form has' 
been the author's ta.'ik. (Second edition revised. 
Cloth, size 5 1-2 x 8, 152 pages. 68 illustrations. . . 1 00 

QltES SWELL. •' The Bovine Prescriber." For the use 

of Veterinarians and Veterinary Students. Second 
edition revised and enlarged, by James B. and Albert 
Gresswell, M.E.C.V.S. Cloth, size, 5x7 1-2, 102 
pages 75 

— "Tlie Equine Hospital Prescriber." For the use of Veter- 

inary Practitioners and Students. Third edition re- 
vised and enlarged, by Drs. James B. and Albert 
Gresswell, M.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 5x7 1-2, 165 
pages 75 

— "Diseases and Disorders of the Horse." A Treatise on 

Equine Medicine and Surgery, being a contribution to 
the science of comparative pathology. By Albert, 
Jas. B. and Geo. Gresswell. Cloth, size 5 3-4x8 3 4, 
227 pages, illustrated 1 75 

— Manual of "The Theory and Practice of Equine Medicine." 

By James B. Gresswell, F.R.C.V.S., and Albert 
Gresswell, M.R.C.V.S. Second edition revised. 
Cloth, size 5 1-1x7 1-2, 539 pages 2 75 

— (I J "Veterinary Pliarniacopaiia and Manual of Comparative 

Therapy." By George and Charles Gresswell, with 
descriptions and physiological actions of medicines, 
by Albert Gresswell. Second edition revised and 

enlarged. Cloth, 6x8 3-4, 457 pages 3 50 

HASSLOCH. " A Compend of Veterinary Materia Medica 
and Therapeutics.' By A. C. Hassloch, V.S., 
Lecturer on Materia Medica and Therapeutics, and 
Professor of Veterinary Denlistry at the New York 
College of Veterinarv Surj^^eons and School of Compa- 
rative Medicine, N. Y, Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-2, 225 
pages 1 50 



UEATLEY. " The Stock Owner's Guide." A handy Medi- 
cal Treatise for eveiy man who owns an ox or cow. 
By Georpe S. Heatley, M.R C.V.S. Cloth, size 
5 l-± s 8, 172 pages 1 25 

HIL,L. (t)"Tlie Diseases <»f the Cat." By J. Woodroffe 
Hill, F.K.C.V.S. Cloth, size 5 14x7 1-2, 1 3 pages, 

illustrated 1 25 

Written from the experience of many years' prac- 
tice and close pathological research into the maladies 
to which our domesticated feline friends are liable — a 
subject which it must be admitted has not found the 
prominence in veterinary literature to which it is 
undoubtedly entitled. 

— "The M,inagement and Diseases of the Dog-." By J. 

Woodroire Hill, F.Il. C.V.S. Cloth, size 5x7 1-2, 
extra fully illustrated 2 00 

HINEBAUCn. "Veterinary Dental Surgery." By T. D. 

Hinebauch, M.S.V.S. For the use of Siudents, Prac- 
titioners and Stockmen. Cloth, size 5 1-4 x 8, 256 
pages, illustrated 2 00 

HO ARE. "A Manual of Veterinary Therapeutics and 
PiiarmacQlog-y." By E. Wallis Hoare, F.R. C.V.S. 
Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-4, 560 pages 2 75 

HOBDAY. "Canine and Feline Surgery." By Frederick 

T. G. Hobday, F.R. C.V.S. Cloth, 5 3-4x8 3 4, 152 
pages, 7G illustrations 2 00 

— (I)" The Castration of Cryptoi'chid Horses and 

the Ovariotomy of Troublesome Mares." By 

Frederick T. G. Hobday, F.R. C.V.S. Cloth, size 
5 3-4x8 3-4, H6 pages, 34 illustrations 1 75 

HUNTIN^G. (f) The Art of Horse-shoeing. A manual 
for Horseshoers. By William Hunting, F.R. C.V.S., 
ex-President of the Royal College of Veterinary Sur- 
geons. One of the most up-to-date, concise books of 
its kind in the English language. Cloth, size 6x9 1-4. 
126 pages, 96 illustrations 1 00 

JENKINS, (f) " Model of the Cow" and "Model of the 
Horse." See " Banham." 

KEATING. "A New Unabridged Pronouncing Diction- 
ary of Medicine." By John M. Keating, M.D., LL.D., 
Henry Hamilton and others. A voluminous and 
exhaustive hand-book of Medical and scientific 
terminology with Phonetic Pronunciation, Accentu- 
ation, Etymology, etc. With an appendix containing 
important tables of Bacilli, Micrococci, Leucomaines, 
Ptomaines ; Drugs and Materials used in Antiseptic 
Surgery ; Poisons and their antidotes ; Weights and 
Measures ; Thermometer Scales ; New Officinal and 
Unofficinal Drugs, etc., etc. Cloth, 818 pages . . .5 00 



ROBERT. "Practical Toxicology for Physicians and 

Students " By Professor Dr. Rudolph Kobert, 
Medical Director of Dr. Brehmer's Sanitarium for 
Pulmonary Diseases at Goerbersdorf in Silesia (Prus- 
sia), late Director of ttie Pharmacological Institute, 
Dorpat, Kussia. Translated and edited by L. H. 
Friedburp:, Ph.D. Authorized Edition. Practical 
knowledge by means of tables which occupy little 
space, but show at a glance similarities and differ- 
ences between poisons of the same group. Also rules 
for the Spelling and Pronunciation of Chemical Terms, 
as adopted by the American Association for the Ad- 
vancement of Science. Cloth, 6 1-2 x 10, 201 pp.. 2 50 

KOCH. "Miology of Tuberculosis." By Dr. R. Koch. 
Translated by T. Saure. Ctoth, size 6x9 1-4, 97 
pages 1 00 

LAMBERT. "The Germ Theory of Disease." 

Bearing upon the health and welfare of man and the 
domesticated animals. By James Lambert, F.R.C.V.S. 
Paper, size 5 1-i x 8 1-4, 26 pages, illustrated 25 

LAW. "Farmers' Veterinary Adviser." A Guide to the 
Prevention and Treatment of Disease in Domestic 
Animals. By Prof. James Law. Cloth, size 
5 1-4x7 1-2, illustrated 3 00 

LIAUTARD, (t)" Animal Castration." A concise and 
practical Treatise on the Castration of the Domestic 
Animals. The only work on the subject in the 
English language. By Alexander Liautard, M.D.,"V.S. 
Having a fine portrait of the author. Tenth edition 
revised and enlarged. Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-2, 165 
pages, 45 illustrations 2 00 

. . -. The most complete and comprehensive work on the 
subject in English veterinary literature.— ^mericaH Agri- 
culturist. 

— "Cadiot's Exercises in Equine Surj^ery." Translated by 

Prof. Bitting and edited by Dr. Liautard. 
See " Cadiot." 

— "A Treatise on Surgical Tlierapeutics of the Domestic 

Animals." By Prof. Dr. P. J. Cadiot and J. Almy. 
Translated by Prof. Liautard. See " Cadiot." 

— "How to Tell the Age of the Domestic Animal." By 

Dr. A. Liautard, M.D., V.S. Standard work upon 
this subject, concise, helpful and containing many 
illustrations. Cloth, size 5x7 1-2, 35 pages, 42 
illustrations 50 

— "Lameness of Horses and Diseases of the Locomotory 

Apparatus." By A. Liautard, M.D., V.S. This work 
is the result of Dr. Liautard's many years of experi- 
ence. Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-2, 314 pages 2 50 



LIAUTARD (continued). 

— (•)" Manual of Operative Veterinary Surgery " By A. 

liiautard, M.D., V.M. Engaged for years in the work 
of teaching this special department of veterinary 
medicine, and having abundant opportunities of 
realizing the difficulties which the student who 
earnestly strives to peifect himself in his calling is 
obliged to encounter, the author formed the deter- 
mination to facilitate his acquisition of knowledge, 
and began the accumulation of material by the com- 
pilation of data and arrangement of memorandum, 
with the recorded notes of his own experience, the 
fruit of a long and extended practice and a careful 
study of the various authorities who have illustrated 
and organized veterinary literature. 19li6 edition, 
with complete index. Cloth, size 6 1-4 x 9, xxx and 803 
pages, 563 illustrations 5 00 

— "Pellerin's Median Neurotomy in the Treatment of 

Clironic Tendinitis and Periostosis of the Fetlock." 

Translated by Dr. A. Liautard. See " Pellerin." 

— "Yade Mecnni of Equine Anatomy.** By A. Liautard, 

M.D.V.S. For tlie use of advanced students and 
veterinary surgeons. Third edition. Cloth, size 
5x7 l-'2, 30 pages and 10 full page illustrations of 
the arteries 2 00 

— Zundel's " The Horse's Foot and Its Diseases." 

See " Zundel." 

LONG. "Book of the Pig." Its selection. Breeding, 
Feeding andManagement. Cloth 4.00 

LOWE. (t)" Breeding Racehorses by the Figure 
System." Compiled by the late C. Bruce Lowe. 
Edited by William Allison, " The Special Commis- 
sioner," London Sportsman, Hon. Secretary Sporting 
League, and Manager of the International Horse 
Agency and Exchange. With numerous fine illustra- 
tions of celebrated horses. Cloth, size 8 x 10, 262 
pages • 7 50 

LUDLOW. "Science in the Stable"; or How a Horse 
can be Kept in Perfect Health and be Used Without 
Shoes, in Harness or under the Saddle. With the 
Reason Why. Second Edition. By Jacob E.. Ludlow, 
M.D. Late Staff Surgeon, U. S. Army. Paper, size 
4 1-2 X 5 3-4, 166 pages 50 

LUPTON. "Horses: Sound and Unsound," with 
Law relating to Sales and Warranty. By J. Irvine 
Lupton, F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 5 3-4 x 7 1-2, 217 
pages, 28 illustrations 1 25 

McBBIDE. "Anatomical Outlines of the Horse." By 

J. A. McBride, M.R.C.V.S. Second edition revised 
and enlarged. Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-4, illus 2 50 



M'FADYEAN. (f) " Anatomy of the Horse." Second 
edition completely revised. A Dissection Guide. 
By John M'Fadyean, M.B., B.yc., F.R.S.E. Cloth, 

size 6x834, 38S pages, illustrated 5 50 

This book is intended for Veterinary students, and 
offers to tliein in its 48 full-page colored plates, 
54 illustrations and excellent text, a valuable and 
practical aid in the study of Veterinary Anatomy, 
especially in the dissecting room. 

— " Comparative Anatomy of the Domesticated Animals." 

By J. M'Fadyean. Profusely illustrated, and to be 

issued in two parts. 

Part I— Osteology, ready. Size 5 1-2x8 1-2, 166 

pages, 132 illustration?. Paper, 2 50; cloth 2 75 

(Part II in preparation.) 

MAGNER. ** Standard Horse and Stock Book." By 

L>. Magner. Comprising over 1,000 pages, illustrated 
with 175G engravings. Leather binding 6 10 

MILLS. "How to Keep a Do^ in the City.'' By 

Wesley Mills, M.D., D.V.8. It tells hovF to choose, 
manage, house, feed, educate the pup, how to keep him 
clean and teach him cleanliness. Paper, size 5x7 1-2, 
40 pages 25 

MOLLER — DOLLAR. (f) "Regional Veterinary 
Surgery." See '■' Dollar." 

MOHLER. "Handbook of Meat Inspection." By Robert 
Oslertag, M.D. Translated by Earley Vernon 
Wilcox, A.M., Ph.D. With an introduction by 
John R. Mohler, V.M.D., A M. See " Ostertag." 

MOSSELMAN.LIEKAUX. *' Manual of Veterinary 
Microbiology." By Professors Mosselman and 
Lieiiaux, Nat. Veterinary College, Cureghem, Belgium. 
Translated and edited by R. R. Dinwiddle, Professor 
of Veterinary Science, College of Agriculture, Arkansas 
State University. Cloth, size 5 1 2 x 8, 342 pages, 
• illustrated 2 00 

3IOUSSV. (•)" Diseases of Cattle, Slieep, Goats and 
Swine." See " Dollar." 

NEUMANN. (*)"A Treatise on Parasites and Parasitic 
Diseases of the Domesticated Animals." A work 
to which the students of human or veterinary medi- 
cine, the sanitarian, agriculturist or breeder or rearer 
of animals, may refer for full information regarding 
the external and internal Parasites — vegetable and 
animal — which attack various species of Domestic 
Animals. A Treatise by L. G. Neumann, Professor 
at the National Veterinary School of Toulouse. 
Translated and edited by Geo. Fleming, C.B., LL.D., 
P.R O.V.S. Second edition, revised and edited by 
James Macqueen, F.R.C.V.S., Professor at the Royal 
Veterinary College, London. Cloth, size 6 3-4 x 10, 
xvi + 698 pages, 365 illustrations 6 75 



NOCARD. " The Animal Tuberculoses, and their Relation 
to Human Tuberculosis." By Ed. Nocard, Prof, of the 
Alfort Veterinary CoUefre. Translated by H. Scurfield, 
M.D. Ed.,Ph. Camb. Cloth, 5 x 7 1-2, 143 pages.. 1 00 
Perhaps the chief interest to doctors of human 
medicine in Professor Nocard's book lies in the 
demonstration of the small part played by heredity, 
and the great part played by contagion in the propa- 
gation of bovine tuberculosis. It seems not unreason- 
able to suppose that the same is the case for human 
tuberculosis, and that, if the children of tuberculous 
parents were protected from infection by cohabitation 
or ingestion, the importance of heredity as a cause of 
the disease, or even of the predisposition to it, would 
dwindle away into insignificance. 

OSTEBTAG. (*)" Handbook of Meat Inspection." By 

Robert Ostertag, M D. Authorized Translation by 
Earley Vernon Wilcox, A.M., Ph.D. With an intro- 
duction by John R. Mohler, V.M.D., A.M. The work 
is exhaustive and authorative and has at once become 
the standard authority upon the subject Second 
edition, revised. Cloth, size 6 3-4x9 3-4, 920 pages, 
260 illustrations and 1 colored plate 7 60 

PALLIN. (*) *' A Treatise on Epizootic Lymphangitis." By 

Capt. W. A. Pallin, F.R.C.V.S. In this work the 
author has endeavored to combine his own experience 
with that of other writers and so attempts to give a 
clear and complete account of a subject about which 
there i« little at present in English veterinary litera- 
lure. Cloth, size 5 3-4x8 1-2, 90 page?, with 17 fine 
full page illustrations 1 25 

PEGLEJR. "The Book of the Uoat." Third edition re- 
written and enlarged. Cloth, 223 pages, illus 1 75 

PELLERIN. "Median Neurotomy in the Treatment 
of Chronic Tendinitis and Periostosis of the Fetlock." 

By C. Pellprin, late repetitor of Clinic and Surgery to 
the Alfort Veterinary School. Translated, with Addi- 
tional Facts Relating to It, by Prof. A. Liautard, M.D., 
V.M. Having rendered good results when performed 
by himself, the author believes the operation, which 
consists in dividing the cubito-plantar nerve and in 
excising a portion of the peripherical end, the means 
of improving the conditions, and consequently the 
values of many apparently doomed animals. Agricul- 
ture in particular will be benefited. 

The work is divided into two parts. The first covers 
the study of Median Neurotomy itself; the second, 
the exact relations of the facts as observed by the 
author. Boards, 6x9 1-2, 61 pages, illustrated. .1 00 



PETERS. " A Tuberculous Herd-Test nith Tuber- 
culin." By Austin Peters, M. K. C. V. S., Chief 
Inspector of Cattle for the New York State Board of 
Health during the winter of 1892-93. Pamphlet 25 

REYNOLDS, "An Essaj on the Breeding and Manage- 
ment of Draught Horses." By R. S. Eeynolds, 
M.ll.C.V.S. Cloth, size 5 1-2x8 3-4, 104 pages.. 1 4U 

ROBERGE. "The Foot of the Horse," or Lameness 
and all Diseases of the Feet traced to an Unbalanced 
Foot Bone, prevented or cured by balancing the foot. 
By David Eoberge. Cloth, size G x 9 l-i, 308 pages, 
illustrated 6 00 

SESSION'S. (*)" Cattle Tuberculosis," a Practical Guide to 
the Agriculturist and Inspector. By Harold Sessions, 
F.R.C.V.S., etc. Second edition. Size 5x7 1-4, vi + 

120 pages 1 00 

The object of the author has been to vyrite the text 
in such a manner that the subject can be understood 
by those who have to deal particularly with it, yet 
who, perhaps, have not had the necessary training to 
appreciate technical phraseology. 

SEWELIj. "The Examination of Horses as to Sound- 
ness and Selection as to Purchase." By Edward 
Sewell, M.R.C.V.S. Paper, size 51-2x8 1-2, 86 pages, 

illustrated with 8 plates in color 1 50 

— It is a great advantage to the business man to 
know something of the elements of law, and nobody 
ought either to buy or own a horse who does not know 
something about the animal. That somethiLg this book 

gives, and gives in a thoroughly excellent way 

— Our Animal Friends. 

SMITH. *«A Manual of Veterinary Physiology." By 
Col. F.Smith, C.M.S., F.R.C.V.S.. F.I.C., author of 
"A Manual of Veterinary Hygiene." 

Throughout this manual the object has been to con- 
dense the information as much as possible. The 
broad facts of the sciences are stated so as to render 
them of use to the student and practitioner. In this 
second edition — rewritten — the whole of the Nervous 
System has been revised, a new chapter dealing with 
the Development of the Ovum has been added together 
with many additional facts and illustrations. About 
one hundred additional pages are given. Second 
edition, revised and enlarged. Cloth, size 6x8 3-4, 
673 pages, 102 illustrations 3 76 

— (*)" Manual of Veterinary Hygiene." Third edition revised. 
Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-2, xx + 1036 pages, with 255 
illustrations 4 75 

Eecognizing the rapid advance and extended field 
of the subject since the previous issue, the author 
has entirely re-written the work and enlarged its 
scope, which is brought thoroughly up to date. Con- 
tains over 500 more pages than the second edition. 



STBANGEWAT. rt/"Teterinary Anatomy." Edited by 
I. Vaughan, F.L.S., M.K.C V.S. New edition revised. 
Cloth, size 6 1-4x9 1-2, 625 pages, 224 illus 5 00 

SUSSDORF. " Six Large Colored Wall Diagrams." By 

Prof. Sussdorf, M.D. (of Goltingen). Text translated 
by Prof. W. Owen Williams, of the New Veterinary 
College, Edinburgh. Size, 44 inches by 30 inches. 

1.— Horse. 4.— Ox. 

2. -Mare. 5— Boar and Sow. 

3.-C0W. 6.— Dog and Bitch. 
The above are printed in eight or nine colors. 
Showing the position of the viscera in the large 
cavities of the body. 
Price, unmounted 1 75 each 

" mounted on linen, with roller 3 50 •• 

THOMPSON, rf)" Elementary Lectures on Teterinary 

Science." For agricultural students, farmers and 
stock keepers. By Henry Thompson, M.E.C.V.S., 
lecturer on Veterinary Science at the Aspatria Agri- 
cultural College, England. It is complete yet concise 
and an up-to-date book. Cloth, 397 pp., 51 illus.. 3 75 

VAN MATEB, "A Text Book of Teterinary Oph- 
thalmology." By George G. Van Mater, M.D., 
D.V.S., Professor of Ophthalmology in the American 
Veterinary College ; Oculist and Aurist to St. Martha's 
Sanitarium and Dispensary ; Consulting Eye and Ear 
Surgeon to the Twenty-sixth Ward Dispensary ; Eye 
and Ear Surgeon, Brooklyn Eastern District Dispen- 
jsary, etc. Illustrated by one chromo lithograph plate 
and 71 engravings. Cloth, 6x9 1-4, 151 pages.. .3 00 

. . . We intend to adopt this valuable work as a text 
hook.— E. J. Creely, D.V.S., Dean of the San Francisco 
Veterinary College. 

VETEBIKARY DIAGRAMS in Tabular Form. 

Size, 28^ in. x 22 inches. Price per set of five 4 00 

Mounted and folded in case 7 PO 

Mouated on roller and varnished 10 00 

No. 1. "The External Form and Elementary Ana- 
tomy of the Horse." Eight colored illustrations— 
1. External regions ; 2. Skeleton ; 3. Muscles (Superior 
Layer) ; 4. Muscles (Deep Layer) ; 5. Respiratory Ap- 
paratus ; 6. Digestive Apparatus ; 7. Circulatory Ap- 
paratus ; 8. Nerve Apparatus ; with letter-press descrip- 
tion 1 25 

Mounted on roller and varnished 2 25 

No. 2. " The Age of Domestic Animals." Forty-two 
figures illustrating the structure of the teeth, indicat- 
ing the Age of the Horse, Ox, Sheep, and Dog, with 

full description ' 75 

Mounted on roller and varnished 2 GO 



VETERINARY DIAGRAMS (continued). 

No. 3. "The Uasouttdness and Defects of the Horse." 

Fifty figures illustrating— 1. Tiie Defects of Confor- 
mation ; 2. Defects of Position ; 3. Infirmities or Signs 
of Disease ; 4. Unsoundnesses ; 5. Defects of the Foot ; 

with full description 75 

Mounted on roller and varnished 2 00 

No. 4. "The Shoeing of the Horse, Mule and Ox," 

Fifty figures descriptive of the Anatomy and Physio- 
logy of the Foot and of Horse-shoeing. 75 

Mounted on roller and varnished , 2 00 

No. 5. "The Elementary Anatomy, Points, and But- 
cher's Joints of the Ox." Ten colored illustrations 
— 1. Skeleton; 2. Nervous System; 3. Digestive 
System (Right Side) ; 4. Respiratory System ; 5. Points 
of a Fat Ox ; 6. Muscular System ; 7. Vascular System; 
8. Digestive System (Left Side) ; 9. Butcher's Sections 
of a Calf : 10. Butcher's Sections of an Ox ; with full 

description .1 25 

Mounted on roller and varnished 2 25 

W ALLEY. ([)" A Practical Guide to Meat Inspection," By 

Thomas Wailey, M.R.C.V.S., late prhicipal of the 
Edinburgh Royal (Dick) Veterinary College; Pro- 
fessor of Veterinary Medicine and Surgery, etc. 
Fourth Edition, thoroughly revised and enlarged 
by Stewart Stockman, M.R.C.V.S., Professor of 
Pathology, Lecturer on Hygiene and M.eat Inspection 
at Dick Veterinary College, Edinburgh. Cloth, size 
5 1-2x8 1-4, with 45 colored illus., 295 pages 3 00 

An experience of over 30 years in his profession 
and a long official connection (some sixteen years) 
with Edinburgh Abattoirs have enabled the author to 
gather a large store of information on the subject, 
whifh he has embodied in his book. 

While Dr. Stockman is indeed indebted to the 
old for much useful information, this up-to- 
date work will hardly be recognized as the old 
" Walley's Meat luspectiou." 

WILCOX. (*)'' Handbook of Meat Inspection." By Robert 
Ostertag, M.D. See " Ostertag." 

WILLIAMS. "Principles and Practice of Veterinary 
Medicine." Author's edition, entirely revised and 
illustrated with numerous plain and colored plates. 
Bv W. Williams, M.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 5 3-4x8 3-4, 
863 pages 7 50 

— " Principles and Practice of Veterinary Surgery." 

Author's edition, entirely revised and illustrated 
with numerous plain and colored plates. By W. 
Williams, M.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 6 1-2x9 1-4, 756 
pages 7 50 



W@9 



THE MOST COMPLETE, PROG BESSIYE AND 
SCIENTIFIC BOOK ON THE SUBJECT IN 
THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 

{') WINSL O W. "Veterinary Materia Medica and Therapeu- 
tics." By Kenelm Wiiiblow, B.A.S., M.D.V., M.D., 

(Hai'v.1 ; former!}' Assistant Professor of Therapeutics 
in the Veterinary School of Harvard University ; 
Fellow of the Massachusetts Medical Society ; Surgeon 
to the Newton Hospital, etc. 

Fourth Edition, Revised 

Oloth, size 6 1-4 x 9 1-4, x + 804 pages 6 00 

In the preparation of the fourth revised edition of this work, very- 
considerable revisioD was made necessary in orderthat it conform to 
the changes brought about bypublication of t>ie revised United States 
Pbarmacop(De!a in 1905. To what extent revision was required will be 
realized wh«n it is known that there have been 123 additions, 106 
changes in the strength of rrpparatinns and 139 changes in the official 
title of drugs in the new Pharmacop(Eia. Thus the dosps of many 
preparations have suffered the most radical change, and some of the 
old friends have new names. All Extracta Fluida have been changed. 
Tbe oftlc al names of many nalts are altered, wiih corresponding 
changes in thf» Latin terminations. In the revision of the General 
Index it was also made a pronouncing vocabulary of drugs and terms 
of pharmacology, which will be appreciated the moment attention is 
diref'ted to the ma'ter. 

Notwithstanding th« short time which has elapsed since the last 
edition of this book, a number of additions have been made to keep it 
abreast of the times. Since the woik has become the recognized 
authority in Veterinary Materia Medica and Therapeutics, and is the 
standard text book on the subject in tbe veterinary colleges of the 
United States, the author and rublisher feel it their riuty to con- 
stantly revise its pages in order to hold the book up to that standard 
which it has hitherto attaiaed. 

WYMAN. (*)" Bovine Obstetrics." By M. G. De Bruin. 
Translated by W. E. A. Wj-man, M.D.V.,V.S. 
See also ^' De Bruin." 

— (*)" Catechism of tlie Principles of Veterinary Surffery," 

By W. E. A. Wyman, M.D.V..V.S. Cloth, size 6 x 9, 
321 pages 3 50 

Concerning- this new -^vork attention is called to the 
following^ points : 

1.— It discusses the subject upon the basis of veterinary investigations. 

2.— It does away with works on human pathology, histology, etc. 

3.— It explains each question thoi'oughly both from a scieutilic as well 

as a'practical point of view. 
4.— It is writen by one knowing the needs of the student. 
5.— It deals exhaustively with a chapter on tumors, heretofore utterly 

neglected in veterinary pathology. 
6.— The only work in English specializing the subject. 
7.— The only work thoroughly taking into consideration American as 

well as European investigations. 
3.— Offering practical hints which have not appeared in print, the 

result of large city and country practice. 



WYMAN (Continued) 



— (I /'The Clinical Diagnosis of Lameness in the Horse." 

By W. E. A. Wyman, D.V.S., formerly Professor of 
Veterinary Science, Clemson A. & M. College, and 
Veterinarian to the South Carolina Experiment 
Station. Cloth, size 6x9 1-2, 182 pp., 32 illus. . . .2 50 



— (|)"Tibio-peroneal Neurectomy for the Relief of Spavin 
Lameness." By W. E. A. Wyman, M.D.V., V.S. 

Boards, size 6 x 9, 30 pages, illustrated 50 

Anyone wanting to perform this operation should procure 
this little treatise ; he will find it of considerable help.— T/ie 
Veterinary Journal. 



ZUNDEL. "The Horse's Foot and Its Diseases." By 

A. Zundel, Principal Veterinarian of Alsace Lorraine. 
Translated by Dr. A. Liautard, V.S. Cloth, size 
5x7 3-4, 248 pages, illustrated 2 00 



ZUILli. "Typhoid Fever; or Contagious Influenza 
in the Horse." By Prof. W. L. Zuill, M.D.,D.V.S. 
Pamphlet, size G x 9 1-4, 29 pages 25 



Any booh sent jtrepaid for the price 

WILLIAfl R. JENKINS, 

85 1 and 853 Sixth Avenue, NEW YORK. 



A 







^ - • It o - ^' 







V ^V^ffi^,^ -^^^^ o^^K^ia- '^oV* 









































r» A 

















^^'\ 



^'''%. 



^ ^i:^* 









^ ^^ 1 






^^•n#.. 






'^^V^^^^V''^ \J'^S*V^ ^V^^V^ \J'^B-' 



h* ^^ ^^ -yJw .i.^^ %. 







^'. t^ A^ •: 















^-.>^^' 






?.' y'\ ''^WJ /% ''-^J ^^'\ 














<'°/^i.°- X-l^^-X ^°/^k."- ./.i^^' 



















. ^^ 












o*. **«i^*' aO 



I'' ^^^* •'^^' ^^^* 

WERT 
BOOKBINDING 



*^o. 








